From 91734ce2f2bea064638c99ae529e4109220eb621 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: terbits
Date: Fri, 24 Apr 2026 13:13:03 +0900
Subject: [PATCH] removed bluesroom html and changed to markdown
---
.../Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.html | 31 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.html | 30 ----------------
.../Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.html | 34 -------------------
.../Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.html | 29 ----------------
.../Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../13_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 28 ---------------
.../13_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.html | 30 ----------------
.../Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.html | 31 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.html | 30 ----------------
.../Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.html | 31 -----------------
.../5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.html | 32 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../10_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 30 ----------------
.../10_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Let's_Get_Moving!.html | 32 -----------------
.../1_Let's_Get_Moving!.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.html | 34 -------------------
.../2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../3_The_Blues_Walk.html | 31 -----------------
.../Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.html | 30 ----------------
.../4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.html | 32 -----------------
.../5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../6_Open_Position.html | 32 -----------------
.../Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../7_Closed_Position.html | 31 -----------------
.../7_Closed_Position.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Side_By_Side_Position.html | 31 -----------------
.../8_Side_By_Side_Position.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Close_Embrace.html | 32 -----------------
.../Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.html | 30 ----------------
.../How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.html | 30 ----------------
.../0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.html | 30 ----------------
.../The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.html | 32 -----------------
.../Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.html | 31 -----------------
.../Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.html | 30 ----------------
.../2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.html | 34 -------------------
.../3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.html | 31 -----------------
.../Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.html | 32 -----------------
.../Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.html | 28 ---------------
.../Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../9_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 30 ----------------
.../9_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
..._Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../0_Contrabody_Movement.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_Contrabody_Movement.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Contrabody_Walks.html | 32 -----------------
.../1_Contrabody_Walks.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.html | 29 ----------------
.../2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.html | 20 -----------
.../30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.md | 21 ++++++++++++
...1_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.html | 20 -----------
.../31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.md | 21 ++++++++++++
...Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.html | 20 -----------
...2_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.md | 21 ++++++++++++
...Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.html | 20 -----------
...3_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.md | 21 ++++++++++++
...4_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.html | 20 -----------
.../34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.md | 21 ++++++++++++
...ting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.html | 20 -----------
...utting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.md | 21 ++++++++++++
.../3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_1:_Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../Half_Turn_1:_Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.html | 29 ----------------
.../Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
.../Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_2:_Followers.html | 29 ----------------
.../Half_Turn_2:_Followers.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.html | 32 -----------------
.../Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.html | 31 -----------------
.../Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.html | 29 ----------------
.../Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
.../Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Half_turn_3:_Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../Half_turn_3:_Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.html | 32 -----------------
.../Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.html | 20 -----------
.../Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.md | 22 ++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.html | 29 ----------------
.../Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.html | 33 ------------------
.../Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
.../Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.html | 33 ------------------
.../Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.html | 30 ----------------
.../Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.html | 30 ----------------
.../Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.html | 32 -----------------
.../Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.html | 28 ---------------
.../Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.html | 20 -----------
.../Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.md | 22 ++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.html | 34 -------------------
.../Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.html | 31 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.html | 30 ----------------
.../1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.html | 32 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.html | 32 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.html | 34 -------------------
.../Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.html | 32 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.html | 34 -------------------
.../Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.html | 31 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.html | 34 -------------------
.../Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.html | 32 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.html | 34 -------------------
.../Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.html | 31 -----------------
.../Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.html | 32 -----------------
.../9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.html | 31 -----------------
.../0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tip:_Grounding.html | 32 -----------------
.../In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.html | 30 ----------------
.../Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_What_is_Stretch%3F.html | 34 -------------------
.../Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../2_Speeding_Things_Up.html | 32 -----------------
.../Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.html | 34 -------------------
.../3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Passing_on_the_other_side.html | 34 -------------------
.../4_Passing_on_the_other_side.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../5_Shake_Hand_Connection.html | 31 -----------------
.../5_Shake_Hand_Connection.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Mirroring_Exercise.html | 31 -----------------
.../Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.html | 34 -------------------
...g_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.html | 34 -------------------
.../8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.html | 30 ----------------
.../Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html | 30 ----------------
.../Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html | 34 -------------------
.../Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
..._Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.html | 31 -----------------
...10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
..._Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.html | 32 -----------------
...al_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...onal_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.html | 32 -----------------
...tional_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...ning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.html | 31 -----------------
...ioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.html | 29 ----------------
.../14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.html | 29 ----------------
.../15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.html | 31 -----------------
.../16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../17_Final_thoughts.html | 30 ----------------
.../17_Final_thoughts.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.html | 32 -----------------
...1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Swinging_into_Rocks.html | 31 -----------------
.../2_Swinging_into_Rocks.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../3_Swinging_Low_Downs.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Swinging_Low_Downs.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...sitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.html | 30 ----------------
...ansitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.html | 28 ---------------
.../5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.html | 32 -----------------
.../6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.html | 31 -----------------
.../7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
..._Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.html | 30 ----------------
.../8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.html | 29 ----------------
.../9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../0_What_is_Flow%3F.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_What_is_Flow%3F.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../10_More_Top_Tips.html | 31 -----------------
.../10_More_Top_Tips.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../11_Flow_Game_6.html | 28 ---------------
.../11_Flow_Game_6.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../12_Flow_Game_7.html | 29 ----------------
.../12_Flow_Game_7.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../13_Flow_Game_8.html | 30 ----------------
.../13_Flow_Game_8.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.html | 28 ---------------
.../14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
..._-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.html | 32 -----------------
..._9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...6_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.html | 32 -----------------
.../16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.html | 28 ---------------
.../17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../18_Putting_everything_into_context.html | 30 ----------------
.../18_Putting_everything_into_context.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Flow_in_our_body.html | 32 -----------------
.../1_Flow_in_our_body.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.html | 31 -----------------
.../2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../3_Flow_Game_1.html | 34 -------------------
.../3_Flow_Game_1.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Flow_Game_2.html | 29 ----------------
.../4_Flow_Game_2.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.html | 30 ----------------
.../5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Flow_Game_3.html | 29 ----------------
.../6_Flow_Game_3.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../7_Stepping_every_beat.html | 30 ----------------
.../7_Stepping_every_beat.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Flow_Game_4.html | 30 ----------------
.../8_Flow_Game_4.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Flow_Game_5.html | 28 ---------------
.../9_Flow_Game_5.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Travelling_Triple_Steps.html | 32 -----------------
.../Travelling_Triple_Steps.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.html | 29 ----------------
.../0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Changing_rhythms.html | 30 ----------------
.../10_Changing_rhythms.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.html | 31 -----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.html | 31 -----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.html | 30 ----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.html | 32 -----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../15_Speeding_up_your_turns.html | 34 -------------------
.../15_Speeding_up_your_turns.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../16_Smooth_transitions.html | 32 -----------------
.../16_Smooth_transitions.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../17_Single_time_rotation.html | 31 -----------------
.../17_Single_time_rotation.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../18_Dynamic_Transitions.html | 31 -----------------
.../18_Dynamic_Transitions.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.html | 32 -----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Pulse_and_basic_step.html | 34 -------------------
.../1_Pulse_and_basic_step.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.html | 28 ---------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.html | 32 -----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Closed_position_in_detail.html | 32 -----------------
.../3_Closed_position_in_detail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.html | 34 -------------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.html | 32 -----------------
.../chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.html | 31 -----------------
.../7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...etch_and_compression_with_triple_step.html | 31 -----------------
...tretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Stepping_every_bet.html | 30 ----------------
.../9_Stepping_every_bet.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
..._Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.html | 28 ---------------
.../11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.html | 31 -----------------
.../13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_All_shuffle_options.html | 30 ----------------
.../14_All_shuffle_options.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../16_Triplet_partnered.html | 30 ----------------
.../16_Triplet_partnered.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.html | 30 ----------------
.../17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../18_Full_recap.html | 34 -------------------
.../18_Full_recap.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../19_Musicality_Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../19_Musicality_Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.html | 31 -----------------
.../1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../20_Musicality_leaders.html | 30 ----------------
.../20_Musicality_leaders.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../21_Final_note_&_last_song.html | 30 ----------------
.../21_Final_note_&_last_song.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.html | 34 -------------------
.../3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.html | 34 -------------------
.../4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
..._Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.html | 32 -----------------
.../5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.html | 32 -----------------
.../7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.html | 31 -----------------
.../8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.html | 32 -----------------
.../9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.html | 30 ----------------
.../1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.html | 29 ----------------
.../2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../3_Partnered_Styling.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Partnered_Styling.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../4_Individual_Styling.html | 34 -------------------
.../4_Individual_Styling.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../5_Individual_Styling_continued.html | 32 -----------------
.../5_Individual_Styling_continued.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../6_Upper_Body_Styling.html | 32 -----------------
.../6_Upper_Body_Styling.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.html | 34 -------------------
.../7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../8_Putting_everything_together.html | 28 ---------------
.../8_Putting_everything_together.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.html | 29 ----------------
.../0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Core_Training.html | 34 -------------------
.../10_Core_Training.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../11_Dancing_with_core_activation.html | 34 -------------------
.../11_Dancing_with_core_activation.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../12_Lean-to_Connection.html | 34 -------------------
.../12_Lean-to_Connection.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../13_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 31 -----------------
.../13_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Final_notes.html | 30 ----------------
.../14_Final_notes.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.html | 30 ----------------
.../1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.html | 32 -----------------
.../2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Cross_Steps.html | 30 ----------------
.../3_Cross_Steps.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.html | 32 -----------------
.../5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...otwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.html | 30 ----------------
...Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.html | 32 -----------------
.../7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Footwork_Recap.html | 30 ----------------
.../8_Footwork_Recap.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Struttin'_Turns.html | 34 -------------------
.../9_Struttin'_Turns.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.html | 31 -----------------
.../10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../11_Turn_with_Redirect.html | 29 ----------------
.../11_Turn_with_Redirect.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.html | 31 -----------------
.../struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Lean-to_Spin.html | 34 -------------------
.../14_Lean-to_Spin.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...g_everything_together_and_final_notes.html | 32 -----------------
...ing_everything_together_and_final_notes.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Core_training.html | 34 -------------------
.../1_Core_training.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.html | 34 -------------------
.../2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...ips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.html | 30 ----------------
..._Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.html | 32 -----------------
.../4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.html | 34 -------------------
.../5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...ootwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.html | 31 -----------------
..._Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.html | 34 -------------------
.../7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.html | 30 ----------------
.../8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.html | 32 -----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../12_Rotation_Exercise.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Rotation_Exercise.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.html | 31 -----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.html | 30 ----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.html | 31 -----------------
.../15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../16_The_James_Brown.html | 29 ----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../17_Compression_Exercise.html | 31 -----------------
.../17_Compression_Exercise.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.html | 29 ----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.html | 34 -------------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.html | 31 -----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../20_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 30 ----------------
.../20_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Getting_into_Open.html | 34 -------------------
.../2_Getting_into_Open.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.html | 34 -------------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.html | 31 -----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Slows_and_Quicks.html | 29 ----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.html | 32 -----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.html | 30 ----------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.html | 34 -------------------
.../texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.html | 31 -----------------
.../9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...th_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
...with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.html | 32 -----------------
.../10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.html | 31 -----------------
.../1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Press_Back.html | 28 ---------------
.../2_Press_Back.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../3_Body_twist.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Body_twist.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../4_Passes.html | 32 -----------------
.../4_Passes.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.html | 32 -----------------
.../5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...ts_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.html | 34 -------------------
...ents_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../7_Practicing_without_a_partner.html | 32 -----------------
.../7_Practicing_without_a_partner.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.html | 31 -----------------
.../8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.html | 32 -----------------
.../9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
...0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../1_Using_Breath.html | 34 -------------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.html | 34 -------------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.html | 32 -----------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.html | 34 -------------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.html | 33 ------------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../6_Chest_Rotation.html | 34 -------------------
.../6_Chest_Rotation.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.html | 34 -------------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.html | 32 -----------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../9_Course_recap.html | 33 ------------------
.../Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.html | 34 -------------------
.../0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../10_Putting_it_all_together.html | 32 -----------------
.../10_Putting_it_all_together.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...y_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.html | 30 ----------------
...ody_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.html | 30 ----------------
.../12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.html | 29 ----------------
.../12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
.../13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../14_The_Habanera_Challenge.html | 29 ----------------
.../14_The_Habanera_Challenge.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...k_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.html | 28 ---------------
...ick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../16_Shoulder_Styling.html | 34 -------------------
.../16_Shoulder_Styling.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.html | 32 -----------------
.../17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../19_Quick_Quick_Slow.html | 30 ----------------
.../19_Quick_Quick_Slow.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.html | 28 ---------------
.../1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.html | 28 ---------------
.../20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.html | 32 -----------------
.../21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../22_Putting_everything_into_context.html | 32 -----------------
.../22_Putting_everything_into_context.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.html | 31 -----------------
.../2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.html | 32 -----------------
.../3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.html | 30 ----------------
.../3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.html | 34 -------------------
.../5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...equence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
..._Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
..._3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.html | 31 -----------------
...ce_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.html | 34 -------------------
.../8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
..._Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.html | 29 ----------------
.../9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.html | 33 ------------------
.../0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.html | 34 -------------------
.../11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.html | 32 -----------------
.../12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.html | 32 -----------------
.../13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.html | 31 -----------------
.../14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.html | 30 ----------------
.../15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.html | 31 -----------------
.../16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.html | 28 ---------------
.../17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.html | 32 -----------------
.../18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.html | 30 ----------------
.../19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.html | 29 ----------------
.../1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.html | 34 -------------------
.../20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
.../21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.html | 34 -------------------
.../22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.html | 32 -----------------
.../Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../24_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 32 -----------------
.../24_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.html | 32 -----------------
.../2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.html | 34 -------------------
.../3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.html | 28 ---------------
.../4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../5_Habanera_Footwork.html | 31 -----------------
.../5_Habanera_Footwork.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
.../7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.html | 30 ----------------
.../8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.html | 29 ----------------
.../9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.html | 30 ----------------
.../0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.html | 31 -----------------
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html | 32 -----------------
.../11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...ioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.html | 34 -------------------
...itioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
..._'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.html | 28 ---------------
...14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.html | 31 -----------------
.../15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...ow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html | 31 -----------------
...Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.html | 29 ----------------
.../17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.html | 31 -----------------
.../18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.html | 31 -----------------
.../19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.html | 28 ---------------
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
...0_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.html | 31 -----------------
.../20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.html | 32 -----------------
.../21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
..._Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.html | 34 -------------------
...22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.html | 32 -----------------
.../23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...ising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.html | 34 -------------------
...ovising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.html | 34 -------------------
...5_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...sing_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.html | 32 -----------------
...vising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.html | 28 ---------------
.../Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.html | 30 ----------------
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
..._Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...e,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
...gle,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.html | 28 ---------------
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.html | 32 -----------------
.../Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.html | 34 -------------------
.../8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.html | 28 ---------------
.../9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.html | 29 ----------------
.../0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.html | 30 ----------------
.../10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
..._The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).html | 32 -----------------
...11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...3_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.html | 30 ----------------
.../13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
.../15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.html | 32 -----------------
...6_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.html | 28 ---------------
.../Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.html | 32 -----------------
.../18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html | 31 -----------------
.../19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Triplets_Explained.html | 28 ---------------
.../Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
...inging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.html | 29 ----------------
...Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...ng_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.html | 32 -----------------
...ging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.html | 32 -----------------
.../Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
.../23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
.../25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.html | 31 -----------------
.../26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.html | 34 -------------------
.../27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.html | 34 -------------------
.../28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.html | 30 ----------------
.../29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.html | 32 -----------------
.../2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.html | 32 -----------------
.../30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../31_Putting_Everything_Together!.html | 28 ---------------
.../31_Putting_Everything_Together!.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.html | 29 ----------------
...4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../5_Transitions%3A_Solo.html | 28 ---------------
.../5_Transitions%3A_Solo.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../6_Partnered_Practice.html | 32 -----------------
.../Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.html | 33 ------------------
.../8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.html | 30 ----------------
.../9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.html | 24 -------------
.../0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.md | 23 +++++++++++++
.../10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.html | 31 -----------------
.../10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.html | 33 ------------------
.../11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.html | 29 ----------------
.../12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
..._Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.html | 31 -----------------
...el_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.html | 34 -------------------
.../14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
...5_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.html | 32 -----------------
.../17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.html | 31 -----------------
.../1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.html | 30 ----------------
.../2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...uffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.html | 34 -------------------
...Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...n_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.html | 31 -----------------
..._in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...huffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.html | 30 ----------------
..._Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.html | 30 ----------------
...7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
..._and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.html | 31 -----------------
...ut_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.html | 34 -------------------
.../awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.html | 31 -----------------
.../awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.html | 32 -----------------
.../awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.html | 34 -------------------
.../awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.html | 32 -----------------
.../14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.html | 34 -------------------
.../awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.html | 30 ----------------
.../1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.html | 29 ----------------
.../awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.html | 34 -------------------
.../awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.html | 31 -----------------
.../awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.html | 31 -----------------
.../awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.html | 28 ---------------
.../Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.html | 29 ----------------
.../awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.html | 34 -------------------
.../awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.html | 32 -----------------
.../awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.html | 31 -----------------
.../blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../10_Twisting_Hips_3.html | 34 -------------------
.../10_Twisting_Hips_3.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.html | 34 -------------------
.../11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../12_Leg_Movement.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Leg_Movement.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../13_Conclusions.html | 31 -----------------
.../blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Last_Dance.html | 30 ----------------
.../blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Circular_Hips.html | 34 -------------------
.../1_Circular_Hips.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../2_Circular_Hips_2.html | 32 -----------------
.../2_Circular_Hips_2.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.html | 34 -------------------
.../3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Side_to_Side_Hips.html | 34 -------------------
.../4_Side_to_Side_Hips.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../5_Over_Curve_Hips.html | 34 -------------------
.../5_Over_Curve_Hips.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../6_Under_Curve_Hips.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Under_Curve_Hips.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.html | 34 -------------------
.../7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../8_Twisting_Hips_1.html | 34 -------------------
.../8_Twisting_Hips_1.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../9_Twisting_Hips_2.html | 34 -------------------
.../9_Twisting_Hips_2.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...tical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).html | 34 -------------------
...betical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
..._Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html | 30 ----------------
...ip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.html | 29 ----------------
.../0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.html | 29 ----------------
.../hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.html | 31 -----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.html | 31 -----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.html | 32 -----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.html | 33 ------------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.html | 34 -------------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.html | 31 -----------------
.../hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.html | 30 ----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.html | 31 -----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.html | 31 -----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.html | 34 -------------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.html | 29 ----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.html | 30 ----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.html | 29 ----------------
.../hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.html | 32 -----------------
.../hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.html | 32 -----------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../hip-action/9_Four_Corners.html | 34 -------------------
.../Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.html | 29 ----------------
.../0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.html | 32 -----------------
.../the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.html | 32 -----------------
.../1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Single_Time_Fishtail.html | 29 ----------------
.../2_Single_Time_Fishtail.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../3_Slow_Quick_Quick.html | 29 ----------------
.../3_Slow_Quick_Quick.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../4_Fishtails_Turning.html | 28 ---------------
.../4_Fishtails_Turning.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.html | 31 -----------------
.../5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.html | 30 ----------------
.../6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.html | 32 -----------------
.../7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.html | 34 -------------------
.../8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
...with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.html | 31 -----------------
...g_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...he_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
..._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Moving_Up_The_Body.html | 34 -------------------
.../10_Moving_Up_The_Body.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../11_From_Top_to_Bottom.html | 34 -------------------
.../11_From_Top_to_Bottom.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.html | 31 -----------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.html | 32 -----------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.html | 29 ----------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.html | 34 -------------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../16_Course_Recap.html | 29 ----------------
.../16_Course_Recap.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../1_Hips_Part_I.html | 32 -----------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Hips_Part_II.html | 34 -------------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../3_Hips_Part_III.html | 33 ------------------
.../3_Hips_Part_III.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../4_Chest_Part_I.html | 34 -------------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../5_Chest_Part_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../5_Chest_Part_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Chest_Part_III.html | 34 -------------------
.../6_Chest_Part_III.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../7_Chest_Recap.html | 34 -------------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.html | 34 -------------------
.../the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../9_Movement_Combination.html | 34 -------------------
.../9_Movement_Combination.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../0_Documentary_Clip.html | 20 -----------
.../0_Documentary_Clip.md | 22 ++++++++++++
...rit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
...pirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.html | 28 ---------------
.../11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.html | 31 -----------------
.../12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../13_Final_Note.html | 30 ----------------
.../13_Final_Note.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.html | 29 ----------------
.../1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.html | 30 ----------------
.../2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...ames_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.html | 31 -----------------
...'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.html | 32 -----------------
.../5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
...A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.html | 29 ----------------
...%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.html | 29 ----------------
.../7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.html | 34 -------------------
.../8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.html | 34 -------------------
.../9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.html | 34 -------------------
.../turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.html | 30 ----------------
.../1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.html | 31 -----------------
.../1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.html | 32 -----------------
.../turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.html | 34 -------------------
.../turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../4_Turning_On_A_Line.html | 31 -----------------
.../turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.html | 32 -----------------
.../turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../7_Adding_The_Pulse.html | 32 -----------------
.../turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.html | 31 -----------------
.../turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Dancing_To_Music.html | 31 -----------------
.../turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.html | 30 ----------------
.../turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
..._Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html | 30 ----------------
...ip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.html | 30 ----------------
.../0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.html | 34 -------------------
.../upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.html | 34 -------------------
.../10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../11_Snake_Shoulders.html | 31 -----------------
.../upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../12_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 34 -------------------
.../12_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.html | 28 ---------------
.../1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.html | 28 ---------------
.../2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.html | 31 -----------------
.../3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.html | 31 -----------------
.../upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Combination_steps.html | 34 -------------------
.../5_Combination_steps.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../6_Body_roll_with_skip.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Body_roll_with_skip.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.html | 29 ----------------
.../upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../8_Full_Chest_Circle.html | 31 -----------------
.../8_Full_Chest_Circle.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.html | 30 ----------------
.../upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.html | 33 ------------------
.../Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
..._The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.html | 34 -------------------
...11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.html | 30 ----------------
.../13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../13_Catching_in_Different_Places.html | 31 -----------------
.../13_Catching_in_Different_Places.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.html | 33 ------------------
.../catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.html | 32 -----------------
.../1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.html | 31 -----------------
.../catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.html | 31 -----------------
.../catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.html | 30 ----------------
.../9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.html | 30 ----------------
.../Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.html | 29 ----------------
.../dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.html | 33 ------------------
.../dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.html | 30 ----------------
.../dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.html | 30 ----------------
.../dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.html | 33 ------------------
.../1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.html | 34 -------------------
.../dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html | 34 -------------------
.../dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html | 32 -----------------
.../6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.html | 32 -----------------
.../dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.html | 34 -------------------
.../dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.html | 32 -----------------
.../0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...nced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.html | 31 -----------------
...vanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.html | 34 -------------------
.../dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).html | 30 ----------------
.../14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).html | 30 ----------------
.../15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).html | 32 -----------------
.../18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).html | 28 ---------------
.../19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
..._Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.html | 31 -----------------
...3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.html | 32 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.html | 34 -------------------
.../dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.html | 30 ----------------
.../dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.html | 30 ----------------
.../dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.html | 34 -------------------
.../6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.html | 31 -----------------
.../dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.html | 30 ----------------
.../dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../four-corners-special/0_Solo.html | 33 ------------------
.../Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../10_Putting_Everything_Together.html | 29 ----------------
.../10_Putting_Everything_Together.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../four-corners-special/1_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
.../four-corners-special/1_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.html | 34 -------------------
.../2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.html | 29 ----------------
.../3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.html | 30 ----------------
.../4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Followers_Turn.html | 31 -----------------
.../four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.html | 34 -------------------
.../four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../7_Everybody_Turns.html | 28 ---------------
.../four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.html | 31 -----------------
.../four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.html | 31 -----------------
.../9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.html | 34 -------------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.html | 28 ---------------
.../jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.html | 32 -----------------
.../jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.html | 34 -------------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.html | 33 ------------------
.../jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.html | 30 ----------------
.../jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.html | 30 ----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.html | 31 -----------------
.../8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Close_Embrace_Options.html | 30 ----------------
.../0_Close_Embrace_Options.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.html | 34 -------------------
.../late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.html | 31 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.html | 34 -------------------
.../late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.html | 31 -----------------
.../late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/14_Messaround.html | 31 -----------------
.../late-night-blues/14_Messaround.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../15_The_Messaround_Rotating.html | 31 -----------------
.../15_The_Messaround_Rotating.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../16_Messaround_With_Music.html | 29 ----------------
.../16_Messaround_With_Music.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/17_Opposition.html | 31 -----------------
.../late-night-blues/17_Opposition.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.html | 34 -------------------
.../Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.html | 29 ----------------
.../late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.html | 31 -----------------
.../1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../2_Demonstration_with_music.html | 30 ----------------
.../2_Demonstration_with_music.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.html | 34 -------------------
.../late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.html | 29 ----------------
.../late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.html | 32 -----------------
.../late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../6_The_Grind_Single_time.html | 34 -------------------
.../6_The_Grind_Single_time.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.html | 32 -----------------
.../late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.html | 32 -----------------
.../8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.html | 31 -----------------
.../late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.html | 22 ------------
.../0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.md | 22 ++++++++++++
.../10_The_Vicci_Leg!.html | 31 -----------------
.../our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.html | 31 -----------------
.../11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.html | 29 ----------------
.../12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.html | 33 ------------------
...3_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
.../our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.html | 31 -----------------
.../our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../15_Wheee_No_Hands!.html | 30 ----------------
.../our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../16_The_Dizzy_Move!.html | 32 -----------------
.../our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../1_Triple_Step_Transition.html | 34 -------------------
.../1_Triple_Step_Transition.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.html | 32 -----------------
.../2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.html | 32 -----------------
.../3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.html | 31 -----------------
.../4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../5_Behind_the_Back.html | 28 ---------------
.../our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.html | 31 -----------------
.../6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.html | 34 -------------------
.../our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../9_Stretch_&_Matrix.html | 31 -----------------
.../our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../1._Basic_single_axis_turn.html | 34 -------------------
.../1._Basic_single_axis_turn.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.html | 29 ----------------
.../single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.html | 32 -----------------
.../single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../12._Shapes_and_levels.html | 32 -----------------
.../12._Shapes_and_levels.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.html | 30 ----------------
.../single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.html | 31 -----------------
.../single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
..._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.html | 29 ----------------
...5._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
..._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.html | 32 -----------------
...6._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.html | 30 ----------------
.../single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/2._Exits.html | 32 -----------------
.../Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../3._Follower_variation_1.html | 31 -----------------
.../3._Follower_variation_1.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../4._Follwer_variation_2.html | 29 ----------------
.../4._Follwer_variation_2.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../5._Follower_combination_step.html | 31 -----------------
.../5._Follower_combination_step.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../6._Lead_variation_1.html | 29 ----------------
.../single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../7._Leader_variation_2.html | 32 -----------------
.../7._Leader_variation_2.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../8._Rhythmic_footwork.html | 29 ----------------
.../single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.html | 28 ---------------
.../single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.html | 28 ---------------
.../Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.html | 31 -----------------
.../Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.html | 29 ----------------
.../Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.html | 32 -----------------
.../Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.html | 31 -----------------
.../Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...tting_Everything_Together:_partnered.html | 30 ----------------
...Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
...ild_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.html | 29 ----------------
...build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
...does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.html | 28 ---------------
...y_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.html | 32 -----------------
.../Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.html | 34 -------------------
.../top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.html | 28 ---------------
.../etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.html | 29 ----------------
.../TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.html | 32 -----------------
.../Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.md | 31 +++++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.html | 34 -------------------
.../Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html | 30 ----------------
.../Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md | 29 ++++++++++++++++
.../etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html | 31 -----------------
.../etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.html | 33 ------------------
.../Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.md | 32 +++++++++++++++++
...Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.html | 34 -------------------
.../Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.html | 31 -----------------
.../Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.html | 29 ----------------
.../etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.md | 28 +++++++++++++++
.../Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
.../Full_routine_with_counts.html | 31 -----------------
.../Full_routine_with_counts.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.html | 31 -----------------
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.html | 31 -----------------
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.html | 34 -------------------
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.md | 33 ++++++++++++++++++
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.html | 31 -----------------
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.html | 31 -----------------
.../etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../Structure_and_Performance_Tips.html | 31 -----------------
.../Structure_and_Performance_Tips.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
...-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.html | 31 -----------------
...e_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
.../We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.html | 28 ---------------
.../We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.md | 27 +++++++++++++++
...to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.html | 31 -----------------
...t_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.md | 30 ++++++++++++++++
1362 files changed, 20461 insertions(+), 21120 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.md
delete mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.html
create mode 100644 Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.md
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 91c1b3c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-0 Basic Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces basic turns in dance, covering various types like inside, outside, free, slow, fast, and leader/follower turns, with a goal to develop lead and following skills through technique practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice inside and outside turns to build foundational skills.
- - Incorporate slow and fast turns to improve control and adaptability.
- - Focus on lead and following techniques while performing turns.
- - Use free turns to enhance creativity and movement flow.
- - Experiment with both leader and follower roles to understand dynamics.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Technique is integrated into fun moves to aid skill development.
- - Basic turns are essential for building a dance vocabulary.
- - Developing lead and following skills enhances overall dance ability.
- - Practice various turn types to become versatile in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77cf043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/0_Basic_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 0 Basic Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces basic turns in dance, covering various types like inside, outside, free, slow, fast, and leader/follower turns, with a goal to develop lead and following skills through technique practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice inside and outside turns to build foundational skills.
+- Incorporate slow and fast turns to improve control and adaptability.
+- Focus on lead and following techniques while performing turns.
+- Use free turns to enhance creativity and movement flow.
+- Experiment with both leader and follower roles to understand dynamics.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Technique is integrated into fun moves to aid skill development.
+- Basic turns are essential for building a dance vocabulary.
+- Developing lead and following skills enhances overall dance ability.
+- Practice various turn types to become versatile in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 94d2612..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-10 Everybody Turns!
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining outside and inside turns for both leaders and followers in a dance routine, with the goal of overlapping these turns smoothly to create a cohesive sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start turning your body on the first basic to avoid waiting too long.
- - Use the shape of the arms to guide the turn and move it in front of you.
- - Drop and lift the hands to signal the end of a follower's turn.
- - Take your time to come back together after turns, using extra basics if needed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Overlap turns by starting the leader's turn before the follower's has fully finished.
- - Maintain clear communication through hand movements to coordinate turns.
- - Practice turns on the spot to build confidence and control.
- - Mix and match turns with music to enhance flow and timing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4039efe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/10_Everybody_Turns!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 10 Everybody Turns!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining outside and inside turns for both leaders and followers in a dance routine, with the goal of overlapping these turns smoothly to create a cohesive sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start turning your body on the first basic to avoid waiting too long.
+- Use the shape of the arms to guide the turn and move it in front of you.
+- Drop and lift the hands to signal the end of a follower's turn.
+- Take your time to come back together after turns, using extra basics if needed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Overlap turns by starting the leader's turn before the follower's has fully finished.
+- Maintain clear communication through hand movements to coordinate turns.
+- Practice turns on the spot to build confidence and control.
+- Mix and match turns with music to enhance flow and timing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b1c4a7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-11 Free Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches free turns in dance, focusing on executing outside and inside turns without hand connections, and how to seamlessly reconnect afterwards.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders lead free outside turns without lifting the left hand and let go as the follower starts rotating.
- - Followers maintain the pathway set by the leader by looking in the direction of travel and keeping posture slightly forward.
- - Keep arms at an available height during free turns to allow for easy reconnection with the partner.
- - For free inside turns, leaders step back to initiate the turn, relying on existing body rotation in the follower.
- - Ensure rotation is present in the body before leading a free inside turn to avoid walking straight forward.
- - Practice transitioning from a slow outside turn into a free inside turn without stopping.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Free turns involve letting go of hand connections while maintaining body rotation and momentum.
- - Communication through body positioning and eye direction helps maintain alignment during turns.
- - Arm placement is crucial for seamless reconnection after a free turn.
- - Leaders should focus on stepping and body movement rather than pulling to lead free turns effectively.
- - Followers must keep their pulse and posture to avoid imbalance during rotation.
- - Free turns allow for creative variations and smooth integration into dance sequences.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..364acb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/11_Free_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 11 Free Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches free turns in dance, focusing on executing outside and inside turns without hand connections, and how to seamlessly reconnect afterwards.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders lead free outside turns without lifting the left hand and let go as the follower starts rotating.
+- Followers maintain the pathway set by the leader by looking in the direction of travel and keeping posture slightly forward.
+- Keep arms at an available height during free turns to allow for easy reconnection with the partner.
+- For free inside turns, leaders step back to initiate the turn, relying on existing body rotation in the follower.
+- Ensure rotation is present in the body before leading a free inside turn to avoid walking straight forward.
+- Practice transitioning from a slow outside turn into a free inside turn without stopping.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Free turns involve letting go of hand connections while maintaining body rotation and momentum.
+- Communication through body positioning and eye direction helps maintain alignment during turns.
+- Arm placement is crucial for seamless reconnection after a free turn.
+- Leaders should focus on stepping and body movement rather than pulling to lead free turns effectively.
+- Followers must keep their pulse and posture to avoid imbalance during rotation.
+- Free turns allow for creative variations and smooth integration into dance sequences.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 025072f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-12 Recap Routine
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps basic turns by combining them into a short routine, focusing on smooth transitions between moves like outside turns, free turns, inside turns, and leader's turns.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Ensure the outside turn has the follower travel further to create distance for the free turn.
- - Leaders should lift hands early during transitions to signal upcoming moves.
- - Turn your body early and obviously to guide the partner into side-by-side position.
- - Maintain arm position after a turn to provide space for the follower's next move.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transitions are key; practice moving smoothly between turns to maintain flow.
- - Clear body language and hand signals help partners anticipate and execute moves effectively.
- - Focus on timing and distance to ensure moves connect seamlessly without interruption.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26281a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/12_Recap_Routine.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 12 Recap Routine
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps basic turns by combining them into a short routine, focusing on smooth transitions between moves like outside turns, free turns, inside turns, and leader's turns.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Ensure the outside turn has the follower travel further to create distance for the free turn.
+- Leaders should lift hands early during transitions to signal upcoming moves.
+- Turn your body early and obviously to guide the partner into side-by-side position.
+- Maintain arm position after a turn to provide space for the follower's next move.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transitions are key; practice moving smoothly between turns to maintain flow.
+- Clear body language and hand signals help partners anticipate and execute moves effectively.
+- Focus on timing and distance to ensure moves connect seamlessly without interruption.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 646b603..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-13 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson is the final class in the Basic Turns course, focusing on putting together all learned turns in any order while dancing to music and having fun.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Put on a song and dance freely without watching the instructors.
- - Combine all learned turns in any order you prefer.
- - Relax into the movements and enjoy the practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The goal is to integrate all previous lessons into a cohesive dance routine.
- - Focus on personal expression and fun rather than strict technique.
- - Use this session to build confidence and fluidity in your turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17f8db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 13 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is the final class in the Basic Turns course, focusing on putting together all learned turns in any order while dancing to music and having fun.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Put on a song and dance freely without watching the instructors.
+- Combine all learned turns in any order you prefer.
+- Relax into the movements and enjoy the practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The goal is to integrate all previous lessons into a cohesive dance routine.
+- Focus on personal expression and fun rather than strict technique.
+- Use this session to build confidence and fluidity in your turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b74be3d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-1 Basic Turns Course
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the inside turn in dance, focusing on proper technique for leaders and followers to execute the turn smoothly and return to close position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should prepare by lifting the left hand and turning the body slightly to signal the turn.
- - Followers should keep the right arm relaxed to allow it to cut across the body naturally during the turn.
- - Use a 'magic button' signal by placing the hand on the partner's back to indicate returning to close position.
- - Maintain distance as a leader to allow the follower to lift the elbow and slide back into connection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn takes eight counts to complete, so keep the basic steps slow and controlled.
- - Followers should look at the inside of their elbow during the turn to maintain orientation.
- - Traveling a bit during the turn is normal and should not be forced.
- - Clear body positioning and hand signals help communicate the move effectively between partners.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a95430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/1_Basic_Turns_Course.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 1 Basic Turns Course
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the inside turn in dance, focusing on proper technique for leaders and followers to execute the turn smoothly and return to close position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should prepare by lifting the left hand and turning the body slightly to signal the turn.
+- Followers should keep the right arm relaxed to allow it to cut across the body naturally during the turn.
+- Use a 'magic button' signal by placing the hand on the partner's back to indicate returning to close position.
+- Maintain distance as a leader to allow the follower to lift the elbow and slide back into connection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn takes eight counts to complete, so keep the basic steps slow and controlled.
+- Followers should look at the inside of their elbow during the turn to maintain orientation.
+- Traveling a bit during the turn is normal and should not be forced.
+- Clear body positioning and hand signals help communicate the move effectively between partners.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5759ae1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Basic Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches two versions of an outside turn using a two-count basic, focusing on technique and timing for both leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should lift their left arm to create a doorway for followers to turn through.
- - Followers should keep shoulders relaxed and ensure they can see the inside of their elbow during turns.
- - Leaders prepare the turn by opening their body and lifting hands slightly at the end of the fourth basic.
- - For the second version, leaders lead with a wider hand position to signal traveling away into an open connection.
- - Followers should take four basics (eight counts) for the slow turn and three basics (six counts) for the traveling turn.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn speed is controlled by the leader, so followers should not rush and enjoy the moment.
- - Maintain a relaxed connection to protect shoulders and follow the leader's signals accurately.
- - At the end of the turn, leaders should drop their hands to avoid wrapping up the connection.
- - The preparation involves body rotation, which followers feel as a signal for the turn direction.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f03251c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/2_Basic_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Basic Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches two versions of an outside turn using a two-count basic, focusing on technique and timing for both leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should lift their left arm to create a doorway for followers to turn through.
+- Followers should keep shoulders relaxed and ensure they can see the inside of their elbow during turns.
+- Leaders prepare the turn by opening their body and lifting hands slightly at the end of the fourth basic.
+- For the second version, leaders lead with a wider hand position to signal traveling away into an open connection.
+- Followers should take four basics (eight counts) for the slow turn and three basics (six counts) for the traveling turn.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn speed is controlled by the leader, so followers should not rush and enjoy the moment.
+- Maintain a relaxed connection to protect shoulders and follow the leader's signals accurately.
+- At the end of the turn, leaders should drop their hands to avoid wrapping up the connection.
+- The preparation involves body rotation, which followers feel as a signal for the turn direction.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e40461..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-3 Basic Outside Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing the basic outside turn faster by stepping every beat, building on previous knowledge to increase speed and energy while maintaining control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step every beat for three counts, then touch or collect on the fourth count.
- - Leaders should use their whole body to communicate energy, not just arms, to guide the follower.
- - Followers should feel the directional energy from the lead and travel slightly during the turn.
- - At the end of the turn, end in a more open position rather than coming back around in front.
- - Practice transitioning back to basics slowly after the turn to chill out and reset.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn involves a change in rhythm from stepping every two beats to every beat, with a clear pulse shift in the leader's body.
- - Energy for faster movement comes from the entire body engaging, similar to speeding up when in a rush, but avoid excessive force.
- - Communication in the turn is through guiding, not pushing, using both sides of the body to signal direction.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c127304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/3_Basic_Outside_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 3 Basic Outside Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing the basic outside turn faster by stepping every beat, building on previous knowledge to increase speed and energy while maintaining control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step every beat for three counts, then touch or collect on the fourth count.
+- Leaders should use their whole body to communicate energy, not just arms, to guide the follower.
+- Followers should feel the directional energy from the lead and travel slightly during the turn.
+- At the end of the turn, end in a more open position rather than coming back around in front.
+- Practice transitioning back to basics slowly after the turn to chill out and reset.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn involves a change in rhythm from stepping every two beats to every beat, with a clear pulse shift in the leader's body.
+- Energy for faster movement comes from the entire body engaging, similar to speeding up when in a rush, but avoid excessive force.
+- Communication in the turn is through guiding, not pushing, using both sides of the body to signal direction.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bf7b20..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Basic Inside Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the basic inside turn in dance, focusing on stepping every beat and leading/following techniques for smooth execution.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should open up their body and prepare with hands lifted for the turn.
- - Step through the turn on a line, using directional energy rather than just rotation.
- - Keep shoulders down and elbows relaxed, with the inside of the elbow visible during the turn.
- - Leaders place their right hand behind the partner's back between the third and fourth counts to signal coming back together.
- - Maintain palm-to-palm hand position throughout the turn and avoid sore wrists.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The inside turn involves both rotational and directional energy compared to slower turns.
- - Practice turning on a line, such as a floorboard, for better control and alignment.
- - Hand technique is consistent with slower turns, emphasizing relaxed arm posture.
- - Focus on stepping every beat to maintain rhythm and flow in the movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..490141d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Basic_Inside_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Basic Inside Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the basic inside turn in dance, focusing on stepping every beat and leading/following techniques for smooth execution.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should open up their body and prepare with hands lifted for the turn.
+- Step through the turn on a line, using directional energy rather than just rotation.
+- Keep shoulders down and elbows relaxed, with the inside of the elbow visible during the turn.
+- Leaders place their right hand behind the partner's back between the third and fourth counts to signal coming back together.
+- Maintain palm-to-palm hand position throughout the turn and avoid sore wrists.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The inside turn involves both rotational and directional energy compared to slower turns.
+- Practice turning on a line, such as a floorboard, for better control and alignment.
+- Hand technique is consistent with slower turns, emphasizing relaxed arm posture.
+- Focus on stepping every beat to maintain rhythm and flow in the movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b51ac85..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Walking Outside Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing the outside turn at a faster pace by stepping every beat, building on previous knowledge to enhance movement flow and energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step for three counts and collect on the fourth to maintain rhythm.
- - Leaders should use their whole body to communicate energy, not just arms.
- - Followers should travel with the turn and feel the directional energy from the lead.
- - End the turn in a more open position without coming back around in front.
- - Practice transitioning from faster steps back to basics slowly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The change from stepping every two beats to every beat should be clear in the leader's body for the follower to feel.
- - Energy in blues dancing is about whole-body engagement, not excessive speed.
- - Guiding rather than pushing helps maintain connection during turns.
- - Leaders should match their own steps to the desired rhythm to signal changes effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1058cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/4_Walking_Outside_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Walking Outside Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing the outside turn at a faster pace by stepping every beat, building on previous knowledge to enhance movement flow and energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step for three counts and collect on the fourth to maintain rhythm.
+- Leaders should use their whole body to communicate energy, not just arms.
+- Followers should travel with the turn and feel the directional energy from the lead.
+- End the turn in a more open position without coming back around in front.
+- Practice transitioning from faster steps back to basics slowly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The change from stepping every two beats to every beat should be clear in the leader's body for the follower to feel.
+- Energy in blues dancing is about whole-body engagement, not excessive speed.
+- Guiding rather than pushing helps maintain connection during turns.
+- Leaders should match their own steps to the desired rhythm to signal changes effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.html
deleted file mode 100644
index abcfe96..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Outside & Inside Turn Combination
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to combine an outside turn and an inside turn seamlessly, focusing on transitions and maintaining energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with four basics on top before transitioning into the turns.
- - For the outside turn, do only three basics to combine smoothly with the inside turn.
- - Leaders should guide followers lightly without pulling during the inside turn.
- - Followers should practice hip swing to maintain energy and ease movement.
- - Use momentum from the outside turn to flow into the inside turn without extra force.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The outside and inside turns can be combined seamlessly by overlapping basics.
- - Maintaining hip swing energy helps followers turn easily and return smoothly.
- - Leaders should focus on guiding rather than pulling to keep movements light.
- - Practice the combination from both starting positions for clarity and versatility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df62edc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Outside_&_Inside_Turn_Combination.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Outside & Inside Turn Combination
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to combine an outside turn and an inside turn seamlessly, focusing on transitions and maintaining energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with four basics on top before transitioning into the turns.
+- For the outside turn, do only three basics to combine smoothly with the inside turn.
+- Leaders should guide followers lightly without pulling during the inside turn.
+- Followers should practice hip swing to maintain energy and ease movement.
+- Use momentum from the outside turn to flow into the inside turn without extra force.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The outside and inside turns can be combined seamlessly by overlapping basics.
+- Maintaining hip swing energy helps followers turn easily and return smoothly.
+- Leaders should focus on guiding rather than pulling to keep movements light.
+- Practice the combination from both starting positions for clarity and versatility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eaa652..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Walking Inside Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the walking inside turn, focusing on stepping every beat and transitioning from four basics to the turn with proper lead and follow techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders open up the body and lift hands slightly to prepare for the turn.
- - Step through the turn on a line, using directional energy rather than just rotation.
- - Keep shoulders down and elbows relaxed, with the inside of the elbow visible during the turn.
- - Leaders place the right hand behind the partner's back between the third and fourth counts to signal coming back together.
- - Maintain palm-to-palm hand position throughout the turn to avoid wrist soreness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The inside turn involves both rotational and directional energy compared to slower turns.
- - Practice turning on a line, such as a floorboard, to improve footwork accuracy.
- - Ensure smooth transitions from basics to the turn with clear hand signals.
- - Focus on consistent stepping rhythm to maintain timing throughout the movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dc5c63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/5_Walking_Inside_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Walking Inside Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the walking inside turn, focusing on stepping every beat and transitioning from four basics to the turn with proper lead and follow techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders open up the body and lift hands slightly to prepare for the turn.
+- Step through the turn on a line, using directional energy rather than just rotation.
+- Keep shoulders down and elbows relaxed, with the inside of the elbow visible during the turn.
+- Leaders place the right hand behind the partner's back between the third and fourth counts to signal coming back together.
+- Maintain palm-to-palm hand position throughout the turn to avoid wrist soreness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The inside turn involves both rotational and directional energy compared to slower turns.
+- Practice turning on a line, such as a floorboard, to improve footwork accuracy.
+- Ensure smooth transitions from basics to the turn with clear hand signals.
+- Focus on consistent stepping rhythm to maintain timing throughout the movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ea6add8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-8 Momentum vs Non-Momentum
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mixing inside and outside turns at different speeds, teaching how to lead and follow tempo changes clearly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - For slow turns, maintain the same energy and rhythm, only changing the pathway.
- - For fast turns, increase energy slightly and step every beat to signal the change.
- - Use follow lag by waiting for the leader's initiation before starting a turn.
- - When transitioning from fast to slow, relax and release energy while maintaining pulse.
- - Travel a bit more space in faster turns to make movement easier.
- - Practice mixing turns with music to refine lead and follow skills.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The difference between slow and fast turns is signaled by changes in energy and pathway, not just footwork.
- - Clear communication through pulse and body energy is essential for effective leading and following.
- - End positions for turns are similar, allowing flexibility in transitions and sequences.
- - Use turns as a training opportunity to improve partner communication and responsiveness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d9d3d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/8_Momentum_vs_Non-Momentum.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 8 Momentum vs Non-Momentum
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mixing inside and outside turns at different speeds, teaching how to lead and follow tempo changes clearly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- For slow turns, maintain the same energy and rhythm, only changing the pathway.
+- For fast turns, increase energy slightly and step every beat to signal the change.
+- Use follow lag by waiting for the leader's initiation before starting a turn.
+- When transitioning from fast to slow, relax and release energy while maintaining pulse.
+- Travel a bit more space in faster turns to make movement easier.
+- Practice mixing turns with music to refine lead and follow skills.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The difference between slow and fast turns is signaled by changes in energy and pathway, not just footwork.
+- Clear communication through pulse and body energy is essential for effective leading and following.
+- End positions for turns are similar, allowing flexibility in transitions and sequences.
+- Use turns as a training opportunity to improve partner communication and responsiveness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0552852..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Leaders Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Basic Turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders how to perform turns for themselves, starting with techniques similar to leading followers' outside turns but adapted for self-turning.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep hands closer to the body and higher to create space for turning under.
- - Maintain the frame by keeping shoulders down and following the elbow during the turn.
- - Drop the elbow at the end of the turn to avoid hitting the follower and keep it relaxed.
- - For comfort, place the hand on your shoulder or behind the leg during the turn.
- - In inside turns, change hand position to be below with a cupped grip and move it in front before turning.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Always be able to see your elbow to maintain proper form and avoid injury.
- - Keep the arm relaxed so it can slide back into hold smoothly after the turn.
- - Adjust techniques like letting go of the hand for height differences or comfort.
- - Practice turns slowly and take your time to ensure control and safety.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9696555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Basic-Turns/9_Leaders_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Leaders Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders how to perform turns for themselves, starting with techniques similar to leading followers' outside turns but adapted for self-turning.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep hands closer to the body and higher to create space for turning under.
+- Maintain the frame by keeping shoulders down and following the elbow during the turn.
+- Drop the elbow at the end of the turn to avoid hitting the follower and keep it relaxed.
+- For comfort, place the hand on your shoulder or behind the leg during the turn.
+- In inside turns, change hand position to be below with a cupped grip and move it in front before turning.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Always be able to see your elbow to maintain proper form and avoid injury.
+- Keep the arm relaxed so it can slide back into hold smoothly after the turn.
+- Adjust techniques like letting go of the hand for height differences or comfort.
+- Practice turns slowly and take your time to ensure control and safety.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aa316fb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-10 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on linking different connections seamlessly in blues dance, specifically transitioning between open position, closed position, and closed embrace within one dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders offer the hand to initiate connections, while followers accept and create the connection once the leader's arm is in place.
- - To transition into closed position, step toward your partner with the basic and meet in the middle to make the connection together.
- - When going from closed embrace to side by side, the hand doesn't slide; it's simply a change in body angle that followers should feel and follow.
- - To go back into open position, simply move away a little further from each other, maintaining a smooth flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transitions between positions should be seamless and intuitive, allowing for fluid movement throughout the dance.
- - Followers should pay attention to subtle changes in body angle from the leader to guide their movements and maintain connection.
- - Practice linking the two count basic and walk in all different positions to enhance versatility and comfort in blues dancing.
- - The goal is to use both basic steps and walks cohesively, enabling dynamic and expressive dancing without interruption.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd7aa92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 10 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on linking different connections seamlessly in blues dance, specifically transitioning between open position, closed position, and closed embrace within one dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders offer the hand to initiate connections, while followers accept and create the connection once the leader's arm is in place.
+- To transition into closed position, step toward your partner with the basic and meet in the middle to make the connection together.
+- When going from closed embrace to side by side, the hand doesn't slide; it's simply a change in body angle that followers should feel and follow.
+- To go back into open position, simply move away a little further from each other, maintaining a smooth flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transitions between positions should be seamless and intuitive, allowing for fluid movement throughout the dance.
+- Followers should pay attention to subtle changes in body angle from the leader to guide their movements and maintain connection.
+- Practice linking the two count basic and walk in all different positions to enhance versatility and comfort in blues dancing.
+- The goal is to use both basic steps and walks cohesively, enabling dynamic and expressive dancing without interruption.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c84a75..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Putting Everything Together II
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing dance movements from the first course, integrating positions like breakaway, open, close, side by side, and embrace, while emphasizing personal expression and body connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start dancing in breakaway position.
- - Move between different positions such as open, close, side by side, and embrace.
- - Add extra movements as desired for personal flair.
- - Focus on breathing and connecting to the ground.
- - Dance with your whole body to enhance fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Integrate all learned elements from the first course into practice.
- - Maintain awareness of body connection and breathing during movement.
- - Embrace personal expression to be the coolest version of yourself.
- - Use the exercise to reinforce fundamental dance principles.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74efba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/11_Putting_Everything_Together_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Putting Everything Together II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing dance movements from the first course, integrating positions like breakaway, open, close, side by side, and embrace, while emphasizing personal expression and body connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start dancing in breakaway position.
+- Move between different positions such as open, close, side by side, and embrace.
+- Add extra movements as desired for personal flair.
+- Focus on breathing and connecting to the ground.
+- Dance with your whole body to enhance fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Integrate all learned elements from the first course into practice.
+- Maintain awareness of body connection and breathing during movement.
+- Embrace personal expression to be the coolest version of yourself.
+- Use the exercise to reinforce fundamental dance principles.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a16d5a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Let's Get Moving!
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces basic blues dancing by encouraging free movement to music, focusing on relaxation and whole-body engagement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand and move naturally as if in a bar with live music.
- - Relax your body, breathe in and out, and ground yourself by connecting to the floor.
- - Use your whole body, including shaking shoulders, arms, and hips.
- - Interact with a partner by looking, inspiring, or making simple contact like holding hands.
- - Be creative and let movements happen spontaneously without overthinking.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Dance blues by being in the music and letting it guide your movements.
- - Focus on sending energy down into the ground to stay grounded and relaxed.
- - Embody the coolest version of yourself to make dancing look effortless.
- - Maintain a sense of individualism and freedom while dancing with others.
- - Enjoy the dance and stay in the moment without planning ahead.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1772f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/1_Let's_Get_Moving!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Let's Get Moving!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces basic blues dancing by encouraging free movement to music, focusing on relaxation and whole-body engagement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand and move naturally as if in a bar with live music.
+- Relax your body, breathe in and out, and ground yourself by connecting to the floor.
+- Use your whole body, including shaking shoulders, arms, and hips.
+- Interact with a partner by looking, inspiring, or making simple contact like holding hands.
+- Be creative and let movements happen spontaneously without overthinking.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Dance blues by being in the music and letting it guide your movements.
+- Focus on sending energy down into the ground to stay grounded and relaxed.
+- Embody the coolest version of yourself to make dancing look effortless.
+- Maintain a sense of individualism and freedom while dancing with others.
+- Enjoy the dance and stay in the moment without planning ahead.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff697d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Pulse & Basic Step
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the basic step and pulse in blues dance, focusing on connecting to the music through body movement and maintaining a relaxed, cool demeanor.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Mark the beat with any part of your body, such as tapping or nodding.
- - Step and touch while keeping steps small and maintaining the pulse.
- - Lean slightly forward with your body as if drawn by the music.
- - Allow movement in the body, including dips, rotations, and shoulder motions.
- - Practice the step touch in all directions: side-to-side, forward, backward, and turning.
- - Smile at your partner and stay relaxed to enhance the dance experience.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The beat is your best friend and should be marked constantly while dancing.
- - Avoid being rigid; let your body move naturally and fluidly.
- - The most important aspect of blues dance is to be cool and confident.
- - Move in a way that feels good to you, as long as the entire body is engaged.
- - Incorporate the pulse into your movements by swallowing the music into your belly.
- - Dance with a relaxed posture and allow for personal expression in your steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5660c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/2_Pulse_&_Basic_Step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Pulse & Basic Step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the basic step and pulse in blues dance, focusing on connecting to the music through body movement and maintaining a relaxed, cool demeanor.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Mark the beat with any part of your body, such as tapping or nodding.
+- Step and touch while keeping steps small and maintaining the pulse.
+- Lean slightly forward with your body as if drawn by the music.
+- Allow movement in the body, including dips, rotations, and shoulder motions.
+- Practice the step touch in all directions: side-to-side, forward, backward, and turning.
+- Smile at your partner and stay relaxed to enhance the dance experience.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The beat is your best friend and should be marked constantly while dancing.
+- Avoid being rigid; let your body move naturally and fluidly.
+- The most important aspect of blues dance is to be cool and confident.
+- Move in a way that feels good to you, as long as the entire body is engaged.
+- Incorporate the pulse into your movements by swallowing the music into your belly.
+- Dance with a relaxed posture and allow for personal expression in your steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 47c663f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 The Blues Walk
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Blues Walk, a step variation from the basic step, focusing on walking to music with a cool pulse and practicing transitions between steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start on any foot and maintain a cool pulse in the body.
- - Step every beat like walking down the street, but in a dance version.
- - Imagine an Italian walk with a swagger for style.
- - Go in any direction and connect with your partner through eye contact.
- - Practice with slow music to build skills effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Blues Walk is simply walking to music with a dance flair.
- - Transitions between the basic step and walk are key rhythms for the class.
- - Maintain a cool and confident attitude while dancing.
- - Partner connection enhances the dance experience.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3a6738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/3_The_Blues_Walk.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 The Blues Walk
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Blues Walk, a step variation from the basic step, focusing on walking to music with a cool pulse and practicing transitions between steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start on any foot and maintain a cool pulse in the body.
+- Step every beat like walking down the street, but in a dance version.
+- Imagine an Italian walk with a swagger for style.
+- Go in any direction and connect with your partner through eye contact.
+- Practice with slow music to build skills effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Blues Walk is simply walking to music with a dance flair.
+- Transitions between the basic step and walk are key rhythms for the class.
+- Maintain a cool and confident attitude while dancing.
+- Partner connection enhances the dance experience.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c205614..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-4 Dancing With a Partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces partner dancing in blues, focusing on communication techniques between leader and follower roles to build a successful dance conversation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers practice listening and responding to their partner.
- - Leaders work on clarity and clear preparation in their movements.
- - Try both leader and follower roles to explore preferences.
- - Start with finding a shared language for clear communication.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leader and follower roles are not gendered and can be chosen freely.
- - The dance partnership is like a conversation where both inspire and listen.
- - Fundamental skills are learned to enable a successful dance interaction.
- - As dance progresses, more layers and complexity will be added.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..144f3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/4_Dancing_With_a_Partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 4 Dancing With a Partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces partner dancing in blues, focusing on communication techniques between leader and follower roles to build a successful dance conversation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers practice listening and responding to their partner.
+- Leaders work on clarity and clear preparation in their movements.
+- Try both leader and follower roles to explore preferences.
+- Start with finding a shared language for clear communication.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leader and follower roles are not gendered and can be chosen freely.
+- The dance partnership is like a conversation where both inspire and listen.
+- Fundamental skills are learned to enable a successful dance interaction.
+- As dance progresses, more layers and complexity will be added.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d2598fb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 The Language of Lead & Follow
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing the skills of leading and following in blues dance, using a shared pulse from the music to establish clear communication between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Generate a pulse from the music to establish a shared language with your partner.
- - Leaders should use their entire body, not just their feet, to give clear information to followers.
- - Followers should look at the leader's upper body to sense movement and pulse, not at their feet.
- - Always assume the slowest speed as a follower to avoid stepping before the leader leads a change.
- - Maintain a constant distance between bodies when traveling to keep connection smooth.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Both partners need to find a compromise in pulse that fits each other and the music for effective communication.
- - The leader's body leads the follower's body, emphasizing whole-body movement in the dance.
- - Leaders must be clear when changing speeds or energy, especially transitioning between basics and walks.
- - Avoid rushing the music; stay connected to the ground and breathe to maintain a relaxed pace.
- - Focus on doing your own role well without worrying about your partner, as clarity and timing are key.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cef060d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/5_The_Language_of_Lead_&_Follow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 The Language of Lead & Follow
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing the skills of leading and following in blues dance, using a shared pulse from the music to establish clear communication between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Generate a pulse from the music to establish a shared language with your partner.
+- Leaders should use their entire body, not just their feet, to give clear information to followers.
+- Followers should look at the leader's upper body to sense movement and pulse, not at their feet.
+- Always assume the slowest speed as a follower to avoid stepping before the leader leads a change.
+- Maintain a constant distance between bodies when traveling to keep connection smooth.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Both partners need to find a compromise in pulse that fits each other and the music for effective communication.
+- The leader's body leads the follower's body, emphasizing whole-body movement in the dance.
+- Leaders must be clear when changing speeds or energy, especially transitioning between basics and walks.
+- Avoid rushing the music; stay connected to the ground and breathe to maintain a relaxed pace.
+- Focus on doing your own role well without worrying about your partner, as clarity and timing are key.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8096d07..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Open Position
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on open connection in Blues dancing, teaching how to maintain relaxed arms and shaped hands for clear communication between partners without tension.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep arms relaxed but hands in a set shape to maintain connection.
- - Assume the slowest step option as a follower until feeling the leader's speed change.
- - Practice with eyes closed to enhance sensitivity to the leader's weight shifts.
- - Leaders should maintain a constant pulse and clear redirection for followers.
- - Use the connection like a phone line, keeping it free and relaxed for communication.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Open connection relies on relaxed arms and shaped hands to avoid tension and ensure clear partner communication.
- - Followers should focus on feeling the leader's movements rather than relying on visual cues.
- - Leaders must lead with their body, not their arms, to guide the follower effectively.
- - Stretch in the connection can occur during movement and will be covered in future lessons.
- - The exercise helps improve follow lag and sensitivity to weight shifts for better dance skills.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90f47ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/6_Open_Position.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Open Position
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on open connection in Blues dancing, teaching how to maintain relaxed arms and shaped hands for clear communication between partners without tension.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep arms relaxed but hands in a set shape to maintain connection.
+- Assume the slowest step option as a follower until feeling the leader's speed change.
+- Practice with eyes closed to enhance sensitivity to the leader's weight shifts.
+- Leaders should maintain a constant pulse and clear redirection for followers.
+- Use the connection like a phone line, keeping it free and relaxed for communication.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Open connection relies on relaxed arms and shaped hands to avoid tension and ensure clear partner communication.
+- Followers should focus on feeling the leader's movements rather than relying on visual cues.
+- Leaders must lead with their body, not their arms, to guide the follower effectively.
+- Stretch in the connection can occur during movement and will be covered in future lessons.
+- The exercise helps improve follow lag and sensitivity to weight shifts for better dance skills.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b18bfb8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Closed Position
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson covers the closed position in Blues dancing, focusing on proper hand and arm placement for leaders and followers to achieve optimal connection and comfort.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should place their right hand just below the follower's left shoulder blade, avoiding the spine and extremes of height.
- - Followers should drop their arms relaxed, fold the left arm with the wrist at the leader's elbow level, and wrap the hand gently for connection.
- - Maintain a distance where a third person could fit between partners to avoid being too close or far.
- - Practice with eyes closed to improve connection and avoid anticipating movements.
- - Keep hands in a natural wrist line to prevent pain and ensure a relaxed shape.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The arms aid communication but should not be used to pull or push; the body leads the movement.
- - Avoid clinging or rushing; maintain a gentle, balanced posture for better connection.
- - Connection should allow movement in all directions without discomfort or trapping.
- - Focus on lazy, relaxed dancing to enhance flow and reduce strain.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..627b1ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/7_Closed_Position.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Closed Position
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers the closed position in Blues dancing, focusing on proper hand and arm placement for leaders and followers to achieve optimal connection and comfort.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should place their right hand just below the follower's left shoulder blade, avoiding the spine and extremes of height.
+- Followers should drop their arms relaxed, fold the left arm with the wrist at the leader's elbow level, and wrap the hand gently for connection.
+- Maintain a distance where a third person could fit between partners to avoid being too close or far.
+- Practice with eyes closed to improve connection and avoid anticipating movements.
+- Keep hands in a natural wrist line to prevent pain and ensure a relaxed shape.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The arms aid communication but should not be used to pull or push; the body leads the movement.
+- Avoid clinging or rushing; maintain a gentle, balanced posture for better connection.
+- Connection should allow movement in all directions without discomfort or trapping.
+- Focus on lazy, relaxed dancing to enhance flow and reduce strain.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 187987b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Side By Side Position
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the side-by-side position in blues dancing, including how to transition in and out of it and maintain proper connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders turn their body toward the direction they want to go when transitioning.
- - Followers keep their arm relaxed and avoid blocking the knee during transitions.
- - In side-by-side, basics are done on a forwards and backwards line.
- - Leaders can choose to do basics on the spot, traveling, or walking in side-by-side.
- - Adjust arm placement for height differences to keep shoulders comfortable.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Side-by-side position involves a slight V-shape and close connection without being fully open.
- - Transitions between closed and side-by-side are done by shuffling through and turning toward the partner.
- - Maintain consistent footwork and posture during transitions and while dancing in side-by-side.
- - Side-by-side allows for flexibility in movement, such as traveling around the room.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c9067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/8_Side_By_Side_Position.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Side By Side Position
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the side-by-side position in blues dancing, including how to transition in and out of it and maintain proper connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders turn their body toward the direction they want to go when transitioning.
+- Followers keep their arm relaxed and avoid blocking the knee during transitions.
+- In side-by-side, basics are done on a forwards and backwards line.
+- Leaders can choose to do basics on the spot, traveling, or walking in side-by-side.
+- Adjust arm placement for height differences to keep shoulders comfortable.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Side-by-side position involves a slight V-shape and close connection without being fully open.
+- Transitions between closed and side-by-side are done by shuffling through and turning toward the partner.
+- Maintain consistent footwork and posture during transitions and while dancing in side-by-side.
+- Side-by-side allows for flexibility in movement, such as traveling around the room.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ee99d55..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-9 Close Embrace
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Close Embrace in Blues dancing, focusing on achieving a comfortable and connected posture with a partner while maintaining individual balance and relaxation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain an upright posture with weight centered in the middle of the feet for better connection.
- - Keep arms relaxed and light, avoiding clamping down or squeezing your partner.
- - Look over your partner's shoulder to keep your neck straight and head upright.
- - Use a 'deflate button' on the chest to release tension if you or your partner feel too tense.
- - Imagine being slightly melted chocolate bars to visualize a soft, connected embrace without losing posture.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Connect at your own height and maintain posture regardless of partner size differences.
- - Avoid connecting heads to prevent discomfort and maintain a relaxed neck and shoulders.
- - The embrace should feel like a 'dancing hug' with a slight open V position, not entirely face-to-face.
- - Both partners should be balanced and not rely on each other for support during movement.
- - Relax your shoulders and let your hands fall naturally to avoid tension creeping up.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b22f1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/9_Close_Embrace.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 9 Close Embrace
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Close Embrace in Blues dancing, focusing on achieving a comfortable and connected posture with a partner while maintaining individual balance and relaxation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain an upright posture with weight centered in the middle of the feet for better connection.
+- Keep arms relaxed and light, avoiding clamping down or squeezing your partner.
+- Look over your partner's shoulder to keep your neck straight and head upright.
+- Use a 'deflate button' on the chest to release tension if you or your partner feel too tense.
+- Imagine being slightly melted chocolate bars to visualize a soft, connected embrace without losing posture.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Connect at your own height and maintain posture regardless of partner size differences.
+- Avoid connecting heads to prevent discomfort and maintain a relaxed neck and shoulders.
+- The embrace should feel like a 'dancing hug' with a slight open V position, not entirely face-to-face.
+- Both partners should be balanced and not rely on each other for support during movement.
+- Relax your shoulders and let your hands fall naturally to avoid tension creeping up.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 081ff73..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-How to use the Beginners Survival Kit
-
-
-
-COURSE: Introduction to Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the beginner survival kit for blues dance, aiming to provide a progressive introduction to various styles to build confidence on the dance floor.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the introduction to blues course and finish with the boring blues course in the listed order.
- - Use the notebook tab to take notes while learning.
- - Utilise the ask us a question tab to email for assistance.
- - Explore the resource section for videos, music, and other materials.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues music and dance are varied, and the courses offer a brief introduction to different styles.
- - The courses are designed to be progressive for effective learning.
- - By the end, you should feel confident stepping onto the dance floor.
- - Various tabs below each course provide tools for note-taking, asking questions, and accessing resources.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0666d6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Introduction-to-Blues/How_to_use_the_Beginners_Survival_Kit.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: How to use the Beginners Survival Kit
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the beginner survival kit for blues dance, aiming to provide a progressive introduction to various styles to build confidence on the dance floor.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the introduction to blues course and finish with the boring blues course in the listed order.
+- Use the notebook tab to take notes while learning.
+- Utilise the ask us a question tab to email for assistance.
+- Explore the resource section for videos, music, and other materials.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues music and dance are varied, and the courses offer a brief introduction to different styles.
+- The courses are designed to be progressive for effective learning.
+- By the end, you should feel confident stepping onto the dance floor.
+- Various tabs below each course provide tools for note-taking, asking questions, and accessing resources.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cbb2277..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-0 Jookin' Blues Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: Jooking Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the beginner juke joint blues course, focusing on adding attitude and style through stationary solo moves and body rhythms, with the goal of transitioning these into partnership dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on stationary moves rather than traveling steps.
- - Emphasize body rhythms and solo movements.
- - Practice solo moves before incorporating them into a partnership.
- - Keep movements compact and expressive.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Juke joint blues originated in small Mississippi Delta venues.
- - The dance style is more about body movement than large steps.
- - Solo moves form the foundation for partnership dancing.
- - Attitude and style are key elements in this dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9f4752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/0_Jookin'_Blues_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 0 Jookin' Blues Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the beginner juke joint blues course, focusing on adding attitude and style through stationary solo moves and body rhythms, with the goal of transitioning these into partnership dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on stationary moves rather than traveling steps.
+- Emphasize body rhythms and solo movements.
+- Practice solo moves before incorporating them into a partnership.
+- Keep movements compact and expressive.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Juke joint blues originated in small Mississippi Delta venues.
+- The dance style is more about body movement than large steps.
+- Solo moves form the foundation for partnership dancing.
+- Attitude and style are key elements in this dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1214da2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-The Color Purple Juke Joint Scene
-
-
-
-COURSE: Jooking Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the juke joint scene from The Color Purple, teaching the Jooking Blues dance style with an emphasis on character interaction and emotional expression.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a relaxed posture to convey the casual juke joint atmosphere.
- - Use subtle gestures to reflect character emotions during partner interactions.
- - Sync movements with the dialogue to enhance storytelling in the dance.
- - Incorporate pauses to emphasize dramatic moments in the scene.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Express character dynamics through body language and facial expressions.
- - Blend dance steps with narrative elements for a cohesive performance.
- - Focus on fluid transitions between movements to maintain rhythm and flow.
- - Adapt energy levels to match the emotional tone of the scene.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fd43e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Jooking-Blues/The_Color_Purple_Juke_Joint_Scene.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: The Color Purple Juke Joint Scene
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the juke joint scene from The Color Purple, teaching the Jooking Blues dance style with an emphasis on character interaction and emotional expression.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a relaxed posture to convey the casual juke joint atmosphere.
+- Use subtle gestures to reflect character emotions during partner interactions.
+- Sync movements with the dialogue to enhance storytelling in the dance.
+- Incorporate pauses to emphasize dramatic moments in the scene.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Express character dynamics through body language and facial expressions.
+- Blend dance steps with narrative elements for a cohesive performance.
+- Focus on fluid transitions between movements to maintain rhythm and flow.
+- Adapt energy levels to match the emotional tone of the scene.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5065c71..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Side By Side
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces side-by-side variations in dance, focusing on leading and following slides, turns, changes of rhythm and direction to enhance partner interaction and musicality on the dance floor.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice leading and following slides smoothly with your partner.
- - Incorporate turns to add dynamic movement to your side-by-side steps.
- - Experiment with changes in rhythm to match the music's beat.
- - Use directional shifts to navigate the dance floor effectively.
- - Focus on maintaining connection with your partner during variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Side-by-side variations enhance partner coordination and fun.
- - Musicality is key to adapting moves to the rhythm.
- - Clear leading and following improves dance flow.
- - Practice builds confidence in executing complex steps.
- - Enjoyment and creativity are essential for dance expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aa10eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/0_Side_By_Side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Side By Side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces side-by-side variations in dance, focusing on leading and following slides, turns, changes of rhythm and direction to enhance partner interaction and musicality on the dance floor.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice leading and following slides smoothly with your partner.
+- Incorporate turns to add dynamic movement to your side-by-side steps.
+- Experiment with changes in rhythm to match the music's beat.
+- Use directional shifts to navigate the dance floor effectively.
+- Focus on maintaining connection with your partner during variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Side-by-side variations enhance partner coordination and fun.
+- Musicality is key to adapting moves to the rhythm.
+- Clear leading and following improves dance flow.
+- Practice builds confidence in executing complex steps.
+- Enjoyment and creativity are essential for dance expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 174dd54..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Changing Direction
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the side-by-side variation of changing directions in dance, starting from a closed position and focusing on body turns and shuffling to change direction smoothly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should turn their body slightly and face the partner to signal direction changes without pushing with the arm.
- - Maintain a nice and close position with the hand on the opposite side of the follower to avoid being too far apart.
- - When opening into side-by-side, form a nice open V position and keep weight slightly forwards to facilitate easier traveling.
- - Practice with a two-count basic step underneath the body while rotating to change directions.
- - To reconnect into closed position, turn again but not completely and place the hand on the follower's left side.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Changing direction involves turning on the spot or traveling, with options to combine both for variation.
- - Leaders should use body movement rather than arm pressure to signal turns, releasing the follower to indicate direction changes.
- - Maintain forward weight to prevent rock steps and make traveling forwards and backwards smoother.
- - The side-by-side variation can be done in place or with traveling, allowing for improvisation and multiple repetitions as desired.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31a4b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/1_Changing_Direction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Changing Direction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the side-by-side variation of changing directions in dance, starting from a closed position and focusing on body turns and shuffling to change direction smoothly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should turn their body slightly and face the partner to signal direction changes without pushing with the arm.
+- Maintain a nice and close position with the hand on the opposite side of the follower to avoid being too far apart.
+- When opening into side-by-side, form a nice open V position and keep weight slightly forwards to facilitate easier traveling.
+- Practice with a two-count basic step underneath the body while rotating to change directions.
+- To reconnect into closed position, turn again but not completely and place the hand on the follower's left side.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Changing direction involves turning on the spot or traveling, with options to combine both for variation.
+- Leaders should use body movement rather than arm pressure to signal turns, releasing the follower to indicate direction changes.
+- Maintain forward weight to prevent rock steps and make traveling forwards and backwards smoother.
+- The side-by-side variation can be done in place or with traveling, allowing for improvisation and multiple repetitions as desired.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c0fd534..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-2 Side By Side Inside Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a side-by-side variation leading into an inside turn, focusing on transitioning from side-by-side to closed position and back.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders face their partner between the third and fourth steps to slide the connection into closed position.
- - Followers keep their free arm at center level during the turn to reconnect easily in side-by-side.
- - For height differences, followers can raise their arm over the top without lifting the elbow first.
- - Leaders can end in closed position by placing their hand on the partner's left side on the third step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transition smoothly from side-by-side to closed position by sliding the arms during the turn.
- - Maintain a relaxed and available arm position to facilitate reconnection in side-by-side.
- - Adjust arm movements for height differences to ensure comfort and avoid injury.
- - Practice timing to end in the desired position, whether side-by-side or closed.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c83e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/2_Side_By_Side_Inside_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 2 Side By Side Inside Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a side-by-side variation leading into an inside turn, focusing on transitioning from side-by-side to closed position and back.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders face their partner between the third and fourth steps to slide the connection into closed position.
+- Followers keep their free arm at center level during the turn to reconnect easily in side-by-side.
+- For height differences, followers can raise their arm over the top without lifting the elbow first.
+- Leaders can end in closed position by placing their hand on the partner's left side on the third step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transition smoothly from side-by-side to closed position by sliding the arms during the turn.
+- Maintain a relaxed and available arm position to facilitate reconnection in side-by-side.
+- Adjust arm movements for height differences to ensure comfort and avoid injury.
+- Practice timing to end in the desired position, whether side-by-side or closed.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 66b47eb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Side By Side Free Turn I
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Side By Side Free Turn I, focusing on executing a coordinated turn while maintaining connection and transitioning smoothly between positions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should face the direction they're about to go on step four for clear preparation.
- - Followers should step a fraction after leaders to allow reconnection into side-by-side.
- - During turns, look for your partner to avoid collisions and reconnect smoothly.
- - Leaders should let go of hands by turning their body, not pushing, to lead the turn.
- - For a closed position, leaders place hands on the partner's left side earlier in the turn.
- - Followers should keep arms at mid-center level to reconnect above the leader's arm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain an upright posture and look forward or at your partner to stay balanced.
- - The body leads the turn, with followers matching the leader's movement naturally.
- - Avoid stepping too soon as a follower to give the leader time to reconnect.
- - Hands should be kept low and relaxed during the turn for better control.
- - Turning tips apply to both leaders and followers for smoother coordination.
- - Practice the move with music to build rhythm and fun into the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3613065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/3_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Side By Side Free Turn I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Side By Side Free Turn I, focusing on executing a coordinated turn while maintaining connection and transitioning smoothly between positions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should face the direction they're about to go on step four for clear preparation.
+- Followers should step a fraction after leaders to allow reconnection into side-by-side.
+- During turns, look for your partner to avoid collisions and reconnect smoothly.
+- Leaders should let go of hands by turning their body, not pushing, to lead the turn.
+- For a closed position, leaders place hands on the partner's left side earlier in the turn.
+- Followers should keep arms at mid-center level to reconnect above the leader's arm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain an upright posture and look forward or at your partner to stay balanced.
+- The body leads the turn, with followers matching the leader's movement naturally.
+- Avoid stepping too soon as a follower to give the leader time to reconnect.
+- Hands should be kept low and relaxed during the turn for better control.
+- Turning tips apply to both leaders and followers for smoother coordination.
+- Practice the move with music to build rhythm and fun into the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b6d72a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Side By Side Free Turn II
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a side-by-side free turn variation where both partners turn in opposite directions, building on a previous version with a longer sequence and different timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Drop the hand low when facing your partner to maintain connection.
- - Step forward on count six to redirect the movement before turning.
- - Communicate the turn direction clearly between counts six and seven for your partner.
- - Let go of the hand on count seven to initiate the turn away from each other.
- - Keep the hand low throughout the move to ensure smooth execution.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The key difference from the previous free turn is turning in the opposite direction with a delayed release.
- - Maintain low hand positioning to guide your partner effectively during the turn.
- - Focus on count six as the critical moment for redirecting the movement.
- - Ensure clear communication with your partner to coordinate the turn away from each other.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04a59a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/4_Side_By_Side_Free_Turn_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Side By Side Free Turn II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a side-by-side free turn variation where both partners turn in opposite directions, building on a previous version with a longer sequence and different timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Drop the hand low when facing your partner to maintain connection.
+- Step forward on count six to redirect the movement before turning.
+- Communicate the turn direction clearly between counts six and seven for your partner.
+- Let go of the hand on count seven to initiate the turn away from each other.
+- Keep the hand low throughout the move to ensure smooth execution.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The key difference from the previous free turn is turning in the opposite direction with a delayed release.
+- Maintain low hand positioning to guide your partner effectively during the turn.
+- Focus on count six as the critical moment for redirecting the movement.
+- Ensure clear communication with your partner to coordinate the turn away from each other.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ab1aca..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Side By Side Slide
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the side-by-side slide move, focusing on the preparation, execution, and timing of the slide with a partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your foot in line with your knee and hip to prevent injury during the prep.
- - Initiate the slide by pushing your center back as if pulled by a rope.
- - Maintain a forward upper body posture during the slide to stay balanced.
- - Followers should not anticipate the move; instead, react to the leader's cues.
- - Practice the slide with varying counts to match the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The slide timing is flexible and can be adjusted based on the music.
- - Both leaders and followers must maintain proper alignment to avoid injury.
- - Connection with your partner is key; followers should mirror the leader's movements.
- - Balance is maintained by keeping the upper body forward during the slide.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18c05f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/5_Side_By_Side_Slide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Side By Side Slide
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the side-by-side slide move, focusing on the preparation, execution, and timing of the slide with a partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your foot in line with your knee and hip to prevent injury during the prep.
+- Initiate the slide by pushing your center back as if pulled by a rope.
+- Maintain a forward upper body posture during the slide to stay balanced.
+- Followers should not anticipate the move; instead, react to the leader's cues.
+- Practice the slide with varying counts to match the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The slide timing is flexible and can be adjusted based on the music.
+- Both leaders and followers must maintain proper alignment to avoid injury.
+- Connection with your partner is key; followers should mirror the leader's movements.
+- Balance is maintained by keeping the upper body forward during the slide.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 049d573..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Side By Side Triple Step
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the side-by-side triple step variation, focusing on executing a smooth triple step after a preparatory forward movement with a sinking motion.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with three steps forward, then sink slightly on the third step to prepare for the triple step.
- - Imagine a wave motion: go down and down, then step to execute the triple step smoothly.
- - Roll the weight into the back foot during the sinking phase to maintain control and avoid jumping.
- - Keep the upper body forward and look down as if seeing a creature on the floor to prevent throwing the body back.
- - For leaders, differentiate the triple step from a slide by sinking into the ground like a wave instead of a diagonal jump.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triple step involves a sinking preparation after three forward steps, contrasting with the slide's diagonal jump.
- - Maintain connection to the floor throughout the movement to avoid jumping and ensure control over timing.
- - Followers should match the leader's sinking motion to synchronize the triple step effectively.
- - Use the imagery of a wave or an unidentifiable creature to guide the body's motion and posture during the step.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29b687b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/6_Side_By_Side_Triple_Step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Side By Side Triple Step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the side-by-side triple step variation, focusing on executing a smooth triple step after a preparatory forward movement with a sinking motion.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with three steps forward, then sink slightly on the third step to prepare for the triple step.
+- Imagine a wave motion: go down and down, then step to execute the triple step smoothly.
+- Roll the weight into the back foot during the sinking phase to maintain control and avoid jumping.
+- Keep the upper body forward and look down as if seeing a creature on the floor to prevent throwing the body back.
+- For leaders, differentiate the triple step from a slide by sinking into the ground like a wave instead of a diagonal jump.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triple step involves a sinking preparation after three forward steps, contrasting with the slide's diagonal jump.
+- Maintain connection to the floor throughout the movement to avoid jumping and ensure control over timing.
+- Followers should match the leader's sinking motion to synchronize the triple step effectively.
+- Use the imagery of a wave or an unidentifiable creature to guide the body's motion and posture during the step.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c7d02f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Opposition
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on side-by-side opposition in dance, teaching leaders to maintain momentum and fluidity while guiding followers through a smooth, connected movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should pause on the fifth basic step and move their upper body forward to signal followers to continue.
- - Keep arms active and adjust hand position for a comfortable connection, such as sliding to the follower's left side.
- - Followers should let their body turn slightly towards the leader to maintain shoulder comfort and connection.
- - Both partners should maintain visual and physical connection to enhance communication during the move.
- - Add style by varying upper body shape, getting low, or adding shoulder shimmies for a playful effect.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Ensure followers' momentum is continuous and fluid throughout the opposition movement.
- - Leaders should not pull followers back; let them naturally return based on the established flow.
- - Protect shoulder comfort by adjusting body angles and arm positions to avoid disconnection.
- - Practice the move with multiple oppositions and adapt it for social dancing as desired.
- - Focus on smooth leading through upper body movement rather than arm actions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..414c203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/7_Opposition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Opposition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on side-by-side opposition in dance, teaching leaders to maintain momentum and fluidity while guiding followers through a smooth, connected movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should pause on the fifth basic step and move their upper body forward to signal followers to continue.
+- Keep arms active and adjust hand position for a comfortable connection, such as sliding to the follower's left side.
+- Followers should let their body turn slightly towards the leader to maintain shoulder comfort and connection.
+- Both partners should maintain visual and physical connection to enhance communication during the move.
+- Add style by varying upper body shape, getting low, or adding shoulder shimmies for a playful effect.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Ensure followers' momentum is continuous and fluid throughout the opposition movement.
+- Leaders should not pull followers back; let them naturally return based on the established flow.
+- Protect shoulder comfort by adjusting body angles and arm positions to avoid disconnection.
+- Practice the move with multiple oppositions and adapt it for social dancing as desired.
+- Focus on smooth leading through upper body movement rather than arm actions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d73964..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-8 Recap Routine
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps and sequences moves from the Side By Side course into a routine, focusing on transitions and practicing with music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Fill slow slides with creative movements like shoulder boogies to match the music.
- - Use a low arm hold early during the free turn for smooth connection.
- - Practice transitions between moves like side-by-side basics and forward walks to improve flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Enjoy the dance and be creative during slower sections to enhance expression.
- - Focus on smooth transitions between moves to build a cohesive routine.
- - Use the routine to practice sequencing moves in different orders for versatility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ff0646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/8_Recap_Routine.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 8 Recap Routine
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps and sequences moves from the Side By Side course into a routine, focusing on transitions and practicing with music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Fill slow slides with creative movements like shoulder boogies to match the music.
+- Use a low arm hold early during the free turn for smooth connection.
+- Practice transitions between moves like side-by-side basics and forward walks to improve flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Enjoy the dance and be creative during slower sections to enhance expression.
+- Focus on smooth transitions between moves to build a cohesive routine.
+- Use the routine to practice sequencing moves in different orders for versatility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bd1ac0c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Side By Side
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and maintaining rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep movements fluid and connected throughout the sequence.
- - Focus on timing to match the beat of the music.
- - Use body isolation to enhance expression in the dance.
- - Practice transitions slowly before increasing speed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in rhythm is key for a polished performance.
- - Pay attention to posture and alignment to prevent injury.
- - Review individual steps to ensure accuracy in the full routine.
- - Incorporate feedback from previous lessons to improve technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bce360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Begginer-Survival-Kit/Side-By-Side/9_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and maintaining rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep movements fluid and connected throughout the sequence.
+- Focus on timing to match the beat of the music.
+- Use body isolation to enhance expression in the dance.
+- Practice transitions slowly before increasing speed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in rhythm is key for a polished performance.
+- Pay attention to posture and alignment to prevent injury.
+- Review individual steps to ensure accuracy in the full routine.
+- Incorporate feedback from previous lessons to improve technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 24d5b68..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Close Embrace Intensive Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: Close Embrace Intensive
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Close Embrace Intensive course, focusing on the technique and feel of close embrace in dance, with progressive challenges throughout.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice drills to test and improve your close embrace technique.
- - Use contra body technique for better movement in close embrace.
- - Start with the basics and gradually increase difficulty as you progress.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Close embrace must feel good to be effective and enjoyable.
- - Good technique is essential for executing various rhythms, shapes, and rotations.
- - The course builds in challenge, so work through it sequentially to develop skills.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f441ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Close-Embrace-Intensive/0_Close_Embrace_Intensive_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Close Embrace Intensive Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Close Embrace Intensive course, focusing on the technique and feel of close embrace in dance, with progressive challenges throughout.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice drills to test and improve your close embrace technique.
+- Use contra body technique for better movement in close embrace.
+- Start with the basics and gradually increase difficulty as you progress.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Close embrace must feel good to be effective and enjoyable.
+- Good technique is essential for executing various rhythms, shapes, and rotations.
+- The course builds in challenge, so work through it sequentially to develop skills.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 136d825..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Contrabody Movement
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the contra-body movement, focusing on adding a relaxed swing in the upper body with opposition while walking to use the whole body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Swing the upper body from side to side with a pulse to avoid flat movement.
- - Keep the movement internal and controlled, with minimal hip movement and a slight twist in the center.
- - Ensure arms move only as connected to the spine, not independently.
- - When tapping a foot forward or back, align the opposite side of the body in opposition.
- - Keep legs on a straight line to prevent opening up too much, especially when tapping back.
- - Imagine having no muscles to maintain a soft, relaxed swing without tension.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Contra-body movement involves opposition between upper and lower body for a flowing swing.
- - Movement should originate from the center, with arms naturally following the spine.
- - Maintain relaxation and avoid engaging muscles to keep the action soft and fluid.
- - Focus on the skeleton's swing to prevent tension and enhance body connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f11a922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/0_Contrabody_Movement.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Contrabody Movement
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the contra-body movement, focusing on adding a relaxed swing in the upper body with opposition while walking to use the whole body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Swing the upper body from side to side with a pulse to avoid flat movement.
+- Keep the movement internal and controlled, with minimal hip movement and a slight twist in the center.
+- Ensure arms move only as connected to the spine, not independently.
+- When tapping a foot forward or back, align the opposite side of the body in opposition.
+- Keep legs on a straight line to prevent opening up too much, especially when tapping back.
+- Imagine having no muscles to maintain a soft, relaxed swing without tension.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Contra-body movement involves opposition between upper and lower body for a flowing swing.
+- Movement should originate from the center, with arms naturally following the spine.
+- Maintain relaxation and avoid engaging muscles to keep the action soft and fluid.
+- Focus on the skeleton's swing to prevent tension and enhance body connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 58aa67d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Contrabody Walks
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing contrabody walks with three steps and a tap, emphasizing travel and direction changes to build comfort and natural movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right, step left first, and face left for the initial direction.
- - When tapping, add a swing from the center instead of keeping the body straight.
- - Practice starting with weight on the left leg, stepping right first for variation.
- - Repeat the sequence many times until it feels automatic, especially the direction changes.
- - Film yourself to review and improve your form during practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The tap movement should originate from the center for better body shape and flow.
- - Changing direction smoothly is crucial, especially when dancing with a partner.
- - Comfort and natural execution are key goals, achieved through repetition.
- - This technique helps followers anticipate direction changes in partner dancing.
- - Consistent practice builds muscle memory for effortless performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9376759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/1_Contrabody_Walks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Contrabody Walks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing contrabody walks with three steps and a tap, emphasizing travel and direction changes to build comfort and natural movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right, step left first, and face left for the initial direction.
+- When tapping, add a swing from the center instead of keeping the body straight.
+- Practice starting with weight on the left leg, stepping right first for variation.
+- Repeat the sequence many times until it feels automatic, especially the direction changes.
+- Film yourself to review and improve your form during practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The tap movement should originate from the center for better body shape and flow.
+- Changing direction smoothly is crucial, especially when dancing with a partner.
+- Comfort and natural execution are key goals, achieved through repetition.
+- This technique helps followers anticipate direction changes in partner dancing.
+- Consistent practice builds muscle memory for effortless performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 57842f5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-2 Improvising with Contra-body
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with contra-body steps, allowing dancers to choose between taps and steps while maintaining the contra-body swing and pulse.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use taps to maintain swing without changing weight.
- - Change weight with steps while keeping the contra-body swing.
- - Improvise by mixing taps and steps in any order or direction.
- - If you get lost, stop, reset, and start again to maintain flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the contra-body swing at all times during improvisation.
- - Improvise freely around the space with both legs and directions.
- - Keep the pulse consistent to avoid stopping the swing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e2a2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/2_Improvising_with_Contra-body.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 2 Improvising with Contra-body
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with contra-body steps, allowing dancers to choose between taps and steps while maintaining the contra-body swing and pulse.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use taps to maintain swing without changing weight.
+- Change weight with steps while keeping the contra-body swing.
+- Improvise by mixing taps and steps in any order or direction.
+- If you get lost, stop, reset, and start again to maintain flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the contra-body swing at all times during improvisation.
+- Improvise freely around the space with both legs and directions.
+- Keep the pulse consistent to avoid stopping the swing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b6fe99..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-30 Half Turn 4%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE:
-FOCUS:
-TIP & TRICKS:
-REMEMBER:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7089305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/30_Half_Turn_4%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+title: 30 Half Turn 4%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+-
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+
+##REMEMBER
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 723d2dc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-31 Improvising with Turns 2%3A Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE:
-FOCUS:
-TIP & TRICKS:
-REMEMBER:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..816fd7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/31_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+title: 31 Improvising with Turns 2%3A Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+-
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+
+##REMEMBER
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a4b54a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-32 Improvising with Turns 2%3A Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE:
-FOCUS:
-TIP & TRICKS:
-REMEMBER:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8ffb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/32_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+title: 32 Improvising with Turns 2%3A Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+-
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+
+##REMEMBER
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2f5a3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-33 Improvising with Turns 2%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE:
-FOCUS:
-TIP & TRICKS:
-REMEMBER:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1a5a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/33_Improvising_with_Turns_2%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+title: 33 Improvising with Turns 2%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+-
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+
+##REMEMBER
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fed549..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-34 Putting Everything Together%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE:
-FOCUS:
-TIP & TRICKS:
-REMEMBER:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79c007e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/34_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+title: 34 Putting Everything Together%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+-
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+
+##REMEMBER
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a7c3946..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-35 Putting Everything Together%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE:
-FOCUS:
-TIP & TRICKS:
-REMEMBER:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab00a91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/35_Putting_Everything_Together%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+title: 35 Putting Everything Together%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+-
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+
+##REMEMBER
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f694754..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Contrabody in Close Embrace
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing contra-body movements with a partner in close embrace, aiming to integrate previous skills while traveling or redirecting in the dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left foot for all participants.
- - Keep the arm connected to the body and avoid isolating movements.
- - Followers should maintain a relaxed upper body to allow a soft, swinging action.
- - Leaders should use a swing in the hip area to signal direction changes.
- - Practice traveling forwards and backwards or staying in place with taps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Contra-body movement should be generated from relaxation, not muscular tension, to avoid blocking your partner.
- - Use your whole body, not just isolated legs, to signal changes in direction for better partner connection.
- - Maintain a soft and squishy spine and torso to support both close embrace and swinging actions.
- - Focus on keeping the embrace close while allowing the contra-body to flow smoothly during practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec9d927
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/3_Contrabody_in_Close_Embrace.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Contrabody in Close Embrace
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing contra-body movements with a partner in close embrace, aiming to integrate previous skills while traveling or redirecting in the dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left foot for all participants.
+- Keep the arm connected to the body and avoid isolating movements.
+- Followers should maintain a relaxed upper body to allow a soft, swinging action.
+- Leaders should use a swing in the hip area to signal direction changes.
+- Practice traveling forwards and backwards or staying in place with taps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Contra-body movement should be generated from relaxation, not muscular tension, to avoid blocking your partner.
+- Use your whole body, not just isolated legs, to signal changes in direction for better partner connection.
+- Maintain a soft and squishy spine and torso to support both close embrace and swinging actions.
+- Focus on keeping the embrace close while allowing the contra-body to flow smoothly during practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 96acfdd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 1: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson builds on a previous drill by adding more rotation, focusing on followers performing a half turn with 180-degree rotation while traveling on a single line.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate more on the third step instead of just facing the side.
- - Release on the same line after the twist to maintain direction.
- - Step directly under the body when releasing from the twist.
- - Avoid extending the leg back or taking a big step during the release.
- - Make the eighth step a very small step under the body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The entire movement should travel on one long line for consistency.
- - Maintaining connection after the turn is crucial when partnered up.
- - Stepping under the body helps preserve balance and alignment.
- - Practice the rotation and release to ensure smooth transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2a811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 1: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson builds on a previous drill by adding more rotation, focusing on followers performing a half turn with 180-degree rotation while traveling on a single line.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate more on the third step instead of just facing the side.
+- Release on the same line after the twist to maintain direction.
+- Step directly under the body when releasing from the twist.
+- Avoid extending the leg back or taking a big step during the release.
+- Make the eighth step a very small step under the body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The entire movement should travel on one long line for consistency.
+- Maintaining connection after the turn is crucial when partnered up.
+- Stepping under the body helps preserve balance and alignment.
+- Practice the rotation and release to ensure smooth transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1688c17..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 1: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using contra-body movement to generate a larger rotation while traveling on a line, specifically for leaders in a half turn.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate more between counts three and four.
- - Step under your body during the movement.
- - Release on the same line as you travel.
- - Take about two counts for the reset.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Timing is extremely important for this technique.
- - Maintain weight on the right foot as a starting point.
- - The technique is similar to the previous lesson but with increased rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53f76ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 1: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using contra-body movement to generate a larger rotation while traveling on a line, specifically for leaders in a half turn.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate more between counts three and four.
+- Step under your body during the movement.
+- Release on the same line as you travel.
+- Take about two counts for the reset.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Timing is extremely important for this technique.
+- Maintain weight on the right foot as a starting point.
+- The technique is similar to the previous lesson but with increased rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f01973..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 1: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a 180-degree half turn with a partner, emphasizing maintaining proper posture and alignment while rotating together.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a close embrace posture and stay relaxed to avoid blocking your partner.
- - Leaders keep weight on the right foot, followers on the left foot.
- - Aim to step on the same line for the third and fourth steps during the turn.
- - Followers should actively participate by doing the contra-body movement themselves.
- - Analyze your movement to ensure you feel the twist and avoid cheating for ease.
- - Practice with music to integrate the turn smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Contra-body movement requires active engagement from both partners, not just following.
- - Stay aware of alignment to keep steps on the same line during rotation.
- - Relaxation and proper posture are crucial for a smooth partnered turn.
- - Practice helps refine the technique, especially in maintaining the twist.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bda4f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_1:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 1: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a 180-degree half turn with a partner, emphasizing maintaining proper posture and alignment while rotating together.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a close embrace posture and stay relaxed to avoid blocking your partner.
+- Leaders keep weight on the right foot, followers on the left foot.
+- Aim to step on the same line for the third and fourth steps during the turn.
+- Followers should actively participate by doing the contra-body movement themselves.
+- Analyze your movement to ensure you feel the twist and avoid cheating for ease.
+- Practice with music to integrate the turn smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Contra-body movement requires active engagement from both partners, not just following.
+- Stay aware of alignment to keep steps on the same line during rotation.
+- Relaxation and proper posture are crucial for a smooth partnered turn.
+- Practice helps refine the technique, especially in maintaining the twist.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d49d62..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 2: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a half turn (180-degree rotation) for followers, building on a previous exercise by adding rotation on step four and releasing on step five.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step directly under your body on step five, not over-extending or pulling away.
- - Keep the body relaxed and maintain a skeleton-like posture with no tension.
- - Ensure you step on your line during the rotation on step four.
- - Practice the sequence with music to integrate the movement smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Release the leg directly underneath the body to avoid over-extension.
- - Maintain proper alignment by stepping on your line during rotations.
- - Focus on a relaxed body to enhance fluidity in the half turn.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee4a11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 2: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a half turn (180-degree rotation) for followers, building on a previous exercise by adding rotation on step four and releasing on step five.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step directly under your body on step five, not over-extending or pulling away.
+- Keep the body relaxed and maintain a skeleton-like posture with no tension.
+- Ensure you step on your line during the rotation on step four.
+- Practice the sequence with music to integrate the movement smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Release the leg directly underneath the body to avoid over-extension.
+- Maintain proper alignment by stepping on your line during rotations.
+- Focus on a relaxed body to enhance fluidity in the half turn.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 009d555..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 2: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders how to generate a half rotation between steps 4 and 5 in the dance, focusing on body release and natural movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot.
- - Release only the body while maintaining level.
- - Practice the sequence three times until it feels natural.
- - Try the movement with music to enhance rhythm.
- - Lead yourself through the rotation smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Generate a half rotation, not a full portable one.
- - Keep the body at the same level during the release.
- - Reset after completing the sequence for consistency.
- - Focus on making the movement feel natural and fluid.
- - Have fun while practicing to improve engagement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e67348f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 2: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders how to generate a half rotation between steps 4 and 5 in the dance, focusing on body release and natural movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot.
+- Release only the body while maintaining level.
+- Practice the sequence three times until it feels natural.
+- Try the movement with music to enhance rhythm.
+- Lead yourself through the rotation smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Generate a half rotation, not a full portable one.
+- Keep the body at the same level during the release.
+- Reset after completing the sequence for consistency.
+- Focus on making the movement feel natural and fluid.
+- Have fun while practicing to improve engagement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 40ccbc8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 2: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a 180-degree rotation with a partner in a close embrace, emphasising the use of contra-body movement to create space and maintain connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Close the brace as before to maintain the embrace.
- - Step under yourself on count five instead of stepping back.
- - Keep the connection in the body and avoid pulling away or falling back.
- - Relax your spine and take your time during the movement.
- - Ensure early preparation by leaders and active following by followers.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Contra-body turning helps create space for followers to travel down a line.
- - Maintaining a close embrace is crucial during the rotation.
- - The timing of the contra-body movement is key to success.
- - If issues arise, review previous videos for technique tips.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..419dfad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_2:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 2: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a 180-degree rotation with a partner in a close embrace, emphasising the use of contra-body movement to create space and maintain connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Close the brace as before to maintain the embrace.
+- Step under yourself on count five instead of stepping back.
+- Keep the connection in the body and avoid pulling away or falling back.
+- Relax your spine and take your time during the movement.
+- Ensure early preparation by leaders and active following by followers.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Contra-body turning helps create space for followers to travel down a line.
+- Maintaining a close embrace is crucial during the rotation.
+- The timing of the contra-body movement is key to success.
+- If issues arise, review previous videos for technique tips.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b2f1d6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 3: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders how to perform a half turn in the Contra-Body Adventure course, focusing on rotating toward the right and traveling forward and back.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot.
- - Rotate more on count five to achieve the half turn.
- - Travel back on counts seven and eight.
- - Practice the movement between counts five and six for smooth rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The technique builds on previous lessons but involves a different direction.
- - Maintain the same principles from earlier steps while adjusting the rotation.
- - Enjoy the feeling and flow of the movement during practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0396abc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 3: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders how to perform a half turn in the Contra-Body Adventure course, focusing on rotating toward the right and traveling forward and back.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot.
+- Rotate more on count five to achieve the half turn.
+- Travel back on counts seven and eight.
+- Practice the movement between counts five and six for smooth rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The technique builds on previous lessons but involves a different direction.
+- Maintain the same principles from earlier steps while adjusting the rotation.
+- Enjoy the feeling and flow of the movement during practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fdea6ce..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 3: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered half turns in contra-body movement, aiming to practice coordination and connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain eye contact with your partner during turns.
- - Use gentle hand pressure to guide each other.
- - Keep your posture upright and aligned.
- - Sync your steps to the rhythm for smooth transitions.
- - Practice slowly before increasing speed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Contra-body movement involves opposite arm and leg coordination.
- - Partner connection is key for fluid turns.
- - Focus on shared timing to avoid missteps.
- - Relax your shoulders to reduce tension.
- - Consistent practice improves muscle memory.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34aede5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_Turn_3:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 3: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered half turns in contra-body movement, aiming to practice coordination and connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain eye contact with your partner during turns.
+- Use gentle hand pressure to guide each other.
+- Keep your posture upright and aligned.
+- Sync your steps to the rhythm for smooth transitions.
+- Practice slowly before increasing speed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Contra-body movement involves opposite arm and leg coordination.
+- Partner connection is key for fluid turns.
+- Focus on shared timing to avoid missteps.
+- Relax your shoulders to reduce tension.
+- Consistent practice improves muscle memory.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 02a2351..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Half turn 3: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches followers to perform a half turn to the right while traveling backwards, focusing on maintaining a straight line and using the whole spine.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step one, two, three, turn to the right on the fourth step, and unwind on five to continue the line.
- - When unwinding, step underneath your body without driving forwards or going out of the line.
- - Use a small pivot on the left foot as you turn, rotating it in place before stepping on five.
- - Take your head with you when turning, looking over your shoulder to help unwind and maintain alignment.
- - Practice the movement many times with music to build consistency and fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Perform everything on a straight line to maintain proper form and direction.
- - Use your whole spine during the half turn, not just the body, to enhance movement quality.
- - Ensure the foot pivots in place during the turn to facilitate smooth transitions.
- - Keep weight balanced and controlled to avoid drifting out of the intended path.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97c94e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Half_turn_3:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Half turn 3: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches followers to perform a half turn to the right while traveling backwards, focusing on maintaining a straight line and using the whole spine.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step one, two, three, turn to the right on the fourth step, and unwind on five to continue the line.
+- When unwinding, step underneath your body without driving forwards or going out of the line.
+- Use a small pivot on the left foot as you turn, rotating it in place before stepping on five.
+- Take your head with you when turning, looking over your shoulder to help unwind and maintain alignment.
+- Practice the movement many times with music to build consistency and fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Perform everything on a straight line to maintain proper form and direction.
+- Use your whole spine during the half turn, not just the body, to enhance movement quality.
+- Ensure the foot pivots in place during the turn to facilitate smooth transitions.
+- Keep weight balanced and controlled to avoid drifting out of the intended path.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b35edd9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Improvising with Turns 1: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvisation for followers, using turns while travelling forwards. The goal is to practice combining turns with different rotations and steps freely.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Turn to the right or left with 90 or 180 degree rotations.
- - Add turns in any order with as many steps in between as desired.
- - Start and reset turns whenever you want during practice.
- - Practice with music to enhance the experience.
- - Focus on creating a twisting feeling in the body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Turns should occur only while travelling forwards.
- - Improvise by combining elements learned so far freely.
- - There are no strict rules; adjust speed and steps as preferred.
- - Keep practicing to develop fluidity and comfort with turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3d94ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Improvising with Turns 1: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvisation for followers, using turns while travelling forwards. The goal is to practice combining turns with different rotations and steps freely.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Turn to the right or left with 90 or 180 degree rotations.
+- Add turns in any order with as many steps in between as desired.
+- Start and reset turns whenever you want during practice.
+- Practice with music to enhance the experience.
+- Focus on creating a twisting feeling in the body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Turns should occur only while travelling forwards.
+- Improvise by combining elements learned so far freely.
+- There are no strict rules; adjust speed and steps as preferred.
+- Keep practicing to develop fluidity and comfort with turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 60da4ac..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Improvising with Turns 1: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising turns for leaders in contra-body movement, with the goal of practicing four turn options: quarter and half turns on both the right and left sides.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Turn backwards each time you initiate a turn.
- - Reset your position whenever you want during the improvisation.
- - You can do as many or as few steps as you like, not necessarily eight.
- - If you get lost, take a few steps to reset and regain control.
- - Practice with music to enhance the improvisation experience.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - You have four turn options: quarter and half turns on the right and left.
- - Turns are performed backwards in this exercise.
- - Improvisation allows freedom in step count and timing.
- - Maintain control of your body to choose when to turn effectively.
- - The exercise is designed to be fun and adaptable for practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2416393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_1:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Improvising with Turns 1: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising turns for leaders in contra-body movement, with the goal of practicing four turn options: quarter and half turns on both the right and left sides.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Turn backwards each time you initiate a turn.
+- Reset your position whenever you want during the improvisation.
+- You can do as many or as few steps as you like, not necessarily eight.
+- If you get lost, take a few steps to reset and regain control.
+- Practice with music to enhance the improvisation experience.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- You have four turn options: quarter and half turns on the right and left.
+- Turns are performed backwards in this exercise.
+- Improvisation allows freedom in step count and timing.
+- Maintain control of your body to choose when to turn effectively.
+- The exercise is designed to be fun and adaptable for practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 56c22fe..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-Improvising with turns 1: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered improvisation with turns, building on contra-body movement principles to enhance coordination and creativity in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS: No items to remember.
-REMEMBER: No items to remember.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd40865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Improvising_with_turns_1:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+title: Improvising with turns 1: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered improvisation with turns, building on contra-body movement principles to enhance coordination and creativity in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+No items to remember.
+##REMEMBER
+No items to remember.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d12600..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 1: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using contra body movement to create rotation in a box step pattern for followers, with the goal of practicing exaggerated body twists and smooth transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Exaggerate the rotation on the third step to turn towards the right.
- - Release the left leg under the body on the fourth step without stopping the body movement.
- - Start the contra body twist before the step, not at the same time, to fill the space between steps.
- - Take bigger steps if you have more space to drive the movement out more effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the body moving continuously to avoid stopping and make transitions feel natural.
- - Use the body to initiate movement rather than relying on the brain to decide directions.
- - Practice the timing so that the body swings before each step for a fluid contra body effect.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..146713f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 1: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using contra body movement to create rotation in a box step pattern for followers, with the goal of practicing exaggerated body twists and smooth transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Exaggerate the rotation on the third step to turn towards the right.
+- Release the left leg under the body on the fourth step without stopping the body movement.
+- Start the contra body twist before the step, not at the same time, to fill the space between steps.
+- Take bigger steps if you have more space to drive the movement out more effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the body moving continuously to avoid stopping and make transitions feel natural.
+- Use the body to initiate movement rather than relying on the brain to decide directions.
+- Practice the timing so that the body swings before each step for a fluid contra body effect.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dcdba52..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 1: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders how to use contrabody to rotate and change directions, moving beyond linear movement, and introduces the elimination of the tap step for direction changes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and do three steps, rotating more on step three to face the right.
- - On step four, release the right leg to align it with the left on the same line.
- - Time the contrabody with body rotation first, then step on the beat, e.g., 'and one, and two, and three'.
- - Face the direction before stepping on step three to align your spine and prepare early.
- - Use small steps if space is limited, but adjust to bigger steps if you have more room.
- - Reset on step eight by stepping to the side, taking your time to ensure proper alignment.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The tap step is no longer used from this video onward; it was only for changing direction on a line.
- - Contrabody timing is crucial: body rotation precedes the step to generate early preparation, especially when dancing with a partner.
- - Focus on your spine and facing direction to naturally guide your movement and watch where you're going.
- - Practice with a slow song to build muscle memory until the movements become natural and effortless.
- - Repeating the sequence four times should return you to the starting position, helping reinforce the rotation pattern.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e81d7f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 1: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders how to use contrabody to rotate and change directions, moving beyond linear movement, and introduces the elimination of the tap step for direction changes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and do three steps, rotating more on step three to face the right.
+- On step four, release the right leg to align it with the left on the same line.
+- Time the contrabody with body rotation first, then step on the beat, e.g., 'and one, and two, and three'.
+- Face the direction before stepping on step three to align your spine and prepare early.
+- Use small steps if space is limited, but adjust to bigger steps if you have more room.
+- Reset on step eight by stepping to the side, taking your time to ensure proper alignment.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The tap step is no longer used from this video onward; it was only for changing direction on a line.
+- Contrabody timing is crucial: body rotation precedes the step to generate early preparation, especially when dancing with a partner.
+- Focus on your spine and facing direction to naturally guide your movement and watch where you're going.
+- Practice with a slow song to build muscle memory until the movements become natural and effortless.
+- Repeating the sequence four times should return you to the starting position, helping reinforce the rotation pattern.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c104cf..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 1: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing contra-body rotation with a partner, combining lead and follow exercises to achieve a coordinated quarter turn.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders start with weight on the right, followers on the left, and begin the rotation in a specific direction.
- - On step three, ensure feet stay close and step on the same line to maintain contra-body rotation.
- - Check head movement by maintaining upright posture with shoulders rolled back to avoid hitting your partner.
- - Film yourself to visually assess whether you are correctly executing the steps and maintaining the line.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid stepping out of the line on step three to preserve the contra-body twist and achieve the correct rotation.
- - Head movement is optional and depends on posture and partner height; adjust if it causes discomfort or contact.
- - Maintain a close connection between feet, especially on step three, to facilitate smooth unwinding of the rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0afc6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_1:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 1: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing contra-body rotation with a partner, combining lead and follow exercises to achieve a coordinated quarter turn.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders start with weight on the right, followers on the left, and begin the rotation in a specific direction.
+- On step three, ensure feet stay close and step on the same line to maintain contra-body rotation.
+- Check head movement by maintaining upright posture with shoulders rolled back to avoid hitting your partner.
+- Film yourself to visually assess whether you are correctly executing the steps and maintaining the line.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid stepping out of the line on step three to preserve the contra-body twist and achieve the correct rotation.
+- Head movement is optional and depends on posture and partner height; adjust if it causes discomfort or contact.
+- Maintain a close connection between feet, especially on step three, to facilitate smooth unwinding of the rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 460f92d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 2: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing a contra-body movement with a 90-degree rotation, specifically twisting on step four and releasing to transition, building on previous drills.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Twist on step four to add extra rotation to the contra body.
- - Release on step five to transition onto the right foot and face the side.
- - Take four steps forward with contra body before twisting.
- - Perform back steps on six and seven to reset on eight.
- - Keep the movement soft and swinging, not robotic.
- - Ensure the body does not stop in the middle of the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Pay attention to timing and the softness of upper body movement.
- - The swinging action should feel fluid, not like going through motions mechanically.
- - Step four is the slow one, but avoid stopping the body.
- - Practice repeatedly to build muscle memory and improve feel.
- - Focus on maintaining a continuous, flowing motion throughout the drill.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aac97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 2: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing a contra-body movement with a 90-degree rotation, specifically twisting on step four and releasing to transition, building on previous drills.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Twist on step four to add extra rotation to the contra body.
+- Release on step five to transition onto the right foot and face the side.
+- Take four steps forward with contra body before twisting.
+- Perform back steps on six and seven to reset on eight.
+- Keep the movement soft and swinging, not robotic.
+- Ensure the body does not stop in the middle of the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Pay attention to timing and the softness of upper body movement.
+- The swinging action should feel fluid, not like going through motions mechanically.
+- Step four is the slow one, but avoid stopping the body.
+- Practice repeatedly to build muscle memory and improve feel.
+- Focus on maintaining a continuous, flowing motion throughout the drill.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d452f8f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 2: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders to perform a quarter turn towards the left side, contrasting with a previous turn to the right, with the rotation occurring between counts 3 and 4.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate towards your left side between counts 3 and 4.
- - Start with weight on the right foot and release after the turn.
- - Generate contra body slightly before the beat and step on the beat.
- - The last step is a reset, so take your time with it.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The key difference from the previous lesson is rotating towards the left instead of the right.
- - Maintain proper timing by rotating between specific counts.
- - Focus on contra body technique to enhance movement quality.
- - Practice the sequence multiple times to build consistency.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..205ded0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 2: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders to perform a quarter turn towards the left side, contrasting with a previous turn to the right, with the rotation occurring between counts 3 and 4.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate towards your left side between counts 3 and 4.
+- Start with weight on the right foot and release after the turn.
+- Generate contra body slightly before the beat and step on the beat.
+- The last step is a reset, so take your time with it.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The key difference from the previous lesson is rotating towards the left instead of the right.
+- Maintain proper timing by rotating between specific counts.
+- Focus on contra body technique to enhance movement quality.
+- Practice the sequence multiple times to build consistency.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a656008..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 2: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing a rotation on count four with a partner, applying known techniques in a partnered context.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Count the rotation on four with your partner.
- - Use the phrase to integrate all techniques.
- - Reset after each sequence of counts.
- - Practice the sequence repeatedly for consistency.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Apply individual techniques in a partnered setting.
- - Maintain timing and coordination with your partner.
- - Focus on smooth transitions during the rotation.
- - Build confidence through repetition without overthinking.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c3d8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_2:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 2: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing a rotation on count four with a partner, applying known techniques in a partnered context.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Count the rotation on four with your partner.
+- Use the phrase to integrate all techniques.
+- Reset after each sequence of counts.
+- Practice the sequence repeatedly for consistency.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Apply individual techniques in a partnered setting.
+- Maintain timing and coordination with your partner.
+- Focus on smooth transitions during the rotation.
+- Build confidence through repetition without overthinking.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 33627fd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 3: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on followers practicing traveling backwards and creating rotations, specifically turning to the right with a quarter turn.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left and take four steps traveling backwards.
- - On the fourth step, turn your body to the right with extra rotation.
- - Unwind on the fifth step under the body on the right.
- - Take steps forwards to reset on counts six, seven, and eight.
- - Practice the sequence starting from different positions as demonstrated.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain contra body movement while traveling backwards.
- - The rotation is similar to earlier drills but in the opposite direction.
- - Focus on timing the twist on the fourth step and unwind on the fifth.
- - Use the reset steps to prepare for repeating the sequence.
- - This builds on previous skills by changing the direction of travel.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d07d7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 3: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on followers practicing traveling backwards and creating rotations, specifically turning to the right with a quarter turn.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left and take four steps traveling backwards.
+- On the fourth step, turn your body to the right with extra rotation.
+- Unwind on the fifth step under the body on the right.
+- Take steps forwards to reset on counts six, seven, and eight.
+- Practice the sequence starting from different positions as demonstrated.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain contra body movement while traveling backwards.
+- The rotation is similar to earlier drills but in the opposite direction.
+- Focus on timing the twist on the fourth step and unwind on the fifth.
+- Use the reset steps to prepare for repeating the sequence.
+- This builds on previous skills by changing the direction of travel.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1373da4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 3: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching leaders a quarter turn variation in the Contra-Body Adventure course, starting with weight on the right and practicing forward steps, rotations, and resets to build spatial awareness and fluidity.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and step forward before opening toward the right shoulder.
- - Rotate between steps four and five, taking time to move the body smoothly during transitions.
- - Practice the sequence four times to return to the starting position, ensuring it feels natural without overthinking.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Always begin with weight on the right to maintain consistency and avoid confusion.
- - Open forward and toward the right to create space in the room during movements.
- - Focus on the rotation between steps four and five as a key element for the quarter turn.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a24774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 3: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching leaders a quarter turn variation in the Contra-Body Adventure course, starting with weight on the right and practicing forward steps, rotations, and resets to build spatial awareness and fluidity.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and step forward before opening toward the right shoulder.
+- Rotate between steps four and five, taking time to move the body smoothly during transitions.
+- Practice the sequence four times to return to the starting position, ensuring it feels natural without overthinking.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Always begin with weight on the right to maintain consistency and avoid confusion.
+- Open forward and toward the right to create space in the room during movements.
+- Focus on the rotation between steps four and five as a key element for the quarter turn.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 10b642a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 3: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered quarter turn movements in contra-body dance, aiming to practice coordination and connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS: No items to remember.
-REMEMBER: No items to remember.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b39057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_3:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 3: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered quarter turn movements in contra-body dance, aiming to practice coordination and connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+No items to remember.
+##REMEMBER
+No items to remember.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 073d09e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 4: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on followers executing a quarter turn to the left while traveling backwards, with the turn occurring on step three and unwinding on step four.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left foot and take three steps back.
- - Turn to the left on step three by over-rotating.
- - Unwind under the body on step four, keeping the foot under the hip on the same line.
- - Finish by stepping forwards on steps five through eight.
- - Practice the sequence four times without stopping to build consistency.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The technique aligns with principles from the entire Contra-Body Adventure course.
- - Maintain proper alignment by keeping the foot under the hip during the turn.
- - Focus on smooth transitions between turning and unwinding movements.
- - Use the same foundational skills practiced throughout the course for this variation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36d448a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 4: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on followers executing a quarter turn to the left while traveling backwards, with the turn occurring on step three and unwinding on step four.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left foot and take three steps back.
+- Turn to the left on step three by over-rotating.
+- Unwind under the body on step four, keeping the foot under the hip on the same line.
+- Finish by stepping forwards on steps five through eight.
+- Practice the sequence four times without stopping to build consistency.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The technique aligns with principles from the entire Contra-Body Adventure course.
+- Maintain proper alignment by keeping the foot under the hip during the turn.
+- Focus on smooth transitions between turning and unwinding movements.
+- Use the same foundational skills practiced throughout the course for this variation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 961f471..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Quarter Turn 4: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Contra-Body Adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the leader's quarter turn technique in contra-body movement, starting with weight on the right and rotating left, followed by stepping back and resetting.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot and travel forward.
- - Rotate the body toward the left on count three.
- - Reset by stepping under the body on count four.
- - Look toward the direction you are about to open.
- - Step back onto the left foot from the reset position.
- - Practice the sequence repeatedly to build fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain head alignment and direction awareness during turns.
- - Use the reset step to realign the body in the same line.
- - Repetition helps the movement feel meditative and natural.
- - Focus on body rotation and weight shifts for smooth transitions.
- - Start movements from the correct weight distribution for consistency.
- - Integrate the sequence into continuous practice for mastery.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed9d355
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Contra-Body-Adventure/Quarter_Turn_4:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: Quarter Turn 4: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the leader's quarter turn technique in contra-body movement, starting with weight on the right and rotating left, followed by stepping back and resetting.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot and travel forward.
+- Rotate the body toward the left on count three.
+- Reset by stepping under the body on count four.
+- Look toward the direction you are about to open.
+- Step back onto the left foot from the reset position.
+- Practice the sequence repeatedly to build fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain head alignment and direction awareness during turns.
+- Use the reset step to realign the body in the same line.
+- Repetition helps the movement feel meditative and natural.
+- Focus on body rotation and weight shifts for smooth transitions.
+- Start movements from the correct weight distribution for consistency.
+- Integrate the sequence into continuous practice for mastery.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fece19..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-0 Weight v Axis
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the difference between weight shift and axis shift, focusing on how to shift weight and axis separately or together to improve movement clarity and communication in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift weight every beat, two beats, or four beats to explore different timings.
- - Keep your leg under your body to maintain a narrow and clean axis.
- - Add acceleration by shifting weight and axis on the first beat and gathering for the remaining beats.
- - Practice with music to feel the rhythm and flow of shifts.
- - When dancing partnered, leaders should choose the tempo clearly to communicate axis shifts effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Axis is a column of balance; weight can shift without changing axis.
- - Axis shifts involve the body moving through space as weight transfers.
- - Consistency and smoothness in movement enhance clarity and communication.
- - Axis shifts do not need to be big to be clear and effective.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be7f0a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/0_Weight_v_Axis.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 0 Weight v Axis
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the difference between weight shift and axis shift, focusing on how to shift weight and axis separately or together to improve movement clarity and communication in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift weight every beat, two beats, or four beats to explore different timings.
+- Keep your leg under your body to maintain a narrow and clean axis.
+- Add acceleration by shifting weight and axis on the first beat and gathering for the remaining beats.
+- Practice with music to feel the rhythm and flow of shifts.
+- When dancing partnered, leaders should choose the tempo clearly to communicate axis shifts effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Axis is a column of balance; weight can shift without changing axis.
+- Axis shifts involve the body moving through space as weight transfers.
+- Consistency and smoothness in movement enhance clarity and communication.
+- Axis shifts do not need to be big to be clear and effective.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f35012..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-1
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces weight shifts and axis changes in dance, focusing on small details to enhance control, clarity, and communication between leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift your weight partially to create variety without big movements.
- - Practice small axis changes to develop better body control.
- - Focus on subtle shifts to improve clarity in your dancing.
- - Use axis adjustments to add different feels to your movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Small details in weight shifts can significantly impact dance variety and feel.
- - Control and clarity are key for effective communication in partner dancing.
- - Axis changes don't require large movements to be effective.
- - This course builds foundational skills for exploring weight and axis dynamics.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddbf05f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1._Exploring_Axes:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces weight shifts and axis changes in dance, focusing on small details to enhance control, clarity, and communication between leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift your weight partially to create variety without big movements.
+- Practice small axis changes to develop better body control.
+- Focus on subtle shifts to improve clarity in your dancing.
+- Use axis adjustments to add different feels to your movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Small details in weight shifts can significantly impact dance variety and feel.
+- Control and clarity are key for effective communication in partner dancing.
+- Axis changes don't require large movements to be effective.
+- This course builds foundational skills for exploring weight and axis dynamics.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e5c5d53..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-10 Course Recap II
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the entire 'Exploring Axes' course, focusing on weight and axis shifts in dance movements to build foundational skills.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift your axis and choose how many steps before changing directions.
- - Use sways to get rhythmical and creative based on the music.
- - For hesitation, do a 100% weight shift for a short time without a full axis shift.
- - Exit a sway by clearly bringing weight and axis over one leg before moving on.
- - Practice step patterns like step, step, sway, sway or variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Always involve axis and weight shifts in movements for control.
- - Sways keep weight in both feet without a full axis shift, unlike hesitations.
- - Hesitations differ from sways by having a full weight shift but not a full axis shift.
- - Movements can be subtle or dramatic based on personal preference.
- - All techniques can be adapted with a partner for practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54cd12f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/10_Course_Recap_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 10 Course Recap II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the entire 'Exploring Axes' course, focusing on weight and axis shifts in dance movements to build foundational skills.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift your axis and choose how many steps before changing directions.
+- Use sways to get rhythmical and creative based on the music.
+- For hesitation, do a 100% weight shift for a short time without a full axis shift.
+- Exit a sway by clearly bringing weight and axis over one leg before moving on.
+- Practice step patterns like step, step, sway, sway or variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Always involve axis and weight shifts in movements for control.
+- Sways keep weight in both feet without a full axis shift, unlike hesitations.
+- Hesitations differ from sways by having a full weight shift but not a full axis shift.
+- Movements can be subtle or dramatic based on personal preference.
+- All techniques can be adapted with a partner for practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 88a8150..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-11 Conclusion
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the course on exploring axes, focusing on how simple fundamental concepts like axis and weight shift can enrich partner dancing and enhance lead-follow skills.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Play with the idea of axis and weight shift to feel a textural difference in your dancing.
- - Listen for tiny changes in your partner to tune in more deeply during the dance.
- - Use the included playlist of music to practice and enjoy the concepts learned.
- - React and respond to each other as a two-way street in partner dancing.
- - Keep practicing these concepts for as long as needed to elevate your skills.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Simple ideas like axis and weight shift can lead to rich variety in composition and feel.
- - This approach enhances lead-follow skills by fostering deeper listening and connection.
- - It's a two-way street where both partners are actively reacting and responding.
- - The concepts are fundamental and can be applied to more complicated dance ideas.
- - Enjoy the process and feel the difference in your dancing through consistent practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9b7481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/11_Conclusion.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 11 Conclusion
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the course on exploring axes, focusing on how simple fundamental concepts like axis and weight shift can enrich partner dancing and enhance lead-follow skills.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Play with the idea of axis and weight shift to feel a textural difference in your dancing.
+- Listen for tiny changes in your partner to tune in more deeply during the dance.
+- Use the included playlist of music to practice and enjoy the concepts learned.
+- React and respond to each other as a two-way street in partner dancing.
+- Keep practicing these concepts for as long as needed to elevate your skills.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Simple ideas like axis and weight shift can lead to rich variety in composition and feel.
+- This approach enhances lead-follow skills by fostering deeper listening and connection.
+- It's a two-way street where both partners are actively reacting and responding.
+- The concepts are fundamental and can be applied to more complicated dance ideas.
+- Enjoy the process and feel the difference in your dancing through consistent practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 26f73f7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 Side Steps
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying axis control to side steps, teaching an eight-count pattern that travels laterally while maintaining clear weight shifts and upper body relaxation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift your axis clearly with each step to communicate direction effectively.
- - Keep the upper body relaxed and allow a slight sway or delay through the spine.
- - Generate power from the lower body by pushing off the floor, not from the upper body.
- - Practice the pattern with variations, such as changing counts every four or two.
- - In partner dancing, ensure axis shifts are clear to avoid pulling or confusing your partner.
- - Leaders should use their feet and body placement, not hands, to guide movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Axis shifts are crucial for clarity in movement, especially in partner dancing.
- - Upper body should remain soft and responsive, not rigid or block-like.
- - Communication in dance relies on felt weight and axis changes, not visual cues alone.
- - Improvise and vary step counts to adapt the pattern socially.
- - Maintain a clear connection with the floor through active pushing from the lower body.
- - Practice with a partner to test the effectiveness of axis communication, even with eyes closed.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f73e4ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/1_Side_Steps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 Side Steps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying axis control to side steps, teaching an eight-count pattern that travels laterally while maintaining clear weight shifts and upper body relaxation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift your axis clearly with each step to communicate direction effectively.
+- Keep the upper body relaxed and allow a slight sway or delay through the spine.
+- Generate power from the lower body by pushing off the floor, not from the upper body.
+- Practice the pattern with variations, such as changing counts every four or two.
+- In partner dancing, ensure axis shifts are clear to avoid pulling or confusing your partner.
+- Leaders should use their feet and body placement, not hands, to guide movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Axis shifts are crucial for clarity in movement, especially in partner dancing.
+- Upper body should remain soft and responsive, not rigid or block-like.
+- Communication in dance relies on felt weight and axis changes, not visual cues alone.
+- Improvise and vary step counts to adapt the pattern socially.
+- Maintain a clear connection with the floor through active pushing from the lower body.
+- Practice with a partner to test the effectiveness of axis communication, even with eyes closed.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cb3c0d5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Box Step
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on a box step variation in the Exploring Axes course, teaching a quick, quick, slow pattern with emphasis on axis and weight shifts for coordination with a partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the quick, quick, slow pattern with steps like 'right, left, right' for followers and 'left, right, left' for leads.
- - Think of the steps as 'big, big, small' where two steps travel more and one is under the body.
- - Ensure a clear axis shift on the small step during the pattern.
- - Try the variation in closed position or embrace to sync with a partner.
- - Use a step touch basic to enter and exit the box step move smoothly.
- - Improvise by mixing the box step with a normal walk or step touch for variety.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Each step involves a full weight shift, allowing you to pick up the leg easily.
- - The axis shift is crucial for maintaining balance and coordination in the movement.
- - Leaders should clearly indicate direction and weight shifts to guide followers.
- - There are no strict rules; you can go forward or back as preferred, such as forward as a lead.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db58f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/2_Box_Step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Box Step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on a box step variation in the Exploring Axes course, teaching a quick, quick, slow pattern with emphasis on axis and weight shifts for coordination with a partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the quick, quick, slow pattern with steps like 'right, left, right' for followers and 'left, right, left' for leads.
+- Think of the steps as 'big, big, small' where two steps travel more and one is under the body.
+- Ensure a clear axis shift on the small step during the pattern.
+- Try the variation in closed position or embrace to sync with a partner.
+- Use a step touch basic to enter and exit the box step move smoothly.
+- Improvise by mixing the box step with a normal walk or step touch for variety.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Each step involves a full weight shift, allowing you to pick up the leg easily.
+- The axis shift is crucial for maintaining balance and coordination in the movement.
+- Leaders should clearly indicate direction and weight shifts to guide followers.
+- There are no strict rules; you can go forward or back as preferred, such as forward as a lead.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 622a20a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Sways
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing sways, a subtle movement where weight and axis shift partially between legs without fully transferring, to explore axes in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Distribute weight between left and right legs, swaying with about 60% in one leg and 40% in the other.
- - Use the floor actively by pushing with the lower body and engaging the glutes.
- - Relax the upper body and let the movement trickle up the spine.
- - Transition out of a sway by shifting 100% of weight and axis over one leg to step.
- - In partnering, leaders choose steps or sways while followers tune into subtle axis and weight cues.
- - Lead the sway from the lower body, not the upper body, to maintain a relaxed connection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Sways involve keeping the axis between the legs without fully shifting it to one side.
- - The movement is active and subtle, requiring engagement of the lower body and glutes.
- - Transitions between sways and steps are controlled by conscious weight and axis shifts.
- - In partnering, communication occurs through the lower body, with relaxed upper bodies.
- - Sways can be practiced in closed embrace or other comfortable positions.
- - Enjoy the feeling of the movement and maintain a fun, relaxed approach.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..393141c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/3_Sways.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Sways
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing sways, a subtle movement where weight and axis shift partially between legs without fully transferring, to explore axes in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Distribute weight between left and right legs, swaying with about 60% in one leg and 40% in the other.
+- Use the floor actively by pushing with the lower body and engaging the glutes.
+- Relax the upper body and let the movement trickle up the spine.
+- Transition out of a sway by shifting 100% of weight and axis over one leg to step.
+- In partnering, leaders choose steps or sways while followers tune into subtle axis and weight cues.
+- Lead the sway from the lower body, not the upper body, to maintain a relaxed connection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Sways involve keeping the axis between the legs without fully shifting it to one side.
+- The movement is active and subtle, requiring engagement of the lower body and glutes.
+- Transitions between sways and steps are controlled by conscious weight and axis shifts.
+- In partnering, communication occurs through the lower body, with relaxed upper bodies.
+- Sways can be practiced in closed embrace or other comfortable positions.
+- Enjoy the feeling of the movement and maintain a fun, relaxed approach.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e277ff..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Rhythmic Sways
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing rhythmic sways by playing with different rhythms in the music, using a mix of quick and slow movements while maintaining split weight and grounded posture.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the ground and lower body to initiate sways, not just the upper body.
- - Keep glutes and thighs active, especially during faster sways.
- - Stay low and grounded to avoid bouncing off your partner.
- - Practice transitioning in and out of sways smoothly.
- - Leaders should be clear with the initiation and rhythm of sways.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain split weight to transition effectively between sways.
- - Focus on lower body engagement to prevent floppy upper body movements.
- - Keep movements loose and grounded to enhance connection with the partner.
- - Use the music's details to guide the rhythm of your sways.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3393835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/4_Rhythmic_Sways.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Rhythmic Sways
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing rhythmic sways by playing with different rhythms in the music, using a mix of quick and slow movements while maintaining split weight and grounded posture.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the ground and lower body to initiate sways, not just the upper body.
+- Keep glutes and thighs active, especially during faster sways.
+- Stay low and grounded to avoid bouncing off your partner.
+- Practice transitioning in and out of sways smoothly.
+- Leaders should be clear with the initiation and rhythm of sways.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain split weight to transition effectively between sways.
+- Focus on lower body engagement to prevent floppy upper body movements.
+- Keep movements loose and grounded to enhance connection with the partner.
+- Use the music's details to guide the rhythm of your sways.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.html
deleted file mode 100644
index eabf67a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Sway Footwork Pattern
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the Sway Footwork Pattern, teaching a sequence of two sways and two steps with variations in body movement and partner interaction.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on left for followers and right for leads.
- - Open the body like a door on the first sway and close slightly on the second.
- - Allow relaxation in the spine for softness and delay in the upper body.
- - Practice the pattern solo with music to build fluidity.
- - In partner work, use relaxed arms and invite rather than force movement.
- - Add rotation in sways to create a curvy, rounded feeling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The step pattern is sway, sway, step, step, repeated with variations.
- - Followers move diagonally, not directly forward, during sways.
- - Autonomy is important; leaders invite, followers choose to respond.
- - Movement can be adjusted in size from subtle to large based on comfort.
- - The pattern can be performed in open or closed embrace positions.
- - Focus on feeling good in the body and letting the movement roll fluidly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b37dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/5_Sway_Footwork_Pattern.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Sway Footwork Pattern
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the Sway Footwork Pattern, teaching a sequence of two sways and two steps with variations in body movement and partner interaction.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on left for followers and right for leads.
+- Open the body like a door on the first sway and close slightly on the second.
+- Allow relaxation in the spine for softness and delay in the upper body.
+- Practice the pattern solo with music to build fluidity.
+- In partner work, use relaxed arms and invite rather than force movement.
+- Add rotation in sways to create a curvy, rounded feeling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The step pattern is sway, sway, step, step, repeated with variations.
+- Followers move diagonally, not directly forward, during sways.
+- Autonomy is important; leaders invite, followers choose to respond.
+- Movement can be adjusted in size from subtle to large based on comfort.
+- The pattern can be performed in open or closed embrace positions.
+- Focus on feeling good in the body and letting the movement roll fluidly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 243b603..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Course Recap I
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the course 'Exploring Axes', focusing on practicing weight and axis shifts, sways, and transitions between them to build clarity in movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift 100% weight into each foot with a clear axis shift every beat.
- - Resolve on an axis after passing through split weight, feeling the moment in the middle.
- - Keep sways in the lower body with the upper body relaxed, especially at higher tempos.
- - Use a step, step, sway, sway pattern, adjusting the size of upper body rotation as desired.
- - Take time transitioning out of sways, treating it as a smooth movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Distinguish between full weight/axis shifts and partial shifts that create sways.
- - Maintain active lower body movement while keeping the upper body relaxed and not leading.
- - Mix and match patterns with a partner, focusing on clear transitions between steps and sways.
- - Sways involve split weight where the body stays centered without fully shifting to one side.
- - Practice variations like big sways to invite partners or leads peeling away for dynamic interaction.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea5bab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/6_Course_Recap_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Course Recap I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the course 'Exploring Axes', focusing on practicing weight and axis shifts, sways, and transitions between them to build clarity in movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift 100% weight into each foot with a clear axis shift every beat.
+- Resolve on an axis after passing through split weight, feeling the moment in the middle.
+- Keep sways in the lower body with the upper body relaxed, especially at higher tempos.
+- Use a step, step, sway, sway pattern, adjusting the size of upper body rotation as desired.
+- Take time transitioning out of sways, treating it as a smooth movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Distinguish between full weight/axis shifts and partial shifts that create sways.
+- Maintain active lower body movement while keeping the upper body relaxed and not leading.
+- Mix and match patterns with a partner, focusing on clear transitions between steps and sways.
+- Sways involve split weight where the body stays centered without fully shifting to one side.
+- Practice variations like big sways to invite partners or leads peeling away for dynamic interaction.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b6076cc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Hesitations
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces hesitations, a dance move involving a full weight shift to one foot without fully shifting the axis, allowing for dynamic movement and partner connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift 100% of your weight to one foot so you could lift the other, but don't fully shift your axis to avoid staying there.
- - Push actively from the floor with the lower body, engaging thighs and glutes for power.
- - Keep the non-weight-bearing leg still as an anchor point to maintain stability.
- - Incorporate hesitations into patterns like alternating sides or combining with steps such as a box step.
- - When partnering, ensure clear weight shifts and body positions so followers can feel the difference.
- - Followers should actively dig into the floor and own the move, not just be moved into it.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Hesitations involve a full weight shift but not a full axis shift, creating a temporary, unsteady position.
- - The move is lower-body focused with active motion, emphasizing grounding and power from the legs.
- - Partner dancing with hesitations requires continuous adjustment and communication, like a conversation.
- - Both leads and followers equally own the move, with followers maintaining active engagement.
- - Hesitations can be integrated into various patterns and transitions, enhancing improvisation and flow.
- - The process is analog and continuous, involving constant reading and adaptation between partners.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea21103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/7_Hesitations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Hesitations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces hesitations, a dance move involving a full weight shift to one foot without fully shifting the axis, allowing for dynamic movement and partner connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift 100% of your weight to one foot so you could lift the other, but don't fully shift your axis to avoid staying there.
+- Push actively from the floor with the lower body, engaging thighs and glutes for power.
+- Keep the non-weight-bearing leg still as an anchor point to maintain stability.
+- Incorporate hesitations into patterns like alternating sides or combining with steps such as a box step.
+- When partnering, ensure clear weight shifts and body positions so followers can feel the difference.
+- Followers should actively dig into the floor and own the move, not just be moved into it.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Hesitations involve a full weight shift but not a full axis shift, creating a temporary, unsteady position.
+- The move is lower-body focused with active motion, emphasizing grounding and power from the legs.
+- Partner dancing with hesitations requires continuous adjustment and communication, like a conversation.
+- Both leads and followers equally own the move, with followers maintaining active engagement.
+- Hesitations can be integrated into various patterns and transitions, enhancing improvisation and flow.
+- The process is analog and continuous, involving constant reading and adaptation between partners.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bd97854..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Rhythmic Hesitations
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding rhythmic variations to hesitations in dance, with the goal of exploring different patterns and improvisation while working with a partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Wait clearly on one side before switching legs.
- - Alternate legs and change the rhythm as you practice.
- - Stay on one side for as long as you want to play with the rhythm.
- - Mix step touches and hesitations freely during improvisation.
- - Keep movements in the lower body for better control.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Work as a team with your partner, making movements clear and not trying to trick them.
- - Be experimental and ready to change based on your partner's cues.
- - Listen to your partner and have fun while exploring rhythms.
- - Make the dance your own by personalizing the rhythm and hesitation patterns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44f5498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/8_Rhythmic_Hesitations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Rhythmic Hesitations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding rhythmic variations to hesitations in dance, with the goal of exploring different patterns and improvisation while working with a partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Wait clearly on one side before switching legs.
+- Alternate legs and change the rhythm as you practice.
+- Stay on one side for as long as you want to play with the rhythm.
+- Mix step touches and hesitations freely during improvisation.
+- Keep movements in the lower body for better control.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Work as a team with your partner, making movements clear and not trying to trick them.
+- Be experimental and ready to change based on your partner's cues.
+- Listen to your partner and have fun while exploring rhythms.
+- Make the dance your own by personalizing the rhythm and hesitation patterns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 36ff274..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-9 Hesitations Footwork Pattern
-
-
-
-COURSE: Exploring Axes
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Hesitations footwork pattern in a triple rhythm, focusing on shifting axes with an active, stuttering motion while maintaining forward and back movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers.
- - Practice the pattern: hesitate, hesitate, step, repeated in different directions.
- - Keep the upper body relaxed and maintain a soft embrace when partnering.
- - Use the floor and lower body actively to shift weight and axis.
- - Mix hesitation triples with simple steps or step touches for improvisation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hesitation triple has a stuttering motion, unlike other dance triples.
- - Maintain forward and back motion to avoid losing it when partnering.
- - Focus on axis shifting through space during the hesitation step.
- - Ensure connection between bodies stays during hesitations to prevent bumping.
- - Improvise by combining hesitation triples with other steps around the room.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efe83b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Exploring-Axes/9_Hesitations_Footwork_Pattern.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 9 Hesitations Footwork Pattern
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Hesitations footwork pattern in a triple rhythm, focusing on shifting axes with an active, stuttering motion while maintaining forward and back movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers.
+- Practice the pattern: hesitate, hesitate, step, repeated in different directions.
+- Keep the upper body relaxed and maintain a soft embrace when partnering.
+- Use the floor and lower body actively to shift weight and axis.
+- Mix hesitation triples with simple steps or step touches for improvisation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hesitation triple has a stuttering motion, unlike other dance triples.
+- Maintain forward and back motion to avoid losing it when partnering.
+- Focus on axis shifting through space during the hesitation step.
+- Ensure connection between bodies stays during hesitations to prevent bumping.
+- Improvise by combining hesitation triples with other steps around the room.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a0c3a6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-0 In The Swing of It Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: In the swing of it
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concept of swing in dance, focusing on how it helps maintain connection and flow between partners, with the goal of teaching techniques for continuous energy transitions and improvisation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use swing to maintain a good connection between partners during moves.
- - Practice games and exercises to develop continuous energy transitions.
- - Observe demonstrations to see how swing is applied in improvisation.
- - Focus on maintaining flow throughout the dance to feel good and creative.
- - Use set moves as examples to understand where, how, and why swing is used.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Swing is a fundamental element for communication and improvisation in dance.
- - It helps maintain connection and flow between moves for better dancing.
- - The course provides practical examples and exercises to practice swing.
- - Swing enables creativity while keeping a steady rhythm and energy.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f71153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/0_In_The_Swing_of_It_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 0 In The Swing of It Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concept of swing in dance, focusing on how it helps maintain connection and flow between partners, with the goal of teaching techniques for continuous energy transitions and improvisation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use swing to maintain a good connection between partners during moves.
+- Practice games and exercises to develop continuous energy transitions.
+- Observe demonstrations to see how swing is applied in improvisation.
+- Focus on maintaining flow throughout the dance to feel good and creative.
+- Use set moves as examples to understand where, how, and why swing is used.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Swing is a fundamental element for communication and improvisation in dance.
+- It helps maintain connection and flow between moves for better dancing.
+- The course provides practical examples and exercises to practice swing.
+- Swing enables creativity while keeping a steady rhythm and energy.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ec51e9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Grounding
-
-
-
-COURSE: In the swing of it
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on grounding, teaching how to achieve it in the body by shifting energy and weight downward to improve balance and control in dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by standing in an ungrounded military position, imagining being pulled up to feel lighter.
- - Relax the shoulders, chest, legs, and feet to move the center from the chest to the belly area.
- - Touch the floor with every part of the foot and let your full body weight go down into the ground.
- - Breathe into the belly to help relax and connect down into the ground.
- - Practice grounding with a partner in close embrace to feel the tactile difference.
- - Try a game where one person grounds themselves to become heavier and harder to lift.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Grounding is about where you hold your energy and body weight, not about bending your knees.
- - Being ungrounded can cause balance and control issues in dancing.
- - Grounding improves balance, control over movements, and timing, especially with slow music.
- - It may take time to incorporate, but practice will help you feel the difference.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..767f8d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/In-the-swing-of-it/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Grounding
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on grounding, teaching how to achieve it in the body by shifting energy and weight downward to improve balance and control in dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by standing in an ungrounded military position, imagining being pulled up to feel lighter.
+- Relax the shoulders, chest, legs, and feet to move the center from the chest to the belly area.
+- Touch the floor with every part of the foot and let your full body weight go down into the ground.
+- Breathe into the belly to help relax and connect down into the ground.
+- Practice grounding with a partner in close embrace to feel the tactile difference.
+- Try a game where one person grounds themselves to become heavier and harder to lift.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Grounding is about where you hold your energy and body weight, not about bending your knees.
+- Being ungrounded can cause balance and control issues in dancing.
+- Grounding improves balance, control over movements, and timing, especially with slow music.
+- It may take time to incorporate, but practice will help you feel the difference.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d5e4c1d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-0 What is Frame%3F
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the concept of frame in blues dancing, focusing on how the arms and shoulders connect to the body to facilitate partner communication and movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Roll the shoulders back and down to connect the arms to the body.
- - Imagine the big back muscles melting down to keep shoulders down without tensing.
- - Keep shoulders drawn down even when lifting arms, such as during turns.
- - Reconnect shoulders if they disconnect, especially when arms move forward or to the side.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Frame is the connection of arms and shoulders to the body, not just the arm shape.
- - Maintaining frame allows information from your partner to flow into your body.
- - Both leaders and followers must consider frame constantly, especially in complex moves.
- - Frame will be reinforced throughout the course in various dance situations like turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82e40c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/0_What_is_Frame%3F.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 0 What is Frame%3F
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the concept of frame in blues dancing, focusing on how the arms and shoulders connect to the body to facilitate partner communication and movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Roll the shoulders back and down to connect the arms to the body.
+- Imagine the big back muscles melting down to keep shoulders down without tensing.
+- Keep shoulders drawn down even when lifting arms, such as during turns.
+- Reconnect shoulders if they disconnect, especially when arms move forward or to the side.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Frame is the connection of arms and shoulders to the body, not just the arm shape.
+- Maintaining frame allows information from your partner to flow into your body.
+- Both leaders and followers must consider frame constantly, especially in complex moves.
+- Frame will be reinforced throughout the course in various dance situations like turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f0fb13e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 What is Stretch%3F
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concept of stretch in partner dancing, using elastic bands as a demonstration tool to show how two bodies move away from each other to add dynamics without pulling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a scale of zero to five to measure stretch intensity, starting relaxed at zero and increasing as you move apart.
- - Maintain your frame to control the stretch and avoid losing connection with your arms to your body.
- - Imagine elastic attached belly button to belly button to focus the stretch through the center rather than just the arms.
- - Practice without elastic bands by maintaining a good palm-to-palm connection and the same feeling in the arms.
- - Wait for a specific stretch level (e.g., one, two, three) before moving to develop sensitivity and reaction.
- - Avoid pulling; instead, let the arms be part of the elastic band and relax them to allow natural stretch.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stretch is about two bodies moving away from each other, not increasing muscle tone or pulling.
- - Use stretch to add dynamics, spice, or flavor to dancing, with different levels for musical or dramatic effects.
- - Keep shoulders down and frame connected to ensure the stretch is controlled and effective.
- - Start each movement at zero stretch to avoid accidentally maintaining tension in the arms.
- - Everyone has a different preference for stretch levels, so experiment to find what feels good.
- - The stretch should come from the center of the body, not just the arms, for proper technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80a9eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/1_What_is_Stretch%3F.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 What is Stretch%3F
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concept of stretch in partner dancing, using elastic bands as a demonstration tool to show how two bodies move away from each other to add dynamics without pulling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a scale of zero to five to measure stretch intensity, starting relaxed at zero and increasing as you move apart.
+- Maintain your frame to control the stretch and avoid losing connection with your arms to your body.
+- Imagine elastic attached belly button to belly button to focus the stretch through the center rather than just the arms.
+- Practice without elastic bands by maintaining a good palm-to-palm connection and the same feeling in the arms.
+- Wait for a specific stretch level (e.g., one, two, three) before moving to develop sensitivity and reaction.
+- Avoid pulling; instead, let the arms be part of the elastic band and relax them to allow natural stretch.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stretch is about two bodies moving away from each other, not increasing muscle tone or pulling.
+- Use stretch to add dynamics, spice, or flavor to dancing, with different levels for musical or dramatic effects.
+- Keep shoulders down and frame connected to ensure the stretch is controlled and effective.
+- Start each movement at zero stretch to avoid accidentally maintaining tension in the arms.
+- Everyone has a different preference for stretch levels, so experiment to find what feels good.
+- The stretch should come from the center of the body, not just the arms, for proper technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 67ff108..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Speeding Things Up
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding dynamics and speeding up movements using stretch, building on previous exercises to enhance connection and communication between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with zero stretch and a nice frame, then gradually increase speed while maintaining connection.
- - Leaders should move their body backwards faster without pulling the partner to create stretch.
- - Followers must maintain their frame to respond to increased speed and stretch effectively.
- - Practice with different moves, including stepping every beat and faster versions to apply dynamics.
- - Use a scale of stretch (e.g., from 2 to 2.5) to gauge and adjust the intensity of movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stretch increases with speed, and maintaining frame is crucial for partners to communicate and respond.
- - Leaders communicate through their center and arms, propelling the follower's movement without force.
- - The follower's reaction to stretch should be quick and connected, driven by the leader's movement.
- - Dynamics can be practiced in various moves to enhance overall dance flow and partnership.
- - Start relaxed and adjust stretch levels based on space and comfort to build control and responsiveness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8baeac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/2_Speeding_Things_Up.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Speeding Things Up
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding dynamics and speeding up movements using stretch, building on previous exercises to enhance connection and communication between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with zero stretch and a nice frame, then gradually increase speed while maintaining connection.
+- Leaders should move their body backwards faster without pulling the partner to create stretch.
+- Followers must maintain their frame to respond to increased speed and stretch effectively.
+- Practice with different moves, including stepping every beat and faster versions to apply dynamics.
+- Use a scale of stretch (e.g., from 2 to 2.5) to gauge and adjust the intensity of movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stretch increases with speed, and maintaining frame is crucial for partners to communicate and respond.
+- Leaders communicate through their center and arms, propelling the follower's movement without force.
+- The follower's reaction to stretch should be quick and connected, driven by the leader's movement.
+- Dynamics can be practiced in various moves to enhance overall dance flow and partnership.
+- Start relaxed and adjust stretch levels based on space and comfort to build control and responsiveness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bfb5f1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Putting the Stretch Into Context
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using the pass-by move to demonstrate how to apply stretch and frame in dance, with variations including inside and outside turns to practice these concepts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a distance from your partner to avoid pulling and create proper stretch.
- - Open your body on step three to build stretch, keeping shoulders down and arms aligned with your center.
- - For inside turns, keep your shoulder down when your arm is raised to maintain connection.
- - For outside turns, bring your arm closer to your body on step three to initiate the turn without pulling.
- - During turns, always keep your elbows visible in your peripheral vision to maintain frame.
- - Increase energy on step three to add dynamics, then release on step four for fluid movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stretch is built and released in coordination with body movement, not by pulling on your partner.
- - Frame involves keeping shoulders down and arms connected to your body center for stability.
- - Proper distance between partners is crucial to avoid excessive tension and allow natural stretch.
- - In turns, maintain frame by ensuring elbows do not go behind you, keeping them in sight.
- - Dynamics can be added by speeding up movements, particularly on step three to enhance stretch.
- - Practice variations like inside and outside turns to apply stretch and frame principles in different contexts.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55423d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/3_Putting_the_Stretch_Into_Context.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Putting the Stretch Into Context
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using the pass-by move to demonstrate how to apply stretch and frame in dance, with variations including inside and outside turns to practice these concepts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a distance from your partner to avoid pulling and create proper stretch.
+- Open your body on step three to build stretch, keeping shoulders down and arms aligned with your center.
+- For inside turns, keep your shoulder down when your arm is raised to maintain connection.
+- For outside turns, bring your arm closer to your body on step three to initiate the turn without pulling.
+- During turns, always keep your elbows visible in your peripheral vision to maintain frame.
+- Increase energy on step three to add dynamics, then release on step four for fluid movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stretch is built and released in coordination with body movement, not by pulling on your partner.
+- Frame involves keeping shoulders down and arms connected to your body center for stability.
+- Proper distance between partners is crucial to avoid excessive tension and allow natural stretch.
+- In turns, maintain frame by ensuring elbows do not go behind you, keeping them in sight.
+- Dynamics can be added by speeding up movements, particularly on step three to enhance stretch.
+- Practice variations like inside and outside turns to apply stretch and frame principles in different contexts.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 486296a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-4 Passing on the other side
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a pass-by move on the leader's right side, focusing on stretch, frame, and turns to create smooth movement and direction.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Build stretch on step one and increase it between steps two and three for earlier timing.
- - Leaders step forward and face the partner on steps one, two, three to initiate body turn.
- - On the release, drop the hand to create a turn, maintaining frame to guide direction.
- - For a free outside turn, release between steps three and four to allow follower rotation without pushing.
- - In a connected outside turn, maintain hand connection and raise the arm to guide the turn without extra energy.
- - Followers step under the body while turning to stay balanced and avoid traveling too much.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The stretch creates movement, while the frame decides the direction of the turn.
- - Maintain frame by keeping the shoulder down and elbow in peripheral vision to ensure proper body alignment.
- - Increase stretch energy slightly between steps two and three for dynamics, but stay relaxed to avoid pulling.
- - Followers should track the leader's position during turns to be ready to reconnect smoothly.
- - Leaders guide turns by releasing or maintaining connection, not by pushing, to keep the move fluid.
- - Practice both simple and dynamic versions to add rhythm and energy to the pass-by move.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39000c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/4_Passing_on_the_other_side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 4 Passing on the other side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a pass-by move on the leader's right side, focusing on stretch, frame, and turns to create smooth movement and direction.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Build stretch on step one and increase it between steps two and three for earlier timing.
+- Leaders step forward and face the partner on steps one, two, three to initiate body turn.
+- On the release, drop the hand to create a turn, maintaining frame to guide direction.
+- For a free outside turn, release between steps three and four to allow follower rotation without pushing.
+- In a connected outside turn, maintain hand connection and raise the arm to guide the turn without extra energy.
+- Followers step under the body while turning to stay balanced and avoid traveling too much.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The stretch creates movement, while the frame decides the direction of the turn.
+- Maintain frame by keeping the shoulder down and elbow in peripheral vision to ensure proper body alignment.
+- Increase stretch energy slightly between steps two and three for dynamics, but stay relaxed to avoid pulling.
+- Followers should track the leader's position during turns to be ready to reconnect smoothly.
+- Leaders guide turns by releasing or maintaining connection, not by pushing, to keep the move fluid.
+- Practice both simple and dynamic versions to add rhythm and energy to the pass-by move.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c2dc7db..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Shake Hand Connection
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying shake hand connection (right hand to right hand) to previously learned moves, maintaining proper frame and stretch while adapting to the new connection style.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - For leaders, create space when leading outside turns to avoid elbowing your partner.
- - On count three, communicate a slight increase in stretch to signal movement changes.
- - Let your hands move naturally during turns rather than keeping them rigid.
- - Followers should maintain shoulder down and frame throughout rotations.
- - Leaders should substitute the right arm for previous connections while keeping technique identical.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shake hand connection requires the same fundamental techniques as previous connections.
- - Followers must maintain frame and follow the leader's pathway during all turns.
- - Body rotation occurs naturally due to the arm movement in shake hand connection.
- - Leaders need to be mindful of positioning to avoid collisions with their partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a6265e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/5_Shake_Hand_Connection.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Shake Hand Connection
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying shake hand connection (right hand to right hand) to previously learned moves, maintaining proper frame and stretch while adapting to the new connection style.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- For leaders, create space when leading outside turns to avoid elbowing your partner.
+- On count three, communicate a slight increase in stretch to signal movement changes.
+- Let your hands move naturally during turns rather than keeping them rigid.
+- Followers should maintain shoulder down and frame throughout rotations.
+- Leaders should substitute the right arm for previous connections while keeping technique identical.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shake hand connection requires the same fundamental techniques as previous connections.
+- Followers must maintain frame and follow the leader's pathway during all turns.
+- Body rotation occurs naturally due to the arm movement in shake hand connection.
+- Leaders need to be mindful of positioning to avoid collisions with their partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3490904..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Mirroring Exercise
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mirroring dance moves to the other side, specifically using the follower's left arm and leader's right arm, with the goal of practicing pass-by moves and turns on the less dominant side.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the leader's left and follower's right leg for mirroring.
- - Increase energy on count three to communicate a change in speed.
- - Keep arms stretched and avoid pulling; use body movement instead.
- - Maintain frame by ensuring the arm and body move together during turns.
- - For outside turns, keep the shoulder down and let the body follow the arm rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice all moves on both sides to build versatility as a dancer.
- - Focus on connection through the arm into the shoulder and body for energy transfer.
- - Avoid traveling too much during turns to maintain balance and frame.
- - Use the same techniques as previous lessons but adapted for the mirrored side.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b756fca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/6_Mirroring_Exercise.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Mirroring Exercise
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mirroring dance moves to the other side, specifically using the follower's left arm and leader's right arm, with the goal of practicing pass-by moves and turns on the less dominant side.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the leader's left and follower's right leg for mirroring.
+- Increase energy on count three to communicate a change in speed.
+- Keep arms stretched and avoid pulling; use body movement instead.
+- Maintain frame by ensuring the arm and body move together during turns.
+- For outside turns, keep the shoulder down and let the body follow the arm rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice all moves on both sides to build versatility as a dancer.
+- Focus on connection through the arm into the shoulder and body for energy transfer.
+- Avoid traveling too much during turns to maintain balance and frame.
+- Use the same techniques as previous lessons but adapted for the mirrored side.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 48ab25a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Mirroring Exercise%3A Passing on the other side
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mirroring exercises for passing on the other side, specifically using the left arm for followers and right for leaders, with the goal of practicing stretches, frame maintenance, and various turn types while traveling to the leader's left.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the stretch on one, increase it on two, and release it on three.
- - Maintain the frame by keeping the shoulder connected and avoiding pulling or letting the arm pop out.
- - For outside turns, keep the arm within peripheral vision and the shoulder down and relaxed.
- - For inside turns, ensure the arm comes up in front and crosses over to bring the body around.
- - After three, steps should be on the spot and follow the partner.
- - Build extra energy by exaggerating the stretch on two for faster speeds.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Mirror everything, with followers starting weight on the right and leaders on the left.
- - The important moment is between two and three, where stretch and opening happen simultaneously.
- - After three, there is no stretch, and arms should be relaxed to protect the shoulder.
- - Practice moves include pass-by, free turn, outside turn, and inside turn on this side.
- - Mix and match speeds with music for varied practice.
- - Focus on maintaining frame during turns to ensure smooth movement and connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..428b9f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/7_Mirroring_Exercise%3A_Passing_on_the_other_side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Mirroring Exercise%3A Passing on the other side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mirroring exercises for passing on the other side, specifically using the left arm for followers and right for leaders, with the goal of practicing stretches, frame maintenance, and various turn types while traveling to the leader's left.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the stretch on one, increase it on two, and release it on three.
+- Maintain the frame by keeping the shoulder connected and avoiding pulling or letting the arm pop out.
+- For outside turns, keep the arm within peripheral vision and the shoulder down and relaxed.
+- For inside turns, ensure the arm comes up in front and crosses over to bring the body around.
+- After three, steps should be on the spot and follow the partner.
+- Build extra energy by exaggerating the stretch on two for faster speeds.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Mirror everything, with followers starting weight on the right and leaders on the left.
+- The important moment is between two and three, where stretch and opening happen simultaneously.
+- After three, there is no stretch, and arms should be relaxed to protect the shoulder.
+- Practice moves include pass-by, free turn, outside turn, and inside turn on this side.
+- Mix and match speeds with music for varied practice.
+- Focus on maintaining frame during turns to ensure smooth movement and connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f5665c1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Mirrored Shake Hand Stretch
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches mirrored shake hand stretches with left-to-left connection, focusing on pass-by moves with inside and outside turn variations traveling to both the leader's right and left sides.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders open their body on count three for right-side passes and on count two for left-side passes.
- - Maintain elbow close to your body during stretches to keep the follower on a straight line.
- - Increase energy on count two and release on count three for faster turn variations.
- - Create distance between partners on count three to avoid collisions during outside turns.
- - Allow natural body rotation by staying relaxed rather than isolating arm movements.
- - Drop hands when changing direction to release momentum smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - All moves maintain the same fundamental technique but vary in connection hand and travel direction.
- - Stretch should flow through the entire body, not just the arm, for proper rotation.
- - Frame maintenance is crucial when generating momentum for turns.
- - Practice moves at different speeds to build control and dynamics.
- - The same beginning sequence applies to multiple turn variations.
- - Keep hands connected during outside turns but release for free turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea28d52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/8_Mirrored_Shake_Hand_Stretch.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Mirrored Shake Hand Stretch
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches mirrored shake hand stretches with left-to-left connection, focusing on pass-by moves with inside and outside turn variations traveling to both the leader's right and left sides.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders open their body on count three for right-side passes and on count two for left-side passes.
+- Maintain elbow close to your body during stretches to keep the follower on a straight line.
+- Increase energy on count two and release on count three for faster turn variations.
+- Create distance between partners on count three to avoid collisions during outside turns.
+- Allow natural body rotation by staying relaxed rather than isolating arm movements.
+- Drop hands when changing direction to release momentum smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- All moves maintain the same fundamental technique but vary in connection hand and travel direction.
+- Stretch should flow through the entire body, not just the arm, for proper rotation.
+- Frame maintenance is crucial when generating momentum for turns.
+- Practice moves at different speeds to build control and dynamics.
+- The same beginning sequence applies to multiple turn variations.
+- Keep hands connected during outside turns but release for free turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a9e267c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Stretch and Frame
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concepts of stretch and frame in dance, focusing on how to use elastic bands and drills to develop these essential skills for leading and following.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use elastic bands to practice stretch in various drills.
- - Work on specific moves that incorporate stretch to add dynamics.
- - Start by discussing and establishing a proper frame before applying stretch.
- - Increase resistance with stretch to control speed and movement in dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stretch is a key tool for enhancing dynamics and control in dancing.
- - Frame is essential for creating and maintaining stretch effectively.
- - Both stretch and frame are fundamental skills for leading and following.
- - Practice with drills helps build familiarity and proficiency in using stretch.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c3a0ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Stretch_and_Frame.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Stretch and Frame
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concepts of stretch and frame in dance, focusing on how to use elastic bands and drills to develop these essential skills for leading and following.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use elastic bands to practice stretch in various drills.
+- Work on specific moves that incorporate stretch to add dynamics.
+- Start by discussing and establishing a proper frame before applying stretch.
+- Increase resistance with stretch to control speed and movement in dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stretch is a key tool for enhancing dynamics and control in dancing.
+- Frame is essential for creating and maintaining stretch effectively.
+- Both stretch and frame are fundamental skills for leading and following.
+- Practice with drills helps build familiarity and proficiency in using stretch.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e7b5f26..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Dancing between the beats
-
-
-
-COURSE: Stretch and Frame
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to dance between the beats, focusing on filling the space between beats rather than fixating on the beats themselves, with a goal of enhancing movement flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of a beat as a period of time, not just a point in time.
- - Practice dancing on top of the beats and then switch to dancing in between the beats.
- - Use a medium slow song to visually see the difference between these two styles.
- - Fill the space between beats with your movement to make the dance more dynamic.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Dancing between the beats involves using the time between beats for movement.
- - Avoid fixating solely on the beats; focus on the intervals.
- - This technique can make your dancing feel more fluid and expressive.
- - It applies to various tempos, helping you adapt to different songs.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89dad5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Stretch-and-Frame/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Dancing between the beats
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to dance between the beats, focusing on filling the space between beats rather than fixating on the beats themselves, with a goal of enhancing movement flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of a beat as a period of time, not just a point in time.
+- Practice dancing on top of the beats and then switch to dancing in between the beats.
+- Use a medium slow song to visually see the difference between these two styles.
+- Fill the space between beats with your movement to make the dance more dynamic.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Dancing between the beats involves using the time between beats for movement.
+- Avoid fixating solely on the beats; focus on the intervals.
+- This technique can make your dancing feel more fluid and expressive.
+- It applies to various tempos, helping you adapt to different songs.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 72a0db8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Grounding
-
-
-
-COURSE: Essential Skills
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches grounding, which involves shifting your body's center of gravity from the chest to the belly to improve balance and control in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Relax your shoulders and chest to move your center from the chest to the belly area.
- - Let your full body weight go down through your legs and feet to touch the floor with every part of the foot.
- - Breathe into your belly to help relax and connect into the ground.
- - Practice grounding and ungrounding by stepping and adjusting your breath.
- - Try grounding with a partner in close embrace to feel the tactile difference.
- - Avoid bending your knees; focus on where you hold your energy and body weight instead.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Grounding is about where you send your energy, not about your posture or bending your knees.
- - Being grounded improves balance, control, and timing, making dancing to slow music easier.
- - It helps prevent tension in the upper body by focusing breath and relaxation in the belly.
- - Grounding can make you feel heavier and more stable, as demonstrated in partner exercises.
- - Incorporating grounding takes practice but leads to better movement control over time.
- - Ungrounded dancing often causes problems, so grounding is essential for technical skills.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5e0ebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Grounding
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches grounding, which involves shifting your body's center of gravity from the chest to the belly to improve balance and control in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Relax your shoulders and chest to move your center from the chest to the belly area.
+- Let your full body weight go down through your legs and feet to touch the floor with every part of the foot.
+- Breathe into your belly to help relax and connect into the ground.
+- Practice grounding and ungrounding by stepping and adjusting your breath.
+- Try grounding with a partner in close embrace to feel the tactile difference.
+- Avoid bending your knees; focus on where you hold your energy and body weight instead.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Grounding is about where you send your energy, not about your posture or bending your knees.
+- Being grounded improves balance, control, and timing, making dancing to slow music easier.
+- It helps prevent tension in the upper body by focusing breath and relaxation in the belly.
+- Grounding can make you feel heavier and more stable, as demonstrated in partner exercises.
+- Incorporating grounding takes practice but leads to better movement control over time.
+- Ungrounded dancing often causes problems, so grounding is essential for technical skills.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 98a2e77..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Getting in the Swing of it
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using the concept of swing to maintain flow and transition seamlessly between movements, by imagining the spine as a relaxed rope and the pelvis as a heavy ball.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine your spine as a long rope and your pelvis as a heavy ball at the bottom.
- - Initiate the swing from the top of the spine to move the hips side to side.
- - Adjust the swing size by making the rope shorter or longer from different spine points.
- - Visualise a hula hoop around your waist to create circles and varied hip movements.
- - Stay relaxed and avoid tensing muscles to let movement flow naturally.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a relaxed spine to allow smooth transitions between movements.
- - The swing size depends on where you initiate movement in the spine.
- - Use imagery like a rope and ball or hula hoop to guide hip motion.
- - Experiment with different directions and shapes for the hips.
- - Focus on flow rather than force to enhance movement quality.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18e0420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/0_Getting_in_the_Swing_of_it.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Getting in the Swing of it
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using the concept of swing to maintain flow and transition seamlessly between movements, by imagining the spine as a relaxed rope and the pelvis as a heavy ball.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine your spine as a long rope and your pelvis as a heavy ball at the bottom.
+- Initiate the swing from the top of the spine to move the hips side to side.
+- Adjust the swing size by making the rope shorter or longer from different spine points.
+- Visualise a hula hoop around your waist to create circles and varied hip movements.
+- Stay relaxed and avoid tensing muscles to let movement flow naturally.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a relaxed spine to allow smooth transitions between movements.
+- The swing size depends on where you initiate movement in the spine.
+- Use imagery like a rope and ball or hula hoop to guide hip motion.
+- Experiment with different directions and shapes for the hips.
+- Focus on flow rather than force to enhance movement quality.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 117ea4c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 Messing around with rotational swing
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces rotational swing using the mess around, focusing on adding it to a basic step and practicing transitions between normal basics and mess arounds.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the mess around in either forward or backward direction as preferred.
- - Change the direction of the mess around anytime during practice.
- - Ensure the circle drawn during the mess around is clear and defined.
- - Practice moving from a normal basic step to a mess around without stopping.
- - Join in with the instructor when ready, starting with a clockwise mess around.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rotational swing can be explored through the mess around, a versatile movement.
- - The mess around can be done in any direction, clockwise or counterclockwise.
- - Transitions between basic steps and mess arounds should be smooth and continuous.
- - Feel free to experiment with starting positions and directions to enhance flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3372e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/10_Messing_around_with_rotational_swing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 Messing around with rotational swing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces rotational swing using the mess around, focusing on adding it to a basic step and practicing transitions between normal basics and mess arounds.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the mess around in either forward or backward direction as preferred.
+- Change the direction of the mess around anytime during practice.
+- Ensure the circle drawn during the mess around is clear and defined.
+- Practice moving from a normal basic step to a mess around without stopping.
+- Join in with the instructor when ready, starting with a clockwise mess around.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rotational swing can be explored through the mess around, a versatile movement.
+- The mess around can be done in any direction, clockwise or counterclockwise.
+- Transitions between basic steps and mess arounds should be smooth and continuous.
+- Feel free to experiment with starting positions and directions to enhance flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bc9581..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-11 Rotational Swing%3A Messaround and Four Corners
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using rotational swing to transition between the mess around and four corners moves, with the goal of linking them smoothly in solo dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of the four corners as a chopped-up mess around with stops and reverses.
- - Transition by not stopping the loop of the four corners and adding it into a full circle for the mess around.
- - Practice with both slow and faster mess arounds to find what feels comfortable or fits the music.
- - Start transitions with weight on the left foot and then switch to the other foot for balance.
- - Use the hips fully in both moves, ensuring no parts of the swing are left out.
- - Speed up the mess around by stepping every beat for a faster transition.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The timing of the move is up to you, but focus on the direction of the swing for smooth transitions.
- - Link the four corners and mess around by seamlessly switching between full circles and chopped-up loops.
- - Practice until the transitions feel smooth in the body, adapting to personal comfort and music.
- - Remember to include the loop at the back of the four corners to maintain the swing's integrity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7df3b68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/11_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Four_Corners.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 11 Rotational Swing%3A Messaround and Four Corners
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using rotational swing to transition between the mess around and four corners moves, with the goal of linking them smoothly in solo dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of the four corners as a chopped-up mess around with stops and reverses.
+- Transition by not stopping the loop of the four corners and adding it into a full circle for the mess around.
+- Practice with both slow and faster mess arounds to find what feels comfortable or fits the music.
+- Start transitions with weight on the left foot and then switch to the other foot for balance.
+- Use the hips fully in both moves, ensuring no parts of the swing are left out.
+- Speed up the mess around by stepping every beat for a faster transition.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The timing of the move is up to you, but focus on the direction of the swing for smooth transitions.
+- Link the four corners and mess around by seamlessly switching between full circles and chopped-up loops.
+- Practice until the transitions feel smooth in the body, adapting to personal comfort and music.
+- Remember to include the loop at the back of the four corners to maintain the swing's integrity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ecb56e8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-12 Rotational Swing%3A Messaround and Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining the rotational swing moves of Messaround and Fishtail, teaching how to transition between them using rotational motion.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the rotational motion from the Messaround to smoothly enter the Fishtail.
- - Practice starting with weight on the right for clockwise Messaround and on the left for anti-clockwise.
- - Draw the Fishtail as a figure of eight on paper to visualize its rotational loop.
- - Exhale during the transition to enhance fluidity and control.
- - Try diagonal movements to better observe and execute the transitions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Fishtail involves a rotational loop that resembles a figure of eight.
- - Switching weights from one side to another creates the rotational motion in these moves.
- - Use the momentum from the Messaround to seamlessly flow into the Fishtail.
- - Practice both clockwise and anti-clockwise directions to build versatility.
- - Focus on maintaining a continuous rotational flow throughout the combination.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7499f67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/12_Rotational_Swing%3A_Messaround_and_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 12 Rotational Swing%3A Messaround and Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining the rotational swing moves of Messaround and Fishtail, teaching how to transition between them using rotational motion.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the rotational motion from the Messaround to smoothly enter the Fishtail.
+- Practice starting with weight on the right for clockwise Messaround and on the left for anti-clockwise.
+- Draw the Fishtail as a figure of eight on paper to visualize its rotational loop.
+- Exhale during the transition to enhance fluidity and control.
+- Try diagonal movements to better observe and execute the transitions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Fishtail involves a rotational loop that resembles a figure of eight.
+- Switching weights from one side to another creates the rotational motion in these moves.
+- Use the momentum from the Messaround to seamlessly flow into the Fishtail.
+- Practice both clockwise and anti-clockwise directions to build versatility.
+- Focus on maintaining a continuous rotational flow throughout the combination.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 498bfef..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Transitioning between Fishtails & Four Corners
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating smooth transitions between the fishtail and four corners movements by using hip rotation and directional swings.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the hips rotating to help transition from fishtail to four corners.
- - Take the hip energy back and down when moving from four corners to fishtail.
- - Ensure a big loop with the hips at the back to avoid cheating and ease transitions.
- - Practice on either side to maintain balance and fluidity.
- - Relax the body while transitioning to maintain smoothness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The end of one movement becomes the beginning of the next for seamless flow.
- - Hip rotation is key to connecting fishtails and four corners effectively.
- - Avoid cutting out the back loop to prevent difficulty in transitions.
- - Maintain rotational energy throughout to sustain movement continuity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6714325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/13_Transitioning_between_Fishtails_&_Four_Corners.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Transitioning between Fishtails & Four Corners
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating smooth transitions between the fishtail and four corners movements by using hip rotation and directional swings.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the hips rotating to help transition from fishtail to four corners.
+- Take the hip energy back and down when moving from four corners to fishtail.
+- Ensure a big loop with the hips at the back to avoid cheating and ease transitions.
+- Practice on either side to maintain balance and fluidity.
+- Relax the body while transitioning to maintain smoothness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The end of one movement becomes the beginning of the next for seamless flow.
+- Hip rotation is key to connecting fishtails and four corners effectively.
+- Avoid cutting out the back loop to prevent difficulty in transitions.
+- Maintain rotational energy throughout to sustain movement continuity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 04f13a6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-14 Improvising with rotational swing
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with rotational swing by mixing moves like fishtail, four corners, and mess around to change direction and create different moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the fishtail move to initiate the sequence.
- - Change direction to create different moves while maintaining rotational swing.
- - Choose your own speed during practice, such as going faster for mess around.
- - Ensure you breathe while performing the moves to maintain flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Never lose the rotational swing; use it to transition between moves.
- - Mix moves together to enhance improvisation and flow.
- - Practice can be done alone or with friends, following instructions or dancing along freely.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3284e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/14_Improvising_with_rotational_swing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 14 Improvising with rotational swing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with rotational swing by mixing moves like fishtail, four corners, and mess around to change direction and create different moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the fishtail move to initiate the sequence.
+- Change direction to create different moves while maintaining rotational swing.
+- Choose your own speed during practice, such as going faster for mess around.
+- Ensure you breathe while performing the moves to maintain flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Never lose the rotational swing; use it to transition between moves.
+- Mix moves together to enhance improvisation and flow.
+- Practice can be done alone or with friends, following instructions or dancing along freely.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e7353a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-15 Transitioning and maintaining flow
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creatively transitioning between different swing directions in solo dance, with the goal of maintaining flow and fluidity through improvisation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a basic move to get into the swing, then experiment with transitions like from a lowdown to a funky butt.
- - Use basics in between moves to help change swing direction smoothly, such as adding a backswing before a choo-choo shuffle.
- - Try moves in your body while dancing to see how they feel together, without worrying about right or wrong.
- - Watch demonstrations if needed, then practice improvising to build confidence and creativity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - There are no right or wrong transitions; focus on what feels good and fluid in your body.
- - The swing can go in different directions, so some moves may transition easily while others require adjustment.
- - Creativity is key—play with all learned moves to discover seamless connections and enhance flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7d2e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/15_Transitioning_and_maintaining_flow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 15 Transitioning and maintaining flow
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creatively transitioning between different swing directions in solo dance, with the goal of maintaining flow and fluidity through improvisation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a basic move to get into the swing, then experiment with transitions like from a lowdown to a funky butt.
+- Use basics in between moves to help change swing direction smoothly, such as adding a backswing before a choo-choo shuffle.
+- Try moves in your body while dancing to see how they feel together, without worrying about right or wrong.
+- Watch demonstrations if needed, then practice improvising to build confidence and creativity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- There are no right or wrong transitions; focus on what feels good and fluid in your body.
+- The swing can go in different directions, so some moves may transition easily while others require adjustment.
+- Creativity is key—play with all learned moves to discover seamless connections and enhance flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a46475c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-16 Get all your moves swinging!
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This final lesson focuses on applying the concept of swing to various dance moves, encouraging dancers to integrate swing from their center into their favorite moves for smoother transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the James Brown move from your center, specifically the hips or glutes, to ensure a good twist.
- - Add a forward and back swing to the James Brown to enhance movement and transition.
- - Incorporate a swing in your center to initiate the camel walk, involving the whole body rather than just legs.
- - Add swing at the end of a move, like a turn, to naturally transition into the next step.
- - Use swing when changing direction, such as adding a forward swing to transition smoothly back.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Swing should originate from the center of the body, not from the knees or feet.
- - Analyze your favorite moves to find opportunities to add swing for better flow.
- - Swing can help transition moves seamlessly, making improvisation more fluid.
- - Even moves that seem to lack swing can be adapted by adding swing at the end.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..879c784
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/16_Get_all_your_moves_swinging!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 16 Get all your moves swinging!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This final lesson focuses on applying the concept of swing to various dance moves, encouraging dancers to integrate swing from their center into their favorite moves for smoother transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the James Brown move from your center, specifically the hips or glutes, to ensure a good twist.
+- Add a forward and back swing to the James Brown to enhance movement and transition.
+- Incorporate a swing in your center to initiate the camel walk, involving the whole body rather than just legs.
+- Add swing at the end of a move, like a turn, to naturally transition into the next step.
+- Use swing when changing direction, such as adding a forward swing to transition smoothly back.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Swing should originate from the center of the body, not from the knees or feet.
+- Analyze your favorite moves to find opportunities to add swing for better flow.
+- Swing can help transition moves seamlessly, making improvisation more fluid.
+- Even moves that seem to lack swing can be adapted by adding swing at the end.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b4be96..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-17 Final thoughts
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: The lesson focuses on the concept of flow in dance, emphasizing its role in enabling freedom and improvisation without pre-planning.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Let your body's swing or energy take over to guide movements naturally.
- - Maintain a continuous flow where moves transition smoothly into one another.
- - Practice allowing the dance to evolve as one movement throughout the entire song.
- - Use flow to improvise without thinking about the next step in advance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Flow provides freedom in dance, allowing for spontaneous and intuitive movement.
- - Aim for dance moves to make sense together rather than being choppy or disconnected.
- - Flow helps in improvisation by letting the body's energy dictate the dance.
- - Developing flow takes time but enhances overall dancing when applied consistently.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b2fad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/17_Final_thoughts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 17 Final thoughts
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The lesson focuses on the concept of flow in dance, emphasizing its role in enabling freedom and improvisation without pre-planning.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Let your body's swing or energy take over to guide movements naturally.
+- Maintain a continuous flow where moves transition smoothly into one another.
+- Practice allowing the dance to evolve as one movement throughout the entire song.
+- Use flow to improvise without thinking about the next step in advance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Flow provides freedom in dance, allowing for spontaneous and intuitive movement.
+- Aim for dance moves to make sense together rather than being choppy or disconnected.
+- Flow helps in improvisation by letting the body's energy dictate the dance.
+- Developing flow takes time but enhances overall dancing when applied consistently.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 483fcf5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Side to side swing in your basic step
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the side to side swing as part of a dance basics course, focusing on integrating it into basic steps to enhance movement flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a normal basic step without swing to establish the foundation.
- - Add a small side to side swing gradually, avoiding excessive movement.
- - Practice the swing while moving around the room, including rotations and forward/backward directions.
- - Compare the feeling with and without swing to notice differences in fluidity.
- - Ensure the swing is subtle and comfortable to prevent strain or pain.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Incorporate swing into basics to add dynamic flow to movements.
- - Maintain control by keeping the swing minimal and not too large.
- - Use the swing to enhance natural movement during rotations and transitions.
- - Practice in various directions to adapt the swing to different dance scenarios.
- - Focus on the pelvis movement as discussed in previous lessons for effective swing integration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..806e9eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/1_Side_to_side_swing_in_your_basic_step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Side to side swing in your basic step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the side to side swing as part of a dance basics course, focusing on integrating it into basic steps to enhance movement flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a normal basic step without swing to establish the foundation.
+- Add a small side to side swing gradually, avoiding excessive movement.
+- Practice the swing while moving around the room, including rotations and forward/backward directions.
+- Compare the feeling with and without swing to notice differences in fluidity.
+- Ensure the swing is subtle and comfortable to prevent strain or pain.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Incorporate swing into basics to add dynamic flow to movements.
+- Maintain control by keeping the swing minimal and not too large.
+- Use the swing to enhance natural movement during rotations and transitions.
+- Practice in various directions to adapt the swing to different dance scenarios.
+- Focus on the pelvis movement as discussed in previous lessons for effective swing integration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cb055c9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Swinging into Rocks
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning between the basic step and rocks using a sideways swing, aiming for a seamless flow in solo dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep feet wide and legs relaxed during rocks for a heavy hip movement.
- - Use the sideways swing to smoothly transition into and out of rocks.
- - Let the free leg gather under the hips on the final rock to prepare for the next basic.
- - Practice starting with weight on both left and right to become a two-legged dancer.
- - Maintain the swing in the hips throughout the transition to enhance fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The transition involves four basics (eight counts) followed by eight counts of rocks for a rhythmic pattern.
- - Focus on a seamless connection between steps to improve dance flow.
- - Incorporate the sideways swing as a key element for smooth transitions.
- - Practice repeatedly with music to build consistency and confidence in the movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..209ef0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/2_Swinging_into_Rocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Swinging into Rocks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning between the basic step and rocks using a sideways swing, aiming for a seamless flow in solo dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep feet wide and legs relaxed during rocks for a heavy hip movement.
+- Use the sideways swing to smoothly transition into and out of rocks.
+- Let the free leg gather under the hips on the final rock to prepare for the next basic.
+- Practice starting with weight on both left and right to become a two-legged dancer.
+- Maintain the swing in the hips throughout the transition to enhance fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The transition involves four basics (eight counts) followed by eight counts of rocks for a rhythmic pattern.
+- Focus on a seamless connection between steps to improve dance flow.
+- Incorporate the sideways swing as a key element for smooth transitions.
+- Practice repeatedly with music to build consistency and confidence in the movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e85f3ca..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Swinging Low Downs
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a side-to-side swing to the low down move to enhance fluidity and transition in solo dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the low down with a swing to make it more fluid.
- - Start with weight on the right foot and use counts like five-six for timing.
- - Combine the basic step with the swing and low down for smooth transitions.
- - Pause the video as needed to practice at your own pace.
- - Turn around to practice putting the moves together from different angles.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Adding swing to moves like the low down increases fluidity in dance.
- - Work on transitions between steps to maintain flow in your movements.
- - Keep trying and adjust your technique if it doesn't feel fluid initially.
- - Practice with music to integrate the moves into a rhythmic context.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d093a49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/3_Swinging_Low_Downs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Swinging Low Downs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a side-to-side swing to the low down move to enhance fluidity and transition in solo dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the low down with a swing to make it more fluid.
+- Start with weight on the right foot and use counts like five-six for timing.
+- Combine the basic step with the swing and low down for smooth transitions.
+- Pause the video as needed to practice at your own pace.
+- Turn around to practice putting the moves together from different angles.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Adding swing to moves like the low down increases fluidity in dance.
+- Work on transitions between steps to maintain flow in your movements.
+- Keep trying and adjust your technique if it doesn't feel fluid initially.
+- Practice with music to integrate the moves into a rhythmic context.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2274701..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-4 Transitioning between Rocks and Low Downs
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning smoothly between rocks and low downs in solo dance, using a sideways hip swing to guide the movement and maintain flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the sideways hip swing to let your hips decide the direction for the next move.
- - Shift your weight fully onto the leg you're swinging onto during low downs to ease into rocks.
- - Practice eight counts of rocks and eight counts of low downs, alternating to improve transitions.
- - Keep the hip swing going continuously to make transitions fluid and natural.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Think of the swing scientifically: what goes up must come down, allowing momentum to guide transitions.
- - The hips can make decisions for you in transitions, reducing overthinking.
- - Weight shifting is key for smooth transitions from low downs to rocks.
- - Maintain a consistent swing in the hips to enhance flow between moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fb3b1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/4_Transitioning_between_Rocks_and_Low_Downs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 4 Transitioning between Rocks and Low Downs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning smoothly between rocks and low downs in solo dance, using a sideways hip swing to guide the movement and maintain flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the sideways hip swing to let your hips decide the direction for the next move.
+- Shift your weight fully onto the leg you're swinging onto during low downs to ease into rocks.
+- Practice eight counts of rocks and eight counts of low downs, alternating to improve transitions.
+- Keep the hip swing going continuously to make transitions fluid and natural.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Think of the swing scientifically: what goes up must come down, allowing momentum to guide transitions.
+- The hips can make decisions for you in transitions, reducing overthinking.
+- Weight shifting is key for smooth transitions from low downs to rocks.
+- Maintain a consistent swing in the hips to enhance flow between moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d6d60e4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-5 Improvising with side to side swing
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing transitions between basic, rocks, and lowdown moves through a game where a caller directs a dancer, aiming to improve flow and smoothness in improvisation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take your time to transition between moves when called out.
- - Focus on making transitions as smooth as possible.
- - Use the swing motion to aid in transitioning between moves.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transitions should be smooth and preferably aligned with the music's phrasing.
- - The game can be adapted for solo practice by following the instructor's instructions.
- - In the next lesson, swinging in a different direction will be explored.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4ffc29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/5_Improvising_with_side_to_side_swing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 5 Improvising with side to side swing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing transitions between basic, rocks, and lowdown moves through a game where a caller directs a dancer, aiming to improve flow and smoothness in improvisation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take your time to transition between moves when called out.
+- Focus on making transitions as smooth as possible.
+- Use the swing motion to aid in transitioning between moves.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transitions should be smooth and preferably aligned with the music's phrasing.
+- The game can be adapted for solo practice by following the instructor's instructions.
+- In the next lesson, swinging in a different direction will be explored.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8877d3d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Backwards swing in your basic
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a backward swing to the basic step, emphasizing a subtle movement initiated from the spine to enhance flow and grounded posture.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Initiate the swing from the spine, not from the knees or head.
- - Keep the chest open and maintain a relaxed, grounded posture.
- - Add the backward swing as you collect the leg in during the step touch basic.
- - Practice the movement sideways first to observe the motion clearly.
- - Make the swing subtle and small, adjusting to personal comfort.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The swing originates from the spine, not the top of the head or knees.
- - Avoid popping the butt back by straightening the legs; focus on a soft, relaxed swing.
- - Maintain a neutral hip position with the swing going back and neutral.
- - Incorporate the swing into the basic step to improve transition and flow.
- - Keep the movement comfortable and subtle, allowing for personal variation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b5631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/6_Backwards_swing_in_your_basic.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Backwards swing in your basic
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a backward swing to the basic step, emphasizing a subtle movement initiated from the spine to enhance flow and grounded posture.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Initiate the swing from the spine, not from the knees or head.
+- Keep the chest open and maintain a relaxed, grounded posture.
+- Add the backward swing as you collect the leg in during the step touch basic.
+- Practice the movement sideways first to observe the motion clearly.
+- Make the swing subtle and small, adjusting to personal comfort.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The swing originates from the spine, not the top of the head or knees.
+- Avoid popping the butt back by straightening the legs; focus on a soft, relaxed swing.
+- Maintain a neutral hip position with the swing going back and neutral.
+- Incorporate the swing into the basic step to improve transition and flow.
+- Keep the movement comfortable and subtle, allowing for personal variation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ec8a13a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Backwards swing%3A Funky Butt
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the Funky Butt, an exaggerated version of the basic backwards swing, aiming to enhance movement flow and body feel.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Swing the butt back further than in the basic step.
- - Keep the foot under the hip during the swing.
- - Optionally open up slightly when swinging.
- - Practice transitioning from basic step to Funky Butt.
- - Maintain a nice pulse while practicing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Funky Butt is an exaggeration of the basic backwards swing.
- - Avoid swinging too far; keep the foot aligned under the hip.
- - Personal preferences like opening up are optional additions.
- - Practice slowly to improve body feel and movement quality.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce2cd4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/7_Backwards_swing%3A_Funky_Butt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Backwards swing%3A Funky Butt
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the Funky Butt, an exaggerated version of the basic backwards swing, aiming to enhance movement flow and body feel.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Swing the butt back further than in the basic step.
+- Keep the foot under the hip during the swing.
+- Optionally open up slightly when swinging.
+- Practice transitioning from basic step to Funky Butt.
+- Maintain a nice pulse while practicing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Funky Butt is an exaggeration of the basic backwards swing.
+- Avoid swinging too far; keep the foot aligned under the hip.
+- Personal preferences like opening up are optional additions.
+- Practice slowly to improve body feel and movement quality.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d516ca8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-8 Backwards swing%3A Choo Choo Shuffle
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the choo-choo shuffle, a dance move using a backward swing rhythm with hip motion, and how to transition into and out of it from a basic step.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the move by swinging the hips back first, then let the feet follow underneath.
- - Imagine sitting on a swing to visualize the back-and-forth hip motion.
- - You can begin the shuffle on either leg, stepping right-left or left-right as needed.
- - To transition out, combine the hip swing forward with a slight sideways motion for a smooth return to the basic step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hips are the main driver of the movement, leading the feet in the shuffle.
- - Use the existing backswing from the basic step to seamlessly flow into the choo-choo shuffle.
- - Practice on both sides to ensure evenness and comfort in the dance.
- - Focus on maintaining a smooth, flowing motion in the hips throughout transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bff260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/8_Backwards_swing%3A_Choo_Choo_Shuffle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 8 Backwards swing%3A Choo Choo Shuffle
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the choo-choo shuffle, a dance move using a backward swing rhythm with hip motion, and how to transition into and out of it from a basic step.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the move by swinging the hips back first, then let the feet follow underneath.
+- Imagine sitting on a swing to visualize the back-and-forth hip motion.
+- You can begin the shuffle on either leg, stepping right-left or left-right as needed.
+- To transition out, combine the hip swing forward with a slight sideways motion for a smooth return to the basic step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hips are the main driver of the movement, leading the feet in the shuffle.
+- Use the existing backswing from the basic step to seamlessly flow into the choo-choo shuffle.
+- Practice on both sides to ensure evenness and comfort in the dance.
+- Focus on maintaining a smooth, flowing motion in the hips throughout transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a6f86eb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-9 Improvising with backwards swing
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transition and Flow - Solo
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing transitions between three moves: the basic with backswing, funky butt, and choo-choo, with the goal of executing them smoothly based on verbal cues.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on smooth transitions between moves.
- - Execute moves as called out by the instructor.
- - Make transitions feel nice and smooth.
- - Practice transitions similarly between all moves.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transitions between funky butt and choo-choo are the same as between basic and choo-choo.
- - All moves transition in the same way.
- - Emphasize smoothness in movement execution.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34e6787
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transition-and-Flow-Solo/9_Improvising_with_backwards_swing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 9 Improvising with backwards swing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing transitions between three moves: the basic with backswing, funky butt, and choo-choo, with the goal of executing them smoothly based on verbal cues.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on smooth transitions between moves.
+- Execute moves as called out by the instructor.
+- Make transitions feel nice and smooth.
+- Practice transitions similarly between all moves.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transitions between funky butt and choo-choo are the same as between basic and choo-choo.
+- All moves transition in the same way.
+- Emphasize smoothness in movement execution.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cc08aaa..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 What is Flow%3F
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concept of flow in partnered dance, defining it as continuity and seamless transitions, with the goal of helping dancers achieve freedom and improvisation within their partnership.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of flow as one continuous move that lasts the entire song.
- - Ensure the end of one movement becomes the beginning of the next without visible joins.
- - Maintain clear transitions to enhance continuity in your dance.
- - Focus on how to keep flow alive between partners during improvisation.
- - Use flow to add personal styling without breaking the connection with your partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Flow in dance means continuity and seamless transitions between movements.
- - It allows for improvisation and personal expression while maintaining partner connection.
- - Good dancers exhibit flow as something special and continuous.
- - Flow is described as freedom in dance, enabling you to dance the way you want.
- - The course aims to help you feel free to improvise with your partner by developing flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5697fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/0_What_is_Flow%3F.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 What is Flow%3F
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concept of flow in partnered dance, defining it as continuity and seamless transitions, with the goal of helping dancers achieve freedom and improvisation within their partnership.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of flow as one continuous move that lasts the entire song.
+- Ensure the end of one movement becomes the beginning of the next without visible joins.
+- Maintain clear transitions to enhance continuity in your dance.
+- Focus on how to keep flow alive between partners during improvisation.
+- Use flow to add personal styling without breaking the connection with your partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Flow in dance means continuity and seamless transitions between movements.
+- It allows for improvisation and personal expression while maintaining partner connection.
+- Good dancers exhibit flow as something special and continuous.
+- Flow is described as freedom in dance, enabling you to dance the way you want.
+- The course aims to help you feel free to improvise with your partner by developing flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5488dfe..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 More Top Tips
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on maintaining smooth transitions and flow in partnered dancing, particularly at faster speeds, by improving connection timing and energy management.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Reconnect as early as possible to avoid surprises and pre-empt movements.
- - Followers should absorb into the connection rather than rebounding upon contact.
- - Let energy flow into your center to redirect it for the next move without stopping.
- - Practice going in the same or opposite directions while maintaining fluidity.
- - Either partner can initiate connections to keep the dance flowing smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Think of the end of one move as the beginning of the next to maintain continuous flow.
- - Avoid interrupting energy flow, especially when moving away from each other, to prevent feeling like hitting a brick wall.
- - Use technique tips to ensure transitions stay fluid and smooth regardless of direction.
- - Keep energy moving in your body so leaders only need to redirect it, not recreate it.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba45f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/10_More_Top_Tips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 More Top Tips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on maintaining smooth transitions and flow in partnered dancing, particularly at faster speeds, by improving connection timing and energy management.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Reconnect as early as possible to avoid surprises and pre-empt movements.
+- Followers should absorb into the connection rather than rebounding upon contact.
+- Let energy flow into your center to redirect it for the next move without stopping.
+- Practice going in the same or opposite directions while maintaining fluidity.
+- Either partner can initiate connections to keep the dance flowing smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Think of the end of one move as the beginning of the next to maintain continuous flow.
+- Avoid interrupting energy flow, especially when moving away from each other, to prevent feeling like hitting a brick wall.
+- Use technique tips to ensure transitions stay fluid and smooth regardless of direction.
+- Keep energy moving in your body so leaders only need to redirect it, not recreate it.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 706b91f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-11 Flow Game 6
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on maintaining connection and stepping every beat in partnered dancing, with the goal of both partners sharing responsibility for the flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Both partners should step on every beat to maintain rhythm.
- - Focus on making a strong connection with your partner throughout the dance.
- - Share the responsibility for maintaining the flow between both dancers.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Connection is a joint effort in partnered dancing.
- - Stepping consistently helps create smooth transitions.
- - Having fun enhances the dance experience and flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73544e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/11_Flow_Game_6.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 11 Flow Game 6
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on maintaining connection and stepping every beat in partnered dancing, with the goal of both partners sharing responsibility for the flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Both partners should step on every beat to maintain rhythm.
+- Focus on making a strong connection with your partner throughout the dance.
+- Share the responsibility for maintaining the flow between both dancers.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Connection is a joint effort in partnered dancing.
+- Stepping consistently helps create smooth transitions.
+- Having fun enhances the dance experience and flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c9abd59..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-12 Flow Game 7
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating basic steps and walks in partnered dancing, with followers choosing one movement for at least eight counts to maintain consistency, while leaders learn to guide direction changes without interrupting the flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should pick either the basic step or walk for around eight counts to avoid unfairness to partners.
- - Leaders can change direction by absorbing into the ground or using a step touch when making contact.
- - Establish a point of connection with your partner and ensure you do the basic step yourself with a swing.
- - Practice changing direction and tempo within the flow of movement to maintain energy without interruption.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in movement choices helps partners anticipate and connect smoothly.
- - Leaders should alter energy and direction without interrupting the follower's flow.
- - Clear communication and practice are essential for mastering partnered transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a9640b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/12_Flow_Game_7.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 12 Flow Game 7
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating basic steps and walks in partnered dancing, with followers choosing one movement for at least eight counts to maintain consistency, while leaders learn to guide direction changes without interrupting the flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should pick either the basic step or walk for around eight counts to avoid unfairness to partners.
+- Leaders can change direction by absorbing into the ground or using a step touch when making contact.
+- Establish a point of connection with your partner and ensure you do the basic step yourself with a swing.
+- Practice changing direction and tempo within the flow of movement to maintain energy without interruption.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in movement choices helps partners anticipate and connect smoothly.
+- Leaders should alter energy and direction without interrupting the follower's flow.
+- Clear communication and practice are essential for mastering partnered transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c2128d6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-13 Flow Game 8
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improving partnered transitions and flow by having followers observe their partner's movement to time connections appropriately. The goal is to practice this through immediate dancing to enhance coordination.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should watch their partner's flow closely during the dance.
- - Make connections at moments that feel natural and timely.
- - Start dancing straight away to apply the concept in real-time.
- - Focus on maintaining a smooth and continuous movement with your partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers are responsible for observing and adapting to their partner's flow.
- - Timing connections appropriately enhances overall dance flow.
- - Practice this game to build better coordination in partnered transitions.
- - The key is to make connections that make sense within the dance context.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ae770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/13_Flow_Game_8.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 13 Flow Game 8
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improving partnered transitions and flow by having followers observe their partner's movement to time connections appropriately. The goal is to practice this through immediate dancing to enhance coordination.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should watch their partner's flow closely during the dance.
+- Make connections at moments that feel natural and timely.
+- Start dancing straight away to apply the concept in real-time.
+- Focus on maintaining a smooth and continuous movement with your partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers are responsible for observing and adapting to their partner's flow.
+- Timing connections appropriately enhances overall dance flow.
+- Practice this game to build better coordination in partnered transitions.
+- The key is to make connections that make sense within the dance context.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c68d42..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-14 Flowing between solo moves
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on flowing between solo moves in partnered dancing, with the goal of maintaining seamless transitions while dancing freely to music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the swing in your body to transition between moves.
- - Dance to the song and keep the flow going.
- - Practice transitioning from one move to another without breaking rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain flow to allow for creative freedom beyond basic steps.
- - Refer to the 'Flow in the Body' course for detailed transition techniques.
- - Ensure your body feels good and connected during transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3020ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/14_Flowing_between_solo_moves.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 14 Flowing between solo moves
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on flowing between solo moves in partnered dancing, with the goal of maintaining seamless transitions while dancing freely to music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the swing in your body to transition between moves.
+- Dance to the song and keep the flow going.
+- Practice transitioning from one move to another without breaking rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain flow to allow for creative freedom beyond basic steps.
+- Refer to the 'Flow in the Body' course for detailed transition techniques.
+- Ensure your body feels good and connected during transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 43fb767..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-15 Flow game 9 - Maintaining freedom in partnership
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on maintaining individual freedom and flow while dancing with a partner, using a game where both dancers improvise solo and reconnect spontaneously.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Dance solo with visible body flow so your partner can react to it.
- - When reconnecting, consider multiple options like staying in place or leading a turn based on the partner's energy.
- - Respond to your partner's suggestions in your own way without stopping your dance.
- - Let the flow of energy guide your choices spontaneously in the moment.
- - During reconnection, step toward your partner if they perform a turn to maintain engagement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Don't stop dancing just because your partner makes a connection; maintain your individuality.
- - The flow of energy leads both partners, with options arising naturally from the movement.
- - Listen to your partner's flow and respond appropriately while dancing in your own style.
- - Reconnection in partnered dance should happen spontaneously, guided by the moment's energy.
- - Both dancers have a responsibility to move themselves and dance freely while being attentive to each other.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb40aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/15_Flow_game_9_-_Maintaining_freedom_in_partnership.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 15 Flow game 9 - Maintaining freedom in partnership
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on maintaining individual freedom and flow while dancing with a partner, using a game where both dancers improvise solo and reconnect spontaneously.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Dance solo with visible body flow so your partner can react to it.
+- When reconnecting, consider multiple options like staying in place or leading a turn based on the partner's energy.
+- Respond to your partner's suggestions in your own way without stopping your dance.
+- Let the flow of energy guide your choices spontaneously in the moment.
+- During reconnection, step toward your partner if they perform a turn to maintain engagement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Don't stop dancing just because your partner makes a connection; maintain your individuality.
+- The flow of energy leads both partners, with options arising naturally from the movement.
+- Listen to your partner's flow and respond appropriately while dancing in your own style.
+- Reconnection in partnered dance should happen spontaneously, guided by the moment's energy.
+- Both dancers have a responsibility to move themselves and dance freely while being attentive to each other.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bab6f18..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-16 Flow Game 10 - Follower Blindfolded
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on maintaining connection and flow in partnered dance while the follower is blindfolded, aiming to enhance non-visual communication and clarity in movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should make their flow and weight changes as clear as possible for the blindfolded follower to feel.
- - Avoid interrupting the flow to prevent confusion, as the follower cannot rely on sight to correct mistakes.
- - Only lead turns when physically connected to the follower to guide their direction safely.
- - Limit turns to a maximum of one at a time to help the follower maintain balance.
- - Do not lead free turns; ensure all movements are supported by connection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Non-visual communication relies heavily on physical clarity and consistent flow from the leader.
- - Blindfolded dancing emphasizes the importance of feeling and trust between partners.
- - Turning is challenging without sight, so guidance and connection are crucial for safety and balance.
- - This exercise integrates learned skills into a practical context to improve overall dance flow.
- - Immediate feedback from the follower helps leaders adjust and maintain smooth movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60bfbf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/16_Flow_Game_10_-_Follower_Blindfolded.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 16 Flow Game 10 - Follower Blindfolded
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on maintaining connection and flow in partnered dance while the follower is blindfolded, aiming to enhance non-visual communication and clarity in movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should make their flow and weight changes as clear as possible for the blindfolded follower to feel.
+- Avoid interrupting the flow to prevent confusion, as the follower cannot rely on sight to correct mistakes.
+- Only lead turns when physically connected to the follower to guide their direction safely.
+- Limit turns to a maximum of one at a time to help the follower maintain balance.
+- Do not lead free turns; ensure all movements are supported by connection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Non-visual communication relies heavily on physical clarity and consistent flow from the leader.
+- Blindfolded dancing emphasizes the importance of feeling and trust between partners.
+- Turning is challenging without sight, so guidance and connection are crucial for safety and balance.
+- This exercise integrates learned skills into a practical context to improve overall dance flow.
+- Immediate feedback from the follower helps leaders adjust and maintain smooth movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5507924..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-17 Flow Game 11 - Leaders blindfolded
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on blindfolding leaders to practice clear flow and weight communication in partnered dance, ensuring leaders can follow without visual cues.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should keep their energy grounded and low, not high.
- - Clearly indicate weight placement on the right or left side.
- - Use music to guide the flow and timing of movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Clarity in flow and weight communication is essential for blindfolded leaders.
- - Avoid making leaders guess weight distribution by being precise.
- - Grounding energy helps in maintaining stability and clear signals.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a658ad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/17_Flow_Game_11_-_Leaders_blindfolded.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 17 Flow Game 11 - Leaders blindfolded
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on blindfolding leaders to practice clear flow and weight communication in partnered dance, ensuring leaders can follow without visual cues.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should keep their energy grounded and low, not high.
+- Clearly indicate weight placement on the right or left side.
+- Use music to guide the flow and timing of movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Clarity in flow and weight communication is essential for blindfolded leaders.
+- Avoid making leaders guess weight distribution by being precise.
+- Grounding energy helps in maintaining stability and clear signals.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 138a01e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-18 Putting everything into context
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying learned concepts to achieve flow and freedom in partnered dancing, encouraging dancers to move themselves and create something beautiful together.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Let the flow of energy in your body guide your next move.
- - Connect with your partner as much as you want during the dance.
- - Dance for yourself and your partner to bring your movements together.
- - Have a normal dance with eyes open to enhance awareness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - It is not your partner's job to move you; move yourselves.
- - Achieve freedom in your dancing by focusing on the concept of flow.
- - Create something beautiful in the moment through shared movement.
- - Put everything learned into context for a cohesive dance experience.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ec0387
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/18_Putting_everything_into_context.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 18 Putting everything into context
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying learned concepts to achieve flow and freedom in partnered dancing, encouraging dancers to move themselves and create something beautiful together.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Let the flow of energy in your body guide your next move.
+- Connect with your partner as much as you want during the dance.
+- Dance for yourself and your partner to bring your movements together.
+- Have a normal dance with eyes open to enhance awareness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- It is not your partner's job to move you; move yourselves.
+- Achieve freedom in your dancing by focusing on the concept of flow.
+- Create something beautiful in the moment through shared movement.
+- Put everything learned into context for a cohesive dance experience.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 646067c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Flow in our body
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing flow in the body through a basic step, emphasizing relaxation, control, and full-body engagement to achieve consistent movement and timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Relax all muscles to allow energy to flow from toes to earlobes.
- - Use control in your pulse for consistency in timing.
- - Roll through your feet to help maintain control.
- - Lean into your dancing and basic step when changing direction.
- - Film yourself to observe consistency and control in movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Tension in muscles blocks the flow of energy around the body.
- - Control in body movement provides consistency and timing.
- - Use your entire body, not just the legs, when dancing.
- - Maintain flow and consistency while listening to the beat.
- - Practice the basic step to develop off-floor flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c643d4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/1_Flow_in_our_body.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Flow in our body
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing flow in the body through a basic step, emphasizing relaxation, control, and full-body engagement to achieve consistent movement and timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Relax all muscles to allow energy to flow from toes to earlobes.
+- Use control in your pulse for consistency in timing.
+- Roll through your feet to help maintain control.
+- Lean into your dancing and basic step when changing direction.
+- Film yourself to observe consistency and control in movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Tension in muscles blocks the flow of energy around the body.
+- Control in body movement provides consistency and timing.
+- Use your entire body, not just the legs, when dancing.
+- Maintain flow and consistency while listening to the beat.
+- Practice the basic step to develop off-floor flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4850a2a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Maintaining flow in turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on maintaining flow in partnered turns using the two-count basic step, aiming to avoid stopping during turns and achieve a continuous, controlled motion.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Follow your head and shoulders first to initiate a spiral motion down through the body.
- - Use the free leg to pivot and guide the turn, keeping it continuous.
- - Keep energy low in the hips and stay grounded to maintain balance and control.
- - Practice turning on a line to control direction and avoid drifting.
- - Relax the body and avoid rushing to match the music's timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain shoulder movement throughout the turn to prevent stopping and ensure flow.
- - Involve the whole body in a spiral from head to feet for smooth rotation.
- - Stay grounded and keep energy low to avoid becoming top-heavy and losing balance.
- - Use the free leg as a subtle aid to help maintain consistent turning without breaking rhythm.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73c6303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/2_Maintaining_flow_in_turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Maintaining flow in turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on maintaining flow in partnered turns using the two-count basic step, aiming to avoid stopping during turns and achieve a continuous, controlled motion.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Follow your head and shoulders first to initiate a spiral motion down through the body.
+- Use the free leg to pivot and guide the turn, keeping it continuous.
+- Keep energy low in the hips and stay grounded to maintain balance and control.
+- Practice turning on a line to control direction and avoid drifting.
+- Relax the body and avoid rushing to match the music's timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain shoulder movement throughout the turn to prevent stopping and ensure flow.
+- Involve the whole body in a spiral from head to feet for smooth rotation.
+- Stay grounded and keep energy low to avoid becoming top-heavy and losing balance.
+- Use the free leg as a subtle aid to help maintain consistent turning without breaking rhythm.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5720f32..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Flow Game 1
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a partnered flow game to practice solo basics and transitions with a partner, focusing on maintaining individual flow while establishing gentle connections without interruption.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice your basic step with maximum fluidity and control.
- - Dance separated from your partner initially, then slowly get closer.
- - Establish a point of connection without forcing it to avoid stopping your partner's flow.
- - Leaders should lead something immediately after connection, ensuring it continues the existing flow.
- - Followers should feel like they are still solo dancing even when connected.
- - Keep dancing continuously without stopping during the connection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The goal is to maintain your own flow and not interrupt your partner's movement.
- - Connection should be gentle and seamless, like a momentary coming together.
- - Practice consistency, relaxation, and swing in your basics.
- - Both leaders and followers should focus on their own dancing while being aware of the partner.
- - Transitions should feel like a natural continuation of the solo dance.
- - Use this game to build fluidity and control in partnered dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df4a2c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/3_Flow_Game_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Flow Game 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a partnered flow game to practice solo basics and transitions with a partner, focusing on maintaining individual flow while establishing gentle connections without interruption.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice your basic step with maximum fluidity and control.
+- Dance separated from your partner initially, then slowly get closer.
+- Establish a point of connection without forcing it to avoid stopping your partner's flow.
+- Leaders should lead something immediately after connection, ensuring it continues the existing flow.
+- Followers should feel like they are still solo dancing even when connected.
+- Keep dancing continuously without stopping during the connection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The goal is to maintain your own flow and not interrupt your partner's movement.
+- Connection should be gentle and seamless, like a momentary coming together.
+- Practice consistency, relaxation, and swing in your basics.
+- Both leaders and followers should focus on their own dancing while being aware of the partner.
+- Transitions should feel like a natural continuation of the solo dance.
+- Use this game to build fluidity and control in partnered dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 64dd82b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-4 Flow Game 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the follower's responsibility to initiate connection with the leader while both dance solo, aiming to maintain flow without interruption.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should watch the leader's movement flow to choose when to connect.
- - Keep arms available to facilitate connection when the follower approaches.
- - Continue solo dancing as a follower to match the leader's flow more easily.
- - Take time to observe and decide on connection points without rushing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The leader remains in charge of leading moves once connection is established.
- - Both partners should maintain their own flow to make connection smoother.
- - Followers initiate connection, but roles do not switch; the leader still leads disconnection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1fc29f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/4_Flow_Game_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 4 Flow Game 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the follower's responsibility to initiate connection with the leader while both dance solo, aiming to maintain flow without interruption.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should watch the leader's movement flow to choose when to connect.
+- Keep arms available to facilitate connection when the follower approaches.
+- Continue solo dancing as a follower to match the leader's flow more easily.
+- Take time to observe and decide on connection points without rushing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The leader remains in charge of leading moves once connection is established.
+- Both partners should maintain their own flow to make connection smoother.
+- Followers initiate connection, but roles do not switch; the leader still leads disconnection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 340b9d1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-5 Top Tips for maintaining flow
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson provides tips for maintaining smooth flow in partnered dancing by focusing on connection techniques during movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Observe your partner's direction of travel to position yourself appropriately for connection.
- - Match the type of energy, whether linear or rotational, to align with your partner's movement.
- - Be aware of your partner's weight distribution to adapt and lead effectively.
- - Identify available body parts for connection, such as hands, shoulders, or waist.
- - Time your connection by shadowing your partner's motion just before making contact.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - There is no wrong foot to be on; awareness of your partner's position creates opportunities.
- - Connection should be established smoothly by anticipating and mirroring your partner's movement.
- - Use the energy and direction of your partner to guide the next move seamlessly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9afa5f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/5_Top_Tips_for_maintaining_flow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 5 Top Tips for maintaining flow
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides tips for maintaining smooth flow in partnered dancing by focusing on connection techniques during movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Observe your partner's direction of travel to position yourself appropriately for connection.
+- Match the type of energy, whether linear or rotational, to align with your partner's movement.
+- Be aware of your partner's weight distribution to adapt and lead effectively.
+- Identify available body parts for connection, such as hands, shoulders, or waist.
+- Time your connection by shadowing your partner's motion just before making contact.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- There is no wrong foot to be on; awareness of your partner's position creates opportunities.
+- Connection should be established smoothly by anticipating and mirroring your partner's movement.
+- Use the energy and direction of your partner to guide the next move seamlessly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 848543a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-6 Flow Game 3
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on a partnered flow game where both leader and follower can initiate connection, aiming to practice fluid transitions and mutual responsiveness in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Dance with the best flow possible in your body.
- - Either partner can choose to make the connection.
- - Aim for connections that are nice and fluid.
- - Both partners should want to connect in the same way.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This game is similar to previous ones but with shared initiation.
- - Focus on maintaining body flow while connecting.
- - Practice mutual responsiveness to enhance partnered flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f2b4ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/6_Flow_Game_3.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 6 Flow Game 3
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on a partnered flow game where both leader and follower can initiate connection, aiming to practice fluid transitions and mutual responsiveness in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Dance with the best flow possible in your body.
+- Either partner can choose to make the connection.
+- Aim for connections that are nice and fluid.
+- Both partners should want to connect in the same way.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This game is similar to previous ones but with shared initiation.
+- Focus on maintaining body flow while connecting.
+- Practice mutual responsiveness to enhance partnered flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e82c416..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-7 Stepping every beat
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on stepping every beat to maintain flow and consistency in partnered dancing, with the goal of making it easier for partners by avoiding tricks and ensuring smooth transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a consistent size of steps.
- - Absorb into the ground with the entire body when changing direction.
- - Keep a steady speed while stepping every beat.
- - Use your entire body to enhance movement and flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on consistency in step size and speed for better flow.
- - Absorb into the ground during direction changes to maintain stability.
- - Make dancing easier for your partner by avoiding tricks.
- - Maintain an idea or movement pattern for a certain duration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6879845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/7_Stepping_every_beat.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 7 Stepping every beat
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on stepping every beat to maintain flow and consistency in partnered dancing, with the goal of making it easier for partners by avoiding tricks and ensuring smooth transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a consistent size of steps.
+- Absorb into the ground with the entire body when changing direction.
+- Keep a steady speed while stepping every beat.
+- Use your entire body to enhance movement and flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on consistency in step size and speed for better flow.
+- Absorb into the ground during direction changes to maintain stability.
+- Make dancing easier for your partner by avoiding tricks.
+- Maintain an idea or movement pattern for a certain duration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 15a87e9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-8 Flow Game 4
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing transitions and flow in partnered dancing by having followers step every beat consistently while leaders establish connection and lead with awareness to maintain timing and flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should step every beat consistently without doing basics or other moves.
- - Leaders should slowly approach their partner and establish connection to lead transitions.
- - If a transition feels off, abort and try again to maintain flow.
- - Maintain one idea or direction for a while before changing to ensure consistency.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in timing and step size is crucial for smooth transitions.
- - Use body movement to enhance flow and connection with your partner.
- - Avoid tricking your partner; focus on maintaining a clear idea during transitions.
- - Practice with music to integrate timing and flow into your dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b976396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/8_Flow_Game_4.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 8 Flow Game 4
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing transitions and flow in partnered dancing by having followers step every beat consistently while leaders establish connection and lead with awareness to maintain timing and flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should step every beat consistently without doing basics or other moves.
+- Leaders should slowly approach their partner and establish connection to lead transitions.
+- If a transition feels off, abort and try again to maintain flow.
+- Maintain one idea or direction for a while before changing to ensure consistency.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in timing and step size is crucial for smooth transitions.
+- Use body movement to enhance flow and connection with your partner.
+- Avoid tricking your partner; focus on maintaining a clear idea during transitions.
+- Practice with music to integrate timing and flow into your dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a635199..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-9 Flow Game 5
-
-
-
-COURSE: Transtitions and Flow - Partnered
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on followers establishing points of connection with leaders without disrupting their flow, maintaining lead-follow roles after connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should watch the leader's movement to find the right moment to connect.
- - If the connection is good and within the flow, the leader will then lead into something.
- - Abort the connection if it disrupts the leader's flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers are responsible for joining the leader's flow without stopping their dancing.
- - Maintain predominant lead-follow roles even after making a connection.
- - This game helps followers practice timing and adaptability in partnered transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7710bed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Transtitions-and-Flow-Partnered/9_Flow_Game_5.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 9 Flow Game 5
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on followers establishing points of connection with leaders without disrupting their flow, maintaining lead-follow roles after connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should watch the leader's movement to find the right moment to connect.
+- If the connection is good and within the flow, the leader will then lead into something.
+- Abort the connection if it disrupts the leader's flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers are responsible for joining the leader's flow without stopping their dancing.
+- Maintain predominant lead-follow roles even after making a connection.
+- This game helps followers practice timing and adaptability in partnered transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dbdc0e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Travelling Triple Steps
-
-
-
-COURSE: Essential Skills
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the travelling triple step, a dance move involving three steps in two counts, with the goal of practicing controlled and smooth execution without jumping.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Roll your feet during the triple step to maintain control.
- - Practice with a cup of liquid to avoid spilling and ensure smooth movements.
- - Keep your feet on the floor to control the rhythm with the music.
- - Start the triple step with weight on either leg and move in any direction.
- - In close embrace, leaders decide the number of steps while keeping movements smooth.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triple step rhythm is counted as 'one and two' for three steps in two counts.
- - Avoid jumping to maintain control and smoothness in the triple step.
- - After a triple step, maintain momentum to transition into other moves like walking or basics.
- - There are no strict rules for which leg to start on or direction to move in.
- - Practice with a partner in close embrace to enhance coordination without spilling liquid.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43e13e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Essential-Skills/Travelling_Triple_Steps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Travelling Triple Steps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the travelling triple step, a dance move involving three steps in two counts, with the goal of practicing controlled and smooth execution without jumping.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Roll your feet during the triple step to maintain control.
+- Practice with a cup of liquid to avoid spilling and ensure smooth movements.
+- Keep your feet on the floor to control the rhythm with the music.
+- Start the triple step with weight on either leg and move in any direction.
+- In close embrace, leaders decide the number of steps while keeping movements smooth.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triple step rhythm is counted as 'one and two' for three steps in two counts.
+- Avoid jumping to maintain control and smoothness in the triple step.
+- After a triple step, maintain momentum to transition into other moves like walking or basics.
+- There are no strict rules for which leg to start on or direction to move in.
+- Practice with a partner in close embrace to enhance coordination without spilling liquid.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fad4718..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Chicago Triple Vol I: Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Chicago Triple dance style, focusing on its basics and exploring its unique characteristics like rhythm, body shaping, and partnering techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the Chicago Triple Basic to build a foundation for various moves.
- - Focus on maintaining great rhythm while dancing to up-tempo shuffle blues music.
- - Incorporate cool body shaping to enhance the dance's aesthetic appeal.
- - Experiment with fun dynamics and partnering techniques for engaging interactions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Chicago Triple encapsulates the best elements of blues dance, including rhythm and body shaping.
- - The course will provide vocabulary and moves based on the Chicago Triple Basic.
- - This style is designed for up-tempo shuffle blues music, emphasizing energetic and rhythmic movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc08b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol_I:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Chicago Triple Vol I: Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Chicago Triple dance style, focusing on its basics and exploring its unique characteristics like rhythm, body shaping, and partnering techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the Chicago Triple Basic to build a foundation for various moves.
+- Focus on maintaining great rhythm while dancing to up-tempo shuffle blues music.
+- Incorporate cool body shaping to enhance the dance's aesthetic appeal.
+- Experiment with fun dynamics and partnering techniques for engaging interactions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Chicago Triple encapsulates the best elements of blues dance, including rhythm and body shaping.
+- The course will provide vocabulary and moves based on the Chicago Triple Basic.
+- This style is designed for up-tempo shuffle blues music, emphasizing energetic and rhythmic movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b175b08..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-10 Changing rhythms
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on communicating the difference between triple and single time steps in dance, with leaders choosing the rhythm and followers learning to feel body shifts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should make clear weight shifts to signal rhythm changes.
- - Followers should delay steps slightly to feel the leader's movements and avoid rushing.
- - Practice in closed position and close embrace to feel body shape changes.
- - Stay relaxed to better sense your partner and the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Body shape changes help followers detect rhythm transitions.
- - Followers need to commit to steps after the leader for better following.
- - Leaders should be musical and clear, not tricky, in their choices.
- - The lesson emphasizes teamwork and improvisation in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78e8491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/10_Changing_rhythms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 10 Changing rhythms
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on communicating the difference between triple and single time steps in dance, with leaders choosing the rhythm and followers learning to feel body shifts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should make clear weight shifts to signal rhythm changes.
+- Followers should delay steps slightly to feel the leader's movements and avoid rushing.
+- Practice in closed position and close embrace to feel body shape changes.
+- Stay relaxed to better sense your partner and the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Body shape changes help followers detect rhythm transitions.
+- Followers need to commit to steps after the leader for better following.
+- Leaders should be musical and clear, not tricky, in their choices.
+- The lesson emphasizes teamwork and improvisation in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b5006..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Send Out I
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Chicago triple version of a send-out, focusing on creating a stretch and bringing the follower back with directional energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders open their body to create a pathway for followers to travel forward.
- - Maintain connection in the hands and frame to achieve a stretch at the end.
- - Use directional energy instead of pulling to bring the follower back after the stretch.
- - Followers stay aware of their partner's position to travel back correctly.
- - Practice with four triple rhythms on top to coordinate the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The stretch is created by keeping energy going in the direction of travel.
- - Leaders should release after the stretch, allowing followers to float back naturally.
- - Maintain body shape and connection throughout the triples for smooth execution.
- - The send-out involves a pathway for followers to travel forward before turning.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38999f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/11_Send_Out_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Send Out I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Chicago triple version of a send-out, focusing on creating a stretch and bringing the follower back with directional energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders open their body to create a pathway for followers to travel forward.
+- Maintain connection in the hands and frame to achieve a stretch at the end.
+- Use directional energy instead of pulling to bring the follower back after the stretch.
+- Followers stay aware of their partner's position to travel back correctly.
+- Practice with four triple rhythms on top to coordinate the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The stretch is created by keeping energy going in the direction of travel.
+- Leaders should release after the stretch, allowing followers to float back naturally.
+- Maintain body shape and connection throughout the triples for smooth execution.
+- The send-out involves a pathway for followers to travel forward before turning.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b999237..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Send Out 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation of the 'send out' move where the leader adds extra rotation to lead the follower into a turn, focusing on generating rotational energy and smooth reconnection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders: Exaggerate the body opening at the end of the send out to create rotational energy for the follower's turn.
- - Followers: Keep steps under your body while rotating to avoid rushing back and maintain balance.
- - Leaders: Move or rotate slightly around the partner to adjust for space and ensure a smooth reconnection after the turn.
- - Followers: Always look at the leader during the turn to understand their position and reconnect more smoothly.
- - Practice both versions of the send out (with and without rotation) to improve communication and recognition of the lead.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The key to leading the turn is in the preparation, where extra rotation before release generates the necessary energy.
- - Followers should prioritize controlled, under-body steps over speed to maintain alignment and timing.
- - Leaders must be aware of the partner's proximity and adjust their body position dynamically for a seamless transition.
- - This variation takes longer to complete, requiring four triples for the follower to return to partnership.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bd2f70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/12_Send_Out_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Send Out 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation of the 'send out' move where the leader adds extra rotation to lead the follower into a turn, focusing on generating rotational energy and smooth reconnection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders: Exaggerate the body opening at the end of the send out to create rotational energy for the follower's turn.
+- Followers: Keep steps under your body while rotating to avoid rushing back and maintain balance.
+- Leaders: Move or rotate slightly around the partner to adjust for space and ensure a smooth reconnection after the turn.
+- Followers: Always look at the leader during the turn to understand their position and reconnect more smoothly.
+- Practice both versions of the send out (with and without rotation) to improve communication and recognition of the lead.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The key to leading the turn is in the preparation, where extra rotation before release generates the necessary energy.
+- Followers should prioritize controlled, under-body steps over speed to maintain alignment and timing.
+- Leaders must be aware of the partner's proximity and adjust their body position dynamically for a seamless transition.
+- This variation takes longer to complete, requiring four triples for the follower to return to partnership.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f584844..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-13 Inside turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the inside turn move in Chicago Triple, focusing on leading and following from a closed position with specific timing and energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders open up towards their right shoulder to create space for the turn.
- - Followers turn underneath the arm on the fourth triple step.
- - Maintain connection and energy throughout the turn for a smooth execution.
- - Use the stretch at the end to decide on the return, such as floating back or adding rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The inside turn starts from a closed position with precise timing on the fourth triple.
- - Leaders and followers must coordinate their movements to keep the flow continuous.
- - Endings can be mixed and matched, similar to the send out move.
- - Practice with music to integrate the move smoothly into dance sequences.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73422b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/13_Inside_turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 13 Inside turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the inside turn move in Chicago Triple, focusing on leading and following from a closed position with specific timing and energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders open up towards their right shoulder to create space for the turn.
+- Followers turn underneath the arm on the fourth triple step.
+- Maintain connection and energy throughout the turn for a smooth execution.
+- Use the stretch at the end to decide on the return, such as floating back or adding rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The inside turn starts from a closed position with precise timing on the fourth triple.
+- Leaders and followers must coordinate their movements to keep the flow continuous.
+- Endings can be mixed and matched, similar to the send out move.
+- Practice with music to integrate the move smoothly into dance sequences.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c109c4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-14 Outside turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the outside turn in Chicago Triple, focusing on using rotational energy from a previous move and practicing with or without hand connections.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the rotation learned earlier to generate energy before initiating the turn.
- - Release the connection during the turn to allow the follower to open out and continue rotating naturally.
- - Raise the hand for decoration when releasing, but ensure it stays in front of the follower's face for safety.
- - Practice the turn slowly on the spot, stepping under yourself to maintain balance without falling.
- - Reconnect at the end of the turn, similar to the inside turn or send out, with options for rotation or no rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn is driven by rotational energy, not by the hand, which is only for decoration.
- - Followers should feel the direction of travel from the rotation and let their body carry on when released.
- - Leaders must keep the hand in front of the follower's forehead to avoid pulling it behind and ensure safety.
- - If height differences make the hand connection uncomfortable, use the option without the arm for a free turn.
- - The reconnection at the end can be done with or without rotation, allowing for flexibility in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..814845b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/14_Outside_turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 14 Outside turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the outside turn in Chicago Triple, focusing on using rotational energy from a previous move and practicing with or without hand connections.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the rotation learned earlier to generate energy before initiating the turn.
+- Release the connection during the turn to allow the follower to open out and continue rotating naturally.
+- Raise the hand for decoration when releasing, but ensure it stays in front of the follower's face for safety.
+- Practice the turn slowly on the spot, stepping under yourself to maintain balance without falling.
+- Reconnect at the end of the turn, similar to the inside turn or send out, with options for rotation or no rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn is driven by rotational energy, not by the hand, which is only for decoration.
+- Followers should feel the direction of travel from the rotation and let their body carry on when released.
+- Leaders must keep the hand in front of the follower's forehead to avoid pulling it behind and ensure safety.
+- If height differences make the hand connection uncomfortable, use the option without the arm for a free turn.
+- The reconnection at the end can be done with or without rotation, allowing for flexibility in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cac8836..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-15 Speeding up your turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on speeding up turns in Chicago Triple by integrating single time stepping into learned moves, with a goal of practicing send outs and quick returns using energy and rhythm adjustments.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should travel steps on a line towards their partner during turns.
- - Use head movement to look into the turn before the body to maintain direction.
- - Keep the pulse in your body to stay on beat and avoid rushing.
- - Leaders increase energy during release to signal a faster return.
- - Speed up your own steps as a leader to transmit the need for followers to speed up.
- - Practice send outs with triples, inside turns, and outside turns while applying return options.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a consistent energy level when not changing the triple rhythm.
- - Followers should focus on line, head direction, and body pulse for effective turns.
- - Leaders can choose from three return options: triple back, triple with rotation, or stepping every beat with rotation.
- - Catch the follower securely after a send out to ensure safety and flow.
- - Adjust rhythm and energy together as a couple for synchronized speed changes.
- - Apply these techniques to various turn types for versatility in dance moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3af9c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/15_Speeding_up_your_turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 15 Speeding up your turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on speeding up turns in Chicago Triple by integrating single time stepping into learned moves, with a goal of practicing send outs and quick returns using energy and rhythm adjustments.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should travel steps on a line towards their partner during turns.
+- Use head movement to look into the turn before the body to maintain direction.
+- Keep the pulse in your body to stay on beat and avoid rushing.
+- Leaders increase energy during release to signal a faster return.
+- Speed up your own steps as a leader to transmit the need for followers to speed up.
+- Practice send outs with triples, inside turns, and outside turns while applying return options.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a consistent energy level when not changing the triple rhythm.
+- Followers should focus on line, head direction, and body pulse for effective turns.
+- Leaders can choose from three return options: triple back, triple with rotation, or stepping every beat with rotation.
+- Catch the follower securely after a send out to ensure safety and flow.
+- Adjust rhythm and energy together as a couple for synchronized speed changes.
+- Apply these techniques to various turn types for versatility in dance moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f11e96..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-16 Smooth transitions
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using rotation to transition smoothly between dance moves without stopping, building on previous work to merge movements seamlessly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the energy and momentum from your partner to generate rotation for transitions.
- - Start the cross step early in the rotation to position yourself for your partner to pass by.
- - Let your partner pass you during the transition to maintain flow.
- - Practice transitions with or without rotation after moves like send outs, inside turns, and outside turns.
- - Stop the rotation by simply stopping your body's rotation when needed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transitions can be done without stopping or doing basics in between moves.
- - Rotation helps merge one move into another for a seamless flow.
- - Positioning yourself early allows for smoother partner interaction.
- - Use momentum from your partner to enhance transitions.
- - Experiment with different options to see what works best in practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d184f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/16_Smooth_transitions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 16 Smooth transitions
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using rotation to transition smoothly between dance moves without stopping, building on previous work to merge movements seamlessly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the energy and momentum from your partner to generate rotation for transitions.
+- Start the cross step early in the rotation to position yourself for your partner to pass by.
+- Let your partner pass you during the transition to maintain flow.
+- Practice transitions with or without rotation after moves like send outs, inside turns, and outside turns.
+- Stop the rotation by simply stopping your body's rotation when needed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transitions can be done without stopping or doing basics in between moves.
+- Rotation helps merge one move into another for a seamless flow.
+- Positioning yourself early allows for smoother partner interaction.
+- Use momentum from your partner to enhance transitions.
+- Experiment with different options to see what works best in practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c7a9719..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-17 Single time rotation
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mixing triple rhythm with single time rotation in Chicago Triple, teaching how to transition between rhythms while maintaining rotation and dynamics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with triple rhythm on the spot and transition to single time stepping every beat.
- - Use body shape and connection to communicate the change to the follow.
- - Ground yourself more if losing balance to maintain stability.
- - Maintain pulse and rotational momentum throughout the rotation.
- - Add more rotation for a dynamic feel by stepping every beat with increased energy.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The main change is stepping every beat instead of triple steps, while keeping other elements like body shape and rotation the same.
- - Maintain pulse to avoid becoming flat, especially when rotating faster to a strong beat.
- - Use connection to create counterbalance between centers in turns for stability and enjoyment.
- - Practice transitioning between rhythms to build control and fluidity in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01baff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/17_Single_time_rotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 17 Single time rotation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mixing triple rhythm with single time rotation in Chicago Triple, teaching how to transition between rhythms while maintaining rotation and dynamics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with triple rhythm on the spot and transition to single time stepping every beat.
+- Use body shape and connection to communicate the change to the follow.
+- Ground yourself more if losing balance to maintain stability.
+- Maintain pulse and rotational momentum throughout the rotation.
+- Add more rotation for a dynamic feel by stepping every beat with increased energy.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The main change is stepping every beat instead of triple steps, while keeping other elements like body shape and rotation the same.
+- Maintain pulse to avoid becoming flat, especially when rotating faster to a strong beat.
+- Use connection to create counterbalance between centers in turns for stability and enjoyment.
+- Practice transitioning between rhythms to build control and fluidity in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f68e78d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-18 Dynamic Transitions
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding faster rotations at the end of moves to create dynamic transitions, using triple rhythm to change the dance's flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a triple rhythm for send-outs and returns.
- - Lead followers to come back with a rotation while maintaining triple steps.
- - Bring followers back with a faster turn from an extended position.
- - Mix fast and slow rotations to vary dynamics.
- - Practice leading and following skills by not repeating the same thing every time.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Incorporate faster rotations to enhance transitions and flow.
- - Vary rotation speeds to keep the dance dynamic and engaging.
- - Apply techniques from previous classes to mix and match moves.
- - Adapt movements to changes in the music for added creativity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86123b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/18_Dynamic_Transitions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 18 Dynamic Transitions
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding faster rotations at the end of moves to create dynamic transitions, using triple rhythm to change the dance's flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a triple rhythm for send-outs and returns.
+- Lead followers to come back with a rotation while maintaining triple steps.
+- Bring followers back with a faster turn from an extended position.
+- Mix fast and slow rotations to vary dynamics.
+- Practice leading and following skills by not repeating the same thing every time.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Incorporate faster rotations to enhance transitions and flow.
+- Vary rotation speeds to keep the dance dynamic and engaging.
+- Apply techniques from previous classes to mix and match moves.
+- Adapt movements to changes in the music for added creativity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 12d2b10..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-19 Course recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the Chicago Triple course, focusing on integrating core elements like pulse, rhythm, and body shape into improvisation with partner moves and transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the triple rhythm under your body to enhance movement from the center.
- - Use single time steps in any direction to add variety to your dance.
- - Mix and match the timing of rotation and turns for smooth transitions.
- - Start solo to get the feel before connecting with a partner.
- - Experiment with different options for reconnecting after moves like send outs or turns.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a strong connection along the arms and hands in partnership.
- - Focus on the importance of body shape and ground connection for stability.
- - Avoid rushing; use stretch and compression effectively in movements.
- - Improvise by combining moves like inside and outside turns with rotation.
- - Adapt to different tempos to build versatility in your dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9c0f68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/19_Course_recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 19 Course recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the Chicago Triple course, focusing on integrating core elements like pulse, rhythm, and body shape into improvisation with partner moves and transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the triple rhythm under your body to enhance movement from the center.
+- Use single time steps in any direction to add variety to your dance.
+- Mix and match the timing of rotation and turns for smooth transitions.
+- Start solo to get the feel before connecting with a partner.
+- Experiment with different options for reconnecting after moves like send outs or turns.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a strong connection along the arms and hands in partnership.
+- Focus on the importance of body shape and ground connection for stability.
+- Avoid rushing; use stretch and compression effectively in movements.
+- Improvise by combining moves like inside and outside turns with rotation.
+- Adapt to different tempos to build versatility in your dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0142087..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 Pulse and basic step
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Chicago Triple basic step, focusing on developing a down pulse in the body and incorporating a triple rhythm in the feet while maintaining proper body shape and alignment.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine having a basketball to help feel the down pulse without rushing.
- - Relax your knees and let muscles flop to avoid tension while dropping down.
- - Roll your feet and absorb into the ground to make less noise and control steps.
- - Keep feet under your hip joints and avoid stepping out to the side or taking wide steps.
- - Lean the upper body into the direction of the step to create an asymmetric body shape.
- - When moving, ensure the first step is under your body to prevent traveling and maintain balance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pulse is a key element of the Chicago Triple, providing an into-the-ground feeling that should be maintained throughout.
- - The triple rhythm in the feet should not be rushed; delay it slightly for better control.
- - Body shape involves leaning into steps with a stretch from rib to hip, enhancing movement and stability.
- - Focus on keeping steps under your body to make it easier to maintain shape and avoid unnecessary travel.
- - Absorbing into the ground is important for partner work to prevent strong landings.
- - Practice on a line when going forward and back to avoid drifting left or right.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8edc5ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/1_Pulse_and_basic_step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 Pulse and basic step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Chicago Triple basic step, focusing on developing a down pulse in the body and incorporating a triple rhythm in the feet while maintaining proper body shape and alignment.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine having a basketball to help feel the down pulse without rushing.
+- Relax your knees and let muscles flop to avoid tension while dropping down.
+- Roll your feet and absorb into the ground to make less noise and control steps.
+- Keep feet under your hip joints and avoid stepping out to the side or taking wide steps.
+- Lean the upper body into the direction of the step to create an asymmetric body shape.
+- When moving, ensure the first step is under your body to prevent traveling and maintain balance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pulse is a key element of the Chicago Triple, providing an into-the-ground feeling that should be maintained throughout.
+- The triple rhythm in the feet should not be rushed; delay it slightly for better control.
+- Body shape involves leaning into steps with a stretch from rib to hip, enhancing movement and stability.
+- Focus on keeping steps under your body to make it easier to maintain shape and avoid unnecessary travel.
+- Absorbing into the ground is important for partner work to prevent strong landings.
+- Practice on a line when going forward and back to avoid drifting left or right.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 084a69d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-20 Conclusion
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the Chicago Triple Course, encouraging students to practice the basics and fundamentals before advancing to more improvisation and varied rhythms in Volume Two.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice with the provided playlists in the resource section.
- - Focus on getting the basics and fundamentals feeling really good.
- - Use this course as a foundation before moving to more advanced techniques.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Volume Two will include more improvising and breaking free of the basic step.
- - Keep practicing and enjoy the music provided.
- - Ask instructors for questions or to try their dance style on the dance floor.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69d2bb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/20_Conclusion.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 20 Conclusion
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the Chicago Triple Course, encouraging students to practice the basics and fundamentals before advancing to more improvisation and varied rhythms in Volume Two.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice with the provided playlists in the resource section.
+- Focus on getting the basics and fundamentals feeling really good.
+- Use this course as a foundation before moving to more advanced techniques.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Volume Two will include more improvising and breaking free of the basic step.
+- Keep practicing and enjoy the music provided.
+- Ask instructors for questions or to try their dance style on the dance floor.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a64f235..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Body shaping
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improving movement quality in the basic step of Chicago triple by teaching body shaping through hip hinging and ensuring rhythm flows through the entire body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Place fists together at the hip joints to locate them and turn them in place without moving arms.
- - Step under yourself by aligning the ankle and foot directly underneath the hip joint.
- - Hinge from the hip joint while keeping the spine straight, avoiding bending from the rib cage.
- - Allow the rhythm from the feet to filter through the whole body, starting from the center.
- - Keep shoulders level by maintaining a straight spine for better partnering comfort.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stack joints (hip, knee, ankle, toe) in alignment for balance and relaxation.
- - Body shaping from the hips prevents discomfort and improves appearance in partnered dancing.
- - The entire body should dance as one, with rhythm originating from the center.
- - Avoid creating a curved shape from the ribs to prevent muscle strain and shoulder movement.
- - Focus on hinging from the hips and full-body rhythm integration for the next practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4e9f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/2_Body_shaping.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Body shaping
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improving movement quality in the basic step of Chicago triple by teaching body shaping through hip hinging and ensuring rhythm flows through the entire body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Place fists together at the hip joints to locate them and turn them in place without moving arms.
+- Step under yourself by aligning the ankle and foot directly underneath the hip joint.
+- Hinge from the hip joint while keeping the spine straight, avoiding bending from the rib cage.
+- Allow the rhythm from the feet to filter through the whole body, starting from the center.
+- Keep shoulders level by maintaining a straight spine for better partnering comfort.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stack joints (hip, knee, ankle, toe) in alignment for balance and relaxation.
+- Body shaping from the hips prevents discomfort and improves appearance in partnered dancing.
+- The entire body should dance as one, with rhythm originating from the center.
+- Avoid creating a curved shape from the ribs to prevent muscle strain and shoulder movement.
+- Focus on hinging from the hips and full-body rhythm integration for the next practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 766186a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-3 Closed position in detail
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on refining the closed position in Chicago triple dance, aiming to establish proper connection for better execution of future moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should place their right hand below the follower's left shoulder blade, more on the side, with a straight wrist and curved hand.
- - Followers should fold their arm to connect along the forearm and wrap their hand lightly around the back of the leader's upper arm, not underneath.
- - Ensure the hand is soft and not gripping, avoiding white knuckles or marks on the leader's arm.
- - Position the hand below the shoulder blade to align with the leader's center for optimal connection.
- - Use this connection to facilitate movement in all directions, including stretch and compression for upcoming moves.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Proper closed position connection is crucial for achieving the right feeling in other dance moves taught in the course.
- - The connection should provide stability both right-left and forwards-backwards during dance movements.
- - Maintain a light and ready hand grip to allow for responsive and comfortable interaction without tension.
- - Adjust hand placement based on follower's height to ensure arms connect well and align with the leader's center.
- - This technique enhances overall dance flow and prepares for more advanced moves involving stretch and compression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a751ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/3_Closed_position_in_detail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 3 Closed position in detail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on refining the closed position in Chicago triple dance, aiming to establish proper connection for better execution of future moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should place their right hand below the follower's left shoulder blade, more on the side, with a straight wrist and curved hand.
+- Followers should fold their arm to connect along the forearm and wrap their hand lightly around the back of the leader's upper arm, not underneath.
+- Ensure the hand is soft and not gripping, avoiding white knuckles or marks on the leader's arm.
+- Position the hand below the shoulder blade to align with the leader's center for optimal connection.
+- Use this connection to facilitate movement in all directions, including stretch and compression for upcoming moves.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Proper closed position connection is crucial for achieving the right feeling in other dance moves taught in the course.
+- The connection should provide stability both right-left and forwards-backwards during dance movements.
+- Maintain a light and ready hand grip to allow for responsive and comfortable interaction without tension.
+- Adjust hand placement based on follower's height to ensure arms connect well and align with the leader's center.
+- This technique enhances overall dance flow and prepares for more advanced moves involving stretch and compression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b7dead..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Chicago Triple with a partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the Chicago Triple Basic Step with a partner, emphasizing adjustments in posture and connection for comfort and movement freedom.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in a close embrace with an upright posture, but adjust to create space in the center area for the Chicago triple shape.
- - Ensure the connection is comfortable, especially in the chest area, and avoid tight wrapping of arms to allow spine movement.
- - For taller partners, avoid leaning forward too much and keep the right arm relaxed, even on the partner's left side.
- - Maintain a long and comfortable neck position to enhance posture and connection.
- - Optionally, dance in a closed position with more space if close embrace is uncomfortable, allowing flexibility in hand placement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Comfort is key in partner connection; adjust posture and embrace to find a comfortable fit before dancing.
- - Both leaders and followers should keep arms super relaxed to enable free movement and maintain the Chicago triple shape.
- - Connection can vary based on height or body shape differences; be adaptable and prioritize mutual comfort.
- - You can transition between close embrace and closed position during the dance, syncing movements with your partner and the music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f04f607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/4_Chicago_Triple_with_a_partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Chicago Triple with a partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the Chicago Triple Basic Step with a partner, emphasizing adjustments in posture and connection for comfort and movement freedom.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in a close embrace with an upright posture, but adjust to create space in the center area for the Chicago triple shape.
+- Ensure the connection is comfortable, especially in the chest area, and avoid tight wrapping of arms to allow spine movement.
+- For taller partners, avoid leaning forward too much and keep the right arm relaxed, even on the partner's left side.
+- Maintain a long and comfortable neck position to enhance posture and connection.
+- Optionally, dance in a closed position with more space if close embrace is uncomfortable, allowing flexibility in hand placement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Comfort is key in partner connection; adjust posture and embrace to find a comfortable fit before dancing.
+- Both leaders and followers should keep arms super relaxed to enable free movement and maintain the Chicago triple shape.
+- Connection can vary based on height or body shape differences; be adaptable and prioritize mutual comfort.
+- You can transition between close embrace and closed position during the dance, syncing movements with your partner and the music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f53c5a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Out and in
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing a soft forward and back motion, like an accordion, in close position to enhance connection and togetherness in the dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers initiate by stepping forward on the right foot towards the leader, then back to the left foot's starting position.
- - Keep steps small and under the body without traveling far.
- - Relax the arms so they bend towards the center when moving forward and stretch back naturally.
- - Leaders can also initiate by stepping towards the partner and letting the arm move slightly towards them.
- - Maintain a relaxed body shape, leaning slightly towards the partner and back over the leg.
- - Use the triple rhythm's flow to guide the motion without forcing it.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The motion is a soft accordion-style in and out that enhances connection between partners.
- - Relaxation in the arms prevents leading the partner unintentionally and promotes togetherness.
- - Body shape and leaning help create the squishing effect between partners.
- - This can be added or stopped anytime during dancing for variation.
- - Keep palms centered and stable if connecting them to avoid wobbling.
- - Focus on the feeling of moving towards and away from the partner for a natural flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48dc388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/5_Out_and_in.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Out and in
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing a soft forward and back motion, like an accordion, in close position to enhance connection and togetherness in the dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers initiate by stepping forward on the right foot towards the leader, then back to the left foot's starting position.
+- Keep steps small and under the body without traveling far.
+- Relax the arms so they bend towards the center when moving forward and stretch back naturally.
+- Leaders can also initiate by stepping towards the partner and letting the arm move slightly towards them.
+- Maintain a relaxed body shape, leaning slightly towards the partner and back over the leg.
+- Use the triple rhythm's flow to guide the motion without forcing it.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The motion is a soft accordion-style in and out that enhances connection between partners.
+- Relaxation in the arms prevents leading the partner unintentionally and promotes togetherness.
+- Body shape and leaning help create the squishing effect between partners.
+- This can be added or stopped anytime during dancing for variation.
+- Keep palms centered and stable if connecting them to avoid wobbling.
+- Focus on the feeling of moving towards and away from the partner for a natural flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fafeb0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Rotation
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding clockwise rotation in closed position to the Chicago triple basic, aiming to enhance dynamics and interest while maintaining the dance's characteristic shape and rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step around into the follower's space to initiate rotation.
- - Followers step across with their legs while keeping their body facing the leader.
- - Maintain a consistent speed of rotation throughout the movement.
- - Use the left arm connection in closed position, especially when leaning away on the left step.
- - Add more dynamic energy to smooth out the triple rhythm and increase rotation speed.
- - Exit the rotation by stopping and returning to the stationary basic anytime.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the body tracking towards your partner to create a cross shape during rotation.
- - Maintain the Chicago triple shape with a lean towards your step for added dynamics.
- - The connection in closed position is crucial for leading and following the rotation effectively.
- - Rotation can be adjusted for speed and smoothness to enhance excitement and flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79dca35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/6_Rotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Rotation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding clockwise rotation in closed position to the Chicago triple basic, aiming to enhance dynamics and interest while maintaining the dance's characteristic shape and rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step around into the follower's space to initiate rotation.
+- Followers step across with their legs while keeping their body facing the leader.
+- Maintain a consistent speed of rotation throughout the movement.
+- Use the left arm connection in closed position, especially when leaning away on the left step.
+- Add more dynamic energy to smooth out the triple rhythm and increase rotation speed.
+- Exit the rotation by stopping and returning to the stationary basic anytime.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the body tracking towards your partner to create a cross shape during rotation.
+- Maintain the Chicago triple shape with a lean towards your step for added dynamics.
+- The connection in closed position is crucial for leading and following the rotation effectively.
+- Rotation can be adjusted for speed and smoothness to enhance excitement and flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b46bfb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Stretch and compression technique
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on compression and stretch techniques in partner dance, teaching how to move bodies towards and away from each other while maintaining relaxed arms and proper handholds to create a springy, continuous feeling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep hands centered and arms relaxed to allow compression without blocking.
- - Maintain shoulders back and down during stretch to avoid tension and ensure connection.
- - Use different handhold positions, such as waist-level or open fingers, to adapt to movement needs.
- - Practice compression and stretch without stopping to maintain flow and continuation.
- - Let wrists relax and allow a small gap between palms for a springy stretch feeling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Compression and stretch are created by body movement, not by tensing arms or hands.
- - The center area drives the technique, with communication flowing through relaxed limbs.
- - Avoid locking shoulders or squeezing hands to prevent blockages in movement and partner connection.
- - Practice with both handholds to develop a soft, relaxed feel in compression and stretch.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b422ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/7_Stretch_and_compression_technique.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Stretch and compression technique
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on compression and stretch techniques in partner dance, teaching how to move bodies towards and away from each other while maintaining relaxed arms and proper handholds to create a springy, continuous feeling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep hands centered and arms relaxed to allow compression without blocking.
+- Maintain shoulders back and down during stretch to avoid tension and ensure connection.
+- Use different handhold positions, such as waist-level or open fingers, to adapt to movement needs.
+- Practice compression and stretch without stopping to maintain flow and continuation.
+- Let wrists relax and allow a small gap between palms for a springy stretch feeling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Compression and stretch are created by body movement, not by tensing arms or hands.
+- The center area drives the technique, with communication flowing through relaxed limbs.
+- Avoid locking shoulders or squeezing hands to prevent blockages in movement and partner connection.
+- Practice with both handholds to develop a soft, relaxed feel in compression and stretch.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eb42b6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Stretch and compression with triple step
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing stretch and compression with the triple step rhythm in Chicago Triple, starting from closed position and transitioning to open position while maintaining forward-backward movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the out motion to create stretch and transition into open position.
- - Change hand connection anytime during practice for flexibility.
- - Sing 'in in out out' in your head to maintain continuous motion.
- - Travel straight forwards and backwards towards your partner.
- - Avoid too much side-to-side movement to preserve stretch and compression feeling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep steps on a line to enhance the stretch and compression effect.
- - Maintain flowing motion without stopping during compression.
- - Practice in both closed and open positions for versatility.
- - Focus on the triple rhythm in the feet while adjusting hand connections.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cbaf56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/8_Stretch_and_compression_with_triple_step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Stretch and compression with triple step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing stretch and compression with the triple step rhythm in Chicago Triple, starting from closed position and transitioning to open position while maintaining forward-backward movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the out motion to create stretch and transition into open position.
+- Change hand connection anytime during practice for flexibility.
+- Sing 'in in out out' in your head to maintain continuous motion.
+- Travel straight forwards and backwards towards your partner.
+- Avoid too much side-to-side movement to preserve stretch and compression feeling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep steps on a line to enhance the stretch and compression effect.
+- Maintain flowing motion without stopping during compression.
+- Practice in both closed and open positions for versatility.
+- Focus on the triple rhythm in the feet while adjusting hand connections.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 093b71c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 Stepping every bet
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces stepping on every beat in single time rhythm, focusing on maintaining musicality and body pulse while transitioning between triple and single rhythms.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step under your body to avoid lifting knees too much.
- - Ensure movement extends to ears and head, not just feet.
- - Practice transitioning between triple rhythm and stepping.
- - Keep the pose change while stepping to maintain shape.
- - Avoid rushing when stepping on every beat.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Represent the beats of the music to avoid being too flat.
- - Maintain a pulse in the body while stepping.
- - Focus on full-body engagement for better rhythm expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..261e1b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-i/9_Stepping_every_bet.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 Stepping every bet
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces stepping on every beat in single time rhythm, focusing on maintaining musicality and body pulse while transitioning between triple and single rhythms.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step under your body to avoid lifting knees too much.
+- Ensure movement extends to ears and head, not just feet.
+- Practice transitioning between triple rhythm and stepping.
+- Keep the pose change while stepping to maintain shape.
+- Avoid rushing when stepping on every beat.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Represent the beats of the music to avoid being too flat.
+- Maintain a pulse in the body while stepping.
+- Focus on full-body engagement for better rhythm expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 55bf87c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Chicago Triple Vol
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Chicago Triple Volume 2 course, focusing on improvisation and musicality beyond the basic triple step while maintaining the dance's aesthetic.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Ensure you have completed the previous course on basic technique and partnering connection before starting this one.
- - Break out of the triple step basic to explore other rhythms in the music.
- - Connect to different rhythms while staying within the Chicago Triple aesthetic.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This course builds on foundational skills from Volume 1, emphasizing creativity and musical interpretation.
- - Improvisation and musicality are key goals for enhancing dance expression.
- - Maintain the Chicago Triple style even when experimenting with new rhythms.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c956f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/0_Chicago_Triple_Vol._2:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Chicago Triple Vol
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Chicago Triple Volume 2 course, focusing on improvisation and musicality beyond the basic triple step while maintaining the dance's aesthetic.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Ensure you have completed the previous course on basic technique and partnering connection before starting this one.
+- Break out of the triple step basic to explore other rhythms in the music.
+- Connect to different rhythms while staying within the Chicago Triple aesthetic.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This course builds on foundational skills from Volume 1, emphasizing creativity and musical interpretation.
+- Improvisation and musicality are key goals for enhancing dance expression.
+- Maintain the Chicago Triple style even when experimenting with new rhythms.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f919487..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 Shuffle Variations: Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the Chicago Triple and four shuffle variations, focusing on solo practice and improvisation with music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the Chicago Triple and shuffles slowly before adding music.
- - Use the transition call 'five, six, seven, eight' to choose which shuffle to perform.
- - Move around the room and change shuffles freely during improvisation.
- - Try all shuffle variations, including turning and traveling movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - You do not need to copy the instructor; choose your own shuffle variations.
- - Improvise by changing shuffles whenever you want during practice.
- - Focus on musicality and personal expression while performing the steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f880025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/10_Shuffle_Variations:_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 Shuffle Variations: Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the Chicago Triple and four shuffle variations, focusing on solo practice and improvisation with music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the Chicago Triple and shuffles slowly before adding music.
+- Use the transition call 'five, six, seven, eight' to choose which shuffle to perform.
+- Move around the room and change shuffles freely during improvisation.
+- Try all shuffle variations, including turning and traveling movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- You do not need to copy the instructor; choose your own shuffle variations.
+- Improvise by changing shuffles whenever you want during practice.
+- Focus on musicality and personal expression while performing the steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e53b1e5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-11 Shuffle Variations in Partnership
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning from the Chicago Triple to shuffle variations in partnership, emphasizing how leaders communicate moves through their own body movement rather than directly leading the follower.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should focus on moving their own body clearly to transmit the shuffle variation to the follower.
- - Followers should wait to feel the direction of the leader's center movement, body shape, and weight transfer.
- - Practice transitions with music to enhance clarity and timing in the partnership.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The general rule for leaders is to 'just do it'—communicate moves by executing them correctly in your own body.
- - Transitions rely on body movement being transferred through points of connection, not on trying to move the partner's body directly.
- - Followers match the leader's movement by sensing changes in body shape and center to maintain balance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07fbf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/11_Shuffle_Variations_in_Partnership.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 11 Shuffle Variations in Partnership
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning from the Chicago Triple to shuffle variations in partnership, emphasizing how leaders communicate moves through their own body movement rather than directly leading the follower.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should focus on moving their own body clearly to transmit the shuffle variation to the follower.
+- Followers should wait to feel the direction of the leader's center movement, body shape, and weight transfer.
+- Practice transitions with music to enhance clarity and timing in the partnership.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The general rule for leaders is to 'just do it'—communicate moves by executing them correctly in your own body.
+- Transitions rely on body movement being transferred through points of connection, not on trying to move the partner's body directly.
+- Followers match the leader's movement by sensing changes in body shape and center to maintain balance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d2673e6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Time to Play..
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on followers improvising with shuffle rhythms independently while leaders maintain a steady triple basic, aiming to enhance musicality and connection without mirroring each other's movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should stay relaxed and keep the connection in their arms loose while changing rhythms underneath.
- - Listen to the music's phrasing and change between triple and shuffle rhythms at appropriate eight-count sections.
- - Followers must take responsibility to rejoin the flow seamlessly after improvising.
- - Leaders should provide a clear triple basic base and lead variations like turns without changing rhythms.
- - Start in close position and gradually lead other moves to keep the dance engaging.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Weight transfer differs between triple and shuffle rhythms, but it's okay if bodies get off sync as long as the connection stays relaxed.
- - Improvisation should not affect the arm connection; keep it relaxed to maintain flow.
- - The groove and music's flow keep partners connected even when movements are not mirrored.
- - Followers need to actively listen to the music to time their rhythm changes effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5196db6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/12_Time_to_Play..._Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Time to Play..
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on followers improvising with shuffle rhythms independently while leaders maintain a steady triple basic, aiming to enhance musicality and connection without mirroring each other's movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should stay relaxed and keep the connection in their arms loose while changing rhythms underneath.
+- Listen to the music's phrasing and change between triple and shuffle rhythms at appropriate eight-count sections.
+- Followers must take responsibility to rejoin the flow seamlessly after improvising.
+- Leaders should provide a clear triple basic base and lead variations like turns without changing rhythms.
+- Start in close position and gradually lead other moves to keep the dance engaging.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Weight transfer differs between triple and shuffle rhythms, but it's okay if bodies get off sync as long as the connection stays relaxed.
+- Improvisation should not affect the arm connection; keep it relaxed to maintain flow.
+- The groove and music's flow keep partners connected even when movements are not mirrored.
+- Followers need to actively listen to the music to time their rhythm changes effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f61545..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Time to Play..
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders to improvise with the shuffle independently from their partner while maintaining the Chicago Triple Basic, focusing on isolating body movements from arm connections to avoid leading the follower.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Try to relax the arm to move independently while still moving around the floor as a unit.
- - When in closed position, avoid communicating movements to the follower's arm during transitions.
- - Use different connections and little terms to suggest variations without leading.
- - Practice isolating shuffle variations from the arm connection to prevent unintentional leading.
- - Notice if the follower feels moved to join in as feedback for adjusting isolation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers should maintain a steady base with the Chicago Triple Basic while leaders improvise.
- - Leaders should isolate body movements from arm connections to allow independent improvisation.
- - If followers feel compelled to join, it indicates the leader may not be isolating enough.
- - The further apart partners are, the easier it is to isolate movements due to less contact surface.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03897d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/13_Time_to_Play..._Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Time to Play..
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders to improvise with the shuffle independently from their partner while maintaining the Chicago Triple Basic, focusing on isolating body movements from arm connections to avoid leading the follower.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Try to relax the arm to move independently while still moving around the floor as a unit.
+- When in closed position, avoid communicating movements to the follower's arm during transitions.
+- Use different connections and little terms to suggest variations without leading.
+- Practice isolating shuffle variations from the arm connection to prevent unintentional leading.
+- Notice if the follower feels moved to join in as feedback for adjusting isolation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers should maintain a steady base with the Chicago Triple Basic while leaders improvise.
+- Leaders should isolate body movements from arm connections to allow independent improvisation.
+- If followers feel compelled to join, it indicates the leader may not be isolating enough.
+- The further apart partners are, the easier it is to isolate movements due to less contact surface.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d0b33b9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-14 All shuffle options
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing all shuffle variations in Chicago Triple Basic, allowing dancers to perform them independently or together with leaders guiding the moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders can lead shuffle variations to coordinate with followers.
- - Dancers can perform shuffle options independently for personal expression.
- - Start practicing immediately with music to apply the variations in real-time.
- - Incorporate different shuffle options to add variety to the dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Shuffle variations can be done independently or led for collaborative dancing.
- - The goal is to have fun and explore improvisation with musicality.
- - Practice with music helps integrate shuffle options into the dance flow.
- - All shuffle options are now available without limitations for creative expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2344c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/14_All_shuffle_options.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 14 All shuffle options
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing all shuffle variations in Chicago Triple Basic, allowing dancers to perform them independently or together with leaders guiding the moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders can lead shuffle variations to coordinate with followers.
+- Dancers can perform shuffle options independently for personal expression.
+- Start practicing immediately with music to apply the variations in real-time.
+- Incorporate different shuffle options to add variety to the dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Shuffle variations can be done independently or led for collaborative dancing.
+- The goal is to have fun and explore improvisation with musicality.
+- Practice with music helps integrate shuffle options into the dance flow.
+- All shuffle options are now available without limitations for creative expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 042a47e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-15 Triplet Steps: Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on incorporating triplet rhythms into the Chicago triple step, practicing solo footwork to enhance musicality and groove.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the triplet rhythm in the feet with steps like 'step and a step' to get the groove.
- - Dig into the ground as you step, keeping the foot directly under the body and the body pitched forward.
- - Slightly turn your body to make it easier for leaders when leading to the forelock later on.
- - Think about your center moving and stepping underneath it to make the steps feel easier and less fast.
- - Travel around the room with the triplets, adapting to the slow song and avoiding rushing the steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Ensure the triplet rhythm stays within the styling of Chicago triple, avoiding being too upright.
- - Focus on the body's movement and aesthetics, not just the feet, to improve flow and ease.
- - Breathe and maintain a relaxed pace to feel the rhythm in your body without rushing.
- - Keep the body positioned as if ready to start a race, with forward pitch for better balance and style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a63e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/15_Triplet_Steps:_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 15 Triplet Steps: Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on incorporating triplet rhythms into the Chicago triple step, practicing solo footwork to enhance musicality and groove.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the triplet rhythm in the feet with steps like 'step and a step' to get the groove.
+- Dig into the ground as you step, keeping the foot directly under the body and the body pitched forward.
+- Slightly turn your body to make it easier for leaders when leading to the forelock later on.
+- Think about your center moving and stepping underneath it to make the steps feel easier and less fast.
+- Travel around the room with the triplets, adapting to the slow song and avoiding rushing the steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Ensure the triplet rhythm stays within the styling of Chicago triple, avoiding being too upright.
+- Focus on the body's movement and aesthetics, not just the feet, to improve flow and ease.
+- Breathe and maintain a relaxed pace to feel the rhythm in your body without rushing.
+- Keep the body positioned as if ready to start a race, with forward pitch for better balance and style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0404250..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-16 Triplet partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on leading the triplet variation from the Chicago triple in partnered dance, emphasising compression and dynamic movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use compression on the first step by stepping straight forwards towards your partner.
- - Keep steps small and under your body, especially in faster music.
- - Rotate the body slightly to enhance the feeling of compression.
- - Followers should maintain a slight delay in movement when led into faster steps.
- - Practice transitions between Chicago triple and triplet variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Compression should come from body energy moving forwards, not from tensing arms.
- - The angle of the first step is crucial for dynamic compression.
- - Faster music requires smaller steps to maintain control and connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e67506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/16_Triplet_partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 16 Triplet partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on leading the triplet variation from the Chicago triple in partnered dance, emphasising compression and dynamic movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use compression on the first step by stepping straight forwards towards your partner.
+- Keep steps small and under your body, especially in faster music.
+- Rotate the body slightly to enhance the feeling of compression.
+- Followers should maintain a slight delay in movement when led into faster steps.
+- Practice transitions between Chicago triple and triplet variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Compression should come from body energy moving forwards, not from tensing arms.
+- The angle of the first step is crucial for dynamic compression.
+- Faster music requires smaller steps to maintain control and connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 72bd15a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-17 Playing with triplet steps
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with triplet steps independently from a partner, emphasizing subtlety and isolation to avoid affecting the partner's movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the heel for the first step on the one to stay upright.
- - Keep weight further back in the body to isolate the step.
- - Maintain the center in the same position and feet under the body.
- - Add a fan variation optionally, but stick to the straight step for simplicity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Triplet steps can be done independently without leading or waiting for a partner.
- - Isolate the step to make it subtle and not affect the partner's body shape.
- - Focus on heel usage and weight distribution for better control.
- - Treat improvisation as a game, adding steps wherever and whenever desired.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b82dfd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/17_Playing_with_triplet_steps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 17 Playing with triplet steps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with triplet steps independently from a partner, emphasizing subtlety and isolation to avoid affecting the partner's movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the heel for the first step on the one to stay upright.
+- Keep weight further back in the body to isolate the step.
+- Maintain the center in the same position and feet under the body.
+- Add a fan variation optionally, but stick to the straight step for simplicity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Triplet steps can be done independently without leading or waiting for a partner.
+- Isolate the step to make it subtle and not affect the partner's body shape.
+- Focus on heel usage and weight distribution for better control.
+- Treat improvisation as a game, adding steps wherever and whenever desired.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cffdd25..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-18 Full recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson is a full recap of the Chicago Triple Vol II course, focusing on solo and partnered practice of cross steps, shuffle variations, and triplet rhythms.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a deep breath and shake out to relax and get into the groove.
- - Practice cross steps behind and in front, returning to the basic step.
- - Incorporate shuffle variations like tap step, out and in shuffle, and low downs.
- - Use triplet rhythms and variations such as step tap and triplet steps.
- - When partnered, lead, follow, or dance independently without requiring the partner to match.
- - Experiment with throwing moves in partnered practice for fun and improvisation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Recap all learned moves including cross steps, four shuffle variations, and triplet rhythm.
- - Practice solo with music before transitioning to partnered dancing.
- - Partnered dancing allows for flexibility in leading, following, or independent movement.
- - Focus on musicality and improvisation during the recap to enhance dance skills.
- - Maintain a relaxed and groovy body posture throughout the practice.
- - Use the recap to reinforce techniques and build confidence for future improvisation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2f1379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/18_Full_recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 18 Full recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is a full recap of the Chicago Triple Vol II course, focusing on solo and partnered practice of cross steps, shuffle variations, and triplet rhythms.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a deep breath and shake out to relax and get into the groove.
+- Practice cross steps behind and in front, returning to the basic step.
+- Incorporate shuffle variations like tap step, out and in shuffle, and low downs.
+- Use triplet rhythms and variations such as step tap and triplet steps.
+- When partnered, lead, follow, or dance independently without requiring the partner to match.
+- Experiment with throwing moves in partnered practice for fun and improvisation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Recap all learned moves including cross steps, four shuffle variations, and triplet rhythm.
+- Practice solo with music before transitioning to partnered dancing.
+- Partnered dancing allows for flexibility in leading, following, or independent movement.
+- Focus on musicality and improvisation during the recap to enhance dance skills.
+- Maintain a relaxed and groovy body posture throughout the practice.
+- Use the recap to reinforce techniques and build confidence for future improvisation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b83aef..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-19 Musicality Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on musicality for followers in Chicago Triple, encouraging improvisation while leaders maintain a steady basic step.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should provide a clear Chicago Triple Basic as a steady base.
- - Followers can use any moves from their toolbox, including from this or previous courses.
- - Try different body parts and rhythms to match the music.
- - Listen to breaks and instruments in the song for inspiration.
- - Start by watching to get ideas, then jump in and dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Improvise with any tool you have while staying within the dance's groove and aesthetic.
- - Leaders act as a metronome to give space for followers to be musical.
- - Focus on having fun and experimenting with movements.
- - Keep movements aligned with the music's rhythm and style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a22004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/19_Musicality_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 19 Musicality Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on musicality for followers in Chicago Triple, encouraging improvisation while leaders maintain a steady basic step.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should provide a clear Chicago Triple Basic as a steady base.
+- Followers can use any moves from their toolbox, including from this or previous courses.
+- Try different body parts and rhythms to match the music.
+- Listen to breaks and instruments in the song for inspiration.
+- Start by watching to get ideas, then jump in and dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Improvise with any tool you have while staying within the dance's groove and aesthetic.
+- Leaders act as a metronome to give space for followers to be musical.
+- Focus on having fun and experimenting with movements.
+- Keep movements aligned with the music's rhythm and style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index beb923b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Warm Up & Chicago Triple Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on warming up and recapping the Chicago Triple rhythm from a previous course, preparing dancers for improvisation and new techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Roll shoulders and take deep breaths to relax and ground energy.
- - Step with a triple rhythm, avoiding being too straight by leaving the hip behind.
- - Mix and match triple and single steps freely during practice.
- - Dance in closed or open embrace with a partner to improvise.
- - Move around and cross steps as needed to maintain flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Recall techniques from the previous course to reinforce learning before advancing.
- - Focus on the pulse and shape of movements to enhance rhythm and style.
- - Improvise by playing with known steps and partner interactions.
- - Use the warm-up to send energy into the ground for better stability.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b375bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/1_Warm_Up_&_Chicago_Triple_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Warm Up & Chicago Triple Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on warming up and recapping the Chicago Triple rhythm from a previous course, preparing dancers for improvisation and new techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Roll shoulders and take deep breaths to relax and ground energy.
+- Step with a triple rhythm, avoiding being too straight by leaving the hip behind.
+- Mix and match triple and single steps freely during practice.
+- Dance in closed or open embrace with a partner to improvise.
+- Move around and cross steps as needed to maintain flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Recall techniques from the previous course to reinforce learning before advancing.
+- Focus on the pulse and shape of movements to enhance rhythm and style.
+- Improvise by playing with known steps and partner interactions.
+- Use the warm-up to send energy into the ground for better stability.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 31d17a6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-20 Musicality leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on encouraging leaders to be creative and musical by using various dance variations and moves from previous courses, while followers adapt to their leader's signals.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use crossing variations, shuffle variations, or triple variations to be musical.
- - Lead anything you want, including moves from the volume one course.
- - Followers should keep it simple with a basic triple step when not being led.
- - Be ready to adapt to changes in speed or travel signals from the leader.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Creativity and musicality are key for leaders in this session.
- - Followers should follow the leader's cues and not try to be overly musical on their own.
- - Incorporate all learned variations and moves from previous courses.
- - Adaptability is crucial for both leaders and followers during the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec1d310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/20_Musicality_leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 20 Musicality leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on encouraging leaders to be creative and musical by using various dance variations and moves from previous courses, while followers adapt to their leader's signals.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use crossing variations, shuffle variations, or triple variations to be musical.
+- Lead anything you want, including moves from the volume one course.
+- Followers should keep it simple with a basic triple step when not being led.
+- Be ready to adapt to changes in speed or travel signals from the leader.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Creativity and musicality are key for leaders in this session.
+- Followers should follow the leader's cues and not try to be overly musical on their own.
+- Incorporate all learned variations and moves from previous courses.
+- Adaptability is crucial for both leaders and followers during the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b2b6cd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-21 Final note & last song
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the course by encouraging creative improvisation and musicality in the Chicago Triple, using the basic step as a foundation for exploration.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the Chicago Triple Basic as a grounding rhythm to connect with your partner and the music.
- - Leaders can choose to lead or dance independently, while followers can add musical variations within the framework.
- - For the last song, experiment with as many variations as desired from the Chicago Triple.
- - Approach the dance with flexibility, treating the triple step like a step touch in other styles.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Chicago Triple is not limited to just a triple step; it's a starting point for creative adventures.
- - The main aim of the course is to get your creative juices flowing and explore the dance in a personal way.
- - Use the basic step as a foundation to connect to other elements in the music and enhance improvisation.
- - Enjoy the dance by having fun and expressing yourself freely, especially in the final song.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9680df3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/21_Final_note_&_last_song.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 21 Final note & last song
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the course by encouraging creative improvisation and musicality in the Chicago Triple, using the basic step as a foundation for exploration.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the Chicago Triple Basic as a grounding rhythm to connect with your partner and the music.
+- Leaders can choose to lead or dance independently, while followers can add musical variations within the framework.
+- For the last song, experiment with as many variations as desired from the Chicago Triple.
+- Approach the dance with flexibility, treating the triple step like a step touch in other styles.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Chicago Triple is not limited to just a triple step; it's a starting point for creative adventures.
+- The main aim of the course is to get your creative juices flowing and explore the dance in a personal way.
+- Use the basic step as a foundation to connect to other elements in the music and enhance improvisation.
+- Enjoy the dance by having fun and expressing yourself freely, especially in the final song.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ee9c838..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Cross Steps: Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on solo cross steps in Chicago triple, teaching how to cross the foot forward and behind on the beat while maintaining rhythm and body shape.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Cross the foot forward on the one beat while keeping the triple rhythm and body shape.
- - Use the swing of the hips and body shape for smooth transitions back to the basic step.
- - Cross behind on the one beat, focusing on body shape and stretching on the two.
- - Practice crossing in front or behind with four basics each, starting slow and then speeding up.
- - Travel around the room while crossing, playing with timing without losing aesthetic.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the aesthetic and body shape of the Chicago triple throughout the cross steps.
- - Keep the pulse and rhythm consistent to ensure smooth movements and transitions.
- - Use hip swing and body lean to enhance transitions between cross steps and basics.
- - Avoid rushing; practice slowly to build control before increasing speed.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf48cbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/2_Cross_Steps:_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Cross Steps: Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on solo cross steps in Chicago triple, teaching how to cross the foot forward and behind on the beat while maintaining rhythm and body shape.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Cross the foot forward on the one beat while keeping the triple rhythm and body shape.
+- Use the swing of the hips and body shape for smooth transitions back to the basic step.
+- Cross behind on the one beat, focusing on body shape and stretching on the two.
+- Practice crossing in front or behind with four basics each, starting slow and then speeding up.
+- Travel around the room while crossing, playing with timing without losing aesthetic.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the aesthetic and body shape of the Chicago triple throughout the cross steps.
+- Keep the pulse and rhythm consistent to ensure smooth movements and transitions.
+- Use hip swing and body lean to enhance transitions between cross steps and basics.
+- Avoid rushing; practice slowly to build control before increasing speed.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 955719f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Cross Steps: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches followers how to incorporate independent cross steps into their Chicago Triple footwork while maintaining connection with their partner, focusing on variations like crossing behind or in front on the one.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your steps directly under your body to avoid pulling your partner around the floor.
- - Track your leader with the direction of your foot to stay connected during cross steps.
- - In rotations, cross the right leg behind for clockwise turns to add momentum.
- - For counter-clockwise turns, cross with the left leg to maintain flow.
- - Use a relaxed arm in close position to allow movement for followers.
- - Leaders should maintain a clear and steady triple without being distracted.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Connection is dynamic and can shift slightly as you play with variations.
- - Ensure feet are underneath your hips to maintain flow and avoid disconnection.
- - Cross steps can be adapted into different positions like stretch and compression.
- - Focus on the aesthetic and avoid losing it while experimenting with footwork.
- - Crossing in front creates opposition, which feels great but requires conscious step size.
- - Variations like crossing behind or in front can be combined for creative play.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f179f66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/3_Cross_Steps:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Cross Steps: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches followers how to incorporate independent cross steps into their Chicago Triple footwork while maintaining connection with their partner, focusing on variations like crossing behind or in front on the one.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your steps directly under your body to avoid pulling your partner around the floor.
+- Track your leader with the direction of your foot to stay connected during cross steps.
+- In rotations, cross the right leg behind for clockwise turns to add momentum.
+- For counter-clockwise turns, cross with the left leg to maintain flow.
+- Use a relaxed arm in close position to allow movement for followers.
+- Leaders should maintain a clear and steady triple without being distracted.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Connection is dynamic and can shift slightly as you play with variations.
+- Ensure feet are underneath your hips to maintain flow and avoid disconnection.
+- Cross steps can be adapted into different positions like stretch and compression.
+- Focus on the aesthetic and avoid losing it while experimenting with footwork.
+- Crossing in front creates opposition, which feels great but requires conscious step size.
+- Variations like crossing behind or in front can be combined for creative play.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ed3a3b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-4 Cross Steps: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching leaders how to perform cross steps in Chicago Triple, emphasizing isolation of connection points to maintain dance quality and flow without leading followers into variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Isolate your arm from your body when crossing forward or back to avoid pulling the follower.
- - Keep steps small and under your body during cross steps.
- - Start crossing on the one count to maintain rhythm and timing.
- - Maintain a soft, relaxed arm connection with your partner.
- - Experiment with crossing forward or back on either leg while rotating clockwise.
- - Use compression to cross back with the left foot and stretch to cross forward with the right.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leaders should isolate connection points to prevent leading followers into unintended variations.
- - Maintain the aesthetic, pulse, and groove of Chicago Triple throughout the dance.
- - Followers provide feedback through their body to help leaders adjust their isolation.
- - Cross steps can be performed in any direction, adapting to the dance's flow and energy.
- - Quality of movement is prioritized over complexity in cross step variations.
- - Practice crossing with both legs to build versatility and natural movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e21796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/4_Cross_Steps:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 4 Cross Steps: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching leaders how to perform cross steps in Chicago Triple, emphasizing isolation of connection points to maintain dance quality and flow without leading followers into variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Isolate your arm from your body when crossing forward or back to avoid pulling the follower.
+- Keep steps small and under your body during cross steps.
+- Start crossing on the one count to maintain rhythm and timing.
+- Maintain a soft, relaxed arm connection with your partner.
+- Experiment with crossing forward or back on either leg while rotating clockwise.
+- Use compression to cross back with the left foot and stretch to cross forward with the right.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leaders should isolate connection points to prevent leading followers into unintended variations.
+- Maintain the aesthetic, pulse, and groove of Chicago Triple throughout the dance.
+- Followers provide feedback through their body to help leaders adjust their isolation.
+- Cross steps can be performed in any direction, adapting to the dance's flow and energy.
+- Quality of movement is prioritized over complexity in cross step variations.
+- Practice crossing with both legs to build versatility and natural movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a925ee..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 Cross Steps: Playing in Partnership
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising cross steps in partnership while dancing to music, emphasizing freedom to cross feet on the beat as long as it's on the one.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step under the body to maintain balance and control.
- - Maintain a good groove to enhance the dance flow.
- - Keep connection points relaxed for better partnership interaction.
- - Explore crossing feet in the same or different directions as you improvise.
- - Feel the body's flow, whether in opposition or together, and go with it.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Improvise cross steps freely as long as they are on the one beat.
- - Adhere to discussed rules like stepping under the body and maintaining connection.
- - Different sensations during improvisation should feel good and natural.
- - Use this practice to explore adding cross steps to your dancing style.
- - Focus on partnership dynamics while improvising to enhance musicality.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a948be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/5_Cross_Steps:_Playing_in_Partnership.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 Cross Steps: Playing in Partnership
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising cross steps in partnership while dancing to music, emphasizing freedom to cross feet on the beat as long as it's on the one.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step under the body to maintain balance and control.
+- Maintain a good groove to enhance the dance flow.
+- Keep connection points relaxed for better partnership interaction.
+- Explore crossing feet in the same or different directions as you improvise.
+- Feel the body's flow, whether in opposition or together, and go with it.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Improvise cross steps freely as long as they are on the one beat.
+- Adhere to discussed rules like stepping under the body and maintaining connection.
+- Different sensations during improvisation should feel good and natural.
+- Use this practice to explore adding cross steps to your dancing style.
+- Focus on partnership dynamics while improvising to enhance musicality.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index de05051..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Shuffle Variation 1: Tap Step
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning between the Chicago triple rhythm and the shuffle rhythm, specifically introducing the tap step variation to explore musicality and rhythm changes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Ensure the shuffle rhythm is visually obvious in your body by transferring weight every beat.
- - Add a little dig or tap of the foot before fully transferring weight to create the tap step.
- - Keep the body shape consistent when transitioning between triple and shuffle rhythms.
- - Try not to rush the shuffle; stay between the beats and keep movements relaxed.
- - Travel around a little bit while dancing to practice the transitions in motion.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shuffle rhythm involves transferring weight every beat, similar to walking or stepping in previous lessons.
- - The tap step variation allows easy transition back to the Chicago triple rhythm.
- - Maintain a relaxed and chill aesthetic even when the shuffle feels faster.
- - For more detailed exploration of the shuffle rhythm, refer to the Shuffle Blues course in the musicality category.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96491eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/6_Shuffle_Variation_1:_Tap_Step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Shuffle Variation 1: Tap Step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning between the Chicago triple rhythm and the shuffle rhythm, specifically introducing the tap step variation to explore musicality and rhythm changes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Ensure the shuffle rhythm is visually obvious in your body by transferring weight every beat.
+- Add a little dig or tap of the foot before fully transferring weight to create the tap step.
+- Keep the body shape consistent when transitioning between triple and shuffle rhythms.
+- Try not to rush the shuffle; stay between the beats and keep movements relaxed.
+- Travel around a little bit while dancing to practice the transitions in motion.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shuffle rhythm involves transferring weight every beat, similar to walking or stepping in previous lessons.
+- The tap step variation allows easy transition back to the Chicago triple rhythm.
+- Maintain a relaxed and chill aesthetic even when the shuffle feels faster.
+- For more detailed exploration of the shuffle rhythm, refer to the Shuffle Blues course in the musicality category.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 93a3d8f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Shuffle Variation 2: Out and In
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'out and in' shuffle variation for Chicago Triple, focusing on footwork, body movement, and musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with any foot depending on your weight; it's not a rule.
- - Take your center back slightly on the 'out' and return to neutral.
- - Keep the outs small and under your body, not too wide.
- - Finish with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers for easier transition to Chicago Triple.
- - Add the shuffle without being too upright; get the body down and butt swinging.
- - Practice traveling the shuffle slightly backwards or forwards to vary movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The head stays relatively still; the body doesn't travel much, with hips swinging back.
- - Maintain a connected, grounded body shape to enhance aesthetic and rhythm.
- - You can vary the number of shuffles (e.g., two, four, eight) and change direction anytime.
- - Focus on musicality by keeping movements small and in sync with the tempo.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d7cf83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/7_Shuffle_Variation_2:_Out_and_In.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Shuffle Variation 2: Out and In
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'out and in' shuffle variation for Chicago Triple, focusing on footwork, body movement, and musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with any foot depending on your weight; it's not a rule.
+- Take your center back slightly on the 'out' and return to neutral.
+- Keep the outs small and under your body, not too wide.
+- Finish with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers for easier transition to Chicago Triple.
+- Add the shuffle without being too upright; get the body down and butt swinging.
+- Practice traveling the shuffle slightly backwards or forwards to vary movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The head stays relatively still; the body doesn't travel much, with hips swinging back.
+- Maintain a connected, grounded body shape to enhance aesthetic and rhythm.
+- You can vary the number of shuffles (e.g., two, four, eight) and change direction anytime.
+- Focus on musicality by keeping movements small and in sync with the tempo.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fdcff5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Shuffle Variation 3: Low Downs
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a shuffle variation called Low Downs, focusing on using body shape and asymmetry to transition smoothly while maintaining a grounded, low posture without jumping.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the body shape to create asymmetry and angles for the low down transition.
- - Keep the movement grounded with no jumping or lifting off the floor.
- - Adjust foot distance for faster music but maintain the body shape.
- - Practice transitioning by bringing the leg underneath and shifting the body to the other side.
- - Maintain a slight forward lean in the body to enhance the down feeling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stay connected to the ground and avoid jumping to keep the movement smooth and controlled.
- - The music is often slower than perceived, so pace movements accordingly.
- - Experiment with timing by adding low downs in various counts like eight, four, or two.
- - Use the body's asymmetry to achieve dynamic angles without becoming upright.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0670b4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/8_Shuffle_Variation_3:_Low_Downs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Shuffle Variation 3: Low Downs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a shuffle variation called Low Downs, focusing on using body shape and asymmetry to transition smoothly while maintaining a grounded, low posture without jumping.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the body shape to create asymmetry and angles for the low down transition.
+- Keep the movement grounded with no jumping or lifting off the floor.
+- Adjust foot distance for faster music but maintain the body shape.
+- Practice transitioning by bringing the leg underneath and shifting the body to the other side.
+- Maintain a slight forward lean in the body to enhance the down feeling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stay connected to the ground and avoid jumping to keep the movement smooth and controlled.
+- The music is often slower than perceived, so pace movements accordingly.
+- Experiment with timing by adding low downs in various counts like eight, four, or two.
+- Use the body's asymmetry to achieve dynamic angles without becoming upright.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e072439..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-9 Shuffle Variation 4: Step tap
-
-
-
-COURSE: chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'step tap' shuffle variation, focusing on transitioning smoothly from Chicago triple basics into the new move and back, with an emphasis on hip placement and flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with four Chicago triple basics before stopping in shape for the step tap.
- - Keep hips stationary during the step tap; only transfer weight without moving hips.
- - Exaggerate the transition initially to build flow, then make it smoother and smaller.
- - Practice the step tap with a count: 'and one, and two' etc., to maintain rhythm.
- - Use hip swings to aid in traveling and turning the move around the room.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Hips should remain in place during the step tap to facilitate easy transitions.
- - Focus on weight transfer between steps without unnecessary body movement.
- - Exaggerate movements at first to master the flow between different moves.
- - Incorporate musicality by practicing with music to enhance timing and smoothness.
- - Allow for improvisation by changing direction or traveling without waiting for cues.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2e196e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/chicago-triple-vol-ii-improvisation-musicality/9_Shuffle_Variation_4:_Step_tap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 9 Shuffle Variation 4: Step tap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'step tap' shuffle variation, focusing on transitioning smoothly from Chicago triple basics into the new move and back, with an emphasis on hip placement and flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with four Chicago triple basics before stopping in shape for the step tap.
+- Keep hips stationary during the step tap; only transfer weight without moving hips.
+- Exaggerate the transition initially to build flow, then make it smoother and smaller.
+- Practice the step tap with a count: 'and one, and two' etc., to maintain rhythm.
+- Use hip swings to aid in traveling and turning the move around the room.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Hips should remain in place during the step tap to facilitate easy transitions.
+- Focus on weight transfer between steps without unnecessary body movement.
+- Exaggerate movements at first to master the flow between different moves.
+- Incorporate musicality by practicing with music to enhance timing and smoothness.
+- Allow for improvisation by changing direction or traveling without waiting for cues.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a15cc0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Introduction to Slow Drag
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the slow drag, a historic partnered blues dance from the early 20th century, focusing on its origins and the close embrace style.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a close embrace with your partner throughout the dance.
- - Focus on holding onto each other to connect with the music.
- - Enjoy the time spent with your partner while dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The slow drag is one of the oldest blues dance idioms, originating in Black communities in the early 1900s.
- - It is a close embrace dance that emphasizes partner connection and musical enjoyment.
- - The dance gained popularity across the United States by the late teens and early 1920s.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c65b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/0_Introduction_to_Slow_Drag.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Introduction to Slow Drag
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the slow drag, a historic partnered blues dance from the early 20th century, focusing on its origins and the close embrace style.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a close embrace with your partner throughout the dance.
+- Focus on holding onto each other to connect with the music.
+- Enjoy the time spent with your partner while dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The slow drag is one of the oldest blues dance idioms, originating in Black communities in the early 1900s.
+- It is a close embrace dance that emphasizes partner connection and musical enjoyment.
+- The dance gained popularity across the United States by the late teens and early 1920s.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 48d7505..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-1 Close Embrace for Slow Drag
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the importance of close embrace in slow drag, a dance where partners maintain body-to-body connection throughout, emphasizing a relaxed and intimate hold.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should rest their right arm lightly along the follower's side, connecting between wrist and inner elbow without pressing on the spine.
- - Followers should drape their left arm along the leader's back line, keeping frame muscles engaged and shoulders in position.
- - Maintain a relaxed and light embrace, avoiding any tight holding or trapping of the partner's body.
- - Adjust arm placement based on height differences, with options ranging from the back to the arm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Close embrace is essential for slow drag, as it defines the dance and allows for spinal articulation, which is key in blues aesthetics.
- - The dance originated as a radical statement of bodily autonomy for Black people, with all Black American dances starting in close embrace.
- - While occasional breaks from close embrace are possible for musical interpretation, they should not be the default or regular occurrence.
- - This dance influences most blues dances, making close embrace a foundational element in the genre.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc567b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/1_Close_Embrace_for_Slow_Drag.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 1 Close Embrace for Slow Drag
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the importance of close embrace in slow drag, a dance where partners maintain body-to-body connection throughout, emphasizing a relaxed and intimate hold.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should rest their right arm lightly along the follower's side, connecting between wrist and inner elbow without pressing on the spine.
+- Followers should drape their left arm along the leader's back line, keeping frame muscles engaged and shoulders in position.
+- Maintain a relaxed and light embrace, avoiding any tight holding or trapping of the partner's body.
+- Adjust arm placement based on height differences, with options ranging from the back to the arm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Close embrace is essential for slow drag, as it defines the dance and allows for spinal articulation, which is key in blues aesthetics.
+- The dance originated as a radical statement of bodily autonomy for Black people, with all Black American dances starting in close embrace.
+- While occasional breaks from close embrace are possible for musical interpretation, they should not be the default or regular occurrence.
+- This dance influences most blues dances, making close embrace a foundational element in the genre.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d72231..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-2 Posture and Basic Rhythm
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson covers the posture and basic rhythm of the slow drag dance, focusing on proper body alignment and the signature push-and-drag movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep weight on the balls of the feet with knees bent, shoulders forward, and hips back.
- - Push laterally across the floor like rollerblading, then allow the free leg to drag without stepping or tapping.
- - Start with big movements and gradually make them smaller while maintaining energy and subtlety.
- - Sink into the floor and push even when moving in small spaces to preserve momentum.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain shoulders over knees and avoid hips forward or shoulders back as the default posture.
- - The basic rhythm is a slow step with a drag, emphasizing relaxation and momentum over active leg movements.
- - In partnership, focus on consistent energy and relaxation to achieve the signature look of the slow drag.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4692f1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/2_Posture_and_Basic_Rhythm.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 2 Posture and Basic Rhythm
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers the posture and basic rhythm of the slow drag dance, focusing on proper body alignment and the signature push-and-drag movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep weight on the balls of the feet with knees bent, shoulders forward, and hips back.
+- Push laterally across the floor like rollerblading, then allow the free leg to drag without stepping or tapping.
+- Start with big movements and gradually make them smaller while maintaining energy and subtlety.
+- Sink into the floor and push even when moving in small spaces to preserve momentum.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain shoulders over knees and avoid hips forward or shoulders back as the default posture.
+- The basic rhythm is a slow step with a drag, emphasizing relaxation and momentum over active leg movements.
+- In partnership, focus on consistent energy and relaxation to achieve the signature look of the slow drag.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e8f6dd8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Partnered Styling
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered styling in slow drag, exploring how movement choices and body shapes enhance musicality and connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Sink your hips during the drag to create a different shape.
- - Keep forearms resting against each other when holding arms up for self-support.
- - Use a palm-to-palm hold with your wrist against your chest for a comfortable shape.
- - Experiment with arm extensions or reverse palm-to-palm connections.
- - Consider traveling side-to-side or front-and-back based on the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Movement decisions like traveling or staying in place are the first steps to musicality in partnership.
- - Body shapes from the leader can invite the follower to join, adding to partnered musicality.
- - Prioritize comfort and clear communication when creating shapes like hand placements.
- - Make choices based on the music to enhance the dance experience.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73816da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/3_Partnered_Styling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Partnered Styling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered styling in slow drag, exploring how movement choices and body shapes enhance musicality and connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Sink your hips during the drag to create a different shape.
+- Keep forearms resting against each other when holding arms up for self-support.
+- Use a palm-to-palm hold with your wrist against your chest for a comfortable shape.
+- Experiment with arm extensions or reverse palm-to-palm connections.
+- Consider traveling side-to-side or front-and-back based on the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Movement decisions like traveling or staying in place are the first steps to musicality in partnership.
+- Body shapes from the leader can invite the follower to join, adding to partnered musicality.
+- Prioritize comfort and clear communication when creating shapes like hand placements.
+- Make choices based on the music to enhance the dance experience.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f723ed4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-4 Individual Styling
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on individual styling for musicality in slow drag, demonstrating hip movements as personal choices that enhance dance expression without relying on lead-follow dynamics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - In close embrace, bring your hips back and around while maintaining torso connection.
- - For an inverted movement, swing your hips forward as you travel, using posture to create space.
- - Practice hip styling without music first to focus on technique, then add music for timing.
- - Show movements from multiple angles to ensure clarity in execution.
- - In partnership, observe how one person's hip movement can complement or contrast with the other's.
- - Use these styling choices regardless of which role you are in during the dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Individual styling is about personal musicality choices, not lead and follow.
- - Hip movements are self-contained to your body and can be made in any role.
- - You can choose to join your partner's styling if you feel it, enhancing connection.
- - Different hip movements, like back-and-around or forward swings, can pair well together.
- - Maintain posture to allow space for hip movements without bumping into your partner.
- - Styling impacts the dance dynamically, offering creative interpretation options.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf56f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/4_Individual_Styling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 4 Individual Styling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on individual styling for musicality in slow drag, demonstrating hip movements as personal choices that enhance dance expression without relying on lead-follow dynamics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- In close embrace, bring your hips back and around while maintaining torso connection.
+- For an inverted movement, swing your hips forward as you travel, using posture to create space.
+- Practice hip styling without music first to focus on technique, then add music for timing.
+- Show movements from multiple angles to ensure clarity in execution.
+- In partnership, observe how one person's hip movement can complement or contrast with the other's.
+- Use these styling choices regardless of which role you are in during the dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Individual styling is about personal musicality choices, not lead and follow.
+- Hip movements are self-contained to your body and can be made in any role.
+- You can choose to join your partner's styling if you feel it, enhancing connection.
+- Different hip movements, like back-and-around or forward swings, can pair well together.
+- Maintain posture to allow space for hip movements without bumping into your partner.
+- Styling impacts the dance dynamically, offering creative interpretation options.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 73bb677..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 Individual Styling continued
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a figure eight hip movement for slow drag and discusses how to explore and innovate with styling independently.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Push to the left and make a forward movement with the left hip.
- - Circle the hip around before pushing forward.
- - Incorporate rotation before each push for the figure eight movement.
- - Practice this movement to the left for best results in partnership.
- - Use music to enhance the timing and flow of the hip movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The outer hip on the open side may be easier to move than the right side.
- - Different relationships and sizes with your partner can affect the movement.
- - Expect variations in turn amount between sides during practice.
- - Focus on creating smooth rotations to improve the figure eight pattern.
- - Explore and adapt the movement to innovate your own styling in slow drag.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96f4923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/5_Individual_Styling_continued.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 Individual Styling continued
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a figure eight hip movement for slow drag and discusses how to explore and innovate with styling independently.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Push to the left and make a forward movement with the left hip.
+- Circle the hip around before pushing forward.
+- Incorporate rotation before each push for the figure eight movement.
+- Practice this movement to the left for best results in partnership.
+- Use music to enhance the timing and flow of the hip movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The outer hip on the open side may be easier to move than the right side.
+- Different relationships and sizes with your partner can affect the movement.
+- Expect variations in turn amount between sides during practice.
+- Focus on creating smooth rotations to improve the figure eight pattern.
+- Explore and adapt the movement to innovate your own styling in slow drag.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a20d58..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Upper Body Styling
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on upper body musicality in slow drag, specifically using torso elongation and compression for styling as a follower.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Elongate one side of the torso while compressing the other to create a broken line.
- - Add footwork by elongating on the push and compressing on the drag.
- - Keep a steady basic step while practicing this styling.
- - Choose specific spots in the music to apply this movement for a few counts.
- - Relax the styling after a few counts to allow the follower full range of musicality.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Spinal articulation is important for upper body styling in slow drag.
- - The connection point in close embrace changes dynamically with torso movement.
- - This styling is an individual musical choice and should not be done too aggressively.
- - Aggressive styling can limit the partner's musicality and movement options.
- - Leaders should use this movement sparingly to avoid restricting the follower.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..530bc92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/6_Upper_Body_Styling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Upper Body Styling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on upper body musicality in slow drag, specifically using torso elongation and compression for styling as a follower.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Elongate one side of the torso while compressing the other to create a broken line.
+- Add footwork by elongating on the push and compressing on the drag.
+- Keep a steady basic step while practicing this styling.
+- Choose specific spots in the music to apply this movement for a few counts.
+- Relax the styling after a few counts to allow the follower full range of musicality.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Spinal articulation is important for upper body styling in slow drag.
+- The connection point in close embrace changes dynamically with torso movement.
+- This styling is an individual musical choice and should not be done too aggressively.
+- Aggressive styling can limit the partner's musicality and movement options.
+- Leaders should use this movement sparingly to avoid restricting the follower.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fce7205..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Upper Body Styling continued
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a final chest and torso styling technique for slow drag, focusing on altering the point of connection on a horizontal plane without impacting the partner's body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate your body to shift the point of connection with your partner on a horizontal plane.
- - Maintain a very relaxed connection to facilitate the movement.
- - Experiment with twisting and pushing/dragging directions to find what feels comfortable.
- - Observe foot placement and torso rotation during the drag to control energy and appearance.
- - Practice the movement with music, adjusting timing to land on or begin with the beat.
- - Use the latter timing (beginning movement on the count) for a deeper musical pocket and responsiveness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement involves turning yourself around your partner's body, not turning your partner.
- - Energy level in the drag affects its visibility, from subtle to resembling a fishtail.
- - Slow drag music allows a wide range of movement choices due to its slow tempo.
- - Different timing styles suit different eras of blues music, with later styles being more versatile.
- - Slow drag is still practiced in Black communities with various modern music genres.
- - Focus on personal comfort and musical connection rather than rigid anticipation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4045dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/7_Upper_Body_Styling_continued.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Upper Body Styling continued
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a final chest and torso styling technique for slow drag, focusing on altering the point of connection on a horizontal plane without impacting the partner's body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate your body to shift the point of connection with your partner on a horizontal plane.
+- Maintain a very relaxed connection to facilitate the movement.
+- Experiment with twisting and pushing/dragging directions to find what feels comfortable.
+- Observe foot placement and torso rotation during the drag to control energy and appearance.
+- Practice the movement with music, adjusting timing to land on or begin with the beat.
+- Use the latter timing (beginning movement on the count) for a deeper musical pocket and responsiveness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement involves turning yourself around your partner's body, not turning your partner.
+- Energy level in the drag affects its visibility, from subtle to resembling a fishtail.
+- Slow drag music allows a wide range of movement choices due to its slow tempo.
+- Different timing styles suit different eras of blues music, with later styles being more versatile.
+- Slow drag is still practiced in Black communities with various modern music genres.
+- Focus on personal comfort and musical connection rather than rigid anticipation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b2a2fc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-8 Putting everything together
-
-
-
-COURSE: slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating all previously learned slow-drag dance techniques into an improvisational social dance, encouraging students to watch first and then join in.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Watch the demonstration first before attempting to join the dance.
- - Practice the moves in a social dance context to build confidence.
- - Use the background music as a guide for timing and rhythm during improvisation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Improvisation in social dancing allows for personal expression and adaptation.
- - Building on previous lessons helps create a cohesive dance experience.
- - Social dancing emphasizes connection and flow with a partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20fc67a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/slow-drag-with-damon-kelsey/8_Putting_everything_together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 8 Putting everything together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating all previously learned slow-drag dance techniques into an improvisational social dance, encouraging students to watch first and then join in.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Watch the demonstration first before attempting to join the dance.
+- Practice the moves in a social dance context to build confidence.
+- Use the background music as a guide for timing and rhythm during improvisation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Improvisation in social dancing allows for personal expression and adaptation.
+- Building on previous lessons helps create a cohesive dance experience.
+- Social dancing emphasizes connection and flow with a partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c38dd77..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Introduction to Struttin'
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the history and basics of Struttin', a dance from Memphis, Tennessee, spanning the 1930s to 1950s, with the goal of starting to learn the dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Dance in close embrace for footwork variations and turning.
- - Use a small space as it was traditionally danced in bars.
- - Incorporate turns and flashy moves for showmanship in later styles.
- - Focus on up-tempo, faster blues music for the dance rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Struttin' evolved from pre-World War II close embrace to post-war showmanship.
- - The dance originated in Memphis and has two distinct generations of styles.
- - Check resources for more history, such as Damon Stone's video.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d09067c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/0_Introduction_to_Struttin'.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Introduction to Struttin'
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the history and basics of Struttin', a dance from Memphis, Tennessee, spanning the 1930s to 1950s, with the goal of starting to learn the dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Dance in close embrace for footwork variations and turning.
+- Use a small space as it was traditionally danced in bars.
+- Incorporate turns and flashy moves for showmanship in later styles.
+- Focus on up-tempo, faster blues music for the dance rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Struttin' evolved from pre-World War II close embrace to post-war showmanship.
+- The dance originated in Memphis and has two distinct generations of styles.
+- Check resources for more history, such as Damon Stone's video.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dda0eb8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 Core Training
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on core activation exercises to support the unique Strutton connection where the follower leans onto the leader, aiming to build strength for better posture and dance movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a wall with elbows and forearms against it to simulate partner connection and activate muscles like the anterior serratus.
- - Push your armpits down to create space between your face and shoulders, preventing collapse.
- - Pull your ribs together and widen your back to support your lower back with abdominal muscles.
- - Progress exercises by moving feet further from the wall or transitioning to a floor plank for increased challenge.
- - Keep your neck relaxed and straight while pushing the floor away to maintain core engagement.
- - Breathe steadily and release facial tension by wiggling your mouth and cheeks during exercises.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - In Strutton, the follower leans onto the leader, not vice versa, to allow more space for footwork and change the dance connection.
- - Core strength is essential for maintaining proper posture and preventing lower back pain while dancing.
- - Engage muscles to avoid collapsing the neck, shoulders, or lower back for a more comfortable and effective dance experience.
- - Practice with a wall helps build muscle memory and stability before applying techniques with a partner.
- - Aim to keep the body in a straight line with ribs, belly, and hips tucked in for optimal alignment.
- - Gradually increase exercise difficulty to build endurance for maintaining core engagement throughout a dance song.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9fd211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/10_Core_Training.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 Core Training
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on core activation exercises to support the unique Strutton connection where the follower leans onto the leader, aiming to build strength for better posture and dance movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a wall with elbows and forearms against it to simulate partner connection and activate muscles like the anterior serratus.
+- Push your armpits down to create space between your face and shoulders, preventing collapse.
+- Pull your ribs together and widen your back to support your lower back with abdominal muscles.
+- Progress exercises by moving feet further from the wall or transitioning to a floor plank for increased challenge.
+- Keep your neck relaxed and straight while pushing the floor away to maintain core engagement.
+- Breathe steadily and release facial tension by wiggling your mouth and cheeks during exercises.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- In Strutton, the follower leans onto the leader, not vice versa, to allow more space for footwork and change the dance connection.
+- Core strength is essential for maintaining proper posture and preventing lower back pain while dancing.
+- Engage muscles to avoid collapsing the neck, shoulders, or lower back for a more comfortable and effective dance experience.
+- Practice with a wall helps build muscle memory and stability before applying techniques with a partner.
+- Aim to keep the body in a straight line with ribs, belly, and hips tucked in for optimal alignment.
+- Gradually increase exercise difficulty to build endurance for maintaining core engagement throughout a dance song.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b58b83b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-11 Dancing with core activation
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on dancing with core activation while leaning against a wall, aiming to practice engaging the center and relaxing the hips for strutton movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Push armpits down and toward the wall to create space for the face.
- - Engage the belly and support the back while breathing.
- - Release the hips during the strutton jog to combine center engagement with hip relaxation.
- - Try variations like cross feet, toe taps, shuffle steps, or triples as comfort increases.
- - Move feet further from the wall to challenge balance and core support.
- - Improvise with learned movements while maintaining the lean.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Core activation is essential for both followers and leaders to provide solid support.
- - Practice helps followers master the lean-to technique and leaders develop stability.
- - Avoid collapsing on the wall by re-finding core and armpit muscles.
- - Keep hips relaxed and continue breathing throughout the movements.
- - This exercise prepares for dancing with a partner in future lessons.
- - Improvise and practice as needed to build confidence and skill.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f48df29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/11_Dancing_with_core_activation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 11 Dancing with core activation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on dancing with core activation while leaning against a wall, aiming to practice engaging the center and relaxing the hips for strutton movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Push armpits down and toward the wall to create space for the face.
+- Engage the belly and support the back while breathing.
+- Release the hips during the strutton jog to combine center engagement with hip relaxation.
+- Try variations like cross feet, toe taps, shuffle steps, or triples as comfort increases.
+- Move feet further from the wall to challenge balance and core support.
+- Improvise with learned movements while maintaining the lean.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Core activation is essential for both followers and leaders to provide solid support.
+- Practice helps followers master the lean-to technique and leaders develop stability.
+- Avoid collapsing on the wall by re-finding core and armpit muscles.
+- Keep hips relaxed and continue breathing throughout the movements.
+- This exercise prepares for dancing with a partner in future lessons.
+- Improvise and practice as needed to build confidence and skill.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 99464e9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-12 Lean-to Connection
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Lean-to Connection in partner dance, focusing on how followers initiate and control the lean while maintaining a solid, comfortable posture with their leader.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers initiate the lean by taking their feet away from the leader as far as comfortable, starting with baby steps.
- - Leaders can walk backwards to create the lean, with followers stepping forward if they want to reduce it.
- - Practice maintaining the lean while moving forward, back, side-to-side, and in rotation to build stability.
- - Film yourselves to check for posture issues like collapsing backs or shoulders, which are easier to see than feel.
- - Use a supported push down with arms and shoulders to create space for the face and avoid collapsing.
- - Leaders should maintain an athletic posture without leaning, supported through the core and armpits, to provide a solid base.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers always choose whether to lean and control the size of the lean, ensuring it's comfortable for them.
- - Avoid collapsing the shoulders or back to prevent discomfort and maintain a strong, consistent connection.
- - Activate core and back muscles to press down slightly on the leader, creating space for the face and a solid feel.
- - The lean should feel like a supported push down, not a collapse, for a pleasant and secure connection.
- - Maintain a straight, strong line in the back, as practiced in planks, to prevent arch collapse during movement.
- - Leaders need to stay upright and supported to be a reliable base, avoiding rounding or collapsing that weakens the connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b365993
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/12_Lean-to_Connection.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 12 Lean-to Connection
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Lean-to Connection in partner dance, focusing on how followers initiate and control the lean while maintaining a solid, comfortable posture with their leader.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers initiate the lean by taking their feet away from the leader as far as comfortable, starting with baby steps.
+- Leaders can walk backwards to create the lean, with followers stepping forward if they want to reduce it.
+- Practice maintaining the lean while moving forward, back, side-to-side, and in rotation to build stability.
+- Film yourselves to check for posture issues like collapsing backs or shoulders, which are easier to see than feel.
+- Use a supported push down with arms and shoulders to create space for the face and avoid collapsing.
+- Leaders should maintain an athletic posture without leaning, supported through the core and armpits, to provide a solid base.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers always choose whether to lean and control the size of the lean, ensuring it's comfortable for them.
+- Avoid collapsing the shoulders or back to prevent discomfort and maintain a strong, consistent connection.
+- Activate core and back muscles to press down slightly on the leader, creating space for the face and a solid feel.
+- The lean should feel like a supported push down, not a collapse, for a pleasant and secure connection.
+- Maintain a straight, strong line in the back, as practiced in planks, to prevent arch collapse during movement.
+- Leaders need to stay upright and supported to be a reliable base, avoiding rounding or collapsing that weakens the connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 02ac8fe..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice transitions between steps to maintain flow.
- - Focus on timing with the music's rhythm.
- - Use body isolation to enhance movement clarity.
- - Keep movements relaxed and natural.
- - Coordinate footwork with upper body actions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in rhythm is key for a polished performance.
- - Integrate moves seamlessly to avoid breaks in the routine.
- - Maintain energy and expression throughout the dance.
- - Practice regularly to build muscle memory.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d941ed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/13_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice transitions between steps to maintain flow.
+- Focus on timing with the music's rhythm.
+- Use body isolation to enhance movement clarity.
+- Keep movements relaxed and natural.
+- Coordinate footwork with upper body actions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in rhythm is key for a polished performance.
+- Integrate moves seamlessly to avoid breaks in the routine.
+- Maintain energy and expression throughout the dance.
+- Practice regularly to build muscle memory.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fd6f9b2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-14 Final notes
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the Introduction to Strutting course by encouraging students to solidify fundamentals and explore creativity in strutting as a dance form.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on getting the lean with a supported core to feel comfortable.
- - Practice until the fundamentals feel good and solid.
- - Work on developing strutting abilities over time.
- - Improvise with different rhythms and shapes to enhance creativity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Strutting is not just a step but a whole dance that allows for creativity.
- - Mastering fundamentals is key before creativity can explode.
- - Keep practicing to improve and explore the strutting world.
- - Check out the next course for more ideas on strutting.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3a892c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/14_Final_notes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 14 Final notes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the Introduction to Strutting course by encouraging students to solidify fundamentals and explore creativity in strutting as a dance form.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on getting the lean with a supported core to feel comfortable.
+- Practice until the fundamentals feel good and solid.
+- Work on developing strutting abilities over time.
+- Improvise with different rhythms and shapes to enhance creativity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Strutting is not just a step but a whole dance that allows for creativity.
+- Mastering fundamentals is key before creativity can explode.
+- Keep practicing to improve and explore the strutting world.
+- Check out the next course for more ideas on strutting.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fce6071..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-1 Struttin' Basic
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Struttin' basic step, which is a slow jog or run performed on every beat, focusing on relaxation and a downward pulse.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step down on every beat to maintain the rhythm.
- - Relax your hips to allow a natural sway as you move.
- - Roll through your feet to soften impact and absorb it naturally.
- - Keep steps under your body to avoid lifting knees or sending legs back.
- - Move forward, backward, or side-to-side freely to find what feels comfortable.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid lifting knees or sending legs back; focus on a downward fold of the leg.
- - Use minimal energy to sustain dancing for long periods, as this is the slowest music in the course.
- - Prioritize relaxation and comfort to enjoy dancing throughout the night.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1854391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/1_Struttin'_Basic.mp4.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 1 Struttin' Basic
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Struttin' basic step, which is a slow jog or run performed on every beat, focusing on relaxation and a downward pulse.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step down on every beat to maintain the rhythm.
+- Relax your hips to allow a natural sway as you move.
+- Roll through your feet to soften impact and absorb it naturally.
+- Keep steps under your body to avoid lifting knees or sending legs back.
+- Move forward, backward, or side-to-side freely to find what feels comfortable.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid lifting knees or sending legs back; focus on a downward fold of the leg.
+- Use minimal energy to sustain dancing for long periods, as this is the slowest music in the course.
+- Prioritize relaxation and comfort to enjoy dancing throughout the night.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f4b86d0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Partnered Connection for Struttin'
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on establishing a comfortable and functional partnered connection for strutting, starting with body-to-body connection without arms and then adding arms in a relaxed embrace.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a close embrace and find body-to-body connection by walking into your partner with forward intention.
- - Maintain an athletic posture with space between bellies and legs to avoid kicking or treading on each other.
- - Leaders should wrap their right arm around the partner's ribcage comfortably, adjusting for height differences by turning slightly left.
- - Followers can flop their arms around the leader's shoulders for a comfortable hug-like connection.
- - Try moving the connection forward, backward, side-to-side, and rotating left and right to test stability.
- - Communicate with your partner to find a comfortable arm position and adjust as needed for both parties.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Ensure forward intention from both partners to prevent floating apart and avoid compensating by grabbing with arms.
- - The connection should be solid between bodies wherever they connect, prioritizing comfort over specific hand placements.
- - Maintain an athletic close embrace with space for independent footwork to enhance functionality and safety.
- - Use the connection as a foundation for dancing, adjusting movements to maintain comfort and stability throughout.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f921fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/2_Partnered_Connection_for_Struttin'.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Partnered Connection for Struttin'
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on establishing a comfortable and functional partnered connection for strutting, starting with body-to-body connection without arms and then adding arms in a relaxed embrace.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a close embrace and find body-to-body connection by walking into your partner with forward intention.
+- Maintain an athletic posture with space between bellies and legs to avoid kicking or treading on each other.
+- Leaders should wrap their right arm around the partner's ribcage comfortably, adjusting for height differences by turning slightly left.
+- Followers can flop their arms around the leader's shoulders for a comfortable hug-like connection.
+- Try moving the connection forward, backward, side-to-side, and rotating left and right to test stability.
+- Communicate with your partner to find a comfortable arm position and adjust as needed for both parties.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Ensure forward intention from both partners to prevent floating apart and avoid compensating by grabbing with arms.
+- The connection should be solid between bodies wherever they connect, prioritizing comfort over specific hand placements.
+- Maintain an athletic close embrace with space for independent footwork to enhance functionality and safety.
+- Use the connection as a foundation for dancing, adjusting movements to maintain comfort and stability throughout.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ef686e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-3 Cross Steps
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on techniques for crossing feet while dancing with a partner to avoid kicking them, aiming to provide practical tips for safe and spacious movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lift your heel and foot over the other foot instead of sliding it around to save space.
- - Pull your hips back slightly when crossing in front to create more room between you and your partner.
- - Cross behind rather than in front if space is a concern, using a knee-replacement motion for weight shift.
- - Turn sideways to perform a front-to-back cross, especially when already positioned at an angle to your partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid fully crossing feet end-to-end as it takes up too much room and risks hitting your partner.
- - Be cautious with heels to prevent scraping or stabbing your foot during the lift-over motion.
- - Adjust posture by moving hips back to enhance spacing during front crosses.
- - Utilize behind crosses and sideways turns to maximize available space in partnership dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f85b9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/3_Cross_Steps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 3 Cross Steps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on techniques for crossing feet while dancing with a partner to avoid kicking them, aiming to provide practical tips for safe and spacious movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lift your heel and foot over the other foot instead of sliding it around to save space.
+- Pull your hips back slightly when crossing in front to create more room between you and your partner.
+- Cross behind rather than in front if space is a concern, using a knee-replacement motion for weight shift.
+- Turn sideways to perform a front-to-back cross, especially when already positioned at an angle to your partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid fully crossing feet end-to-end as it takes up too much room and risks hitting your partner.
+- Be cautious with heels to prevent scraping or stabbing your foot during the lift-over motion.
+- Adjust posture by moving hips back to enhance spacing during front crosses.
+- Utilize behind crosses and sideways turns to maximize available space in partnership dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 79732f8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Footwork Variation: Toe Taps
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces footwork variations in Struttin, focusing on the toe tap variation to maintain independent footwork and a consistent pulse while dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the toe tap relaxed to avoid hurting your toes.
- - Maintain the jogging pulse throughout the toe tap for a consistent appearance.
- - Try traveling sideways while toe tapping to challenge yourself.
- - Add toe taps with a partner without needing to synchronize timing.
- - Stay relaxed during toe taps to prevent tensing up.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Footwork in Struttin is independent; partners do not have to be on the same side.
- - The goal is to keep the pulse and connection unchanged so the partner doesn't feel the variation.
- - Toe taps should feel smooth and not interrupt the flow of the dance.
- - Variations like toe taps can be done while traveling to maintain movement consistency.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18d4980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/4_Footwork_Variation:_Toe_Taps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Footwork Variation: Toe Taps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces footwork variations in Struttin, focusing on the toe tap variation to maintain independent footwork and a consistent pulse while dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the toe tap relaxed to avoid hurting your toes.
+- Maintain the jogging pulse throughout the toe tap for a consistent appearance.
+- Try traveling sideways while toe tapping to challenge yourself.
+- Add toe taps with a partner without needing to synchronize timing.
+- Stay relaxed during toe taps to prevent tensing up.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Footwork in Struttin is independent; partners do not have to be on the same side.
+- The goal is to keep the pulse and connection unchanged so the partner doesn't feel the variation.
+- Toe taps should feel smooth and not interrupt the flow of the dance.
+- Variations like toe taps can be done while traveling to maintain movement consistency.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1671fa5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 Footwork Variation: Shuffle Tap
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a footwork variation called the shuffle tap, focusing on integrating it into strutting while maintaining a consistent pulse and flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start slowly with step and tap before adding the shuffle rhythm.
- - Accentuate hip and butt movement to exaggerate the strutting style.
- - Practice switching between regular strutting steps and the shuffle tap.
- - Keep feet under the body and relax the hips during movement.
- - Try traveling forwards, backwards, or rotating on the spot with the variation.
- - Partner up to dance and get feedback on flow and pulse.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the same pulse in your body as with normal strutting steps.
- - The footwork variation is independent and can be added anytime without waiting for a partner.
- - Aim for seamless integration so the dance flow is not interrupted.
- - Practice with different songs and tempos to build confidence before moving on.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d311dff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/5_Footwork_Variation:_Shuffle_Tap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 Footwork Variation: Shuffle Tap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a footwork variation called the shuffle tap, focusing on integrating it into strutting while maintaining a consistent pulse and flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start slowly with step and tap before adding the shuffle rhythm.
+- Accentuate hip and butt movement to exaggerate the strutting style.
+- Practice switching between regular strutting steps and the shuffle tap.
+- Keep feet under the body and relax the hips during movement.
+- Try traveling forwards, backwards, or rotating on the spot with the variation.
+- Partner up to dance and get feedback on flow and pulse.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the same pulse in your body as with normal strutting steps.
+- The footwork variation is independent and can be added anytime without waiting for a partner.
+- Aim for seamless integration so the dance flow is not interrupted.
+- Practice with different songs and tempos to build confidence before moving on.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8953a1d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-6 Footwork Variation: Out and In Shuffle
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Out and In Shuffle footwork variation, focusing on maintaining a consistent pulse and fluid movement while practicing on both sides.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine a ceiling above your head to avoid up-and-down movement and keep the dance level.
- - Let your hips go back slightly to create room for leg straightening without raising your head.
- - Think of your body moving through space first, bringing your feet with it to maintain fluidity.
- - Keep the pulse consistent throughout the dance, especially when traveling or transitioning.
- - Try the shuffle with a partner independently to hit accents or do multiple in a row.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice the shuffle on both sides to improve improvisation and versatility in dance.
- - Avoid disrupting the flow of the dance by keeping movements level and smooth.
- - Communicate with your partner about how the variation feels to maintain connection and fluidity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75fb40a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/6_Footwork_Variation:_Out_and_In_Shuffle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 6 Footwork Variation: Out and In Shuffle
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Out and In Shuffle footwork variation, focusing on maintaining a consistent pulse and fluid movement while practicing on both sides.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine a ceiling above your head to avoid up-and-down movement and keep the dance level.
+- Let your hips go back slightly to create room for leg straightening without raising your head.
+- Think of your body moving through space first, bringing your feet with it to maintain fluidity.
+- Keep the pulse consistent throughout the dance, especially when traveling or transitioning.
+- Try the shuffle with a partner independently to hit accents or do multiple in a row.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice the shuffle on both sides to improve improvisation and versatility in dance.
+- Avoid disrupting the flow of the dance by keeping movements level and smooth.
+- Communicate with your partner about how the variation feels to maintain connection and fluidity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 02a0da9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Footwork Variation: Triple Step
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a triple step variation in footwork, focusing on changing the rhythm while maintaining relaxation and posture from previous techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the triple step rhythm as 'dakida, dakida' to get it in the body or ears.
- - Mix between triple steps and the strutting basic, starting to travel around the room.
- - Think about a 'down feeling' during the triple step to emphasize the foot under the hips.
- - Try letting the middle foot of the triple step slide out to the side or back diagonal for styling.
- - Keep the same jogging feel throughout, as if doing the same step twice on one foot.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - All previous techniques like relaxation and posture apply; only the foot rhythm changes.
- - There is no prescripted number of triple steps; improvise based on the music and inspiration.
- - The triple step is independent and can be added whenever desired, including with a partner.
- - Focus on the foot that is stepping as the main foot, keeping it under the hips for stability.
- - Options include strutting basics, triple steps under the body, and slidey styling for variation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6756f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/7_Footwork_Variation:_Triple_Step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Footwork Variation: Triple Step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a triple step variation in footwork, focusing on changing the rhythm while maintaining relaxation and posture from previous techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the triple step rhythm as 'dakida, dakida' to get it in the body or ears.
+- Mix between triple steps and the strutting basic, starting to travel around the room.
+- Think about a 'down feeling' during the triple step to emphasize the foot under the hips.
+- Try letting the middle foot of the triple step slide out to the side or back diagonal for styling.
+- Keep the same jogging feel throughout, as if doing the same step twice on one foot.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- All previous techniques like relaxation and posture apply; only the foot rhythm changes.
+- There is no prescripted number of triple steps; improvise based on the music and inspiration.
+- The triple step is independent and can be added whenever desired, including with a partner.
+- Focus on the foot that is stepping as the main foot, keeping it under the hips for stability.
+- Options include strutting basics, triple steps under the body, and slidey styling for variation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f026114..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-8 Footwork Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on recapping footwork techniques from the Struttin' Vol I course, aiming to reinforce foundational steps and improve execution.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice footwork transitions smoothly to maintain rhythm.
- - Focus on precise foot placement for better balance and control.
- - Use consistent timing to sync movements with the music.
- - Keep movements light and agile to enhance fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Regular practice of footwork builds muscle memory and confidence.
- - Pay attention to body alignment to prevent strain and improve performance.
- - Incorporate feedback from previous lessons to refine techniques.
- - Stay relaxed and enjoy the process to enhance learning and retention.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..712c3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/8_Footwork_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 8 Footwork Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on recapping footwork techniques from the Struttin' Vol I course, aiming to reinforce foundational steps and improve execution.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice footwork transitions smoothly to maintain rhythm.
+- Focus on precise foot placement for better balance and control.
+- Use consistent timing to sync movements with the music.
+- Keep movements light and agile to enhance fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Regular practice of footwork builds muscle memory and confidence.
+- Pay attention to body alignment to prevent strain and improve performance.
+- Incorporate feedback from previous lessons to refine techniques.
+- Stay relaxed and enjoy the process to enhance learning and retention.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 137466d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-9 Struttin' Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-i-introduction
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches turns in Struttin' dance, focusing on adding flashy, showy rotations while maintaining proper technique and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Set up rotation with shuffly steps before releasing into the turn.
- - Leaders should pull back with the hand to prevent partners from continuing rotation.
- - Followers should maintain rotation in the hips and keep a down pulse in the butt.
- - Look into the turn and find your leader to gauge distance for reconnection.
- - For height differences, use the 'tulip' technique with elbow facing down.
- - Leaders should catch partners around the middle of the forearm, not too close.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn originates from post-WWII Memphis dancers adding flashy elements.
- - Maintain strut butt throughout the movement for proper energy flow.
- - Early connection helps followers understand distance for smooth reconnection.
- - The shape involves rotation, turn, and returning to rotation.
- - Improvise the turn shape naturally rather than following strict counts.
- - Reconnect carefully at faster tempos, especially with the left arm.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c254292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-i-introduction/9_Struttin'_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 9 Struttin' Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches turns in Struttin' dance, focusing on adding flashy, showy rotations while maintaining proper technique and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Set up rotation with shuffly steps before releasing into the turn.
+- Leaders should pull back with the hand to prevent partners from continuing rotation.
+- Followers should maintain rotation in the hips and keep a down pulse in the butt.
+- Look into the turn and find your leader to gauge distance for reconnection.
+- For height differences, use the 'tulip' technique with elbow facing down.
+- Leaders should catch partners around the middle of the forearm, not too close.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn originates from post-WWII Memphis dancers adding flashy elements.
+- Maintain strut butt throughout the movement for proper energy flow.
+- Early connection helps followers understand distance for smooth reconnection.
+- The shape involves rotation, turn, and returning to rotation.
+- Improvise the turn shape naturally rather than following strict counts.
+- Reconnect carefully at faster tempos, especially with the left arm.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fd284a5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Struttin' Moves Vol
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces advanced strutting variations, footwork, and dynamic moves, building on previous skills. It aims to challenge dancers with more difficult material.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on mastering basic strutting technique before attempting these advanced moves.
- - Practice footwork variations to enhance your strutting repertoire.
- - Incorporate turns and swoopy elements for dynamic expression.
- - Start slowly to build confidence with the new material.
- - Use the previous course as a foundation for this step-up content.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This course is a step up from the intro, so ensure comfort with basics first.
- - Advanced strutting requires solid technique to execute difficult moves effectively.
- - Dynamic and fun elements are key to mastering these variations.
- - Progress gradually to avoid frustration with challenging material.
- - Revisit foundational skills if needed to support learning in this lesson.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0273939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/0_Struttin'_Moves_Vol._II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Struttin' Moves Vol
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces advanced strutting variations, footwork, and dynamic moves, building on previous skills. It aims to challenge dancers with more difficult material.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on mastering basic strutting technique before attempting these advanced moves.
+- Practice footwork variations to enhance your strutting repertoire.
+- Incorporate turns and swoopy elements for dynamic expression.
+- Start slowly to build confidence with the new material.
+- Use the previous course as a foundation for this step-up content.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This course is a step up from the intro, so ensure comfort with basics first.
+- Advanced strutting requires solid technique to execute difficult moves effectively.
+- Dynamic and fun elements are key to mastering these variations.
+- Progress gradually to avoid frustration with challenging material.
+- Revisit foundational skills if needed to support learning in this lesson.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0df4371..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 Struttin' Turns: Texas Tommy
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Texas Tommy turn with a strutting basic, focusing on leaders tossing the follower's hand in a natural arc and catching them smoothly during rotation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers place their right arm behind their back to test comfort before attempting the move.
- - Leaders should put their palm on top of the follower's hand and lead from the forearm and wrist, not by pulling.
- - Keep the follower's arm super relaxed and floating during the toss to avoid discomfort.
- - Catch the follower as they unwind from the turn, using the right forearm to smooth the transition back into connection.
- - Maintain a strutting basic pulse and center rotation to make the redirect effortless.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Comfort is paramount; followers should skip the move if the arm position causes shoulder or arm discomfort.
- - The toss itself creates the turn's energy, so leaders should focus on the natural pathway of the follower's arm.
- - Hand connection in the Texas Tommy hold is not used for leading; rely on forearm contact instead.
- - This move is optional and can be added to a lean-to whenever desired, with counts not fixed to the music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd88fd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/10_Struttin'_Turns:_Texas_Tommy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 Struttin' Turns: Texas Tommy
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Texas Tommy turn with a strutting basic, focusing on leaders tossing the follower's hand in a natural arc and catching them smoothly during rotation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers place their right arm behind their back to test comfort before attempting the move.
+- Leaders should put their palm on top of the follower's hand and lead from the forearm and wrist, not by pulling.
+- Keep the follower's arm super relaxed and floating during the toss to avoid discomfort.
+- Catch the follower as they unwind from the turn, using the right forearm to smooth the transition back into connection.
+- Maintain a strutting basic pulse and center rotation to make the redirect effortless.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Comfort is paramount; followers should skip the move if the arm position causes shoulder or arm discomfort.
+- The toss itself creates the turn's energy, so leaders should focus on the natural pathway of the follower's arm.
+- Hand connection in the Texas Tommy hold is not used for leading; rely on forearm contact instead.
+- This move is optional and can be added to a lean-to whenever desired, with counts not fixed to the music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 78f2e1f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-11 Turn with Redirect
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a turn with redirect, building on a previous turn by adding a middle section where partners change sides and switch hands to set up rotation in the opposite direction.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shuffle through to change sides and switch hands as you move across.
- - Keep arms at waist level, bent, and available for reconnection during turns.
- - Maintain flow by continuously moving and tracking your partner instead of waiting.
- - Practice the added middle section separately to focus on changing sides and rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement should have a continuous flow, with leaders tracking followers and avoiding pauses.
- - Adjust the turn style based on space, using orbiting for tighter areas like in traditional strutting.
- - Focus on turning technique even during simple shuffles, including arm position and eye contact.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49fbfc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/11_Turn_with_Redirect.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 11 Turn with Redirect
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a turn with redirect, building on a previous turn by adding a middle section where partners change sides and switch hands to set up rotation in the opposite direction.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shuffle through to change sides and switch hands as you move across.
+- Keep arms at waist level, bent, and available for reconnection during turns.
+- Maintain flow by continuously moving and tracking your partner instead of waiting.
+- Practice the added middle section separately to focus on changing sides and rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement should have a continuous flow, with leaders tracking followers and avoiding pauses.
+- Adjust the turn style based on space, using orbiting for tighter areas like in traditional strutting.
+- Focus on turning technique even during simple shuffles, including arm position and eye contact.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f5c28a3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Tips for Turning in Struttin'
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson provides tips for incorporating turns into Struttin' dance, focusing on adapting personal turn variations while maintaining the style's core elements like pulse and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain your strutting pulse and basic jogging every beat during turns.
- - Keep your strutting butt engaged, especially for followers to enhance turn energy.
- - Use a close connection for turns, making them surprising and flowing back into embrace.
- - Look in the direction of your turn to lead with your head for smoother reconnection.
- - For leaders, feel the flow in space, defaulting to orbiting movements for smooth transitions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Turns in Struttin' should feel like part of the dance, using personal variations as a springboard.
- - Followers should apply known turning techniques, focusing on frame, arms, and reconnection.
- - Incorporate a slight body spiral with head-first movement for smoother turns and reconnections.
- - Adapt turns to faster music by increasing speed while maintaining smooth flow and connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9074009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/12_Tips_for_Turning_in_Struttin'.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Tips for Turning in Struttin'
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides tips for incorporating turns into Struttin' dance, focusing on adapting personal turn variations while maintaining the style's core elements like pulse and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain your strutting pulse and basic jogging every beat during turns.
+- Keep your strutting butt engaged, especially for followers to enhance turn energy.
+- Use a close connection for turns, making them surprising and flowing back into embrace.
+- Look in the direction of your turn to lead with your head for smoother reconnection.
+- For leaders, feel the flow in space, defaulting to orbiting movements for smooth transitions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Turns in Struttin' should feel like part of the dance, using personal variations as a springboard.
+- Followers should apply known turning techniques, focusing on frame, arms, and reconnection.
+- Incorporate a slight body spiral with head-first movement for smoother turns and reconnections.
+- Adapt turns to faster music by increasing speed while maintaining smooth flow and connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2421e84..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Sweeps
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing sweeps, a dynamic movement in strutting, emphasizing creating rotation and leg sweeps while maintaining a solid upper-body connection in a lean-to position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step left, right, left, right, aiming connection toward the opposite foot to initiate rotation.
- - Followers keep hips facing forwards and legs relaxed to allow natural sweeps without actively moving them.
- - Practice with a partner by getting into a lean-to, pressing down through arms and shoulders for solid connection.
- - Start small with twist in the core to avoid overdoing the movement and throwing the partner.
- - Followers can initiate sweeps by taking a big first step to signal rotation for the leader to follow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a solid upper-body connection through arms, shoulders, back, and chest for effective sweeps.
- - Hips should always stay facing forwards to ensure proper leg tracking and avoid crossing over.
- - Sweeps rely on feeling the leader's rotation rather than followers trying to make it happen actively.
- - Both leaders and followers can initiate sweeps, sharing responsibility for dynamic movement in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83e0632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/13_Sweeps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Sweeps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing sweeps, a dynamic movement in strutting, emphasizing creating rotation and leg sweeps while maintaining a solid upper-body connection in a lean-to position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step left, right, left, right, aiming connection toward the opposite foot to initiate rotation.
+- Followers keep hips facing forwards and legs relaxed to allow natural sweeps without actively moving them.
+- Practice with a partner by getting into a lean-to, pressing down through arms and shoulders for solid connection.
+- Start small with twist in the core to avoid overdoing the movement and throwing the partner.
+- Followers can initiate sweeps by taking a big first step to signal rotation for the leader to follow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a solid upper-body connection through arms, shoulders, back, and chest for effective sweeps.
+- Hips should always stay facing forwards to ensure proper leg tracking and avoid crossing over.
+- Sweeps rely on feeling the leader's rotation rather than followers trying to make it happen actively.
+- Both leaders and followers can initiate sweeps, sharing responsibility for dynamic movement in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 41f61c9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-14 Lean-to Spin
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Lean-to Spin, a dynamic move from the lean-to position that may involve sliding or slight lifts, emphasizing it as inspiration rather than a requirement for all dancers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start from a strut and basic to get the dance feel in your body.
- - Build up rotation speed until it feels natural to slide or lift.
- - Followers keep a solid connection and lean, then stop stepping to slide around.
- - Leaders don't try to stay in the spin forever; aim for one or two rotations.
- - Practice at speed with music to build momentum.
- - Exit by bringing a leg in and stepping if needed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This move may not work for everyone due to height or body size differences.
- - It's meant as inspiration, so don't force it if it doesn't feel natural.
- - Focus on a solid lean-to connection for weight support.
- - The spin happens when there's enough rotational energy to make stepping difficult.
- - It can be done for a quarter or half rotation as a musical accent.
- - Leaders should be mindful of the follower's comfort and not overdo it.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a909608
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/14_Lean-to_Spin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 14 Lean-to Spin
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Lean-to Spin, a dynamic move from the lean-to position that may involve sliding or slight lifts, emphasizing it as inspiration rather than a requirement for all dancers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start from a strut and basic to get the dance feel in your body.
+- Build up rotation speed until it feels natural to slide or lift.
+- Followers keep a solid connection and lean, then stop stepping to slide around.
+- Leaders don't try to stay in the spin forever; aim for one or two rotations.
+- Practice at speed with music to build momentum.
+- Exit by bringing a leg in and stepping if needed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This move may not work for everyone due to height or body size differences.
+- It's meant as inspiration, so don't force it if it doesn't feel natural.
+- Focus on a solid lean-to connection for weight support.
+- The spin happens when there's enough rotational energy to make stepping difficult.
+- It can be done for a quarter or half rotation as a musical accent.
+- Leaders should be mindful of the follower's comfort and not overdo it.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index df6b5b6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-15 Putting everything together and final notes
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the strutting course by encouraging dancers to integrate learned moves creatively and develop their own style, with a final dance to recap everything.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the core strutting moves as a foundation for your own variations.
- - Incorporate footwork, turns, and dynamic elements from the course in your final dance.
- - Experiment with jazz, rock, tap, and other African-American vernacular dance inspirations.
- - Focus on the connection and rhythm that define strutting as you innovate.
- - Be spontaneous and add moves that feel inspired in the moment.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Strutting is a black American dance where individuality and personal style are essential.
- - The moves taught are not strictly historical but inspired by various dance traditions.
- - Develop your creativity by using the course as a springboard for your own innovations.
- - Master the core elements of strutting to allow natural growth in your dancing.
- - Enjoy the process and have fun while integrating learned techniques into your style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01d0ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/15_Putting_everything_together_and_final_notes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 15 Putting everything together and final notes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the strutting course by encouraging dancers to integrate learned moves creatively and develop their own style, with a final dance to recap everything.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the core strutting moves as a foundation for your own variations.
+- Incorporate footwork, turns, and dynamic elements from the course in your final dance.
+- Experiment with jazz, rock, tap, and other African-American vernacular dance inspirations.
+- Focus on the connection and rhythm that define strutting as you innovate.
+- Be spontaneous and add moves that feel inspired in the moment.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Strutting is a black American dance where individuality and personal style are essential.
+- The moves taught are not strictly historical but inspired by various dance traditions.
+- Develop your creativity by using the course as a springboard for your own innovations.
+- Master the core elements of strutting to allow natural growth in your dancing.
+- Enjoy the process and have fun while integrating learned techniques into your style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 537a5a2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 Core training
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on core activation exercises for Struttin dance, using a wall to simulate partner connection and build strength for maintaining proper posture and space.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a wall with elbows and forearms against it to activate muscles like the anterior serratus for better posture.
- - Push your armpits down to create space between your face and shoulders, especially helpful for shorter followers.
- - Pull your ribs together and widen your back to support your lower back with abdominal muscles.
- - Progress exercises by moving feet further from the wall or transitioning to a floor plank for increased challenge.
- - Keep your neck relaxed and straight while engaging core muscles to avoid tension and maintain alignment.
- - During the plank, focus on pushing the floor away and breathing steadily to prevent fatigue.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - In Struttin, the follower leans onto the leader while the leader maintains an athletic posture without leaning, creating more space for footwork.
- - Core strength is essential for maintaining this connection and preventing lower back pain during dance.
- - Avoid collapsing the neck, shoulders, or lower back to support the spine and improve dance comfort.
- - Practice core engagement gradually, starting on a wall and progressing to the floor as strength improves.
- - Aim to keep core muscles engaged for the duration of a song to enhance dance performance and endurance.
- - Regular core training helps build a better connection to muscles, making dance movements more efficient and enjoyable.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2088439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/1_Core_training.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 Core training
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on core activation exercises for Struttin dance, using a wall to simulate partner connection and build strength for maintaining proper posture and space.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a wall with elbows and forearms against it to activate muscles like the anterior serratus for better posture.
+- Push your armpits down to create space between your face and shoulders, especially helpful for shorter followers.
+- Pull your ribs together and widen your back to support your lower back with abdominal muscles.
+- Progress exercises by moving feet further from the wall or transitioning to a floor plank for increased challenge.
+- Keep your neck relaxed and straight while engaging core muscles to avoid tension and maintain alignment.
+- During the plank, focus on pushing the floor away and breathing steadily to prevent fatigue.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- In Struttin, the follower leans onto the leader while the leader maintains an athletic posture without leaning, creating more space for footwork.
+- Core strength is essential for maintaining this connection and preventing lower back pain during dance.
+- Avoid collapsing the neck, shoulders, or lower back to support the spine and improve dance comfort.
+- Practice core engagement gradually, starting on a wall and progressing to the floor as strength improves.
+- Aim to keep core muscles engaged for the duration of a song to enhance dance performance and endurance.
+- Regular core training helps build a better connection to muscles, making dance movements more efficient and enjoyable.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d24747e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Lean-to connection
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the lean-to connection in partner dance, focusing on how followers initiate and control the lean while maintaining a solid, comfortable posture with their leader.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers initiate the lean by taking their feet away as far as comfortable, starting with baby steps.
- - Leaders can walk backwards to create the lean, with followers stepping forward if they want to reduce it.
- - Practice maintaining the lean while moving forward, back, side to side, and in rotation.
- - Film yourselves to check for posture issues like collapsing backs or shoulders.
- - Use a supported push down with arms and shoulders to create space for the face and ensure a solid connection.
- - Leaders maintain an athletic posture without leaning, supported through the core and armpits.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers control whether to lean and the size of the lean, ensuring it's comfortable for them.
- - Avoid collapsing the shoulders or back to prevent discomfort and maintain a strong connection.
- - Activate muscles to press down slightly on the leader, similar to exercises on a wall or floor.
- - A consistent, solid connection helps both partners feel secure and know each other's position.
- - Maintain a straight, strong line in the back to support the lean and prevent arch collapse.
- - The lean should feel pleasant and supported, not collapsed, for both partners.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cfc210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/2_Lean-to_connection.mp4.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Lean-to connection
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the lean-to connection in partner dance, focusing on how followers initiate and control the lean while maintaining a solid, comfortable posture with their leader.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers initiate the lean by taking their feet away as far as comfortable, starting with baby steps.
+- Leaders can walk backwards to create the lean, with followers stepping forward if they want to reduce it.
+- Practice maintaining the lean while moving forward, back, side to side, and in rotation.
+- Film yourselves to check for posture issues like collapsing backs or shoulders.
+- Use a supported push down with arms and shoulders to create space for the face and ensure a solid connection.
+- Leaders maintain an athletic posture without leaning, supported through the core and armpits.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers control whether to lean and the size of the lean, ensuring it's comfortable for them.
+- Avoid collapsing the shoulders or back to prevent discomfort and maintain a strong connection.
+- Activate muscles to press down slightly on the leader, similar to exercises on a wall or floor.
+- A consistent, solid connection helps both partners feel secure and know each other's position.
+- Maintain a straight, strong line in the back to support the lean and prevent arch collapse.
+- The lean should feel pleasant and supported, not collapsed, for both partners.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d2e5f14..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-3 Tips for dancing in lean-to connection
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson provides tips for dancing in lean-to connection, focusing on how to maintain connection while adding independent footwork variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Don't worry about being in sync with your partner; embrace different foot placements and dynamic connections.
- - Engage your core and upper body to be solid, allowing more freedom in your feet for variations.
- - Communicate with your partner about how much pressure is comfortable in the lean-to connection.
- - Leaders should flow with the partner's variations, allowing the dance direction to be a two-way conversation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The connection should feel consistent at the top while allowing freedom in hips and feet.
- - Being solid in the upper body prevents collapsing and makes footwork easier.
- - Variations can affect the dance's rotation and travel; adapt and interact with your partner.
- - Lean-to connection is changeable; embrace its dynamic nature without freaking out.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e62ab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/3_Tips_for_dancing_in_lean-to_connection.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 3 Tips for dancing in lean-to connection
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides tips for dancing in lean-to connection, focusing on how to maintain connection while adding independent footwork variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Don't worry about being in sync with your partner; embrace different foot placements and dynamic connections.
+- Engage your core and upper body to be solid, allowing more freedom in your feet for variations.
+- Communicate with your partner about how much pressure is comfortable in the lean-to connection.
+- Leaders should flow with the partner's variations, allowing the dance direction to be a two-way conversation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The connection should feel consistent at the top while allowing freedom in hips and feet.
+- Being solid in the upper body prevents collapsing and makes footwork easier.
+- Variations can affect the dance's rotation and travel; adapt and interact with your partner.
+- Lean-to connection is changeable; embrace its dynamic nature without freaking out.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ec328ef..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-4 Footwork variation: Camel Walk
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Camel Walk footwork variation in strutting, focusing on half-time practice and blending it with the basic strutting step.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep one leg straight and one leg bent to create a strutting pulse.
- - Accent the movement with pops for a sharper, more defined shape.
- - Practice crossing feet while maintaining the bent and straight leg principle.
- - Try a chug variation by sending both feet forward simultaneously as if pushed from behind.
- - Blend the Camel Walk with the normal jogging step for strutting to transition smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Camel Walk has a sharper edge and more defined shape compared to softer strutting moves.
- - Incorporate the strutting pulse by shifting weight into one hip more than the other.
- - Practice in all directions: forward, back, side-to-side, and with rotation.
- - Use the Camel Walk as an accent or in sequences to add variety to strutting.
- - Focus on whole-body movement to power the chug variation from behind.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc5225e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/4_Footwork_variation:_Camel_Walk.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 4 Footwork variation: Camel Walk
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Camel Walk footwork variation in strutting, focusing on half-time practice and blending it with the basic strutting step.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep one leg straight and one leg bent to create a strutting pulse.
+- Accent the movement with pops for a sharper, more defined shape.
+- Practice crossing feet while maintaining the bent and straight leg principle.
+- Try a chug variation by sending both feet forward simultaneously as if pushed from behind.
+- Blend the Camel Walk with the normal jogging step for strutting to transition smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Camel Walk has a sharper edge and more defined shape compared to softer strutting moves.
+- Incorporate the strutting pulse by shifting weight into one hip more than the other.
+- Practice in all directions: forward, back, side-to-side, and with rotation.
+- Use the Camel Walk as an accent or in sequences to add variety to strutting.
+- Focus on whole-body movement to power the chug variation from behind.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1af6eee..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Footwork Variation: Back Slides
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the backslide or moonwalk technique, focusing on sliding variations and integrating them into strutting with proper body opposition and pulse.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Dig one toe into the ground and pull that leg forward while pulling the other back to create opposition.
- - Keep one leg bent and one leg straight, similar to the camel walk, for better control.
- - Imagine energetically sending the bent leg forward even if it doesn't move to enhance resistance.
- - Maintain a pulse in the body while sliding, starting slow and adjusting speed as needed.
- - Practice the slide at different tempos, such as every two beats or every beat, to build versatility.
- - Incorporate single backslides into strutting basics for creative expression.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The backslide originated from tap dancers and was popularized as the moonwalk by Michael Jackson.
- - Focus on body opposition and intention to improve movement quality and control.
- - Use the technique as a springboard for creativity, adapting it to fit strutting style without strict rules.
- - Practice with a partner and different songs to integrate slides naturally into dance routines.
- - Speed can affect ease; faster slides may feel more natural than slow ones.
- - The goal is to make the movement feel like strutting, drawing inspiration from related dance styles.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47380c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/5_Footwork_Variation:_Back_Slides.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Footwork Variation: Back Slides
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the backslide or moonwalk technique, focusing on sliding variations and integrating them into strutting with proper body opposition and pulse.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Dig one toe into the ground and pull that leg forward while pulling the other back to create opposition.
+- Keep one leg bent and one leg straight, similar to the camel walk, for better control.
+- Imagine energetically sending the bent leg forward even if it doesn't move to enhance resistance.
+- Maintain a pulse in the body while sliding, starting slow and adjusting speed as needed.
+- Practice the slide at different tempos, such as every two beats or every beat, to build versatility.
+- Incorporate single backslides into strutting basics for creative expression.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The backslide originated from tap dancers and was popularized as the moonwalk by Michael Jackson.
+- Focus on body opposition and intention to improve movement quality and control.
+- Use the technique as a springboard for creativity, adapting it to fit strutting style without strict rules.
+- Practice with a partner and different songs to integrate slides naturally into dance routines.
+- Speed can affect ease; faster slides may feel more natural than slow ones.
+- The goal is to make the movement feel like strutting, drawing inspiration from related dance styles.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d1f46b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Footwork variation: Triple Step Slide
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a footwork variation called the Triple Step Slide, focusing on integrating it into strutting with proper technique and transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think about opposite energy: one leg goes forward while the other slides back.
- - Add a triple rhythm to the steps for smooth execution.
- - Swing hips slightly forward and back to keep the step in place.
- - Practice traveling the variation in different directions like forwards, backwards, or sideways.
- - Transition in and out of the strutting basic by stepping every beat and relaxing the hips.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The slide variation is versatile and can be performed in place or while traveling.
- - It is an independent forward variation, easier for followers to insert without relying on a leader.
- - Maintain the technique from previous classes, focusing on hip movement and step placement.
- - This variation can be used in partner work with solid connection and lean.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09c5e62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/6_Footwork_variation:_Triple_Step_Slide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Footwork variation: Triple Step Slide
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a footwork variation called the Triple Step Slide, focusing on integrating it into strutting with proper technique and transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think about opposite energy: one leg goes forward while the other slides back.
+- Add a triple rhythm to the steps for smooth execution.
+- Swing hips slightly forward and back to keep the step in place.
+- Practice traveling the variation in different directions like forwards, backwards, or sideways.
+- Transition in and out of the strutting basic by stepping every beat and relaxing the hips.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The slide variation is versatile and can be performed in place or while traveling.
+- It is an independent forward variation, easier for followers to insert without relying on a leader.
+- Maintain the technique from previous classes, focusing on hip movement and step placement.
+- This variation can be used in partner work with solid connection and lean.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 45e0c1b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Footwork Variation: V Slide
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the V-slide footwork variation, focusing on executing the slide out and bringing feet back in with control and safety.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Engage and squeeze hip and thigh muscles before sinking down and shooting feet out to the side.
- - For sliding back in, push off with a little pulse or jump feet together to learn the movement gradually.
- - Start with a small V-slide and widen as comfortable, without forcing a huge split.
- - Keep a pulse while practicing, especially when bringing feet back in.
- - Use slidey shoes and a slidey floor to safely attempt sliding back in.
- - Integrate the V-slide into strutting basics to feel transitions smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Warm up inner thigh muscles to prevent strain, as this move can be hard on them.
- - Only attempt sliding back in if conditions are safe to avoid injury.
- - The V-slide can be done while traveling through space to integrate into partner dancing.
- - Progress to partner practice to explore the move in a lean-to connection.
- - Focus on control and safety over extreme width or speed in the slide.
- - Practice at a comfortable speed and maintain pulse for better rhythm and integration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bfcd01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/7_Footwork_Variation:_V_Slide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Footwork Variation: V Slide
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the V-slide footwork variation, focusing on executing the slide out and bringing feet back in with control and safety.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Engage and squeeze hip and thigh muscles before sinking down and shooting feet out to the side.
+- For sliding back in, push off with a little pulse or jump feet together to learn the movement gradually.
+- Start with a small V-slide and widen as comfortable, without forcing a huge split.
+- Keep a pulse while practicing, especially when bringing feet back in.
+- Use slidey shoes and a slidey floor to safely attempt sliding back in.
+- Integrate the V-slide into strutting basics to feel transitions smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Warm up inner thigh muscles to prevent strain, as this move can be hard on them.
+- Only attempt sliding back in if conditions are safe to avoid injury.
+- The V-slide can be done while traveling through space to integrate into partner dancing.
+- Progress to partner practice to explore the move in a lean-to connection.
+- Focus on control and safety over extreme width or speed in the slide.
+- Practice at a comfortable speed and maintain pulse for better rhythm and integration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d5bac18..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-8 Footwork Variation Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps footwork variations from the Struttin' Vol. II course, focusing on practicing and refining dance moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice footwork variations with precision and rhythm.
- - Maintain a steady tempo while executing the moves.
- - Focus on smooth transitions between different steps.
- - Use the music to guide your timing and flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in footwork is key for mastering variations.
- - Pay attention to body alignment and posture during practice.
- - Regular practice helps build muscle memory for complex moves.
- - Adapt the variations to suit your personal style and comfort.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f93e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/8_Footwork_Variation_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 8 Footwork Variation Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps footwork variations from the Struttin' Vol. II course, focusing on practicing and refining dance moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice footwork variations with precision and rhythm.
+- Maintain a steady tempo while executing the moves.
+- Focus on smooth transitions between different steps.
+- Use the music to guide your timing and flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in footwork is key for mastering variations.
+- Pay attention to body alignment and posture during practice.
+- Regular practice helps build muscle memory for complex moves.
+- Adapt the variations to suit your personal style and comfort.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7279586..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Struttin' Turns: Pop Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: struttin-vol-ii-more-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Pop Turn, a strutting move that involves opening from a partner and using arm connection to create a turn, building on previous courses.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should slide their left arm down instead of keeping it wrapped around the leader during rotation.
- - Maintain a frame with shoulders rolled back and down to avoid shoulder issues.
- - Leaders should drop the elbow downward and bring it back to horizontal, not pointing upward, during the pop.
- - Ensure both partners are in a balanced position without leaning before attempting the turn.
- - Use the deepening arm connection to push off into the turn, creating it from the rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The key to the Pop Turn is the moment of arm compression and connection between partners.
- - This turn is similar to previous lessons but uses the other arm to open up.
- - Dancers should come out of a lean-to position to maintain balance before turning.
- - The turn is generated from the existing rotation in the strutting style, requiring no extra effort.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b6c33b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/struttin-vol-ii-more-moves/9_Struttin'_Turns:_Pop_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Struttin' Turns: Pop Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Pop Turn, a strutting move that involves opening from a partner and using arm connection to create a turn, building on previous courses.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should slide their left arm down instead of keeping it wrapped around the leader during rotation.
+- Maintain a frame with shoulders rolled back and down to avoid shoulder issues.
+- Leaders should drop the elbow downward and bring it back to horizontal, not pointing upward, during the pop.
+- Ensure both partners are in a balanced position without leaning before attempting the turn.
+- Use the deepening arm connection to push off into the turn, creating it from the rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The key to the Pop Turn is the moment of arm compression and connection between partners.
+- This turn is similar to previous lessons but uses the other arm to open up.
+- Dancers should come out of a lean-to position to maintain balance before turning.
+- The turn is generated from the existing rotation in the strutting style, requiring no extra effort.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index be03cd2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Texas Shuffle: Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Texas Shuffle dance, focusing on its unique style influenced by West Coast Blues music and its characteristics compared to other dances like swing and Carolina shag.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on the shuffling footwork that mirrors the shuffle rhythm in the music.
- - Practice the stretch and pull movement similar to Carolina shag.
- - Incorporate in-and-out movements characteristic of slotted dances.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Texas Shuffle is danced to West Coast Blues, featuring artists like T-Bone Walker and surf guitar sounds.
- - The dance shares traits with swing and Carolina shag, emphasizing footwork and rhythmic shuffling.
- - It has a unique style distinct from typical blues dancing, with melodic and soulful music influences.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..446b03b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/0_Texas_Shuffle:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Texas Shuffle: Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Texas Shuffle dance, focusing on its unique style influenced by West Coast Blues music and its characteristics compared to other dances like swing and Carolina shag.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on the shuffling footwork that mirrors the shuffle rhythm in the music.
+- Practice the stretch and pull movement similar to Carolina shag.
+- Incorporate in-and-out movements characteristic of slotted dances.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Texas Shuffle is danced to West Coast Blues, featuring artists like T-Bone Walker and surf guitar sounds.
+- The dance shares traits with swing and Carolina shag, emphasizing footwork and rhythmic shuffling.
+- It has a unique style distinct from typical blues dancing, with melodic and soulful music influences.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cc656e9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 Playing with Leverage II
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the leader's role in controlling the timing of the follower's movement during leverage, building on previous concepts where the follower initiated the action.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - The leader adapts to the follower's extra leverage and then communicates when to release.
- - Maintain the line to send leverage down, but adjust if the partner increases energy.
- - Use the leverage to create deeper energy and encourage movement along the line.
- - Release together after generating energy in the line.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The leader decides when the follower can pass after adapting to leverage.
- - Breaking the line should send leverage down, but partner energy can prevent movement.
- - Leverage can be used to create shapes and deeper energy for dynamic movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3470ebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/10_Playing_with_Leverage_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 Playing with Leverage II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the leader's role in controlling the timing of the follower's movement during leverage, building on previous concepts where the follower initiated the action.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- The leader adapts to the follower's extra leverage and then communicates when to release.
+- Maintain the line to send leverage down, but adjust if the partner increases energy.
+- Use the leverage to create deeper energy and encourage movement along the line.
+- Release together after generating energy in the line.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The leader decides when the follower can pass after adapting to leverage.
+- Breaking the line should send leverage down, but partner energy can prevent movement.
+- Leverage can be used to create shapes and deeper energy for dynamic movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ed4fb8e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-11 End Points
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson explores choices for leaders and followers at the end of a send-out, focusing on establishing and playing with endpoints and rotation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of the line as a point that stays fixed for the leader while the follower's point moves during the send-out.
- - As a follower, slow down toward the end to signal a delay in reaching the endpoint, like gently applying brakes.
- - Leaders can unfurl or untwist their point as the follower travels, allowing for styling choices in timing.
- - Followers can spend extra time at the endpoint before unwrapping, adding playfulness to the movement.
- - Use the 'closing the door' analogy to control how long it takes to finish the endpoint as a leader.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Endpoints are established separately for leaders and followers, with the leader's point generally staying fixed and the follower's moving.
- - Rotation within the point adds fun and variation, with timing affecting the partnership's dynamics.
- - The choice of endpoint timing is a stylistic decision for both roles, enhancing musicality and connection.
- - Avoid abrupt stops; instead, think of slowing down gradually to create smoother transitions.
- - Practice observing and adjusting endpoint timing in send-outs to improve coordination and expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4a5261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/11_End_Points.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 11 End Points
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explores choices for leaders and followers at the end of a send-out, focusing on establishing and playing with endpoints and rotation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of the line as a point that stays fixed for the leader while the follower's point moves during the send-out.
+- As a follower, slow down toward the end to signal a delay in reaching the endpoint, like gently applying brakes.
+- Leaders can unfurl or untwist their point as the follower travels, allowing for styling choices in timing.
+- Followers can spend extra time at the endpoint before unwrapping, adding playfulness to the movement.
+- Use the 'closing the door' analogy to control how long it takes to finish the endpoint as a leader.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Endpoints are established separately for leaders and followers, with the leader's point generally staying fixed and the follower's moving.
+- Rotation within the point adds fun and variation, with timing affecting the partnership's dynamics.
+- The choice of endpoint timing is a stylistic decision for both roles, enhancing musicality and connection.
+- Avoid abrupt stops; instead, think of slowing down gradually to create smoother transitions.
+- Practice observing and adjusting endpoint timing in send-outs to improve coordination and expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d2a2ab0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Rotation Exercise
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding rotation to the Texas Shuffle through a protected rotation exercise, where partners practice anchoring and rotating around each other to build stability and control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leads should step underneath themselves and stay anchored in one spot without moving.
- - Follows should track their leader's movements and avoid falling over, even if crossing steps feels necessary.
- - Use a piece of tape or mark on the ground to practice staying under a spot for extra challenge.
- - Partners can switch roles, with the follow becoming the anchor to practice rotation from both perspectives.
- - If without a partner, try using a pole to simulate resistance and rotation around a fixed point.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain proper posture and leverage throughout the exercise to ensure safety and effectiveness.
- - It's acceptable to rotate on one foot if you feel stable and supported during the movement.
- - Reset and start again if the rotation feels off to maintain the correct leverage feel.
- - The exercise builds on previous concepts from leverage exercises, using a two-hand hold for protection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc6ba82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/12_Rotation_Exercise.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Rotation Exercise
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding rotation to the Texas Shuffle through a protected rotation exercise, where partners practice anchoring and rotating around each other to build stability and control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leads should step underneath themselves and stay anchored in one spot without moving.
+- Follows should track their leader's movements and avoid falling over, even if crossing steps feels necessary.
+- Use a piece of tape or mark on the ground to practice staying under a spot for extra challenge.
+- Partners can switch roles, with the follow becoming the anchor to practice rotation from both perspectives.
+- If without a partner, try using a pole to simulate resistance and rotation around a fixed point.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain proper posture and leverage throughout the exercise to ensure safety and effectiveness.
+- It's acceptable to rotate on one foot if you feel stable and supported during the movement.
+- Reset and start again if the rotation feels off to maintain the correct leverage feel.
+- The exercise builds on previous concepts from leverage exercises, using a two-hand hold for protection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 63d8ce2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Rotation
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing rotation in Texas Shuffle, specifically teaching how to anchor and rotate around a partner using techniques from pass-bys.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Open the door to create a line and let the rotation continue instead of stopping.
- - Hold your spot at the end of a pass-by and rotate around your follower.
- - Anchor yourself when your partner locks on a spot to encourage rotation.
- - Play with different shots and footwork while holding a stable spot.
- - Trade the anchor role back and forth with your partner during rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rotation should feel similar to the protected two-arm version but with only one connection.
- - The movement can be initiated from either the leader or follower deciding to anchor.
- - Rotation builds energy like in linear movements but in a circular pattern.
- - Practice should feel like a conversation, not a fight, to maintain flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a922b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/13_Rotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Rotation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing rotation in Texas Shuffle, specifically teaching how to anchor and rotate around a partner using techniques from pass-bys.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Open the door to create a line and let the rotation continue instead of stopping.
+- Hold your spot at the end of a pass-by and rotate around your follower.
+- Anchor yourself when your partner locks on a spot to encourage rotation.
+- Play with different shots and footwork while holding a stable spot.
+- Trade the anchor role back and forth with your partner during rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rotation should feel similar to the protected two-arm version but with only one connection.
+- The movement can be initiated from either the leader or follower deciding to anchor.
+- Rotation builds energy like in linear movements but in a circular pattern.
+- Practice should feel like a conversation, not a fight, to maintain flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3977e5c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-14 Feet Fans
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing feet fans in the Texas shuffle, emphasizing keeping the feet grounded and using the center to generate movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the feet in contact with the ground without lifting off.
- - Balance weight in the entire foot, including the heel, to make fans easier.
- - Start the movement from the center by twisting the head to generate foot twisting.
- - Allow some scuffing noise as it indicates maintaining floor contact.
- - Practice fans in any direction, such as forward, back, or rotating around.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Fans are a decorative movement added to the footwork in the Texas shuffle.
- - Avoid going too far onto the toe to prevent unnecessary effort and different movements.
- - The movement originates from the center, not just the feet, for better control.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2c6d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/14_Feet_Fans.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 14 Feet Fans
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing feet fans in the Texas shuffle, emphasizing keeping the feet grounded and using the center to generate movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the feet in contact with the ground without lifting off.
+- Balance weight in the entire foot, including the heel, to make fans easier.
+- Start the movement from the center by twisting the head to generate foot twisting.
+- Allow some scuffing noise as it indicates maintaining floor contact.
+- Practice fans in any direction, such as forward, back, or rotating around.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Fans are a decorative movement added to the footwork in the Texas shuffle.
+- Avoid going too far onto the toe to prevent unnecessary effort and different movements.
+- The movement originates from the center, not just the feet, for better control.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d66bbb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-15 Heel Toes and Tick Tocks
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces two new foot variations for the Texas Shuffle, starting with simple heel movements and progressing to more interesting patterns. The goal is to practice traveling side-to-side and playing with rhythm while avoiding forward and back movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with feet together or under your hip joints for balance.
- - Travel more on the sides rather than forward and back.
- - Play with the rhythm by practicing down, in, up patterns.
- - Break down the footwork intensively if needed.
- - Ensure your movements are intentional to avoid becoming a mishmash.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on side-to-side travel for easier movement.
- - Keep footwork clear and avoid overcomplicating patterns.
- - Practice solo before incorporating into partnership dancing.
- - Maintain rhythm and avoid slowing down during practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42ae138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/15_Heel_Toes_and_Tick_Tocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 15 Heel Toes and Tick Tocks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces two new foot variations for the Texas Shuffle, starting with simple heel movements and progressing to more interesting patterns. The goal is to practice traveling side-to-side and playing with rhythm while avoiding forward and back movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with feet together or under your hip joints for balance.
+- Travel more on the sides rather than forward and back.
+- Play with the rhythm by practicing down, in, up patterns.
+- Break down the footwork intensively if needed.
+- Ensure your movements are intentional to avoid becoming a mishmash.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on side-to-side travel for easier movement.
+- Keep footwork clear and avoid overcomplicating patterns.
+- Practice solo before incorporating into partnership dancing.
+- Maintain rhythm and avoid slowing down during practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a589e4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-16 The James Brown
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the James Brown dance step, focusing on weight shifts and incorporating it into partner dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and shift to the left.
- - Keep weight on the left when moving back.
- - Use the glutes to initiate movements for better support.
- - Avoid doing the step loosely; maintain control.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement involves the entire leg, not just the foot.
- - Think about using the glutes as the biggest muscles to support the dance.
- - Incorporate the James Brown step into partner dancing for practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..931355e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/16_The_James_Brown.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 16 The James Brown
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the James Brown dance step, focusing on weight shifts and incorporating it into partner dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and shift to the left.
+- Keep weight on the left when moving back.
+- Use the glutes to initiate movements for better support.
+- Avoid doing the step loosely; maintain control.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement involves the entire leg, not just the foot.
+- Think about using the glutes as the biggest muscles to support the dance.
+- Incorporate the James Brown step into partner dancing for practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a8ab1ce..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-17 Compression Exercise
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the compression technique in Texas Shuffle, focusing on creating a stable connection between lead and follow by engaging forward with straight arm alignment, contrasting with previous leverage techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your wrist and hand as straight as possible to avoid bending.
- - Relax your elbow and maintain the arm in a stable position.
- - For follows, keep the elbow close to the body for more stability.
- - Bring energy forward without tipping, keeping hands centered.
- - Avoid using both leverage and compression simultaneously to maintain distinct feels.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Compression involves creating a boundary point for dancing separately without pushing through your partner.
- - The feel of compression should stay consistent, with both partners exerting equal energy forward.
- - Differentiate compression from leverage by noting that in compression, energy moves forward when the connection relaxes.
- - Maintain straight arm alignment and avoid up angles or bending to ensure proper technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eb499b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/17_Compression_Exercise.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 17 Compression Exercise
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the compression technique in Texas Shuffle, focusing on creating a stable connection between lead and follow by engaging forward with straight arm alignment, contrasting with previous leverage techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your wrist and hand as straight as possible to avoid bending.
+- Relax your elbow and maintain the arm in a stable position.
+- For follows, keep the elbow close to the body for more stability.
+- Bring energy forward without tipping, keeping hands centered.
+- Avoid using both leverage and compression simultaneously to maintain distinct feels.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Compression involves creating a boundary point for dancing separately without pushing through your partner.
+- The feel of compression should stay consistent, with both partners exerting equal energy forward.
+- Differentiate compression from leverage by noting that in compression, energy moves forward when the connection relaxes.
+- Maintain straight arm alignment and avoid up angles or bending to ensure proper technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b75d31..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-18 Groove Space
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces groove space in Texas shuffle, focusing on relaxing and releasing energy without leverage or compression to dance in a relaxed posture.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Relax and release energy in closed or moping positions to groove around.
- - Try jank rounds and tick tocks while moving around in groove space.
- - Separate and come back together as part of the groove practice.
- - Send hips back as a signal to transition back to leverage or compression.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Groove space removes leverage and compression for a more relaxed dance feel.
- - Either leader or follower can initiate transitions like drops or returns to leverage.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture while focusing on footwork and shuffle movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e40e588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/18_Groove_Space.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 18 Groove Space
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces groove space in Texas shuffle, focusing on relaxing and releasing energy without leverage or compression to dance in a relaxed posture.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Relax and release energy in closed or moping positions to groove around.
+- Try jank rounds and tick tocks while moving around in groove space.
+- Separate and come back together as part of the groove practice.
+- Send hips back as a signal to transition back to leverage or compression.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Groove space removes leverage and compression for a more relaxed dance feel.
+- Either leader or follower can initiate transitions like drops or returns to leverage.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture while focusing on footwork and shuffle movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a67852c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-19 Conclusions
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the Texas Shuffle course by reviewing key techniques and dancing to a full song. The goal is to reinforce learned moves and encourage playful practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in close embrace and use a slow release or twist turn to generate leverage.
- - Use the in-and-out movement as the horizontal pulse of the dance.
- - Practice the pass five in closed position, opening up and breaking the line.
- - Play with end points by taking time to uncurl or shape at the end of movements.
- - Incorporate footwork tools like James Browns, TikToks, and fans.
- - Ask for compression or leverage to return to the energetic Texas shuffle style.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The dance lacks an up-and-down pulse, focusing instead on horizontal movement.
- - Quick and slow counts are essential for timing and rhythm.
- - Use rotation and anchoring to control movement and positioning.
- - Build leverage by matching the follow's weight before releasing.
- - End points allow for creative shaping and uncurling in movements.
- - The overall purpose is to have fun and feel good while dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84db2c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/19_Conclusions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 19 Conclusions
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the Texas Shuffle course by reviewing key techniques and dancing to a full song. The goal is to reinforce learned moves and encourage playful practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in close embrace and use a slow release or twist turn to generate leverage.
+- Use the in-and-out movement as the horizontal pulse of the dance.
+- Practice the pass five in closed position, opening up and breaking the line.
+- Play with end points by taking time to uncurl or shape at the end of movements.
+- Incorporate footwork tools like James Browns, TikToks, and fans.
+- Ask for compression or leverage to return to the energetic Texas shuffle style.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The dance lacks an up-and-down pulse, focusing instead on horizontal movement.
+- Quick and slow counts are essential for timing and rhythm.
+- Use rotation and anchoring to control movement and positioning.
+- Build leverage by matching the follow's weight before releasing.
+- End points allow for creative shaping and uncurling in movements.
+- The overall purpose is to have fun and feel good while dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f114003..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Skating
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the skating step, a unique foundational movement in Texas shuffle that involves shifting side-to-side like skating to generate power for shuffling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your feet on the ground without lifting them too much.
- - Lean or tilt your body in the direction you are moving.
- - Maintain the movement small and underneath your body.
- - Speed up the step to move on every single beat for variation.
- - Use appropriate shoes to avoid sticking and allow smooth shuffling sounds.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The skating step is a basic element you can always return to in Texas shuffle.
- - Focus on maintaining the sensation of skating, especially when traveling.
- - Avoid taking big steps to prevent getting worn out quickly.
- - This step can be adapted for different shoe types but works best with smooth-soled shoes.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4faaba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/1_Skating.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Skating
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the skating step, a unique foundational movement in Texas shuffle that involves shifting side-to-side like skating to generate power for shuffling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your feet on the ground without lifting them too much.
+- Lean or tilt your body in the direction you are moving.
+- Maintain the movement small and underneath your body.
+- Speed up the step to move on every single beat for variation.
+- Use appropriate shoes to avoid sticking and allow smooth shuffling sounds.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The skating step is a basic element you can always return to in Texas shuffle.
+- Focus on maintaining the sensation of skating, especially when traveling.
+- Avoid taking big steps to prevent getting worn out quickly.
+- This step can be adapted for different shoe types but works best with smooth-soled shoes.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1888b6c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-20 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a steady rhythm throughout the routine.
- - Focus on footwork precision during transitions.
- - Use body posture to enhance movement flow.
- - Coordinate arm movements with steps for balance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice transitions to ensure fluidity in the dance.
- - Keep timing consistent with the music beat.
- - Review foundational steps before combining them.
- - Stay relaxed to improve performance quality.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8660ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/20_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 20 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a steady rhythm throughout the routine.
+- Focus on footwork precision during transitions.
+- Use body posture to enhance movement flow.
+- Coordinate arm movements with steps for balance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice transitions to ensure fluidity in the dance.
+- Keep timing consistent with the music beat.
+- Review foundational steps before combining them.
+- Stay relaxed to improve performance quality.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c4c9a89..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Getting into Open
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning from close embrace to open position in Texas Shuffle, introducing a specific rotation technique and leverage concept for practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in close embrace and practice weight shifts together on counts one through eight.
- - Option A involves a slow drift into closed position by rotating in place.
- - Option B adds a twist in the body, generating energy through a clockwise rotation toward the right shoulder.
- - Think of the rotation as 'closing the door' to visualize the movement.
- - During rotation, leaders should step apart to create distance between partners.
- - Practice from close embrace, rotate toward the right shoulder, and establish a bit of distance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The leverage technique is frequently used in this dance and will be explained further in the next video.
- - The majority of this dance will be spent in open position, so focus on smooth transitions.
- - Feel the twist generated throughout your entire body during the rotation for better execution.
- - Maintain attachment with your partner while rotating to coordinate movements effectively.
- - Option B emphasizes extra energy and body twist compared to the simpler Option A.
- - Practice both options to build comfort with the transition and leverage concept.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed00221
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/2_Getting_into_Open.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Getting into Open
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning from close embrace to open position in Texas Shuffle, introducing a specific rotation technique and leverage concept for practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in close embrace and practice weight shifts together on counts one through eight.
+- Option A involves a slow drift into closed position by rotating in place.
+- Option B adds a twist in the body, generating energy through a clockwise rotation toward the right shoulder.
+- Think of the rotation as 'closing the door' to visualize the movement.
+- During rotation, leaders should step apart to create distance between partners.
+- Practice from close embrace, rotate toward the right shoulder, and establish a bit of distance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The leverage technique is frequently used in this dance and will be explained further in the next video.
+- The majority of this dance will be spent in open position, so focus on smooth transitions.
+- Feel the twist generated throughout your entire body during the rotation for better execution.
+- Maintain attachment with your partner while rotating to coordinate movements effectively.
+- Option B emphasizes extra energy and body twist compared to the simpler Option A.
+- Practice both options to build comfort with the transition and leverage concept.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.html
deleted file mode 100644
index da8aca4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Leverage
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating and using leverage in dance, emphasizing maintaining opposite energy between partners to move together precisely.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Wrap your left hand around your partner's triceps to ensure no gaps and keep your shoulder relaxed and elbow low.
- - Aim for your partner's higher back as a leader to avoid soft spots and provide a firmer connection for leverage.
- - Roll your shoulders back and down to avoid popping them up, maintaining mobility and preventing tension.
- - Engage your upper triceps and thighs by keeping your arm bent to support leverage movements.
- - Play a leverage guessing game with your partner to practice feeling and adjusting the amount of leverage used.
- - In closed position, focus on feeling the leverage through your partner's back hand and adjust your engagement accordingly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leverage is created when two bodies' energies move away from each other, maintaining a slight stretch or opposite energy.
- - Use just enough leverage to move together precisely without overdoing it, as too much can look awkward or cause imbalance.
- - Avoid letting your shoulders pop up or tense, as this can lead to discomfort and limit mobility during movements.
- - The connection should be firm but relaxed, with no empty spaces, to effectively transmit and feel leverage between partners.
- - Practice sensing leverage through exercises to improve coordination and timing with your partner for future steps.
- - If one partner lets go, the opposite energy should cause the other to step back, illustrating the principle of leverage in action.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47373f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/3_Leverage.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Leverage
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating and using leverage in dance, emphasizing maintaining opposite energy between partners to move together precisely.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Wrap your left hand around your partner's triceps to ensure no gaps and keep your shoulder relaxed and elbow low.
+- Aim for your partner's higher back as a leader to avoid soft spots and provide a firmer connection for leverage.
+- Roll your shoulders back and down to avoid popping them up, maintaining mobility and preventing tension.
+- Engage your upper triceps and thighs by keeping your arm bent to support leverage movements.
+- Play a leverage guessing game with your partner to practice feeling and adjusting the amount of leverage used.
+- In closed position, focus on feeling the leverage through your partner's back hand and adjust your engagement accordingly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leverage is created when two bodies' energies move away from each other, maintaining a slight stretch or opposite energy.
+- Use just enough leverage to move together precisely without overdoing it, as too much can look awkward or cause imbalance.
+- Avoid letting your shoulders pop up or tense, as this can lead to discomfort and limit mobility during movements.
+- The connection should be firm but relaxed, with no empty spaces, to effectively transmit and feel leverage between partners.
+- Practice sensing leverage through exercises to improve coordination and timing with your partner for future steps.
+- If one partner lets go, the opposite energy should cause the other to step back, illustrating the principle of leverage in action.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f114aca..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 The Pulse
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the 'pose' in Texas Shuffle, emphasizing a horizontal energy and smooth movement, with practice on maintaining leverage during in-and-out drifts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice drifting closer together and further apart while keeping a horizontal energy.
- - Let go of your partner to check if they step back, ensuring leverage is maintained.
- - Use a mirror to monitor and maintain consistent posture during practice.
- - Reestablish leverage when coming in if you feel a drop in energy.
- - Film yourself to self-assess your posture and movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pose in this style involves horizontal energy, not just up-and-down or forward-and-back movements.
- - Leverage should persist even when drifting in and out, with energy flowing opposite to body movement.
- - Maintain the same posture throughout to avoid leaning back or losing form.
- - Individual differences in arm length may affect the appearance of the pulse, but the principle remains consistent.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..422e505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/4_The_Pulse.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 The Pulse
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the 'pose' in Texas Shuffle, emphasizing a horizontal energy and smooth movement, with practice on maintaining leverage during in-and-out drifts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice drifting closer together and further apart while keeping a horizontal energy.
+- Let go of your partner to check if they step back, ensuring leverage is maintained.
+- Use a mirror to monitor and maintain consistent posture during practice.
+- Reestablish leverage when coming in if you feel a drop in energy.
+- Film yourself to self-assess your posture and movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pose in this style involves horizontal energy, not just up-and-down or forward-and-back movements.
+- Leverage should persist even when drifting in and out, with energy flowing opposite to body movement.
+- Maintain the same posture throughout to avoid leaning back or losing form.
+- Individual differences in arm length may affect the appearance of the pulse, but the principle remains consistent.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 62772d8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-5 Slows and Quicks
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining in-and-out movements with tempo changes between slows and quicks in the Texas Shuffle, building on previous skills.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in an embrace and begin with quicks on every beat.
- - Switch to slows by using a 'bop' rhythm for a slower tempo.
- - Practice coming in and going out while maintaining the tempo changes.
- - Follow along with the instructor's movements to synchronize the steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Tempo changes involve switching between slows (one, two) and quicks (every beat).
- - In-and-out movements are integrated with the tempo to enhance flow.
- - Leverage and open position concepts from earlier lessons support these combinations.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bbb789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/5_Slows_and_Quicks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 5 Slows and Quicks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining in-and-out movements with tempo changes between slows and quicks in the Texas Shuffle, building on previous skills.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in an embrace and begin with quicks on every beat.
+- Switch to slows by using a 'bop' rhythm for a slower tempo.
+- Practice coming in and going out while maintaining the tempo changes.
+- Follow along with the instructor's movements to synchronize the steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Tempo changes involve switching between slows (one, two) and quicks (every beat).
+- In-and-out movements are integrated with the tempo to enhance flow.
+- Leverage and open position concepts from earlier lessons support these combinations.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7afe8ca..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 The Pass By
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Pass By' move in Texas Shuffle, focusing on using leverage and maintaining a slot to let the partner pass smoothly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leads should open and close like a door to let the partner pass without pulling.
- - Keep engagement by getting lower to break the line, not by raising arms or straightening out.
- - Followers should slide their feet instead of lifting them to maintain the dance's characteristic feel.
- - Reestablish leverage after the pass by sending hips back to rebuild energy.
- - Practice the move in a slot without moving around the room to maintain control.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use leverage from previous exercises to move together without generating new energy.
- - Avoid letting arms get out of socket or into a straight line position during the pass.
- - Maintain constant foot contact with the floor to preserve the dance's feel.
- - There's a moment of relaxation during the pass, but quickly rebuild leverage for the next move.
- - The pass should be fluid, with opening and energy generation happening simultaneously.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fefba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/6_The_Pass_By.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 The Pass By
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Pass By' move in Texas Shuffle, focusing on using leverage and maintaining a slot to let the partner pass smoothly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leads should open and close like a door to let the partner pass without pulling.
+- Keep engagement by getting lower to break the line, not by raising arms or straightening out.
+- Followers should slide their feet instead of lifting them to maintain the dance's characteristic feel.
+- Reestablish leverage after the pass by sending hips back to rebuild energy.
+- Practice the move in a slot without moving around the room to maintain control.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use leverage from previous exercises to move together without generating new energy.
+- Avoid letting arms get out of socket or into a straight line position during the pass.
+- Maintain constant foot contact with the floor to preserve the dance's feel.
+- There's a moment of relaxation during the pass, but quickly rebuild leverage for the next move.
+- The pass should be fluid, with opening and energy generation happening simultaneously.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0abdc80..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-7 Pass By II
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation of the pass by move from the opposite side, focusing on differences in timing and rotation for leads and follows.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leads should feel their partner come up almost immediately when opening the right side.
- - Follows should track their leader and maintain a connection like a laser beam between chests.
- - Take your time in the spot before closing the door to adjust the timing.
- - Practice with music to reinforce the movement and rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The center of gravity or axis on this side creates immediate rotation into the pass.
- - There is less lag on this side compared to the previous example.
- - Maintain visual and physical connection to avoid facing opposite directions.
- - End with leverage to enhance the movement's effectiveness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab549b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/7_Pass_By_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 7 Pass By II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation of the pass by move from the opposite side, focusing on differences in timing and rotation for leads and follows.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leads should feel their partner come up almost immediately when opening the right side.
+- Follows should track their leader and maintain a connection like a laser beam between chests.
+- Take your time in the spot before closing the door to adjust the timing.
+- Practice with music to reinforce the movement and rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The center of gravity or axis on this side creates immediate rotation into the pass.
+- There is less lag on this side compared to the previous example.
+- Maintain visual and physical connection to avoid facing opposite directions.
+- End with leverage to enhance the movement's effectiveness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 43879bd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 The Send Out
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'send out' move in Texas Shuffle, focusing on maintaining arm leverage and connection while sending the partner out on a line.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Switch to lead's left arm and follow's right arm for the send out.
- - Keep the arm connection protected to avoid it getting too high or out of socket.
- - Reestablish leverage at the end of the move after it may drop during the transition.
- - As a lead, shuffle back to let your partner through or break the line to send them down.
- - Loosen the leverage momentarily to allow your partner to pass, then bring the arm back.
- - Open the body on the left or right side to send the partner out on a line.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the hand connection even as leverage switches during the move.
- - Use the same protections from the leverage exercise to keep the arm safe.
- - The send out is similar to past moves but involves being further apart.
- - Follow your steps and avoid lifting unnecessarily during the move.
- - Practice with music to enhance the feel and timing of the send out.
- - It's okay if leverage drops temporarily as long as the arm connection is not lost.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01d87ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/8_The_Send_Out.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 The Send Out
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'send out' move in Texas Shuffle, focusing on maintaining arm leverage and connection while sending the partner out on a line.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Switch to lead's left arm and follow's right arm for the send out.
+- Keep the arm connection protected to avoid it getting too high or out of socket.
+- Reestablish leverage at the end of the move after it may drop during the transition.
+- As a lead, shuffle back to let your partner through or break the line to send them down.
+- Loosen the leverage momentarily to allow your partner to pass, then bring the arm back.
+- Open the body on the left or right side to send the partner out on a line.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the hand connection even as leverage switches during the move.
+- Use the same protections from the leverage exercise to keep the arm safe.
+- The send out is similar to past moves but involves being further apart.
+- Follow your steps and avoid lifting unnecessarily during the move.
+- Practice with music to enhance the feel and timing of the send out.
+- It's okay if leverage drops temporarily as long as the arm connection is not lost.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dd9f33..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Followers Playing with Leverage
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-vol-i
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on followers using leverage to control timing during send-outs, allowing them to delay movement and play with positions before executing steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine a second person holding your waist to resist movement.
- - Hang out longer in a position to signal delay to the leader.
- - Use leverage created by both partners to initiate movement when ready.
- - Practice delaying in both open and closed positions.
- - Play with timing for fractions of a second or longer as desired.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leverage is a shared creation between leader and follower.
- - Followers can actively decide when to move based on leverage.
- - This technique enhances musicality and connection in the dance.
- - Delay can be applied to any side the leader opens to.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36cb589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-vol-i/9_Followers_Playing_with_Leverage.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Followers Playing with Leverage
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on followers using leverage to control timing during send-outs, allowing them to delay movement and play with positions before executing steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine a second person holding your waist to resist movement.
+- Hang out longer in a position to signal delay to the leader.
+- Use leverage created by both partners to initiate movement when ready.
+- Practice delaying in both open and closed positions.
+- Play with timing for fractions of a second or longer as desired.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leverage is a shared creation between leader and follower.
+- Followers can actively decide when to move based on leverage.
+- This technique enhances musicality and connection in the dance.
+- Delay can be applied to any side the leader opens to.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bb32790..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Texas Shuffle with Damon & Kelsy Stone: Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces Texas Shuffle, a partner blues dance derived from West Coast blues music, with the goal of explaining its origins and characteristics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on the shuffle sounds and groovy guitar rhythms in the music.
- - Pay attention to the dynamic movements expressed through the feet.
- - Practice as a partner dance, as it cannot be done solo.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Texas Shuffle evolved from Texas blues musicians who stayed in California after World War II.
- - It is a partner blues idiom dance that visually emphasizes footwork.
- - The primary instruments in the music are guitar and piano.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0449f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/0_Texas_Shuffle_with_Damon_&_Kelsy_Stone:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Texas Shuffle with Damon & Kelsy Stone: Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces Texas Shuffle, a partner blues dance derived from West Coast blues music, with the goal of explaining its origins and characteristics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on the shuffle sounds and groovy guitar rhythms in the music.
+- Pay attention to the dynamic movements expressed through the feet.
+- Practice as a partner dance, as it cannot be done solo.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Texas Shuffle evolved from Texas blues musicians who stayed in California after World War II.
+- It is a partner blues idiom dance that visually emphasizes footwork.
+- The primary instruments in the music are guitar and piano.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ab29af..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-10 Conclusion and final dance
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the Texas Shuffle course by recapping key techniques and elements of style, culminating in an improvised social dance to demonstrate mastery.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use body twists, compression, and leverage tension to power movement in passes and turns.
- - Encourage level changes by going up and then dropping for a large visual effect.
- - Experiment with footwork variations using different parts of your foot.
- - In closed position, shift on the left foot and press forward to transition smoothly.
- - For a left side pass, ensure the follower passes the leader on their left side.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Texas Shuffle is primarily danced in closed position for 60-70% of the time.
- - Leaders should invite followers to join in style elements rather than forcing movement.
- - Focus on rotation and level changes to dance artistically while complementing your partner.
- - All movements in Texas Shuffle involve moving to or from compression and leverage tension.
- - Use music inspiration from artists like Lowell Folsom or T-Bone Walker to enhance the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1351e97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/10_Conclusion_and_final_dance.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 10 Conclusion and final dance
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the Texas Shuffle course by recapping key techniques and elements of style, culminating in an improvised social dance to demonstrate mastery.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use body twists, compression, and leverage tension to power movement in passes and turns.
+- Encourage level changes by going up and then dropping for a large visual effect.
+- Experiment with footwork variations using different parts of your foot.
+- In closed position, shift on the left foot and press forward to transition smoothly.
+- For a left side pass, ensure the follower passes the leader on their left side.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Texas Shuffle is primarily danced in closed position for 60-70% of the time.
+- Leaders should invite followers to join in style elements rather than forcing movement.
+- Focus on rotation and level changes to dance artistically while complementing your partner.
+- All movements in Texas Shuffle involve moving to or from compression and leverage tension.
+- Use music inspiration from artists like Lowell Folsom or T-Bone Walker to enhance the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 97c11ed..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Texas Shuffle Pulse
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching the pulse in Texas Shuffle, starting solo and then in partnership, emphasizing its continuous presence throughout the dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Place hands on the chest to locate the pulse.
- - Pull from the sternum forward to create expansion, not from the shoulders.
- - Start with a smaller, subtle pulse in close embrace to feel partner connection.
- - Adjust pulse amplitude based on music and available space.
- - Keep the pulse going continuously like a heartbeat.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pulse is ever-present and essential for the dance to continue.
- - It originates from the abdominal muscles, not shoulder movement.
- - In partnership, the pulse is immediately felt in close embrace.
- - Pulse size and strength can vary with music and dance context.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc8f3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/1_Texas_Shuffle_Pulse.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Texas Shuffle Pulse
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching the pulse in Texas Shuffle, starting solo and then in partnership, emphasizing its continuous presence throughout the dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Place hands on the chest to locate the pulse.
+- Pull from the sternum forward to create expansion, not from the shoulders.
+- Start with a smaller, subtle pulse in close embrace to feel partner connection.
+- Adjust pulse amplitude based on music and available space.
+- Keep the pulse going continuously like a heartbeat.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pulse is ever-present and essential for the dance to continue.
+- It originates from the abdominal muscles, not shoulder movement.
+- In partnership, the pulse is immediately felt in close embrace.
+- Pulse size and strength can vary with music and dance context.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cf77de..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-2 Press Back
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the press back move to transition from close embrace to closed dance position in Texas Shuffle, enhancing the dance's pulse.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lean weight forward to initiate the follower's step back.
- - Step back yourself as the follower steps back.
- - Practice from different angles to master the transition.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Texas Shuffle is primarily a closed dance position dance, with 60-70% of the dance enclosed.
- - The press back is a simple method to move from close embrace to closed position.
- - Closed position allows for a stronger and larger pulse compared to close embrace.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..847271f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/2_Press_Back.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 2 Press Back
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the press back move to transition from close embrace to closed dance position in Texas Shuffle, enhancing the dance's pulse.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lean weight forward to initiate the follower's step back.
+- Step back yourself as the follower steps back.
+- Practice from different angles to master the transition.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Texas Shuffle is primarily a closed dance position dance, with 60-70% of the dance enclosed.
+- The press back is a simple method to move from close embrace to closed position.
+- Closed position allows for a stronger and larger pulse compared to close embrace.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a3887a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Body twist
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on body twists and connection points using compression and leverage tension in Texas Shuffle, aiming to teach how partners relate through angles rather than facing square to each other.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a wall or door handle as a stable point to practice body twists without a partner.
- - For compression, press towards each other through the leader's left hand and follower's right hand.
- - For leverage tension, both partners press back equally from the leader's right side and follower's left side.
- - Incorporate body twists into movements towards and away from a practice object like a door handle.
- - Use frame muscles, not biceps or forearms, for connection points in compression and leverage tension.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid standing square to your partner; use angles with shoulders and hips.
- - Body twist amount depends on personal style, flexibility, dance context, and music.
- - Leverage tension involves both partners pressing back equally, not weight sharing like counterbalance.
- - Ensure practice objects like doors are stable and firmly shut to prevent accidents.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecfbc9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/3_Body_twist.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Body twist
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on body twists and connection points using compression and leverage tension in Texas Shuffle, aiming to teach how partners relate through angles rather than facing square to each other.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a wall or door handle as a stable point to practice body twists without a partner.
+- For compression, press towards each other through the leader's left hand and follower's right hand.
+- For leverage tension, both partners press back equally from the leader's right side and follower's left side.
+- Incorporate body twists into movements towards and away from a practice object like a door handle.
+- Use frame muscles, not biceps or forearms, for connection points in compression and leverage tension.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid standing square to your partner; use angles with shoulders and hips.
+- Body twist amount depends on personal style, flexibility, dance context, and music.
+- Leverage tension involves both partners pressing back equally, not weight sharing like counterbalance.
+- Ensure practice objects like doors are stable and firmly shut to prevent accidents.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 13b8d60..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-4 Passes
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson demonstrates different passes used in Texas Shuffle, focusing on left and right side passes with emphasis on body movement and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a strong finger-to-finger, finger-to-palm connection when holding hands.
- - Use body movement to create momentum, not the arms, for leading passes.
- - Keep arms up and ready at about waist height as a follower to be prepared for connection.
- - Turn the body and clear the path with footwork to allow the follower to pass smoothly.
- - Engage the frame in both leader and follower to create compression and leverage tension.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leaders should dance throughout the move, not just step through, to maintain musicality.
- - The positioning after a pass is open for personal interpretation, allowing flexibility in connection.
- - Avoid pushing with the hands; rely on body movement and frame engagement for leading.
- - Followers should continue shuffling the entire way, adapting to the music and leader's direction.
- - Seek leverage tension through arm connections to guide the follower effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28f5099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/4_Passes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 4 Passes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson demonstrates different passes used in Texas Shuffle, focusing on left and right side passes with emphasis on body movement and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a strong finger-to-finger, finger-to-palm connection when holding hands.
+- Use body movement to create momentum, not the arms, for leading passes.
+- Keep arms up and ready at about waist height as a follower to be prepared for connection.
+- Turn the body and clear the path with footwork to allow the follower to pass smoothly.
+- Engage the frame in both leader and follower to create compression and leverage tension.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leaders should dance throughout the move, not just step through, to maintain musicality.
+- The positioning after a pass is open for personal interpretation, allowing flexibility in connection.
+- Avoid pushing with the hands; rely on body movement and frame engagement for leading.
+- Followers should continue shuffling the entire way, adapting to the music and leader's direction.
+- Seek leverage tension through arm connections to guide the follower effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 43756ab..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 In, Out and In Between
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson covers the three dynamic positions in Texas shuffle: compression, leverage tension, and groove space, focusing on how to sustain and transition between them while maintaining proper handhold and body movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the hand as still as possible geographically during sustained compression.
- - Relax your arm to easily maintain groove space while dancing.
- - Leaders should initiate groove space by stepping in a neutral side movement.
- - Adjust body twists with shoulders and hips while keeping compression stable.
- - Use the same handhold with ample surface area for comfort during passes and turns.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Groove space involves dancing independently while touching, with no leading or following.
- - Sustaining positions allows holding dynamic tension longer than normal counts.
- - Transition out of groove space by creating compression or leverage tension.
- - Maintain forward pressure towards each other during sustained compression.
- - Elbows should stay relatively still during leverage tension to avoid unnecessary movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7feb52f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/5_In,_Out_and_In_Between.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 In, Out and In Between
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers the three dynamic positions in Texas shuffle: compression, leverage tension, and groove space, focusing on how to sustain and transition between them while maintaining proper handhold and body movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the hand as still as possible geographically during sustained compression.
+- Relax your arm to easily maintain groove space while dancing.
+- Leaders should initiate groove space by stepping in a neutral side movement.
+- Adjust body twists with shoulders and hips while keeping compression stable.
+- Use the same handhold with ample surface area for comfort during passes and turns.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Groove space involves dancing independently while touching, with no leading or following.
+- Sustaining positions allows holding dynamic tension longer than normal counts.
+- Transition out of groove space by creating compression or leverage tension.
+- Maintain forward pressure towards each other during sustained compression.
+- Elbows should stay relatively still during leverage tension to avoid unnecessary movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a1e7e02..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-6 Elements of Style: Over and Under Rotation
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches over and under rotation as elements of style in Texas Shuffle, focusing on individual artistic choices that impact partnership dynamics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - For over rotation, maintain frame muscles while moving shoulder or hip away without letting the hand slip.
- - Over rotation often works best from a left side pass, encouraging the partner to continue past the normal stopping point.
- - Under rotation involves moving towards the connection point using frame muscles, keeping the shoulder relaxed back and down.
- - Under rotation is effective from a right side pass with an underarm turn, where settling weight can encourage staying in position.
- - Leaders can encourage rotation by creating energy with their own body, which the partner can choose to match.
- - Use rotation to emphasize something in the music and bring extra attention to it.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rotation is based on how you relate to the connection point with your partner, beyond just being square.
- - Over and under rotation are artistic choices, not forced by the leader, but encouraged through body dynamics.
- - The choice to over or under rotate depends on the turn's resolution and visual eye contact with your partner.
- - Frame muscles must be maintained during rotation to control movement without changing the connection point's position.
- - Partners can suggest rotation, but it is ultimately a personal decision to join or adjust the movement.
- - Rotation adds style by allowing individual expression while staying in conversation with your partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfb3576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/6_Elements_of_Style:_Over_and_Under_Rotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 6 Elements of Style: Over and Under Rotation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches over and under rotation as elements of style in Texas Shuffle, focusing on individual artistic choices that impact partnership dynamics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- For over rotation, maintain frame muscles while moving shoulder or hip away without letting the hand slip.
+- Over rotation often works best from a left side pass, encouraging the partner to continue past the normal stopping point.
+- Under rotation involves moving towards the connection point using frame muscles, keeping the shoulder relaxed back and down.
+- Under rotation is effective from a right side pass with an underarm turn, where settling weight can encourage staying in position.
+- Leaders can encourage rotation by creating energy with their own body, which the partner can choose to match.
+- Use rotation to emphasize something in the music and bring extra attention to it.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rotation is based on how you relate to the connection point with your partner, beyond just being square.
+- Over and under rotation are artistic choices, not forced by the leader, but encouraged through body dynamics.
+- The choice to over or under rotate depends on the turn's resolution and visual eye contact with your partner.
+- Frame muscles must be maintained during rotation to control movement without changing the connection point's position.
+- Partners can suggest rotation, but it is ultimately a personal decision to join or adjust the movement.
+- Rotation adds style by allowing individual expression while staying in conversation with your partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3774ab2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Practicing without a partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to practice the under and over rotation in Texas Shuffle without a partner, using a door handle to simulate partner interaction.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a door handle as a substitute for a partner to practice compression and leverage tension.
- - Move your body towards and away from the door handle to work on over and under rotation.
- - Focus on maintaining compression throughout the practice.
- - Apply leveraged tension as you would with a partner.
- - Practice the movements on your own to build skill and confidence.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - You can effectively practice partner dance moves alone using simple props like a door handle.
- - Compression and leverage tension are key elements to maintain even when practicing solo.
- - The under and over rotation can be worked on independently to improve technique.
- - Solo practice helps reinforce movements and makes partner dancing smoother.
- - This method is fun and useful even when you have a partner available.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a13b73c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/7_Practicing_without_a_partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Practicing without a partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to practice the under and over rotation in Texas Shuffle without a partner, using a door handle to simulate partner interaction.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a door handle as a substitute for a partner to practice compression and leverage tension.
+- Move your body towards and away from the door handle to work on over and under rotation.
+- Focus on maintaining compression throughout the practice.
+- Apply leveraged tension as you would with a partner.
+- Practice the movements on your own to build skill and confidence.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- You can effectively practice partner dance moves alone using simple props like a door handle.
+- Compression and leverage tension are key elements to maintain even when practicing solo.
+- The under and over rotation can be worked on independently to improve technique.
+- Solo practice helps reinforce movements and makes partner dancing smoother.
+- This method is fun and useful even when you have a partner available.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ce8a1ea..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Elements of Style: Levels
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using level changes to emphasize musical elements dynamically, covering techniques for lowering the body or using limbs to create visual effects.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lower your body in space to ground musical phrases, such as when a piano goes down the scale.
- - If you can't get low, rise up slightly before going down, but avoid jumping.
- - Use your free leg to perform level changes after completing a turn.
- - As a leader, change the pitch of your body by bending at the waist instead of moving the entire lower body.
- - Set your connection point before bringing your body down and away during a pass.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Level changes are for dramatic effect in the music, not positions to hold while dancing.
- - In blues dance, the default posture is shoulders forward, knees bent, and hips out of line.
- - Focus on listening for musical cues like phrase changes to time your level changes effectively.
- - Ensure that rises are controlled and not jumps to maintain smooth movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21aa5ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/8_Elements_of_Style:_Levels.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Elements of Style: Levels
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using level changes to emphasize musical elements dynamically, covering techniques for lowering the body or using limbs to create visual effects.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lower your body in space to ground musical phrases, such as when a piano goes down the scale.
+- If you can't get low, rise up slightly before going down, but avoid jumping.
+- Use your free leg to perform level changes after completing a turn.
+- As a leader, change the pitch of your body by bending at the waist instead of moving the entire lower body.
+- Set your connection point before bringing your body down and away during a pass.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Level changes are for dramatic effect in the music, not positions to hold while dancing.
+- In blues dance, the default posture is shoulders forward, knees bent, and hips out of line.
+- Focus on listening for musical cues like phrase changes to time your level changes effectively.
+- Ensure that rises are controlled and not jumps to maintain smooth movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e543f91..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-9 Elements of Style: Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone
-FOCUS: This lesson covers basic footwork rhythms and variations in Texas Shuffle, focusing on developing personal style through slow and quick rhythms and using different parts of the foot.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice shifting weight between the ball and heel of your feet to control movement.
- - Use hip movement to power footwork variations like the James Brown for comfort and style.
- - Experiment with placing weight on the inner or outer edges of your feet to create different shapes.
- - Try switching weight between the heel of one foot and the ball of the other foot smoothly.
- - Incorporate twists and knee rocks into your footwork for variety and musicality.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Footwork rhythms should be mixed based on the music and personal choice for signature style.
- - In Texas Shuffle, leaders and followers have independent footwork choices that do not need to match.
- - Using the entire foot, including toes, ball, and heel, is essential for footwork vocabulary.
- - Hip movement is key to powering footwork and preventing discomfort in the ankles.
- - Advanced rhythms like slow and quick combinations build on fundamental skills for style development.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c2cb8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Idoim-Dances/texas-shuffle-with-damon-kelsy-stone/9_Elements_of_Style:_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 9 Elements of Style: Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers basic footwork rhythms and variations in Texas Shuffle, focusing on developing personal style through slow and quick rhythms and using different parts of the foot.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice shifting weight between the ball and heel of your feet to control movement.
+- Use hip movement to power footwork variations like the James Brown for comfort and style.
+- Experiment with placing weight on the inner or outer edges of your feet to create different shapes.
+- Try switching weight between the heel of one foot and the ball of the other foot smoothly.
+- Incorporate twists and knee rocks into your footwork for variety and musicality.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Footwork rhythms should be mixed based on the music and personal choice for signature style.
+- In Texas Shuffle, leaders and followers have independent footwork choices that do not need to match.
+- Using the entire foot, including toes, ball, and heel, is essential for footwork vocabulary.
+- Hip movement is key to powering footwork and preventing discomfort in the ankles.
+- Advanced rhythms like slow and quick combinations build on fundamental skills for style development.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f23961b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Dancing to Delta Blues: Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces Delta Blues music, its historical context and characteristics, and explains how to dance to it in a grounded, intimate, and non-performative way.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Dance in a very grounded way to feel connection with the ground.
- - Find intimacy with your own movement rather than being performative.
- - Connect with yourself and feel everything in the body during movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Delta Blues originated in the early 1900s in the Mississippi Delta as an intimate, self-expressive music.
- - The music was a tool for self-awareness and community expression among African-Americans.
- - Dancing to Delta Blues should focus on personal space and freedom of thought, not performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56f1e9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Dancing to Delta Blues: Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces Delta Blues music, its historical context and characteristics, and explains how to dance to it in a grounded, intimate, and non-performative way.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Dance in a very grounded way to feel connection with the ground.
+- Find intimacy with your own movement rather than being performative.
+- Connect with yourself and feel everything in the body during movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Delta Blues originated in the early 1900s in the Mississippi Delta as an intimate, self-expressive music.
+- The music was a tool for self-awareness and community expression among African-Americans.
+- Dancing to Delta Blues should focus on personal space and freedom of thought, not performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ea2d68..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 Using Breath
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using breath to create intimacy with oneself and move the body, with the goal of relaxing and exploring breath awareness before dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Close your eyes and feel the breath expanding the rib cage and scapula.
- - Keep the breath long during both inhale and exhale.
- - Relax shoulders and arms, and avoid chewing on teeth.
- - Send the breath to specific areas like one side of the ribcage or shoulder blades.
- - Let the breath move the body without taking steps.
- - Use a little shake to relax the shoulders.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stay in the intimacy of your breath to connect with yourself.
- - Allow the breath to guide body movement naturally.
- - Maintain relaxation in the mouth and body throughout the practice.
- - Explore sending breath to different parts of the torso for awareness.
- - Focus on breath as a tool for relaxation before physical steps.
- - End the exploration by opening your eyes gently.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37232f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/1_Using_Breath.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 Using Breath
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using breath to create intimacy with oneself and move the body, with the goal of relaxing and exploring breath awareness before dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Close your eyes and feel the breath expanding the rib cage and scapula.
+- Keep the breath long during both inhale and exhale.
+- Relax shoulders and arms, and avoid chewing on teeth.
+- Send the breath to specific areas like one side of the ribcage or shoulder blades.
+- Let the breath move the body without taking steps.
+- Use a little shake to relax the shoulders.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stay in the intimacy of your breath to connect with yourself.
+- Allow the breath to guide body movement naturally.
+- Maintain relaxation in the mouth and body throughout the practice.
+- Explore sending breath to different parts of the torso for awareness.
+- Focus on breath as a tool for relaxation before physical steps.
+- End the exploration by opening your eyes gently.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c9955e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Feet
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing awareness of foot placement and weight distribution during movement, with the goal of exploring how breath connects to the feet for relaxed and controlled dance steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Feel the weight on your feet and notice where it lands, such as on heels, toes, or outer parts.
- - Disconnect from the ground using only your heels while keeping toes stationary to observe weight shifts.
- - Roll through the feet, playing with heels, outer edges, and toes during steps.
- - Add small ankle circles, both outward and inward, while keeping the foot on the floor.
- - Practice stepping in place with a fan-out motion, rolling from toes to heel and transferring weight.
- - Shift weight sideways while maintaining breath awareness in the upper body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a relaxed and unhurried pace, allowing each breath to guide movement.
- - Focus on the connection between breath and foot placement for intimate, controlled steps.
- - Pay attention to weight distribution when leaving and returning to the ground.
- - Explore different points of the feet to enhance movement variety and comfort.
- - Keep movements small and perceptive to maintain intimacy in the feet.
- - Use breath to support movement from the torso down to the feet.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69ed62d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/2_Feet.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Feet
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing awareness of foot placement and weight distribution during movement, with the goal of exploring how breath connects to the feet for relaxed and controlled dance steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Feel the weight on your feet and notice where it lands, such as on heels, toes, or outer parts.
+- Disconnect from the ground using only your heels while keeping toes stationary to observe weight shifts.
+- Roll through the feet, playing with heels, outer edges, and toes during steps.
+- Add small ankle circles, both outward and inward, while keeping the foot on the floor.
+- Practice stepping in place with a fan-out motion, rolling from toes to heel and transferring weight.
+- Shift weight sideways while maintaining breath awareness in the upper body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a relaxed and unhurried pace, allowing each breath to guide movement.
+- Focus on the connection between breath and foot placement for intimate, controlled steps.
+- Pay attention to weight distribution when leaving and returning to the ground.
+- Explore different points of the feet to enhance movement variety and comfort.
+- Keep movements small and perceptive to maintain intimacy in the feet.
+- Use breath to support movement from the torso down to the feet.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 92f3bc8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-3 Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on connecting foot movements to the hips through soft knees and rotation, aiming to explore grounded, intimate self-expression.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Soften the knees to let movement travel from the feet into the legs and hips.
- - Create slow, flowy rotations in the hips while keeping grounded on the floor.
- - Draw circles with the hips, changing direction as desired, such as left or right.
- - Maintain soft legs to stay connected with the ground during movement.
- - Start with small movements of the feet and knees to feel changes in the hips.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the dance intimate and non-performative, focusing on self-expression.
- - Stay relaxed and breathe consistently throughout the movements.
- - Maintain a grounded feeling by not lifting away from the floor.
- - Take time and space to explore movements slowly and mindfully.
- - Connect foot pressure to lead movement through the legs into the hips.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..205ce12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/3_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 3 Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on connecting foot movements to the hips through soft knees and rotation, aiming to explore grounded, intimate self-expression.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Soften the knees to let movement travel from the feet into the legs and hips.
+- Create slow, flowy rotations in the hips while keeping grounded on the floor.
+- Draw circles with the hips, changing direction as desired, such as left or right.
+- Maintain soft legs to stay connected with the ground during movement.
+- Start with small movements of the feet and knees to feel changes in the hips.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the dance intimate and non-performative, focusing on self-expression.
+- Stay relaxed and breathe consistently throughout the movements.
+- Maintain a grounded feeling by not lifting away from the floor.
+- Take time and space to explore movements slowly and mindfully.
+- Connect foot pressure to lead movement through the legs into the hips.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b4afa77..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-4 Snake Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mastering the Snake Hips movement by shifting weight slowly from side to side, emphasizing a snaky motion in the hips through controlled footwork and connection to the ground.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift weight left to right slowly, feeling the push from the floor into the hips.
- - Roll feet from toes to heel as you transfer weight to maintain a smooth motion.
- - Relax and soften the knee when weight comes onto the foot to enhance fluidity.
- - Practice drawing circles with your feet while keeping the snake effect in the hips.
- - Take your time and slow down if weight transfer feels strange to better feel the movement.
- - Bring the movement to a smaller dimension while still feeling the weight transfer and snake motion.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This dance is for personal intimacy, not performance, so focus on self-connection.
- - Movement originates from the ground, traveling through feet, knees, thighs, and into the hips.
- - Collect heaviness to the ground before redirecting to the next side for better control.
- - Maintain a slow, relaxed pace to fully experience the weight shifts and breath.
- - You can transfer weight without taking steps, staying with the feeling from the ground.
- - The snaky motion involves bringing every tiny part of the body to the next foot with no rush.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21e6d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/4_Snake_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 4 Snake Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mastering the Snake Hips movement by shifting weight slowly from side to side, emphasizing a snaky motion in the hips through controlled footwork and connection to the ground.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift weight left to right slowly, feeling the push from the floor into the hips.
+- Roll feet from toes to heel as you transfer weight to maintain a smooth motion.
+- Relax and soften the knee when weight comes onto the foot to enhance fluidity.
+- Practice drawing circles with your feet while keeping the snake effect in the hips.
+- Take your time and slow down if weight transfer feels strange to better feel the movement.
+- Bring the movement to a smaller dimension while still feeling the weight transfer and snake motion.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This dance is for personal intimacy, not performance, so focus on self-connection.
+- Movement originates from the ground, traveling through feet, knees, thighs, and into the hips.
+- Collect heaviness to the ground before redirecting to the next side for better control.
+- Maintain a slow, relaxed pace to fully experience the weight shifts and breath.
+- You can transfer weight without taking steps, staying with the feeling from the ground.
+- The snaky motion involves bringing every tiny part of the body to the next foot with no rush.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f3f98e7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-5 Chest
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on connecting movement from the feet to the chest, using breath to expand and contract the torso, and developing a subtle snake-like motion throughout the body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start moving from the feet into the legs and hips while breathing naturally.
- - Use the inhale to expand torso movement and the exhale to contract it.
- - Imagine unbuckling a belt around the belly to let movement travel to the ribcage.
- - Play with snakey motion from the ground up to the chest, keeping feet rolling.
- - Slow down movements to feel the ribcage's motion and make it very subtle.
- - Collect energy from under the feet and let it travel through legs, hips, to chest.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the feeling from feet to hips while focusing on chest movement.
- - Use breath to naturally guide expansion and contraction of the torso.
- - Let movement flow naturally without forcing, allowing it to travel upward.
- - Keep the body snake-like and connected from feet to chest.
- - Practice with minimal foot movement to enhance subtlety and energy flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6919d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/5_Chest.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 5 Chest
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on connecting movement from the feet to the chest, using breath to expand and contract the torso, and developing a subtle snake-like motion throughout the body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start moving from the feet into the legs and hips while breathing naturally.
+- Use the inhale to expand torso movement and the exhale to contract it.
+- Imagine unbuckling a belt around the belly to let movement travel to the ribcage.
+- Play with snakey motion from the ground up to the chest, keeping feet rolling.
+- Slow down movements to feel the ribcage's motion and make it very subtle.
+- Collect energy from under the feet and let it travel through legs, hips, to chest.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the feeling from feet to hips while focusing on chest movement.
+- Use breath to naturally guide expansion and contraction of the torso.
+- Let movement flow naturally without forcing, allowing it to travel upward.
+- Keep the body snake-like and connected from feet to chest.
+- Practice with minimal foot movement to enhance subtlety and energy flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 504891d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-6 Chest Rotation
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on chest rotation in Delta Blues dance, teaching how to integrate chest movements with hip rotations and weight shifts for expressive, intimate dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight shifts from the feet to feel the hips and chest in a snakey motion.
- - Draw small circles with the chest parallel to the ground, focusing on forward, side, and back movements.
- - Connect chest rotation with stepping underneath to maintain flow between hips and chest.
- - Experiment with drawing circles on one side of the chest, like around the shoulder, then switch directions.
- - Combine chest and hip motions by taking energy from the ground into the lats, hips, and chest.
- - Practice with minimal steps, using just weight shifts to keep movements small and intimate.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on natural movements that arise from hip rotations to enhance torso expression.
- - Maintain a connected flow between body parts rather than isolating movements.
- - Keep chest rotations small to emphasize intimacy and personal expression in the dance.
- - Use weight shifts as a foundation before adding torso movements for better control.
- - Experiment with different circle sizes and directions to explore how the chest responds.
- - Dance for yourself, prioritizing self-expression and exploration over large motions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6854c3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/6_Chest_Rotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 6 Chest Rotation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on chest rotation in Delta Blues dance, teaching how to integrate chest movements with hip rotations and weight shifts for expressive, intimate dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight shifts from the feet to feel the hips and chest in a snakey motion.
+- Draw small circles with the chest parallel to the ground, focusing on forward, side, and back movements.
+- Connect chest rotation with stepping underneath to maintain flow between hips and chest.
+- Experiment with drawing circles on one side of the chest, like around the shoulder, then switch directions.
+- Combine chest and hip motions by taking energy from the ground into the lats, hips, and chest.
+- Practice with minimal steps, using just weight shifts to keep movements small and intimate.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on natural movements that arise from hip rotations to enhance torso expression.
+- Maintain a connected flow between body parts rather than isolating movements.
+- Keep chest rotations small to emphasize intimacy and personal expression in the dance.
+- Use weight shifts as a foundation before adding torso movements for better control.
+- Experiment with different circle sizes and directions to explore how the chest responds.
+- Dance for yourself, prioritizing self-expression and exploration over large motions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a932f1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Arms
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating arm movements into the dance, exploring how to connect them from the shoulders to the hands and use them to highlight or protect body movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Connect shoulders to the ribcage to initiate arm movement.
- - Use elbows to let movement travel to the hands.
- - Expand arms to frame and highlight chest rotation.
- - Hug yourself to protect feelings during rotation.
- - Let arms land on the body for intimate expression.
- - Travel one arm while the other finds a spot on the body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Connect all movement from the feet through the body to the arms.
- - Use energy from the ground to move the arms.
- - Movement is a way to express oneself through dance.
- - Keep movements relaxed and intimate to match the music.
- - Explore different arm gestures to complement body movements.
- - Touching your own body is acceptable and can enhance expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8223b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/7_Arms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Arms
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating arm movements into the dance, exploring how to connect them from the shoulders to the hands and use them to highlight or protect body movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Connect shoulders to the ribcage to initiate arm movement.
+- Use elbows to let movement travel to the hands.
+- Expand arms to frame and highlight chest rotation.
+- Hug yourself to protect feelings during rotation.
+- Let arms land on the body for intimate expression.
+- Travel one arm while the other finds a spot on the body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Connect all movement from the feet through the body to the arms.
+- Use energy from the ground to move the arms.
+- Movement is a way to express oneself through dance.
+- Keep movements relaxed and intimate to match the music.
+- Explore different arm gestures to complement body movements.
+- Touching your own body is acceptable and can enhance expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e9256f6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-8 Dynamics
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating dynamic moments in dance by exploring tension release, specifically practicing controlled drops to interrupt constant body flow and then rebuilding movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine something heavy pulling you down when releasing tension for a drop.
- - Practice doubling the drop quickly: inhale, drop-drop, then return to flow.
- - Start rebuilding flow directly from where the drop lands, such as using hip rotation.
- - Slow down movements to create intimate, tiny motions after drops.
- - Use side steps with snake effects as comfortable base movements for practicing drops.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Dynamics involve interrupting constant body flow with intentional tension releases.
- - The core maintains connection between upper and lower body during movement.
- - Drops can occur in either upper or lower body by releasing energy from the core.
- - Rebuild flow immediately from the drop point rather than returning to neutral first.
- - Control the timing and speed of drops to vary dynamic expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..770591e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/8_Dynamics.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 8 Dynamics
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating dynamic moments in dance by exploring tension release, specifically practicing controlled drops to interrupt constant body flow and then rebuilding movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine something heavy pulling you down when releasing tension for a drop.
+- Practice doubling the drop quickly: inhale, drop-drop, then return to flow.
+- Start rebuilding flow directly from where the drop lands, such as using hip rotation.
+- Slow down movements to create intimate, tiny motions after drops.
+- Use side steps with snake effects as comfortable base movements for practicing drops.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Dynamics involve interrupting constant body flow with intentional tension releases.
+- The core maintains connection between upper and lower body during movement.
+- Drops can occur in either upper or lower body by releasing energy from the core.
+- Rebuild flow immediately from the drop point rather than returning to neutral first.
+- Control the timing and speed of drops to vary dynamic expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f36314..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-9 Course recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: Dancing to Delta Blues
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the Dancing to Delta Blues course, focusing on grounding movements and self-expression through a series of body explorations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by breathing and connecting with yourself to center your movement.
- - Explore footwork on the floor to build a grounded foundation.
- - Let energy travel from the legs up through the hips and chest in snakey or rotational motions.
- - Engage shoulders and let arms flow naturally with the movement.
- - Incorporate drops by releasing tension on the exhale to return to the flow.
- - Take moments to center yourself during the dance without doing everything at once.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Delta Blues music originates from the Mississippi Delta and emphasizes self-awareness and collective expression.
- - Movement should be grounded and connected to energy from the floor for intimacy.
- - The course progresses from breathing to full-body integration, including drops and arm flow.
- - Focus on personal expression rather than performing all elements constantly.
- - Use the dance as a way to explore connection with oneself and the music's history.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..652e9b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Dancing-to-Delta-Blues/9_Course_recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 9 Course recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the Dancing to Delta Blues course, focusing on grounding movements and self-expression through a series of body explorations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by breathing and connecting with yourself to center your movement.
+- Explore footwork on the floor to build a grounded foundation.
+- Let energy travel from the legs up through the hips and chest in snakey or rotational motions.
+- Engage shoulders and let arms flow naturally with the movement.
+- Incorporate drops by releasing tension on the exhale to return to the flow.
+- Take moments to center yourself during the dance without doing everything at once.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Delta Blues music originates from the Mississippi Delta and emphasizes self-awareness and collective expression.
+- Movement should be grounded and connected to energy from the floor for intimacy.
+- The course progresses from breathing to full-body integration, including drops and arm flow.
+- Focus on personal expression rather than performing all elements constantly.
+- Use the dance as a way to explore connection with oneself and the music's history.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ac73c4d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-0 Introduction to Latin Blues
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces Latin blues, exploring its historical roots and three main dance rhythms to adapt to different blues styles.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Dance with a slow, quick, quick rhythm.
- - Dance with a quick, quick, slow rhythm.
- - Dance with the habanera rhythm.
- - Listen to the provided playlist before starting the course.
- - Dance around your living room to get in the mood.
- - Adjust your movement and dance style according to each song.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Latin blues rhythms were common in blues during the 1940s and 1950s, introduced by figures like Jelly Roll Morton.
- - A rhythm like habanera does not define a specific blues style; it can appear across different styles.
- - Each song with Latin rhythms can vary in tempo and energy, requiring adaptation in dance.
- - Latin rhythms in blues originated from Afro-Cuban influences, such as the habanera.
- - The course will cover three main ways to dance to Latin blues music.
- - Understanding the historical context helps appreciate the diversity in Latin blues dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff67c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/0_Introduction_to_Latin_Blues.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 0 Introduction to Latin Blues
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces Latin blues, exploring its historical roots and three main dance rhythms to adapt to different blues styles.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Dance with a slow, quick, quick rhythm.
+- Dance with a quick, quick, slow rhythm.
+- Dance with the habanera rhythm.
+- Listen to the provided playlist before starting the course.
+- Dance around your living room to get in the mood.
+- Adjust your movement and dance style according to each song.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Latin blues rhythms were common in blues during the 1940s and 1950s, introduced by figures like Jelly Roll Morton.
+- A rhythm like habanera does not define a specific blues style; it can appear across different styles.
+- Each song with Latin rhythms can vary in tempo and energy, requiring adaptation in dance.
+- Latin rhythms in blues originated from Afro-Cuban influences, such as the habanera.
+- The course will cover three main ways to dance to Latin blues music.
+- Understanding the historical context helps appreciate the diversity in Latin blues dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ce028cf..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-10 Putting it all together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned Latin Blues moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a relaxed posture to enhance fluidity in movements.
- - Sync your steps with the rhythm of the music for better timing.
- - Use gentle hip motions to add expression to the dance.
- - Practice transitions slowly to build muscle memory before speeding up.
- - Focus on partner connection through subtle hand and body cues.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in rhythm is key to maintaining the dance's flow.
- - Always listen to the music to guide your movements and timing.
- - Keep movements controlled to avoid rushing or losing form.
- - Integrate learned steps naturally rather than forcing them together.
- - Enjoy the dance to express emotion and connect with the partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac5e7b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/10_Putting_it_all_together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 10 Putting it all together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned Latin Blues moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a relaxed posture to enhance fluidity in movements.
+- Sync your steps with the rhythm of the music for better timing.
+- Use gentle hip motions to add expression to the dance.
+- Practice transitions slowly to build muscle memory before speeding up.
+- Focus on partner connection through subtle hand and body cues.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in rhythm is key to maintaining the dance's flow.
+- Always listen to the music to guide your movements and timing.
+- Keep movements controlled to avoid rushing or losing form.
+- Integrate learned steps naturally rather than forcing them together.
+- Enjoy the dance to express emotion and connect with the partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e987320..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-11 Body Shaping%3A Fishtail, Grind & Mooche
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adapting three solo body styling moves (fishtail, grind, and mooche) to the slow, quick, quick rhythm in Latin blues, aiming to make them more Latin in style.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - For the fishtail, think 'rotate, rotate, fishtail' on the quick quick steps.
- - On the slow steps, stretch out and imagine dancing through honey to emphasize rotation.
- - Keep the slow, quick quick rhythm in your feet while practicing these body shapes.
- - Practice these moves solo with music to fit the Latin blues aesthetic.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The mechanics of the moves are not explained; refer to the hip action course if needed.
- - Some moves have alternate names, such as mooch also being called grind.
- - The timing changes for each move to fit the slow, quick quick rhythm.
- - Improvise with these and other body shapes that suit Latin blues.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a3aa74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/11_Body_Shaping%3A_Fishtail,_Grind_&_Mooche.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 11 Body Shaping%3A Fishtail, Grind & Mooche
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adapting three solo body styling moves (fishtail, grind, and mooche) to the slow, quick, quick rhythm in Latin blues, aiming to make them more Latin in style.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- For the fishtail, think 'rotate, rotate, fishtail' on the quick quick steps.
+- On the slow steps, stretch out and imagine dancing through honey to emphasize rotation.
+- Keep the slow, quick quick rhythm in your feet while practicing these body shapes.
+- Practice these moves solo with music to fit the Latin blues aesthetic.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The mechanics of the moves are not explained; refer to the hip action course if needed.
+- Some moves have alternate names, such as mooch also being called grind.
+- The timing changes for each move to fit the slow, quick quick rhythm.
+- Improvise with these and other body shapes that suit Latin blues.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f1faa5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-12 Body Shapes%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining body shapes with lead-follow moves from the course, exploring how connection and space affect movement choices in partnered Latin Blues.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in a close position to feel more led and connected.
- - Pick a body shape and have your partner copy it to practice coordination.
- - Open up more to gain space for choosing your own body shapes.
- - Try moves taught so far to see which body shapes fit best in different positions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - More connection leads to more synchronized movement between partners.
- - Body shapes can feel different depending on the position and space available.
- - Experiment with combining moves and shapes to find what feels good.
- - Use this practice to enhance lead-follow dynamics in partnered dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70132db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Body_Shapes%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 12 Body Shapes%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining body shapes with lead-follow moves from the course, exploring how connection and space affect movement choices in partnered Latin Blues.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in a close position to feel more led and connected.
+- Pick a body shape and have your partner copy it to practice coordination.
+- Open up more to gain space for choosing your own body shapes.
+- Try moves taught so far to see which body shapes fit best in different positions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- More connection leads to more synchronized movement between partners.
+- Body shapes can feel different depending on the position and space available.
+- Experiment with combining moves and shapes to find what feels good.
+- Use this practice to enhance lead-follow dynamics in partnered dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c97646..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-12 Habanera Footwork%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the full Habanera rhythm by adding the 'and' count to the simplified slow, quick, quick footwork, with the goal of mastering step, step, tap, step movements in place and while traveling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - On the tap, do not transfer your weight; it's like catching your foot on the floor before the next step.
- - Start by practicing the rhythm slowly to ensure correct weight transfers.
- - Use a song to feel the connection with the music while practicing.
- - Try traveling around the room and in different directions once comfortable with the footwork.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Habanera rhythm includes counts on one, and, three, four, building from the simplified version.
- - Maintain proper weight distribution, with two full transfers of weight in the step sequence.
- - Focus on the rhythm's musicality to enhance dance expression and timing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f448ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/12_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 12 Habanera Footwork%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the full Habanera rhythm by adding the 'and' count to the simplified slow, quick, quick footwork, with the goal of mastering step, step, tap, step movements in place and while traveling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- On the tap, do not transfer your weight; it's like catching your foot on the floor before the next step.
+- Start by practicing the rhythm slowly to ensure correct weight transfers.
+- Use a song to feel the connection with the music while practicing.
+- Try traveling around the room and in different directions once comfortable with the footwork.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Habanera rhythm includes counts on one, and, three, four, building from the simplified version.
+- Maintain proper weight distribution, with two full transfers of weight in the step sequence.
+- Focus on the rhythm's musicality to enhance dance expression and timing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ee8a8be..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-13 Habanera Footwork%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying the Habanera rhythm with a partner, starting simply in closed position as a basic step.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in closed position on the spot.
- - Practice forwards and backwards movements.
- - Incorporate side steps.
- - Mix movements with the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Habanera rhythm serves as the basic step for this partnered exercise.
- - Begin with simple movements before adding complexity.
- - Use the rhythm to coordinate with your partner effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8ee42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/13_Habanera_Footwork%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 13 Habanera Footwork%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying the Habanera rhythm with a partner, starting simply in closed position as a basic step.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in closed position on the spot.
+- Practice forwards and backwards movements.
+- Incorporate side steps.
+- Mix movements with the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Habanera rhythm serves as the basic step for this partnered exercise.
+- Begin with simple movements before adding complexity.
+- Use the rhythm to coordinate with your partner effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cb6361e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-14 The Habanera Challenge
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining the Habanera rhythm with previously learned sequences, using an example with a turn and music to demonstrate integration.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice each sequence with the slow, quick, quick footwork before combining.
- - Ensure the Habanera rhythm feels comfortable in your feet for easier combination.
- - Start with the Habanera on the spot before moving into other sequences.
- - Try the movements along with the music as demonstrated.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Master individual sequences and the Habanera rhythm separately to make combining them super easy.
- - Trust in your practice of both elements to facilitate smooth integration.
- - Use the provided example with a turn as a guide for applying rhythm to sequences.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82c77c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/14_The_Habanera_Challenge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 14 The Habanera Challenge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining the Habanera rhythm with previously learned sequences, using an example with a turn and music to demonstrate integration.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice each sequence with the slow, quick, quick footwork before combining.
+- Ensure the Habanera rhythm feels comfortable in your feet for easier combination.
+- Start with the Habanera on the spot before moving into other sequences.
+- Try the movements along with the music as demonstrated.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Master individual sequences and the Habanera rhythm separately to make combining them super easy.
+- Trust in your practice of both elements to facilitate smooth integration.
+- Use the provided example with a turn as a guide for applying rhythm to sequences.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 08d54db..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-15 Slow Quick Quick & Habanera%3A Dancing them together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating the habanera and slow-quick-quick rhythms in Latin Blues, showing how they fit together as a partnership while maintaining connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice shifting between habanera and slow-quick-quick rhythms in your feet without breaking the connection.
- - Try moving forward, back, and side while changing rhythms anytime you want.
- - Lead and follow smoothly even when partners use different rhythms simultaneously.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Habanera and slow-quick-quick are from the same rhythm family, with habanera as the more complex version.
- - You can maintain partnership connection while dancing different rhythms together.
- - Changing rhythms should not impact your ability to lead and follow effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6057dc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_&_Habanera%3A_Dancing_them_together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 15 Slow Quick Quick & Habanera%3A Dancing them together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating the habanera and slow-quick-quick rhythms in Latin Blues, showing how they fit together as a partnership while maintaining connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice shifting between habanera and slow-quick-quick rhythms in your feet without breaking the connection.
+- Try moving forward, back, and side while changing rhythms anytime you want.
+- Lead and follow smoothly even when partners use different rhythms simultaneously.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Habanera and slow-quick-quick are from the same rhythm family, with habanera as the more complex version.
+- You can maintain partnership connection while dancing different rhythms together.
+- Changing rhythms should not impact your ability to lead and follow effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 34c83d7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-16 Shoulder Styling
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on shoulder variations and styling in Latin Blues, teaching simple ways to move the shoulders and upper body with Latin rhythms.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the back muscles to roll the shoulders subtly, avoiding lifting them too high.
- - Coordinate shoulder rolls with opposite legs, such as rolling the right shoulder back when weight is on the left.
- - Add an up-and-down motion in the shoulders on the slow beat to fill the rhythm.
- - Initiate shoulder movements from the center of the body for better control.
- - Practice shoulder rhythms like slow, quick, quick or cha-cha-cha to match footwork.
- - Split rhythms between shoulders and feet, such as stepping on one beat and tapping shoulders on others.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep shoulder movements low and subtle by engaging back muscles, not lifting from the top.
- - Open the body slightly on the slow beat to enhance the dance's aesthetic.
- - Match shoulder rhythms to the music, adapting variations based on what you hear.
- - Experiment with different shoulder options to add layers to your dance styling.
- - Focus on coordination between shoulders and feet for a harmonious overall movement.
- - Practice variations until they feel natural and comfortable in the body.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6fa5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/16_Shoulder_Styling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 16 Shoulder Styling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on shoulder variations and styling in Latin Blues, teaching simple ways to move the shoulders and upper body with Latin rhythms.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the back muscles to roll the shoulders subtly, avoiding lifting them too high.
+- Coordinate shoulder rolls with opposite legs, such as rolling the right shoulder back when weight is on the left.
+- Add an up-and-down motion in the shoulders on the slow beat to fill the rhythm.
+- Initiate shoulder movements from the center of the body for better control.
+- Practice shoulder rhythms like slow, quick, quick or cha-cha-cha to match footwork.
+- Split rhythms between shoulders and feet, such as stepping on one beat and tapping shoulders on others.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep shoulder movements low and subtle by engaging back muscles, not lifting from the top.
+- Open the body slightly on the slow beat to enhance the dance's aesthetic.
+- Match shoulder rhythms to the music, adapting variations based on what you hear.
+- Experiment with different shoulder options to add layers to your dance styling.
+- Focus on coordination between shoulders and feet for a harmonious overall movement.
+- Practice variations until they feel natural and comfortable in the body.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bb83bae..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-17 The habanera as a 'home base'
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using the Habanera rhythm as a home base while exploring other musical instruments and rhythms in Latin Blues, encouraging dancers to leave and return to it for variety.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of the Habanera as your basic step or home base during the dance.
- - Practice leaving the Habanera rhythm to interact with other instruments like drums or piano.
- - Incorporate breaks in the music into your dance movements for excitement.
- - Use step touches or walking steps as alternatives to the basic Habanera rhythm.
- - Experiment with the slow, quick, quick pattern of the Habanera as a foundation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Habanera is not the only rhythm; listen for other instruments to enhance your dance.
- - Dancing involves adapting to various musical elements beyond the double bass.
- - Use the Habanera as a reference point to return to after exploring other rhythms.
- - Avoid doing the basic step continuously; vary your movements with the music.
- - Pay attention to melodic instruments and vocals for dynamic expression in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ef1a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/17_The_habanera_as_a_'home_base'.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 17 The habanera as a 'home base'
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using the Habanera rhythm as a home base while exploring other musical instruments and rhythms in Latin Blues, encouraging dancers to leave and return to it for variety.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of the Habanera as your basic step or home base during the dance.
+- Practice leaving the Habanera rhythm to interact with other instruments like drums or piano.
+- Incorporate breaks in the music into your dance movements for excitement.
+- Use step touches or walking steps as alternatives to the basic Habanera rhythm.
+- Experiment with the slow, quick, quick pattern of the Habanera as a foundation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Habanera is not the only rhythm; listen for other instruments to enhance your dance.
+- Dancing involves adapting to various musical elements beyond the double bass.
+- Use the Habanera as a reference point to return to after exploring other rhythms.
+- Avoid doing the basic step continuously; vary your movements with the music.
+- Pay attention to melodic instruments and vocals for dynamic expression in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f2bde93..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-19 Quick Quick Slow
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the quick-quick-slow rhythm in Latin Blues, contrasting it with the previously learned slow-quick-quick rhythm and explaining how it relates to musical groove.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step on beats one, two, and three for quick-quick-slow.
- - In quick-quick-slow, the quick steps take you out and the slow step brings you back under the body.
- - Practice in closed position with a partner by stepping in different directions.
- - Use counts like 'seven and one' to time the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Quick-quick-slow is not connected to the habanera rhythm like slow-quick-quick is.
- - The rhythm choice depends on the groove created by different instruments in the music.
- - The same body movement can be placed differently on the music to create distinct rhythms.
- - The slow step changes direction, while quick steps are centered under the body.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62eb97e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/19_Quick_Quick_Slow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 19 Quick Quick Slow
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the quick-quick-slow rhythm in Latin Blues, contrasting it with the previously learned slow-quick-quick rhythm and explaining how it relates to musical groove.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step on beats one, two, and three for quick-quick-slow.
+- In quick-quick-slow, the quick steps take you out and the slow step brings you back under the body.
+- Practice in closed position with a partner by stepping in different directions.
+- Use counts like 'seven and one' to time the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Quick-quick-slow is not connected to the habanera rhythm like slow-quick-quick is.
+- The rhythm choice depends on the groove created by different instruments in the music.
+- The same body movement can be placed differently on the music to create distinct rhythms.
+- The slow step changes direction, while quick steps are centered under the body.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b47ac1f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1 The Habanera Rhythm Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Habanera rhythm, focusing on identifying it in music and simplifying it for initial dance practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Listen to the provided playlist to train your ear to identify the Habanera rhythm in songs.
- - Dance on the counts one, three, and four to simplify the rhythm for beginners.
- - Use a slow, quick, quick pattern to practice the simplified rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Habanera rhythm is a key element in Latin Blues and is often played by instruments like piano, bass, drums, or guitar.
- - Simplifying the rhythm by removing the 'and' counts helps in learning the basics before advancing.
- - Future classes will provide more detailed explanations of the rhythm and its application in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd9adf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/1_The_Habanera_Rhythm_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1 The Habanera Rhythm Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Habanera rhythm, focusing on identifying it in music and simplifying it for initial dance practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Listen to the provided playlist to train your ear to identify the Habanera rhythm in songs.
+- Dance on the counts one, three, and four to simplify the rhythm for beginners.
+- Use a slow, quick, quick pattern to practice the simplified rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Habanera rhythm is a key element in Latin Blues and is often played by instruments like piano, bass, drums, or guitar.
+- Simplifying the rhythm by removing the 'and' counts helps in learning the basics before advancing.
+- Future classes will provide more detailed explanations of the rhythm and its application in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6017905..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-20 The Quick Quick Slow Challenge
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: The lesson focuses on applying a quick, quick, slow rhythm to previously learned dance variations, challenging students to adapt their movements to this new timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the send-out variation with quick, quick, slow to notice differences from the original slow, quick, quick rhythm.
- - Elongate the slow moment in the rhythm to create a beautiful twist, especially for followers.
- - Try all moves learned so far with the quick, quick, slow rhythm to explore how they change and feel.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The quick, quick, slow rhythm alters the timing and feel of dance sequences, requiring adaptation of body shaping and footwork.
- - Focus on the elongated slow moment to enhance the dance's aesthetic and flow.
- - Experiment independently with different variations to master the rhythm without direct instruction.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76dc188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/20_The_Quick_Quick_Slow_Challenge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 20 The Quick Quick Slow Challenge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The lesson focuses on applying a quick, quick, slow rhythm to previously learned dance variations, challenging students to adapt their movements to this new timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the send-out variation with quick, quick, slow to notice differences from the original slow, quick, quick rhythm.
+- Elongate the slow moment in the rhythm to create a beautiful twist, especially for followers.
+- Try all moves learned so far with the quick, quick, slow rhythm to explore how they change and feel.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The quick, quick, slow rhythm alters the timing and feel of dance sequences, requiring adaptation of body shaping and footwork.
+- Focus on the elongated slow moment to enhance the dance's aesthetic and flow.
+- Experiment independently with different variations to master the rhythm without direct instruction.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c5c44d5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-21 Rhythm Recap%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on solo practice in Latin Blues, recapping rhythm fundamentals to enhance individual movement and timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a steady rhythm while practicing solo steps.
- - Use body isolation to emphasize musical accents.
- - Focus on footwork precision to match the beat.
- - Incorporate hip movements to add fluidity to your dance.
- - Practice slowly to build muscle memory before increasing speed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rhythm is the foundation of Latin Blues; always dance to the music.
- - Solo practice helps improve personal style and confidence.
- - Consistent practice leads to better timing and coordination.
- - Pay attention to body posture to enhance movement quality.
- - Connect movements smoothly to create a cohesive dance flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c19d180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/21_Rhythm_Recap%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 21 Rhythm Recap%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on solo practice in Latin Blues, recapping rhythm fundamentals to enhance individual movement and timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a steady rhythm while practicing solo steps.
+- Use body isolation to emphasize musical accents.
+- Focus on footwork precision to match the beat.
+- Incorporate hip movements to add fluidity to your dance.
+- Practice slowly to build muscle memory before increasing speed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rhythm is the foundation of Latin Blues; always dance to the music.
+- Solo practice helps improve personal style and confidence.
+- Consistent practice leads to better timing and coordination.
+- Pay attention to body posture to enhance movement quality.
+- Connect movements smoothly to create a cohesive dance flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e24bf61..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-22 Putting everything into context
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned Latin Blues moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of applying them in a practical dance context.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain smooth transitions between steps to enhance flow.
- - Use hip movements to accentuate the rhythm and style.
- - Keep your posture upright to ensure balance and control.
- - Practice with the music to sync movements to the beat.
- - Focus on partner connection for coordinated movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in timing is key for a polished performance.
- - Adapt movements to fit the music's tempo and mood.
- - Build confidence by practicing the full routine repeatedly.
- - Emphasize expression through body language and facial cues.
- - Review foundational steps to strengthen overall technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0d77a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/22_Putting_everything_into_context.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 22 Putting everything into context
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned Latin Blues moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of applying them in a practical dance context.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain smooth transitions between steps to enhance flow.
+- Use hip movements to accentuate the rhythm and style.
+- Keep your posture upright to ensure balance and control.
+- Practice with the music to sync movements to the beat.
+- Focus on partner connection for coordinated movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in timing is key for a polished performance.
+- Adapt movements to fit the music's tempo and mood.
+- Build confidence by practicing the full routine repeatedly.
+- Emphasize expression through body language and facial cues.
+- Review foundational steps to strengthen overall technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ac1c6b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Slow Quick Quick Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mastering the slow, quick, quick rhythm in Latin Blues footwork, emphasizing fluid body movement and adding Latin flavor or 'sabor' to the dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Roll your feet by connecting the ball first, then gradually transferring weight to the heel.
- - Imagine sucking energy up from the floor through your toes, feet, legs, hips, spine, and head.
- - Keep movement continuous; avoid waiting between steps to fill the music and space.
- - Ensure your foot is always underneath your hip when stepping to maintain balance.
- - Play with body shapes to add personal expression and flavor to the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Add Latin flavor or 'sabor' by moving softly and expressively, as if on a sunny beach.
- - Use your entire body to create shapes, not just stepping with isolated foot movements.
- - Focus on fluid weight transfer and rolling the feet to translate movement throughout the body.
- - Maintain continuous motion without pauses to enhance the dance's rhythm and flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52e310b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/2_Slow_Quick_Quick_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Slow Quick Quick Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mastering the slow, quick, quick rhythm in Latin Blues footwork, emphasizing fluid body movement and adding Latin flavor or 'sabor' to the dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Roll your feet by connecting the ball first, then gradually transferring weight to the heel.
+- Imagine sucking energy up from the floor through your toes, feet, legs, hips, spine, and head.
+- Keep movement continuous; avoid waiting between steps to fill the music and space.
+- Ensure your foot is always underneath your hip when stepping to maintain balance.
+- Play with body shapes to add personal expression and flavor to the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Add Latin flavor or 'sabor' by moving softly and expressively, as if on a sunny beach.
+- Use your entire body to create shapes, not just stepping with isolated foot movements.
+- Focus on fluid weight transfer and rolling the feet to translate movement throughout the body.
+- Maintain continuous motion without pauses to enhance the dance's rhythm and flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fdaff2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-3 Slow Quick Quick%3A Variation II
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation of the Slow Quick Quick step in Latin Blues, focusing on creating distance and a different shape between partners by opening the body and releasing the hand.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Open your body slightly and release the hand to create distance between partners.
- - Connect with the hand to maintain space and flow during the steps.
- - Incorporate a delay in body movement to avoid moving as a block.
- - Relax into the movement to achieve smooth transitions.
- - To stop the variation, simply don't open the body and return to closed dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid pushing; the distance is created through body opening and hand release.
- - Delay in body movement enhances the slow rhythm and creates beautiful shapes.
- - Maintain equilibrium by stepping back as space increases between partners.
- - The technique is similar to leading or following in dances like Lindy Hop.
- - Focus on the feeling of distance and flow rather than speed.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..449330c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Variation_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 3 Slow Quick Quick%3A Variation II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation of the Slow Quick Quick step in Latin Blues, focusing on creating distance and a different shape between partners by opening the body and releasing the hand.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Open your body slightly and release the hand to create distance between partners.
+- Connect with the hand to maintain space and flow during the steps.
+- Incorporate a delay in body movement to avoid moving as a block.
+- Relax into the movement to achieve smooth transitions.
+- To stop the variation, simply don't open the body and return to closed dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid pushing; the distance is created through body opening and hand release.
+- Delay in body movement enhances the slow rhythm and creates beautiful shapes.
+- Maintain equilibrium by stepping back as space increases between partners.
+- The technique is similar to leading or following in dances like Lindy Hop.
+- Focus on the feeling of distance and flow rather than speed.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d32c369..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-3 Slow Quick Quick Variation I
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing forward, back, and side movements in closed position with a partner, aiming to improve lead and follow skills in the Slow Quick Quick rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start on the spot with leaders waiting on the right and followers on the left.
- - Keep softness in the body and avoid becoming rigid during movements.
- - Followers should wait to feel weight shifts from the leader instead of anticipating the rhythm.
- - Leaders can vary movements every four counts, such as going forward, back, or to the side.
- - Practice side movements on the spot without overthinking, as partners will feel and move together.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain connection and responsiveness to your partner's movements in closed position.
- - Focus on clear weight shifts to enhance lead and follow communication.
- - Vary movement patterns to challenge and improve dance skills.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5101651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/3_Slow_Quick_Quick_Variation_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 3 Slow Quick Quick Variation I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing forward, back, and side movements in closed position with a partner, aiming to improve lead and follow skills in the Slow Quick Quick rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start on the spot with leaders waiting on the right and followers on the left.
+- Keep softness in the body and avoid becoming rigid during movements.
+- Followers should wait to feel weight shifts from the leader instead of anticipating the rhythm.
+- Leaders can vary movements every four counts, such as going forward, back, or to the side.
+- Practice side movements on the spot without overthinking, as partners will feel and move together.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain connection and responsiveness to your partner's movements in closed position.
+- Focus on clear weight shifts to enhance lead and follow communication.
+- Vary movement patterns to challenge and improve dance skills.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b23b8f2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Sequence 1%3A Send Out & Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a Latin Blues sequence involving a send-out movement and a turn, focusing on creating separation and rotation between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Open up more to generate direction for the send-out.
- - Followers should use rotation in the body and hand connection for momentum in the turn.
- - Leaders should keep hands in front of followers without tension during turns.
- - Followers should ensure the arm moves outward for an outside turn, maintaining frame and connection.
- - Practice the footwork pattern: slow, quick, quick, slow to coordinate movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a strong connection and frame with your partner throughout the sequence.
- - Use body rotation and direction from the leader to execute turns smoothly.
- - Avoid breaking shoulder connection or frame during movements.
- - Focus on timing and shaping in the body to enhance the dance flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38978db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/4_Sequence_1%3A_Send_Out_&_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Sequence 1%3A Send Out & Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a Latin Blues sequence involving a send-out movement and a turn, focusing on creating separation and rotation between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Open up more to generate direction for the send-out.
+- Followers should use rotation in the body and hand connection for momentum in the turn.
+- Leaders should keep hands in front of followers without tension during turns.
+- Followers should ensure the arm moves outward for an outside turn, maintaining frame and connection.
+- Practice the footwork pattern: slow, quick, quick, slow to coordinate movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a strong connection and frame with your partner throughout the sequence.
+- Use body rotation and direction from the leader to execute turns smoothly.
+- Avoid breaking shoulder connection or frame during movements.
+- Focus on timing and shaping in the body to enhance the dance flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4412f85..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Slow Quick Quick%3A Opposition
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Slow Quick Quick: Opposition' move in Latin Blues, focusing on how leaders can surprise followers by shifting into opposition and then reconnecting smoothly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders start with weight on the right and do three steps: slow, quick, quick, then step, step, hold to maintain weight on the left.
- - Leaders cheat by shifting back onto the right to surprise the follower and enter opposition.
- - Followers keep doing the same slow, quick, quick steps while adjusting body angle to track the leader.
- - Use a 'laser beam' concept on the chest to always face the leader for better connection and flow.
- - Play with arm connections: release one hand, stay connected, or change hands as you move.
- - Add noise or sounds to make the dance more enjoyable and expressive.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The follower's footwork does not change; only the body angle adjusts to maintain connection with the leader.
- - Opposition is achieved by leaders shifting weight unexpectedly, creating a magical effect without disrupting the step pattern.
- - Maintain a slight body angle towards your partner for comfort and better arm connection during the move.
- - Once in the groove, you can experiment with arm positions and connections to personalize the style.
- - This move is simple but effective, allowing for playful variations and added fun in dancing.
- - Tracking the leader with body alignment helps maintain flow and connection throughout the opposition shift.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23ff786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/5_Slow_Quick_Quick%3A_Opposition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Slow Quick Quick%3A Opposition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Slow Quick Quick: Opposition' move in Latin Blues, focusing on how leaders can surprise followers by shifting into opposition and then reconnecting smoothly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders start with weight on the right and do three steps: slow, quick, quick, then step, step, hold to maintain weight on the left.
+- Leaders cheat by shifting back onto the right to surprise the follower and enter opposition.
+- Followers keep doing the same slow, quick, quick steps while adjusting body angle to track the leader.
+- Use a 'laser beam' concept on the chest to always face the leader for better connection and flow.
+- Play with arm connections: release one hand, stay connected, or change hands as you move.
+- Add noise or sounds to make the dance more enjoyable and expressive.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The follower's footwork does not change; only the body angle adjusts to maintain connection with the leader.
+- Opposition is achieved by leaders shifting weight unexpectedly, creating a magical effect without disrupting the step pattern.
+- Maintain a slight body angle towards your partner for comfort and better arm connection during the move.
+- Once in the groove, you can experiment with arm positions and connections to personalize the style.
+- This move is simple but effective, allowing for playful variations and added fun in dancing.
+- Tracking the leader with body alignment helps maintain flow and connection throughout the opposition shift.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 214a477..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Sequence 2%3A Opposition & Inside Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using opposition to build a sequence and lead an inside turn, with the goal of practicing rhythm and connection in Latin Blues.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers.
- - Use the rhythm slow, quick, quick, slow, quick, cheat for the opposition sequence.
- - Lead the inside turn by raising your hand during the slow step.
- - Finish the turn in a shake hand position.
- - Maintain distance after the turn and come back together when ready.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Opposition is used to create connection and set up the turn.
- - The turn preparation happens on the slow step, with the turn executed in quick steps.
- - Keep the same rhythm throughout the sequence for smooth movement.
- - Focus on the follower's turn timing and finishing away from the partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cc6de4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/6_Sequence_2%3A_Opposition_&_Inside_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Sequence 2%3A Opposition & Inside Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using opposition to build a sequence and lead an inside turn, with the goal of practicing rhythm and connection in Latin Blues.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers.
+- Use the rhythm slow, quick, quick, slow, quick, cheat for the opposition sequence.
+- Lead the inside turn by raising your hand during the slow step.
+- Finish the turn in a shake hand position.
+- Maintain distance after the turn and come back together when ready.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Opposition is used to create connection and set up the turn.
+- The turn preparation happens on the slow step, with the turn executed in quick steps.
+- Keep the same rhythm throughout the sequence for smooth movement.
+- Focus on the follower's turn timing and finishing away from the partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ae34f17..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Sequence 3%3A Opposition & Turning Variations
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a sequence using opposition with rotation, focusing on creating opposition differently through turning variations and maintaining connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders start with slow quick quick rhythm and cross on the slow instead of going right.
- - Followers should follow the hand during the turn, dropping it and placing it on the shoulder.
- - Keep looking into the direction of the turn and then towards the partner for smooth momentum.
- - Followers need to drive through and travel forwards to help initiate rotation.
- - Practice with the rhythm slow quick quick slow quick quick for the entire sequence.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the connection without taking the partner with you to avoid disrupting the move.
- - Generate and sustain circular motion and energy throughout the rotation.
- - Focus on footwork and hand placement to create smooth opposition and turns.
- - Followers have responsibility to keep moving to assist the leader in initiating rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc2b51c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/7_Sequence_3%3A_Opposition_&_Turning_Variations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Sequence 3%3A Opposition & Turning Variations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a sequence using opposition with rotation, focusing on creating opposition differently through turning variations and maintaining connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders start with slow quick quick rhythm and cross on the slow instead of going right.
+- Followers should follow the hand during the turn, dropping it and placing it on the shoulder.
+- Keep looking into the direction of the turn and then towards the partner for smooth momentum.
+- Followers need to drive through and travel forwards to help initiate rotation.
+- Practice with the rhythm slow quick quick slow quick quick for the entire sequence.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the connection without taking the partner with you to avoid disrupting the move.
+- Generate and sustain circular motion and energy throughout the rotation.
+- Focus on footwork and hand placement to create smooth opposition and turns.
+- Followers have responsibility to keep moving to assist the leader in initiating rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cfdbecd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Sequence 4%3A Cross Steps & Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson builds on cross-steps for both leaders and followers, focusing on executing cross-steps together with proper connection and body movement, and introduces an inside turn exit.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders keep arms in the same shape and relationship to the body without releasing or pushing.
- - Rotate the body a little bit sooner on the last quick for fluid movement.
- - Step with feet angled to track your partner, not directly to the side.
- - Use body shaping, such as focusing on hips or adding delay to the upper body.
- - Generate an inside turn with quick, quick, slow timing after crossing.
- - Practice cross-steps in a row with slow, quick, quick timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain connection by moving arms with the body as it shifts to the side.
- - Early body rotation prepares for direction changes and enhances fluidity.
- - Tracking your partner with foot angles ensures better connection and alignment.
- - Incorporate body styling to avoid rigid movements and enhance dance expression.
- - The cross-step sequence leads into a simple turn for a smooth exit.
- - Focus on timing and coordination between partners for synchronized steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9297a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/8_Sequence_4%3A_Cross_Steps_&_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Sequence 4%3A Cross Steps & Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson builds on cross-steps for both leaders and followers, focusing on executing cross-steps together with proper connection and body movement, and introduces an inside turn exit.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders keep arms in the same shape and relationship to the body without releasing or pushing.
+- Rotate the body a little bit sooner on the last quick for fluid movement.
+- Step with feet angled to track your partner, not directly to the side.
+- Use body shaping, such as focusing on hips or adding delay to the upper body.
+- Generate an inside turn with quick, quick, slow timing after crossing.
+- Practice cross-steps in a row with slow, quick, quick timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain connection by moving arms with the body as it shifts to the side.
+- Early body rotation prepares for direction changes and enhances fluidity.
+- Tracking your partner with foot angles ensures better connection and alignment.
+- Incorporate body styling to avoid rigid movements and enhance dance expression.
+- The cross-step sequence leads into a simple turn for a smooth exit.
+- Focus on timing and coordination between partners for synchronized steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d1af1f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-9 Sequence 5%3A Cross Step & Free Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 1
-FOCUS: This lesson continues cross step variations with a new exit involving a turn for both partners, focusing on transitioning smoothly into and out of the cross step sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in closed position and use slow, quick, quick timing for the cross step.
- - Generate rotation during the turn by keeping hands slow and looking in the direction of the turn.
- - Reconnect arms after the turn to smoothly transition back into the cross step.
- - Use the inside turn from a previous class as an exit to avoid getting stuck in the sequence.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Head movement should lead the turn to improve reconnection and spatial awareness.
- - The slow step can serve as the first step of the next cross step for continuity.
- - Practice the sequence with music to integrate timing and flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a675ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-1/9_Sequence_5%3A_Cross_Step_&_Free_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 9 Sequence 5%3A Cross Step & Free Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson continues cross step variations with a new exit involving a turn for both partners, focusing on transitioning smoothly into and out of the cross step sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in closed position and use slow, quick, quick timing for the cross step.
+- Generate rotation during the turn by keeping hands slow and looking in the direction of the turn.
+- Reconnect arms after the turn to smoothly transition back into the cross step.
+- Use the inside turn from a previous class as an exit to avoid getting stuck in the sequence.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Head movement should lead the turn to improve reconnection and spatial awareness.
+- The slow step can serve as the first step of the next cross step for continuity.
+- Practice the sequence with music to integrate timing and flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e01287c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-0 Warm Up%3A Slow Quick Quick
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the slow, quick, quick rhythm from the first Latin Blues course while warming up the body for the upcoming course.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step under your body to maintain balance and control.
- - Relax muscles around the spine, butt, and legs to let rhythm flow.
- - Put emphasis on the down movement during shoulder rolls.
- - Travel around the room and take steps in any direction, adding crosses or turns.
- - Involve arms by moving them high or using them to click.
- - Recap shapes like fish tails, mooches, and grinds from the first course.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Enjoy the slow, quick, quick rhythm without rushing it.
- - Ensure your entire body is dancing, not just your feet.
- - Play with posture and create any shape you want while moving.
- - Warm up by letting movement flow through the spine and back.
- - Use this warm-up to prepare for new rhythms in the course.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65c9258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/0_Warm_Up%3A_Slow_Quick_Quick.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 0 Warm Up%3A Slow Quick Quick
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the slow, quick, quick rhythm from the first Latin Blues course while warming up the body for the upcoming course.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step under your body to maintain balance and control.
+- Relax muscles around the spine, butt, and legs to let rhythm flow.
+- Put emphasis on the down movement during shoulder rolls.
+- Travel around the room and take steps in any direction, adding crosses or turns.
+- Involve arms by moving them high or using them to click.
+- Recap shapes like fish tails, mooches, and grinds from the first course.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Enjoy the slow, quick, quick rhythm without rushing it.
+- Ensure your entire body is dancing, not just your feet.
+- Play with posture and create any shape you want while moving.
+- Warm up by letting movement flow through the spine and back.
+- Use this warm-up to prepare for new rhythms in the course.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f883a58..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces Latin Blues Volume 2, a follow-on course covering rhythms like Tresillo, Habanera, Cinquillo, Rumba, and Son Clave to provide options for dancing to Latin blues songs.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Ensure you complete Latin Blues Volume 1 first to be prepared for this course.
- - Practice the rhythms from Volume 1 as a foundation for this course.
- - Focus on learning each rhythm step-by-step to build your skills.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This course builds on rhythms from Latin Blues Volume 1, so prior knowledge is essential.
- - The goal is to expand your rhythm repertoire for dancing to Latin blues music.
- - Enjoy the process of exploring different rhythms to enhance your dance versatility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe82da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1._Latin_Blues:_Vol_II_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces Latin Blues Volume 2, a follow-on course covering rhythms like Tresillo, Habanera, Cinquillo, Rumba, and Son Clave to provide options for dancing to Latin blues songs.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Ensure you complete Latin Blues Volume 1 first to be prepared for this course.
+- Practice the rhythms from Volume 1 as a foundation for this course.
+- Focus on learning each rhythm step-by-step to build your skills.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This course builds on rhythms from Latin Blues Volume 1, so prior knowledge is essential.
+- The goal is to expand your rhythm repertoire for dancing to Latin blues music.
+- Enjoy the process of exploring different rhythms to enhance your dance versatility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 96ea54b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 Rumba Rhythm%3A Taps
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches options for dancing to Rumba Blues, focusing on a step pattern with two taps to create smooth transitions and direction changes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the second tap to change direction as you transition to the next step.
- - Employ body shape to achieve a swinging feeling and aid in transitions.
- - Relax your spine and hips to allow for a natural sway or swing during the steps.
- - Practice traveling with the steps, including crossing and turning, without rushing the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a smooth transition from one side to the other using body movement.
- - Focus on rhythm control to avoid rushing, especially as music speeds up.
- - Incorporate breathing and relaxation to enhance the dance's fluidity and ease.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0669d08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/10_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Taps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 Rumba Rhythm%3A Taps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches options for dancing to Rumba Blues, focusing on a step pattern with two taps to create smooth transitions and direction changes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the second tap to change direction as you transition to the next step.
+- Employ body shape to achieve a swinging feeling and aid in transitions.
+- Relax your spine and hips to allow for a natural sway or swing during the steps.
+- Practice traveling with the steps, including crossing and turning, without rushing the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a smooth transition from one side to the other using body movement.
+- Focus on rhythm control to avoid rushing, especially as music speeds up.
+- Incorporate breathing and relaxation to enhance the dance's fluidity and ease.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e1660b8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-11 Rumba Rhythm%3A Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on incorporating the rumba rhythm into hip movements, teaching how to initiate motion from the center and optionally add steps for a dance-like feel.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with weight evenly distributed and both feet connected to the floor.
- - Initiate hip movement from the center, not the knees, for a relaxed and rhythmic motion.
- - Slightly activate glutes to create a sharper and clearer rhythm in the hips.
- - Practice the rumba rhythm with counts like 'one, and, and four' to sync hip movements.
- - When adding steps, shift weight fully into one leg before stepping on the next beat.
- - Play with body shapes and movement around the room while maintaining the hip rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement originates from the center of the body, not the knees, for a natural flow.
- - Use glute activation to enhance the sharpness and rhythm of hip motions.
- - Weight transfer is key when stepping, shifting fully into one leg to free the other for movement.
- - Focus on dancing the rhythm rather than treating it as an exercise for a more expressive feel.
- - You can choose to stay in place or add steps, adapting the movement to your preference.
- - Let the hip movement travel up the spine to incorporate full-body groove and fluidity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7341bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/11_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 11 Rumba Rhythm%3A Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on incorporating the rumba rhythm into hip movements, teaching how to initiate motion from the center and optionally add steps for a dance-like feel.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with weight evenly distributed and both feet connected to the floor.
+- Initiate hip movement from the center, not the knees, for a relaxed and rhythmic motion.
+- Slightly activate glutes to create a sharper and clearer rhythm in the hips.
+- Practice the rumba rhythm with counts like 'one, and, and four' to sync hip movements.
+- When adding steps, shift weight fully into one leg before stepping on the next beat.
+- Play with body shapes and movement around the room while maintaining the hip rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement originates from the center of the body, not the knees, for a natural flow.
+- Use glute activation to enhance the sharpness and rhythm of hip motions.
+- Weight transfer is key when stepping, shifting fully into one leg to free the other for movement.
+- Focus on dancing the rhythm rather than treating it as an exercise for a more expressive feel.
+- You can choose to stay in place or add steps, adapting the movement to your preference.
+- Let the hip movement travel up the spine to incorporate full-body groove and fluidity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3baa093..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-12 Rumba Rhythm%3A Shoulders
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying the rumba rhythm to the shoulders, teaching how to control shoulder movements by drawing them down the back for better connection and rhythm precision.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Draw shoulders down the back instead of pulling them up to avoid tension and improve control.
- - Practice the rhythm in shoulders while standing still or shifting weight, then combine with foot steps for a two-part rhythm.
- - When stepping, collect on the 'and' beat, not on the main beat, to maintain timing.
- - Travel around the space by moving on the first step and experimenting with body shape and posture changes.
- - If up-and-down movements feel excessive, try forward-and-back variations for comfort.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep shoulders connected to the body's center for enhanced control and rhythm accuracy.
- - Avoid lifting shoulders to prevent a tense neck and uncontrolled appearance.
- - The rhythm can be practiced isolated in shoulders or integrated with footwork for versatility.
- - Focus on sharp, precise movements that align with the music's rhythm.
- - Experiment with different directions and postures to adapt the shoulder rhythm to various dance contexts.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d84866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/12_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Shoulders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 12 Rumba Rhythm%3A Shoulders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying the rumba rhythm to the shoulders, teaching how to control shoulder movements by drawing them down the back for better connection and rhythm precision.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Draw shoulders down the back instead of pulling them up to avoid tension and improve control.
+- Practice the rhythm in shoulders while standing still or shifting weight, then combine with foot steps for a two-part rhythm.
+- When stepping, collect on the 'and' beat, not on the main beat, to maintain timing.
+- Travel around the space by moving on the first step and experimenting with body shape and posture changes.
+- If up-and-down movements feel excessive, try forward-and-back variations for comfort.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep shoulders connected to the body's center for enhanced control and rhythm accuracy.
+- Avoid lifting shoulders to prevent a tense neck and uncontrolled appearance.
+- The rhythm can be practiced isolated in shoulders or integrated with footwork for versatility.
+- Focus on sharp, precise movements that align with the music's rhythm.
+- Experiment with different directions and postures to adapt the shoulder rhythm to various dance contexts.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e4fc704..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-13 Rumba Rhythm%3A Improvising
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with rumba rhythms by mixing and matching different options, starting with the Tresillo rhythm as a base and adding layers for variation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the Tresillo rhythm to get it in the body.
- - Add taps in the feet to incorporate the rumba rhythm.
- - Incorporate the hips and shoulders for full-body movement.
- - Use the Tresillo as a base and layer additional rumba rhythms as desired.
- - Mix and match rhythm options to explore improvisation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Tresillo rhythm serves as the foundational base for improvisation.
- - Rumba rhythm can be enhanced by adding extra elements around the core.
- - Improvising involves layering rhythms and taking movements anywhere.
- - Practice allows the rhythm to feel easy and natural over time.
- - Focus on mixing and matching options to build versatility in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ab6a50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/13_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Improvising.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 13 Rumba Rhythm%3A Improvising
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with rumba rhythms by mixing and matching different options, starting with the Tresillo rhythm as a base and adding layers for variation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the Tresillo rhythm to get it in the body.
+- Add taps in the feet to incorporate the rumba rhythm.
+- Incorporate the hips and shoulders for full-body movement.
+- Use the Tresillo as a base and layer additional rumba rhythms as desired.
+- Mix and match rhythm options to explore improvisation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Tresillo rhythm serves as the foundational base for improvisation.
+- Rumba rhythm can be enhanced by adding extra elements around the core.
+- Improvising involves layering rhythms and taking movements anywhere.
+- Practice allows the rhythm to feel easy and natural over time.
+- Focus on mixing and matching options to build versatility in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c12de..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-14 Rumba Rhythm%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered Rumba using the Tresillo rhythm as a basic step, with optional variations of the Rumba rhythm added independently for spice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the Tresillo as a simplified base step in partnership.
- - Add Rumba rhythm variations independently when desired for extra flair.
- - Incorporate the rhythm in your feet or other body parts as feels good.
- - Maintain connection with your partner without disrupting it with variations.
- - Join in with the demonstration when ready during the song.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid using the full Rumba rhythm as a basic step in partnership due to complexity.
- - Tresillo is preferred as a base for easier and better-feeling partnered dancing.
- - Variations should enhance without breaking the partner connection.
- - Flexibility in rhythm application allows for personal expression in the moment.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfd0402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/14_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 14 Rumba Rhythm%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered Rumba using the Tresillo rhythm as a basic step, with optional variations of the Rumba rhythm added independently for spice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the Tresillo as a simplified base step in partnership.
+- Add Rumba rhythm variations independently when desired for extra flair.
+- Incorporate the rhythm in your feet or other body parts as feels good.
+- Maintain connection with your partner without disrupting it with variations.
+- Join in with the demonstration when ready during the song.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid using the full Rumba rhythm as a basic step in partnership due to complexity.
+- Tresillo is preferred as a base for easier and better-feeling partnered dancing.
+- Variations should enhance without breaking the partner connection.
+- Flexibility in rhythm application allows for personal expression in the moment.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a88fb04..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-15 Cinquillo Rhythm Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the cinquillo rhythm, a Latin Blues pattern with five events in four counts, and demonstrates how to identify and feel it in music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Clap along with a metronome to practice the rhythm.
- - Listen for the rhythm in instruments like bongos in songs.
- - Try to feel the rhythm even when other musical elements are present.
- - Use counting (e.g., 'one, two, and, and four') to internalise the pattern.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The cinquillo rhythm involves five things happening in four counts of a bar.
- - It is related to the trecillo rhythm, which is 'one, two and a half, four'.
- - The rhythm can be identified across different instruments in a song.
- - Practice helps in distinguishing the cinquillo feeling amidst other musical layers.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a7af60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/15_Cinquillo_Rhythm_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 15 Cinquillo Rhythm Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the cinquillo rhythm, a Latin Blues pattern with five events in four counts, and demonstrates how to identify and feel it in music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Clap along with a metronome to practice the rhythm.
+- Listen for the rhythm in instruments like bongos in songs.
+- Try to feel the rhythm even when other musical elements are present.
+- Use counting (e.g., 'one, two, and, and four') to internalise the pattern.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The cinquillo rhythm involves five things happening in four counts of a bar.
+- It is related to the trecillo rhythm, which is 'one, two and a half, four'.
+- The rhythm can be identified across different instruments in a song.
+- Practice helps in distinguishing the cinquillo feeling amidst other musical layers.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f6391f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-16 Cinquillo%3A Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying the synchro rhythm to footwork in the Cinquillo pattern, using five steps with weight transfer to travel in different directions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep weight forward in the balls of the feet for more spring and buoyancy.
- - On the fifth step, shift weight to the other leg to change direction.
- - Bring feet together under the hips on the 'and' counts without crossing.
- - Relax hips and let them move naturally with the spine.
- - Practice traveling forwards, backwards, and to the side with the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a buoyant posture with weight off the heels for faster rhythms.
- - Use the rhythm pattern of 'one, two, and, and four' to guide steps.
- - Focus on body shape, posture, and hip movement while practicing.
- - Experiment with turns and traveling around the room without rushing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53f06d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/16_Cinquillo%3A_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 16 Cinquillo%3A Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying the synchro rhythm to footwork in the Cinquillo pattern, using five steps with weight transfer to travel in different directions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep weight forward in the balls of the feet for more spring and buoyancy.
+- On the fifth step, shift weight to the other leg to change direction.
+- Bring feet together under the hips on the 'and' counts without crossing.
+- Relax hips and let them move naturally with the spine.
+- Practice traveling forwards, backwards, and to the side with the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a buoyant posture with weight off the heels for faster rhythms.
+- Use the rhythm pattern of 'one, two, and, and four' to guide steps.
+- Focus on body shape, posture, and hip movement while practicing.
+- Experiment with turns and traveling around the room without rushing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b4c3adc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-17 Cinquillo%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the Cinquillo footwork in partnership, using it as the unchanging basic step to create movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the Cinquillo footwork as your new basic step.
- - Do not change the footwork during the practice.
- - Experiment with creating movements while maintaining the basic.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Cinquillo is the core element for this partnered exercise.
- - Keep the footwork consistent to explore creativity.
- - Focus on partnership dynamics while adhering to the basic step.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce240ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/17_Cinquillo%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 17 Cinquillo%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the Cinquillo footwork in partnership, using it as the unchanging basic step to create movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the Cinquillo footwork as your new basic step.
+- Do not change the footwork during the practice.
+- Experiment with creating movements while maintaining the basic.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Cinquillo is the core element for this partnered exercise.
+- Keep the footwork consistent to explore creativity.
+- Focus on partnership dynamics while adhering to the basic step.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a6a5135..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-18 Cinquillo%3A Body Shaping
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding body shaping to the Cinquillo rhythm by creating asymmetric stretches across the body, enhancing movement with diagonal and directional energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step to the side while leaving the hip behind to create an asymmetric shape.
- - Keep weight slightly forward on the feet to achieve a diagonal body stretch.
- - Transition directly across when moving from one side to the other.
- - When traveling forwards or backwards, swing hips back and sternum forward for added stretch.
- - Practice in front of a mirror or film yourself to observe body shapes.
- - Ensure breathing is integrated into the movement for better flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Body shaping involves asymmetric stretches from hip to rib with a forward lean.
- - Directional energy adds forwards and backwards stretch alongside sideways movement.
- - The technique enhances groove and feeling in the dance through breath and body alignment.
- - Apply these principles when dancing with a partner for improved connection and expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69e7a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/18_Cinquillo%3A_Body_Shaping.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 18 Cinquillo%3A Body Shaping
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding body shaping to the Cinquillo rhythm by creating asymmetric stretches across the body, enhancing movement with diagonal and directional energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step to the side while leaving the hip behind to create an asymmetric shape.
+- Keep weight slightly forward on the feet to achieve a diagonal body stretch.
+- Transition directly across when moving from one side to the other.
+- When traveling forwards or backwards, swing hips back and sternum forward for added stretch.
+- Practice in front of a mirror or film yourself to observe body shapes.
+- Ensure breathing is integrated into the movement for better flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Body shaping involves asymmetric stretches from hip to rib with a forward lean.
+- Directional energy adds forwards and backwards stretch alongside sideways movement.
+- The technique enhances groove and feeling in the dance through breath and body alignment.
+- Apply these principles when dancing with a partner for improved connection and expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f6f0143..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-19 Son 3-2 Clave Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the son 3-2 clave rhythm, a five-stroke pattern over eight beats, and demonstrates how it is used in blues music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Clap or use sticks to mark the rhythm: one, two and a half, four, six, seven.
- - Practice with a metronome to hear how the rhythm fits the beat.
- - Speed up gradually to get the vibe of the rhythm.
- - Listen for the clave in percussion or melody in blues songs.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The clave is both a rhythm and an instrument originating from Spain and tied to Cuban music.
- - It is a five-stroke rhythm spread across eight beats, unlike previous four-beat patterns.
- - The rhythm starts with the Tresio pattern (one, two and a half, four) in the first four counts.
- - In blues, the clave can be played on the clave instrument or incorporated into melodies.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3677984
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/19_Son_3-2_Clave_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 19 Son 3-2 Clave Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the son 3-2 clave rhythm, a five-stroke pattern over eight beats, and demonstrates how it is used in blues music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Clap or use sticks to mark the rhythm: one, two and a half, four, six, seven.
+- Practice with a metronome to hear how the rhythm fits the beat.
+- Speed up gradually to get the vibe of the rhythm.
+- Listen for the clave in percussion or melody in blues songs.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The clave is both a rhythm and an instrument originating from Spain and tied to Cuban music.
+- It is a five-stroke rhythm spread across eight beats, unlike previous four-beat patterns.
+- The rhythm starts with the Tresio pattern (one, two and a half, four) in the first four counts.
+- In blues, the clave can be played on the clave instrument or incorporated into melodies.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c328d5d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-1 Tresillo Rhythm Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the Tresillo rhythm, its syncopated nature compared to the slow-quick-quick rhythm, and aims to help students identify and clap it to music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Clap the slow-quick-quick rhythm first to feel how it fits on the beat.
- - Switch to clapping the Tresillo rhythm to hear and feel the difference.
- - Practice clapping along to the bass line of a song to identify the Tresillo.
- - Try not to get distracted by other rhythms in the music while focusing on the Tresillo.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Tresillo is the base rhythm for many rhythms in the course.
- - The Tresillo is syncopated, with the second beat occurring on two and a half.
- - Identifying the Tresillo in music is crucial before moving to other lessons.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c883e85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/1_Tresillo_Rhythm_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 1 Tresillo Rhythm Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the Tresillo rhythm, its syncopated nature compared to the slow-quick-quick rhythm, and aims to help students identify and clap it to music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Clap the slow-quick-quick rhythm first to feel how it fits on the beat.
+- Switch to clapping the Tresillo rhythm to hear and feel the difference.
+- Practice clapping along to the bass line of a song to identify the Tresillo.
+- Try not to get distracted by other rhythms in the music while focusing on the Tresillo.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Tresillo is the base rhythm for many rhythms in the course.
+- The Tresillo is syncopated, with the second beat occurring on two and a half.
+- Identifying the Tresillo in music is crucial before moving to other lessons.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cd52d9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-20 Son Clave%3A Solo I
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on incorporating the Son Clave rhythm into solo footwork and body movement, encouraging improvisation and exploration of different directions and shapes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right side for comfort and stability.
- - Relax the hips and spine to allow fluid body shapes.
- - Experiment with steps that travel forward, back, and around the room.
- - Play with turning steps and crossing movements.
- - Incorporate body shapes from previous lessons, such as the fishtail.
- - Add the cinquillo rhythm into your shapes for variation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on creating any body shapes rather than specific forms.
- - Use the rhythm to enhance existing dance vocabulary and movements.
- - Explore different directions and sizes of steps to build versatility.
- - Integrate known body shapes from other lessons into the rhythm practice.
- - Take time to play and experiment freely with the movements.
- - Apply the rhythm to anything already in your dance toolbox.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ef26e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/20_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 20 Son Clave%3A Solo I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on incorporating the Son Clave rhythm into solo footwork and body movement, encouraging improvisation and exploration of different directions and shapes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right side for comfort and stability.
+- Relax the hips and spine to allow fluid body shapes.
+- Experiment with steps that travel forward, back, and around the room.
+- Play with turning steps and crossing movements.
+- Incorporate body shapes from previous lessons, such as the fishtail.
+- Add the cinquillo rhythm into your shapes for variation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on creating any body shapes rather than specific forms.
+- Use the rhythm to enhance existing dance vocabulary and movements.
+- Explore different directions and sizes of steps to build versatility.
+- Integrate known body shapes from other lessons into the rhythm practice.
+- Take time to play and experiment freely with the movements.
+- Apply the rhythm to anything already in your dance toolbox.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 94dbaac..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-21 Son Clave%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using the clave footwork as a new basic step in partnered Latin Blues, aiming to practice it continuously throughout a song while exploring different directions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the footwork simple while dancing with a partner.
- - Experiment with taking the clave in various directions.
- - Maintain the clave rhythm consistently throughout the song.
- - Enjoy the simplicity of the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use the clave footwork as the foundational basic step.
- - Practice adaptability by exploring different directions in partnered dance.
- - Focus on the feel and continuity of the clave rhythm.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fe922a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/21_Son_Clave%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 21 Son Clave%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using the clave footwork as a new basic step in partnered Latin Blues, aiming to practice it continuously throughout a song while exploring different directions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the footwork simple while dancing with a partner.
+- Experiment with taking the clave in various directions.
+- Maintain the clave rhythm consistently throughout the song.
+- Enjoy the simplicity of the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use the clave footwork as the foundational basic step.
+- Practice adaptability by exploring different directions in partnered dance.
+- Focus on the feel and continuity of the clave rhythm.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 12fc954..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-22 Son Clave%3A Solo II
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with the son clave rhythm using different body parts, with the goal of creating variations and combinations through mix-and-match exercises.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use feet, hips, or shoulders to play the clave rhythm.
- - For mix-and-match, assign different body parts to the first three and last two beats of the clave.
- - Start with simple body part calls before moving to creative combinations.
- - Experiment with shoulders moving down or forward and backwards.
- - Improvise freely when the instructor calls mix-and-match.
- - Follow along as the instructor calls out body parts like feet, hips, and shoulders.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The clave rhythm can be expressed with various body parts beyond just the feet.
- - Mix-and-match allows for creative improvisation by combining different body parts within the rhythm.
- - Focus on the rhythm structure while adapting movements to different body parts.
- - Use the exercise to develop personal variations and enhance dance expression.
- - Practice helps in internalizing the rhythm for more fluid and spontaneous dancing.
- - Ignore background music lyrics and concentrate on the instructor's spoken instructions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10a41ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/22_Son_Clave%3A_Solo_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 22 Son Clave%3A Solo II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with the son clave rhythm using different body parts, with the goal of creating variations and combinations through mix-and-match exercises.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use feet, hips, or shoulders to play the clave rhythm.
+- For mix-and-match, assign different body parts to the first three and last two beats of the clave.
+- Start with simple body part calls before moving to creative combinations.
+- Experiment with shoulders moving down or forward and backwards.
+- Improvise freely when the instructor calls mix-and-match.
+- Follow along as the instructor calls out body parts like feet, hips, and shoulders.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The clave rhythm can be expressed with various body parts beyond just the feet.
+- Mix-and-match allows for creative improvisation by combining different body parts within the rhythm.
+- Focus on the rhythm structure while adapting movements to different body parts.
+- Use the exercise to develop personal variations and enhance dance expression.
+- Practice helps in internalizing the rhythm for more fluid and spontaneous dancing.
+- Ignore background music lyrics and concentrate on the instructor's spoken instructions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fbcc1c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-23 Rhythm Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps various Latin rhythms like slow-quick-quick, Tresillo, Habanera, rumba, and clave, focusing on practicing them with body movements and improvisation to connect with the music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with slow, quick, quick or Tresillo to feel out the song and build from there.
- - Keep movements small, especially for the rumba, to maintain control.
- - Use the whole body to add shaping and enhance rhythm expression.
- - Improvise by mixing different rhythms and body parts, such as using three counts with one part and two with another.
- - Focus on relaxation and creating nice body shapes while moving.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Always connect to the rhythm of the music to capture beautiful Latin flavors.
- - Experiment with different body parts and rhythms to explore personal expression.
- - Maintain body shapes and relaxation throughout the practice for fluid movement.
- - Start slowly to get the vibe of the song before building intensity.
- - Feel free to improvise and mix elements from all learned rhythms.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d81f361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/23_Rhythm_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 23 Rhythm Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps various Latin rhythms like slow-quick-quick, Tresillo, Habanera, rumba, and clave, focusing on practicing them with body movements and improvisation to connect with the music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with slow, quick, quick or Tresillo to feel out the song and build from there.
+- Keep movements small, especially for the rumba, to maintain control.
+- Use the whole body to add shaping and enhance rhythm expression.
+- Improvise by mixing different rhythms and body parts, such as using three counts with one part and two with another.
+- Focus on relaxation and creating nice body shapes while moving.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Always connect to the rhythm of the music to capture beautiful Latin flavors.
+- Experiment with different body parts and rhythms to explore personal expression.
+- Maintain body shapes and relaxation throughout the practice for fluid movement.
+- Start slowly to get the vibe of the song before building intensity.
+- Feel free to improvise and mix elements from all learned rhythms.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7002cdb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-24 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvisation with learned rhythms in a partner dance setting, aiming to integrate rhythms into existing moves and develop musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Improvise with all rhythms learned during the final song.
- - Practice rhythms with a partner to explore synchronization and variation.
- - Use playlists in the resource section to practice specific rhythms like trecillo.
- - Refer to the diagram in resources to visualize how rhythms fit together.
- - Take your time to learn each rhythm comfortably.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Feel comfortable in your own body while dancing.
- - Train your ear to hear and adapt different rhythms.
- - Integrate rhythms into your existing dance moves and sequences.
- - Explore how rhythms work in partnership with a partner.
- - Use provided resources like playlists and diagrams for practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f3fc33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/24_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 24 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvisation with learned rhythms in a partner dance setting, aiming to integrate rhythms into existing moves and develop musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Improvise with all rhythms learned during the final song.
+- Practice rhythms with a partner to explore synchronization and variation.
+- Use playlists in the resource section to practice specific rhythms like trecillo.
+- Refer to the diagram in resources to visualize how rhythms fit together.
+- Take your time to learn each rhythm comfortably.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Feel comfortable in your own body while dancing.
+- Train your ear to hear and adapt different rhythms.
+- Integrate rhythms into your existing dance moves and sequences.
+- Explore how rhythms work in partnership with a partner.
+- Use provided resources like playlists and diagrams for practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 319b35e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Tresillo%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mastering the Tresillo rhythm in Latin Blues, specifically feeling the 'two and a half' timing instead of a full three, with the goal of practicing solo steps and exploring variations like slow, quick, quick.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Emphasize the rhythm as 'one, two and a half, four, one' to feel the pull of the music.
- - Take steps in any direction and incorporate turns or crossing feet for variety.
- - Switch between Tresillo and slow, quick, quick rhythms to feel the timing differences in your body.
- - Use arms while dancing to enhance movement and expression.
- - Listen for the bass in the music to help maintain rhythm and timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The 'two and a half' beat should feel slightly longer to create a distinct rhythm and flow.
- - Breathing and relaxing the body are essential for smooth and enjoyable dancing.
- - Different rhythms like Tresillo and slow, quick, quick inspire varied movements, such as more lag in the spine.
- - Both rhythms are valid; choose based on personal feel and musical interpretation.
- - Practice in different directions and with full body engagement to build versatility and confidence.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d338a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/2_Tresillo%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Tresillo%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mastering the Tresillo rhythm in Latin Blues, specifically feeling the 'two and a half' timing instead of a full three, with the goal of practicing solo steps and exploring variations like slow, quick, quick.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Emphasize the rhythm as 'one, two and a half, four, one' to feel the pull of the music.
+- Take steps in any direction and incorporate turns or crossing feet for variety.
+- Switch between Tresillo and slow, quick, quick rhythms to feel the timing differences in your body.
+- Use arms while dancing to enhance movement and expression.
+- Listen for the bass in the music to help maintain rhythm and timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The 'two and a half' beat should feel slightly longer to create a distinct rhythm and flow.
+- Breathing and relaxing the body are essential for smooth and enjoyable dancing.
+- Different rhythms like Tresillo and slow, quick, quick inspire varied movements, such as more lag in the spine.
+- Both rhythms are valid; choose based on personal feel and musical interpretation.
+- Practice in different directions and with full body engagement to build versatility and confidence.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1096571..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Tresillo%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying the Tresillo rhythm in partner dancing, using it as a new basic step for improvisation and exploration.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in closed position and use the Tresillo rhythm as your basic step.
- - Take steps in different directions, such as forward and back, or travel as desired.
- - Transition into open position and lead any dance vocabulary you know.
- - Keep the Tresillo rhythm in your feet as the only rule during practice.
- - Change points of connection and explore body shapes within the rhythmic footwork.
- - Maintain relaxed arms, described as 'spaghetti arms', and stay in side-by-side position if preferred.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Tresillo rhythm serves as the foundational step for improvisation in partner dancing.
- - Focus on breathing and staying relaxed to allow natural body movements to occur.
- - Leaders can lead terms for both themselves and followers without rushing.
- - Experiment with different positions and connections while adhering to the rhythm.
- - Use the rhythm to guide your dance exploration and adapt it to various movements.
- - Incorporate the rhythm into all aspects of your dance to enhance fluidity and creativity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..620cb26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/3_Tresillo%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Tresillo%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying the Tresillo rhythm in partner dancing, using it as a new basic step for improvisation and exploration.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in closed position and use the Tresillo rhythm as your basic step.
+- Take steps in different directions, such as forward and back, or travel as desired.
+- Transition into open position and lead any dance vocabulary you know.
+- Keep the Tresillo rhythm in your feet as the only rule during practice.
+- Change points of connection and explore body shapes within the rhythmic footwork.
+- Maintain relaxed arms, described as 'spaghetti arms', and stay in side-by-side position if preferred.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Tresillo rhythm serves as the foundational step for improvisation in partner dancing.
+- Focus on breathing and staying relaxed to allow natural body movements to occur.
+- Leaders can lead terms for both themselves and followers without rushing.
+- Experiment with different positions and connections while adhering to the rhythm.
+- Use the rhythm to guide your dance exploration and adapt it to various movements.
+- Incorporate the rhythm into all aspects of your dance to enhance fluidity and creativity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b8695..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-4 Habanera Rhythm Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson provides a quick recap of the Habanera rhythm, combining the slow, quick, quick and Tresio rhythms, with the goal of helping students identify and internalise it in music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Clap, tap, or scat along to practice the rhythm with a metronome or song.
- - Focus on the bass line to hear the Habanera rhythm in music.
- - Combine the slow, quick, quick (one, three, four) and Tresio rhythms to create Habanera.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Habanera rhythm is a blend of slow, quick, quick and Tresio patterns.
- - Practice identifying the rhythm even when other instruments play different rhythms.
- - Internalise the rhythm in your body and ears for better musical connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a585e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/4_Habanera_Rhythm_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 4 Habanera Rhythm Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides a quick recap of the Habanera rhythm, combining the slow, quick, quick and Tresio rhythms, with the goal of helping students identify and internalise it in music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Clap, tap, or scat along to practice the rhythm with a metronome or song.
+- Focus on the bass line to hear the Habanera rhythm in music.
+- Combine the slow, quick, quick (one, three, four) and Tresio rhythms to create Habanera.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Habanera rhythm is a blend of slow, quick, quick and Tresio patterns.
+- Practice identifying the rhythm even when other instruments play different rhythms.
+- Internalise the rhythm in your body and ears for better musical connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 71fe0ff..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Habanera Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the Habanera footwork as a basic step for improvisation in Latin Blues, with an emphasis on partner work and maintaining rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep feet under the body for easier improvisation.
- - Use the step as a basic to move in any direction.
- - Incorporate softness into movements to match the music.
- - Maintain continuous movements without stopping.
- - Stay relaxed and breathe throughout the practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The Habanera rhythm should be used as the foundational step during partner improvisation.
- - Focus on beautiful body shapes while dancing.
- - Avoid taking big steps to enhance control and adaptability.
- - Improvise with simple moves while keeping the footwork consistent.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f80e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/5_Habanera_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Habanera Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the Habanera footwork as a basic step for improvisation in Latin Blues, with an emphasis on partner work and maintaining rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep feet under the body for easier improvisation.
+- Use the step as a basic to move in any direction.
+- Incorporate softness into movements to match the music.
+- Maintain continuous movements without stopping.
+- Stay relaxed and breathe throughout the practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The Habanera rhythm should be used as the foundational step during partner improvisation.
+- Focus on beautiful body shapes while dancing.
+- Avoid taking big steps to enhance control and adaptability.
+- Improvise with simple moves while keeping the footwork consistent.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a7b0dbb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Mixing Rhythms%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mixing and matching three rhythms—slow, quick, quick; tresio; and habanera—in solo Latin Blues dance, with the goal of enabling dancers to fluidly combine them based on the music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with slow, quick, quick as a base rhythm.
- - Practice getting the syncopated accent in the slow, quick, quick pattern.
- - Take steps any way you want while mixing rhythms.
- - Listen to the music to guide when to switch between rhythms.
- - Experiment with mixing rhythms around the room without cues.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The habanera rhythm combines slow, quick, quick and tresio, allowing flexibility in choice.
- - All three rhythms will fit if habanera is present in the song, ensuring you're always correct.
- - Mix and match rhythms based on personal feel and musical interpretation.
- - Focus on how the rhythms blend rather than following strict calls.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03475b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/6_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Mixing Rhythms%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mixing and matching three rhythms—slow, quick, quick; tresio; and habanera—in solo Latin Blues dance, with the goal of enabling dancers to fluidly combine them based on the music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with slow, quick, quick as a base rhythm.
+- Practice getting the syncopated accent in the slow, quick, quick pattern.
+- Take steps any way you want while mixing rhythms.
+- Listen to the music to guide when to switch between rhythms.
+- Experiment with mixing rhythms around the room without cues.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The habanera rhythm combines slow, quick, quick and tresio, allowing flexibility in choice.
+- All three rhythms will fit if habanera is present in the song, ensuring you're always correct.
+- Mix and match rhythms based on personal feel and musical interpretation.
+- Focus on how the rhythms blend rather than following strict calls.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c8ced95..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Mixing Rhythms%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mixing Tresillo and Habanera rhythms in partnered Latin Blues, with the goal of practicing rhythmic conversations while maintaining connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Scat the rhythm while dancing to internalize it.
- - Start with the same rhythm as your partner, then try different ones.
- - Practice in various positions, not just close hold.
- - Use a song to guide your rhythmic experimentation.
- - Switch between rhythms like slow, quick, quick and Habanera during the dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rhythms can be different between partners while staying connected.
- - The footwork can vary without breaking partnership lead and follow.
- - Rhythmic conversations enhance musicality and interaction.
- - All rhythms are interconnected, allowing flexibility in execution.
- - This builds on concepts from earlier courses in Latin Blues.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1879a31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/7_Mixing_Rhythms%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Mixing Rhythms%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mixing Tresillo and Habanera rhythms in partnered Latin Blues, with the goal of practicing rhythmic conversations while maintaining connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Scat the rhythm while dancing to internalize it.
+- Start with the same rhythm as your partner, then try different ones.
+- Practice in various positions, not just close hold.
+- Use a song to guide your rhythmic experimentation.
+- Switch between rhythms like slow, quick, quick and Habanera during the dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rhythms can be different between partners while staying connected.
+- The footwork can vary without breaking partnership lead and follow.
+- Rhythmic conversations enhance musicality and interaction.
+- All rhythms are interconnected, allowing flexibility in execution.
+- This builds on concepts from earlier courses in Latin Blues.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3caa0ff..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-8 Rumba Rhythm Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the rumba rhythm by building on the trecio rhythm, focusing on adding extra beats around the four to create a distinct pattern, with the goal of helping students hear, clap, and eventually dance to it.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by clapping the trecio rhythm to a metronome before adding the rumba beats.
- - Listen for the rumba rhythm in the bass line of a song to identify it amidst other instruments.
- - Mark the rhythm in your body or clap along to internalise the pattern.
- - Practice transitioning from the trecio to the rumba rhythm to hear the difference.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The rumba rhythm adds a little 'and four and' at the end of the trecio pattern.
- - The trecio rhythm is one, two and a half, four, serving as the foundation for the rumba.
- - Focus on the bass line to isolate the rumba rhythm in full music without distraction.
- - Understanding the rhythm helps in hearing, feeling, and eventually dancing to it.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90cfa6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/8_Rumba_Rhythm_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 8 Rumba Rhythm Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the rumba rhythm by building on the trecio rhythm, focusing on adding extra beats around the four to create a distinct pattern, with the goal of helping students hear, clap, and eventually dance to it.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by clapping the trecio rhythm to a metronome before adding the rumba beats.
+- Listen for the rumba rhythm in the bass line of a song to identify it amidst other instruments.
+- Mark the rhythm in your body or clap along to internalise the pattern.
+- Practice transitioning from the trecio to the rumba rhythm to hear the difference.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The rumba rhythm adds a little 'and four and' at the end of the trecio pattern.
+- The trecio rhythm is one, two and a half, four, serving as the foundation for the rumba.
+- Focus on the bass line to isolate the rumba rhythm in full music without distraction.
+- Understanding the rhythm helps in hearing, feeling, and eventually dancing to it.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 56e3642..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-9 Rumba Rhythm%3A Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Latin Blues Volume 2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing rumba rhythm footwork, specifically a step pattern with weight shifts and ball-of-foot techniques to maintain groove.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step to the side, then together, and use the ball of the foot for the middle step to ease movement.
- - Keep your feet under your body to facilitate easier travel in different directions.
- - Practice the rhythm slowly as one, two and a half, and four to internalize the timing.
- - Avoid rushing the music; take it nice and relaxed to maintain control.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rumba rhythm can be expressed in many ways, with this being one option for footwork.
- - Using the ball of the foot in steps helps maintain groove, especially at faster tempos.
- - The pattern involves a sequence of steps and weight shifts to build foundational movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f63066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Latin-Blues-Volume-2/9_Rumba_Rhythm%3A_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 9 Rumba Rhythm%3A Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing rumba rhythm footwork, specifically a step pattern with weight shifts and ball-of-foot techniques to maintain groove.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step to the side, then together, and use the ball of the foot for the middle step to ease movement.
+- Keep your feet under your body to facilitate easier travel in different directions.
+- Practice the rhythm slowly as one, two and a half, and four to internalize the timing.
+- Avoid rushing the music; take it nice and relaxed to maintain control.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rumba rhythm can be expressed in many ways, with this being one option for footwork.
+- Using the ball of the foot in steps helps maintain groove, especially at faster tempos.
+- The pattern involves a sequence of steps and weight shifts to build foundational movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 003d81a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-0 The Rhythm Toolkit Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a course on seven common rhythms in blues music, aiming to build rhythmic dialogue with a partner through solo and partnered improvisation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Work with one rhythm at a time to build skills gradually.
- - Practice transitions between rhythms to improve flow.
- - Mix rhythms together to enhance improvisation abilities.
- - Focus on responding to different instruments simultaneously with your partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues music often subdivides the beat into three parts.
- - The goal is to lead and follow rhythms effectively in a partnership.
- - Build a rhythmic dialogue for interactive dance communication.
- - Start with solo practice before advancing to partnered improvisation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a096e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/0_The_Rhythm_Toolkit_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 0 The Rhythm Toolkit Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a course on seven common rhythms in blues music, aiming to build rhythmic dialogue with a partner through solo and partnered improvisation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Work with one rhythm at a time to build skills gradually.
+- Practice transitions between rhythms to improve flow.
+- Mix rhythms together to enhance improvisation abilities.
+- Focus on responding to different instruments simultaneously with your partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues music often subdivides the beat into three parts.
+- The goal is to lead and follow rhythms effectively in a partnership.
+- Build a rhythmic dialogue for interactive dance communication.
+- Start with solo practice before advancing to partnered improvisation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 74f9b23..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 Shuffle Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to represent shuffle beats with steps, focusing on a simple tap-step pattern on each beat.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Tap without putting weight on the leg, using only part of the foot.
- - Think of the tap as being on the way to stepping.
- - Commit your weight fully on each step.
- - Add texture by changing body shapes or energy based on the music.
- - Travel with the steps or vary the movement to suit the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shuffle rhythm can be represented by adding a tap on beats 1, 2, 3, and 4.
- - Keep the pattern simple or adapt it to the music's energy and style.
- - You can switch between shuffle and single-time stepping as desired.
- - Improvise and adjust the footwork to match the ongoing shuffle rhythm in songs.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d0e3ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/10_Shuffle_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 Shuffle Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to represent shuffle beats with steps, focusing on a simple tap-step pattern on each beat.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Tap without putting weight on the leg, using only part of the foot.
+- Think of the tap as being on the way to stepping.
+- Commit your weight fully on each step.
+- Add texture by changing body shapes or energy based on the music.
+- Travel with the steps or vary the movement to suit the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shuffle rhythm can be represented by adding a tap on beats 1, 2, 3, and 4.
+- Keep the pattern simple or adapt it to the music's energy and style.
+- You can switch between shuffle and single-time stepping as desired.
+- Improvise and adjust the footwork to match the ongoing shuffle rhythm in songs.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a64c06..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-11 Shuffle with a Partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnering the shuffle rhythm in dance, emphasizing clear weight shifts and preparation to signal rhythm changes between single time steps and shuffles.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers in close position.
- - Add a tap to emphasize the shuffle rhythm, with the center moving slightly to the side.
- - Practice clear weight shifts and preparation to improve lead-follow communication.
- - If you miss the first tap, don't stress; try again on subsequent beats.
- - Incorporate half time and quarter time variations for fun and practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The body shape and delay in hip movement signal rhythm changes, not just the steps.
- - There is more swing in the shuffle rhythm compared to the walk, similar to the triplet rhythm.
- - Clear preparation, like sinking into the floor, helps transition between rhythms.
- - Both leaders and followers should practice lag and clear signals for better understanding.
- - Mistakes are okay; focus on continuous practice and enjoyment in learning.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cbd133
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/11_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 11 Shuffle with a Partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnering the shuffle rhythm in dance, emphasizing clear weight shifts and preparation to signal rhythm changes between single time steps and shuffles.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers in close position.
+- Add a tap to emphasize the shuffle rhythm, with the center moving slightly to the side.
+- Practice clear weight shifts and preparation to improve lead-follow communication.
+- If you miss the first tap, don't stress; try again on subsequent beats.
+- Incorporate half time and quarter time variations for fun and practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The body shape and delay in hip movement signal rhythm changes, not just the steps.
+- There is more swing in the shuffle rhythm compared to the walk, similar to the triplet rhythm.
+- Clear preparation, like sinking into the floor, helps transition between rhythms.
+- Both leaders and followers should practice lag and clear signals for better understanding.
+- Mistakes are okay; focus on continuous practice and enjoyment in learning.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 59382a9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Transitions%3A Triplets & Shuffles
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches transitions between shuffle and triple rhythms, focusing on maintaining weight on either the right or left foot and stepping on the beat.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Always step on the beat: one, two, three, and four.
- - Start transitions by stepping straight onto the opposite foot when switching rhythms.
- - Use a tap step or step directly on the one to transition from triplets to shuffle.
- - Alternate rhythms every eight or four counts based on preference.
- - Practice with music, adding variations like single time, half time, and quarter time.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Weight is always on either the right or left foot during these rhythms.
- - Transitions involve stepping on the beat with something happening in between.
- - You can choose when to change rhythms, such as every eight or four counts.
- - These rhythms are foundational and easy to build upon with other timing variations.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6141bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/12_Transitions%3A_Triplets_&_Shuffles.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Transitions%3A Triplets & Shuffles
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches transitions between shuffle and triple rhythms, focusing on maintaining weight on either the right or left foot and stepping on the beat.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Always step on the beat: one, two, three, and four.
+- Start transitions by stepping straight onto the opposite foot when switching rhythms.
+- Use a tap step or step directly on the one to transition from triplets to shuffle.
+- Alternate rhythms every eight or four counts based on preference.
+- Practice with music, adding variations like single time, half time, and quarter time.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Weight is always on either the right or left foot during these rhythms.
+- Transitions involve stepping on the beat with something happening in between.
+- You can choose when to change rhythms, such as every eight or four counts.
+- These rhythms are foundational and easy to build upon with other timing variations.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d7c848..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-13 Transitioning Between Rhythms with a Partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning between rhythms with a partner, emphasizing clear communication and musicality to enhance coordination and visual appeal.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should clearly indicate their foot placement for each rhythm to avoid confusion.
- - Followers must maintain clear weight shifts to match the leader's rhythm.
- - Exaggerate body shapes to signal rhythm changes, such as swinging for triplets or relaxing for single time.
- - Use directional movements, like traveling for single time or stepping sideways for quarter time.
- - Change rhythms in sync with the music, starting with every 8 counts and progressing to more frequent changes.
- - Practice with a playlist that varies rhythms every few counts to build improvisation skills.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Clear communication of rhythm and foot placement is essential for partner coordination.
- - Body shapes and movements should be exaggerated to enhance rhythm transitions and visual interest.
- - Align rhythmic changes with the music to make them intuitive and easier to follow.
- - Start with slower rhythm changes and gradually increase frequency as confidence grows.
- - Use music as a guide to signal rhythm shifts, reducing the need for leaders to invent changes.
- - Practice improvisation by switching between different count intervals for rhythm transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb9fb30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/13_Transitioning_Between_Rhythms_with_a_Partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 13 Transitioning Between Rhythms with a Partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning between rhythms with a partner, emphasizing clear communication and musicality to enhance coordination and visual appeal.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should clearly indicate their foot placement for each rhythm to avoid confusion.
+- Followers must maintain clear weight shifts to match the leader's rhythm.
+- Exaggerate body shapes to signal rhythm changes, such as swinging for triplets or relaxing for single time.
+- Use directional movements, like traveling for single time or stepping sideways for quarter time.
+- Change rhythms in sync with the music, starting with every 8 counts and progressing to more frequent changes.
+- Practice with a playlist that varies rhythms every few counts to build improvisation skills.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Clear communication of rhythm and foot placement is essential for partner coordination.
+- Body shapes and movements should be exaggerated to enhance rhythm transitions and visual interest.
+- Align rhythmic changes with the music to make them intuitive and easier to follow.
+- Start with slower rhythm changes and gradually increase frequency as confidence grows.
+- Use music as a guide to signal rhythm shifts, reducing the need for leaders to invent changes.
+- Practice improvisation by switching between different count intervals for rhythm transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 775769c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-14 'Slow Quick Quick' Shuffle Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the 'Slow Quick Quick' shuffle rhythm by removing subdivisions to elongate beats one and three, creating a lazy, stretched feel.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Remove the subdivision before beats two and four to elongate beats one and three.
- - Practice the rhythm as 'slow, quick, quick, slow, quick, quick' with counts one, two, and three, four.
- - Focus on stretching out beats one and three while keeping the middle beats quick.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The rhythm gives a lazy feeling by elongating beats one and three.
- - This technique simplifies the shuffle by taking away subdivisions.
- - In future lessons, this rhythm will be applied to footwork for dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..442c4ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/14_'Slow_Quick_Quick'_Shuffle_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 14 'Slow Quick Quick' Shuffle Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the 'Slow Quick Quick' shuffle rhythm by removing subdivisions to elongate beats one and three, creating a lazy, stretched feel.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Remove the subdivision before beats two and four to elongate beats one and three.
+- Practice the rhythm as 'slow, quick, quick, slow, quick, quick' with counts one, two, and three, four.
+- Focus on stretching out beats one and three while keeping the middle beats quick.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The rhythm gives a lazy feeling by elongating beats one and three.
+- This technique simplifies the shuffle by taking away subdivisions.
+- In future lessons, this rhythm will be applied to footwork for dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 53adfbd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-15 Slow Quick Quick Shuffle Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to perform the slow quick quick shuffle footwork rhythm, focusing on representing the feel with ball changes and weight transfers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot and step on the one count.
- - Perform a ball change on the two and counts, taking the foot slightly back like a pendulum.
- - Add more swing on the one and three counts to emphasize the slow quick quick feel.
- - Practice the ball change with both legs to build consistency.
- - Combine the slow quick quick rhythm with normal basic steps by alternating between them.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transfer weight fully to the right or left foot during movements to maintain balance.
- - Elongate the one and three counts to highlight the slow feel in the rhythm.
- - Use this rhythm choice when the music's shuffle is slower for a better fit.
- - The slow quick quick rhythm includes an extra step compared to the basic, enhancing the rhythmic variation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ac26f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/15_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 15 Slow Quick Quick Shuffle Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to perform the slow quick quick shuffle footwork rhythm, focusing on representing the feel with ball changes and weight transfers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot and step on the one count.
+- Perform a ball change on the two and counts, taking the foot slightly back like a pendulum.
+- Add more swing on the one and three counts to emphasize the slow quick quick feel.
+- Practice the ball change with both legs to build consistency.
+- Combine the slow quick quick rhythm with normal basic steps by alternating between them.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transfer weight fully to the right or left foot during movements to maintain balance.
+- Elongate the one and three counts to highlight the slow feel in the rhythm.
+- Use this rhythm choice when the music's shuffle is slower for a better fit.
+- The slow quick quick rhythm includes an extra step compared to the basic, enhancing the rhythmic variation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b1f3894..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-16 Slow Quick Quick Shuffle with a Partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches two ways to partner the slow, quick, quick shuffle: leading and following it clearly, and using it as an individual variation while maintaining partnership.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - As a leader, think about a pendulum swing back on the first count to initiate the rhythm.
- - Release your arms slightly to create space for hip movement without overstretching.
- - Practice eight counts of step touch basic followed by eight counts of the shuffle to feel the difference.
- - Maintain the same speed and direction as your partner even when adding individual footwork variations.
- - Use the rhythm as an optional styling layer that doesn't disrupt the basic partnership.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The slow, quick, quick shuffle can be led and followed or used as a personal variation without breaking the partnership.
- - Keep arm movements natural and minimal to allow for hip swing and balance.
- - Partners can choose different footwork while still following each other's speed and direction.
- - This step fits directly on top of a two-count basic, making it versatile for integration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e31e9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/16_Slow_Quick_Quick_Shuffle_with_a_Partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 16 Slow Quick Quick Shuffle with a Partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches two ways to partner the slow, quick, quick shuffle: leading and following it clearly, and using it as an individual variation while maintaining partnership.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- As a leader, think about a pendulum swing back on the first count to initiate the rhythm.
+- Release your arms slightly to create space for hip movement without overstretching.
+- Practice eight counts of step touch basic followed by eight counts of the shuffle to feel the difference.
+- Maintain the same speed and direction as your partner even when adding individual footwork variations.
+- Use the rhythm as an optional styling layer that doesn't disrupt the basic partnership.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The slow, quick, quick shuffle can be led and followed or used as a personal variation without breaking the partnership.
+- Keep arm movements natural and minimal to allow for hip swing and balance.
+- Partners can choose different footwork while still following each other's speed and direction.
+- This step fits directly on top of a two-count basic, making it versatile for integration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a260ae..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-17 Triple Rhythm Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson explains how triple rhythm fits into dance, comparing it to a previous shuffle rhythm and highlighting its different feel due to shifted subdivisions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on the shifted 'and' placement in the bar for triple rhythm.
- - Notice that the one and three beats are shortened in this rhythm.
- - Pay attention to the elongation of the two and four beats compared to the previous rhythm.
- - Practice feeling the different body sensation when dancing to this rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Triple rhythm is similar to shuffle rhythm but with subdivisions in different places.
- - The feel of a rhythm changes based on which beats are shortened or elongated.
- - Understanding beat variations helps adapt dancing to different musical feels.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61fe5ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/17_Triple_Rhythm_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 17 Triple Rhythm Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains how triple rhythm fits into dance, comparing it to a previous shuffle rhythm and highlighting its different feel due to shifted subdivisions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on the shifted 'and' placement in the bar for triple rhythm.
+- Notice that the one and three beats are shortened in this rhythm.
+- Pay attention to the elongation of the two and four beats compared to the previous rhythm.
+- Practice feeling the different body sensation when dancing to this rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Triple rhythm is similar to shuffle rhythm but with subdivisions in different places.
+- The feel of a rhythm changes based on which beats are shortened or elongated.
+- Understanding beat variations helps adapt dancing to different musical feels.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e6214e2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-18 Triple Rhythm Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'quick, quick, slow' triple rhythm footwork, focusing on representing it in music without traveling, unlike the 'slow, quick, quick' rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and step on the 1, then add a ball change pattern.
- - Practice alternating between basic steps and the quick quick slow rhythm to build fluency.
- - For faster music, relax into the ground with emphasis down on the beat to maintain ease.
- - Avoid traveling by keeping the one and two on the same spot, unlike in lindy hop.
- - Use this rhythm for medium up-tempo blues where it feels more natural in the body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The quick quick slow rhythm involves three actions in two counts, staying on the spot to avoid swing.
- - This rhythm is similar to lindy hop but adapted for non-traveling movement in this context.
- - It works best with faster music; slower tempos might make it feel less natural and more challenging.
- - Emphasis can vary: prepare and step for basic alignment or down on the beat for faster tempos.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51ee0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/18_Triple_Rhythm_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 18 Triple Rhythm Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'quick, quick, slow' triple rhythm footwork, focusing on representing it in music without traveling, unlike the 'slow, quick, quick' rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and step on the 1, then add a ball change pattern.
+- Practice alternating between basic steps and the quick quick slow rhythm to build fluency.
+- For faster music, relax into the ground with emphasis down on the beat to maintain ease.
+- Avoid traveling by keeping the one and two on the same spot, unlike in lindy hop.
+- Use this rhythm for medium up-tempo blues where it feels more natural in the body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The quick quick slow rhythm involves three actions in two counts, staying on the spot to avoid swing.
+- This rhythm is similar to lindy hop but adapted for non-traveling movement in this context.
+- It works best with faster music; slower tempos might make it feel less natural and more challenging.
+- Emphasis can vary: prepare and step for basic alignment or down on the beat for faster tempos.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dea38e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-19 Triple Rhythm with a Partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating the triple rhythm into partner dancing, specifically transitioning between a basic step and the triple rhythm to enhance rhythm and drive.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should ensure clear weight transfer during the triple rhythm.
- - Cut the first step shorter in the triple rhythm compared to the basic step.
- - Followers can feel the triple rhythm through the leader's body movement and weight shifts.
- - Practice the triple rhythm independently and with a partner to mix with other steps.
- - Maintain a relaxed frame as a leader to avoid imposing the rhythm on the partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triple rhythm has more drive due to earlier weight shifts in the step.
- - Followers can use the triple rhythm as an individual variation without disrupting the partnership.
- - Clear body movement communicates the rhythm effectively to the partner.
- - The lesson emphasizes mixing triple rhythm with basic and single time steps for versatility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbc8592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/19_Triple_Rhythm_with_a_Partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 19 Triple Rhythm with a Partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating the triple rhythm into partner dancing, specifically transitioning between a basic step and the triple rhythm to enhance rhythm and drive.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should ensure clear weight transfer during the triple rhythm.
+- Cut the first step shorter in the triple rhythm compared to the basic step.
+- Followers can feel the triple rhythm through the leader's body movement and weight shifts.
+- Practice the triple rhythm independently and with a partner to mix with other steps.
+- Maintain a relaxed frame as a leader to avoid imposing the rhythm on the partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triple rhythm has more drive due to earlier weight shifts in the step.
+- Followers can use the triple rhythm as an individual variation without disrupting the partnership.
+- Clear body movement communicates the rhythm effectively to the partner.
+- The lesson emphasizes mixing triple rhythm with basic and single time steps for versatility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 40dc8c2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1 Single Time
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the beat as the basic unit of time in music and dancing, focusing on dancing single time by performing one action per beat, specifically stepping to the rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step every single beat to the song.
- - Use Adam as an example to follow along.
- - Get comfortable moving to the bass rhythm of the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The beat is the simple unit of time in music and dancing.
- - Single time means doing one thing per beat.
- - Focus on stepping as the single action for this lesson.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e3ab35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/1_Single_Time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1 Single Time
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the beat as the basic unit of time in music and dancing, focusing on dancing single time by performing one action per beat, specifically stepping to the rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step every single beat to the song.
+- Use Adam as an example to follow along.
+- Get comfortable moving to the bass rhythm of the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The beat is the simple unit of time in music and dancing.
+- Single time means doing one thing per beat.
+- Focus on stepping as the single action for this lesson.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ee89db0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-20 Improvising with Rhythms%3A Group I
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on grouping rhythms for improvisation, specifically Group I rhythms that involve clear axis shifts every beat, to maintain flow and connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a single time walk to connect with your partner before adding rhythms.
- - Practice in closed position to ensure you stay together and don't fight each other.
- - Try travelling with your rhythms, such as shuffles or triplets, to move around the floor.
- - Use slower music initially to make it easier to practice the rhythms.
- - Leaders should lead clearly, and followers should maintain a slight delay in weight shifts.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Group I rhythms involve a clear axis shift or body movement through space every beat.
- - Improvising with these rhythms helps maintain flow and communication between leader and follower.
- - Shifting weight at the same time prevents messing up and keeps the dance connected.
- - Practice allows improvisation within the lead-follow framework while staying in sync.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..827bed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/20_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 20 Improvising with Rhythms%3A Group I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on grouping rhythms for improvisation, specifically Group I rhythms that involve clear axis shifts every beat, to maintain flow and connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a single time walk to connect with your partner before adding rhythms.
+- Practice in closed position to ensure you stay together and don't fight each other.
+- Try travelling with your rhythms, such as shuffles or triplets, to move around the floor.
+- Use slower music initially to make it easier to practice the rhythms.
+- Leaders should lead clearly, and followers should maintain a slight delay in weight shifts.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Group I rhythms involve a clear axis shift or body movement through space every beat.
+- Improvising with these rhythms helps maintain flow and communication between leader and follower.
+- Shifting weight at the same time prevents messing up and keeps the dance connected.
+- Practice allows improvisation within the lead-follow framework while staying in sync.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e686b5e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-21 Groovin' with Group I Rhythms
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with Group I rhythms (single time, shuffle, triplets) while exploring different dance positions and maintaining connection, with a goal of practicing individual rhythmic variations without disrupting partner flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with single time walking to connect before adding rhythms.
- - Keep arms and upper body relaxed while improvising with feet.
- - Take small steps underneath the body to maintain following ability.
- - If disconnected, reset by returning to single time walking.
- - Practice to a slow song and build up stages gradually.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a constant tempo without speeding up or slowing down.
- - Rhythmic improvisation should not affect the physical connection with your partner.
- - Leaders and followers can dance to different rhythms simultaneously while staying together.
- - Focus on relaxed upper body and small steps to preserve lead-follow dynamics.
- - Use the grooving exercise to explore positions and improvisation freely.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8211561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/21_Groovin'_with_Group_I_Rhythms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 21 Groovin' with Group I Rhythms
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with Group I rhythms (single time, shuffle, triplets) while exploring different dance positions and maintaining connection, with a goal of practicing individual rhythmic variations without disrupting partner flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with single time walking to connect before adding rhythms.
+- Keep arms and upper body relaxed while improvising with feet.
+- Take small steps underneath the body to maintain following ability.
+- If disconnected, reset by returning to single time walking.
+- Practice to a slow song and build up stages gradually.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a constant tempo without speeding up or slowing down.
+- Rhythmic improvisation should not affect the physical connection with your partner.
+- Leaders and followers can dance to different rhythms simultaneously while staying together.
+- Focus on relaxed upper body and small steps to preserve lead-follow dynamics.
+- Use the grooving exercise to explore positions and improvisation freely.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6af26dc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-22 Improvising with Rhythms%3A Group II
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with Group II rhythms, which involve clear axis shifts every two counts, and aims to practice integrating these rhythms with a partner in closed position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice shifting weight every two counts to establish the half-time rhythm.
- - Incorporate variations like the slow, quick, quick shuffle or triple step to add complexity.
- - Travel more in closed position to enhance movement and connection.
- - Ensure variations are shared with your partner so they can feel and respond to the rhythm.
- - Adjust rhythm choices based on the speed of the music for better fit.
- - Leaders can play with simpler options like a basic step with double pulse while followers add variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Group II rhythms are defined by axis shifts every two counts, creating a half-time feel.
- - Variations should be communicated to your partner to allow for joint improvisation and response.
- - Practice in closed position helps synchronize movements and build rhythmic cohesion.
- - The goal is to share rhythms openly, not isolate them, to enhance partner connection.
- - Experiment with different rhythms like triple steps or shuffles to find what fits the music.
- - Focus on body movement together, even when footwork varies, to maintain unity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38a526a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/22_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Group_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 22 Improvising with Rhythms%3A Group II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with Group II rhythms, which involve clear axis shifts every two counts, and aims to practice integrating these rhythms with a partner in closed position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice shifting weight every two counts to establish the half-time rhythm.
+- Incorporate variations like the slow, quick, quick shuffle or triple step to add complexity.
+- Travel more in closed position to enhance movement and connection.
+- Ensure variations are shared with your partner so they can feel and respond to the rhythm.
+- Adjust rhythm choices based on the speed of the music for better fit.
+- Leaders can play with simpler options like a basic step with double pulse while followers add variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Group II rhythms are defined by axis shifts every two counts, creating a half-time feel.
+- Variations should be communicated to your partner to allow for joint improvisation and response.
+- Practice in closed position helps synchronize movements and build rhythmic cohesion.
+- The goal is to share rhythms openly, not isolate them, to enhance partner connection.
+- Experiment with different rhythms like triple steps or shuffles to find what fits the music.
+- Focus on body movement together, even when footwork varies, to maintain unity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 93dc5ae..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-23 Groovin' with Group II Rhythms
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing group two rhythms through a grooving exercise, with the goal of allowing dancers to mix and match rhythms while maintaining connection and axis.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the basic step, transferring weight every two counts.
- - Keep arms relaxed and avoid pulling or pushing.
- - Followers can add slow-quick-quick or triple step rhythms.
- - Use halftime steps to smooth out movements when the music inspires it.
- - Test connection by returning to closed position to check axis alignment.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a standard speed while dancing around with any shapes or moves.
- - Leaders and followers can dance to different rhythms simultaneously for a percussive effect.
- - Mix and match rhythms from group two to enhance musicality.
- - Axis should remain in the same place to ensure stability and connection.
- - The exercise builds from basic steps to more complex rhythm combinations.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5153b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/23_Groovin'_with_Group_II_Rhythms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 23 Groovin' with Group II Rhythms
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing group two rhythms through a grooving exercise, with the goal of allowing dancers to mix and match rhythms while maintaining connection and axis.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the basic step, transferring weight every two counts.
+- Keep arms relaxed and avoid pulling or pushing.
+- Followers can add slow-quick-quick or triple step rhythms.
+- Use halftime steps to smooth out movements when the music inspires it.
+- Test connection by returning to closed position to check axis alignment.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a standard speed while dancing around with any shapes or moves.
+- Leaders and followers can dance to different rhythms simultaneously for a percussive effect.
+- Mix and match rhythms from group two to enhance musicality.
+- Axis should remain in the same place to ensure stability and connection.
+- The exercise builds from basic steps to more complex rhythm combinations.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d3fc370..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-24 Creating a Rhythmic Dialogue%3A Improvising with Group I & Group II Rhythms
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to mix Group I and Group II rhythms in dance improvisation, focusing on maintaining communication and axis awareness between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - In closed position, avoid improvising with different rhythm groupings to keep the frame and energy aligned.
- - In open rhythm, you can break rules by shifting your axis differently from your partner, as long as both are aware.
- - As a follower, focus on the body's momentum and energy from the leader, not just footwork, to stay in sync.
- - When improvising, keep arms relaxed and maintain a clear weight shift so your partner can feel your movements.
- - If you get out of sync, use it as an opportunity to create something new or fix it by realigning axes.
- - Practice with a song to see how rhythms work together or apart, and experiment to find what feels good.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Mixing rhythms changes the axis and communication between dancers, requiring awareness of each other's positions.
- - Improvisation should be playful and clear, allowing partners to feel differences through body communication.
- - Leaders should lead based on body movement and momentum, not specific steps, to guide followers effectively.
- - You cannot control everything in improvisation, but maintaining relaxed arms and consistent speed helps the relationship.
- - Use out-of-sync moments as creative opportunities or to realign, rather than seeing them as mistakes.
- - Experiment with different rhythm combinations to develop your own rhythmic dialogue in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a5513e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/24_Creating_a_Rhythmic_Dialogue%3A_Improvising_with_Group_I_&_Group_II_Rhythms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 24 Creating a Rhythmic Dialogue%3A Improvising with Group I & Group II Rhythms
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to mix Group I and Group II rhythms in dance improvisation, focusing on maintaining communication and axis awareness between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- In closed position, avoid improvising with different rhythm groupings to keep the frame and energy aligned.
+- In open rhythm, you can break rules by shifting your axis differently from your partner, as long as both are aware.
+- As a follower, focus on the body's momentum and energy from the leader, not just footwork, to stay in sync.
+- When improvising, keep arms relaxed and maintain a clear weight shift so your partner can feel your movements.
+- If you get out of sync, use it as an opportunity to create something new or fix it by realigning axes.
+- Practice with a song to see how rhythms work together or apart, and experiment to find what feels good.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Mixing rhythms changes the axis and communication between dancers, requiring awareness of each other's positions.
+- Improvisation should be playful and clear, allowing partners to feel differences through body communication.
+- Leaders should lead based on body movement and momentum, not specific steps, to guide followers effectively.
+- You cannot control everything in improvisation, but maintaining relaxed arms and consistent speed helps the relationship.
+- Use out-of-sync moments as creative opportunities or to realign, rather than seeing them as mistakes.
+- Experiment with different rhythm combinations to develop your own rhythmic dialogue in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 950c69e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-25 Rhythm Recap%3A How they fit together
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson explains how different rhythms fit together in blues dancing, focusing on triplet, shuffle, and other variations to help dancers transition between them based on the music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the triplet rhythm by counting 'one and and' for each beat.
- - Create the shuffle rhythm by removing one 'and' per beat, resulting in 'One and two and'.
- - Form the slow, quick, quick shuffle by taking another 'and' away, counting 'one, two and three, four and'.
- - Incorporate the triple rhythm by moving the 'ands' to positions like 'one and two, three and four'.
- - Practice single time with steady beats 'one, two, three, four', half time with 'one, three', and quarter time with 'one, one, one'.
- - Use the diagram to visualize how all rhythms overlay and fit together.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Different rhythms can be derived by adding or removing subdivisions from a base triplet pattern.
- - Rhythms like shuffle and triple involve modifying the placement or number of 'ands' in the count.
- - In blues music, dancers can switch between rhythms based on what they hear in the song.
- - Understanding how rhythms fit together helps in adapting to musical changes during a dance.
- - The lesson emphasizes practical application by dancing to the rhythm perceived in the music at any moment.
- - All rhythms are interconnected and can be layered, as shown in the diagram.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce26d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/25_Rhythm_Recap%3A_How_they_fit_together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 25 Rhythm Recap%3A How they fit together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains how different rhythms fit together in blues dancing, focusing on triplet, shuffle, and other variations to help dancers transition between them based on the music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the triplet rhythm by counting 'one and and' for each beat.
+- Create the shuffle rhythm by removing one 'and' per beat, resulting in 'One and two and'.
+- Form the slow, quick, quick shuffle by taking another 'and' away, counting 'one, two and three, four and'.
+- Incorporate the triple rhythm by moving the 'ands' to positions like 'one and two, three and four'.
+- Practice single time with steady beats 'one, two, three, four', half time with 'one, three', and quarter time with 'one, one, one'.
+- Use the diagram to visualize how all rhythms overlay and fit together.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Different rhythms can be derived by adding or removing subdivisions from a base triplet pattern.
+- Rhythms like shuffle and triple involve modifying the placement or number of 'ands' in the count.
+- In blues music, dancers can switch between rhythms based on what they hear in the song.
+- Understanding how rhythms fit together helps in adapting to musical changes during a dance.
+- The lesson emphasizes practical application by dancing to the rhythm perceived in the music at any moment.
+- All rhythms are interconnected and can be layered, as shown in the diagram.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 80c18df..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-26 Improvising with Rhythms%3A Adding Group III
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on introducing Group III rhythms, specifically the quarter step lasting four counts, and integrating it with previous groups for improvisation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the quarter step to travel more and utilize space effectively.
- - Add the quarter step at the end of a musical phrase or during a break for dramatic effect.
- - Lead this rhythm to maintain connection and flow with your partner.
- - Incorporate the quarter step to create contrast with faster foot rhythms.
- - Suggest the quarter step with your body if you sense a musical break your partner might miss.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Group III contains only the quarter step, which is unique for its four-count duration.
- - This rhythm is led by the leader due to its travel and space requirements.
- - It can change the connection dynamic between partners, so use it intentionally.
- - Employ the quarter step to slow things down and enjoy stillness in the music.
- - Integrate it with Groups I and II for varied improvisation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca338e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/26_Improvising_with_Rhythms%3A_Adding_Group_III.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 26 Improvising with Rhythms%3A Adding Group III
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on introducing Group III rhythms, specifically the quarter step lasting four counts, and integrating it with previous groups for improvisation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the quarter step to travel more and utilize space effectively.
+- Add the quarter step at the end of a musical phrase or during a break for dramatic effect.
+- Lead this rhythm to maintain connection and flow with your partner.
+- Incorporate the quarter step to create contrast with faster foot rhythms.
+- Suggest the quarter step with your body if you sense a musical break your partner might miss.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Group III contains only the quarter step, which is unique for its four-count duration.
+- This rhythm is led by the leader due to its travel and space requirements.
+- It can change the connection dynamic between partners, so use it intentionally.
+- Employ the quarter step to slow things down and enjoy stillness in the music.
+- Integrate it with Groups I and II for varied improvisation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e11c8b5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-2 Half Time
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches dancing half time, which involves stepping every two beats instead of every beat, with the goal of practicing slow, elongated movements to a song.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step on beats one and three only.
- - Elongate movements through beats two and four without stepping.
- - Practice slowly to a song to master the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Half time means dancing at half the speed of single time.
- - Focus on stepping every two counts to maintain the half-time feel.
- - Use the two and four beats for movement transitions rather than steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee0c830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/2_Half_Time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 2 Half Time
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches dancing half time, which involves stepping every two beats instead of every beat, with the goal of practicing slow, elongated movements to a song.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step on beats one and three only.
+- Elongate movements through beats two and four without stepping.
+- Practice slowly to a song to master the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Half time means dancing at half the speed of single time.
+- Focus on stepping every two counts to maintain the half-time feel.
+- Use the two and four beats for movement transitions rather than steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6432163..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-3 Quarter Time
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches quarter time stepping, which involves moving at a quarter of the speed of single time, stepping once every four counts while elongating the movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step only on the one count and elongate that step to last four counts.
- - Avoid freezing or holding still for the three counts after stepping.
- - Keep moving your body continuously, like dancing in slow motion.
- - Practice stepping once every four counts without stopping movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Quarter time means moving four times slower than single time stepping.
- - The goal is to step once every four counts while maintaining fluid motion.
- - Focus on elongating each step to fill the entire four-count duration.
- - Avoid cheating by holding a static position; always keep the body in motion.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbf53e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/3_Quarter_Time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 3 Quarter Time
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches quarter time stepping, which involves moving at a quarter of the speed of single time, stepping once every four counts while elongating the movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step only on the one count and elongate that step to last four counts.
+- Avoid freezing or holding still for the three counts after stepping.
+- Keep moving your body continuously, like dancing in slow motion.
+- Practice stepping once every four counts without stopping movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Quarter time means moving four times slower than single time stepping.
+- The goal is to step once every four counts while maintaining fluid motion.
+- Focus on elongating each step to fill the entire four-count duration.
+- Avoid cheating by holding a static position; always keep the body in motion.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ad625fb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Mixing Single, Half and Quarter Time
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining single, half, and quarter time steps in dance, with the goal of transitioning smoothly between them by adjusting preparation and speed.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Relax more into the ground for single time steps to prepare effectively.
- - Increase preparation slightly for half time steps to avoid waiting between steps.
- - Use a bigger preparation for quarter time steps to allow for slower movement.
- - Feel free to take bigger steps when dancing to half or quarter time to compensate for the slower pace.
- - Focus on reaching the end of the move within four counts for quarter time steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Preparation and speed are key factors in transitioning between different time steps.
- - In quarter time, stepping on the first beat is not necessary; focus on completing the move in four counts.
- - Dancing to slower times like quarter time involves moving in a slow-motion style.
- - Adjust step size as needed to maintain flow and ease when changing time signatures.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..725df99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/4_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Mixing Single, Half and Quarter Time
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining single, half, and quarter time steps in dance, with the goal of transitioning smoothly between them by adjusting preparation and speed.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Relax more into the ground for single time steps to prepare effectively.
+- Increase preparation slightly for half time steps to avoid waiting between steps.
+- Use a bigger preparation for quarter time steps to allow for slower movement.
+- Feel free to take bigger steps when dancing to half or quarter time to compensate for the slower pace.
+- Focus on reaching the end of the move within four counts for quarter time steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Preparation and speed are key factors in transitioning between different time steps.
+- In quarter time, stepping on the first beat is not necessary; focus on completing the move in four counts.
+- Dancing to slower times like quarter time involves moving in a slow-motion style.
+- Adjust step size as needed to maintain flow and ease when changing time signatures.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e00625..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-5 Mixing Single, Half and Quarter Time%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mixing single, half, and quarter time tempos with a partner from close position, aiming to practice lead-follow communication through speed changes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should use a clear preparation and weight change to signal tempo shifts.
- - Followers should relax and wait slightly to understand the speed being led.
- - Practice stepping every beat, two beats, or four beats as in previous lessons.
- - Ensure full weight transfer when stepping left or right.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The step is simple but changes speed, requiring clear communication between partners.
- - This exercise helps develop lead-follow skills and musicality in dancing.
- - Focus on the preparation and speed of movement to convey tempo changes effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..294646d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/5_Mixing_Single,_Half_and_Quarter_Time%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 5 Mixing Single, Half and Quarter Time%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mixing single, half, and quarter time tempos with a partner from close position, aiming to practice lead-follow communication through speed changes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should use a clear preparation and weight change to signal tempo shifts.
+- Followers should relax and wait slightly to understand the speed being led.
+- Practice stepping every beat, two beats, or four beats as in previous lessons.
+- Ensure full weight transfer when stepping left or right.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The step is simple but changes speed, requiring clear communication between partners.
+- This exercise helps develop lead-follow skills and musicality in dancing.
+- Focus on the preparation and speed of movement to convey tempo changes effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 95012bc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-6 Triplets Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson explains triplets in blues music, where beats are subdivided into three, and aims to train the ear to recognize this rhythm in songs.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Listen to songs to identify when the triplet rhythm appears and disappears.
- - Practice hearing triplets as a constant underlying bass rhythm in slow blues.
- - Use examples to detect triplets at the end or middle of musical phrases.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Triplets involve three subdivisions per beat, common in blues music.
- - This rhythm can be consistent or vary throughout a song.
- - Recognizing triplets helps in applying them to dance footwork later.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc53a22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/6_Triplets_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 6 Triplets Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains triplets in blues music, where beats are subdivided into three, and aims to train the ear to recognize this rhythm in songs.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Listen to songs to identify when the triplet rhythm appears and disappears.
+- Practice hearing triplets as a constant underlying bass rhythm in slow blues.
+- Use examples to detect triplets at the end or middle of musical phrases.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Triplets involve three subdivisions per beat, common in blues music.
+- This rhythm can be consistent or vary throughout a song.
+- Recognizing triplets helps in applying them to dance footwork later.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d2ebee..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Triplet Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to express triple rhythm with footwork, focusing on a basic step of three steps per count, transitioning between single time and triplets.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step to one side on the first beat and add two extra steps on the spot for the triplet.
- - Adjust foot placement based on music speed: use the entire foot for slow music and the front part for faster music.
- - Keep steps small when the music gets faster to maintain control and rhythm.
- - Ensure the last step when transitioning from triplet to single time is clear and fully on the floor.
- - Add a swing with your body to enhance the movement and rhythm expression.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Triplets involve three steps per count, with the first step to the side and the next two on the spot.
- - Foot placement can vary with music tempo, affecting balance and timing.
- - Clear transitions between single time and triplets are crucial for smooth rhythm changes.
- - Practice transitioning every eight counts to build consistency and improvisation skills.
- - Body movement, such as swinging, helps in expressing the rhythm more dynamically.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7024229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/7_Triplet_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Triplet Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to express triple rhythm with footwork, focusing on a basic step of three steps per count, transitioning between single time and triplets.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step to one side on the first beat and add two extra steps on the spot for the triplet.
+- Adjust foot placement based on music speed: use the entire foot for slow music and the front part for faster music.
+- Keep steps small when the music gets faster to maintain control and rhythm.
+- Ensure the last step when transitioning from triplet to single time is clear and fully on the floor.
+- Add a swing with your body to enhance the movement and rhythm expression.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Triplets involve three steps per count, with the first step to the side and the next two on the spot.
+- Foot placement can vary with music tempo, affecting balance and timing.
+- Clear transitions between single time and triplets are crucial for smooth rhythm changes.
+- Practice transitioning every eight counts to build consistency and improvisation skills.
+- Body movement, such as swinging, helps in expressing the rhythm more dynamically.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 82ab904..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Triplets with a Partner
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating triplet steps into partner dancing in closed position, emphasizing the swing motion and clear weight shifts for leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should add a sideways swing in the body when transitioning into triplets.
- - Use single time steps to travel, then switch to triplets with more swing and less travel.
- - Create a clear signal by changing direction and dancing in place for triplets.
- - Alternate triplet rhythms with half time or quarter time steps for variation.
- - Make a big contrast in speed when preparing for quarter time steps.
- - Be very clear with movements, especially when improvising.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Feel three clear weight shifts per beat during triplets.
- - The swing in the center of the body is key for executing triplets effectively.
- - Followers can sense changes in energy and space as signals for triplets.
- - Mix between single time, half time, quarter time, and triplets to match music phrasing.
- - Practice changing rhythms every eight counts to improve improvisation.
- - Clarity in movement helps in partner communication during dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b119a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/8_Triplets_with_a_Partner.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Triplets with a Partner
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating triplet steps into partner dancing in closed position, emphasizing the swing motion and clear weight shifts for leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should add a sideways swing in the body when transitioning into triplets.
+- Use single time steps to travel, then switch to triplets with more swing and less travel.
+- Create a clear signal by changing direction and dancing in place for triplets.
+- Alternate triplet rhythms with half time or quarter time steps for variation.
+- Make a big contrast in speed when preparing for quarter time steps.
+- Be very clear with movements, especially when improvising.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Feel three clear weight shifts per beat during triplets.
+- The swing in the center of the body is key for executing triplets effectively.
+- Followers can sense changes in energy and space as signals for triplets.
+- Mix between single time, half time, quarter time, and triplets to match music phrasing.
+- Practice changing rhythms every eight counts to improve improvisation.
+- Clarity in movement helps in partner communication during dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cd52dd1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-9 The Blues Shuffle Rhythm
-
-
-
-COURSE: Rhythm Toolkit
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the blues shuffle rhythm, explaining its musical basis and preparing students to apply it in footwork in the next class.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine each beat divided into three sections, then remove the middle to create the shuffle rhythm.
- - Practice counting the rhythm as 'one, a two, a three, a four' to internalize the timing.
- - Use the triplet subdivision from previous classes as a foundation for understanding the shuffle.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The blues shuffle rhythm is a classic blues pattern derived from triplets by omitting the middle section.
- - This rhythm will be integrated into footwork in upcoming lessons to enhance dancing.
- - Focus on the musical structure of beats to grasp the shuffle's timing effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1854cfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Rhythm-Toolkit/9_The_Blues_Shuffle_Rhythm.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 9 The Blues Shuffle Rhythm
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the blues shuffle rhythm, explaining its musical basis and preparing students to apply it in footwork in the next class.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine each beat divided into three sections, then remove the middle to create the shuffle rhythm.
+- Practice counting the rhythm as 'one, a two, a three, a four' to internalize the timing.
+- Use the triplet subdivision from previous classes as a foundation for understanding the shuffle.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The blues shuffle rhythm is a classic blues pattern derived from triplets by omitting the middle section.
+- This rhythm will be integrated into footwork in upcoming lessons to enhance dancing.
+- Focus on the musical structure of beats to grasp the shuffle's timing effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 23a2e74..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Swinging Triplets Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Swinging Triplets course, explaining the rhythm and how to incorporate it solo and with a partner, with a focus on flashy exit moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Briefly explain the triplet rhythm before practice.
- - Incorporate the rhythm solo to build familiarity.
- - Practice with a partner to apply the rhythm in a dance context.
- - Experiment with flashy moves to exit the triplet rhythm effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This course builds on previous rhythm toolkit knowledge.
- - The goal includes both solo and partner applications of the rhythm.
- - End the course with impressive exit moves for added flair.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c438d23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/0_Swinging_Triplets_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Swinging Triplets Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Swinging Triplets course, explaining the rhythm and how to incorporate it solo and with a partner, with a focus on flashy exit moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Briefly explain the triplet rhythm before practice.
+- Incorporate the rhythm solo to build familiarity.
+- Practice with a partner to apply the rhythm in a dance context.
+- Experiment with flashy moves to exit the triplet rhythm effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This course builds on previous rhythm toolkit knowledge.
+- The goal includes both solo and partner applications of the rhythm.
+- End the course with impressive exit moves for added flair.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c29e65b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-10 Shoulders and Hips%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating independent shoulder and hip variations into partnered dancing, with leaders guiding weight shifts and tempo while both partners add their own body movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by dancing in open position to practice variations without complex leading.
- - Leaders should lead basics, walks, and turns to create a foundation for adding variations.
- - Add individual rhythmical variations during simpler moments in the dance, such as open dancing.
- - Practice with music immediately to apply variations in a real-time context.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Variations are independent for each partner, not led by the leader.
- - Leaders are responsible for leading weight shifts, direction, and tempo.
- - Integrating variations with complex figures requires additional practice and training.
- - Keep it simple initially by focusing on open dancing and basic leads.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4cdbfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/10_Shoulders_and_Hips%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 10 Shoulders and Hips%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating independent shoulder and hip variations into partnered dancing, with leaders guiding weight shifts and tempo while both partners add their own body movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by dancing in open position to practice variations without complex leading.
+- Leaders should lead basics, walks, and turns to create a foundation for adding variations.
+- Add individual rhythmical variations during simpler moments in the dance, such as open dancing.
+- Practice with music immediately to apply variations in a real-time context.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Variations are independent for each partner, not led by the leader.
+- Leaders are responsible for leading weight shifts, direction, and tempo.
+- Integrating variations with complex figures requires additional practice and training.
+- Keep it simple initially by focusing on open dancing and basic leads.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).html
deleted file mode 100644
index b9ea5b7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-11 The Hip Wiggle (AKA The Baby Wiggle)
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Hip Wiggle (Baby Wiggle) move, focusing on isolating hip movement forward and back while maintaining body stability.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Move hips forward and back without moving the entire body
- - Bend one knee forward while keeping the other leg straight
- - Transfer weight slowly from one side to the other
- - Stay on the same level and relax your legs
- - Practice on the spot before incorporating into dance
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Imagine being a happy baby wiggling to connect with the movement's playful essence
- - Avoid collapsing or losing posture while executing the wiggle
- - This move provides another way to dance to triplets in swing dancing
- - Start slowly as an adult version of the childhood wiggle
- - Maintain cool confidence while performing the hip isolation
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..539f8ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/11_The_Hip_Wiggle_(AKA_The_Baby_Wiggle).md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 11 The Hip Wiggle (AKA The Baby Wiggle)
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Hip Wiggle (Baby Wiggle) move, focusing on isolating hip movement forward and back while maintaining body stability.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Move hips forward and back without moving the entire body
+- Bend one knee forward while keeping the other leg straight
+- Transfer weight slowly from one side to the other
+- Stay on the same level and relax your legs
+- Practice on the spot before incorporating into dance
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Imagine being a happy baby wiggling to connect with the movement's playful essence
+- Avoid collapsing or losing posture while executing the wiggle
+- This move provides another way to dance to triplets in swing dancing
+- Start slowly as an adult version of the childhood wiggle
+- Maintain cool confidence while performing the hip isolation
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dc29ffb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Hip Wiggle in Close Embrace
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to perform a led hip wiggle, also known as belly rubbing, in close embrace with a partner, focusing on subtle movement from the center.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with four basic steps, then open slightly into a V shape on the fourth step as preparation for the wiggle.
- - Perform eight counts of the baby wiggle with a rolling feeling across the center, then exit back into basics.
- - Leaders should lead the wiggle from their own body, not with the arms, to avoid discomfort and complexity.
- - Followers should slow down and delay slightly to match the leader's pace for a smoother feel.
- - Practice the wiggle solo first with open and close movements to build muscle memory before trying with a partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The wiggle must be very subtle to prevent it from feeling like a fight between partners.
- - A good close embrace connection in the center is essential for feeling and leading the movement effectively.
- - Relax the arms and focus on the connection through the bellies to enhance the rolling sensation.
- - Ensure there is no gap in the close embrace to properly feel each other's movement and lead the wiggle.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c46b2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/12_Hip_Wiggle_in_Close_Embrace.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Hip Wiggle in Close Embrace
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to perform a led hip wiggle, also known as belly rubbing, in close embrace with a partner, focusing on subtle movement from the center.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with four basic steps, then open slightly into a V shape on the fourth step as preparation for the wiggle.
+- Perform eight counts of the baby wiggle with a rolling feeling across the center, then exit back into basics.
+- Leaders should lead the wiggle from their own body, not with the arms, to avoid discomfort and complexity.
+- Followers should slow down and delay slightly to match the leader's pace for a smoother feel.
+- Practice the wiggle solo first with open and close movements to build muscle memory before trying with a partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The wiggle must be very subtle to prevent it from feeling like a fight between partners.
+- A good close embrace connection in the center is essential for feeling and leading the movement effectively.
+- Relax the arms and focus on the connection through the bellies to enhance the rolling sensation.
+- Ensure there is no gap in the close embrace to properly feel each other's movement and lead the wiggle.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d94a81..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-13 Hip Wiggle%3A Independent Variation
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a hip rotation wiggle move as an independent variation in swing dance, emphasizing its use during stationary moments rather than while traveling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Add the wiggle during stops, such as after a turn, to respond to music cues.
- - Use a slow weight shift to facilitate a clear exit from the move.
- - Ensure awareness of your partner's position and your own weight placement for smooth transitions.
- - Practice the variation in both open and closed positions without requiring synchronization with your partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The wiggle is easier to perform in open positions with less physical connection.
- - It does not need to be integrated with complex movements to be effective.
- - Clarity in weight shifts and partner awareness is crucial for maintaining dance flow.
- - This variation should enhance rather than disrupt the connection with your partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed5a27a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/13_Hip_Wiggle%3A_Independent_Variation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 13 Hip Wiggle%3A Independent Variation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a hip rotation wiggle move as an independent variation in swing dance, emphasizing its use during stationary moments rather than while traveling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Add the wiggle during stops, such as after a turn, to respond to music cues.
+- Use a slow weight shift to facilitate a clear exit from the move.
+- Ensure awareness of your partner's position and your own weight placement for smooth transitions.
+- Practice the variation in both open and closed positions without requiring synchronization with your partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The wiggle is easier to perform in open positions with less physical connection.
+- It does not need to be integrated with complex movements to be effective.
+- Clarity in weight shifts and partner awareness is crucial for maintaining dance flow.
+- This variation should enhance rather than disrupt the connection with your partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e2b1ab7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-14 James Brown%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the James Brown move, focusing on applying triplet rhythms with footwork and proper alignment.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight fully on one leg and step out and in with the other leg.
- - Initiate the movement from the glutes to maintain alignment from hip to foot.
- - Keep the non-weight-bearing leg out and dragging during the steps.
- - Practice the move in different timings such as four, two, or one counts.
- - On the last beat, gather the other leg in to prepare for the next step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain full alignment from the hip joint to the knee and foot throughout the move.
- - Focus the movement starting from the glutes, with the rest of the body following minimally.
- - The move can be adapted to various counts to match music tempo and personal preference.
- - Use this technique to enhance rhythm and fluidity in dance, especially in fast-paced music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4efb696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/14_James_Brown%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 14 James Brown%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the James Brown move, focusing on applying triplet rhythms with footwork and proper alignment.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight fully on one leg and step out and in with the other leg.
+- Initiate the movement from the glutes to maintain alignment from hip to foot.
+- Keep the non-weight-bearing leg out and dragging during the steps.
+- Practice the move in different timings such as four, two, or one counts.
+- On the last beat, gather the other leg in to prepare for the next step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain full alignment from the hip joint to the knee and foot throughout the move.
+- Focus the movement starting from the glutes, with the rest of the body following minimally.
+- The move can be adapted to various counts to match music tempo and personal preference.
+- Use this technique to enhance rhythm and fluidity in dance, especially in fast-paced music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 577be22..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-15 James Brown%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on leading and following the James Brown step in partnered swing dance, primarily in closed position, with an emphasis on direction-based leading rather than specific footwork.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain arm connection to your body without pushing or leaving it behind.
- - Make steps lower and more horizontal during the basic to change direction.
- - Communicate with your partner to adjust the amount of information in the lead.
- - Practice with music, starting with four counts per direction and reducing to one count while keeping the triplet rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leaders lead direction, not footwork; followers can follow direction without matching leg movements.
- - Clear weight changes are essential for effective leading and following.
- - The arm should move with the body to maintain connection without overpowering the partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e069a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/15_James_Brown%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 15 James Brown%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on leading and following the James Brown step in partnered swing dance, primarily in closed position, with an emphasis on direction-based leading rather than specific footwork.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain arm connection to your body without pushing or leaving it behind.
+- Make steps lower and more horizontal during the basic to change direction.
+- Communicate with your partner to adjust the amount of information in the lead.
+- Practice with music, starting with four counts per direction and reducing to one count while keeping the triplet rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leaders lead direction, not footwork; followers can follow direction without matching leg movements.
+- Clear weight changes are essential for effective leading and following.
+- The arm should move with the body to maintain connection without overpowering the partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 90a0b13..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-16 James Brown%3A Independent Variations
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to incorporate the James Brown footwork variation into dancing while maintaining connection with a partner, focusing on two options: shifting weight every count or every two counts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the James Brown footwork small and under the body to stay connected.
- - Substitute the basic step or walk with the James Brown variation.
- - Use the James Brown when leading turns for added flair.
- - Practice the footwork without letting it move your upper body away from its normal position.
- - Try the variations with music to get inspiration and timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The James Brown is a variation of the basic step and walk, allowing independent footwork.
- - Maintain connection by ensuring footwork doesn't affect your upper body or partner's position.
- - Long traveling James Brown is best done together to avoid breaking connection.
- - Focus on leading and following weight shifts clearly for easier execution.
- - The goal is to integrate fancy footwork without disconnecting from your partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b896416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/16_James_Brown%3A_Independent_Variations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 16 James Brown%3A Independent Variations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to incorporate the James Brown footwork variation into dancing while maintaining connection with a partner, focusing on two options: shifting weight every count or every two counts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the James Brown footwork small and under the body to stay connected.
+- Substitute the basic step or walk with the James Brown variation.
+- Use the James Brown when leading turns for added flair.
+- Practice the footwork without letting it move your upper body away from its normal position.
+- Try the variations with music to get inspiration and timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The James Brown is a variation of the basic step and walk, allowing independent footwork.
+- Maintain connection by ensuring footwork doesn't affect your upper body or partner's position.
+- Long traveling James Brown is best done together to avoid breaking connection.
+- Focus on leading and following weight shifts clearly for easier execution.
+- The goal is to integrate fancy footwork without disconnecting from your partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fc68cdf..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-17 Recap Class
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps the Swinging Triplets course, focusing on refining dance techniques and movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Hold and shake your partner like a stone for proper connection.
- - Ensure you are holding your partner correctly to maintain form.
- - Take movements home with confidence and precision.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain careful attention to your partner's needs and timing.
- - Practice movements with high energy and commitment.
- - Keep promises and focus on the emotional expression in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c4fd64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/17_Recap_Class.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 17 Recap Class
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps the Swinging Triplets course, focusing on refining dance techniques and movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Hold and shake your partner like a stone for proper connection.
+- Ensure you are holding your partner correctly to maintain form.
+- Take movements home with confidence and precision.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain careful attention to your partner's needs and timing.
+- Practice movements with high energy and commitment.
+- Keep promises and focus on the emotional expression in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c5dc2b0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-18 Swinging Triplet Step%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Swinging Triplet Step in a solo context, focusing on stepping three times on each side while maintaining a swinging body motion and rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step three times on one side and three times on the other, changing axis with each count.
- - Maintain a swaying motion by imagining holding a baby or being on a boat to create a natural swing.
- - Keep the center low and grounded, as if holding a heavy bowling ball to enhance the swing.
- - Travel forward, backward, or add rotation while stepping to practice movement in the room.
- - Focus on keeping feet under the body, allowing them to cross naturally without worrying about precise placement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a continuous swinging motion in the body to drive the rhythm and flow of the steps.
- - Stay grounded and low in the center to support the swing and prevent falling.
- - The weight distribution on each step, especially the second step, can vary based on personal preference or music.
- - The rhythm follows a pattern of 'one and two and' to sync the steps with the swinging motion.
- - Prioritize fun and fluidity over technical perfection, keeping the movement hypnotic and relaxed.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3f429e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/18_Swinging_Triplet_Step%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 18 Swinging Triplet Step%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Swinging Triplet Step in a solo context, focusing on stepping three times on each side while maintaining a swinging body motion and rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step three times on one side and three times on the other, changing axis with each count.
+- Maintain a swaying motion by imagining holding a baby or being on a boat to create a natural swing.
+- Keep the center low and grounded, as if holding a heavy bowling ball to enhance the swing.
+- Travel forward, backward, or add rotation while stepping to practice movement in the room.
+- Focus on keeping feet under the body, allowing them to cross naturally without worrying about precise placement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a continuous swinging motion in the body to drive the rhythm and flow of the steps.
+- Stay grounded and low in the center to support the swing and prevent falling.
+- The weight distribution on each step, especially the second step, can vary based on personal preference or music.
+- The rhythm follows a pattern of 'one and two and' to sync the steps with the swinging motion.
+- Prioritize fun and fluidity over technical perfection, keeping the movement hypnotic and relaxed.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 27f3a6e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-19 Swinging Triplets%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on leading and following swinging triplet footwork in closed position, alternating between basic steps, walks, and triple rhythms to practice transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the basic step (step touch) before transitioning into walks or triple rhythms.
- - For triple rhythm, ensure three clear steps: one, two, three, with clear weight shifts.
- - Practice without music first using counts: eight counts each of basics, swinging triplets, walks, and triplets.
- - Leaders can start with the left foot, but consistency in changing with the music is key.
- - Feel for a side-to-side swinging or swaying action in the center when performing triplets.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The swinging action in the footwork is central to the triplet rhythm and should be felt clearly.
- - Transitions involve taking out the swinging action to return to normal steps smoothly.
- - Clear communication between partners is important, especially when changing rhythms.
- - Practice transitions between different steps to build fluidity in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faca614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/19_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 19 Swinging Triplets%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on leading and following swinging triplet footwork in closed position, alternating between basic steps, walks, and triple rhythms to practice transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the basic step (step touch) before transitioning into walks or triple rhythms.
+- For triple rhythm, ensure three clear steps: one, two, three, with clear weight shifts.
+- Practice without music first using counts: eight counts each of basics, swinging triplets, walks, and triplets.
+- Leaders can start with the left foot, but consistency in changing with the music is key.
+- Feel for a side-to-side swinging or swaying action in the center when performing triplets.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The swinging action in the footwork is central to the triplet rhythm and should be felt clearly.
+- Transitions involve taking out the swinging action to return to normal steps smoothly.
+- Clear communication between partners is important, especially when changing rhythms.
+- Practice transitions between different steps to build fluidity in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b1e0dc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1 Triplets Explained
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson explains triplets in blues music, focusing on how beats are subdivided into three parts, and aims to train the ear to recognize this rhythm in songs.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Listen to examples to identify when the triplet rhythm appears and disappears.
- - Practice counting triplets as 'one, two, three' per beat to internalize the rhythm.
- - Focus on the underlying bass rhythm in slow blues to hear triplets consistently.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Triplets involve three subdivisions per beat, common in blues music.
- - This rhythm can be constant or vary, appearing at phrase ends or middles.
- - Recognizing triplets helps in understanding and dancing to blues music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00cdfc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/1_Triplets_Explained.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1 Triplets Explained
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains triplets in blues music, focusing on how beats are subdivided into three parts, and aims to train the ear to recognize this rhythm in songs.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Listen to examples to identify when the triplet rhythm appears and disappears.
+- Practice counting triplets as 'one, two, three' per beat to internalize the rhythm.
+- Focus on the underlying bass rhythm in slow blues to hear triplets consistently.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Triplets involve three subdivisions per beat, common in blues music.
+- This rhythm can be constant or vary, appearing at phrase ends or middles.
+- Recognizing triplets helps in understanding and dancing to blues music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c9421b9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-20 Swinging Triplets%3A Follower Variation
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches followers to add triplet rhythms in their footwork while maintaining connection with leaders, who step only on the beat to practice control and rhythm variation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should step every beat and avoid doing triplets themselves.
- - Followers can add triplets in footwork wherever desired during moves.
- - Focus on the center of the body moving as led, not letting feet lead.
- - Practice with a slow song to have ample time for experimentation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the same weight shift as if stepping every beat to keep connection consistent.
- - The center should follow the leader's lead, with feet adding rhythm as an extra layer.
- - Avoid letting footwork disrupt the lead or cause big, distracting steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a86c38b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/20_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Follower_Variation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 20 Swinging Triplets%3A Follower Variation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches followers to add triplet rhythms in their footwork while maintaining connection with leaders, who step only on the beat to practice control and rhythm variation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should step every beat and avoid doing triplets themselves.
+- Followers can add triplets in footwork wherever desired during moves.
+- Focus on the center of the body moving as led, not letting feet lead.
+- Practice with a slow song to have ample time for experimentation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the same weight shift as if stepping every beat to keep connection consistent.
+- The center should follow the leader's lead, with feet adding rhythm as an extra layer.
+- Avoid letting footwork disrupt the lead or cause big, distracting steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 75ee41c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-21 Swinging Triplets%3A Independent Variations
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing independent variations of swinging triplets, where leaders and followers can independently add or remove triplet rhythms while maintaining the basic step energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should lead single time steps (step, step, step) while adding triplets independently in their own body.
- - Followers can choose when to add triplets based on their own rhythm, not in response to the leader's lead.
- - Practice by starting with normal steps and gradually introducing triplets to focus on one thing at a time.
- - Slow down the movement to better observe and coordinate the independent rhythms.
- - Both partners can add or remove triplets as desired, even simultaneously if they hear the music the same way.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triplet rhythm is independent; do not try to lead it on your follower.
- - Maintain a clear weight shift every beat while incorporating triplets.
- - Leaders should lead the same energy as before while adding different rhythms in their feet.
- - Followers can add triplets whenever they want, similar to the previous class.
- - Take breaks or remove triplets when legs get tired to maintain comfort and control.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca40435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/21_Swinging_Triplets%3A_Independent_Variations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 21 Swinging Triplets%3A Independent Variations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing independent variations of swinging triplets, where leaders and followers can independently add or remove triplet rhythms while maintaining the basic step energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should lead single time steps (step, step, step) while adding triplets independently in their own body.
+- Followers can choose when to add triplets based on their own rhythm, not in response to the leader's lead.
+- Practice by starting with normal steps and gradually introducing triplets to focus on one thing at a time.
+- Slow down the movement to better observe and coordinate the independent rhythms.
+- Both partners can add or remove triplets as desired, even simultaneously if they hear the music the same way.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triplet rhythm is independent; do not try to lead it on your follower.
+- Maintain a clear weight shift every beat while incorporating triplets.
+- Leaders should lead the same energy as before while adding different rhythms in their feet.
+- Followers can add triplets whenever they want, similar to the previous class.
+- Take breaks or remove triplets when legs get tired to maintain comfort and control.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 60bb943..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-22 Foot Fans%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on incorporating a triple rhythm into footwork with a fancy heel fan variation, building on basic steps to add style and control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot and sequence left, right, left, right, left, right.
- - On the third step, use the heel instead of the entire foot, opening it outward for a fan effect.
- - Put weight on the heel to maintain control and avoid moving too quickly back.
- - Adjust the fan size from small to large, allowing the body to open diagonally or stay twisted forward.
- - Practice with music to refine timing and style, experimenting with different fan techniques.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The heel fan adds flair by opening the heel outward during the triple rhythm sequence.
- - Weight distribution on the heel is crucial for stability and control in the movement.
- - Body positioning can vary, from opening diagonally to isolating with a twist for different effects.
- - Experiment with fan size and body alignment to personalize the step and enhance expression.
- - Use music to guide practice and identify effective variations for a fun and engaging performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65b4375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/22_Foot_Fans%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 22 Foot Fans%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on incorporating a triple rhythm into footwork with a fancy heel fan variation, building on basic steps to add style and control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot and sequence left, right, left, right, left, right.
+- On the third step, use the heel instead of the entire foot, opening it outward for a fan effect.
+- Put weight on the heel to maintain control and avoid moving too quickly back.
+- Adjust the fan size from small to large, allowing the body to open diagonally or stay twisted forward.
+- Practice with music to refine timing and style, experimenting with different fan techniques.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The heel fan adds flair by opening the heel outward during the triple rhythm sequence.
+- Weight distribution on the heel is crucial for stability and control in the movement.
+- Body positioning can vary, from opening diagonally to isolating with a twist for different effects.
+- Experiment with fan size and body alignment to personalize the step and enhance expression.
+- Use music to guide practice and identify effective variations for a fun and engaging performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 427b8c4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-23 Foot Fans%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to lead and follow the foot fan in partnered swinging triplets from a closed position, focusing on body rotation and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with an 'in' movement before opening to create compression in the connection points.
- - Practice with two hands to feel equal compression on both sides before transitioning back to closed position.
- - For followers, the foot fan is a styling option influenced by body rotation, not directly led.
- - Adjust foot technique based on shoe type, such as keeping the foot flat in high heels for better control.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Body rotation influences the partnership shape and creates compression in the connection.
- - Compression should be felt lightly on one side without pushing into the partner.
- - The number of basics before transitioning to the fan can vary based on personal preference.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19c1eae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/23_Foot_Fans%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 23 Foot Fans%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to lead and follow the foot fan in partnered swinging triplets from a closed position, focusing on body rotation and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with an 'in' movement before opening to create compression in the connection points.
+- Practice with two hands to feel equal compression on both sides before transitioning back to closed position.
+- For followers, the foot fan is a styling option influenced by body rotation, not directly led.
+- Adjust foot technique based on shoe type, such as keeping the foot flat in high heels for better control.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Body rotation influences the partnership shape and creates compression in the connection.
+- Compression should be felt lightly on one side without pushing into the partner.
+- The number of basics before transitioning to the fan can vary based on personal preference.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index abd7a25..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-24 Forwards Body Shaping%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding body rotation to a forward triple step variation, with the goal of opening the body on the first forward step while keeping the foot facing forward.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Open your body slightly on the first forward step, with the foot still facing forward.
- - Emphasise the first step to highlight the body rotation.
- - When stepping forward on the right, open towards the left; on the left, open towards the right.
- - Push with the body as if pushing something to enhance the rotation.
- - Focus on changing the rotation of your body from the starting position to the open position.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The main focus is on changing the body rotation, not the other two steps.
- - Keep the foot facing forward even as the body rotates.
- - The leg at the back should open up slightly during the rotation.
- - Practice the rotation to achieve the desired body positions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28dff8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/24_Forwards_Body_Shaping%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 24 Forwards Body Shaping%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding body rotation to a forward triple step variation, with the goal of opening the body on the first forward step while keeping the foot facing forward.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Open your body slightly on the first forward step, with the foot still facing forward.
+- Emphasise the first step to highlight the body rotation.
+- When stepping forward on the right, open towards the left; on the left, open towards the right.
+- Push with the body as if pushing something to enhance the rotation.
+- Focus on changing the rotation of your body from the starting position to the open position.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The main focus is on changing the body rotation, not the other two steps.
+- Keep the foot facing forward even as the body rotates.
+- The leg at the back should open up slightly during the rotation.
+- Practice the rotation to achieve the desired body positions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a76e4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-25 Compression Triplets%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using the triplet step with forward pressure to create compression and drama in partnered dancing, specifically in closed position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders lead by doing the move themselves, with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers.
- - On the step forward, feel compression in the hands, adjusting the amount for balance without squeezing too hard or being too floppy.
- - Absorb the movement by continuing to move closer rather than stopping, maintaining tension and release.
- - Ensure even compression on both sides if using a hold, and face your partner with your feet to avoid turning in.
- - Let the body rotate slightly, similar to a foot fan in partnership, for a dynamic feel.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Balance is key: avoid excessive squeezing that causes discomfort or floppy arms that lack tension.
- - The joy of the move comes from feeling tension and release, like squeezing air between partners.
- - Keep moving through the compression until it's time to step backwards, never stopping abruptly.
- - Adjust hand positions for comfort, especially if arm length varies, to prevent shoulder tension.
- - This compression step adds stronger dynamics compared to basic steps, enhancing partnership interaction.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2918940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/25_Compression_Triplets%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 25 Compression Triplets%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using the triplet step with forward pressure to create compression and drama in partnered dancing, specifically in closed position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders lead by doing the move themselves, with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers.
+- On the step forward, feel compression in the hands, adjusting the amount for balance without squeezing too hard or being too floppy.
+- Absorb the movement by continuing to move closer rather than stopping, maintaining tension and release.
+- Ensure even compression on both sides if using a hold, and face your partner with your feet to avoid turning in.
+- Let the body rotate slightly, similar to a foot fan in partnership, for a dynamic feel.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Balance is key: avoid excessive squeezing that causes discomfort or floppy arms that lack tension.
+- The joy of the move comes from feeling tension and release, like squeezing air between partners.
+- Keep moving through the compression until it's time to step backwards, never stopping abruptly.
+- Adjust hand positions for comfort, especially if arm length varies, to prevent shoulder tension.
+- This compression step adds stronger dynamics compared to basic steps, enhancing partnership interaction.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 182333a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-26 Compression Triplets with Spin
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to add a spin to compression triplets, building on previous moves to create a more advanced and fancy ending for dancers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should keep their elbow close to the body without moving forward or back to maintain frame.
- - Followers should match the compression felt from leaders and respond by pushing off like from a wall to help with the turn.
- - Practice the spin by compressing into a wall and pushing off to turn, allowing solo practice.
- - Leaders can step throughout the move to stay synchronized with the rhythm and partner.
- - Ensure both partners are stable at the end of the turn to continue dancing smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a consistent frame and connection between partners to execute the move effectively.
- - The release of compression should be quick and sharp, similar to Spider-Man releasing a web without arm movement.
- - Followers should use the energy from leaders to initiate the spin, helping themselves turn around.
- - Balance is key; finish the turn in a stable position, such as close or side-by-side, to keep dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88a0193
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/26_Compression_Triplets_with_Spin.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 26 Compression Triplets with Spin
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to add a spin to compression triplets, building on previous moves to create a more advanced and fancy ending for dancers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should keep their elbow close to the body without moving forward or back to maintain frame.
+- Followers should match the compression felt from leaders and respond by pushing off like from a wall to help with the turn.
+- Practice the spin by compressing into a wall and pushing off to turn, allowing solo practice.
+- Leaders can step throughout the move to stay synchronized with the rhythm and partner.
+- Ensure both partners are stable at the end of the turn to continue dancing smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a consistent frame and connection between partners to execute the move effectively.
+- The release of compression should be quick and sharp, similar to Spider-Man releasing a web without arm movement.
+- Followers should use the energy from leaders to initiate the spin, helping themselves turn around.
+- Balance is key; finish the turn in a stable position, such as close or side-by-side, to keep dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f006a51..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-27 Compression, Spin and Drop
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a spin and seated dip to the compression movement, with the goal of creating a compact and controlled ending without unnecessary travel.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should ensure their right leg is behind their partner to facilitate the squat position.
- - Followers should keep their feet underneath them and turn on the spot to avoid traveling.
- - Use your head to look back for your leader to help spin faster if needed.
- - Maintain elbow close to your body to avoid pushing and keep the movement compact.
- - Practice compression and release without pushing to maintain connection.
- - For the exit, step together after the dip, adjusting leg styling for stability.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Ensure connection before going into the squat position to maintain control.
- - Avoid pushing during the turn to prevent followers from traveling unnecessarily.
- - Keep the movement compact and in place without extra directional energy.
- - Time the seated dip to fit musical breaks for a natural flow.
- - Followers should focus on their leader rather than looking at their feet or away.
- - Leaders should pass followers smoothly from one arm to the other during the spin.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b353f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/27_Compression,_Spin_and_Drop.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 27 Compression, Spin and Drop
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a spin and seated dip to the compression movement, with the goal of creating a compact and controlled ending without unnecessary travel.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should ensure their right leg is behind their partner to facilitate the squat position.
+- Followers should keep their feet underneath them and turn on the spot to avoid traveling.
+- Use your head to look back for your leader to help spin faster if needed.
+- Maintain elbow close to your body to avoid pushing and keep the movement compact.
+- Practice compression and release without pushing to maintain connection.
+- For the exit, step together after the dip, adjusting leg styling for stability.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Ensure connection before going into the squat position to maintain control.
+- Avoid pushing during the turn to prevent followers from traveling unnecessarily.
+- Keep the movement compact and in place without extra directional energy.
+- Time the seated dip to fit musical breaks for a natural flow.
+- Followers should focus on their leader rather than looking at their feet or away.
+- Leaders should pass followers smoothly from one arm to the other during the spin.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1283dc7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-28 Compression, Release and Turn!
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing compression and release in the triplet step, specifically working on connection and turning with a partner. The goal is to transition from compression to a stretch and use rotation to facilitate a turn while maintaining rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - On count eight, step away and open to create a stretch instead of compression.
- - Maintain rotation throughout the move to deepen arm connection and enable the turn.
- - Ensure no gaps in arm connection by keeping arms down and shoulders relaxed.
- - Followers should keep their hand tucked and avoid jumping during the turn.
- - Leaders should avoid hand-leading and let body movement drive the connection.
- - Practice finding the best arm connection with your partner through communication.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn is executed with a triplet rhythm, maintaining the same timing as previous steps.
- - A good arm connection allows the turn to happen naturally without force.
- - The key moment is on count eight, where energy shifts to initiate travel and rotation.
- - Followers should focus on stepping with the triple rhythm and avoid up-and-down movement.
- - Connection issues often stem from gaps in the arms, so prioritize continuous contact.
- - Turning should feel logical after the preparation on eight if the connection is effective.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad3a130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/28_Compression,_Release_and_Turn!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 28 Compression, Release and Turn!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing compression and release in the triplet step, specifically working on connection and turning with a partner. The goal is to transition from compression to a stretch and use rotation to facilitate a turn while maintaining rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- On count eight, step away and open to create a stretch instead of compression.
+- Maintain rotation throughout the move to deepen arm connection and enable the turn.
+- Ensure no gaps in arm connection by keeping arms down and shoulders relaxed.
+- Followers should keep their hand tucked and avoid jumping during the turn.
+- Leaders should avoid hand-leading and let body movement drive the connection.
+- Practice finding the best arm connection with your partner through communication.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn is executed with a triplet rhythm, maintaining the same timing as previous steps.
+- A good arm connection allows the turn to happen naturally without force.
+- The key moment is on count eight, where energy shifts to initiate travel and rotation.
+- Followers should focus on stepping with the triple rhythm and avoid up-and-down movement.
+- Connection issues often stem from gaps in the arms, so prioritize continuous contact.
+- Turning should feel logical after the preparation on eight if the connection is effective.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4969173..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-29 Compression, Turn and Lunge
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson builds on previous compression triplets by adding a lunge at the end, focusing on the connection and positioning during the turn and lunge sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Adjust the step into the triplets by going back slightly to keep the partner in front for the lunge.
- - Maintain right-hand connection during the turn to control distance and positioning.
- - Use the reconnection as a cue to prepare the left arm for the lunge.
- - Practice the lunge separately before adding it to the sequence for smooth execution.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The lunge should be performed on the line for proper alignment.
- - Connection during the turn helps maintain closeness and awareness of the partner's location.
- - The reconnection point acts as a 'magic button' to signal readiness for the lunge.
- - Avoid rushing; ensure the lunge is mastered before integrating it into the full movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32a2ff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/29_Compression,_Turn_and_Lunge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 29 Compression, Turn and Lunge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson builds on previous compression triplets by adding a lunge at the end, focusing on the connection and positioning during the turn and lunge sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Adjust the step into the triplets by going back slightly to keep the partner in front for the lunge.
+- Maintain right-hand connection during the turn to control distance and positioning.
+- Use the reconnection as a cue to prepare the left arm for the lunge.
+- Practice the lunge separately before adding it to the sequence for smooth execution.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The lunge should be performed on the line for proper alignment.
+- Connection during the turn helps maintain closeness and awareness of the partner's location.
+- The reconnection point acts as a 'magic button' to signal readiness for the lunge.
+- Avoid rushing; ensure the lunge is mastered before integrating it into the full movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1609574..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Triplets with your Walk%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to incorporate triplet rhythms into walking, starting with a bouncing motion and progressing to stepping and walking while maintaining the rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine bouncing a basketball to feel the triplet rhythm with the entire body.
- - Start with weight on one side and shift it to the other to practice the rhythm.
- - Practice slowly at first to follow the instructor, then increase speed gradually.
- - Try walking sideways or around the room to apply the rhythm in movement.
- - Maintain a relaxed body while performing the triplets to keep the motion smooth.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Incorporate the triplet rhythm into everyday activities like walking to practice naturally.
- - Focus on weight shifts to enhance the feel and timing of the triplets.
- - Keep the body relaxed to avoid stiffness and improve rhythm flow.
- - Practice with a friend to check rhythm consistency and have fun.
- - Don't worry about looking unusual; practice in various settings to build confidence.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e13556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/2_Triplets_with_your_Walk%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Triplets with your Walk%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to incorporate triplet rhythms into walking, starting with a bouncing motion and progressing to stepping and walking while maintaining the rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine bouncing a basketball to feel the triplet rhythm with the entire body.
+- Start with weight on one side and shift it to the other to practice the rhythm.
+- Practice slowly at first to follow the instructor, then increase speed gradually.
+- Try walking sideways or around the room to apply the rhythm in movement.
+- Maintain a relaxed body while performing the triplets to keep the motion smooth.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Incorporate the triplet rhythm into everyday activities like walking to practice naturally.
+- Focus on weight shifts to enhance the feel and timing of the triplets.
+- Keep the body relaxed to avoid stiffness and improve rhythm flow.
+- Practice with a friend to check rhythm consistency and have fun.
+- Don't worry about looking unusual; practice in various settings to build confidence.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 31a224b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-30 The Spinny Spinny Move!!
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'spinny spinny move', a swinging triplets technique focusing on creating and maintaining a stretch while rotating around an imaginary axis.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Create a stretch by leaning slightly away from your partner while keeping your frame.
- - Maintain the stretch while traveling by having upper body face your partner and lower body face the direction of travel.
- - Use a triple rhythm (e.g., 'one and a two') with clear weight transfers on the beat.
- - Start slowly and increase speed gradually to maintain connection and balance.
- - Enter the move from a basic step by letting your partner travel to create a small stretch.
- - Exit by stopping rotational energy and stepping into a basic step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The feeling and rhythm are more important than precise foot placement; let footwork adapt naturally to body movement.
- - Keep an outward energy as if turning around an imaginary pole to maintain the stretch.
- - Ensure your upper body tracks your partner while your lower body aligns with travel direction for a slight twist.
- - Avoid losing the stretch by not letting movement become just up and down; focus on outward energy.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9370b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/30_The_Spinny_Spinny_Move!!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 30 The Spinny Spinny Move!!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'spinny spinny move', a swinging triplets technique focusing on creating and maintaining a stretch while rotating around an imaginary axis.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Create a stretch by leaning slightly away from your partner while keeping your frame.
+- Maintain the stretch while traveling by having upper body face your partner and lower body face the direction of travel.
+- Use a triple rhythm (e.g., 'one and a two') with clear weight transfers on the beat.
+- Start slowly and increase speed gradually to maintain connection and balance.
+- Enter the move from a basic step by letting your partner travel to create a small stretch.
+- Exit by stopping rotational energy and stepping into a basic step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The feeling and rhythm are more important than precise foot placement; let footwork adapt naturally to body movement.
+- Keep an outward energy as if turning around an imaginary pole to maintain the stretch.
+- Ensure your upper body tracks your partner while your lower body aligns with travel direction for a slight twist.
+- Avoid losing the stretch by not letting movement become just up and down; focus on outward energy.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 132256f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-31 Putting Everything Together!
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned swinging triplet steps into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and maintaining rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the footwork slowly to ensure accuracy before increasing speed.
- - Use arm movements to complement the swinging motion for better balance.
- - Focus on keeping a steady beat to synchronize with the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in timing is key to mastering swinging triplets.
- - Relax your body to allow for fluid movements throughout the routine.
- - Review individual steps regularly to build confidence in the full sequence.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..649be02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/31_Putting_Everything_Together!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 31 Putting Everything Together!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned swinging triplet steps into a cohesive routine, with the goal of practicing smooth transitions and maintaining rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the footwork slowly to ensure accuracy before increasing speed.
+- Use arm movements to complement the swinging motion for better balance.
+- Focus on keeping a steady beat to synchronize with the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in timing is key to mastering swinging triplets.
+- Relax your body to allow for fluid movements throughout the routine.
+- Review individual steps regularly to build confidence in the full sequence.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d113dd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Triplets with your Basic%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a triple rhythm to the basic step in solo dancing, transferring weight every two counts while incorporating the triplet pattern.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with bouncing to establish the rhythm before adding the triple step.
- - Maintain a pulsing motion while practicing to keep the rhythm steady.
- - Try moving around the room to practice the step in different directions.
- - Add rotation to the basic step to enhance the dance movement.
- - Keep smiling to stay relaxed and enjoy the practice even if it's challenging.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triple rhythm is layered on top of the basic step to create a more dynamic dance.
- - Consistent weight transfer every two counts is crucial for mastering the triplet pattern.
- - Practicing without music first helps build confidence before adding background tunes.
- - Maintaining a steady pulse is key to executing the triple rhythm smoothly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdee426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/3_Triplets_with_your_Basic%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Triplets with your Basic%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a triple rhythm to the basic step in solo dancing, transferring weight every two counts while incorporating the triplet pattern.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with bouncing to establish the rhythm before adding the triple step.
+- Maintain a pulsing motion while practicing to keep the rhythm steady.
+- Try moving around the room to practice the step in different directions.
+- Add rotation to the basic step to enhance the dance movement.
+- Keep smiling to stay relaxed and enjoy the practice even if it's challenging.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triple rhythm is layered on top of the basic step to create a more dynamic dance.
+- Consistent weight transfer every two counts is crucial for mastering the triplet pattern.
+- Practicing without music first helps build confidence before adding background tunes.
+- Maintaining a steady pulse is key to executing the triple rhythm smoothly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d1dce4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-4 Step Touch Triplet Variations%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches variations on the step touch triplet rhythm, adding spice to the basic step with simple solo variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the first variation with 'one and a stop' to master the triple rhythm.
- - In the second variation, use 'one two and a' to create a different rhythmic pattern.
- - Turn around while practicing to add movement and fluidity to the variations.
- - Count aloud with the instructor, such as 'five and a six and a seven stop', to stay on beat.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Variations can be easily added on top of the basic step to enhance your dance.
- - Focus on maintaining the triple rhythm throughout both variations for consistency.
- - These simple variations are designed to spice up your basic step without complexity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7927be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/4_Step_Touch_Triplet_Variations%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 4 Step Touch Triplet Variations%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches variations on the step touch triplet rhythm, adding spice to the basic step with simple solo variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the first variation with 'one and a stop' to master the triple rhythm.
+- In the second variation, use 'one two and a' to create a different rhythmic pattern.
+- Turn around while practicing to add movement and fluidity to the variations.
+- Count aloud with the instructor, such as 'five and a six and a seven stop', to stay on beat.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Variations can be easily added on top of the basic step to enhance your dance.
+- Focus on maintaining the triple rhythm throughout both variations for consistency.
+- These simple variations are designed to spice up your basic step without complexity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9884400..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-5 Transitions%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mixing the walk and basic step with a triple rhythm, demonstrating transitions every eight counts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by changing every eight counts from the basic step.
- - Transfer weight on every count during the transition.
- - Practice with music to reinforce the rhythm and timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the triple rhythm throughout the walk and basic step.
- - Use consistent weight transfer for smooth transitions.
- - Incorporate music to enhance practice and timing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ce09d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/5_Transitions%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 5 Transitions%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mixing the walk and basic step with a triple rhythm, demonstrating transitions every eight counts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by changing every eight counts from the basic step.
+- Transfer weight on every count during the transition.
+- Practice with music to reinforce the rhythm and timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the triple rhythm throughout the walk and basic step.
+- Use consistent weight transfer for smooth transitions.
+- Incorporate music to enhance practice and timing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5433a22..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Partnered Practice
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining the walk and basic step with the triplet rhythm in partnered dancing, progressing through stages to integrate independent variations while maintaining led weight shifts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders lead transitions between basic step and walk without telling partners.
- - Followers add triplet rhythm independently as a subtle, internal variation.
- - Practice in closed position first before adding turns and open moves.
- - Keep the triplet rhythm gentle to avoid forcing partners to follow it.
- - Use imaginary music to time when to add the triplet rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triplet rhythm is an independent choice, not led by the leader.
- - Only the weight shift is led, allowing freedom in rhythm variations.
- - Subtlety is key to avoid disrupting the partner's movement.
- - Progress through stages to build comfort before adding complex moves.
- - Followers must listen to whether they are doing a basic or walk step.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aeb4bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/6_Partnered_Practice.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Partnered Practice
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining the walk and basic step with the triplet rhythm in partnered dancing, progressing through stages to integrate independent variations while maintaining led weight shifts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders lead transitions between basic step and walk without telling partners.
+- Followers add triplet rhythm independently as a subtle, internal variation.
+- Practice in closed position first before adding turns and open moves.
+- Keep the triplet rhythm gentle to avoid forcing partners to follow it.
+- Use imaginary music to time when to add the triplet rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triplet rhythm is an independent choice, not led by the leader.
+- Only the weight shift is led, allowing freedom in rhythm variations.
+- Subtlety is key to avoid disrupting the partner's movement.
+- Progress through stages to build comfort before adding complex moves.
+- Followers must listen to whether they are doing a basic or walk step.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9abcab5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Triplets on top of Anything%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to add a triplet rhythm on top of various solo dance moves, using examples like the mess around, fishtail, and four corners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the mess around by adding a triplet rhythm on top of the hip circle.
- - For the fishtail, layer the triplet rhythm while keeping it subtle in the body.
- - With the four corners, add the triplet pulse without letting it affect the lower body.
- - Practice by picking favorite solo moves and experimenting with adding the triplet rhythm on top.
- - If the rhythm disrupts footwork, stop and restart without it before re-adding.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the triplet rhythm centered in the body, not in the shoulders, to avoid looking excessive.
- - Ensure the added rhythm does not change what you are doing with your feet.
- - Learn the base moves from the hip action course before adding rhythms for proper technique.
- - Experiment with different moves to see how the triplet rhythm integrates without affecting lower body movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0714e17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/7_Triplets_on_top_of_Anything%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Triplets on top of Anything%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to add a triplet rhythm on top of various solo dance moves, using examples like the mess around, fishtail, and four corners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the mess around by adding a triplet rhythm on top of the hip circle.
+- For the fishtail, layer the triplet rhythm while keeping it subtle in the body.
+- With the four corners, add the triplet pulse without letting it affect the lower body.
+- Practice by picking favorite solo moves and experimenting with adding the triplet rhythm on top.
+- If the rhythm disrupts footwork, stop and restart without it before re-adding.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the triplet rhythm centered in the body, not in the shoulders, to avoid looking excessive.
+- Ensure the added rhythm does not change what you are doing with your feet.
+- Learn the base moves from the hip action course before adding rhythms for proper technique.
+- Experiment with different moves to see how the triplet rhythm integrates without affecting lower body movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 80add8f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-8 Triplets in your Shoulders%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on incorporating triplet rhythms into shoulder movements while dancing solo, teaching two variations: up-and-down and forward-and-backward motions, and integrating them with footwork.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet under hips and keep shoulders back and down, using back muscles to pull them down instead of lifting with top shoulder muscles.
- - Add rhythm by accenting beats and including 'and' counts between them, such as 'one, and, and, two, and, and'.
- - Sync shoulder movements with footwork, e.g., stepping on the right foot while the right shoulder goes down.
- - Practice shoulder movements subtly, avoiding hip involvement, and hold hips still if they try to move.
- - Combine shoulder rhythms with a basic step, keeping leg movements unchanged while shoulders move independently.
- - Practice during daily activities like waiting for a kettle to boil to build comfort and subtlety in the movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a long neck and relaxed shoulders to prevent them from rising toward the ears during movements.
- - Focus on subtle shoulder motions to enhance rhythm without overexertion or unnecessary body tension.
- - Coordinate shoulder and foot rhythms separately to develop independence in upper and lower body movements.
- - Use both up-down and forward-backward shoulder variations to add versatility to your dance style.
- - Integrate shoulder triplets into basic steps to build fluidity and musical connection in your dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7dffbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/8_Triplets_in_your_Shoulders%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 8 Triplets in your Shoulders%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on incorporating triplet rhythms into shoulder movements while dancing solo, teaching two variations: up-and-down and forward-and-backward motions, and integrating them with footwork.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet under hips and keep shoulders back and down, using back muscles to pull them down instead of lifting with top shoulder muscles.
+- Add rhythm by accenting beats and including 'and' counts between them, such as 'one, and, and, two, and, and'.
+- Sync shoulder movements with footwork, e.g., stepping on the right foot while the right shoulder goes down.
+- Practice shoulder movements subtly, avoiding hip involvement, and hold hips still if they try to move.
+- Combine shoulder rhythms with a basic step, keeping leg movements unchanged while shoulders move independently.
+- Practice during daily activities like waiting for a kettle to boil to build comfort and subtlety in the movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a long neck and relaxed shoulders to prevent them from rising toward the ears during movements.
+- Focus on subtle shoulder motions to enhance rhythm without overexertion or unnecessary body tension.
+- Coordinate shoulder and foot rhythms separately to develop independence in upper and lower body movements.
+- Use both up-down and forward-backward shoulder variations to add versatility to your dance style.
+- Integrate shoulder triplets into basic steps to build fluidity and musical connection in your dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e69f4d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 Triplets in your Hips%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: Swinging Triplets
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on achieving a triplet rhythm in the hips during solo dance, starting with small tilts and progressing to weight transfers and forward travel.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine your pelvis as a bowl of water and tilt it slightly side to side to create small movements.
- - Accent the beat to stay connected to the music and avoid random wiggling.
- - Keep the movement subtle and focused beneath the belly button, with the upper body relaxed.
- - Film yourself to compare how the movement looks versus how it feels for better self-assessment.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement should be small and subtle, not swinging, with an up-and-down feeling rather than side-to-side.
- - Avoid involving the upper body; keep it relaxed as if holding a cup of tea.
- - Relax the legs and avoid walking with bent knees to prevent a stiff or robotic appearance.
- - Practice with music to help integrate the rhythm and make the movement feel more natural.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d484a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/Swinging-Triplets/9_Triplets_in_your_Hips%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 Triplets in your Hips%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on achieving a triplet rhythm in the hips during solo dance, starting with small tilts and progressing to weight transfers and forward travel.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine your pelvis as a bowl of water and tilt it slightly side to side to create small movements.
+- Accent the beat to stay connected to the music and avoid random wiggling.
+- Keep the movement subtle and focused beneath the belly button, with the upper body relaxed.
+- Film yourself to compare how the movement looks versus how it feels for better self-assessment.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement should be small and subtle, not swinging, with an up-and-down feeling rather than side-to-side.
+- Avoid involving the upper body; keep it relaxed as if holding a cup of tea.
+- Relax the legs and avoid walking with bent knees to prevent a stiff or robotic appearance.
+- Practice with music to help integrate the rhythm and make the movement feel more natural.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a7888f0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-0 The Blues Shuffle Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Blues Shuffle, focusing on establishing the basic rhythm and foundational steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by counting the beat to synchronize movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a steady rhythm as the core of the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddd1788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/0_The_Blues_Shuffle_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+title: 0 The Blues Shuffle Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Blues Shuffle, focusing on establishing the basic rhythm and foundational steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by counting the beat to synchronize movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a steady rhythm as the core of the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 767b729..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 Low Downs%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered low downs in blues shuffle, teaching transitions from basic steps and exploring different positions like closed and shake hands.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should be clear with transitions so followers can feel and follow them.
- - Followers should listen actively to weight shifts rather than anticipating steps.
- - Both partners should move their entire body, avoiding jumping.
- - Experiment with tapping feet in different places around the body for creativity.
- - Use shake hands position to create distance and vary body shapes.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Leaders initiate transitions from the basic step into low downs on specific counts.
- - Followers mirror leaders but on opposite legs for smooth coordination.
- - Maintain active listening to adapt to varying numbers of low down steps.
- - Closed and shake hands positions offer options for styling and connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d9188e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/10_Low_Downs%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 Low Downs%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered low downs in blues shuffle, teaching transitions from basic steps and exploring different positions like closed and shake hands.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should be clear with transitions so followers can feel and follow them.
+- Followers should listen actively to weight shifts rather than anticipating steps.
+- Both partners should move their entire body, avoiding jumping.
+- Experiment with tapping feet in different places around the body for creativity.
+- Use shake hands position to create distance and vary body shapes.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Leaders initiate transitions from the basic step into low downs on specific counts.
+- Followers mirror leaders but on opposite legs for smooth coordination.
+- Maintain active listening to adapt to varying numbers of low down steps.
+- Closed and shake hands positions offer options for styling and connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f9bc6c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-11 Heel Ball Change Footwork
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a heel ball change variation in the Blues Shuffle, focusing on footwork, rhythm, and body shaping to enhance movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left, step onto the right, heel out to the left, then cross.
- - Add the shuffle rhythm with counts like 'and one, and two, and three, and four'.
- - Swing the center to the side as the leg goes out for body shaping.
- - Lean back to create a line from heel to shoulders for another shaping option.
- - Transition from basics by stepping onto the free leg and returning to basics.
- - Practice on both feet starting with weight on the right for versatility.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use body shaping, not just legs, to enhance the dance variation.
- - Incorporate the shuffle rhythm to maintain timing and flow.
- - Experiment with different body shapes like swinging or leaning for personal style.
- - Transition smoothly in and out of the heel ball change from basic steps.
- - Practice on both sides to build balance and adaptability.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe077fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/11_Heel_Ball_Change_Footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 11 Heel Ball Change Footwork
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a heel ball change variation in the Blues Shuffle, focusing on footwork, rhythm, and body shaping to enhance movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left, step onto the right, heel out to the left, then cross.
+- Add the shuffle rhythm with counts like 'and one, and two, and three, and four'.
+- Swing the center to the side as the leg goes out for body shaping.
+- Lean back to create a line from heel to shoulders for another shaping option.
+- Transition from basics by stepping onto the free leg and returning to basics.
+- Practice on both feet starting with weight on the right for versatility.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use body shaping, not just legs, to enhance the dance variation.
+- Incorporate the shuffle rhythm to maintain timing and flow.
+- Experiment with different body shapes like swinging or leaning for personal style.
+- Transition smoothly in and out of the heel ball change from basic steps.
+- Practice on both sides to build balance and adaptability.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fe8289..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-12 Heel Ball Change%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the heel ball change variation in partnered closed position, focusing on transitioning from the basic step to the shuffle movement with mirrored actions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders initiate the move by performing it themselves to lead followers.
- - Both partners cross in front and kick out to the side as if looking in a mirror.
- - Practice the rhythm: step, kick, step, cross, repeating for counts five through eight.
- - Start with four basic steps before transitioning into the heel ball change.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shuffle movement involves changes in rhythm, body shape, and axis compared to the basic step.
- - Followers should feel the difference in movement through the leader's lead.
- - This variation is mirrored, meaning both partners perform the same actions simultaneously.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9dcca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/12_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 12 Heel Ball Change%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the heel ball change variation in partnered closed position, focusing on transitioning from the basic step to the shuffle movement with mirrored actions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders initiate the move by performing it themselves to lead followers.
+- Both partners cross in front and kick out to the side as if looking in a mirror.
+- Practice the rhythm: step, kick, step, cross, repeating for counts five through eight.
+- Start with four basic steps before transitioning into the heel ball change.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shuffle movement involves changes in rhythm, body shape, and axis compared to the basic step.
+- Followers should feel the difference in movement through the leader's lead.
+- This variation is mirrored, meaning both partners perform the same actions simultaneously.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ad4fb8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Heel Ball Change%3A Independent Variation
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches an independent variation of the heel ball change, focusing on entering with a cross step instead of a heel step to allow for personal variations while a partner does the basic.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the weight on the right to practice the variation both ways.
- - Keep the variation small with steps staying under your body.
- - Practice in open position first as it's the easiest.
- - Try the variation in turns while dancing in open position.
- - Throw in this variation even when it's not led by your partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The variation allows you to add personal rhythm while following your partner's axis.
- - Ensure steps are controlled to avoid discomfort for both dancers.
- - This technique can be applied in various positions like open and closed.
- - Use the variation as an independent element to enhance your dance style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..380bc41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/13_Heel_Ball_Change%3A_Independent_Variation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Heel Ball Change%3A Independent Variation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches an independent variation of the heel ball change, focusing on entering with a cross step instead of a heel step to allow for personal variations while a partner does the basic.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the weight on the right to practice the variation both ways.
+- Keep the variation small with steps staying under your body.
+- Practice in open position first as it's the easiest.
+- Try the variation in turns while dancing in open position.
+- Throw in this variation even when it's not led by your partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The variation allows you to add personal rhythm while following your partner's axis.
+- Ensure steps are controlled to avoid discomfort for both dancers.
+- This technique can be applied in various positions like open and closed.
+- Use the variation as an independent element to enhance your dance style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d01eba2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-14 Shuffle in the Shoulders
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to incorporate the shuffle rhythm into shoulder movements while maintaining a basic step, aiming to enhance dance fluidity and reduce robotic appearance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine strings pulling your scapula down repeatedly to initiate the shoulder shuffle.
- - Keep your neck long to avoid tension while performing the shoulder movements.
- - Start with either the right or left shoulder, as it doesn't matter for this exercise.
- - Practice walking around the room while maintaining the basic step and shoulder shuffle.
- - Breathe out to relax and improve dance flow during the shuffle.
- - If you get lost, go back to walking without the shuffle to regain composure.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shoulder shuffle should not affect your footwork; keep the same stepping quality.
- - Focus on moving from a robotic to a more dancer-like appearance with practice.
- - Integrate the shuffle rhythm on top of the basic step without changing foot movements.
- - Maintain consistency in shoulder and foot coordination to avoid losing the rhythm.
- - Use the imagery of pulled strings to guide the down motion in the shoulders.
- - Practice with music to enhance timing and feel of the blues shuffle.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c28c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/14_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 14 Shuffle in the Shoulders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to incorporate the shuffle rhythm into shoulder movements while maintaining a basic step, aiming to enhance dance fluidity and reduce robotic appearance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine strings pulling your scapula down repeatedly to initiate the shoulder shuffle.
+- Keep your neck long to avoid tension while performing the shoulder movements.
+- Start with either the right or left shoulder, as it doesn't matter for this exercise.
+- Practice walking around the room while maintaining the basic step and shoulder shuffle.
+- Breathe out to relax and improve dance flow during the shuffle.
+- If you get lost, go back to walking without the shuffle to regain composure.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shoulder shuffle should not affect your footwork; keep the same stepping quality.
+- Focus on moving from a robotic to a more dancer-like appearance with practice.
+- Integrate the shuffle rhythm on top of the basic step without changing foot movements.
+- Maintain consistency in shoulder and foot coordination to avoid losing the rhythm.
+- Use the imagery of pulled strings to guide the down motion in the shoulders.
+- Practice with music to enhance timing and feel of the blues shuffle.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e608615..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-15 Shuffle in the Shoulders%3A Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding the shoulder shuffle variation while dancing with a partner, emphasizing its application in various positions without compromising connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the shoulder movement small and subtle, using down movements with back muscles instead of pulling up.
- - Ensure arms stay relaxed to avoid tension, letting only the shoulders move.
- - Try the variation in different positions like close embrace or side-by-side to see what feels good.
- - Practice with music to explore where to add the shoulder shuffle enjoyably.
- - Communicate with your partner about ideas for the variation during practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain subtlety in shoulder movements to prevent disrupting partner connection.
- - The variation can be done in any dance position as long as it doesn't compromise connection.
- - Leaders may find it challenging to lead other moves while focusing on the shoulder shuffle.
- - Experiment with your partner to find comfortable placements for the variation.
- - Focus on using back muscles rather than lifting shoulders to keep movements controlled.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c64d7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/15_Shuffle_in_the_Shoulders%3A_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 15 Shuffle in the Shoulders%3A Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding the shoulder shuffle variation while dancing with a partner, emphasizing its application in various positions without compromising connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the shoulder movement small and subtle, using down movements with back muscles instead of pulling up.
+- Ensure arms stay relaxed to avoid tension, letting only the shoulders move.
+- Try the variation in different positions like close embrace or side-by-side to see what feels good.
+- Practice with music to explore where to add the shoulder shuffle enjoyably.
+- Communicate with your partner about ideas for the variation during practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain subtlety in shoulder movements to prevent disrupting partner connection.
+- The variation can be done in any dance position as long as it doesn't compromise connection.
+- Leaders may find it challenging to lead other moves while focusing on the shoulder shuffle.
+- Experiment with your partner to find comfortable placements for the variation.
+- Focus on using back muscles rather than lifting shoulders to keep movements controlled.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d450eb9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-16 Recap Class%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps six solo variations in The Blues Shuffle, focusing on practicing transitions between each variation and the basic step to build fluency.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and pulse to get in the mood.
- - Transition into tap step after the basic step.
- - Use your body and get low during low downs.
- - Add shoulders to the shuffle variation for expression.
- - Practice with music before partnering up.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Ensure each variation feels good in the body for solo practice.
- - Master transitions between variations and the basic step.
- - Play with independent variations to build confidence.
- - Use the recap to prepare for the final session with a partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d828e79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/16_Recap_Class%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 16 Recap Class%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps six solo variations in The Blues Shuffle, focusing on practicing transitions between each variation and the basic step to build fluency.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and pulse to get in the mood.
+- Transition into tap step after the basic step.
+- Use your body and get low during low downs.
+- Add shoulders to the shuffle variation for expression.
+- Practice with music before partnering up.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Ensure each variation feels good in the body for solo practice.
+- Master transitions between variations and the basic step.
+- Play with independent variations to build confidence.
+- Use the recap to prepare for the final session with a partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 398a61f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-17 Focus on the Phrasing
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating all learned moves by changing dance patterns based on musical phrasing, with the goal of transitioning smoothly every eight or four counts to enhance musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by changing dance patterns every eight counts, such as from basic to shuffle.
- - Progress to changing every four counts for more dynamic variation.
- - Use the provided playlist to practice with different songs that inspire timing changes.
- - Listen to the music's phrasing and change patterns when you hear phrase shifts.
- - For newer dancers, count aloud every four or eight counts to help identify changes.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Musical phrasing typically changes every eight or four counts, guiding when to switch moves.
- - The ultimate aim is to dance without counting, relying on musical cues for transitions.
- - Practice with various songs to adapt to different musical inspirations and timing.
- - Incorporate both lead-follow moves and independent variations within the set phrasing limits.
- - Focus on blending all course elements seamlessly to complete the dance integration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76dfbae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/17_Focus_on_the_Phrasing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 17 Focus on the Phrasing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating all learned moves by changing dance patterns based on musical phrasing, with the goal of transitioning smoothly every eight or four counts to enhance musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by changing dance patterns every eight counts, such as from basic to shuffle.
+- Progress to changing every four counts for more dynamic variation.
+- Use the provided playlist to practice with different songs that inspire timing changes.
+- Listen to the music's phrasing and change patterns when you hear phrase shifts.
+- For newer dancers, count aloud every four or eight counts to help identify changes.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Musical phrasing typically changes every eight or four counts, guiding when to switch moves.
+- The ultimate aim is to dance without counting, relying on musical cues for transitions.
+- Practice with various songs to adapt to different musical inspirations and timing.
+- Incorporate both lead-follow moves and independent variations within the set phrasing limits.
+- Focus on blending all course elements seamlessly to complete the dance integration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 40b5bf3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Shuffle Footwork I%3A Tap Step
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the tap step shuffle rhythm as a simple foot variation to practice the blues shuffle, focusing on integrating it into body movement and transitioning from basic steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a tap and a step to establish the shuffle rhythm, practicing with clear weight shifts every beat.
- - Imagine your foot gets caught on the floor on the way to the step to help with the tap action.
- - Engage your entire body by digging into the ground when stepping to create a distinct shape.
- - Practice transitioning from basic steps to the tap step shuffle by changing body shape clearly.
- - In partner work, leaders should perform the step clearly in their own body without trying to move the follower.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shuffle rhythm is a variation of your walk, with weight shifts every beat similar to walking.
- - Followers feel the leader's body shape rather than the rhythm itself, allowing them to join the movement independently.
- - Transitions involve shifting from two-count weight changes in basics to single-count changes in the shuffle step.
- - Practice solo first to fit the step to music, then with a partner in various positions like open, closed, or side-by-side.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca36f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/1_Shuffle_Footwork_I%3A_Tap_Step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Shuffle Footwork I%3A Tap Step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the tap step shuffle rhythm as a simple foot variation to practice the blues shuffle, focusing on integrating it into body movement and transitioning from basic steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a tap and a step to establish the shuffle rhythm, practicing with clear weight shifts every beat.
+- Imagine your foot gets caught on the floor on the way to the step to help with the tap action.
+- Engage your entire body by digging into the ground when stepping to create a distinct shape.
+- Practice transitioning from basic steps to the tap step shuffle by changing body shape clearly.
+- In partner work, leaders should perform the step clearly in their own body without trying to move the follower.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shuffle rhythm is a variation of your walk, with weight shifts every beat similar to walking.
+- Followers feel the leader's body shape rather than the rhythm itself, allowing them to join the movement independently.
+- Transitions involve shifting from two-count weight changes in basics to single-count changes in the shuffle step.
+- Practice solo first to fit the step to music, then with a partner in various positions like open, closed, or side-by-side.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c0874b3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-2 Shuffle Footwork II%3A Step Tap
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the step tap variation of the shuffle footwork, focusing on shifting weight earlier and using a subtle swing from the hips while keeping the head stable.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift your weight clearly on the 'and' before the beat for the transition.
- - Keep your feet under your body and use a small, subtle swing from the hips.
- - Relax your arms to avoid discomfort when adding this variation with a partner.
- - Followers can step a fraction earlier than the leader without disrupting the connection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This variation is a modification of the walk, with the step on the 'and' and tap on the beat.
- - Maintain head stability and let the hips swing to make movements easier at faster tempos.
- - The change in weight shift and body shape serves as a signal for partners during the dance.
- - Practice allows the variation to feel natural, even if it initially seems strange with a partner.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d6fefc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/2_Shuffle_Footwork_II%3A_Step_Tap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 2 Shuffle Footwork II%3A Step Tap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the step tap variation of the shuffle footwork, focusing on shifting weight earlier and using a subtle swing from the hips while keeping the head stable.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift your weight clearly on the 'and' before the beat for the transition.
+- Keep your feet under your body and use a small, subtle swing from the hips.
+- Relax your arms to avoid discomfort when adding this variation with a partner.
+- Followers can step a fraction earlier than the leader without disrupting the connection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This variation is a modification of the walk, with the step on the 'and' and tap on the beat.
+- Maintain head stability and let the hips swing to make movements easier at faster tempos.
+- The change in weight shift and body shape serves as a signal for partners during the dance.
+- Practice allows the variation to feel natural, even if it initially seems strange with a partner.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e256ce4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Step Tap Shuffle%3A Transition from a basic step
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning between the basic step and the shuffle step in the Blues Shuffle, emphasising timing and weight transfer for smooth movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Transfer weight a fraction quicker when transitioning into the shuffle step because you're stepping before the beat.
- - Practice the transition solo first to ensure clarity in body movement before partnering up.
- - Leaders should lead clearly with body movement, keeping the hand connection steady while shifting weight.
- - Followers should listen actively for timing changes and respond to the leader's weight shifts.
- - Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers when practicing with a partner.
- - Practice with music and a partner in a fixed position to reinforce the transition.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Transitioning into the shuffle feels fast due to early weight transfer, while returning to the basic feels slower as weight shifts on the beat.
- - Aim to be a two-legged dancer by practicing transitions on both sides for balanced skill.
- - Clarity in leading and active listening in following are crucial for successful partner transitions.
- - Master the transition solo to avoid funky movements before attempting it with a partner.
- - The shift in body shape and early weight transfer are key indicators for smooth transitions.
- - Partner practice should start with eyes closed for followers to enhance following skills.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99e5109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/3_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Transition_from_a_basic_step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Step Tap Shuffle%3A Transition from a basic step
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning between the basic step and the shuffle step in the Blues Shuffle, emphasising timing and weight transfer for smooth movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Transfer weight a fraction quicker when transitioning into the shuffle step because you're stepping before the beat.
+- Practice the transition solo first to ensure clarity in body movement before partnering up.
+- Leaders should lead clearly with body movement, keeping the hand connection steady while shifting weight.
+- Followers should listen actively for timing changes and respond to the leader's weight shifts.
+- Start with weight on the right for leaders and left for followers when practicing with a partner.
+- Practice with music and a partner in a fixed position to reinforce the transition.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Transitioning into the shuffle feels fast due to early weight transfer, while returning to the basic feels slower as weight shifts on the beat.
+- Aim to be a two-legged dancer by practicing transitions on both sides for balanced skill.
+- Clarity in leading and active listening in following are crucial for successful partner transitions.
+- Master the transition solo to avoid funky movements before attempting it with a partner.
+- The shift in body shape and early weight transfer are key indicators for smooth transitions.
+- Partner practice should start with eyes closed for followers to enhance following skills.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 01ecace..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Step Tap Shuffle%3A Side by Side
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Step Tap Shuffle variation in side-by-side position, focusing on transitioning from basic steps to forwards and backwards shuffle rhythms.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the basic step in side-by-side by stepping forwards with the outside leg and then the inside leg.
- - Leaders step forwards with the left and back with the right, while followers step forwards with the right and back with the left.
- - Lead the movement by swinging the center forwards and backwards first, not by stepping the leg out.
- - Practice four basics before transitioning into the shuffle step.
- - Maintain the same timing in the transition as in previous lessons, but adjust for forwards and backwards movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The body shape and center movement are crucial for leading the shuffle effectively.
- - The transition from basic to shuffle step involves the same timing but different directional focus.
- - Focus on moving the feet under the center rather than stepping the leg out first.
- - This variation builds on previous skills by applying them in a side-by-side context.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62fcf23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/4_Step_Tap_Shuffle%3A_Side_by_Side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Step Tap Shuffle%3A Side by Side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Step Tap Shuffle variation in side-by-side position, focusing on transitioning from basic steps to forwards and backwards shuffle rhythms.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the basic step in side-by-side by stepping forwards with the outside leg and then the inside leg.
+- Leaders step forwards with the left and back with the right, while followers step forwards with the right and back with the left.
+- Lead the movement by swinging the center forwards and backwards first, not by stepping the leg out.
+- Practice four basics before transitioning into the shuffle step.
+- Maintain the same timing in the transition as in previous lessons, but adjust for forwards and backwards movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The body shape and center movement are crucial for leading the shuffle effectively.
+- The transition from basic to shuffle step involves the same timing but different directional focus.
+- Focus on moving the feet under the center rather than stepping the leg out first.
+- This variation builds on previous skills by applying them in a side-by-side context.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 65e55e8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Shuffle in Side by Side%3A Creating Opposition
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating opposition in the side-by-side shuffle, where leaders stay in place while followers move forward, emphasizing body positioning and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders cheat by throwing their center back and upper body forward without moving their feet.
- - Keep arms relaxed and adjust body rotation towards your partner for comfort.
- - On the eighth count, leaders bring followers back by not stopping them, just waiting.
- - Practice mixing basics, shuffle together, and shuffle in opposition to music.
- - Ensure weight stays on the right foot during the opposition movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Opposition involves leaders staying stationary while followers move, creating a dynamic contrast.
- - Comfort in connection depends on flexibility and height differences; adjust arm placement as needed.
- - The shuffle in opposition should feel similar to previous classes, maintaining energy and flow.
- - Leaders should avoid pulling followers back; instead, let them continue their movement naturally.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ad6bdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/5_Shuffle_in_Side_by_Side%3A_Creating_Opposition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Shuffle in Side by Side%3A Creating Opposition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating opposition in the side-by-side shuffle, where leaders stay in place while followers move forward, emphasizing body positioning and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders cheat by throwing their center back and upper body forward without moving their feet.
+- Keep arms relaxed and adjust body rotation towards your partner for comfort.
+- On the eighth count, leaders bring followers back by not stopping them, just waiting.
+- Practice mixing basics, shuffle together, and shuffle in opposition to music.
+- Ensure weight stays on the right foot during the opposition movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Opposition involves leaders staying stationary while followers move, creating a dynamic contrast.
+- Comfort in connection depends on flexibility and height differences; adjust arm placement as needed.
+- The shuffle in opposition should feel similar to previous classes, maintaining energy and flow.
+- Leaders should avoid pulling followers back; instead, let them continue their movement naturally.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fad2828..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-6 Shuffle Footwork%3A Individual Styling
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating shuffle footwork variations into open position as independent styling for followers, while leaders maintain basic steps and soft leads, emphasizing relaxation and improvisation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shake a little to remind each other to relax if tension is felt during practice.
- - Followers should respect the speed and direction of the leader's lead when adding footwork.
- - Leaders should use a super soft lead, more like a suggestion, for turns.
- - If followers end up offset after styling, don't stop to fix it; keep dancing and see it as an opportunity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Tension in the arms communicates limitation to the partner, so keep arms relaxed.
- - It's common to tense up when improvising, but relaxation enhances connection and creativity.
- - Offset positions after styling are not a problem; they can lead to new dance opportunities.
- - Leaders and followers can both add variations independently without needing explicit leads.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..565248f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/6_Shuffle_Footwork%3A_Individual_Styling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 6 Shuffle Footwork%3A Individual Styling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating shuffle footwork variations into open position as independent styling for followers, while leaders maintain basic steps and soft leads, emphasizing relaxation and improvisation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shake a little to remind each other to relax if tension is felt during practice.
+- Followers should respect the speed and direction of the leader's lead when adding footwork.
+- Leaders should use a super soft lead, more like a suggestion, for turns.
+- If followers end up offset after styling, don't stop to fix it; keep dancing and see it as an opportunity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Tension in the arms communicates limitation to the partner, so keep arms relaxed.
+- It's common to tense up when improvising, but relaxation enhances connection and creativity.
+- Offset positions after styling are not a problem; they can lead to new dance opportunities.
+- Leaders and followers can both add variations independently without needing explicit leads.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 47e155b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-7 Choo Choo Shuffle%3A Solo & Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the choo-choo shuffle move, focusing on solo and partnered execution with clear weight shifts and center movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Initiate movement from the center, swinging hips back while keeping the chest open and head up.
- - Roll feet softly, connecting with the ball first then transferring weight to the heel to avoid noise.
- - In partnered practice, leaders release arms forward naturally as their center swings back without pushing.
- - Ensure clear weight shifts in each part of the shuffle to ease transitions in and out of basics.
- - For styling, straighten legs and widen stance during the swing for a more defined shape.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain balance independently in partnered moves, not relying on your partner for support.
- - Keep the connection point forward and avoid seeking counterbalance during the shuffle.
- - Practice with clear weight shifts to prevent confusion and improve movement flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70eb465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/7_Choo_Choo_Shuffle%3A_Solo_&_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 7 Choo Choo Shuffle%3A Solo & Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the choo-choo shuffle move, focusing on solo and partnered execution with clear weight shifts and center movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Initiate movement from the center, swinging hips back while keeping the chest open and head up.
+- Roll feet softly, connecting with the ball first then transferring weight to the heel to avoid noise.
+- In partnered practice, leaders release arms forward naturally as their center swings back without pushing.
+- Ensure clear weight shifts in each part of the shuffle to ease transitions in and out of basics.
+- For styling, straighten legs and widen stance during the swing for a more defined shape.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain balance independently in partnered moves, not relying on your partner for support.
+- Keep the connection point forward and avoid seeking counterbalance during the shuffle.
+- Practice with clear weight shifts to prevent confusion and improve movement flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cf050a2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Out and In shuffle%3A Individual Styling
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on applying the out and in shuffle as an independent styling variation, with leaders doing basic steps and leading turns while followers add the variation with relaxed arms.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the swing small and under the body to avoid moving too much backwards and forwards.
- - Focus more on the out movement rather than the back swing for easier following.
- - Leaders can throw in the shuffle variation for any number of counts, such as eight or four.
- - Play with body shape by moving up, down, left, and right to enhance styling.
- - Add the out and in variation wherever desired during the dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Dancing involves the whole body, not just the feet, so incorporate body styling.
- - Maintain relaxed arms to allow for smooth and natural movement.
- - Keep the swing controlled to stay in place and follow leads effectively.
- - Experiment with body shaping to find what feels good and adds personal flair.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1b07a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/8_Out_and_In_shuffle%3A_Individual_Styling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Out and In shuffle%3A Individual Styling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on applying the out and in shuffle as an independent styling variation, with leaders doing basic steps and leading turns while followers add the variation with relaxed arms.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the swing small and under the body to avoid moving too much backwards and forwards.
+- Focus more on the out movement rather than the back swing for easier following.
+- Leaders can throw in the shuffle variation for any number of counts, such as eight or four.
+- Play with body shape by moving up, down, left, and right to enhance styling.
+- Add the out and in variation wherever desired during the dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Dancing involves the whole body, not just the feet, so incorporate body styling.
+- Maintain relaxed arms to allow for smooth and natural movement.
+- Keep the swing controlled to stay in place and follow leads effectively.
+- Experiment with body shaping to find what feels good and adds personal flair.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bf2088..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Low Downs%3A Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: The Blues Shuffle
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching the low down move in the Blues Shuffle, specifically the solo version with shuffle rhythm, including proper technique and transitions from the basic step.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right leg and do four basics before dropping onto the left to enter the low down.
- - Ensure the hip joint, knee, and foot are aligned in the same line to avoid pain.
- - Move your upper body towards the bent leg instead of just dancing from the lower body.
- - Transition by dropping under your body and then stepping out with the other leg.
- - Practice without jumping; keep at least one foot on the floor at all times.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain good alignment with weight on the leg under your body during the low down.
- - Avoid jumping; the movement should involve stepping and replacing without both feet leaving the floor.
- - Focus on smooth transitions by bringing the leg under your body first before stepping to the side.
- - Coordinate upper body movement with the bent leg to enhance the dance form.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c73f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Musicality/The-Blues-Shuffle/9_Low_Downs%3A_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Low Downs%3A Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching the low down move in the Blues Shuffle, specifically the solo version with shuffle rhythm, including proper technique and transitions from the basic step.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right leg and do four basics before dropping onto the left to enter the low down.
+- Ensure the hip joint, knee, and foot are aligned in the same line to avoid pain.
+- Move your upper body towards the bent leg instead of just dancing from the lower body.
+- Transition by dropping under your body and then stepping out with the other leg.
+- Practice without jumping; keep at least one foot on the floor at all times.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain good alignment with weight on the leg under your body during the low down.
+- Avoid jumping; the movement should involve stepping and replacing without both feet leaving the floor.
+- Focus on smooth transitions by bringing the leg under your body first before stepping to the side.
+- Coordinate upper body movement with the bent leg to enhance the dance form.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 531e218..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Awesome Arms Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a course focused on arm and hand movements in dance, aiming to make arms as important as legs by exploring different placements, uses, shapes, and textures.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on different ways to use your arms to create shape in your dancing.
- - Practice letting go of partner holds to explore arm movements.
- - Experiment with arm placements to add texture to your dance style.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Arms are key elements in dance, not just for partner holds.
- - This course will help integrate arm movements seamlessly with legwork.
- - Arm movements can enhance overall dance expression and style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a994ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/0_Awesome_Arms_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Awesome Arms Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a course focused on arm and hand movements in dance, aiming to make arms as important as legs by exploring different placements, uses, shapes, and textures.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on different ways to use your arms to create shape in your dancing.
+- Practice letting go of partner holds to explore arm movements.
+- Experiment with arm placements to add texture to your dance style.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Arms are key elements in dance, not just for partner holds.
+- This course will help integrate arm movements seamlessly with legwork.
+- Arm movements can enhance overall dance expression and style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b9bbad6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 Forward Rolls
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches forward shoulder rolls, focusing on subtle movements using back muscles to open and close shoulder blades, with variations for styling and body integration.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think about dropping the shoulders down in front or moving shoulder blades away from each other to open them.
- - Use back muscles to pull shoulder blades together when closing them.
- - Add a circular motion: go up and over as you open, then down and around as you close.
- - Practice slowly in a mirror first before playing with music.
- - Allow the body to move forwards as the shoulder circles, creating a twisted alignment.
- - Try variations like doing both shoulders, one shoulder, or alternating shoulders.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on engaging back muscles for a contained, subtle movement rather than rolling shoulders wildly.
- - Keep the movement central in the body to avoid a messy appearance.
- - This styling can add a funky attitude to walks or stationary poses.
- - Integrate body movement with shoulder styling for a more dynamic effect.
- - Experiment with different variations to see how much body involvement works best.
- - Use this technique to enhance posture and add cool styling to dance moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52d81b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/10_Forward_Rolls.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 Forward Rolls
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches forward shoulder rolls, focusing on subtle movements using back muscles to open and close shoulder blades, with variations for styling and body integration.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think about dropping the shoulders down in front or moving shoulder blades away from each other to open them.
+- Use back muscles to pull shoulder blades together when closing them.
+- Add a circular motion: go up and over as you open, then down and around as you close.
+- Practice slowly in a mirror first before playing with music.
+- Allow the body to move forwards as the shoulder circles, creating a twisted alignment.
+- Try variations like doing both shoulders, one shoulder, or alternating shoulders.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on engaging back muscles for a contained, subtle movement rather than rolling shoulders wildly.
+- Keep the movement central in the body to avoid a messy appearance.
+- This styling can add a funky attitude to walks or stationary poses.
+- Integrate body movement with shoulder styling for a more dynamic effect.
+- Experiment with different variations to see how much body involvement works best.
+- Use this technique to enhance posture and add cool styling to dance moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b2d1f9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Shoulder Drops
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches shoulder drops, focusing on pulling the shoulder blade straight down the back for a subtle, isolated movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Engage the big muscle in the back to pull the shoulder blade down.
- - Keep the arm loose and relaxed while dropping the shoulder.
- - Practice one shoulder at a time to achieve isolation.
- - Alternate shoulders slowly or speed up based on the music rhythm.
- - Let the body be pulled with the shoulder as it drops.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on pulling the shoulder down rather than lifting it up.
- - Keep the movement soft and subtle to maintain a natural aesthetic.
- - Avoid making the other shoulder rise too much; it's a slight natural reaction.
- - Shoulder drops can be used with any rhythm in the music for versatility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16c91ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/11_Shoulder_Drops.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Shoulder Drops
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches shoulder drops, focusing on pulling the shoulder blade straight down the back for a subtle, isolated movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Engage the big muscle in the back to pull the shoulder blade down.
+- Keep the arm loose and relaxed while dropping the shoulder.
+- Practice one shoulder at a time to achieve isolation.
+- Alternate shoulders slowly or speed up based on the music rhythm.
+- Let the body be pulled with the shoulder as it drops.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on pulling the shoulder down rather than lifting it up.
+- Keep the movement soft and subtle to maintain a natural aesthetic.
+- Avoid making the other shoulder rise too much; it's a slight natural reaction.
+- Shoulder drops can be used with any rhythm in the music for versatility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aabafe5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-12 Shoulder Pops
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches shoulder pops, a sharp, subtle move to add texture and accent to dance routines by isolating shoulder movement forwards and back.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Widen the shoulder blades apart to drop the shoulders forwards.
- - Keep the movement small and sharp, avoiding large or curved chest motions.
- - Practice in front of a mirror or film yourself to check the action.
- - Maintain a long neck and keep shoulders down without hunching.
- - Use a straight line of energy forwards and back, not rotational like shoulder rolls.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Shoulder pops are a textural tool for adding sharp accents, not for continuous repetition.
- - Focus on shoulder isolation to prevent excessive chest movement.
- - The move is subtle and cheeky, best kept small for cool effects.
- - It can be done at any rhythm, often added at the end of moves.
- - Avoid making the shoulders too big or bringing them up to the ears.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..387f872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/12_Shoulder_Pops.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 12 Shoulder Pops
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches shoulder pops, a sharp, subtle move to add texture and accent to dance routines by isolating shoulder movement forwards and back.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Widen the shoulder blades apart to drop the shoulders forwards.
+- Keep the movement small and sharp, avoiding large or curved chest motions.
+- Practice in front of a mirror or film yourself to check the action.
+- Maintain a long neck and keep shoulders down without hunching.
+- Use a straight line of energy forwards and back, not rotational like shoulder rolls.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Shoulder pops are a textural tool for adding sharp accents, not for continuous repetition.
+- Focus on shoulder isolation to prevent excessive chest movement.
+- The move is subtle and cheeky, best kept small for cool effects.
+- It can be done at any rhythm, often added at the end of moves.
+- Avoid making the shoulders too big or bringing them up to the ears.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 57332b1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-13 Shoulder Shimmy
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the shoulder shimmy, focusing on generating movement from the center of the body rather than the shoulders, with practice for speed and rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine a stick down the center of your body and rotate your ribcage around it.
- - Keep your hips in place and abs engaged while moving the ribcage.
- - Allow shoulders to move with the body but avoid letting them go wild or rise near your ears.
- - Practice the shimmy at different speeds, from slow to fast, to develop control.
- - Play with the energy and timing of the shimmy to match musical rhythms.
- - Keep the movement subtle and contained within the body for better technique.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement originates from a central, internal place, not from the shoulders.
- - Maintain a long neck and keep shoulders down to avoid tension.
- - The shimmy is a rotational action of the ribcage around an imaginary central axis.
- - Adjust sharpness and rhythm based on personal preference and music.
- - Focus on core engagement to support the shoulder movement.
- - Practice variations in speed to build proficiency and musicality.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e7bd12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/13_Shoulder_Shimmy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 13 Shoulder Shimmy
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the shoulder shimmy, focusing on generating movement from the center of the body rather than the shoulders, with practice for speed and rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine a stick down the center of your body and rotate your ribcage around it.
+- Keep your hips in place and abs engaged while moving the ribcage.
+- Allow shoulders to move with the body but avoid letting them go wild or rise near your ears.
+- Practice the shimmy at different speeds, from slow to fast, to develop control.
+- Play with the energy and timing of the shimmy to match musical rhythms.
+- Keep the movement subtle and contained within the body for better technique.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement originates from a central, internal place, not from the shoulders.
+- Maintain a long neck and keep shoulders down to avoid tension.
+- The shimmy is a rotational action of the ribcage around an imaginary central axis.
+- Adjust sharpness and rhythm based on personal preference and music.
+- Focus on core engagement to support the shoulder movement.
+- Practice variations in speed to build proficiency and musicality.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 28601d9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-14 Don't Forget Your Hands
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on incorporating hands into dance to enhance musicality, covering techniques like percussion and texture creation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use hands as percussive instruments by clapping, clicking fingers, or slapping the body.
- - Add sharpness to hand movements by keeping them still until the end of an arm move.
- - Create softness by curving the hands and avoiding straight lines during arm movements.
- - Incorporate a vibrating or shimmy rhythm with the hands to match energetic music.
- - Utilize finger styling to feel through the air and add detail to arm movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Hands can add rhythmic energy and percussive elements to dancing.
- - Changing hand texture alters the feel of arm movements, such as sharp or soft lines.
- - Fingers are important for adding styling and catching musical details.
- - Hand movements should be appropriate to the music to enhance musicality.
- - Focus on hand placement and action at the end of arms to be more expressive.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6904c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/14_Don't_Forget_Your_Hands.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 14 Don't Forget Your Hands
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on incorporating hands into dance to enhance musicality, covering techniques like percussion and texture creation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use hands as percussive instruments by clapping, clicking fingers, or slapping the body.
+- Add sharpness to hand movements by keeping them still until the end of an arm move.
+- Create softness by curving the hands and avoiding straight lines during arm movements.
+- Incorporate a vibrating or shimmy rhythm with the hands to match energetic music.
+- Utilize finger styling to feel through the air and add detail to arm movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Hands can add rhythmic energy and percussive elements to dancing.
+- Changing hand texture alters the feel of arm movements, such as sharp or soft lines.
+- Fingers are important for adding styling and catching musical details.
+- Hand movements should be appropriate to the music to enhance musicality.
+- Focus on hand placement and action at the end of arms to be more expressive.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 712b882..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-15 Arms Challenge
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson is an arms challenge to practice all upper body skills learned in the course by dancing a whole song without moving your feet, focusing on improvisation and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet stuck in place and shift weight subtly while dancing.
- - Place hands on your body or use spotlighting techniques.
- - Create and play with set shapes using your arms.
- - Experiment with different resistances like pushing and pulling the air.
- - Incorporate shoulder variations and hand movements as a finale.
- - Imagine energy starting from the center of your rib cage and flowing out through fingertips.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on connecting all upper body movements for fluid energy flow.
- - Use musicality and emotion to add a beautiful layer to your dance.
- - This challenge pushes arm skills by isolating the lower body for practice.
- - Think of it as a revision exercise to reinforce course concepts.
- - Keep everything connected from the core to the fingertips.
- - Improvise freely and have fun while practicing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adea08a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/15_Arms_Challenge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 15 Arms Challenge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is an arms challenge to practice all upper body skills learned in the course by dancing a whole song without moving your feet, focusing on improvisation and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet stuck in place and shift weight subtly while dancing.
+- Place hands on your body or use spotlighting techniques.
+- Create and play with set shapes using your arms.
+- Experiment with different resistances like pushing and pulling the air.
+- Incorporate shoulder variations and hand movements as a finale.
+- Imagine energy starting from the center of your rib cage and flowing out through fingertips.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on connecting all upper body movements for fluid energy flow.
+- Use musicality and emotion to add a beautiful layer to your dance.
+- This challenge pushes arm skills by isolating the lower body for practice.
+- Think of it as a revision exercise to reinforce course concepts.
+- Keep everything connected from the core to the fingertips.
+- Improvise freely and have fun while practicing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6230771..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-1 Getting to Know Your Arms
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concept of arms originating from the center of the body between the shoulder blades, aiming to improve movement initiation and arm shape in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Squeeze your shoulder blades together to identify the center point where arms should start.
- - Imagine an energy ball in the center of your body that flows through the arms and out through the fingers.
- - Practice moving arms from the shoulder first, then shift to initiating from the center to feel the difference.
- - Think of energy flowing through the joints to create softer, curved arm shapes rather than trapped angles.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Arms start from the center of the body, not the shoulders, for better energy flow and connection.
- - Energy should flow from the center through the shoulders, arms, hands, and fingers into the universe.
- - This approach helps prevent awkward arm shapes and enhances overall dancing with full-body movement.
- - Focus on energy pathways to improve arm lines and avoid stiff or angular movements unless stylistically chosen.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f635d39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/1_Getting_to_Know_Your_Arms.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 1 Getting to Know Your Arms
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concept of arms originating from the center of the body between the shoulder blades, aiming to improve movement initiation and arm shape in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Squeeze your shoulder blades together to identify the center point where arms should start.
+- Imagine an energy ball in the center of your body that flows through the arms and out through the fingers.
+- Practice moving arms from the shoulder first, then shift to initiating from the center to feel the difference.
+- Think of energy flowing through the joints to create softer, curved arm shapes rather than trapped angles.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Arms start from the center of the body, not the shoulders, for better energy flow and connection.
+- Energy should flow from the center through the shoulders, arms, hands, and fingers into the universe.
+- This approach helps prevent awkward arm shapes and enhances overall dancing with full-body movement.
+- Focus on energy pathways to improve arm lines and avoid stiff or angular movements unless stylistically chosen.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aae353c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-2 Follow The Flow
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on letting arms flow naturally with body movement, using walking as an example to encourage relaxed, improvised arm swings in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine a small air bubble in your armpits to keep arms loose and prevent them from being trapped against the body.
- - Let arms swing in opposition to leg movements, similar to natural walking.
- - Ensure arms move from the center of the body, maintaining relaxation from shoulders down.
- - Improvise with known moves while allowing arms to follow the natural flow of movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Arms should react naturally to body movement, just as they do when walking.
- - Keep arms relaxed and hanging loosely to allow free movement with the body.
- - Focus on the center of the body to integrate arm and body dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0b3a4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/2_Follow_The_Flow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 2 Follow The Flow
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on letting arms flow naturally with body movement, using walking as an example to encourage relaxed, improvised arm swings in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine a small air bubble in your armpits to keep arms loose and prevent them from being trapped against the body.
+- Let arms swing in opposition to leg movements, similar to natural walking.
+- Ensure arms move from the center of the body, maintaining relaxation from shoulders down.
+- Improvise with known moves while allowing arms to follow the natural flow of movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Arms should react naturally to body movement, just as they do when walking.
+- Keep arms relaxed and hanging loosely to allow free movement with the body.
+- Focus on the center of the body to integrate arm and body dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fcb18a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Arm Placement
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on arm placement techniques for dance, specifically teaching how to position hands on various body parts to create different shapes and emphasize other movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Place hands in pockets to keep arms still and look cool, especially if unsure what to do with them.
- - Keep elbows up and maintain a line of energy across the chest when hands are on the chest to avoid a lazy appearance.
- - Use hands on thighs to draw attention to fancy footwork while keeping arms still.
- - Experiment with elbow direction (forwards, side, or back) and hand orientation (palm up or down) when hands are on the hips for varied styling.
- - Roll shoulders down and maintain posture when hands are on hips to avoid giving up on upper body energy.
- - Place hands on the butt with elbows back and shoulders back to create a nice shape in the back, adding walking styles for fun.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Arm placement should emphasize other body movements and shapes, not draw too much attention to the arms themselves.
- - Details like elbow position and hand orientation significantly impact the overall styling and shape of the arms.
- - Use arm placements as safe starting points if unsure, but vary them to avoid looking awkward throughout the dance.
- - Maintain energy and purpose in arm shapes, even when they are still, to enhance overall posture and movement.
- - Consider the context of the dance, such as highlighting footwork or hip moves, when choosing hand placements.
- - Experiment with different placements to find what feels good and suits your body and the dance style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67cc8f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/3_Arm_Placement.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Arm Placement
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on arm placement techniques for dance, specifically teaching how to position hands on various body parts to create different shapes and emphasize other movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Place hands in pockets to keep arms still and look cool, especially if unsure what to do with them.
+- Keep elbows up and maintain a line of energy across the chest when hands are on the chest to avoid a lazy appearance.
+- Use hands on thighs to draw attention to fancy footwork while keeping arms still.
+- Experiment with elbow direction (forwards, side, or back) and hand orientation (palm up or down) when hands are on the hips for varied styling.
+- Roll shoulders down and maintain posture when hands are on hips to avoid giving up on upper body energy.
+- Place hands on the butt with elbows back and shoulders back to create a nice shape in the back, adding walking styles for fun.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Arm placement should emphasize other body movements and shapes, not draw too much attention to the arms themselves.
+- Details like elbow position and hand orientation significantly impact the overall styling and shape of the arms.
+- Use arm placements as safe starting points if unsure, but vary them to avoid looking awkward throughout the dance.
+- Maintain energy and purpose in arm shapes, even when they are still, to enhance overall posture and movement.
+- Consider the context of the dance, such as highlighting footwork or hip moves, when choosing hand placements.
+- Experiment with different placements to find what feels good and suits your body and the dance style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 83eca2c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Asymmetric Shapes
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating asymmetrical shapes in blues dance by having one arm placed on the body while the other arm follows the movement's flow, enhancing the aesthetic with broken lines and dynamic styling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Place left hand in pocket and let right hand follow the basic step's flow.
- - Keep a slight air bubble in the armpit for a natural swing in the arm.
- - Maintain a lifted arm with energy running through to the fingers.
- - Use hand on hip with the opposite arm following movement momentum, especially for fishtails.
- - Explore hand placements like thigh, back, or butt while the other arm moves freely.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues dance emphasizes asymmetrical shapes over symmetrical ones for its aesthetic.
- - Having different actions on each side of the body creates dynamic and broken lines.
- - Asymmetrical styling can highlight movements like fishtails and turns effectively.
- - Experiment with various arm placements to enhance shape and movement in improvisation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a7974b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/4_Asymmetric_Shapes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Asymmetric Shapes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating asymmetrical shapes in blues dance by having one arm placed on the body while the other arm follows the movement's flow, enhancing the aesthetic with broken lines and dynamic styling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Place left hand in pocket and let right hand follow the basic step's flow.
+- Keep a slight air bubble in the armpit for a natural swing in the arm.
+- Maintain a lifted arm with energy running through to the fingers.
+- Use hand on hip with the opposite arm following movement momentum, especially for fishtails.
+- Explore hand placements like thigh, back, or butt while the other arm moves freely.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues dance emphasizes asymmetrical shapes over symmetrical ones for its aesthetic.
+- Having different actions on each side of the body creates dynamic and broken lines.
+- Asymmetrical styling can highlight movements like fishtails and turns effectively.
+- Experiment with various arm placements to enhance shape and movement in improvisation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c3067a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Spotlighting
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches spotlighting body parts with hands to create visual focus and energy, using imaginary beams of light from the palms to highlight movements from the hips down.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lift elbows and maintain strong arm shapes with energy flowing from the center through the hands.
- - Move hands with the body part to keep the spotlight following it, like a stage spotlight tracking an actor.
- - Lean forward from the hips, not hunch, when spotlighting lower body parts like knees for better posture.
- - Keep arms alive and energized, engaging shoulders and elbows to avoid a flat or lifeless appearance.
- - Add extra styling by flicking hands or moving arms rhythmically to enhance the spotlight effect.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Spotlighting involves using hand movements to draw attention to specific body parts, enhancing visual impact in dance.
- - Ensure the spotlight follows the body part as it moves to maintain focus and avoid losing the highlighted area.
- - This technique can be applied to any dance moves you know, not just the examples shown in the lesson.
- - Default spotlighting is often from the hips down, but it can also be adapted for upper body parts like ribs or head.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8889c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/5_Spotlighting.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Spotlighting
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches spotlighting body parts with hands to create visual focus and energy, using imaginary beams of light from the palms to highlight movements from the hips down.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lift elbows and maintain strong arm shapes with energy flowing from the center through the hands.
+- Move hands with the body part to keep the spotlight following it, like a stage spotlight tracking an actor.
+- Lean forward from the hips, not hunch, when spotlighting lower body parts like knees for better posture.
+- Keep arms alive and energized, engaging shoulders and elbows to avoid a flat or lifeless appearance.
+- Add extra styling by flicking hands or moving arms rhythmically to enhance the spotlight effect.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Spotlighting involves using hand movements to draw attention to specific body parts, enhancing visual impact in dance.
+- Ensure the spotlight follows the body part as it moves to maintain focus and avoid losing the highlighted area.
+- This technique can be applied to any dance moves you know, not just the examples shown in the lesson.
+- Default spotlighting is often from the hips down, but it can also be adapted for upper body parts like ribs or head.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 390cf5a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-6 Shapes
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating and dancing with three distinct arm shapes, using the arm shape as the primary inspiration for movement choices.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep elbows lifted and arms engaged to maintain energy in the hallelujah shape.
- - Allow the arm shape to move slightly with the momentum of the dance without becoming floppy.
- - Experiment with hand styling, such as laying hands flat or making a fist, to personalize the diamond shape.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shape of the arms should take precedence and inspire the rest of your dancing.
- - Maintain a solid arm shape while allowing it to adapt to movement momentum.
- - Use the arm shapes to explore different movement qualities, such as power or asymmetry.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc1d260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/6_Shapes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 6 Shapes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating and dancing with three distinct arm shapes, using the arm shape as the primary inspiration for movement choices.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep elbows lifted and arms engaged to maintain energy in the hallelujah shape.
+- Allow the arm shape to move slightly with the momentum of the dance without becoming floppy.
+- Experiment with hand styling, such as laying hands flat or making a fist, to personalize the diamond shape.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shape of the arms should take precedence and inspire the rest of your dancing.
+- Maintain a solid arm shape while allowing it to adapt to movement momentum.
+- Use the arm shapes to explore different movement qualities, such as power or asymmetry.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 08b1368..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-7 Pushing and Pulling
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using pushing and pulling movements with the arms as an improvisation tool to explore new ways of moving through the air, enhancing creativity in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine the air is thick and push through it with your arms.
- - Grab hold of the air and pull it towards you in different directions.
- - Combine pushing and pulling with existing dance moves, like pushing air away for hip movements.
- - Experiment with pushing and pulling at different heights and directions to create interesting arm shapes.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Pushing and pulling the air can generate creative ideas for arm movements.
- - This technique adds variety to your dance vocabulary by interacting with the space around you.
- - Use this improvisation tool to explore new shapes and dynamics in your dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..540de34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/7_Pushing_and_Pulling.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 7 Pushing and Pulling
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using pushing and pulling movements with the arms as an improvisation tool to explore new ways of moving through the air, enhancing creativity in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine the air is thick and push through it with your arms.
+- Grab hold of the air and pull it towards you in different directions.
+- Combine pushing and pulling with existing dance moves, like pushing air away for hip movements.
+- Experiment with pushing and pulling at different heights and directions to create interesting arm shapes.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Pushing and pulling the air can generate creative ideas for arm movements.
+- This technique adds variety to your dance vocabulary by interacting with the space around you.
+- Use this improvisation tool to explore new shapes and dynamics in your dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 27fb826..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Resistance & Speed
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson explores the concepts of resistance and speed in arm movements, teaching how varying muscle tone and energy can transform simple motions into different emotional expressions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine moving arms through air, water, honey, and cement to practice increasing resistance.
- - Incorporate resistance from the body's center, engaging chest, shoulders, back, and fingers.
- - Experiment with speed variations, such as fast punches or slow reaches, to alter movement feel.
- - Apply resistance to dance moves like fishtails or pushing and pulling to change body dynamics.
- - Improvise by calling out resistance levels (air, water, honey, cement) while dancing to music.
- - Try different songs to see how music influences resistance and speed choices.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Resistance is about muscle tone and energy, not just new arm positions.
- - Speed and resistance combine to create infinite movement possibilities and emotions.
- - Engage the whole body, from center to fingers, for effective resistance.
- - Simple motions can feel very different based on resistance and speed applied.
- - Use resistance to add attitude or emotion to dance moves.
- - Practice with various music styles to adapt resistance choices musically.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fea239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/8_Resistance_&_Speed.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Resistance & Speed
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explores the concepts of resistance and speed in arm movements, teaching how varying muscle tone and energy can transform simple motions into different emotional expressions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine moving arms through air, water, honey, and cement to practice increasing resistance.
+- Incorporate resistance from the body's center, engaging chest, shoulders, back, and fingers.
+- Experiment with speed variations, such as fast punches or slow reaches, to alter movement feel.
+- Apply resistance to dance moves like fishtails or pushing and pulling to change body dynamics.
+- Improvise by calling out resistance levels (air, water, honey, cement) while dancing to music.
+- Try different songs to see how music influences resistance and speed choices.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Resistance is about muscle tone and energy, not just new arm positions.
+- Speed and resistance combine to create infinite movement possibilities and emotions.
+- Engage the whole body, from center to fingers, for effective resistance.
+- Simple motions can feel very different based on resistance and speed applied.
+- Use resistance to add attitude or emotion to dance moves.
+- Practice with various music styles to adapt resistance choices musically.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.html
deleted file mode 100644
index def05fc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-9 Shoulder Rolls
-
-
-
-COURSE: awesome-arms
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on shoulder rolls as a subtle way to incorporate shoulders into dancing, emphasizing small, controlled movements using back muscles rather than lifting the shoulders.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think about drawing the shoulder blades down the back to circle the shoulders down, not lifting them up.
- - Practice shoulder rolls with arms relaxed to let the shoulder do the dancing, allowing the hand to move naturally.
- - Place a hand on the hips and keep it still while rolling the shoulder to practice isolation.
- - Use a wall to isolate shoulder muscles by placing the elbow against it and rolling the shoulder without moving the elbow.
- - Alternate between dancing with the body and focusing on shoulder rolls to add variety and rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Shoulder rolls should be small and subtle, not big or exaggerated.
- - Engage the big muscles in the back to control the movement, avoiding lifting the shoulders.
- - Shoulder rolls can be done with both shoulders together, one shoulder, or alternating, and at any rhythm.
- - Use shoulder rolls when the body is still to make the shoulder the focus and avoid overwhelming the dance.
- - Practice isolation to prevent the whole arm from moving during shoulder rolls.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43ab804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/awesome-arms/9_Shoulder_Rolls.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 9 Shoulder Rolls
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on shoulder rolls as a subtle way to incorporate shoulders into dancing, emphasizing small, controlled movements using back muscles rather than lifting the shoulders.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think about drawing the shoulder blades down the back to circle the shoulders down, not lifting them up.
+- Practice shoulder rolls with arms relaxed to let the shoulder do the dancing, allowing the hand to move naturally.
+- Place a hand on the hips and keep it still while rolling the shoulder to practice isolation.
+- Use a wall to isolate shoulder muscles by placing the elbow against it and rolling the shoulder without moving the elbow.
+- Alternate between dancing with the body and focusing on shoulder rolls to add variety and rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Shoulder rolls should be small and subtle, not big or exaggerated.
+- Engage the big muscles in the back to control the movement, avoiding lifting the shoulders.
+- Shoulder rolls can be done with both shoulders together, one shoulder, or alternating, and at any rhythm.
+- Use shoulder rolls when the body is still to make the shoulder the focus and avoid overwhelming the dance.
+- Practice isolation to prevent the whole arm from moving during shoulder rolls.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 729488b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-0 Warm Up
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson is a warm-up focused on connecting with your body through gentle movements and breathing to prepare for dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet under your hips and sink into the ground like sand to feel grounded.
- - Move small and organically without stretching or pulling to loosen up the skin around your bones.
- - Breathe deeply throughout the warm-up to enhance relaxation and body awareness.
- - Allow movement to flow naturally from the top of your head down to your arms and fingers.
- - Shake or wiggle body parts like arms, hips, and feet to release tension and warm up muscles.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on feeling your body rather than performing specific or isolated movements.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture with a long spine by imagining an upward pull from the head.
- - Engage and release muscles gently, such as in the lower abdomen and sacrum, to activate without strain.
- - Incorporate breathing and weird noises to stay loose and connected during the warm-up.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..723ed34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/0_Warm_Up.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 0 Warm Up
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is a warm-up focused on connecting with your body through gentle movements and breathing to prepare for dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet under your hips and sink into the ground like sand to feel grounded.
+- Move small and organically without stretching or pulling to loosen up the skin around your bones.
+- Breathe deeply throughout the warm-up to enhance relaxation and body awareness.
+- Allow movement to flow naturally from the top of your head down to your arms and fingers.
+- Shake or wiggle body parts like arms, hips, and feet to release tension and warm up muscles.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on feeling your body rather than performing specific or isolated movements.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture with a long spine by imagining an upward pull from the head.
+- Engage and release muscles gently, such as in the lower abdomen and sacrum, to activate without strain.
+- Incorporate breathing and weird noises to stay loose and connected during the warm-up.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 929f018..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 Twisting Hips 3
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on a variation of twisting hips called horizontal grinds, teaching how to twist hips forward and back by bending one knee at a time while keeping weight on the bent leg.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your feet hips-width apart and find a pendular pulse to warm up.
- - Bend one knee while keeping the other straight to create a diagonal hip movement to the back.
- - Ensure your weight is on the bent leg by checking in a mirror or with a partner.
- - Allow your foot to be soft, rolling through the ball and heel for smooth motion.
- - Keep your knees facing forward and avoid letting them go to the side during the movement.
- - Initiate movements from the hips, letting the leg follow naturally for variations like foot fans.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Horizontal grinds involve twisting hips forward and back, distinct from lateral swings.
- - The movement is similar to Cuban motion in Latin dances or a kizomba walk from African dances.
- - Practice variations like foot fans or heel fans by rotating the foot on the heel as the axis.
- - Maintain length through the spine and keep the chest soft to support the twisting sensation.
- - These movements can also be called trucking, apple jacks, or digs in different dance contexts.
- - Consistent practice is key, as mastering grinds may take time and patience.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0741958
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/10_Twisting_Hips_3.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 Twisting Hips 3
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on a variation of twisting hips called horizontal grinds, teaching how to twist hips forward and back by bending one knee at a time while keeping weight on the bent leg.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your feet hips-width apart and find a pendular pulse to warm up.
+- Bend one knee while keeping the other straight to create a diagonal hip movement to the back.
+- Ensure your weight is on the bent leg by checking in a mirror or with a partner.
+- Allow your foot to be soft, rolling through the ball and heel for smooth motion.
+- Keep your knees facing forward and avoid letting them go to the side during the movement.
+- Initiate movements from the hips, letting the leg follow naturally for variations like foot fans.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Horizontal grinds involve twisting hips forward and back, distinct from lateral swings.
+- The movement is similar to Cuban motion in Latin dances or a kizomba walk from African dances.
+- Practice variations like foot fans or heel fans by rotating the foot on the heel as the axis.
+- Maintain length through the spine and keep the chest soft to support the twisting sensation.
+- These movements can also be called trucking, apple jacks, or digs in different dance contexts.
+- Consistent practice is key, as mastering grinds may take time and patience.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c056903..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-11 Heels and Toes Variations
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on footwork variations for heels and toes, building coordination and strength in the ankles and feet through exercises like rocking, twisting, and oppositional movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Drive the footwork from the hips to create motion and add a pulse for rhythm.
- - Use the ball of the foot for pushing off the floor, especially in moves like the James Brown version.
- - Practice moving feet opposite each other, starting with one foot tapping or switching heels and toes.
- - Let the leg trail behind in moves like dead leg or peg leg for a cool look.
- - Don't overthink it; just go and allow your body to figure out the coordination naturally.
- - Add hips rocking forward and back to enhance the three-dimensional movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Warm up feet by rocking weight between heels and toes to prepare for more complex variations.
- - Incorporate hips and ankles to drive movements, making it easier to lead and follow in dance.
- - Build strong ankle and foot muscles through repetitive coordination exercises.
- - Experiment with both perfect and messy versions of moves to find what works for your style.
- - Use techniques from previous lessons, like linear hips, to support footwork motions.
- - Practice tick tocks or oppositional footwork to improve timing and spatial awareness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77fdc70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/11_Heels_and_Toes_Variations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 11 Heels and Toes Variations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on footwork variations for heels and toes, building coordination and strength in the ankles and feet through exercises like rocking, twisting, and oppositional movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Drive the footwork from the hips to create motion and add a pulse for rhythm.
+- Use the ball of the foot for pushing off the floor, especially in moves like the James Brown version.
+- Practice moving feet opposite each other, starting with one foot tapping or switching heels and toes.
+- Let the leg trail behind in moves like dead leg or peg leg for a cool look.
+- Don't overthink it; just go and allow your body to figure out the coordination naturally.
+- Add hips rocking forward and back to enhance the three-dimensional movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Warm up feet by rocking weight between heels and toes to prepare for more complex variations.
+- Incorporate hips and ankles to drive movements, making it easier to lead and follow in dance.
+- Build strong ankle and foot muscles through repetitive coordination exercises.
+- Experiment with both perfect and messy versions of moves to find what works for your style.
+- Use techniques from previous lessons, like linear hips, to support footwork motions.
+- Practice tick tocks or oppositional footwork to improve timing and spatial awareness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fd4e980..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Leg Movement
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on leg movements to the side, teaching two upper body shaping techniques: tilting and sliding, to enhance dance moves like the low down and skip up.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the relationship between your hands on your chest and belly consistent when tilting.
- - Bend your knees and push your leg out to add accent and style to movements.
- - Push your foot onto the floor and send your hip past it for a press move.
- - Use a little hop or smooth transitions to vary the movement dynamics.
- - Maintain shoulders even to the ground when sliding to create contrast between hips and ribs.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - You can apply all movements while turning and walking to integrate them into your dance.
- - Shaping involves changing your body's form, such as adding tilt or slide, to direct movement.
- - The press move is important and can be adapted from other dance techniques like the Four Corners.
- - Different variations like skip up or shunt depend on regional dance styles and preferences.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a10370
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/12_Leg_Movement.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Leg Movement
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on leg movements to the side, teaching two upper body shaping techniques: tilting and sliding, to enhance dance moves like the low down and skip up.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the relationship between your hands on your chest and belly consistent when tilting.
+- Bend your knees and push your leg out to add accent and style to movements.
+- Push your foot onto the floor and send your hip past it for a press move.
+- Use a little hop or smooth transitions to vary the movement dynamics.
+- Maintain shoulders even to the ground when sliding to create contrast between hips and ribs.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- You can apply all movements while turning and walking to integrate them into your dance.
+- Shaping involves changing your body's form, such as adding tilt or slide, to direct movement.
+- The press move is important and can be adapted from other dance techniques like the Four Corners.
+- Different variations like skip up or shunt depend on regional dance styles and preferences.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7260ea0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Conclusions
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: The instructor concludes the course by encouraging continued practice and exploration of blues dance movements, emphasizing creativity and long-term commitment.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Check the resource page for video links to original movements and additional footage.
- - Use the 'ask me a question' button on the resource page for any queries about the material.
- - Watch many different types of dancers, not just the instructor, to learn varied styles.
- - Practice the movements regularly, as it takes time to master them.
- - Review the videos multiple times to reinforce learning and understanding.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues dancing requires a long-term commitment and consistent practice to fully grasp the movements.
- - Creativity in using dance movements is key to developing your own style and expression.
- - Engage with the instructor and community by asking questions and attending events to deepen your knowledge.
- - Utilize available resources, such as the resource page, to enhance your learning experience.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8f1780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/13_Conclusions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Conclusions
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The instructor concludes the course by encouraging continued practice and exploration of blues dance movements, emphasizing creativity and long-term commitment.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Check the resource page for video links to original movements and additional footage.
+- Use the 'ask me a question' button on the resource page for any queries about the material.
+- Watch many different types of dancers, not just the instructor, to learn varied styles.
+- Practice the movements regularly, as it takes time to master them.
+- Review the videos multiple times to reinforce learning and understanding.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues dancing requires a long-term commitment and consistent practice to fully grasp the movements.
+- Creativity in using dance movements is key to developing your own style and expression.
+- Engage with the instructor and community by asking questions and attending events to deepen your knowledge.
+- Utilize available resources, such as the resource page, to enhance your learning experience.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 93ecb0e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-14 Last Dance
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the blues dance style, exploring its cultural roots and emotional expression through movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Connect movements to the rhythm of the blues music.
- - Use body isolations to convey the story in the dance.
- - Maintain a grounded posture to reflect the blues feel.
- - Sync your steps with the lyrical flow of the song.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues dance is about storytelling and emotional depth.
- - Honor the historical context of blues in your movements.
- - Focus on connection and improvisation within the structure.
- - Let the music guide your expression and timing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e93b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/14_Last_Dance.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 14 Last Dance
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the blues dance style, exploring its cultural roots and emotional expression through movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Connect movements to the rhythm of the blues music.
+- Use body isolations to convey the story in the dance.
+- Maintain a grounded posture to reflect the blues feel.
+- Sync your steps with the lyrical flow of the song.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues dance is about storytelling and emotional depth.
+- Honor the historical context of blues in your movements.
+- Focus on connection and improvisation within the structure.
+- Let the music guide your expression and timing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dc7001a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 Circular Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on mastering circular hip movements in blues dance, starting with foundational techniques like the pendular pulse and progressing to integrated steps with a soft collect.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Find the hip joint by placing hands in pockets or on the indentation near the legs.
- - Keep the spine long and knees bent while performing movements to avoid tension.
- - Practice the pendular pulse by moving hips back and chest forward without straightening knees.
- - Use a soft collect when stepping to gently close the leg and release hip flexors.
- - Visualize scooping out a jar of spread to guide the circular hip motion.
- - Maintain a clear axis from head to foot during steps to stay balanced.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Circular hips enhance movement fluidity and are essential for leading and following in blues dance.
- - Avoid creating wrinkles in clothing by keeping the spine elongated during bends.
- - The pendular pulse involves forward-back motion rather than up-down, with hips and chest moving oppositely.
- - Soft collect allows for balance and freedom in the free leg for responsive dancing.
- - Practice movements slowly to build muscle memory and reduce frustration.
- - Focus on internal joint movement, like massaging the femur in the acetabulum, for smooth execution.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..471dbd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/1_Circular_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 Circular Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on mastering circular hip movements in blues dance, starting with foundational techniques like the pendular pulse and progressing to integrated steps with a soft collect.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Find the hip joint by placing hands in pockets or on the indentation near the legs.
+- Keep the spine long and knees bent while performing movements to avoid tension.
+- Practice the pendular pulse by moving hips back and chest forward without straightening knees.
+- Use a soft collect when stepping to gently close the leg and release hip flexors.
+- Visualize scooping out a jar of spread to guide the circular hip motion.
+- Maintain a clear axis from head to foot during steps to stay balanced.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Circular hips enhance movement fluidity and are essential for leading and following in blues dance.
+- Avoid creating wrinkles in clothing by keeping the spine elongated during bends.
+- The pendular pulse involves forward-back motion rather than up-down, with hips and chest moving oppositely.
+- Soft collect allows for balance and freedom in the free leg for responsive dancing.
+- Practice movements slowly to build muscle memory and reduce frustration.
+- Focus on internal joint movement, like massaging the femur in the acetabulum, for smooth execution.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6eb223d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Circular Hips 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson builds on circular hips by teaching precise hip movements to the four corners, focusing on footwork and hip mobility for solo and partner dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the ball of your foot to push your hip further for greater range of motion.
- - Keep weight primarily on the back foot (about 10-20%) when pressing forward to maintain balance.
- - Allow your leg to follow your hip movement without extra effort, letting it 'go along for the ride'.
- - Practice the movements in place, walking forwards, backwards, and rotating to build flexibility.
- - Incorporate a pendular pulse from part A to start the exercises fluidly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Each part of the branch can be a standalone move, useful for improvisation in dance.
- - Maintain a long back and use upper back muscles to support posture during movements.
- - The 'half moon' or 'crescent moon' shape helps with balance and leading/following in partner work.
- - Combine forward and back scoops with presses to create the full four corners movement.
- - Experiment with different foot placements (ball vs. full foot) for varied aesthetics and control.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b53be3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/2_Circular_Hips_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Circular Hips 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson builds on circular hips by teaching precise hip movements to the four corners, focusing on footwork and hip mobility for solo and partner dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the ball of your foot to push your hip further for greater range of motion.
+- Keep weight primarily on the back foot (about 10-20%) when pressing forward to maintain balance.
+- Allow your leg to follow your hip movement without extra effort, letting it 'go along for the ride'.
+- Practice the movements in place, walking forwards, backwards, and rotating to build flexibility.
+- Incorporate a pendular pulse from part A to start the exercises fluidly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Each part of the branch can be a standalone move, useful for improvisation in dance.
+- Maintain a long back and use upper back muscles to support posture during movements.
+- The 'half moon' or 'crescent moon' shape helps with balance and leading/following in partner work.
+- Combine forward and back scoops with presses to create the full four corners movement.
+- Experiment with different foot placements (ball vs. full foot) for varied aesthetics and control.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a5f910e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Hips Forward and Back
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching forward and back hip movements in blues dance, including variations like pendular pulse, funky butt, rock steady, and choo-choo shuffle, with the goal of mastering weight distribution and body control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep weight in the center of the foot for pendular pulse by maintaining a central body axis.
- - For funky butt, shift weight to the heels as hips go back and relax the ankles for a smoother look.
- - In rock steady, straighten knees on the up movement and bend them more on the down movement.
- - For choo-choo shuffle, go onto toes when hips go forward to maintain balance without gripping with toes.
- - Add styling by lifting a leg or incorporating hip bumps during movements like funky butt.
- - Practice movements slower to focus on body feeling and weight distribution.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Weight distribution on the foot varies between movements, such as center for pendular pulse and heels for funky butt.
- - Maintain a long spine and relaxed posture to enhance movement fluidity and control.
- - Movements can be adapted to different music styles and integrated with walking or rotating.
- - Focus on the circular motion and groove inherent in blues dance for authenticity.
- - Use the shuffle rhythm for choo-choo shuffle to align with blues timing.
- - Experiment with combining movements for improvisation and versatility in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..750de89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/3_Hips_Forward_and_Back.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Hips Forward and Back
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching forward and back hip movements in blues dance, including variations like pendular pulse, funky butt, rock steady, and choo-choo shuffle, with the goal of mastering weight distribution and body control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep weight in the center of the foot for pendular pulse by maintaining a central body axis.
+- For funky butt, shift weight to the heels as hips go back and relax the ankles for a smoother look.
+- In rock steady, straighten knees on the up movement and bend them more on the down movement.
+- For choo-choo shuffle, go onto toes when hips go forward to maintain balance without gripping with toes.
+- Add styling by lifting a leg or incorporating hip bumps during movements like funky butt.
+- Practice movements slower to focus on body feeling and weight distribution.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Weight distribution on the foot varies between movements, such as center for pendular pulse and heels for funky butt.
+- Maintain a long spine and relaxed posture to enhance movement fluidity and control.
+- Movements can be adapted to different music styles and integrated with walking or rotating.
+- Focus on the circular motion and groove inherent in blues dance for authenticity.
+- Use the shuffle rhythm for choo-choo shuffle to align with blues timing.
+- Experiment with combining movements for improvisation and versatility in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e302783..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-4 Side to Side Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing side-to-side hip movements in blues dance, including techniques like hip bumps and rock steady, with an emphasis on body mechanics and solo practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on one foot and release the hip towards the free leg without extra upper body movement.
- - For hip bumps, push from the floor by pressing the foot to shift axis and allow the hip to go further.
- - In the settling movement, twist the hip slightly behind to protect joints and avoid damaging the outside of the hips.
- - Keep knees facing straight forward during hip movements to maintain proper alignment.
- - Use the rock steady technique by alternating hip bumps up and down with knee bends for rhythm.
- - Practice touch-and-go steps by relaxing the foot into the floor and using foot pressure for added strength.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a small, controlled movement in hip bumps to avoid losing axis and dance integrity.
- - Incorporate slight rotation in hip movements to protect hips and enhance groove.
- - Focus on body feel and relaxation, allowing hips to do the work without forcing movements.
- - These techniques can be adapted for solo practice and later applied in partnering contexts.
- - Experiment with variations like doubles and shapes to keep movements interesting and personalized.
- - Timing and foot pressure can vary between movements, so adjust based on the specific technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..554dd7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/4_Side_to_Side_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 4 Side to Side Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing side-to-side hip movements in blues dance, including techniques like hip bumps and rock steady, with an emphasis on body mechanics and solo practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on one foot and release the hip towards the free leg without extra upper body movement.
+- For hip bumps, push from the floor by pressing the foot to shift axis and allow the hip to go further.
+- In the settling movement, twist the hip slightly behind to protect joints and avoid damaging the outside of the hips.
+- Keep knees facing straight forward during hip movements to maintain proper alignment.
+- Use the rock steady technique by alternating hip bumps up and down with knee bends for rhythm.
+- Practice touch-and-go steps by relaxing the foot into the floor and using foot pressure for added strength.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a small, controlled movement in hip bumps to avoid losing axis and dance integrity.
+- Incorporate slight rotation in hip movements to protect hips and enhance groove.
+- Focus on body feel and relaxation, allowing hips to do the work without forcing movements.
+- These techniques can be adapted for solo practice and later applied in partnering contexts.
+- Experiment with variations like doubles and shapes to keep movements interesting and personalized.
+- Timing and foot pressure can vary between movements, so adjust based on the specific technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 25dacb7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Over Curve Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the 'over curve' hip movement in blues dance, focusing on lifting the hip up and over in a rainbow-like shape to create vertical grinds and integrate into steps and variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lift the hip up using side muscles or push the standing leg through the floor for grounding.
- - Perform a soft collect before bringing the hip up to initiate the over curve movement.
- - Keep the foot relaxed and allow it to lift off the floor as the hip rises.
- - Use the standing leg to push off when stepping to the side during the movement.
- - Maintain a steady rhythm and breathe while practicing the up and over motion.
- - Experiment with different speeds and rhythms, such as going faster or adding diagonal movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Grounding in blues dance means being steady, relaxed, and connected to the floor.
- - The over curve hip movement can be integrated into walks, kicks, and improvisation for versatility.
- - Variations include keeping the axis in the middle of the body with feet apart for easier speed.
- - Allow arms to swing naturally to complement the hip movements and enhance expression.
- - This movement is related to vertical grinds, where hips move against each other in a grinding motion.
- - Practice accentuating the up motion during the over curve to emphasize the hip lift.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..880af0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/5_Over_Curve_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Over Curve Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the 'over curve' hip movement in blues dance, focusing on lifting the hip up and over in a rainbow-like shape to create vertical grinds and integrate into steps and variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lift the hip up using side muscles or push the standing leg through the floor for grounding.
+- Perform a soft collect before bringing the hip up to initiate the over curve movement.
+- Keep the foot relaxed and allow it to lift off the floor as the hip rises.
+- Use the standing leg to push off when stepping to the side during the movement.
+- Maintain a steady rhythm and breathe while practicing the up and over motion.
+- Experiment with different speeds and rhythms, such as going faster or adding diagonal movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Grounding in blues dance means being steady, relaxed, and connected to the floor.
+- The over curve hip movement can be integrated into walks, kicks, and improvisation for versatility.
+- Variations include keeping the axis in the middle of the body with feet apart for easier speed.
+- Allow arms to swing naturally to complement the hip movements and enhance expression.
+- This movement is related to vertical grinds, where hips move against each other in a grinding motion.
+- Practice accentuating the up motion during the over curve to emphasize the hip lift.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 94f58eb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Under Curve Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the under curve hip movement in blues dance, focusing on creating a smile-like or bridge-shaped motion with the hips. The goal is to practice this move in various directions and incorporate weight shifts for variation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with feet wider than usual and slide hips to one side while lowering into the center.
- - Use the bottoms of your feet to push through the floor, extending one knee and lowering the other to control hip movement.
- - For a variation, push more to one side to emphasize the under curve motion.
- - Add a weight shift to create movement, such as by thinking about digging a hole and throwing the dirt.
- - Incorporate hand motions like 'milking the cow' to viscerally feel the hip movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The under curve is a split-weight move with the axis in the center, allowing for resilience and dynamic motion.
- - This move can be performed as a groove and adapted to different directions, such as diagonally, by adjusting foot placement.
- - Focus on feeling the movement inside your body, from the pelvic floor to the sacrum, to enhance control and expression.
- - Take breaks as needed and practice at varying speeds, from small and tiny to bigger movements, to build comfort and skill.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36f73ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/6_Under_Curve_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Under Curve Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the under curve hip movement in blues dance, focusing on creating a smile-like or bridge-shaped motion with the hips. The goal is to practice this move in various directions and incorporate weight shifts for variation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with feet wider than usual and slide hips to one side while lowering into the center.
+- Use the bottoms of your feet to push through the floor, extending one knee and lowering the other to control hip movement.
+- For a variation, push more to one side to emphasize the under curve motion.
+- Add a weight shift to create movement, such as by thinking about digging a hole and throwing the dirt.
+- Incorporate hand motions like 'milking the cow' to viscerally feel the hip movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The under curve is a split-weight move with the axis in the center, allowing for resilience and dynamic motion.
+- This move can be performed as a groove and adapted to different directions, such as diagonally, by adjusting foot placement.
+- Focus on feeling the movement inside your body, from the pelvic floor to the sacrum, to enhance control and expression.
+- Take breaks as needed and practice at varying speeds, from small and tiny to bigger movements, to build comfort and skill.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a6de5d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Twisting Hips Warm Up
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on warming up and practicing twisting hip movements, starting with the barrel house blues twist and progressing through variations to develop coordination and ergonomic technique.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep hips in the same line without moving up and down while twisting.
- - Use a wall to steady your chest and isolate hip movement for cleaner motion.
- - Practice with soft knees and feet planted to feel the forward and back twisting.
- - Shift weight between feet to explore hip movement on one foot.
- - Move from the waist down, countering with the chest or keeping it still.
- - Focus on twisting the femur in the hip socket to avoid knee strain.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The barrel house blues twist is a foundational movement for starting dances or solo boogie.
- - Ergonomic alignment prevents knee difficulty by using anatomy correctly.
- - Hip twisting involves coordination in the hip socket for smooth, controlled motion.
- - Practicing with a partner by holding hands can help isolate hip movement.
- - Movement should originate from the waist down for effective twisting.
- - Using the slipperiness of the floor can enhance movement in later steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d46bdc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/7_Twisting_Hips_Warm_Up.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Twisting Hips Warm Up
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on warming up and practicing twisting hip movements, starting with the barrel house blues twist and progressing through variations to develop coordination and ergonomic technique.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep hips in the same line without moving up and down while twisting.
+- Use a wall to steady your chest and isolate hip movement for cleaner motion.
+- Practice with soft knees and feet planted to feel the forward and back twisting.
+- Shift weight between feet to explore hip movement on one foot.
+- Move from the waist down, countering with the chest or keeping it still.
+- Focus on twisting the femur in the hip socket to avoid knee strain.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The barrel house blues twist is a foundational movement for starting dances or solo boogie.
+- Ergonomic alignment prevents knee difficulty by using anatomy correctly.
+- Hip twisting involves coordination in the hip socket for smooth, controlled motion.
+- Practicing with a partner by holding hands can help isolate hip movement.
+- Movement should originate from the waist down for effective twisting.
+- Using the slipperiness of the floor can enhance movement in later steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 37444d1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Twisting Hips 1
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on twisting hip movements, starting with the twist and progressing to variations like the knee rock and mooch, with the goal of developing footwork and hip isolation techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your weight on the balls of your feet, not the toes, for better balance and rotation.
- - Use the inside and outside of your feet to create shapes and control movement.
- - Allow the free leg to bend naturally while twisting to maintain fluidity.
- - Practice the knee rock by keeping the standing leg stable and not rotating it.
- - Incorporate hip movements like the mooch by bringing the hip forward as the knee goes out.
- - Try walking with the twist to integrate it into dance sequences.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a clear axis and avoid putting too much pressure on the knees to prevent injury.
- - Variations like the mooch and crazy legs can be adapted for solo or partner dancing.
- - Focus on generating movement from the hips to achieve smooth and controlled twists.
- - Use the sides of your feet to allow knees to move further and enhance flexibility.
- - Remember that dance moves are not exact sciences; explore variations and have fun.
- - Breathe and smile while practicing to keep the movement relaxed and enjoyable.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18db177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/8_Twisting_Hips_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Twisting Hips 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on twisting hip movements, starting with the twist and progressing to variations like the knee rock and mooch, with the goal of developing footwork and hip isolation techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your weight on the balls of your feet, not the toes, for better balance and rotation.
+- Use the inside and outside of your feet to create shapes and control movement.
+- Allow the free leg to bend naturally while twisting to maintain fluidity.
+- Practice the knee rock by keeping the standing leg stable and not rotating it.
+- Incorporate hip movements like the mooch by bringing the hip forward as the knee goes out.
+- Try walking with the twist to integrate it into dance sequences.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a clear axis and avoid putting too much pressure on the knees to prevent injury.
+- Variations like the mooch and crazy legs can be adapted for solo or partner dancing.
+- Focus on generating movement from the hips to achieve smooth and controlled twists.
+- Use the sides of your feet to allow knees to move further and enhance flexibility.
+- Remember that dance moves are not exact sciences; explore variations and have fun.
+- Breathe and smile while practicing to keep the movement relaxed and enjoyable.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a23009..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-9 Twisting Hips 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on building from the twisting hips foundation, introducing variations like the fishtail and bake, and integrating them into a fluid improvisation sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start on the ball of the foot and then lower the heel while twisting.
- - Point your finger in the direction your toe is going to guide turns.
- - For the fishtail, turn on the center or ball of the foot with the heel grazing the ground.
- - For the bake, turn on the heels instead of the ball of the foot.
- - Add a shake (up and down) and shimmy (forward and back) to create the shake and bake.
- - Use the arm to point in sync with foot movements for smoother rotations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Names like fishtail and bake are suggestions; focus on the specific techniques they describe.
- - Infinite inversions are possible for moves like the fishtail, encouraging creativity.
- - Integrate previous moves like Elvis knees and apple jacks into new sequences for fluidity.
- - Remember to push back on the hips as practiced in earlier lessons for under curve movements.
- - Practice turning on different parts of the foot (ball vs. heel) to master variations.
- - Improvise by combining moves like twist, fishtail, and bake for a dynamic performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f748bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/9_Twisting_Hips_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 9 Twisting Hips 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on building from the twisting hips foundation, introducing variations like the fishtail and bake, and integrating them into a fluid improvisation sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start on the ball of the foot and then lower the heel while twisting.
+- Point your finger in the direction your toe is going to guide turns.
+- For the fishtail, turn on the center or ball of the foot with the heel grazing the ground.
+- For the bake, turn on the heels instead of the ball of the foot.
+- Add a shake (up and down) and shimmy (forward and back) to create the shake and bake.
+- Use the arm to point in sync with foot movements for smoother rotations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Names like fishtail and bake are suggestions; focus on the specific techniques they describe.
+- Infinite inversions are possible for moves like the fishtail, encouraging creativity.
+- Integrate previous moves like Elvis knees and apple jacks into new sequences for fluidity.
+- Remember to push back on the hips as practiced in earlier lessons for under curve movements.
+- Practice turning on different parts of the foot (ball vs. heel) to master variations.
+- Improvise by combining moves like twist, fishtail, and bake for a dynamic performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a9f7ba..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Alphabetical Jazz Steps 3 (Chester Whitmore)
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson demonstrates a series of jazz dance steps in alphabetical order, taught by Chester Whitmore, with historical context and variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - For Apple Jacks, use accent rhythms on the one count as preparatory movements.
- - In the box step, start with the left foot forward, then right, back, and cross.
- - For the cool breeze, glide into a grapevine strut and pop into it with music changes.
- - In crazy legs, perform a double up step pattern with alternating legs.
- - For the crossover, distinguish it from cross step by having legs cross in movement rather than going straight to destination.
- - In the pec step, emulate a chicken with pointing movements, popularized by groups like the Jackson 5.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Many jazz steps have historical origins, such as the black ball from the 1920s Charleston craze.
- - Steps like the T-O-B break originate from theater circuits and tap dancing traditions.
- - Variations of steps evolve with music eras, like the cool breeze adapting from 1950s to 1970s.
- - Accent rhythms are key for preparatory movements in steps like Apple Jacks.
- - Some steps, like the cakewalk, involve forward or backward movement with rhythmic hits.
- - Steps can be seductive or expressive, such as fingertips in blues categories.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd697f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Alphabetical_Jazz_Steps_3_(Chester_Whitmore).md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: Alphabetical Jazz Steps 3 (Chester Whitmore)
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson demonstrates a series of jazz dance steps in alphabetical order, taught by Chester Whitmore, with historical context and variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- For Apple Jacks, use accent rhythms on the one count as preparatory movements.
+- In the box step, start with the left foot forward, then right, back, and cross.
+- For the cool breeze, glide into a grapevine strut and pop into it with music changes.
+- In crazy legs, perform a double up step pattern with alternating legs.
+- For the crossover, distinguish it from cross step by having legs cross in movement rather than going straight to destination.
+- In the pec step, emulate a chicken with pointing movements, popularized by groups like the Jackson 5.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Many jazz steps have historical origins, such as the black ball from the 1920s Charleston craze.
+- Steps like the T-O-B break originate from theater circuits and tap dancing traditions.
+- Variations of steps evolve with music eras, like the cool breeze adapting from 1950s to 1970s.
+- Accent rhythms are key for preparatory movements in steps like Apple Jacks.
+- Some steps, like the cakewalk, involve forward or backward movement with rhythmic hits.
+- Steps can be seductive or expressive, such as fingertips in blues categories.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 694bc7c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Anatomy of the Hip Joint | Bones, Ligaments, & Muscles
-
-
-
-COURSE: blues-moves-family-tree
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the anatomy of the hip joint, covering its bones, ligaments, and muscles to understand movement in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Identify the greater and lesser trochanters on the femur for better bone recognition.
- - Use the three pelvic parts (ilium, pubis, ischium) to locate ligaments easily.
- - Remember the acetabulum as the pelvic socket where the femur head articulates.
- - Note the ligament of the head of the femur for joint stability insights.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hip joint is a synovial ball-and-socket joint allowing multiple movements like abduction and rotation.
- - Articular cartilage and synovial fluid reduce friction and prevent osteoarthritis.
- - The pelvis consists of three regions: ilium, pubis, and ischium, crucial for ligament attachment.
- - The pubic symphysis allows slight movement between pelvic halves, important in activities like childbirth.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c549a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/blues-moves-family-tree/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Anatomy of the Hip Joint | Bones, Ligaments, & Muscles
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the anatomy of the hip joint, covering its bones, ligaments, and muscles to understand movement in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Identify the greater and lesser trochanters on the femur for better bone recognition.
+- Use the three pelvic parts (ilium, pubis, ischium) to locate ligaments easily.
+- Remember the acetabulum as the pelvic socket where the femur head articulates.
+- Note the ligament of the head of the femur for joint stability insights.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hip joint is a synovial ball-and-socket joint allowing multiple movements like abduction and rotation.
+- Articular cartilage and synovial fluid reduce friction and prevent osteoarthritis.
+- The pelvis consists of three regions: ilium, pubis, and ischium, crucial for ligament attachment.
+- The pubic symphysis allows slight movement between pelvic halves, important in activities like childbirth.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 050f1da..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Fancy Footwork Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: fancy-footwork
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the fancy footwork course, focusing on exploring the feet's potential to create textures, shapes, rhythms, and variations for fun and skill development.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Create different textures with your feet.
- - Experiment with various foot shapes.
- - Practice different rhythms in footwork.
- - Try fancy footwork variations for variety.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The course is dedicated to understanding and using your feet effectively.
- - Focus on exploring the full potential of your feet for dance.
- - Have fun while getting to know your feet in this course.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acda9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/fancy-footwork/0_Fancy_Footwork_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Fancy Footwork Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the fancy footwork course, focusing on exploring the feet's potential to create textures, shapes, rhythms, and variations for fun and skill development.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Create different textures with your feet.
+- Experiment with various foot shapes.
+- Practice different rhythms in footwork.
+- Try fancy footwork variations for variety.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The course is dedicated to understanding and using your feet effectively.
+- Focus on exploring the full potential of your feet for dance.
+- Have fun while getting to know your feet in this course.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e545bfa..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Hip Action Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a solo course focused on hip actions, covering a variety of moves like tilting, rocking, and swinging the hips to explore new movement possibilities.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Tilt your hips in different directions.
- - Rock your hips smoothly to build rhythm.
- - Swing your hips to add dynamic movement.
- - Practice with music to see demonstrations in action.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Hip actions can be performed in various directions for diverse moves.
- - This course is designed for solo practice to enhance hip mobility.
- - Focus on exploring movements you may not have tried before.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df30def
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/0_Hip_Action_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Hip Action Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a solo course focused on hip actions, covering a variety of moves like tilting, rocking, and swinging the hips to explore new movement possibilities.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Tilt your hips in different directions.
+- Rock your hips smoothly to build rhythm.
+- Swing your hips to add dynamic movement.
+- Practice with music to see demonstrations in action.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Hip actions can be performed in various directions for diverse moves.
+- This course is designed for solo practice to enhance hip mobility.
+- Focus on exploring movements you may not have tried before.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eb65a0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the fishtail, a versatile hip-action move focusing on rotating the lower body while keeping the upper body stable, with variations in texture and practice tips.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right, step back on the left while rotating to the corner, and keep weight in the heel.
- - Practice against a wall with hands placed wider than shoulders to keep the upper body facing forwards.
- - Swing the hip back as you step down, emphasizing the butt cheek movement for the fishtail effect.
- - Keep steps small and under the body to better show the hips, avoiding large steps that disrupt balance.
- - Maintain a double pulse for a groovy feel or smooth it out by removing the pulse for a different texture.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The fishtail involves rotating the lower body independently while the upper body stays forward, creating a twist in the center.
- - Focus on the hips and tail to give the move its name, with emphasis on swinging the butt back during steps.
- - Use the fishtail as a substitution for basic steps in dancing, adapting it to different rhythms and styles.
- - Practice with a wall to control step width and maintain proper upper body alignment for better technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92e85f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/10_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the fishtail, a versatile hip-action move focusing on rotating the lower body while keeping the upper body stable, with variations in texture and practice tips.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right, step back on the left while rotating to the corner, and keep weight in the heel.
+- Practice against a wall with hands placed wider than shoulders to keep the upper body facing forwards.
+- Swing the hip back as you step down, emphasizing the butt cheek movement for the fishtail effect.
+- Keep steps small and under the body to better show the hips, avoiding large steps that disrupt balance.
+- Maintain a double pulse for a groovy feel or smooth it out by removing the pulse for a different texture.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The fishtail involves rotating the lower body independently while the upper body stays forward, creating a twist in the center.
+- Focus on the hips and tail to give the move its name, with emphasis on swinging the butt back during steps.
+- Use the fishtail as a substitution for basic steps in dancing, adapting it to different rhythms and styles.
+- Practice with a wall to control step width and maintain proper upper body alignment for better technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d2863b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Mooche
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Mooch, a hip-action dance move focusing on isolated circular hip motions. The goal is to practice and combine these motions in place and while traveling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine drawing a big circle with each hip bone using two giant pencils.
- - Roll through the foot when stepping: toe first, then ball, then heel for soft absorption.
- - When combining hips, use semicircles or rainbows instead of full circles.
- - Travel forward by stepping slightly in front with each weight change.
- - Travel sideways by circling the hip on the side you want to move to and stepping together.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the hip motion subtle and isolated to avoid involving the whole body.
- - Practice in front of a mirror to refine the circular hip action.
- - The Mooch is a slow, controlled movement not meant to be done fast.
- - Focus on soft footwork to maintain a smooth and relaxed flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aa7eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/11_Mooche.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Mooche
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Mooch, a hip-action dance move focusing on isolated circular hip motions. The goal is to practice and combine these motions in place and while traveling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine drawing a big circle with each hip bone using two giant pencils.
+- Roll through the foot when stepping: toe first, then ball, then heel for soft absorption.
+- When combining hips, use semicircles or rainbows instead of full circles.
+- Travel forward by stepping slightly in front with each weight change.
+- Travel sideways by circling the hip on the side you want to move to and stepping together.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the hip motion subtle and isolated to avoid involving the whole body.
+- Practice in front of a mirror to refine the circular hip action.
+- The Mooch is a slow, controlled movement not meant to be done fast.
+- Focus on soft footwork to maintain a smooth and relaxed flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6985b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-12 Grind
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the grind, a rotational hip swing variation, with the goal of practicing it in place, adding steps, and exploring exaggerated and traveling versions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with feet under hips and swing hips rotationally, bringing one hip back as the other swings forward.
- - When stepping, roll through the foot from ball to heel for a soft, gradual weight transfer.
- - Practice against a wall to keep the upper body facing forward and minimize movement.
- - For the exaggerated grind, stretch the ribs forward as the hip swings back to create resistance.
- - Allow the back leg to rotate outwards naturally when performing a bigger hip swing.
- - Travel the grind by stepping slightly forward or backward to create walking variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the movement fluid and subtle, with all action happening from the belly button down.
- - Maintain a split weight stance to facilitate the hip swing and leg adjustments.
- - Use energy from the ground through the foot and leg to drive the hip motion.
- - The grind can be adapted in size and direction for different variations and challenges.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a20d9fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/12_Grind.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 12 Grind
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the grind, a rotational hip swing variation, with the goal of practicing it in place, adding steps, and exploring exaggerated and traveling versions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with feet under hips and swing hips rotationally, bringing one hip back as the other swings forward.
+- When stepping, roll through the foot from ball to heel for a soft, gradual weight transfer.
+- Practice against a wall to keep the upper body facing forward and minimize movement.
+- For the exaggerated grind, stretch the ribs forward as the hip swings back to create resistance.
+- Allow the back leg to rotate outwards naturally when performing a bigger hip swing.
+- Travel the grind by stepping slightly forward or backward to create walking variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the movement fluid and subtle, with all action happening from the belly button down.
+- Maintain a split weight stance to facilitate the hip swing and leg adjustments.
+- Use energy from the ground through the foot and leg to drive the hip motion.
+- The grind can be adapted in size and direction for different variations and challenges.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 30d8d8e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-13 Knee Rocks
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing knee rocks by dropping one hip inward while keeping the leg aligned, inspired by Elvis's style, with the goal of mastering hip-initiated movement and rhythm variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with feet slightly wider than hip width and soften the knees.
- - Drop one hip inward toward the body's center line while keeping the leg aligned.
- - Allow the opposite hip to twist back naturally as you drop the other hip.
- - Initiate the movement from the hips to ensure internal rotation.
- - Practice alternating sides by dropping one hip and returning to neutral before switching.
- - Play with rhythms like every beat, every two beats, or quick-quick-slow patterns.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement is initiated from the hips, not just the legs.
- - It's anatomically natural for the opposite hip to twist slightly when one hip drops.
- - Keep the leg, knee, and foot aligned as the hip turns inward.
- - Rhythm can be varied based on the music to enhance the dance style.
- - The move is simple but allows for creative rhythm play to match different tempos.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0786c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/13_Knee_Rocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 13 Knee Rocks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing knee rocks by dropping one hip inward while keeping the leg aligned, inspired by Elvis's style, with the goal of mastering hip-initiated movement and rhythm variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with feet slightly wider than hip width and soften the knees.
+- Drop one hip inward toward the body's center line while keeping the leg aligned.
+- Allow the opposite hip to twist back naturally as you drop the other hip.
+- Initiate the movement from the hips to ensure internal rotation.
+- Practice alternating sides by dropping one hip and returning to neutral before switching.
+- Play with rhythms like every beat, every two beats, or quick-quick-slow patterns.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement is initiated from the hips, not just the legs.
+- It's anatomically natural for the opposite hip to twist slightly when one hip drops.
+- Keep the leg, knee, and foot aligned as the hip turns inward.
+- Rhythm can be varied based on the music to enhance the dance style.
+- The move is simple but allows for creative rhythm play to match different tempos.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b00590..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-14 Hip Rolls
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing hip rolls, starting with internal hip movements and progressing to continuous, flowing circles that can be done in place or while traveling forward.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Drop the hip in and imagine drawing a big circle on the floor with a pencil pointing down from your hip.
- - Transfer your weight onto the leg as you complete the circle to smoothly transition to the next roll.
- - Tap the leg slightly in front of you when dropping the hip to travel forwards while circling.
- - Keep the leg relaxed and let the movement initiate from the hip joint, not the knee.
- - Adjust the speed and size of the circle to vary the move, from small and fast to big and slow.
- - Practice the rolls in place, traveling, and with different circle sizes to build versatility.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The action should come from the hip joint to maintain proper alignment and fluidity.
- - Each step should flow into the next without stopping for a continuous, graceful movement.
- - The size of the circle determines the style, similar to the difference between a tilt and a swing.
- - Weight transfer is key to linking hip rolls seamlessly from one leg to the other.
- - Relaxation in the leg and hip helps achieve a natural, beautiful roll without stiffness.
- - This solo move allows for personal expression through variations in speed and circle size.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ab3da2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/14_Hip_Rolls.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 14 Hip Rolls
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing hip rolls, starting with internal hip movements and progressing to continuous, flowing circles that can be done in place or while traveling forward.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Drop the hip in and imagine drawing a big circle on the floor with a pencil pointing down from your hip.
+- Transfer your weight onto the leg as you complete the circle to smoothly transition to the next roll.
+- Tap the leg slightly in front of you when dropping the hip to travel forwards while circling.
+- Keep the leg relaxed and let the movement initiate from the hip joint, not the knee.
+- Adjust the speed and size of the circle to vary the move, from small and fast to big and slow.
+- Practice the rolls in place, traveling, and with different circle sizes to build versatility.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The action should come from the hip joint to maintain proper alignment and fluidity.
+- Each step should flow into the next without stopping for a continuous, graceful movement.
+- The size of the circle determines the style, similar to the difference between a tilt and a swing.
+- Weight transfer is key to linking hip rolls seamlessly from one leg to the other.
+- Relaxation in the leg and hip helps achieve a natural, beautiful roll without stiffness.
+- This solo move allows for personal expression through variations in speed and circle size.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b51f0e2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-15 The Josephine Baker
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a hip-lifting movement inspired by Josephine Baker, aiming to recreate her snake-like body motion through controlled hip actions and relaxed leg following.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine puppet legs attached by strings to lift the hips from side to side.
- - Roll through the foot when stepping to gradually transfer weight for better control.
- - Keep the legs soft and relaxed, allowing them to follow the hip movement naturally.
- - Add a small leg flourish at the end for a nicer shape if desired.
- - Play with rhythm by adjusting the speed and size of the hip lifts.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The action originates from the hips, not the legs, to avoid kicking and maintain fluidity.
- - Maintain a stable upper body while feeling a stretch from the hips to the ribs during the movement.
- - Focus on the feeling of the hips lifting from side to side to achieve the snake-like effect.
- - Use proper posture and balance, such as leaning forward slightly for blues posture.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aeddd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/15_The_Josephine_Baker.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 15 The Josephine Baker
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a hip-lifting movement inspired by Josephine Baker, aiming to recreate her snake-like body motion through controlled hip actions and relaxed leg following.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine puppet legs attached by strings to lift the hips from side to side.
+- Roll through the foot when stepping to gradually transfer weight for better control.
+- Keep the legs soft and relaxed, allowing them to follow the hip movement naturally.
+- Add a small leg flourish at the end for a nicer shape if desired.
+- Play with rhythm by adjusting the speed and size of the hip lifts.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The action originates from the hips, not the legs, to avoid kicking and maintain fluidity.
+- Maintain a stable upper body while feeling a stretch from the hips to the ribs during the movement.
+- Focus on the feeling of the hips lifting from side to side to achieve the snake-like effect.
+- Use proper posture and balance, such as leaning forward slightly for blues posture.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cdbbf6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-16 Snake Hips
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a snake hips move inspired by Earl Snake Hips Tucker, focusing on combining hip lifts with foot rolls to create a smooth, flowing motion.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine strings attached to your hips being pulled up while keeping the front of your shoe stuck to the floor.
- - Roll around the edge of the shoe as the hip lifts, preventing the leg from coming off the floor.
- - Step on one leg while lifting the opposite hip, then roll in and change weight seamlessly.
- - Practice in front of a mirror to refine the hip action, leg rolling, and smoothness.
- - Play with the tempo by slowing down or speeding up the move to master control.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Aim for a seamless, snake-like flow by integrating the hip lift and step into one smooth motion.
- - Keep the upper body still to maintain focus on the hips and avoid distracting movements.
- - The move combines elements from puppet hips, Josephine Baker, and knee rocks for a unique hip action.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e1a76c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/16_Snake_Hips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 16 Snake Hips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a snake hips move inspired by Earl Snake Hips Tucker, focusing on combining hip lifts with foot rolls to create a smooth, flowing motion.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine strings attached to your hips being pulled up while keeping the front of your shoe stuck to the floor.
+- Roll around the edge of the shoe as the hip lifts, preventing the leg from coming off the floor.
+- Step on one leg while lifting the opposite hip, then roll in and change weight seamlessly.
+- Practice in front of a mirror to refine the hip action, leg rolling, and smoothness.
+- Play with the tempo by slowing down or speeding up the move to master control.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Aim for a seamless, snake-like flow by integrating the hip lift and step into one smooth motion.
+- Keep the upper body still to maintain focus on the hips and avoid distracting movements.
+- The move combines elements from puppet hips, Josephine Baker, and knee rocks for a unique hip action.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f4f7599..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Hip Tilts
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on hip tilts and circles as a foundational exercise for hip isolations, with the goal of improving control and adding styling to dance moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine your pelvis as a bowl of water and tip it to each side, front, and back to practice tilting.
- - Keep your hips stationary under your shoulders while tilting to isolate the movement.
- - Bend your knees softly and let your back heel lift for stability when adding hip circles to a low stance.
- - Maintain a stable upper body so hip movements are hidden from view.
- - Practice hip circles while walking, adjusting the speed to match your steps or the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Hip tilts involve moving the pelvis without shifting its position in space.
- - Combining tilts in all directions creates smooth hip circles for better isolation.
- - Regular practice of these exercises enhances hip flexibility and control.
- - Use hip circles as a styling element to add flair to basic dance moves like walking or bending.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc05ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/1_Hip_Tilts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Hip Tilts
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on hip tilts and circles as a foundational exercise for hip isolations, with the goal of improving control and adding styling to dance moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine your pelvis as a bowl of water and tip it to each side, front, and back to practice tilting.
+- Keep your hips stationary under your shoulders while tilting to isolate the movement.
+- Bend your knees softly and let your back heel lift for stability when adding hip circles to a low stance.
+- Maintain a stable upper body so hip movements are hidden from view.
+- Practice hip circles while walking, adjusting the speed to match your steps or the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Hip tilts involve moving the pelvis without shifting its position in space.
+- Combining tilts in all directions creates smooth hip circles for better isolation.
+- Regular practice of these exercises enhances hip flexibility and control.
+- Use hip circles as a styling element to add flair to basic dance moves like walking or bending.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c7aaf0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 In Full Swing
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing swing in the hips by imagining them as a heavy ball attached to a rope-like spine, with the goal of applying this swing to basic steps and walks for a softer movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine your hips as a bowling ball and your spine as a rope to initiate swing from the sternum.
- - Keep the spine long and relaxed while swinging side to side, forwards, backwards, or in circles.
- - Practice swing on a basic step by allowing hips to swing side to side without exaggeration.
- - Add swing to a walk by transferring weight each beat as the hip swings over.
- - Avoid using muscles to force hip movement; keep it free and soft.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Swing can be adjusted in size but should always maintain a relaxed and long spine.
- - The technique softens movement edges compared to moving hips as a block.
- - Initiate swing from the upper body to involve both spine and hips.
- - Focus on keeping the side long to prevent crunching or shortening space.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bbab72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/2_In_Full_Swing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 In Full Swing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing swing in the hips by imagining them as a heavy ball attached to a rope-like spine, with the goal of applying this swing to basic steps and walks for a softer movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine your hips as a bowling ball and your spine as a rope to initiate swing from the sternum.
+- Keep the spine long and relaxed while swinging side to side, forwards, backwards, or in circles.
+- Practice swing on a basic step by allowing hips to swing side to side without exaggeration.
+- Add swing to a walk by transferring weight each beat as the hip swings over.
+- Avoid using muscles to force hip movement; keep it free and soft.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Swing can be adjusted in size but should always maintain a relaxed and long spine.
+- The technique softens movement edges compared to moving hips as a block.
+- Initiate swing from the upper body to involve both spine and hips.
+- Focus on keeping the side long to prevent crunching or shortening space.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d7658f1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Messaround
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the 'mess around' hip swing, teaching how to swing the hips in a big circle and incorporate steps for traveling or changing direction.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet under hips and keep legs soft and relaxed.
- - Swing hips in a circle starting from the sternum and spine.
- - Step on the right as hips swing forward and to the right, and on the left as they swing back.
- - For side travel, use a step-together pattern while maintaining the hip circle.
- - Change hip direction when changing step direction.
- - Add a pulse or bounce to the hip swing for a funkier texture.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The mess around involves the whole body, not just the hips.
- - It can be done in place, while traveling, or with changes in texture.
- - Keep the hip circle smooth and consistent regardless of foot movements.
- - This move is versatile for both partner and solo dancing.
- - Adjust the rhythm based on the music to enhance the movement.
- - Imagine swinging a basketball to combine swinging and bouncing motions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad9fe29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/3_Messaround.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Messaround
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the 'mess around' hip swing, teaching how to swing the hips in a big circle and incorporate steps for traveling or changing direction.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet under hips and keep legs soft and relaxed.
+- Swing hips in a circle starting from the sternum and spine.
+- Step on the right as hips swing forward and to the right, and on the left as they swing back.
+- For side travel, use a step-together pattern while maintaining the hip circle.
+- Change hip direction when changing step direction.
+- Add a pulse or bounce to the hip swing for a funkier texture.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The mess around involves the whole body, not just the hips.
+- It can be done in place, while traveling, or with changes in texture.
+- Keep the hip circle smooth and consistent regardless of foot movements.
+- This move is versatile for both partner and solo dancing.
+- Adjust the rhythm based on the music to enhance the movement.
+- Imagine swinging a basketball to combine swinging and bouncing motions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b92d0b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-4 Rocks
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a simple hip movement called the rocks, focusing on swinging the hips from side to side while maintaining weight in both legs.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet wider than hip-width apart and keep knees soft.
- - Swing hips from side to side without transferring full weight to one leg.
- - Keep the distance between ribs and hips long to accentuate the swing.
- - Add optional arm actions, originally called 'milking the cow', for practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Relax the whole body and keep hips heavy for effective movement.
- - Avoid isolating or popping the hips up; maintain a smooth, long swing.
- - Incorporate hip rocks into basic dance moves like walks with music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5d1f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/4_Rocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 4 Rocks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a simple hip movement called the rocks, focusing on swinging the hips from side to side while maintaining weight in both legs.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet wider than hip-width apart and keep knees soft.
+- Swing hips from side to side without transferring full weight to one leg.
+- Keep the distance between ribs and hips long to accentuate the swing.
+- Add optional arm actions, originally called 'milking the cow', for practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Relax the whole body and keep hips heavy for effective movement.
+- Avoid isolating or popping the hips up; maintain a smooth, long swing.
+- Incorporate hip rocks into basic dance moves like walks with music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c2992b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-5 The Hip Push
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the hip push technique, focusing on swinging the hip to the side while keeping weight on one leg, with goals of grounding the movement and adding styling to basic steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the heel on the floor and legs relaxed to avoid a tense hip push.
- - Maintain a long distance between ribs and hips to prevent crunching or tilting.
- - Return to neutral position after each hip push before taking the next step.
- - Adjust the size of the swing for faster music by making movements smaller.
- - Experiment with different levels by swinging the hip and moving up and down.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hip push should feel earthy and grounded, not lifted or tense.
- - Use the hip push as a styling element on the two count of a basic step.
- - Practice with various tempos and levels to enhance versatility and expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4605344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/5_The_Hip_Push.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 5 The Hip Push
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the hip push technique, focusing on swinging the hip to the side while keeping weight on one leg, with goals of grounding the movement and adding styling to basic steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the heel on the floor and legs relaxed to avoid a tense hip push.
+- Maintain a long distance between ribs and hips to prevent crunching or tilting.
+- Return to neutral position after each hip push before taking the next step.
+- Adjust the size of the swing for faster music by making movements smaller.
+- Experiment with different levels by swinging the hip and moving up and down.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hip push should feel earthy and grounded, not lifted or tense.
+- Use the hip push as a styling element on the two count of a basic step.
+- Practice with various tempos and levels to enhance versatility and expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a5eb208..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-6 Up and Down Walks
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches up and down walks, adding hip swings to walking steps with a focus on weight transfer and rhythm variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep split weight on the first two swings, then fully transfer weight on the third swing.
- - Align knee over the middle toe when bending to prevent injury and maintain balance.
- - Practice the move in three parts with three swings, adjusting rhythm to music speed.
- - Use arms to mirror hip movements for styling, but feel free to adapt arm styling as desired.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The 'up' is normal walking height, while the 'down' occurs on the third step for emphasis.
- - Maintain proper leg alignment with hip, knee, and foot in a straight line for safety and balance.
- - Rhythm options include a slow count, a triple rhythm in two counts, or a fast triplet rhythm in one count.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f5f6ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/6_Up_and_Down_Walks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 6 Up and Down Walks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches up and down walks, adding hip swings to walking steps with a focus on weight transfer and rhythm variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep split weight on the first two swings, then fully transfer weight on the third swing.
+- Align knee over the middle toe when bending to prevent injury and maintain balance.
+- Practice the move in three parts with three swings, adjusting rhythm to music speed.
+- Use arms to mirror hip movements for styling, but feel free to adapt arm styling as desired.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The 'up' is normal walking height, while the 'down' occurs on the third step for emphasis.
+- Maintain proper leg alignment with hip, knee, and foot in a straight line for safety and balance.
+- Rhythm options include a slow count, a triple rhythm in two counts, or a fast triplet rhythm in one count.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 400eccc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Swinging Low Downs
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the swinging low downs, a hip-swinging move with a triple rhythm, focusing on staying low and connected to the ground while exaggerating hip movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a triple rhythm: one and two, three and four for the footwork.
- - Roll through the feet and stay connected to the ground to avoid bouncing.
- - Focus on making the hips heavy to help stay low and grounded.
- - Exaggerate the hip swing at the end of each step for more impact.
- - Keep the head still while the hips move to exaggerate the shape.
- - Add rotation to the hips and foot styling for variation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a low posture with the whole body forward for the swinging low downs.
- - Let the arms move naturally in the opposite direction to the hips for balance.
- - The move combines foot rhythm, hip swinging, and getting low for a complete shape.
- - Practice both sideways swing and rotated versions for versatility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7363e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/7_Swinging_Low_Downs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Swinging Low Downs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the swinging low downs, a hip-swinging move with a triple rhythm, focusing on staying low and connected to the ground while exaggerating hip movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a triple rhythm: one and two, three and four for the footwork.
+- Roll through the feet and stay connected to the ground to avoid bouncing.
+- Focus on making the hips heavy to help stay low and grounded.
+- Exaggerate the hip swing at the end of each step for more impact.
+- Keep the head still while the hips move to exaggerate the shape.
+- Add rotation to the hips and foot styling for variation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a low posture with the whole body forward for the swinging low downs.
+- Let the arms move naturally in the opposite direction to the hips for balance.
+- The move combines foot rhythm, hip swinging, and getting low for a complete shape.
+- Practice both sideways swing and rotated versions for versatility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bffa31..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-8 Funky Butt
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the funky butt, a hip-swinging move focused on swinging the hips backwards while maintaining a long spine and forward weight. The goal is to master the backward swing with optional leg and hip variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine hips as a heavy ball at the end of a rope-like spine for a smooth swing.
- - Keep weight in the front of the feet to prevent it from shifting to the heels.
- - For option one, tap the leg behind as you swing back, transferring minimal weight depending on music speed.
- - For option two, open the hip slightly while swinging back, ensuring the focus remains on the butt, not the legs.
- - Practice with soft knees and feet under the hips to maintain stability during the swing.
- - Adjust timing and pulse based on the music, playing with funky or smoother variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The funky butt emphasizes a backward hip swing, not a tuck or isolation, keeping the spine long.
- - Focus should be on the butt movement, with legs positioned under the hips without overemphasizing leg taps.
- - Weight distribution and hip opening are optional adjustments that depend on musical tempo and personal style.
- - Maintain forward shoulders and weight to enhance the swinging motion and prevent imbalance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76d5e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/8_Funky_Butt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 8 Funky Butt
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the funky butt, a hip-swinging move focused on swinging the hips backwards while maintaining a long spine and forward weight. The goal is to master the backward swing with optional leg and hip variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine hips as a heavy ball at the end of a rope-like spine for a smooth swing.
+- Keep weight in the front of the feet to prevent it from shifting to the heels.
+- For option one, tap the leg behind as you swing back, transferring minimal weight depending on music speed.
+- For option two, open the hip slightly while swinging back, ensuring the focus remains on the butt, not the legs.
+- Practice with soft knees and feet under the hips to maintain stability during the swing.
+- Adjust timing and pulse based on the music, playing with funky or smoother variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The funky butt emphasizes a backward hip swing, not a tuck or isolation, keeping the spine long.
+- Focus should be on the butt movement, with legs positioned under the hips without overemphasizing leg taps.
+- Weight distribution and hip opening are optional adjustments that depend on musical tempo and personal style.
+- Maintain forward shoulders and weight to enhance the swinging motion and prevent imbalance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 872e27c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-9 Four Corners
-
-
-
-COURSE: hip-action
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Four Corners' move, focusing on hip rotation and movement, building from a basic step to add layers like hip pushes and scoops.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and do two-count basics in place.
- - Add rotation by facing corners without collecting the leg under the body.
- - Incorporate a hip push when rotating to each corner.
- - Add a scoop around the back as you transfer weight to the other leg.
- - Practice with arms to visualize the ribbon or box shape for guidance.
- - Travel slightly forward by leaving the foot in front instead of bringing it back.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep hips heavy and relaxed with knees bent for a soft, swinging motion.
- - Avoid popping heels up; keep them on the floor for stability.
- - Use the 'deflate button' imagery to release tension and relax the body.
- - Play with the size of the swing to vary the move from subtle to large.
- - Transition into the move from basics either by scooping or with a hip push.
- - Dance in front of a mirror to check form and avoid unnecessary movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5239e73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/hip-action/9_Four_Corners.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 9 Four Corners
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Four Corners' move, focusing on hip rotation and movement, building from a basic step to add layers like hip pushes and scoops.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and do two-count basics in place.
+- Add rotation by facing corners without collecting the leg under the body.
+- Incorporate a hip push when rotating to each corner.
+- Add a scoop around the back as you transfer weight to the other leg.
+- Practice with arms to visualize the ribbon or box shape for guidance.
+- Travel slightly forward by leaving the foot in front instead of bringing it back.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep hips heavy and relaxed with knees bent for a soft, swinging motion.
+- Avoid popping heels up; keep them on the floor for stability.
+- Use the 'deflate button' imagery to release tension and relax the body.
+- Play with the size of the swing to vary the move from subtle to large.
+- Transition into the move from basics either by scooping or with a hip push.
+- Dance in front of a mirror to check form and avoid unnecessary movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index eea0c1e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Keep Your Cool Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: keep-your-cool
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the course on maintaining composure and posture while dancing to lively music, focusing on body movements like chest, ribs, shoulders, and arms.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain posture and pulse while dancing.
- - Explore chest and rib movements for better orientation.
- - Incorporate shoulder and arm movements to enhance dance flow.
- - Practice shaking movements to different directions for coordination.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep your cool and stay composed even with energetic music.
- - Focus on body alignment and posture throughout the dance.
- - Use movement to express freedom and rhythm in your dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dda792f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/keep-your-cool/0_Keep_Your_Cool_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Keep Your Cool Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the course on maintaining composure and posture while dancing to lively music, focusing on body movements like chest, ribs, shoulders, and arms.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain posture and pulse while dancing.
+- Explore chest and rib movements for better orientation.
+- Incorporate shoulder and arm movements to enhance dance flow.
+- Practice shaking movements to different directions for coordination.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep your cool and stay composed even with energetic music.
+- Focus on body alignment and posture throughout the dance.
+- Use movement to express freedom and rhythm in your dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a146a6c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Riffin' & Cuttin' Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: riffin-and-cuttin
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concept of riffing in dance, which is a creative conversation and building ideas with others, inspired by black American culture and blues, with the goal of understanding and practicing riffing to develop personal versions rather than imitation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Look for inspiration from your partner's movements.
- - Listen out for cues in the music to guide your riffing.
- - Change what you see in small ways to make it your own.
- - Practice riffing with at least one other person.
- - Develop ideas based on what others do around you.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Riffing is about creative conversation and community inspiration.
- - The goal is to understand the practice, not just imitate movements.
- - Everything in dance can come from riffing and personal adaptation.
- - Riffing evolved in social spaces, not formal academic settings.
- - It should result in your own version of the same idea.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f31b129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/riffin-and-cuttin/0_Riffin'_&_Cuttin'_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Riffin' & Cuttin' Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concept of riffing in dance, which is a creative conversation and building ideas with others, inspired by black American culture and blues, with the goal of understanding and practicing riffing to develop personal versions rather than imitation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Look for inspiration from your partner's movements.
+- Listen out for cues in the music to guide your riffing.
+- Change what you see in small ways to make it your own.
+- Practice riffing with at least one other person.
+- Develop ideas based on what others do around you.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Riffing is about creative conversation and community inspiration.
+- The goal is to understand the practice, not just imitate movements.
+- Everything in dance can come from riffing and personal adaptation.
+- Riffing evolved in social spaces, not formal academic settings.
+- It should result in your own version of the same idea.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ad301fd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 The Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the fishtail dance move, focusing on its versatility and the instructor's method, with goals of mastering rotation, hip movement, and step control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right, rotate slightly to the corner, and step back on the left while keeping weight on the left.
- - Keep the weight in the heel and let the toe move during rotation to maintain stability.
- - Practice against a wall with hands placed wider than shoulder-width to keep the upper body facing forwards while rotating the lower body.
- - Swing the hip back as you step down, emphasizing the butt cheek to create the fishtail motion.
- - Keep steps small and under the body to enhance hip visibility and avoid overextending.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The fishtail involves rotating the lower body while keeping the upper body facing forwards to create a twist effect.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture with heavy hips and shoulders over the knees throughout the move.
- - The move can be performed with a double pulse for a groovy feel or smoothed out by removing the pulse for emphasis on the step down.
- - Use the wall practice method to ensure steps stay within hand distance and upper body remains stable.
- - Focus on showing the back pocket or hip to someone in front to achieve the correct hip swing and rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1d6938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 The Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the fishtail dance move, focusing on its versatility and the instructor's method, with goals of mastering rotation, hip movement, and step control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right, rotate slightly to the corner, and step back on the left while keeping weight on the left.
+- Keep the weight in the heel and let the toe move during rotation to maintain stability.
+- Practice against a wall with hands placed wider than shoulder-width to keep the upper body facing forwards while rotating the lower body.
+- Swing the hip back as you step down, emphasizing the butt cheek to create the fishtail motion.
+- Keep steps small and under the body to enhance hip visibility and avoid overextending.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The fishtail involves rotating the lower body while keeping the upper body facing forwards to create a twist effect.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture with heavy hips and shoulders over the knees throughout the move.
+- The move can be performed with a double pulse for a groovy feel or smoothed out by removing the pulse for emphasis on the step down.
+- Use the wall practice method to ensure steps stay within hand distance and upper body remains stable.
+- Focus on showing the back pocket or hip to someone in front to achieve the correct hip swing and rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d33b2ae..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 The Fishtail Special Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the fishtail move, explaining its historical context as a standalone dance and its modern integration into blues. The goal is to teach various ways to dance the fishtail, including rhythms, speed, shapes, directions, and styling, to enable dancing it throughout a song without boredom.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Play with different rhythms to vary the fishtail.
- - Experiment with speed changes to add dynamics.
- - Try different shapes and directions for visual interest.
- - Incorporate styling options to personalize the move.
- - Practice the fishtail in multiple ways to build versatility.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The fishtail originated as a full dance but is now used as a move in blues.
- - Focus on one move to explore many creative variations.
- - The course aims to make the fishtail engaging for an entire song.
- - Historical context enriches understanding of modern dance forms.
- - Versatility in execution prevents monotony in performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65a155e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/0_The_Fishtail_Special_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 The Fishtail Special Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the fishtail move, explaining its historical context as a standalone dance and its modern integration into blues. The goal is to teach various ways to dance the fishtail, including rhythms, speed, shapes, directions, and styling, to enable dancing it throughout a song without boredom.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Play with different rhythms to vary the fishtail.
+- Experiment with speed changes to add dynamics.
+- Try different shapes and directions for visual interest.
+- Incorporate styling options to personalize the move.
+- Practice the fishtail in multiple ways to build versatility.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The fishtail originated as a full dance but is now used as a move in blues.
+- Focus on one move to explore many creative variations.
+- The course aims to make the fishtail engaging for an entire song.
+- Historical context enriches understanding of modern dance forms.
+- Versatility in execution prevents monotony in performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c3ce19b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 The Travelling Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the traveling fishtail movement, specifically practicing it while moving sideways, with the goal of building up the pattern and adding variations for musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left and practice step, together, step, hold before adding the fishtail.
- - Substitute the step hold with a fishtail, stepping backward into the movement.
- - During the together step, return to a neutral shape to prepare for the next backward step.
- - Add texture by making the movement bouncy or smooth as desired.
- - Walk sideways for as long as you want before adding the fishtail to improvise and be musical.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Layer the movement gradually, starting with basic steps before incorporating the fishtail.
- - The fishtail can be thought of as half and full variations for different effects.
- - Use the pattern to change direction and add improvisation for creativity.
- - Focus on maintaining a neutral shape during transitions to ensure smooth execution.
- - Incorporate musicality by adjusting the timing and style of the fishtail to the music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fe22f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/1_The_Travelling_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 The Travelling Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the traveling fishtail movement, specifically practicing it while moving sideways, with the goal of building up the pattern and adding variations for musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left and practice step, together, step, hold before adding the fishtail.
+- Substitute the step hold with a fishtail, stepping backward into the movement.
+- During the together step, return to a neutral shape to prepare for the next backward step.
+- Add texture by making the movement bouncy or smooth as desired.
+- Walk sideways for as long as you want before adding the fishtail to improvise and be musical.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Layer the movement gradually, starting with basic steps before incorporating the fishtail.
+- The fishtail can be thought of as half and full variations for different effects.
+- Use the pattern to change direction and add improvisation for creativity.
+- Focus on maintaining a neutral shape during transitions to ensure smooth execution.
+- Incorporate musicality by adjusting the timing and style of the fishtail to the music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 414cade..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-2 Single Time Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the single time fishtail, performing the move on every beat to increase speed, with a goal of practicing it alongside the half time version.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step on the count and collect the free leg on the 'and' to maintain rhythm.
- - Keep steps small and underneath the body for better control and balance.
- - Add a slight swing of the hips while stepping to enhance the fishtail movement.
- - Practice mixing single time and half time fishtails to build versatility.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pivot occurs on the 'and' while the step is on the count in single time.
- - Single time fishtail is faster with a pulse every count, so avoid big movements.
- - Maintain control by collecting the free leg promptly to stay balanced.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3640f6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/2_Single_Time_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 2 Single Time Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the single time fishtail, performing the move on every beat to increase speed, with a goal of practicing it alongside the half time version.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step on the count and collect the free leg on the 'and' to maintain rhythm.
+- Keep steps small and underneath the body for better control and balance.
+- Add a slight swing of the hips while stepping to enhance the fishtail movement.
+- Practice mixing single time and half time fishtails to build versatility.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pivot occurs on the 'and' while the step is on the count in single time.
+- Single time fishtail is faster with a pulse every count, so avoid big movements.
+- Maintain control by collecting the free leg promptly to stay balanced.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b9953a8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-3 Slow Quick Quick
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a fishtail variation with a slow, quick, quick rhythm, combining a two-count fishtail with two single-count fishtails to create continuous movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain pulse on the two counts or smooth it out depending on the music.
- - Stretch out and keep the hips moving to avoid stopping between steps.
- - Practice the rhythm as one, two, one, one to ensure fluidity.
- - Adjust the styling to fit different music styles, such as Latin blues.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on never stopping the movement to maintain flow and shape.
- - The variation is adaptable to any music style by changing the styling.
- - Keep the hip motion continuous to create a lovely shape.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb2e44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/3_Slow_Quick_Quick.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 3 Slow Quick Quick
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a fishtail variation with a slow, quick, quick rhythm, combining a two-count fishtail with two single-count fishtails to create continuous movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain pulse on the two counts or smooth it out depending on the music.
+- Stretch out and keep the hips moving to avoid stopping between steps.
+- Practice the rhythm as one, two, one, one to ensure fluidity.
+- Adjust the styling to fit different music styles, such as Latin blues.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on never stopping the movement to maintain flow and shape.
+- The variation is adaptable to any music style by changing the styling.
+- Keep the hip motion continuous to create a lovely shape.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b1b633c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-4 Fishtails Turning
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches three options for turning while performing the fishtail dance move, starting with a simple box shape and progressing to continuous turns and 180-degree pivots.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Turn 90 degrees each time you fishtail onto your left leg, staying in place on the right leg.
- - When turning on every step, pivot 90 degrees on both the left and right fishtails to maintain a continuous rotation.
- - For 180-degree turns, pivot fully on one leg before transferring weight to the other, keeping the free leg relaxed and sliding under the hip.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Start with a box shape to build confidence before attempting more complex turns like continuous rotations or 180-degree pivots.
- - Keep your weight on one leg during pivots to maintain balance and control throughout the turn.
- - Ensure the free leg slides in under the hip smoothly to prepare for weight transfer and avoid stiffness in the movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c2a41c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/4_Fishtails_Turning.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 4 Fishtails Turning
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches three options for turning while performing the fishtail dance move, starting with a simple box shape and progressing to continuous turns and 180-degree pivots.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Turn 90 degrees each time you fishtail onto your left leg, staying in place on the right leg.
+- When turning on every step, pivot 90 degrees on both the left and right fishtails to maintain a continuous rotation.
+- For 180-degree turns, pivot fully on one leg before transferring weight to the other, keeping the free leg relaxed and sliding under the hip.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Start with a box shape to build confidence before attempting more complex turns like continuous rotations or 180-degree pivots.
+- Keep your weight on one leg during pivots to maintain balance and control throughout the turn.
+- Ensure the free leg slides in under the hip smoothly to prepare for weight transfer and avoid stiffness in the movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ae9bfe2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Adding Rhythms to Fishtails
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding rhythmic layers to the fishtail dance move, specifically introducing a footwork rhythm of 1, 2, and 3, 4 to enhance musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Clap along with the rhythm to internalize the timing.
- - Practice the footwork without the fishtail first, starting with weight on the right foot.
- - Use the ball of the foot for the 'and' steps instead of full flat steps.
- - Maintain a slow, relaxed pace to avoid rushing the steps.
- - Ensure each step, especially the middle ball step, is given equal importance and time.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The rhythm involves three steps within two beats, with the first step elongated and the others quicker.
- - Avoid panicking and turning too quickly when adding the extra rhythm.
- - Keep the dance slow and chill, as it is still blues style.
- - Practice with music to see how the rhythm fits better with the layer of music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3beb6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/5_Adding_Rhythms_to_Fishtails.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Adding Rhythms to Fishtails
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding rhythmic layers to the fishtail dance move, specifically introducing a footwork rhythm of 1, 2, and 3, 4 to enhance musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Clap along with the rhythm to internalize the timing.
+- Practice the footwork without the fishtail first, starting with weight on the right foot.
+- Use the ball of the foot for the 'and' steps instead of full flat steps.
+- Maintain a slow, relaxed pace to avoid rushing the steps.
+- Ensure each step, especially the middle ball step, is given equal importance and time.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The rhythm involves three steps within two beats, with the first step elongated and the others quicker.
+- Avoid panicking and turning too quickly when adding the extra rhythm.
+- Keep the dance slow and chill, as it is still blues style.
+- Practice with music to see how the rhythm fits better with the layer of music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ec7b99..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-6 Fishtail with Triple Rhythm
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a triple rhythm to the fishtail dance step, contrasting it with previous rhythms to highlight differences in timing and footwork.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the triple rhythm without the fishtail first to master the foot timing: one and two, three and four.
- - Keep feet under the hips, not outside the body, for easier integration with the fishtail.
- - Use the ball of the foot for the 'and' step, avoiding a full backward weight shift.
- - Change the angle of the leg before stepping backwards to facilitate turns in the fishtail.
- - Start with the weight on the right foot when practicing the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triple rhythm differs from previous classes in the placement of long notes and 'and' steps, affecting the feel under the fishtail.
- - Maintain proper foot alignment and angles to ensure smooth transitions and turns.
- - Integrate the rhythm gradually, mixing it with basic and slow-quick-quick fishtail variations for comparison.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..392e71e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/6_Fishtail_with_Triple_Rhythm.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 6 Fishtail with Triple Rhythm
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a triple rhythm to the fishtail dance step, contrasting it with previous rhythms to highlight differences in timing and footwork.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the triple rhythm without the fishtail first to master the foot timing: one and two, three and four.
+- Keep feet under the hips, not outside the body, for easier integration with the fishtail.
+- Use the ball of the foot for the 'and' step, avoiding a full backward weight shift.
+- Change the angle of the leg before stepping backwards to facilitate turns in the fishtail.
+- Start with the weight on the right foot when practicing the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triple rhythm differs from previous classes in the placement of long notes and 'and' steps, affecting the feel under the fishtail.
+- Maintain proper foot alignment and angles to ensure smooth transitions and turns.
+- Integrate the rhythm gradually, mixing it with basic and slow-quick-quick fishtail variations for comparison.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0670d5d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Fishtail with Triplet Rhythm
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches adding a triplet rhythm to the fishtail dance step, focusing on clapping the rhythm first and then applying it with footwork.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Clap the rhythm 'one and and two and and' to internalize the triplet timing before moving to feet.
- - Use a step-ball-change motion with partial weight transfer on the ball of the foot for faster execution.
- - Roll through the first step instead of just stepping down to maintain smooth movement.
- - Fan the non-weight-bearing leg slightly during the ball change to aid in turning and add styling.
- - Practice starting slow and gradually increase speed to match fast blues song rhythms.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The triplet rhythm involves three actions per count, making it faster than previous rhythms.
- - Keep weight forward on the ball of the foot during the step-ball-change to prevent rocking back.
- - The pivot or turn occurs during the ball change part of the rhythm.
- - Styling includes fanning the leg out slightly during weight shifts for a polished look.
- - This rhythm is often used in fast blues music, so aim to build speed with practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b87348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/7_Fishtail_with_Triplet_Rhythm.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Fishtail with Triplet Rhythm
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches adding a triplet rhythm to the fishtail dance step, focusing on clapping the rhythm first and then applying it with footwork.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Clap the rhythm 'one and and two and and' to internalize the triplet timing before moving to feet.
+- Use a step-ball-change motion with partial weight transfer on the ball of the foot for faster execution.
+- Roll through the first step instead of just stepping down to maintain smooth movement.
+- Fan the non-weight-bearing leg slightly during the ball change to aid in turning and add styling.
+- Practice starting slow and gradually increase speed to match fast blues song rhythms.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The triplet rhythm involves three actions per count, making it faster than previous rhythms.
+- Keep weight forward on the ball of the foot during the step-ball-change to prevent rocking back.
+- The pivot or turn occurs during the ball change part of the rhythm.
+- Styling includes fanning the leg out slightly during weight shifts for a polished look.
+- This rhythm is often used in fast blues music, so aim to build speed with practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 101f8c1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Fishtails with Hip Bump
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding hip bumps to the fishtail dance step, layering a small, sharp hip swing onto the basic two-count movement to create a cheeky rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Swing the left hip back slightly while opening it, not directly backwards.
- - Keep the hip bump action small and staccato, avoiding large movements.
- - Start the action from the hips, not the legs, letting the leg follow naturally.
- - Use the left foot as a stabilizer or shift some weight into the heel for balance.
- - Practice the rhythm as pop, step, pop, step, adjusting timing based on the music.
- - Transition into hip bumps mid-fishtail or start directly with them, adapting counts as needed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hip bump adds an extra swing to the hips before stepping in the fishtail.
- - There are no strict counts; focus on a cheeky rhythm layered on top of the fishtail.
- - The action is hip-driven, with the leg moving passively underneath.
- - Balance can be enhanced by distributing weight between both legs as needed.
- - Choose the rhythm based on the music and personal comfort, not fixed timing.
- - This variation allows for playful adaptation to enhance the dance's musicality.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98bd6cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/8_Fishtails_with_Hip_Bump.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Fishtails with Hip Bump
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding hip bumps to the fishtail dance step, layering a small, sharp hip swing onto the basic two-count movement to create a cheeky rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Swing the left hip back slightly while opening it, not directly backwards.
+- Keep the hip bump action small and staccato, avoiding large movements.
+- Start the action from the hips, not the legs, letting the leg follow naturally.
+- Use the left foot as a stabilizer or shift some weight into the heel for balance.
+- Practice the rhythm as pop, step, pop, step, adjusting timing based on the music.
+- Transition into hip bumps mid-fishtail or start directly with them, adapting counts as needed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hip bump adds an extra swing to the hips before stepping in the fishtail.
+- There are no strict counts; focus on a cheeky rhythm layered on top of the fishtail.
+- The action is hip-driven, with the leg moving passively underneath.
+- Balance can be enhanced by distributing weight between both legs as needed.
+- Choose the rhythm based on the music and personal comfort, not fixed timing.
+- This variation allows for playful adaptation to enhance the dance's musicality.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 408928e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Playing with Your Fishtails%3A Size & Texture
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-fishtail-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with fishtails by playing with size and texture to style up the dance moves, building on previously learned techniques.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Make fishtails tiny by keeping the figure of eight hip action and foot pivoting while staying in place.
- - Exaggerate large fishtails by going low and wide, using arms to emphasize the size.
- - Combine small and big fishtails asymmetrically, such as small on one hip and big on the other.
- - Style slow, quick quick rhythms by making quicks small and slows big.
- - Change texture by making fishtails smooth and flowing, sharp with power, bumpy with a jerky pulse, or thick as if pushing through honey.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Small fishtails are often tall and high, while big ones are wide and low.
- - Texture variations include smooth, sharp, bumpy, and thick, each with a distinct feeling.
- - Improvise by experimenting with size and texture on all learned fishtails, including turns and rhythms.
- - Use these styling options to enhance dance expression and have fun while practicing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6356d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-fishtail-special/9_Playing_with_Your_Fishtails%3A_Size_&_Texture.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Playing with Your Fishtails%3A Size & Texture
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with fishtails by playing with size and texture to style up the dance moves, building on previously learned techniques.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Make fishtails tiny by keeping the figure of eight hip action and foot pivoting while staying in place.
+- Exaggerate large fishtails by going low and wide, using arms to emphasize the size.
+- Combine small and big fishtails asymmetrically, such as small on one hip and big on the other.
+- Style slow, quick quick rhythms by making quicks small and slows big.
+- Change texture by making fishtails smooth and flowing, sharp with power, bumpy with a jerky pulse, or thick as if pushing through honey.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Small fishtails are often tall and high, while big ones are wide and low.
+- Texture variations include smooth, sharp, bumpy, and thick, each with a distinct feeling.
+- Improvise by experimenting with size and texture on all learned fishtails, including turns and rhythms.
+- Use these styling options to enhance dance expression and have fun while practicing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7499aff..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Dancing to Delta Blues Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson is a recap of the Delta Blues course, focusing on intro body movement to establish a foundation for flowing movement from the feet through the body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by stepping on the spot while breathing and relaxing into the movement.
- - Let the movement flow from the feet to the legs, hips, chest, and arms.
- - Feel the weight transfer each time you land your feet, originating from the drop of weight on the floor.
- - Draw circles from the ankles and hips while maintaining a nice flow in the body.
- - Play with shifting weight left to right and explore different sizes of motion, including taking it super slow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - All movement is connected and flows from the feet into the body.
- - Keep breathing with every step to support the flow of movement.
- - Focus on letting the movement travel through the body from feet to arms.
- - You can play with one single part of the body and then return to full-body flow.
- - Maintain a continuous flow inside the body throughout the practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ad53b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/0_Dancing_to_Delta_Blues_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Dancing to Delta Blues Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is a recap of the Delta Blues course, focusing on intro body movement to establish a foundation for flowing movement from the feet through the body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by stepping on the spot while breathing and relaxing into the movement.
+- Let the movement flow from the feet to the legs, hips, chest, and arms.
+- Feel the weight transfer each time you land your feet, originating from the drop of weight on the floor.
+- Draw circles from the ankles and hips while maintaining a nice flow in the body.
+- Play with shifting weight left to right and explore different sizes of motion, including taking it super slow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- All movement is connected and flows from the feet into the body.
+- Keep breathing with every step to support the flow of movement.
+- Focus on letting the movement travel through the body from feet to arms.
+- You can play with one single part of the body and then return to full-body flow.
+- Maintain a continuous flow inside the body throughout the practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ff42507..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the concept of intra-body movement, focusing on working with every tiny part of the body to get it dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Work on every tiny little bit of your body to get it dancing.
- - Consider taking the Delta Blues course for foundational elements.
- - Start by focusing on internal movement rather than external steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Intra-body movement involves internal body awareness and control.
- - Foundational elements from other courses can enhance this practice.
- - The goal is to make all parts of the body dance together.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2956eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1._The_Magic_of_Intra-body:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the concept of intra-body movement, focusing on working with every tiny part of the body to get it dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Work on every tiny little bit of your body to get it dancing.
+- Consider taking the Delta Blues course for foundational elements.
+- Start by focusing on internal movement rather than external steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Intra-body movement involves internal body awareness and control.
+- Foundational elements from other courses can enhance this practice.
+- The goal is to make all parts of the body dance together.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c44c2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 Moving Up The Body
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on intrabody movement, starting from the feet and chaining energy up through the body to build tension gradually. The goal is to feel and control this tension as it travels from the ground to the upper body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by softening the knees and pushing feet on the floor to feel tension in the glutes and thighs.
- - Bring the hips forward to relax the glutes while keeping thigh tension as the movement rises.
- - Engage the abs and back muscles as the movement travels from the hips into the chest.
- - When stepping, push with the standing leg first and let the other leg follow to build tension.
- - Decide to send the movement to one shoulder first, then the other, before relaxing down.
- - Imagine one foot pushing first and the other following to sequence the tension buildup.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement builds tension gradually through the body as it travels from the ground up.
- - Feel and control tensions in every part of the body, from feet to shoulders, during the exercise.
- - Relax the knees of the new standing leg when shifting weight during shoulder movements.
- - Allow the arms to relax and create torsions as the movement rises from bottom up.
- - Take the movement slowly to fully sense the tensions and energy flow.
- - Use breathing to release tension, especially when the movement reaches the chest.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91d38fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/10_Moving_Up_The_Body.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 Moving Up The Body
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on intrabody movement, starting from the feet and chaining energy up through the body to build tension gradually. The goal is to feel and control this tension as it travels from the ground to the upper body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by softening the knees and pushing feet on the floor to feel tension in the glutes and thighs.
+- Bring the hips forward to relax the glutes while keeping thigh tension as the movement rises.
+- Engage the abs and back muscles as the movement travels from the hips into the chest.
+- When stepping, push with the standing leg first and let the other leg follow to build tension.
+- Decide to send the movement to one shoulder first, then the other, before relaxing down.
+- Imagine one foot pushing first and the other following to sequence the tension buildup.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement builds tension gradually through the body as it travels from the ground up.
+- Feel and control tensions in every part of the body, from feet to shoulders, during the exercise.
+- Relax the knees of the new standing leg when shifting weight during shoulder movements.
+- Allow the arms to relax and create torsions as the movement rises from bottom up.
+- Take the movement slowly to fully sense the tensions and energy flow.
+- Use breathing to release tension, especially when the movement reaches the chest.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d88e4fa..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-11 From Top to Bottom
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on exploring intra-body movement by initiating tension from the top of the body and allowing it to travel downward, with the goal of connecting upward and downward motions fluidly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the movement from the chest and let the energy travel down like filling a glass with water.
- - Imagine putting on a scuba diving belt to create tension that brings you down to the ground.
- - Use an inhale to open the chest and an exhale to release energy back to the floor.
- - Engage the core and back muscles to support the movement as you descend.
- - Slow down the motion as if pouring water to control the downward flow.
- - Practice bringing the movement down on one side first, then the other, to explore asymmetrical tensions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Movement is about coming back down, not just building up, to maintain fluidity.
- - Keep the chest engaged to initiate and sustain the downward energy flow.
- - Connect top-down movements with previous bottom-up techniques for a cohesive practice.
- - Focus on releasing tension into the hips and legs as you descend.
- - Use imagery like water or a belt to visualize and control the movement.
- - Integrate breathing with movement to enhance the sense of energy travel.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54ae125
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/11_From_Top_to_Bottom.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 11 From Top to Bottom
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on exploring intra-body movement by initiating tension from the top of the body and allowing it to travel downward, with the goal of connecting upward and downward motions fluidly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the movement from the chest and let the energy travel down like filling a glass with water.
+- Imagine putting on a scuba diving belt to create tension that brings you down to the ground.
+- Use an inhale to open the chest and an exhale to release energy back to the floor.
+- Engage the core and back muscles to support the movement as you descend.
+- Slow down the motion as if pouring water to control the downward flow.
+- Practice bringing the movement down on one side first, then the other, to explore asymmetrical tensions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Movement is about coming back down, not just building up, to maintain fluidity.
+- Keep the chest engaged to initiate and sustain the downward energy flow.
+- Connect top-down movements with previous bottom-up techniques for a cohesive practice.
+- Focus on releasing tension into the hips and legs as you descend.
+- Use imagery like water or a belt to visualize and control the movement.
+- Integrate breathing with movement to enhance the sense of energy travel.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c79c743..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Shapes
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the 'pushes' shape in intra-body movement, with the goal of transferring weight between feet while leading the movement with the hips and using core tension to extend it to the chest.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with one foot in front and one foot back, softening the knees to transfer weight from ball to ball of the feet.
- - Imagine a bowl of water around the hips: when moving forward, water falls at the back; when moving back, water falls at the front.
- - Slow down the movement to feel tension in the lower abs and use it to travel the movement up to the chest.
- - Push through the leg, hips, and chest to release the movement when coming back.
- - Change sides to practice on the opposite side for balance and comfort.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement is led by the hips, which tilt up when moving forward and down when moving back.
- - Use core tension to enhance the movement's travel from the hips to the chest.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture and shake off tension after practice to prevent stiffness.
- - Visualize pouring water to help coordinate hip tilting and weight transfer.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e832fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/12_Shapes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Shapes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the 'pushes' shape in intra-body movement, with the goal of transferring weight between feet while leading the movement with the hips and using core tension to extend it to the chest.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with one foot in front and one foot back, softening the knees to transfer weight from ball to ball of the feet.
+- Imagine a bowl of water around the hips: when moving forward, water falls at the back; when moving back, water falls at the front.
+- Slow down the movement to feel tension in the lower abs and use it to travel the movement up to the chest.
+- Push through the leg, hips, and chest to release the movement when coming back.
+- Change sides to practice on the opposite side for balance and comfort.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement is led by the hips, which tilt up when moving forward and down when moving back.
+- Use core tension to enhance the movement's travel from the hips to the chest.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture and shake off tension after practice to prevent stiffness.
+- Visualize pouring water to help coordinate hip tilting and weight transfer.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6335780..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-13 Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the fishtail step, building on shapes from the hip action course to explore torsion and tension in the movement. The goal is to enhance the fishtail by adding rotations in the hips and chest, using core support to control the swing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a basic, relaxed fishtail and slow the movement down to create torsion when coming up.
- - Use tension in the abs to support the hip swing, feeling the support from the upper belly.
- - Add rotations in the hips during the fishtail step, then call it back to build tension.
- - Focus on the chest by letting it go and come back during the fishtail, ignoring hip rotation temporarily.
- - Shake it off and relax between practice segments to release built-up tension.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Torsion and tension in the movement are key for enhancing the fishtail step.
- - Support hip swings from the core, specifically using upper belly tension.
- - Incorporate rotations in different body parts like hips and chest to add dimension.
- - Slow down movements to better control and feel the tension and rotations.
- - Review previous lessons on hip action and rotations if needed for better understanding.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9d9c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/13_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 13 Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the fishtail step, building on shapes from the hip action course to explore torsion and tension in the movement. The goal is to enhance the fishtail by adding rotations in the hips and chest, using core support to control the swing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a basic, relaxed fishtail and slow the movement down to create torsion when coming up.
+- Use tension in the abs to support the hip swing, feeling the support from the upper belly.
+- Add rotations in the hips during the fishtail step, then call it back to build tension.
+- Focus on the chest by letting it go and come back during the fishtail, ignoring hip rotation temporarily.
+- Shake it off and relax between practice segments to release built-up tension.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Torsion and tension in the movement are key for enhancing the fishtail step.
+- Support hip swings from the core, specifically using upper belly tension.
+- Incorporate rotations in different body parts like hips and chest to add dimension.
+- Slow down movements to better control and feel the tension and rotations.
+- Review previous lessons on hip action and rotations if needed for better understanding.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 47c492f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-14 Low Downs
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the low down shape, building from a basic swinging motion to incorporate hip rotation and body tension.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a basic swinging low down movement.
- - Add rotation in the hips as you come out of the low down.
- - Create torsion toward the hip during rotation to build body tension.
- - Relax the arms into the movement for fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The low down shape is also covered in Vicky's hip action course for reference.
- - Maintain neutral body alignment when returning from the movement.
- - Focus on integrating hip rotation with overall body tension for effectiveness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34fe528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/14_Low_Downs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 14 Low Downs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the low down shape, building from a basic swinging motion to incorporate hip rotation and body tension.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a basic swinging low down movement.
+- Add rotation in the hips as you come out of the low down.
+- Create torsion toward the hip during rotation to build body tension.
+- Relax the arms into the movement for fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The low down shape is also covered in Vicky's hip action course for reference.
+- Maintain neutral body alignment when returning from the movement.
+- Focus on integrating hip rotation with overall body tension for effectiveness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d7c3aae..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-15 The Grind
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the 'Grind' movement, teaching how to move the hips and opposite shoulder away from the body's axis to build tension and core support.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Move the hip out in one direction while the opposite shoulder goes in the opposite direction.
- - Travel away from the axis of the shoulder and hips to create torsion.
- - Use the full chest into the shoulder, not just the point of the shoulder.
- - Roll into the feet from the toes to the heels to maintain ground connection.
- - Play with using arms a little while moving to enhance the shape.
- - Move super slowly to feel the tension building up in the core.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The core supports the movement by building tension through opposite-direction stretches.
- - Maintain a connection with the ground as you move through the shape.
- - Remember to breathe throughout the movement to aid control and flow.
- - Focus on the torsion and tension created between the hips and chest/shoulder.
- - Ensure the movement involves the entire chest, not just isolated shoulder points.
- - Practice slowly to develop awareness and control of the body's alignment.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d79478d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/15_The_Grind.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 15 The Grind
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the 'Grind' movement, teaching how to move the hips and opposite shoulder away from the body's axis to build tension and core support.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Move the hip out in one direction while the opposite shoulder goes in the opposite direction.
+- Travel away from the axis of the shoulder and hips to create torsion.
+- Use the full chest into the shoulder, not just the point of the shoulder.
+- Roll into the feet from the toes to the heels to maintain ground connection.
+- Play with using arms a little while moving to enhance the shape.
+- Move super slowly to feel the tension building up in the core.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The core supports the movement by building tension through opposite-direction stretches.
+- Maintain a connection with the ground as you move through the shape.
+- Remember to breathe throughout the movement to aid control and flow.
+- Focus on the torsion and tension created between the hips and chest/shoulder.
+- Ensure the movement involves the entire chest, not just isolated shoulder points.
+- Practice slowly to develop awareness and control of the body's alignment.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cd893f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-16 Course Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson is a recap of the intrabody movement course, focusing on integrating movements from hips and chest through core tension and energy flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take movements super slowly to feel every element.
- - Focus on feeling everything around the belly and back to support movement.
- - Let energy travel bottom up and then bring it back down.
- - Work through shapes slowly to enhance connection and integration.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Intrabody movement involves torsions and core tension for fluidity.
- - Integration of upper and lower parts through the core is key to dance.
- - Recap helps reinforce techniques and inspire new ideas in practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09fd825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/16_Course_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 16 Course Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is a recap of the intrabody movement course, focusing on integrating movements from hips and chest through core tension and energy flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take movements super slowly to feel every element.
+- Focus on feeling everything around the belly and back to support movement.
+- Let energy travel bottom up and then bring it back down.
+- Work through shapes slowly to enhance connection and integration.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Intrabody movement involves torsions and core tension for fluidity.
+- Integration of upper and lower parts through the core is key to dance.
+- Recap helps reinforce techniques and inspire new ideas in practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 469a333..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Hips Part I
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on hip movement, starting with weight transfer and tilting, then progressing to drawing circles with the hips at different ranges of motion.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your feet exactly underneath your hips and step to feel the movement.
- - Draw tiny circles with your hips while keeping them on their spot, not moving away.
- - Use soft, relaxed knees and push from the feet into the legs and hips to ease the movement.
- - Play with different ranges of motion: small, medium, and big circles, adjusting knee bend accordingly.
- - Experiment with feet close together to feel the push from the ground into the hips during rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Pay attention to weight transfer under your feet as you shift between movements.
- - Maintain a connection to the ground, using foot energy to drive hip motion.
- - Focus on rotation and the feeling in your muscles by moving slowly and softly.
- - Breathe and change direction freely to explore different sides and ease of movement.
- - Combine various motion sizes while staying on the spot to enhance control and range.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daf10b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/1_Hips_Part_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Hips Part I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on hip movement, starting with weight transfer and tilting, then progressing to drawing circles with the hips at different ranges of motion.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your feet exactly underneath your hips and step to feel the movement.
+- Draw tiny circles with your hips while keeping them on their spot, not moving away.
+- Use soft, relaxed knees and push from the feet into the legs and hips to ease the movement.
+- Play with different ranges of motion: small, medium, and big circles, adjusting knee bend accordingly.
+- Experiment with feet close together to feel the push from the ground into the hips during rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Pay attention to weight transfer under your feet as you shift between movements.
+- Maintain a connection to the ground, using foot energy to drive hip motion.
+- Focus on rotation and the feeling in your muscles by moving slowly and softly.
+- Breathe and change direction freely to explore different sides and ease of movement.
+- Combine various motion sizes while staying on the spot to enhance control and range.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ab01b2d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Hips Part II
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on exploring hip movements by practicing an eight shape with diagonal swings, building on previous rotation exercises to enhance fluidity and control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Soften the knees to facilitate hip movement.
- - Send one hip to the front and the other to the back in a diagonal pattern.
- - Keep feet relaxed and slightly open like a fan when changing diagonals.
- - Use a wider range of motion by bending the knees more.
- - Practice with feet together to refine the movement on a smaller scale.
- - Maintain a slow and steady pace to focus on flow and stability.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a swinging feeling in the hips while shifting between diagonals.
- - Push from the floor with the feet to generate movement.
- - Connect diagonal movements smoothly to create an eight shape.
- - Ease stability by relaxing the feet during diagonal changes.
- - Focus on fluid transitions and control throughout the exercise.
- - Carry forward the principle of soft knees and relaxed posture for future practice.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b28f19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/2_Hips_Part_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Hips Part II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on exploring hip movements by practicing an eight shape with diagonal swings, building on previous rotation exercises to enhance fluidity and control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Soften the knees to facilitate hip movement.
+- Send one hip to the front and the other to the back in a diagonal pattern.
+- Keep feet relaxed and slightly open like a fan when changing diagonals.
+- Use a wider range of motion by bending the knees more.
+- Practice with feet together to refine the movement on a smaller scale.
+- Maintain a slow and steady pace to focus on flow and stability.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a swinging feeling in the hips while shifting between diagonals.
+- Push from the floor with the feet to generate movement.
+- Connect diagonal movements smoothly to create an eight shape.
+- Ease stability by relaxing the feet during diagonal changes.
+- Focus on fluid transitions and control throughout the exercise.
+- Carry forward the principle of soft knees and relaxed posture for future practice.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5edf0e5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-3 Hips Part III
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on developing hip movement through sideways swings, emphasizing stability and connection from the feet to the hips. The goal is to practice controlled hip swings while engaging the core and back muscles for support.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Bend the knees and feel the hips swing sideways as if pulled from the femur heads.
- - Engage the abs to stabilize the core and support the hip movement.
- - Push from the feet and use the spine to help sustain the motion.
- - Move flat to the side while keeping the knees bent.
- - Bring the feet closer together and soften the knees for refined control.
- - Take your time and avoid speeding up the movements.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a stable core with engaged abs during hip swings.
- - Feel the connection from the floor through the feet, legs, and up to the hips.
- - Use back muscles to support and ease the movement.
- - Practice controlled pushes and releases to climb imaginary hills with the femur heads.
- - Keep movements slow and deliberate to build muscle awareness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbae865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/3_Hips_Part_III.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 3 Hips Part III
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on developing hip movement through sideways swings, emphasizing stability and connection from the feet to the hips. The goal is to practice controlled hip swings while engaging the core and back muscles for support.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Bend the knees and feel the hips swing sideways as if pulled from the femur heads.
+- Engage the abs to stabilize the core and support the hip movement.
+- Push from the feet and use the spine to help sustain the motion.
+- Move flat to the side while keeping the knees bent.
+- Bring the feet closer together and soften the knees for refined control.
+- Take your time and avoid speeding up the movements.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a stable core with engaged abs during hip swings.
+- Feel the connection from the floor through the feet, legs, and up to the hips.
+- Use back muscles to support and ease the movement.
+- Practice controlled pushes and releases to climb imaginary hills with the femur heads.
+- Keep movements slow and deliberate to build muscle awareness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a2c3528..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-4 Chest Part I
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on chest movement and control while seated, exploring expansion, contraction, and side-to-side rib cage motions to enhance intra-body awareness and support.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Expand and contract the chest from its center during inhales and exhales.
- - Keep arms open and close them in sync with chest movements.
- - Shift the rib cage left and right while engaging abs to prevent collapse.
- - Maintain both sitting bones on the chair to avoid hip movement.
- - Fall to one side from the rib cage and lift back up using shoulders and abs.
- - Connect arm movements to side falls for integrated motion.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use back muscles and abs to keep the spine aligned and supported.
- - Focus on small, controlled movements rather than large motions.
- - Ensure hips stay connected to the chair to isolate rib cage action.
- - Abs should always be engaged to support and stabilize movements.
- - Feel the movement originating from the rib cage, not other body parts.
- - Practice connecting motions smoothly for better intra-body coordination.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9044e53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/4_Chest_Part_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 4 Chest Part I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on chest movement and control while seated, exploring expansion, contraction, and side-to-side rib cage motions to enhance intra-body awareness and support.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Expand and contract the chest from its center during inhales and exhales.
+- Keep arms open and close them in sync with chest movements.
+- Shift the rib cage left and right while engaging abs to prevent collapse.
+- Maintain both sitting bones on the chair to avoid hip movement.
+- Fall to one side from the rib cage and lift back up using shoulders and abs.
+- Connect arm movements to side falls for integrated motion.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use back muscles and abs to keep the spine aligned and supported.
+- Focus on small, controlled movements rather than large motions.
+- Ensure hips stay connected to the chair to isolate rib cage action.
+- Abs should always be engaged to support and stabilize movements.
+- Feel the movement originating from the rib cage, not other body parts.
+- Practice connecting motions smoothly for better intra-body coordination.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d589f88..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Chest Part II
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on moving the chest diagonally while seated, aiming to connect diagonal movements into an eighth shape pattern.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine being pulled by someone to guide the rib cage movement.
- - Push from the sitting bones on the chair to keep hips stationary.
- - Engage shoulders to create rotation when transitioning between diagonals.
- - Let the arms flow nice and soft during the movements.
- - Keep the abs working hard and feel tension at the center of the belly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain spine support and avoid collapsing on the back.
- - Focus on isolating chest movement without moving the hips.
- - Use the feeling of being pulled to enhance diagonal reach.
- - Connect diagonal movements smoothly to form an eighth shape.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11b52a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/5_Chest_Part_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Chest Part II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on moving the chest diagonally while seated, aiming to connect diagonal movements into an eighth shape pattern.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine being pulled by someone to guide the rib cage movement.
+- Push from the sitting bones on the chair to keep hips stationary.
+- Engage shoulders to create rotation when transitioning between diagonals.
+- Let the arms flow nice and soft during the movements.
+- Keep the abs working hard and feel tension at the center of the belly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain spine support and avoid collapsing on the back.
+- Focus on isolating chest movement without moving the hips.
+- Use the feeling of being pulled to enhance diagonal reach.
+- Connect diagonal movements smoothly to form an eighth shape.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6597c7c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-6 Chest Part III
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on creating rotations in the chest while seated, with the goal of feeling the push in the hip bones and expanding the torso through controlled movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Draw circles with your spine and rib cage, imagining someone drawing with a pencil underneath your rib cage.
- - Lift your chest up slightly when coming to the front during the rotations.
- - Keep your abs engaged throughout the exercise, as if doing crunches.
- - Push on your sitting bones to maintain stability and support the movement.
- - Start with bigger circles to expand the ribcage, then transition to smaller circles for more control.
- - Coordinate your breathing by inhaling to expand and exhaling to come back in.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain constant abdominal engagement to support chest rotations and prevent strain.
- - Focus on the feeling of pushing in the hip bones to enhance body awareness and movement precision.
- - Use the imagery of drawing circles to guide the rotational motion of the chest and spine.
- - Adjust the size of circles to vary the intensity and focus of the exercise.
- - Incorporate breathing patterns to synchronize with the expansion and contraction of the torso.
- - Practice seated stability by engaging sitting bones for a solid foundation during rotations.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..450383d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/6_Chest_Part_III.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 6 Chest Part III
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on creating rotations in the chest while seated, with the goal of feeling the push in the hip bones and expanding the torso through controlled movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Draw circles with your spine and rib cage, imagining someone drawing with a pencil underneath your rib cage.
+- Lift your chest up slightly when coming to the front during the rotations.
+- Keep your abs engaged throughout the exercise, as if doing crunches.
+- Push on your sitting bones to maintain stability and support the movement.
+- Start with bigger circles to expand the ribcage, then transition to smaller circles for more control.
+- Coordinate your breathing by inhaling to expand and exhaling to come back in.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain constant abdominal engagement to support chest rotations and prevent strain.
+- Focus on the feeling of pushing in the hip bones to enhance body awareness and movement precision.
+- Use the imagery of drawing circles to guide the rotational motion of the chest and spine.
+- Adjust the size of circles to vary the intensity and focus of the exercise.
+- Incorporate breathing patterns to synchronize with the expansion and contraction of the torso.
+- Practice seated stability by engaging sitting bones for a solid foundation during rotations.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b739877..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Chest Recap
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps chest movements from a previous course, focusing on integrating standing practice with core engagement and maintaining proper posture without a chair.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Soften the knees to support movement.
- - Engage the abs to sustain chest motions.
- - Feel the tension in the core during stretches.
- - Use a mirror for side practice to check form.
- - Imagine sitting on a chair to maintain posture.
- - Shake out to relax after practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the same push on the sitting bones as when seated.
- - Avoid collapsing the spine during movements.
- - Support the spine with engaged abs.
- - Connect diagonal movements in an eight shape.
- - Focus on side abs for movement support.
- - Integrate all chest ranges of motion smoothly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbef458
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/7_Chest_Recap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Chest Recap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps chest movements from a previous course, focusing on integrating standing practice with core engagement and maintaining proper posture without a chair.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Soften the knees to support movement.
+- Engage the abs to sustain chest motions.
+- Feel the tension in the core during stretches.
+- Use a mirror for side practice to check form.
+- Imagine sitting on a chair to maintain posture.
+- Shake out to relax after practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the same push on the sitting bones as when seated.
+- Avoid collapsing the spine during movements.
+- Support the spine with engaged abs.
+- Connect diagonal movements in an eight shape.
+- Focus on side abs for movement support.
+- Integrate all chest ranges of motion smoothly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 17af7e3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Torsion
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on exploring intra-body movement through torsion, aiming to rotate the chest and hips separately and together while maintaining core engagement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Soften the knees to facilitate movement.
- - Rotate the chest without moving the hips to feel core tension.
- - Keep the belly button engaged and in, not pushed out.
- - Relax the arms to allow natural shoulder and arm swing.
- - Slow down movements to increase tension in the abs.
- - Speed up movements to release tension and feel lighter motion.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Tension in the core sustains movement without preventing it.
- - Opposite sides (shoulder and hip) should rotate together for coordinated torsion.
- - Foot position affects hip range of motion and torsion intensity.
- - Maintain grounding with the floor to feel stable during steps.
- - Counter-rotation involves upper body and hips working in opposition.
- - Tension shifts location in the belly based on movement speed and direction.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb0e73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/8_Torsion.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Torsion
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on exploring intra-body movement through torsion, aiming to rotate the chest and hips separately and together while maintaining core engagement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Soften the knees to facilitate movement.
+- Rotate the chest without moving the hips to feel core tension.
+- Keep the belly button engaged and in, not pushed out.
+- Relax the arms to allow natural shoulder and arm swing.
+- Slow down movements to increase tension in the abs.
+- Speed up movements to release tension and feel lighter motion.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Tension in the core sustains movement without preventing it.
+- Opposite sides (shoulder and hip) should rotate together for coordinated torsion.
+- Foot position affects hip range of motion and torsion intensity.
+- Maintain grounding with the floor to feel stable during steps.
+- Counter-rotation involves upper body and hips working in opposition.
+- Tension shifts location in the belly based on movement speed and direction.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 276f488..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-9 Movement Combination
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-magic-of-intra-body
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing movement combinations with an emphasis on moving as low as possible, controlling tension in the core, and incorporating torsions into steps. The goal is to achieve slow, controlled intra-body movement while exploring rotations and spatial awareness.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take steps underneath you to move as low as possible.
- - Let the arms flow in a very relaxed manner.
- - Imagine moving inside peanut butter to slow down and achieve the movement.
- - Play with going sideways by stepping with opposite shoulder rotation.
- - Start movements from the idea of torsion leading into the step.
- - Relax the shoulders into the movement while maintaining core tension.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Control the tension in the movement without stopping or overthinking muscle mechanics.
- - Maintain the flow of movement while incorporating torsions.
- - Feel all the tensions in the core to support intra-body movement.
- - Take your time to work through shapes and find your space.
- - Every step should be created with a torsion to enhance rotation.
- - Controlling the body involves slow pacing and spatial awareness.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..026e2fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-magic-of-intra-body/9_Movement_Combination.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 9 Movement Combination
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing movement combinations with an emphasis on moving as low as possible, controlling tension in the core, and incorporating torsions into steps. The goal is to achieve slow, controlled intra-body movement while exploring rotations and spatial awareness.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take steps underneath you to move as low as possible.
+- Let the arms flow in a very relaxed manner.
+- Imagine moving inside peanut butter to slow down and achieve the movement.
+- Play with going sideways by stepping with opposite shoulder rotation.
+- Start movements from the idea of torsion leading into the step.
+- Relax the shoulders into the movement while maintaining core tension.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Control the tension in the movement without stopping or overthinking muscle mechanics.
+- Maintain the flow of movement while incorporating torsions.
+- Feel all the tensions in the core to support intra-body movement.
+- Take your time to work through shapes and find your space.
+- Every step should be created with a torsion to enhance rotation.
+- Controlling the body involves slow pacing and spatial awareness.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index adc1b81..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-0 Documentary Clip
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson is a documentary clip providing an introduction to the course 'The Spirit Moves: Solo Styling', aiming to set the context and inspire viewers about the dance style.
-TIP & TRICKS: No items to remember.
-REMEMBER: No items to remember.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d1468f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/0_Documentary_Clip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+title: 0 Documentary Clip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson is a documentary clip providing an introduction to the course 'The Spirit Moves: Solo Styling', aiming to set the context and inspire viewers about the dance style.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+No items to remember.
+##REMEMBER
+No items to remember.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6531481..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a vintage-inspired solo blues course, focusing on moves inspired by Sandra Gibson and James Berry from the Spirit Moves documentary, with the goal of teaching steps and encouraging personal styling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Break down each move as taught by the instructor.
- - Try the moves with music during practice.
- - Find your own styling for all steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The course is inspired by vintage solo blues dancing.
- - Moves are based on Sandra Gibson and James Berry's styles.
- - Personal expression is encouraged in styling.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..950fb8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1._Spirit_Moves_Solo_Styling:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a vintage-inspired solo blues course, focusing on moves inspired by Sandra Gibson and James Berry from the Spirit Moves documentary, with the goal of teaching steps and encouraging personal styling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Break down each move as taught by the instructor.
+- Try the moves with music during practice.
+- Find your own styling for all steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The course is inspired by vintage solo blues dancing.
+- Moves are based on Sandra Gibson and James Berry's styles.
+- Personal expression is encouraged in styling.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aac19b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 Sequence%3A Part 1
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing a routine that combines previously learned moves, specifically soft tails and James Berry fishtails, with the goal of integrating them into a cohesive sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left for soft tails and perform four sets of eight counts.
- - Incorporate step-step movements with snake legs during James Berry fishtails.
- - Add the little James Brown variation to the James Berry fishtails for complexity.
- - Follow the instructor's count cues (e.g., 'one, two, three, four') to maintain timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Combine multiple moves into a fluid routine to enhance dance flow.
- - Practice transitions between soft tails and fishtails for smooth execution.
- - Use the instructor's demonstration as a guide for correct form and rhythm.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d988ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/10_Sequence%3A_Part_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 Sequence%3A Part 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing a routine that combines previously learned moves, specifically soft tails and James Berry fishtails, with the goal of integrating them into a cohesive sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left for soft tails and perform four sets of eight counts.
+- Incorporate step-step movements with snake legs during James Berry fishtails.
+- Add the little James Brown variation to the James Berry fishtails for complexity.
+- Follow the instructor's count cues (e.g., 'one, two, three, four') to maintain timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Combine multiple moves into a fluid routine to enhance dance flow.
+- Practice transitions between soft tails and fishtails for smooth execution.
+- Use the instructor's demonstration as a guide for correct form and rhythm.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 240eb39..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-11 Sequence%3A Part 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching Sandra's fishtails and snake legs sequences, with the goal of practicing the steps, counts, and adding extra movements like kickball changes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start Sandra's fishtails with weight on the left leg and drop straight down onto the right leg.
- - If space allows, let the fishtails travel back slightly during the eight counts.
- - For snake legs, use a quick, quick, slow rhythm and practice it for eight counts before adding the kickball change.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Sandra's fishtails consist of two counts of eight in total, including extra steps like step together.
- - In snake legs, ensure the counts are internalized by repeating the sequence to build muscle memory.
- - Pay attention to the rhythm and timing, especially when transitioning from quick steps to slower movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e67428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/11_Sequence%3A_Part_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 11 Sequence%3A Part 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching Sandra's fishtails and snake legs sequences, with the goal of practicing the steps, counts, and adding extra movements like kickball changes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start Sandra's fishtails with weight on the left leg and drop straight down onto the right leg.
+- If space allows, let the fishtails travel back slightly during the eight counts.
+- For snake legs, use a quick, quick, slow rhythm and practice it for eight counts before adding the kickball change.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Sandra's fishtails consist of two counts of eight in total, including extra steps like step together.
+- In snake legs, ensure the counts are internalized by repeating the sequence to build muscle memory.
+- Pay attention to the rhythm and timing, especially when transitioning from quick steps to slower movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0139bcb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Sequence%3A Part 3
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on hip undulations and hip shakes/butt wiggles, teaching dancers to perform these movements with intention and creativity across multiple eight-count sequences.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Put your foot down with intention and power on the 'and one' count.
- - Play with shifting your weight from side to side during hip undulations.
- - Experiment with different body shapes and levels (getting low) during the movements.
- - Try traveling with the hip shakes or adding arm variations.
- - Practice first with counts before adding music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Hip undulations are performed for two sets of eight counts before transitioning.
- - The hip shakes/butt wiggles section also lasts for two sets of eight counts.
- - Creativity is encouraged throughout - make the movements your own.
- - The sequence begins with the left side and includes specific timing cues.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..244a44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/12_Sequence%3A_Part_3.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Sequence%3A Part 3
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on hip undulations and hip shakes/butt wiggles, teaching dancers to perform these movements with intention and creativity across multiple eight-count sequences.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Put your foot down with intention and power on the 'and one' count.
+- Play with shifting your weight from side to side during hip undulations.
+- Experiment with different body shapes and levels (getting low) during the movements.
+- Try traveling with the hip shakes or adding arm variations.
+- Practice first with counts before adding music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Hip undulations are performed for two sets of eight counts before transitioning.
+- The hip shakes/butt wiggles section also lasts for two sets of eight counts.
+- Creativity is encouraged throughout - make the movements your own.
+- The sequence begins with the left side and includes specific timing cues.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c54ab3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-13 Final Note
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: The instructor concludes the course by encouraging personal practice and self-feedback, emphasizing the importance of finding one's own styling in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Film yourself while practicing to get feedback.
- - Try the moves in social dancing to see how they fit together.
- - Focus on embodying the moves you like and developing your own style.
- - Ignore moves you don't like; you don't have to use them again.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Self-filming is a valuable tool for personal feedback when in-person instruction isn't available.
- - The routine is not fixed; experiment with different ways to combine the moves.
- - Find your own voice and styling rather than copying others.
- - Take the essence of the movements and adapt them to your personal expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e6a668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/13_Final_Note.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 13 Final Note
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The instructor concludes the course by encouraging personal practice and self-feedback, emphasizing the importance of finding one's own styling in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Film yourself while practicing to get feedback.
+- Try the moves in social dancing to see how they fit together.
+- Focus on embodying the moves you like and developing your own style.
+- Ignore moves you don't like; you don't have to use them again.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Self-filming is a valuable tool for personal feedback when in-person instruction isn't available.
+- The routine is not fixed; experiment with different ways to combine the moves.
+- Find your own voice and styling rather than copying others.
+- Take the essence of the movements and adapt them to your personal expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e1715c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-1 Move 1%3A Soft Tail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Soft Tail' move, focusing on stepping and pivoting with weight shifts and adding styling from the center of the body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left and step to the right, then pivot by turning with all weight on one leg.
- - Think of the step being led from the belly button, as if pulled by the belt, to create forward movement.
- - Add a delay in the body by leaving shoulders and head back for styling, creating a twist effect.
- - Optionally collect the leg in under the hip before turning, or keep feet wide for a twist like a figure of eight.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Pivot means turning with all weight on one leg, alternating between diagonal corners.
- - Styling can involve pulling from the center to lead steps and delaying upper body movements.
- - Both leg collection and wide foot placements are acceptable styling options for this move.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c01a325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/1_Move_1%3A_Soft_Tail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 1 Move 1%3A Soft Tail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Soft Tail' move, focusing on stepping and pivoting with weight shifts and adding styling from the center of the body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left and step to the right, then pivot by turning with all weight on one leg.
+- Think of the step being led from the belly button, as if pulled by the belt, to create forward movement.
+- Add a delay in the body by leaving shoulders and head back for styling, creating a twist effect.
+- Optionally collect the leg in under the hip before turning, or keep feet wide for a twist like a figure of eight.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Pivot means turning with all weight on one leg, alternating between diagonal corners.
+- Styling can involve pulling from the center to lead steps and delaying upper body movements.
+- Both leg collection and wide foot placements are acceptable styling options for this move.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 083da3f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-2 Move 2%3A Soft Tail with walks
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding steps to soft tails, specifically starting with weight on the left and incorporating walks into the sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left foot.
- - Step to the right, then left, in a rhythmic pattern.
- - Repeat the sequence with twists and steps.
- - Practice the steps with music for timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a consistent rhythm throughout the sequence.
- - Focus on smooth transitions between steps and walks.
- - Use twists to add style to the movements.
- - Keep weight shifts controlled for balance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d37f0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/2_Move_2%3A_Soft_Tail_with_walks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 2 Move 2%3A Soft Tail with walks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding steps to soft tails, specifically starting with weight on the left and incorporating walks into the sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left foot.
+- Step to the right, then left, in a rhythmic pattern.
+- Repeat the sequence with twists and steps.
+- Practice the steps with music for timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a consistent rhythm throughout the sequence.
+- Focus on smooth transitions between steps and walks.
+- Use twists to add style to the movements.
+- Keep weight shifts controlled for balance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 90377e3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Move 3%3A 'James Berry' Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'James Berry' fishtail move, focusing on creating a snaky leg action with a fishtail shape through twisting from the center.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by rolling in from the center to initiate leg movement.
- - Keep both feet connected to the floor to feel the rolling action.
- - Use the momentum from the snaky legs to transition into the fishtail.
- - Step slightly out to the side to move the center sideways for the fishtail.
- - Practice against a wall to prevent unnecessary upper body movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - All movement originates from the center, not the knees or hips.
- - Maintain an upright posture while executing the move.
- - Focus on pelvic movement to drive the twisting action.
- - Minimize shoulder movement to keep the upper body stable.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f13a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/3_Move_3%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Move 3%3A 'James Berry' Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'James Berry' fishtail move, focusing on creating a snaky leg action with a fishtail shape through twisting from the center.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by rolling in from the center to initiate leg movement.
+- Keep both feet connected to the floor to feel the rolling action.
+- Use the momentum from the snaky legs to transition into the fishtail.
+- Step slightly out to the side to move the center sideways for the fishtail.
+- Practice against a wall to prevent unnecessary upper body movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- All movement originates from the center, not the knees or hips.
+- Maintain an upright posture while executing the move.
+- Focus on pelvic movement to drive the twisting action.
+- Minimize shoulder movement to keep the upper body stable.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 94a92b9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Move 4%3A 'James Berry' Fishtail with James Brown
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a James Brown variation to enhance the James Berry fishtail, focusing on adding a skating motion on one foot with specific rhythm and alignment.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot and keep the left foot dead and floppy.
- - Perform heel-toe twists in a fast rhythm to fit within the counts.
- - Ensure alignment by keeping the second toe, knee, and hip in one line.
- - Twist from the hip socket or center, not from the ankle or knee.
- - Incorporate the glute muscles for a full-body twist.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The James Brown variation involves skating to one side on one foot with a heel-out start.
- - Maintain proper leg alignment to prevent joint problems during twists.
- - The rhythm is flexible but should be fast to integrate smoothly into the fishtail sequence.
- - Focus on twisting from the hip or center for effective movement and alignment.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2e5ef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/4_Move_4%3A_'James_Berry'_Fishtail_with_James_Brown.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Move 4%3A 'James Berry' Fishtail with James Brown
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a James Brown variation to enhance the James Berry fishtail, focusing on adding a skating motion on one foot with specific rhythm and alignment.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot and keep the left foot dead and floppy.
+- Perform heel-toe twists in a fast rhythm to fit within the counts.
+- Ensure alignment by keeping the second toe, knee, and hip in one line.
+- Twist from the hip socket or center, not from the ankle or knee.
+- Incorporate the glute muscles for a full-body twist.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The James Brown variation involves skating to one side on one foot with a heel-out start.
+- Maintain proper leg alignment to prevent joint problems during twists.
+- The rhythm is flexible but should be fast to integrate smoothly into the fishtail sequence.
+- Focus on twisting from the hip or center for effective movement and alignment.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f8f9d2b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 Move 5%3A 'Sandra Gibson' Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Sandra Gibson fishtail, focusing on low posture and sharp, angular styling with asymmetrical movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Hinge from the hips to go low without hunching forward.
- - Keep the spine long and chest slightly lifted for good posture.
- - Step onto the right foot and turn towards the corner with the lower body.
- - Move arms in the opposite direction of the hips for asymmetry.
- - Come up slightly in the middle before switching directions.
- - Check your shape by filming or taking photos to ensure angular lines.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a low, sharp, and angular shape throughout the movement.
- - Focus on hinging from the hips to achieve depth without compromising posture.
- - Emphasize asymmetry with contrasting hip and arm movements.
- - Practice getting a strong, booty-out stance for the fishtail.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e17647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/5_Move_5%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 Move 5%3A 'Sandra Gibson' Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Sandra Gibson fishtail, focusing on low posture and sharp, angular styling with asymmetrical movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Hinge from the hips to go low without hunching forward.
+- Keep the spine long and chest slightly lifted for good posture.
+- Step onto the right foot and turn towards the corner with the lower body.
+- Move arms in the opposite direction of the hips for asymmetry.
+- Come up slightly in the middle before switching directions.
+- Check your shape by filming or taking photos to ensure angular lines.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a low, sharp, and angular shape throughout the movement.
+- Focus on hinging from the hips to achieve depth without compromising posture.
+- Emphasize asymmetry with contrasting hip and arm movements.
+- Practice getting a strong, booty-out stance for the fishtail.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index adbe807..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-6 Move 6%3A 'Sandra Gibson' Fishtail with walks
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding extra steps to the 'Sandra Gibson' fishtail move, specifically incorporating walks to enhance the dance sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step on every 'step' cue for a full weight transfer.
- - Hold on every 'hold' cue without transferring weight, just tapping the foot.
- - Use the same legs to reverse direction after a hold.
- - Practice the steps without the fishtail first to master the pattern.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Combine the fishtail movement with the step-and-hold walking pattern.
- - Maintain rhythm by alternating between weight transfers and holds.
- - Ensure smooth transitions when adding the fishtail to the basic steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dec1178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/6_Move_6%3A_'Sandra_Gibson'_Fishtail_with_walks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 6 Move 6%3A 'Sandra Gibson' Fishtail with walks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding extra steps to the 'Sandra Gibson' fishtail move, specifically incorporating walks to enhance the dance sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step on every 'step' cue for a full weight transfer.
+- Hold on every 'hold' cue without transferring weight, just tapping the foot.
+- Use the same legs to reverse direction after a hold.
+- Practice the steps without the fishtail first to master the pattern.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Combine the fishtail movement with the step-and-hold walking pattern.
+- Maintain rhythm by alternating between weight transfers and holds.
+- Ensure smooth transitions when adding the fishtail to the basic steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 35c7966..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-7 Sandra Gibson's Snake Legs
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing Sandra Gibson's Snake Legs movement, building on previous snake leg work to incorporate kicks and hip rotations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by stepping through with snake legs, letting the hips or pelvis move and rotate slightly.
- - When weight is on the right, take the left leg forwards and right, then kick and change.
- - Instead of the fourth snaky leg, take that leg out and bring it back in.
- - The rhythm for kick, pull, change is a kick across, a step back in place, and a step on the right.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a twisting action through the center for fluid movement.
- - Build on previous snake leg practice from the James Berry fish tail for better body feel.
- - Incorporate kicks and changes to add variation to the snake legs.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dce779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/7_Sandra_Gibson's_Snake_Legs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 7 Sandra Gibson's Snake Legs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing Sandra Gibson's Snake Legs movement, building on previous snake leg work to incorporate kicks and hip rotations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by stepping through with snake legs, letting the hips or pelvis move and rotate slightly.
+- When weight is on the right, take the left leg forwards and right, then kick and change.
+- Instead of the fourth snaky leg, take that leg out and bring it back in.
+- The rhythm for kick, pull, change is a kick across, a step back in place, and a step on the right.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a twisting action through the center for fluid movement.
+- Build on previous snake leg practice from the James Berry fish tail for better body feel.
+- Incorporate kicks and changes to add variation to the snake legs.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dde55f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Sandra Gibson's Hip Undulations
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches Sandra Gibson's hip undulations, focusing on tilting the pelvis in different directions to create smooth, controlled movements without swinging through space.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine your pelvis as a bowl of water and tip it side to side.
- - Place hands on hip bones to feel them moving up and down.
- - Combine directions to make circles with the hips, starting side, back, side, front.
- - Try the movement in different leg positions, such as wider or closer stances.
- - Shift weight between legs while maintaining hip circles.
- - Keep the hip circles smooth and continuous throughout practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement is a tilt, not a swing, and should be small and controlled.
- - One direction may feel better than the other, which is fine to focus on.
- - Practice in various positions to adapt the undulations to different contexts.
- - Add attitude and playfulness to enhance the movement.
- - Combine all directions for a complete hip circle effect.
- - Use music to make the practice easier and more engaging.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4510328
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/8_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Undulations.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Sandra Gibson's Hip Undulations
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches Sandra Gibson's hip undulations, focusing on tilting the pelvis in different directions to create smooth, controlled movements without swinging through space.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine your pelvis as a bowl of water and tip it side to side.
+- Place hands on hip bones to feel them moving up and down.
+- Combine directions to make circles with the hips, starting side, back, side, front.
+- Try the movement in different leg positions, such as wider or closer stances.
+- Shift weight between legs while maintaining hip circles.
+- Keep the hip circles smooth and continuous throughout practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement is a tilt, not a swing, and should be small and controlled.
+- One direction may feel better than the other, which is fine to focus on.
+- Practice in various positions to adapt the undulations to different contexts.
+- Add attitude and playfulness to enhance the movement.
+- Combine all directions for a complete hip circle effect.
+- Use music to make the practice easier and more engaging.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 82f3847..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-9 Sandra Gibson's Hip Shimmy
-
-
-
-COURSE: the-spirit-moves-solo-styling
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches Sandra Gibson's Hip Shimmy, also known as the baby wiggle, focusing on moving the pelvis forwards and backwards to create a hip shimmy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take feet underneath the hips in a comfortable position.
- - Move the pelvis forwards and backwards, not up and down.
- - As the right hip bone goes forward, feel the left one opening up backwards.
- - Speed up the movement to create a butt shimmy.
- - Use a wall to stabilize the upper body if needed.
- - Activate core muscles to keep the upper body stable while hips move.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement originates from the center of the body.
- - Allow natural wobbling without moving the upper body too much.
- - Arm positioning and styling are flexible and can be personalized.
- - Focus on isolating hip movement for a controlled shimmy.
- - Experiment with body shape and arms to find a comfortable style.
- - Practice with a song to develop your own cool way of performing the move.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a83a350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/the-spirit-moves-solo-styling/9_Sandra_Gibson's_Hip_Shimmy.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 9 Sandra Gibson's Hip Shimmy
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches Sandra Gibson's Hip Shimmy, also known as the baby wiggle, focusing on moving the pelvis forwards and backwards to create a hip shimmy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take feet underneath the hips in a comfortable position.
+- Move the pelvis forwards and backwards, not up and down.
+- As the right hip bone goes forward, feel the left one opening up backwards.
+- Speed up the movement to create a butt shimmy.
+- Use a wall to stabilize the upper body if needed.
+- Activate core muscles to keep the upper body stable while hips move.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement originates from the center of the body.
+- Allow natural wobbling without moving the upper body too much.
+- Arm positioning and styling are flexible and can be personalized.
+- Focus on isolating hip movement for a controlled shimmy.
+- Experiment with body shape and arms to find a comfortable style.
+- Practice with a song to develop your own cool way of performing the move.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 95f541e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-0 Basic Technique
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the basic foot technique for turning in blues dance, focusing on using the balls of the feet and maintaining a grounded, relaxed posture.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Turn on the balls of your feet, specifically the front third of the foot.
- - Keep your weight slightly back, around where shoelaces start, not too far forward.
- - Let your heels graze the ground lightly while turning.
- - Use slippery shoes to facilitate smooth turns.
- - Practice duck walks with toes apart and heels together to feel weight on the balls of the feet.
- - Shift weight back and forth while turning to engage core muscles.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues dance turns are more grounded than ballet or contemporary, keeping feet relaxed and close to the earth.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture with toes spreading into the ground for better balance.
- - Avoid hyper-focusing on knees; keep them slightly relaxed while using inner leg muscles.
- - Use arms, hips, or upper body to help create torque in turns.
- - The axis of weight should be further back than commonly thought for stability.
- - This technique supports the blues aesthetic and grounded turns with partners.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e91b318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/0_Basic_Technique.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 0 Basic Technique
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the basic foot technique for turning in blues dance, focusing on using the balls of the feet and maintaining a grounded, relaxed posture.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Turn on the balls of your feet, specifically the front third of the foot.
+- Keep your weight slightly back, around where shoelaces start, not too far forward.
+- Let your heels graze the ground lightly while turning.
+- Use slippery shoes to facilitate smooth turns.
+- Practice duck walks with toes apart and heels together to feel weight on the balls of the feet.
+- Shift weight back and forth while turning to engage core muscles.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues dance turns are more grounded than ballet or contemporary, keeping feet relaxed and close to the earth.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture with toes spreading into the ground for better balance.
+- Avoid hyper-focusing on knees; keep them slightly relaxed while using inner leg muscles.
+- Use arms, hips, or upper body to help create torque in turns.
+- The axis of weight should be further back than commonly thought for stability.
+- This technique supports the blues aesthetic and grounded turns with partners.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b09c034..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-1
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a course on turning techniques, focusing on foundational drills to improve turning skills for both leads and follows in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use shoes with slippery bottoms like hard leather, suede, or hard plastic soles for better sliding during turns.
- - Practice drills by following along with the video, pausing as needed to repeat exercises.
- - Incorporate turns into daily routines, such as practicing while waiting for the bus or cooking.
- - Focus on building weight on the floor and using both upper and lower body effectively during turns.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Turn technique development requires long-term commitment and consistent practice over time.
- - Proper footwear is essential for effective turning and can significantly enhance dance performance.
- - Turns are versatile and applicable to both leads and follows, adding fun and variety to dancing.
- - Utilize available resources, such as the course's resource section, for guidance on equipment like shoes.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf8b91b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1._Turning_Techniques_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a course on turning techniques, focusing on foundational drills to improve turning skills for both leads and follows in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use shoes with slippery bottoms like hard leather, suede, or hard plastic soles for better sliding during turns.
+- Practice drills by following along with the video, pausing as needed to repeat exercises.
+- Incorporate turns into daily routines, such as practicing while waiting for the bus or cooking.
+- Focus on building weight on the floor and using both upper and lower body effectively during turns.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Turn technique development requires long-term commitment and consistent practice over time.
+- Proper footwear is essential for effective turning and can significantly enhance dance performance.
+- Turns are versatile and applicable to both leads and follows, adding fun and variety to dancing.
+- Utilize available resources, such as the course's resource section, for guidance on equipment like shoes.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 872af63..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Relaxation of the free leg
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on relaxing the free leg during spins and turns, with the goal of integrating whole-body movement to enhance balance and fluidity.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Release the free leg from under the rib cage to use the whole body.
- - Allow the inside of the toes to graze the ground during turns for balance.
- - Practice stepping forward and backward while releasing the leg to build consistency.
- - Add a quarter turn when stepping forward to apply the relaxation in spins.
- - Use a pulsing motion to feel the tension and release in the leg.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The free leg should start from the rib cage for integrated movement.
- - Maintain softness in the leg to avoid tension during steps and turns.
- - Keep the chest over the ankle to ensure proper alignment and balance.
- - Relaxation allows for smoother transitions and better control in spins.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bfbf1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/1_Relaxation_of_the_free_leg.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Relaxation of the free leg
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on relaxing the free leg during spins and turns, with the goal of integrating whole-body movement to enhance balance and fluidity.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Release the free leg from under the rib cage to use the whole body.
+- Allow the inside of the toes to graze the ground during turns for balance.
+- Practice stepping forward and backward while releasing the leg to build consistency.
+- Add a quarter turn when stepping forward to apply the relaxation in spins.
+- Use a pulsing motion to feel the tension and release in the leg.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The free leg should start from the rib cage for integrated movement.
+- Maintain softness in the leg to avoid tension during steps and turns.
+- Keep the chest over the ankle to ensure proper alignment and balance.
+- Relaxation allows for smoother transitions and better control in spins.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fcfafb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Quarter Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using torque, a twisting force that causes rotation, to execute quarter turns in dance, exploring how to generate torque from different body parts like the upper body and hips.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use your arms to create torque by bringing them in to spin faster.
- - Practice turning your upper body while keeping your hips still by putting hands on your hips.
- - For hip torque, keep your upper body still and use a wall for feedback.
- - Incorporate torque into quarter turn walks by stepping forward and rotating from the upper body or hips.
- - Try turning backwards by stepping back and using upper body or hip torque.
- - Use hip torque for more precise and powerful turns to protect your knees.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Torque is essential for creating rotation in turns, similar to twisting a top.
- - Upper body torque creates a lag feeling and can be easier when arms are connected to a partner.
- - Hip torque is more precise, uses core muscles, and provides stability for the legs.
- - Different torque sources offer flexibility for power, dynamism, or knee protection in dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fad66b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/2_Quarter_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Quarter Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using torque, a twisting force that causes rotation, to execute quarter turns in dance, exploring how to generate torque from different body parts like the upper body and hips.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use your arms to create torque by bringing them in to spin faster.
+- Practice turning your upper body while keeping your hips still by putting hands on your hips.
+- For hip torque, keep your upper body still and use a wall for feedback.
+- Incorporate torque into quarter turn walks by stepping forward and rotating from the upper body or hips.
+- Try turning backwards by stepping back and using upper body or hip torque.
+- Use hip torque for more precise and powerful turns to protect your knees.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Torque is essential for creating rotation in turns, similar to twisting a top.
+- Upper body torque creates a lag feeling and can be easier when arms are connected to a partner.
+- Hip torque is more precise, uses core muscles, and provides stability for the legs.
+- Different torque sources offer flexibility for power, dynamism, or knee protection in dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 172ae57..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Half Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on executing half turns in dance, building on quarter turns by increasing rotation and practicing with different body torques and foot orientations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use your upper body as torque to initiate rotation during turns.
- - Use your lower body or hips as torque for controlled turning movements.
- - When stepping forward, turn towards the outside of your foot or pinky toe.
- - When stepping backward, turn towards the inside of your foot or big toe.
- - Reverse foot orientation by turning towards the big toe when stepping forward.
- - Point to a wall and rotate your hand to face the opposite wall for spatial awareness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Half turns involve rotating from one wall to the opposite wall, increasing the challenge from quarter turns.
- - Alternate between using upper and lower body as torque to develop versatile turning techniques.
- - Pay attention to foot orientation, as it changes based on direction (forward or backward) and turn type.
- - Practice drills to build muscle memory for inside turns and prepare for more complex movements.
- - Maintain control and balance by coordinating steps with rotation in a fluid motion.
- - The lesson progresses from basic drills to reversed footwork to enhance adaptability in turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f52ebb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/3_Half_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Half Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on executing half turns in dance, building on quarter turns by increasing rotation and practicing with different body torques and foot orientations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use your upper body as torque to initiate rotation during turns.
+- Use your lower body or hips as torque for controlled turning movements.
+- When stepping forward, turn towards the outside of your foot or pinky toe.
+- When stepping backward, turn towards the inside of your foot or big toe.
+- Reverse foot orientation by turning towards the big toe when stepping forward.
+- Point to a wall and rotate your hand to face the opposite wall for spatial awareness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Half turns involve rotating from one wall to the opposite wall, increasing the challenge from quarter turns.
+- Alternate between using upper and lower body as torque to develop versatile turning techniques.
+- Pay attention to foot orientation, as it changes based on direction (forward or backward) and turn type.
+- Practice drills to build muscle memory for inside turns and prepare for more complex movements.
+- Maintain control and balance by coordinating steps with rotation in a fluid motion.
+- The lesson progresses from basic drills to reversed footwork to enhance adaptability in turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c9ac1d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Turning On A Line
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches traveling turns down the line of dance, focusing on techniques for continuous rotation in one direction and footwork variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Drill turns with upper body torque and lower body torque separately.
- - Step on every beat for standard turning in blues dancing.
- - Practice closing legs when turning on the back foot.
- - Use a step forward with full foot on front and ball on back for ballrooming turns.
- - Drill exiting turns by stepping back and collecting to control the ending.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Be flexible in turns to adapt to partnership dynamics.
- - Footwork can vary; focus on rotation that works best with your partner.
- - Different turn styles suit different dance contexts like ballrooming or juking.
- - Control the turn's ending to smoothly transition to other moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a2504f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/4_Turning_On_A_Line.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Turning On A Line
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches traveling turns down the line of dance, focusing on techniques for continuous rotation in one direction and footwork variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Drill turns with upper body torque and lower body torque separately.
+- Step on every beat for standard turning in blues dancing.
+- Practice closing legs when turning on the back foot.
+- Use a step forward with full foot on front and ball on back for ballrooming turns.
+- Drill exiting turns by stepping back and collecting to control the ending.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Be flexible in turns to adapt to partnership dynamics.
+- Footwork can vary; focus on rotation that works best with your partner.
+- Different turn styles suit different dance contexts like ballrooming or juking.
+- Control the turn's ending to smoothly transition to other moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 941afdc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Soft Spotting
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces soft spotting as a technique for creating torque in turns while maintaining the blues aesthetic, contrasting it with hard spotting from other dance forms. The goal is to practice soft spotting and the falling leaf turn to enhance turning precision and partner connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a soft spot by looking over your shoulder and softly turning your head to keep track of your partner.
- - For the falling leaf turn, continuously look over your starting shoulder to maintain torque and momentum.
- - Practice turns down the line with soft spotting to avoid changing the timing of the turn.
- - Drill the falling leaf turn by starting torque with the upper body and unwinding smoothly.
- - Keep the momentum going with your partner by using soft spotting techniques.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Soft spotting helps maintain the blues aesthetic by avoiding harshness in turns.
- - Hard spotting can change turn timing and create a more direct, precise movement.
- - The falling leaf turn involves continuous torque from the upper body for fluid motion.
- - Soft spotting allows you to stay connected with your partner during turns.
- - Recycling energy is a key concept in blues dancing for softer turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97540fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/6_Soft_Spotting.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Soft Spotting
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces soft spotting as a technique for creating torque in turns while maintaining the blues aesthetic, contrasting it with hard spotting from other dance forms. The goal is to practice soft spotting and the falling leaf turn to enhance turning precision and partner connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a soft spot by looking over your shoulder and softly turning your head to keep track of your partner.
+- For the falling leaf turn, continuously look over your starting shoulder to maintain torque and momentum.
+- Practice turns down the line with soft spotting to avoid changing the timing of the turn.
+- Drill the falling leaf turn by starting torque with the upper body and unwinding smoothly.
+- Keep the momentum going with your partner by using soft spotting techniques.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Soft spotting helps maintain the blues aesthetic by avoiding harshness in turns.
+- Hard spotting can change turn timing and create a more direct, precise movement.
+- The falling leaf turn involves continuous torque from the upper body for fluid motion.
+- Soft spotting allows you to stay connected with your partner during turns.
+- Recycling energy is a key concept in blues dancing for softer turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f697be4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Adding The Pulse
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding pulse to turns in blues dance to create texture, covering techniques for incorporating pulse organically during turns.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Bend the knee as you collect into a half turn to add pulse.
- - Practice adding pulse by stepping and collecting slowly, then increasing speed.
- - Use triple steps to speed up turns when indicated by music or partner.
- - Slow down turns by taking the first step in the opposite direction and milking it.
- - Add little drops or extra pulses on top of natural steps for variation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Pulse in blues dance enhances texture and should be added during the turn, not just the step.
- - The pulse can be up-and-down or pendular, depending on the desired effect.
- - Adjust turn speed with triple steps for acceleration or opposite-direction steps for deceleration.
- - Practice techniques slowly before increasing tempo to build control and fluidity.
- - Use advanced variations like slowing turns sparingly and in response to partner or music cues.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e43060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Adding_The_Pulse.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Adding The Pulse
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding pulse to turns in blues dance to create texture, covering techniques for incorporating pulse organically during turns.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Bend the knee as you collect into a half turn to add pulse.
+- Practice adding pulse by stepping and collecting slowly, then increasing speed.
+- Use triple steps to speed up turns when indicated by music or partner.
+- Slow down turns by taking the first step in the opposite direction and milking it.
+- Add little drops or extra pulses on top of natural steps for variation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Pulse in blues dance enhances texture and should be added during the turn, not just the step.
+- The pulse can be up-and-down or pendular, depending on the desired effect.
+- Adjust turn speed with triple steps for acceleration or opposite-direction steps for deceleration.
+- Practice techniques slowly before increasing tempo to build control and fluidity.
+- Use advanced variations like slowing turns sparingly and in response to partner or music cues.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d033d6c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Pivot Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on one-foot spins, specifically pivot turns, with the goal of practicing controlled spins on one foot using arm torque and soft movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use your heel down on the floor to create drag for a soft and controlled ending.
- - Drag your free leg on the floor for balance and control if you start losing it.
- - Bring your leg in directly next to your other leg to keep your body small and maintain balance during quick turns.
- - Allow your limbs to be soft with extension through the knee but not the foot for a blues-style turn.
- - Use your arms and upper body to generate torque for the spin.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - In blues dancing, most tension and tone should be in the body, with limbs moving softly.
- - Practice turns towards both the outside (pinky toe) and inside (big toe) of the foot for versatility.
- - One-foot spins are not just for follows; leads can also use them in partner dancing.
- - Avoid kicking your partner by keeping your leg in during quick turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8687ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/7_Pivot_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Pivot Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on one-foot spins, specifically pivot turns, with the goal of practicing controlled spins on one foot using arm torque and soft movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use your heel down on the floor to create drag for a soft and controlled ending.
+- Drag your free leg on the floor for balance and control if you start losing it.
+- Bring your leg in directly next to your other leg to keep your body small and maintain balance during quick turns.
+- Allow your limbs to be soft with extension through the knee but not the foot for a blues-style turn.
+- Use your arms and upper body to generate torque for the spin.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- In blues dancing, most tension and tone should be in the body, with limbs moving softly.
+- Practice turns towards both the outside (pinky toe) and inside (big toe) of the foot for versatility.
+- One-foot spins are not just for follows; leads can also use them in partner dancing.
+- Avoid kicking your partner by keeping your leg in during quick turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 903bbd5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Dancing To Music
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on turning techniques while dancing to music, aiming to help dancers execute turns smoothly in rhythm with the background music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a steady posture to support your turns.
- - Use your arms to balance and control the rotation.
- - Practice turning on the beat of the music for consistency.
- - Keep your gaze fixed on a point to avoid dizziness.
- - Engage your core muscles to stabilise the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Turns should feel natural and not forced.
- - Always listen to the music to time your movements.
- - Consistency in practice improves turning accuracy.
- - Relax your body to allow fluid motion.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddbcb9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/8_Dancing_To_Music.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Dancing To Music
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on turning techniques while dancing to music, aiming to help dancers execute turns smoothly in rhythm with the background music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a steady posture to support your turns.
+- Use your arms to balance and control the rotation.
+- Practice turning on the beat of the music for consistency.
+- Keep your gaze fixed on a point to avoid dizziness.
+- Engage your core muscles to stabilise the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Turns should feel natural and not forced.
+- Always listen to the music to time your movements.
+- Consistency in practice improves turning accuracy.
+- Relax your body to allow fluid motion.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f55449..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 Conclusions
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: The lesson concludes the turning-techniques course by emphasizing long-term commitment and joyful practice, encouraging students to develop unique variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice turns daily by putting on one song to make it enjoyable.
- - Use the resources page to ask questions for clarification or more information.
- - Find new ways to move your arms or shape your body for unique variations.
- - Experiment with different leg placements to create personal turn styles.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Turn technique requires long-term commitment and consistent practice over time.
- - Practice can be joyous and not strenuous; focus on feeling good while turning.
- - Seek in-person guidance at festivals or through course resources for questions.
- - Develop unique variations to make your dancing personal and interesting.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb0096a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/9_Conclusions.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 Conclusions
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The lesson concludes the turning-techniques course by emphasizing long-term commitment and joyful practice, encouraging students to develop unique variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice turns daily by putting on one song to make it enjoyable.
+- Use the resources page to ask questions for clarification or more information.
+- Find new ways to move your arms or shape your body for unique variations.
+- Experiment with different leg placements to create personal turn styles.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Turn technique requires long-term commitment and consistent practice over time.
+- Practice can be joyous and not strenuous; focus on feeling good while turning.
+- Seek in-person guidance at festivals or through course resources for questions.
+- Develop unique variations to make your dancing personal and interesting.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f993eb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Anatomy of the Hip Joint | Bones, Ligaments, & Muscles
-
-
-
-COURSE: turning-techniques
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the anatomy of the hip joint, covering its bones, ligaments, and muscles to understand movement in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Identify the greater and lesser trochanters on the femur for better movement awareness.
- - Locate the acetabulum where the femur head articulates to visualize joint motion.
- - Recognize the ilium, pubis, and ischium as key pelvic regions for stability.
- - Use the ligament of the head of the femur as a reference point for joint structure.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hip joint is a synovial ball-and-socket joint allowing multiple movement directions.
- - Articular cartilage and synovial fluid reduce friction and prevent osteoarthritis.
- - The pelvis consists of three parts: ilium, pubis, and ischium, crucial for ligament attachment.
- - Ligaments like the ligament of the head of the femur provide stability during movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9e06a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/turning-techniques/Anatomy_of_the_Hip_Joint_|_Bones,_Ligaments,_&_Muscles.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Anatomy of the Hip Joint | Bones, Ligaments, & Muscles
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the anatomy of the hip joint, covering its bones, ligaments, and muscles to understand movement in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Identify the greater and lesser trochanters on the femur for better movement awareness.
+- Locate the acetabulum where the femur head articulates to visualize joint motion.
+- Recognize the ilium, pubis, and ischium as key pelvic regions for stability.
+- Use the ligament of the head of the femur as a reference point for joint structure.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hip joint is a synovial ball-and-socket joint allowing multiple movement directions.
+- Articular cartilage and synovial fluid reduce friction and prevent osteoarthritis.
+- The pelvis consists of three parts: ilium, pubis, and ischium, crucial for ligament attachment.
+- Ligaments like the ligament of the head of the femur provide stability during movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ae3bff5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-0
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the upper body coolness course, focusing on working with the upper body, including shoulders, back, and chest.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the chest to perform movements.
- - Incorporate body rolls with up and down motions.
- - Utilize snake hips with shoulder movements.
- - Walk from the back to engage the hips.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The course emphasizes upper body work for coolness.
- - Practice involves coordination of shoulders, back, and chest.
- - Body rolls and snake hips are key techniques.
- - Engage the hips through back movements for full body integration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a94e21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0._Upper_Body_Coolness:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 0
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the upper body coolness course, focusing on working with the upper body, including shoulders, back, and chest.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the chest to perform movements.
+- Incorporate body rolls with up and down motions.
+- Utilize snake hips with shoulder movements.
+- Walk from the back to engage the hips.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The course emphasizes upper body work for coolness.
+- Practice involves coordination of shoulders, back, and chest.
+- Body rolls and snake hips are key techniques.
+- Engage the hips through back movements for full body integration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a83018d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-0 Shoulder Rolls
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on shoulder rolls, teaching upper body coolness through controlled movements and variations in speed and direction.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start shoulder rolls by moving back and forth on the spot.
- - Add direction by rolling to the right and left sides.
- - Practice at different speeds, alternating between slow and fast movements.
- - Incorporate foot taps to coordinate with shoulder rolls.
- - Travel while performing rolls to add dynamic movement.
- - Relax between sequences to maintain fluidity.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain control and avoid moving too far back during rolls.
- - Coordinate shoulder movements with footwork for better rhythm.
- - Vary speed to enhance the coolness and style of the rolls.
- - Keep movements relaxed to prevent stiffness.
- - Practice in different directions to build versatility.
- - Focus on smooth transitions between slow and fast phases.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7d7417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/0_Shoulder_Rolls.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 0 Shoulder Rolls
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on shoulder rolls, teaching upper body coolness through controlled movements and variations in speed and direction.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start shoulder rolls by moving back and forth on the spot.
+- Add direction by rolling to the right and left sides.
+- Practice at different speeds, alternating between slow and fast movements.
+- Incorporate foot taps to coordinate with shoulder rolls.
+- Travel while performing rolls to add dynamic movement.
+- Relax between sequences to maintain fluidity.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain control and avoid moving too far back during rolls.
+- Coordinate shoulder movements with footwork for better rhythm.
+- Vary speed to enhance the coolness and style of the rolls.
+- Keep movements relaxed to prevent stiffness.
+- Practice in different directions to build versatility.
+- Focus on smooth transitions between slow and fast phases.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a7af6d7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 Shoulder Push & Low Down
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the 'Shoulder Push & Low Down' movement, teaching how to coordinate shoulder pushes with weight changes while maintaining a low posture.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Push the shoulder while changing your weight to the opposite side.
- - Practice the movement to the side with a rhythmic 'one pa ha' count.
- - Use the back to initiate the shoulder push for better control.
- - Take more space by extending the movement to the side.
- - Maintain a low down posture throughout the exercise.
- - Repeat the movement on both sides for balance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Coordinate shoulder movements with weight shifts for fluidity.
- - Keep the body low to enhance the 'low down' effect.
- - Practice symmetrically on both sides to develop consistency.
- - Use rhythmic cues to time the movements accurately.
- - Incorporate back engagement to support shoulder pushes.
- - Focus on spatial awareness by extending movements to the side.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b81b35d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/10_Shoulder_Push_&_Low_Down.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 Shoulder Push & Low Down
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the 'Shoulder Push & Low Down' movement, teaching how to coordinate shoulder pushes with weight changes while maintaining a low posture.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Push the shoulder while changing your weight to the opposite side.
+- Practice the movement to the side with a rhythmic 'one pa ha' count.
+- Use the back to initiate the shoulder push for better control.
+- Take more space by extending the movement to the side.
+- Maintain a low down posture throughout the exercise.
+- Repeat the movement on both sides for balance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Coordinate shoulder movements with weight shifts for fluidity.
+- Keep the body low to enhance the 'low down' effect.
+- Practice symmetrically on both sides to develop consistency.
+- Use rhythmic cues to time the movements accurately.
+- Incorporate back engagement to support shoulder pushes.
+- Focus on spatial awareness by extending movements to the side.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 49dbc59..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Snake Shoulders
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Snake Shoulders move, focusing on creating a wave-like motion with the shoulders to enhance upper-body coolness.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the movement by pushing from the shoulder to initiate the wave.
- - Keep your hands close to your body or in a fixed position for better control.
- - Stay grounded with your feet in one spot to maintain stability.
- - Practice the wave motion slowly at first, then increase speed for a snake flutter effect.
- - Use different levels, such as going down, to vary the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus primarily on the shoulder to drive the snake-like wave.
- - Maintain a steady foot position to support the upper-body movement.
- - The movement should flow continuously, like a wave turning through the shoulder.
- - Incorporate speed variations to add flair and mimic a snake's motion.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be18d59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/11_Snake_Shoulders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Snake Shoulders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Snake Shoulders move, focusing on creating a wave-like motion with the shoulders to enhance upper-body coolness.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the movement by pushing from the shoulder to initiate the wave.
+- Keep your hands close to your body or in a fixed position for better control.
+- Stay grounded with your feet in one spot to maintain stability.
+- Practice the wave motion slowly at first, then increase speed for a snake flutter effect.
+- Use different levels, such as going down, to vary the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus primarily on the shoulder to drive the snake-like wave.
+- Maintain a steady foot position to support the upper-body movement.
+- The movement should flow continuously, like a wave turning through the shoulder.
+- Incorporate speed variations to add flair and mimic a snake's motion.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b5e34d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-12 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned upper-body movements into a cohesive routine, aiming to enhance overall coolness and fluidity.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain relaxed shoulders to avoid tension.
- - Sync movements with the rhythm for better flow.
- - Use subtle head tilts to add style.
- - Practice transitions smoothly between moves.
- - Keep elbows slightly bent for flexibility.
- - Focus on mirroring the instructor's posture.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in practice builds muscle memory.
- - Confidence enhances the visual appeal of movements.
- - Start slow to master technique before speeding up.
- - Pay attention to breathing to stay relaxed.
- - Regular review helps retain learned skills.
- - Enjoy the process to maintain motivation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..267124d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/12_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 12 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned upper-body movements into a cohesive routine, aiming to enhance overall coolness and fluidity.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain relaxed shoulders to avoid tension.
+- Sync movements with the rhythm for better flow.
+- Use subtle head tilts to add style.
+- Practice transitions smoothly between moves.
+- Keep elbows slightly bent for flexibility.
+- Focus on mirroring the instructor's posture.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in practice builds muscle memory.
+- Confidence enhances the visual appeal of movements.
+- Start slow to master technique before speeding up.
+- Pay attention to breathing to stay relaxed.
+- Regular review helps retain learned skills.
+- Enjoy the process to maintain motivation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.html
deleted file mode 100644
index daa64cb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-1 Shoulder rolls with rotation
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing shoulder rolls with rotation, aiming to practice the movement on both the right and left sides with varying degrees of rotation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by rotating to the right side with a 45-degree angle.
- - Increase the rotation to 180 degrees for a larger movement.
- - Repeat the exercise multiple times on each side for practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice shoulder rolls with controlled rotation to enhance upper body coolness.
- - Alternate between sides to ensure balanced movement.
- - Gradually increase the rotation range to improve flexibility.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..114fce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/1_Shoulder_rolls_with_rotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 1 Shoulder rolls with rotation
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing shoulder rolls with rotation, aiming to practice the movement on both the right and left sides with varying degrees of rotation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by rotating to the right side with a 45-degree angle.
+- Increase the rotation to 180 degrees for a larger movement.
+- Repeat the exercise multiple times on each side for practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice shoulder rolls with controlled rotation to enhance upper body coolness.
+- Alternate between sides to ensure balanced movement.
+- Gradually increase the rotation range to improve flexibility.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d5a9540..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-2 Shoulder rolls with seat
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing shoulder rolls with a seated movement, aiming to enhance fluidity and coordination in the upper body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the left side and incorporate a step touch for rhythm.
- - Keep the body moving continuously when rolling the shoulders back.
- - Practice on both sides, such as starting with the right for a turn.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain fluid motion throughout the shoulder rolls to improve coordination.
- - Use rhythmic cues like step touches to synchronize movements effectively.
- - Focus on symmetry by practicing equally on left and right sides.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..861fe96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/2_Shoulder_rolls_with_seat.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 2 Shoulder rolls with seat
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing shoulder rolls with a seated movement, aiming to enhance fluidity and coordination in the upper body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the left side and incorporate a step touch for rhythm.
+- Keep the body moving continuously when rolling the shoulders back.
+- Practice on both sides, such as starting with the right for a turn.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain fluid motion throughout the shoulder rolls to improve coordination.
+- Use rhythmic cues like step touches to synchronize movements effectively.
+- Focus on symmetry by practicing equally on left and right sides.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 44bbdc6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Shoulder roll with slide
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a shoulder roll with a slide, emphasizing continuous movement and shoulder rotation to achieve a smooth, cool upper-body motion.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a shoulder roll and then slide down while pulling the flag.
- - Rotate the shoulder about 45 degrees during the movement.
- - Pull the leg first before making the slide for better coordination.
- - Practice slowly to master the timing and rotation.
- - Adjust the turn based on your ability, making it longer if possible.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain continuous flow throughout the shoulder roll and slide.
- - Focus on shoulder rotation to enhance the movement's fluidity.
- - Coordinate leg pulls with shoulder turns for a seamless execution.
- - Practice from both sides to ensure balanced development.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc5fc3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/3_Shoulder_roll_with_slide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Shoulder roll with slide
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a shoulder roll with a slide, emphasizing continuous movement and shoulder rotation to achieve a smooth, cool upper-body motion.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a shoulder roll and then slide down while pulling the flag.
+- Rotate the shoulder about 45 degrees during the movement.
+- Pull the leg first before making the slide for better coordination.
+- Practice slowly to master the timing and rotation.
+- Adjust the turn based on your ability, making it longer if possible.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain continuous flow throughout the shoulder roll and slide.
+- Focus on shoulder rotation to enhance the movement's fluidity.
+- Coordinate leg pulls with shoulder turns for a seamless execution.
+- Practice from both sides to ensure balanced development.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 749527f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Body Roll
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching the body roll movement, emphasizing control and proper technique for upper body coolness.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a step to the ground to initiate the movement.
- - Start with shoulder back together when stepping.
- - Practice slowly to feel the movement before speeding up.
- - Keep one leg back and one foot forward to help with balance.
- - Avoid making movements too strong to prevent back strain.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Control the movement to avoid overexertion and protect your back.
- - Practice on both sides for balanced development.
- - Focus on the sequence from shoulders to hips and back.
- - Use intention with each step to enhance the roll.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d01aea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/4_Body_Roll.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Body Roll
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching the body roll movement, emphasizing control and proper technique for upper body coolness.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a step to the ground to initiate the movement.
+- Start with shoulder back together when stepping.
+- Practice slowly to feel the movement before speeding up.
+- Keep one leg back and one foot forward to help with balance.
+- Avoid making movements too strong to prevent back strain.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Control the movement to avoid overexertion and protect your back.
+- Practice on both sides for balanced development.
+- Focus on the sequence from shoulders to hips and back.
+- Use intention with each step to enhance the roll.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3163387..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Combination steps
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining steps for upper-body coolness, specifically integrating shoulder poses, low downs, up-down movements, and body rolls into a fluid sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Make a shoulder pose and then a low down.
- - Continue with up down and finish with down up.
- - Turn to the other side and repeat low down up down with body rolls.
- - Practice slowly to coordinate movements with the music.
- - Focus on shoulder rolls and low down movements for better form.
- - Transfer hip from left to back during up-down after body rolls.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Combine steps smoothly to create a cohesive dance sequence.
- - Pay attention to body alignment and transitions between movements.
- - Practice at a slower pace to master timing and coordination.
- - Incorporate hip transfers to enhance fluidity in the routine.
- - Maintain focus on upper-body movements for coolness effect.
- - Use visual cues from the instructor to improve technique.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ba513f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/5_Combination_steps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Combination steps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining steps for upper-body coolness, specifically integrating shoulder poses, low downs, up-down movements, and body rolls into a fluid sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Make a shoulder pose and then a low down.
+- Continue with up down and finish with down up.
+- Turn to the other side and repeat low down up down with body rolls.
+- Practice slowly to coordinate movements with the music.
+- Focus on shoulder rolls and low down movements for better form.
+- Transfer hip from left to back during up-down after body rolls.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Combine steps smoothly to create a cohesive dance sequence.
+- Pay attention to body alignment and transitions between movements.
+- Practice at a slower pace to master timing and coordination.
+- Incorporate hip transfers to enhance fluidity in the routine.
+- Maintain focus on upper-body movements for coolness effect.
+- Use visual cues from the instructor to improve technique.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 321885f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Body roll with skip
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing body rolls with skips, emphasizing fluid upper-body movements and coordination with leg actions like kicks and stomps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with stomps and skips to initiate the body roll slowly.
- - Use your hand to follow your hips for better control and alignment.
- - Practice the sequence on both sides, starting with the left leg for the right hand side.
- - Incorporate kicks and turns into the stomp steps for added complexity.
- - Count in with 'five, six, seven, eight' to maintain rhythm and timing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain fluency and smooth transitions between movements throughout the practice.
- - Focus on coordination between upper and lower body actions for effective execution.
- - Repeat sequences multiple times to build muscle memory and improve technique.
- - Pay attention to side variations to ensure balanced practice on both sides of the body.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f44fa0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/6_Body_roll_with_skip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Body roll with skip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing body rolls with skips, emphasizing fluid upper-body movements and coordination with leg actions like kicks and stomps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with stomps and skips to initiate the body roll slowly.
+- Use your hand to follow your hips for better control and alignment.
+- Practice the sequence on both sides, starting with the left leg for the right hand side.
+- Incorporate kicks and turns into the stomp steps for added complexity.
+- Count in with 'five, six, seven, eight' to maintain rhythm and timing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain fluency and smooth transitions between movements throughout the practice.
+- Focus on coordination between upper and lower body actions for effective execution.
+- Repeat sequences multiple times to build muscle memory and improve technique.
+- Pay attention to side variations to ensure balanced practice on both sides of the body.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 028e592..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-7 Chest Circle
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on teaching the Chest Circle movement, starting from the side to the center, with practice using a basic step-touch rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the movement from the side and move to the center in a circular motion.
- - Keep your legs relaxed and stay on the spot while performing the chest circle.
- - Practice with a step-touch basic step to coordinate the movement.
- - Use a rhythmic count like 'one two' to time the chest circle actions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain relaxation in your legs to enhance fluidity in the chest circle.
- - Focus on staying in one spot to control the movement effectively.
- - Coordinate the chest circle with basic steps for better integration into dance routines.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a813819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/7_Chest_Circle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 7 Chest Circle
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on teaching the Chest Circle movement, starting from the side to the center, with practice using a basic step-touch rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the movement from the side and move to the center in a circular motion.
+- Keep your legs relaxed and stay on the spot while performing the chest circle.
+- Practice with a step-touch basic step to coordinate the movement.
+- Use a rhythmic count like 'one two' to time the chest circle actions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain relaxation in your legs to enhance fluidity in the chest circle.
+- Focus on staying in one spot to control the movement effectively.
+- Coordinate the chest circle with basic steps for better integration into dance routines.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c726e4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Full Chest Circle
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing chest circles with smooth, controlled movements, starting with basic directional exercises and progressing to incorporate shoulder steps and drag variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with foot movements to the left for a smooth chest circle.
- - Incorporate shoulder steps by moving the shoulder with each step for faster execution.
- - Add a drag variation by pausing slightly on the 'and' count during the chest circle.
- - Practice in both clockwise and anti-clockwise directions to build flexibility.
- - Use the body to enhance the movement when performing shoulder steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain smoothness in chest circles by coordinating foot and body movements.
- - Experiment with different directions (clockwise or anti-clockwise) to find what works best for you.
- - Focus on shoulder isolation during step variations to improve upper-body control.
- - Practice drags to add stylistic flair and rhythm to the chest circle exercise.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d4e4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/8_Full_Chest_Circle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Full Chest Circle
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing chest circles with smooth, controlled movements, starting with basic directional exercises and progressing to incorporate shoulder steps and drag variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with foot movements to the left for a smooth chest circle.
+- Incorporate shoulder steps by moving the shoulder with each step for faster execution.
+- Add a drag variation by pausing slightly on the 'and' count during the chest circle.
+- Practice in both clockwise and anti-clockwise directions to build flexibility.
+- Use the body to enhance the movement when performing shoulder steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain smoothness in chest circles by coordinating foot and body movements.
+- Experiment with different directions (clockwise or anti-clockwise) to find what works best for you.
+- Focus on shoulder isolation during step variations to improve upper-body control.
+- Practice drags to add stylistic flair and rhythm to the chest circle exercise.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9aae919..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 Shoulder Push
-
-
-
-COURSE: upper-body-coolness
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the Shoulder Push move, teaching how to push the shoulder to the side with strength and control, using imagery like holding a glass of wine to create a smooth, jukey line.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Push the shoulder to the side while keeping hands strong and controlled.
- - Imagine holding a glass of wine to guide the movement and create a smooth line.
- - Practice the move with different levels, such as up and down variations.
- - Maintain a good posture and focus on the back and shoulder alignment during the push.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use imagery like a glass of wine to enhance fluidity and precision in the shoulder push.
- - Incorporate varying levels to add dynamism and versatility to the movement.
- - Focus on creating a strong, controlled line with the shoulders for effective execution.
- - Keep the back and shoulder engaged to maintain proper form and prevent strain.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7a3851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Solo-Skills/upper-body-coolness/9_Shoulder_Push.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 Shoulder Push
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the Shoulder Push move, teaching how to push the shoulder to the side with strength and control, using imagery like holding a glass of wine to create a smooth, jukey line.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Push the shoulder to the side while keeping hands strong and controlled.
+- Imagine holding a glass of wine to guide the movement and create a smooth line.
+- Practice the move with different levels, such as up and down variations.
+- Maintain a good posture and focus on the back and shoulder alignment during the push.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use imagery like a glass of wine to enhance fluidity and precision in the shoulder push.
+- Incorporate varying levels to add dynamism and versatility to the movement.
+- Focus on creating a strong, controlled line with the shoulders for effective execution.
+- Keep the back and shoulder engaged to maintain proper form and prevent strain.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c061715..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 The Other Side%3A Variation 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation for the catch on the follower's left side, focusing on a similar beginning but a different ending where leaders turn their body and move away to link arms or transition to closed position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should turn their body slightly toward the follower's direction and move out of the way during the catch.
- - Followers should keep their arms at an available mid-height to easily link arms when the leader offers.
- - Practice the sequence slowly: step, step, step, and walk together to ensure smooth execution.
- - From linked arms, quickly drop the arm and place it on the partner's left side to transition to closed position.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The beginning of the catch is the same as previous lessons, maintaining consistency in the initial steps.
- - Keeping arms at a ready height helps followers catch cues and link arms efficiently during turns.
- - This variation emphasizes adaptability in connection, allowing for either linked arms or immediate closed positions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0b3324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/10_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 The Other Side%3A Variation 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation for the catch on the follower's left side, focusing on a similar beginning but a different ending where leaders turn their body and move away to link arms or transition to closed position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should turn their body slightly toward the follower's direction and move out of the way during the catch.
+- Followers should keep their arms at an available mid-height to easily link arms when the leader offers.
+- Practice the sequence slowly: step, step, step, and walk together to ensure smooth execution.
+- From linked arms, quickly drop the arm and place it on the partner's left side to transition to closed position.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The beginning of the catch is the same as previous lessons, maintaining consistency in the initial steps.
+- Keeping arms at a ready height helps followers catch cues and link arms efficiently during turns.
+- This variation emphasizes adaptability in connection, allowing for either linked arms or immediate closed positions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d598d6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-11 Dynamic Catches
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding dynamics to catches by varying speed and musicality, teaching techniques to slow down and speed up movements for different musical contexts.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should slow down before the last steps to signal followers in advance.
- - Followers should roll through their feet to control step speed gradually.
- - Maintain an upright upper body and use hip movement to create stretch.
- - Add rotation in the body to maintain stretch without tipping over.
- - Use whole-body energy, not just feet, to communicate faster rhythms like triple steps.
- - Keep arms relaxed and allow them to stretch for better movement flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Dynamics in catches allow moves to fit various songs and musical moments.
- - Control exits by stepping every beat, regardless of how slow the catch is.
- - Practice slowing down to elongate moments for musical expression.
- - Communicate speed changes through body energy to guide your partner effectively.
- - Avoid jumping during fast rhythms; keep energy grounded and roll through steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c49525a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_Dynamic_Catches.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 11 Dynamic Catches
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding dynamics to catches by varying speed and musicality, teaching techniques to slow down and speed up movements for different musical contexts.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should slow down before the last steps to signal followers in advance.
+- Followers should roll through their feet to control step speed gradually.
+- Maintain an upright upper body and use hip movement to create stretch.
+- Add rotation in the body to maintain stretch without tipping over.
+- Use whole-body energy, not just feet, to communicate faster rhythms like triple steps.
+- Keep arms relaxed and allow them to stretch for better movement flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Dynamics in catches allow moves to fit various songs and musical moments.
+- Control exits by stepping every beat, regardless of how slow the catch is.
+- Practice slowing down to elongate moments for musical expression.
+- Communicate speed changes through body energy to guide your partner effectively.
+- Avoid jumping during fast rhythms; keep energy grounded and roll through steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 874028b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-11 The Other Side%3A Continuous Catches
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson explores continuous catches on the follower's left side, focusing on two repeatable methods involving sends, turns, and arm connections.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders turn their body on the fourth step to come back side by side.
- - Give extra energy to the follower on the send-out to maintain direction and speed.
- - Followers should keep arms super relaxed and maintain the sent direction.
- - Use a gentle link arm connection before dropping it to go straight into another catch.
- - Allow the connection to be active and moving constantly to avoid tension.
- - Practice with music to integrate the movements smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid connecting too hard or tensing arms to prevent delays in transitions.
- - Maintain a fluid and active connection throughout the sequence.
- - Focus on body alignment and footwork, especially on the fourth step.
- - The link arm move is subtle, almost like knocking the arm out of the way.
- - Continuous catches rely on timing and energy transfer between partners.
- - Practice until comfortable to avoid dizziness or boredom.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7514700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/11_The_Other_Side%3A_Continuous_Catches.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 11 The Other Side%3A Continuous Catches
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explores continuous catches on the follower's left side, focusing on two repeatable methods involving sends, turns, and arm connections.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders turn their body on the fourth step to come back side by side.
+- Give extra energy to the follower on the send-out to maintain direction and speed.
+- Followers should keep arms super relaxed and maintain the sent direction.
+- Use a gentle link arm connection before dropping it to go straight into another catch.
+- Allow the connection to be active and moving constantly to avoid tension.
+- Practice with music to integrate the movements smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid connecting too hard or tensing arms to prevent delays in transitions.
+- Maintain a fluid and active connection throughout the sequence.
+- Focus on body alignment and footwork, especially on the fourth step.
+- The link arm move is subtle, almost like knocking the arm out of the way.
+- Continuous catches rely on timing and energy transfer between partners.
+- Practice until comfortable to avoid dizziness or boredom.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b9b282..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-13 Catches%3A Infinite Possibilities
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvisation in catches, providing five elements to create infinite variations by combining learned catches musically.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Consider your catch on the right or left side.
- - Think about your position relative to the follower after the catch.
- - Decide how many turns the follower does after the catch.
- - Vary the length or speed of the catch itself.
- - Adjust the exit speed from the catch using different rhythms.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use the five elements to generate diverse catch combinations.
- - Improvise with music to enhance creativity and musicality.
- - Experiment with variations to develop personal dance moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da9d462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catches%3A_Infinite_Possibilities.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 13 Catches%3A Infinite Possibilities
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvisation in catches, providing five elements to create infinite variations by combining learned catches musically.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Consider your catch on the right or left side.
+- Think about your position relative to the follower after the catch.
+- Decide how many turns the follower does after the catch.
+- Vary the length or speed of the catch itself.
+- Adjust the exit speed from the catch using different rhythms.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use the five elements to generate diverse catch combinations.
+- Improvise with music to enhance creativity and musicality.
+- Experiment with variations to develop personal dance moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2304428..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Catching in Different Places
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson explores catching in different places beyond the rib catch, introducing shoulder, upper arm, and hand catches to enhance creativity and connection in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep arms at an available height for catches to ensure readiness.
- - When catching with the hand, maintain a low hand position to avoid lifting.
- - Create distance between partners to allow stretch and prevent tension in the arms.
- - For leaders, ensure your arm comes over your partner's arm when catching at the shoulder or upper arm.
- - Travel less during catches to enable your partner to stretch effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Different catch points affect hip freedom, with higher connections allowing more movement.
- - Avoid stopping movement during catches; let it continue naturally.
- - Maintain a nice surface and connection when catching with the hands.
- - Experiment with mixing and matching different catch points for improvisation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05b8303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/13_Catching_in_Different_Places.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Catching in Different Places
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explores catching in different places beyond the rib catch, introducing shoulder, upper arm, and hand catches to enhance creativity and connection in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep arms at an available height for catches to ensure readiness.
+- When catching with the hand, maintain a low hand position to avoid lifting.
+- Create distance between partners to allow stretch and prevent tension in the arms.
+- For leaders, ensure your arm comes over your partner's arm when catching at the shoulder or upper arm.
+- Travel less during catches to enable your partner to stretch effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Different catch points affect hip freedom, with higher connections allowing more movement.
+- Avoid stopping movement during catches; let it continue naturally.
+- Maintain a nice surface and connection when catching with the hands.
+- Experiment with mixing and matching different catch points for improvisation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e679804..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-1 Catches%3A Essential Skills
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches essential skills for catches in dance, focusing on technical details like body rotation, hand placement, and footwork to achieve a smooth parallelogram shape.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders rotate body clockwise and shuffle to create space for followers.
- - Place hand on partner's right side, avoiding squishy bits for a solid connection.
- - Maintain frame with shoulder down and back straight to keep connection.
- - Find balance in hand pressure: not too hard like a brick wall, not too soft like an autumn leaf.
- - Followers absorb weight by rolling through the foot on the third step.
- - Use rotational energy to maintain body alignment and deepen connection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on maintaining a relaxed but firm connection to guide without forcing.
- - Keep feet aligned on a straight line to ensure proper balance and positioning.
- - Avoid stepping too far to the side to maintain forward momentum for the follower.
- - Match the leader's connection with responsive pressure from the follower.
- - Practice slow absorption of weight to enhance control and fluidity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95f46e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Catches%3A_Essential_Skills.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 1 Catches%3A Essential Skills
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches essential skills for catches in dance, focusing on technical details like body rotation, hand placement, and footwork to achieve a smooth parallelogram shape.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders rotate body clockwise and shuffle to create space for followers.
+- Place hand on partner's right side, avoiding squishy bits for a solid connection.
+- Maintain frame with shoulder down and back straight to keep connection.
+- Find balance in hand pressure: not too hard like a brick wall, not too soft like an autumn leaf.
+- Followers absorb weight by rolling through the foot on the third step.
+- Use rotational energy to maintain body alignment and deepen connection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on maintaining a relaxed but firm connection to guide without forcing.
+- Keep feet aligned on a straight line to ensure proper balance and positioning.
+- Avoid stepping too far to the side to maintain forward momentum for the follower.
+- Match the leader's connection with responsive pressure from the follower.
+- Practice slow absorption of weight to enhance control and fluidity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d6482da..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Top Tips for Turning on a Line
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson provides top tips for turning on a line, focusing on techniques useful for followers and leads to improve control and balance during turns.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Look towards the direction you want to turn to guide your movement.
- - Maintain your pulse to stay connected to the music and control turning speed.
- - Stay grounded by keeping energy down and connected to the floor.
- - Keep weight slightly forwards to avoid accidentally sending it back.
- - Step on a visible line on the floor to ensure feet travel straight.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Your head guides your body, so looking where you want to go helps achieve straight turns.
- - Keeping a pulse enhances connection with your partner and music for better control.
- - Staying grounded prevents rising onto toes and improves balance during turns.
- - Maintaining forward or neutral weight aids in balance and prevents falling backwards.
- - Practicing on a line helps develop consistent foot placement for accurate turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1ae0d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/1_Top_Tips_for_Turning_on_a_Line.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Top Tips for Turning on a Line
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides top tips for turning on a line, focusing on techniques useful for followers and leads to improve control and balance during turns.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Look towards the direction you want to turn to guide your movement.
+- Maintain your pulse to stay connected to the music and control turning speed.
+- Stay grounded by keeping energy down and connected to the floor.
+- Keep weight slightly forwards to avoid accidentally sending it back.
+- Step on a visible line on the floor to ensure feet travel straight.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Your head guides your body, so looking where you want to go helps achieve straight turns.
+- Keeping a pulse enhances connection with your partner and music for better control.
+- Staying grounded prevents rising onto toes and improves balance during turns.
+- Maintaining forward or neutral weight aids in balance and prevents falling backwards.
+- Practicing on a line helps develop consistent foot placement for accurate turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f7adc7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Catches from Closed
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches three options for catches from a closed position, focusing on the leader's movement variations while the follower maintains a straight-line turn.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders catch with the right hand as soon as they see the follower's back.
- - Followers should turn on a straight line, using floorboards as a practice guide.
- - For the third option, leaders step with the right foot out to move to the other side.
- - Maintain rotation on the last step if it feels longer than normal.
- - Practice with music to enhance timing and enjoyment.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers turn consistently on a straight line regardless of the leader's position.
- - Leaders decide the ending by staying in front, moving right, or moving left.
- - The catch is initiated by placing the right hand when the follower's back is visible.
- - All options start and end in closed position for continuity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ea4389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/2_Catches_from_Closed.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Catches from Closed
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches three options for catches from a closed position, focusing on the leader's movement variations while the follower maintains a straight-line turn.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders catch with the right hand as soon as they see the follower's back.
+- Followers should turn on a straight line, using floorboards as a practice guide.
+- For the third option, leaders step with the right foot out to move to the other side.
+- Maintain rotation on the last step if it feels longer than normal.
+- Practice with music to enhance timing and enjoyment.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers turn consistently on a straight line regardless of the leader's position.
+- Leaders decide the ending by staying in front, moving right, or moving left.
+- The catch is initiated by placing the right hand when the follower's back is visible.
+- All options start and end in closed position for continuity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6331e19..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Catches from Close Embrace
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to perform catches from close embrace, focusing on transitioning into a catch and returning to close embrace with three different options.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders pivot on the right foot between steps two and three to create momentum for the catch.
- - Followers should let momentum carry them into separation without feeling pulled, avoiding rushing the third step.
- - When returning to close embrace, leaders keep the hand connection and give followers time to get the arm over to prevent collisions.
- - In option two, leaders stay on a straight line without moving out of the way, allowing followers to walk into them at the end of the turn.
- - In option three, leaders step onto the right to get out of the way early for a smooth transition back to close embrace.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a connection with your partner during the catch without letting go completely to ensure control and balance.
- - Avoid rushing steps, especially the final ones, to stay balanced and centered under your body.
- - The three options for catches are similar to previous lessons but adapted for closer starting and ending positions in close embrace.
- - Mix and match the catch options based on the dance context to enhance fluidity and variety in movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f7db01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/3_Catches_from_Close_Embrace.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Catches from Close Embrace
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to perform catches from close embrace, focusing on transitioning into a catch and returning to close embrace with three different options.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders pivot on the right foot between steps two and three to create momentum for the catch.
+- Followers should let momentum carry them into separation without feeling pulled, avoiding rushing the third step.
+- When returning to close embrace, leaders keep the hand connection and give followers time to get the arm over to prevent collisions.
+- In option two, leaders stay on a straight line without moving out of the way, allowing followers to walk into them at the end of the turn.
+- In option three, leaders step onto the right to get out of the way early for a smooth transition back to close embrace.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a connection with your partner during the catch without letting go completely to ensure control and balance.
+- Avoid rushing steps, especially the final ones, to stay balanced and centered under your body.
+- The three options for catches are similar to previous lessons but adapted for closer starting and ending positions in close embrace.
+- Mix and match the catch options based on the dance context to enhance fluidity and variety in movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 83e4f40..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-4 Catch and Rewind
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Catch and Rewind' move, focusing on executing a catch without turning and rewinding back to the starting position, practiced from both closed and close embrace positions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should step out of the way to allow space for the catch and rewind.
- - Use shoulder turns and looking over the shoulder as signals for the rewind movement.
- - Absorb into the floor and wait to feel the rewind instead of anticipating a turn.
- - In close embrace, keep the right hand positioned correctly to help the partner rotate.
- - Followers should keep their feet under their body throughout the rotation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The timing of the catch is crucial; connect as soon as you see your partner's back.
- - This move requires both leader and follower to absorb and redirect energy without turning.
- - Practice in close embrace involves less space, so keep movements small and controlled.
- - Avoid rebounding by waiting for the lead instead of assuming the next action.
- - The move enhances lead-follow skills by emphasizing precise communication and response.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e043046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/4_Catch_and_Rewind.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 4 Catch and Rewind
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Catch and Rewind' move, focusing on executing a catch without turning and rewinding back to the starting position, practiced from both closed and close embrace positions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should step out of the way to allow space for the catch and rewind.
+- Use shoulder turns and looking over the shoulder as signals for the rewind movement.
+- Absorb into the floor and wait to feel the rewind instead of anticipating a turn.
+- In close embrace, keep the right hand positioned correctly to help the partner rotate.
+- Followers should keep their feet under their body throughout the rotation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The timing of the catch is crucial; connect as soon as you see your partner's back.
+- This move requires both leader and follower to absorb and redirect energy without turning.
+- Practice in close embrace involves less space, so keep movements small and controlled.
+- Avoid rebounding by waiting for the lead instead of assuming the next action.
+- The move enhances lead-follow skills by emphasizing precise communication and response.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d88e2de..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Catch with an Extra Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson builds on the catch and rewind by adding an extra rotation and a dramatic slide at the end, focusing on fluid movement and momentum.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Connect with the leader as soon as possible after the catch.
- - Make the last step bigger by adding a slide or dramatic movement.
- - Leaders should leave enough space for the follower's arm to go over during the turn.
- - Followers should keep turning until stopped by the leader after release from the catch.
- - Leaders should prepare for the slide while turning, keeping weight on the left foot.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move can be performed starting and finishing in close embrace with adjusted connection.
- - Avoid rushing the closing brace to prevent getting trapped in the middle.
- - Fluidity is key, with the leader following the follower's momentum during the turn.
- - Ensure space is maintained between partners to allow for smooth arm movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9cb7cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/5_Catch_with_an_Extra_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Catch with an Extra Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson builds on the catch and rewind by adding an extra rotation and a dramatic slide at the end, focusing on fluid movement and momentum.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Connect with the leader as soon as possible after the catch.
+- Make the last step bigger by adding a slide or dramatic movement.
+- Leaders should leave enough space for the follower's arm to go over during the turn.
+- Followers should keep turning until stopped by the leader after release from the catch.
+- Leaders should prepare for the slide while turning, keeping weight on the left foot.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move can be performed starting and finishing in close embrace with adjusted connection.
+- Avoid rushing the closing brace to prevent getting trapped in the middle.
+- Fluidity is key, with the leader following the follower's momentum during the turn.
+- Ensure space is maintained between partners to allow for smooth arm movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c8dd8e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Catches with Multiple Endings
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches multiple endings for catches in dance, focusing on options where leaders don't move out of the way and followers walk into their partner, including adding a lunge.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should connect on their partner's right side when coming back into close embrace.
- - For the lunge, leaders should open up slightly, hinge forward, and keep the right leg straight with upper body toward the partner.
- - Followers should maintain momentum from the turn and think of the lunge as a slight slide into the right leg, not pushing weight down all at once.
- - Practice the lunge by slowly transferring weight, relaxing the pelvis, and absorbing into the ground before standing back up.
- - Ensure arms are relaxed during movements to avoid pushing partners off balance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the momentum set up in the turn even after the turn stops.
- - Timing is crucial for transitions, especially when adding the lunge at the end.
- - Leaders initiate exits by transferring weight slowly and communicating changes to their partner.
- - Followers should wait to feel what's happening next rather than preempting the move.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fe965e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/6_Catches_with_Multiple_Endings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Catches with Multiple Endings
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches multiple endings for catches in dance, focusing on options where leaders don't move out of the way and followers walk into their partner, including adding a lunge.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should connect on their partner's right side when coming back into close embrace.
+- For the lunge, leaders should open up slightly, hinge forward, and keep the right leg straight with upper body toward the partner.
+- Followers should maintain momentum from the turn and think of the lunge as a slight slide into the right leg, not pushing weight down all at once.
+- Practice the lunge by slowly transferring weight, relaxing the pelvis, and absorbing into the ground before standing back up.
+- Ensure arms are relaxed during movements to avoid pushing partners off balance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the momentum set up in the turn even after the turn stops.
+- Timing is crucial for transitions, especially when adding the lunge at the end.
+- Leaders initiate exits by transferring weight slowly and communicating changes to their partner.
+- Followers should wait to feel what's happening next rather than preempting the move.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c30fe4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-7 Catch and Rotate
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on catches and continuous rotations in close embrace, aiming for a fluid and smooth movement that starts and ends in close embrace.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should place their right hand on the partner's right side after a catch to facilitate returning to close embrace.
- - Leaders should step back first after a catch to give followers momentum, with subsequent steps staying on the spot.
- - Followers should continue turning in the direction sent by leaders and be ready to reconnect when prompted.
- - Keep rotations on the spot by taking small steps and maintaining the axis around the leader's right leg.
- - Add extra close embrace rotations between catches for variation and to maintain momentum.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain fluidity and smoothness throughout the sequence to enhance the dance's aesthetic.
- - Ensure proper hand placement and elbow alignment to smoothly transition between catch and close embrace.
- - Focus on staying in place during rotations to avoid unnecessary travel and maintain control.
- - Be adaptable to different options, such as adding extra rotations or varying the timing of catches.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..731610a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/7_Catch_and_Rotate.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 7 Catch and Rotate
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on catches and continuous rotations in close embrace, aiming for a fluid and smooth movement that starts and ends in close embrace.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should place their right hand on the partner's right side after a catch to facilitate returning to close embrace.
+- Leaders should step back first after a catch to give followers momentum, with subsequent steps staying on the spot.
+- Followers should continue turning in the direction sent by leaders and be ready to reconnect when prompted.
+- Keep rotations on the spot by taking small steps and maintaining the axis around the leader's right leg.
+- Add extra close embrace rotations between catches for variation and to maintain momentum.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain fluidity and smoothness throughout the sequence to enhance the dance's aesthetic.
+- Ensure proper hand placement and elbow alignment to smoothly transition between catch and close embrace.
+- Focus on staying in place during rotations to avoid unnecessary travel and maintain control.
+- Be adaptable to different options, such as adding extra rotations or varying the timing of catches.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 751f168..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 The Other Side%3A Variation 1
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation of catching the follower on the other side, focusing on maintaining connection during a send-out and executing a smooth turn with a side lunge finish.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders: Keep the hand low with palm up, and place it on the follower's side at the middle for better distance and rotation.
- - Followers: Feel a tiny stretch before taking the first step and allow rotation to continue naturally into the catch.
- - Leaders: Step back in a straight line to bring the follower's left side forward and set up rotation.
- - For the side lunge, leaders roll through the foot to absorb the movement, and followers keep the left leg straight with a relaxed body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a parallelogram shape with feet on one line to ensure proper spacing and rotation.
- - The catch should be on the side, not too far back or front, to give followers space for body rotation.
- - Leaders can release the hand after the send-out as it's no longer needed, and reconnect if repeating the move.
- - The dip in the ending should continue the follower's travel line without changing the angle for a smoother feel.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdbca8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/9_The_Other_Side%3A_Variation_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 The Other Side%3A Variation 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation of catching the follower on the other side, focusing on maintaining connection during a send-out and executing a smooth turn with a side lunge finish.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders: Keep the hand low with palm up, and place it on the follower's side at the middle for better distance and rotation.
+- Followers: Feel a tiny stretch before taking the first step and allow rotation to continue naturally into the catch.
+- Leaders: Step back in a straight line to bring the follower's left side forward and set up rotation.
+- For the side lunge, leaders roll through the foot to absorb the movement, and followers keep the left leg straight with a relaxed body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a parallelogram shape with feet on one line to ensure proper spacing and rotation.
+- The catch should be on the side, not too far back or front, to give followers space for body rotation.
+- Leaders can release the hand after the send-out as it's no longer needed, and reconnect if repeating the move.
+- The dip in the ending should continue the follower's travel line without changing the angle for a smoother feel.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e21f96d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Catches
-
-
-
-COURSE: catches
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on catches, which are favorite moves for practicing momentum and flow in dancing. The goal is to teach technique, provide a variety of catches and turns, and explore dynamics to add musicality and intensity.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the technique behind catches to ensure they work well.
- - Mix and match different catches and turns on the dance floor.
- - Play with dynamics by slowing down or speeding up movements.
- - Add layers of musicality to create texture and intensity in your dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Catches are great for maintaining flow and momentum in dancing.
- - Focus on the details and elements that make catches effective.
- - Experiment with dynamics to enhance musicality and add variety.
- - Use the techniques learned to mix and match moves creatively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d8d43e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/catches/Catches.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Catches
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on catches, which are favorite moves for practicing momentum and flow in dancing. The goal is to teach technique, provide a variety of catches and turns, and explore dynamics to add musicality and intensity.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the technique behind catches to ensure they work well.
+- Mix and match different catches and turns on the dance floor.
+- Play with dynamics by slowing down or speeding up movements.
+- Add layers of musicality to create texture and intensity in your dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Catches are great for maintaining flow and momentum in dancing.
+- Focus on the details and elements that make catches effective.
+- Experiment with dynamics to enhance musicality and add variety.
+- Use the techniques learned to mix and match moves creatively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f67dc2a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-0 Dip Tips for Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson provides top tips for followers to improve their technique in dips, focusing on making dips feel easier and more comfortable in the body.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Activate your central muscles like abdominals, hips, and glutes to maintain a straight line in the dip shape.
- - Keep your weight on one strong leg to anchor into the ground and avoid putting all body weight onto your partner.
- - Use your arms by activating shoulder and back muscles to create a strong shape, not just gripping loosely.
- - Place your head in a comfortable position, such as looking down or at your partner, to avoid neck strain.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a strong center and straight line to support the dip shape and make it easier for your partner to hold.
- - Always keep weight in at least one leg to control your body weight and not rely entirely on your leader.
- - Be cautious with your neck and head placement to ensure safety and comfort, avoiding throwing your head back.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6427bb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/0_Dip_Tips_for_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 0 Dip Tips for Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides top tips for followers to improve their technique in dips, focusing on making dips feel easier and more comfortable in the body.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Activate your central muscles like abdominals, hips, and glutes to maintain a straight line in the dip shape.
+- Keep your weight on one strong leg to anchor into the ground and avoid putting all body weight onto your partner.
+- Use your arms by activating shoulder and back muscles to create a strong shape, not just gripping loosely.
+- Place your head in a comfortable position, such as looking down or at your partner, to avoid neck strain.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a strong center and straight line to support the dip shape and make it easier for your partner to hold.
+- Always keep weight in at least one leg to control your body weight and not rely entirely on your leader.
+- Be cautious with your neck and head placement to ensure safety and comfort, avoiding throwing your head back.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 32e4d5c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-10 A little lift
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a basic lift in partner dancing, focusing on leaders lifting followers from a side-by-side position with proper technique and control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders place their right leg behind the follower like a seat for leverage.
- - Followers should push down with straight arms as if planking to assist the lift.
- - Leaders lift using only the right leg while keeping weight on the left.
- - Followers land softly by rolling through the left foot to control the exit.
- - Practice the lift on the spot before adding movement or kicks.
- - Maintain a strong frame with shoulder blades down to prevent injury.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on up-and-down movement, not throwing weight backwards, to maintain balance and safety.
- - Technique and control are more important than height or adding kicks.
- - Both partners must actively engage their core muscles to support the lift.
- - Leaders are responsible for positioning the follower correctly during the entry steps.
- - A successful lift allows for a stable hold, indicating good technique for progression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4ff1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/10_A_little_lift.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 10 A little lift
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a basic lift in partner dancing, focusing on leaders lifting followers from a side-by-side position with proper technique and control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders place their right leg behind the follower like a seat for leverage.
+- Followers should push down with straight arms as if planking to assist the lift.
+- Leaders lift using only the right leg while keeping weight on the left.
+- Followers land softly by rolling through the left foot to control the exit.
+- Practice the lift on the spot before adding movement or kicks.
+- Maintain a strong frame with shoulder blades down to prevent injury.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on up-and-down movement, not throwing weight backwards, to maintain balance and safety.
+- Technique and control are more important than height or adding kicks.
+- Both partners must actively engage their core muscles to support the lift.
+- Leaders are responsible for positioning the follower correctly during the entry steps.
+- A successful lift allows for a stable hold, indicating good technique for progression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cb43698..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-11 Lift and Lunge
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on modifying a lift by adding a lunge ending, suitable for concluding a song or hitting a break in music.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start side by side and perform the lift on counts one, two, three.
- - Instead of moving forward, leaders go back into a lunge after the lift.
- - Control the movement during the lift and the final step.
- - Practice with music that has breaks to time the move effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The key difference is the backward lunge instead of a forward motion.
- - This move is ideal for ending a song or accentuating musical breaks.
- - Maintain control throughout to execute the lunge smoothly.
- - Use the move to enhance musicality by aligning with song structures.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dd5a89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/11_Lift_and_Lunge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 11 Lift and Lunge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on modifying a lift by adding a lunge ending, suitable for concluding a song or hitting a break in music.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start side by side and perform the lift on counts one, two, three.
+- Instead of moving forward, leaders go back into a lunge after the lift.
+- Control the movement during the lift and the final step.
+- Practice with music that has breaks to time the move effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The key difference is the backward lunge instead of a forward motion.
+- This move is ideal for ending a song or accentuating musical breaks.
+- Maintain control throughout to execute the lunge smoothly.
+- Use the move to enhance musicality by aligning with song structures.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2283d42..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-12 Dancing All the Moves
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on executing dips and tricks, with the goal of mastering advanced dance moves through practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a strong core to support your partner during dips.
- - Use smooth transitions between moves to keep the flow.
- - Practice timing to sync with the music's rhythm.
- - Communicate non-verbally with your partner for better coordination.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Confidence enhances performance and reduces hesitation.
- - Safety is paramount when attempting complex tricks.
- - Consistent practice leads to muscle memory and improvement.
- - Adapt moves to suit your partner's comfort and skill level.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab11f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/12_Dancing_All_the_Moves.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 12 Dancing All the Moves
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on executing dips and tricks, with the goal of mastering advanced dance moves through practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a strong core to support your partner during dips.
+- Use smooth transitions between moves to keep the flow.
+- Practice timing to sync with the music's rhythm.
+- Communicate non-verbally with your partner for better coordination.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Confidence enhances performance and reduces hesitation.
+- Safety is paramount when attempting complex tricks.
+- Consistent practice leads to muscle memory and improvement.
+- Adapt moves to suit your partner's comfort and skill level.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ad064ea..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-13 Final Note
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson concludes the dips and tricks course by emphasising the safe and enjoyable integration of flashy moves into social dancing, with a focus on preparation and awareness.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Only attempt moves with a partner you have trained with for safety.
- - Ensure ample space on the dance floor to avoid accidents.
- - Leaders should constantly check their surroundings before leading a move.
- - Followers can stop a move if they feel it is unsafe.
- - Practice moves thoroughly before using them in social dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Safety is paramount when performing dips and tricks on a social dance floor.
- - Use common sense to protect yourself and others while dancing.
- - Enjoy the learning process and do not rush to perform moves.
- - Both leaders and followers share responsibility for spatial awareness.
- - These moves are designed to be fun and make you stand out in choreography or social settings.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..643cd6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/13_Final_Note.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 13 Final Note
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson concludes the dips and tricks course by emphasising the safe and enjoyable integration of flashy moves into social dancing, with a focus on preparation and awareness.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Only attempt moves with a partner you have trained with for safety.
+- Ensure ample space on the dance floor to avoid accidents.
+- Leaders should constantly check their surroundings before leading a move.
+- Followers can stop a move if they feel it is unsafe.
+- Practice moves thoroughly before using them in social dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Safety is paramount when performing dips and tricks on a social dance floor.
+- Use common sense to protect yourself and others while dancing.
+- Enjoy the learning process and do not rush to perform moves.
+- Both leaders and followers share responsibility for spatial awareness.
+- These moves are designed to be fun and make you stand out in choreography or social settings.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 61b4aa8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-1 Spin into rotational dip
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a spin into a rotational dip, focusing on maintaining connection and frame to achieve smooth rotation and a controlled dip position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in side-by-side position with the leader's hand over the follower's right hand, palm down and relaxed.
- - Send the follower out with two steps, keeping them close to maintain connection.
- - Ask the follower to rotate on the spot after the initial steps, using a slight hand lift.
- - Leaders reconnect with the right hand on the follower's back as they turn, then join the rotation.
- - In the dip, leaders stay straight and use core muscles, while followers hold around the waist and look elegantly.
- - For the exit, send the follower out with two steps and reconnect to transition smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain frame and shoulder connection to allow proper body rotation without breaking the movement.
- - Followers should rotate only when led with sufficient energy, not just from instruction.
- - The dip involves a lean without stepping on the final count, keeping weight on the right foot.
- - Rotational energy should be sustained throughout the move to ease the dip and exit.
- - Practice with controlled steps and gentle movements to build comfort and precision.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a256f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/1_Spin_into_rotational_dip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 1 Spin into rotational dip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a spin into a rotational dip, focusing on maintaining connection and frame to achieve smooth rotation and a controlled dip position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in side-by-side position with the leader's hand over the follower's right hand, palm down and relaxed.
+- Send the follower out with two steps, keeping them close to maintain connection.
+- Ask the follower to rotate on the spot after the initial steps, using a slight hand lift.
+- Leaders reconnect with the right hand on the follower's back as they turn, then join the rotation.
+- In the dip, leaders stay straight and use core muscles, while followers hold around the waist and look elegantly.
+- For the exit, send the follower out with two steps and reconnect to transition smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain frame and shoulder connection to allow proper body rotation without breaking the movement.
+- Followers should rotate only when led with sufficient energy, not just from instruction.
+- The dip involves a lean without stepping on the final count, keeping weight on the right foot.
+- Rotational energy should be sustained throughout the move to ease the dip and exit.
+- Practice with controlled steps and gentle movements to build comfort and precision.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ccfca79..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-2 Over The Knee
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Over The Knee' dip, focusing on achieving the dip position through rotation and maintaining connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers should keep rolling along the arms during the turn to end up side by side with the leader.
- - Followers should tuck their right hand around the leader's waist during practice for later use.
- - The fun dip happens on count five with no steps, where the follower leans their back into the leader's thigh.
- - Followers should think about rotating around the leader instead of going down into the ground for an easier exit.
- - Leaders should also think about rotation to make the movement easier and maintain flow.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The dip looks fancy but is simple, with the follower's weight on their right leg during the lean.
- - Connection is key: follower's left side connects to leader's right side, with arms free and not trapped.
- - Timing can be adjusted to fit the music, making the turn and dip faster or slower as desired.
- - Rotation in and out prevents the dip from becoming a static shape and maintains movement flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c4474e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/2_Over_The_Knee.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 2 Over The Knee
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Over The Knee' dip, focusing on achieving the dip position through rotation and maintaining connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers should keep rolling along the arms during the turn to end up side by side with the leader.
+- Followers should tuck their right hand around the leader's waist during practice for later use.
+- The fun dip happens on count five with no steps, where the follower leans their back into the leader's thigh.
+- Followers should think about rotating around the leader instead of going down into the ground for an easier exit.
+- Leaders should also think about rotation to make the movement easier and maintain flow.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The dip looks fancy but is simple, with the follower's weight on their right leg during the lean.
+- Connection is key: follower's left side connects to leader's right side, with arms free and not trapped.
+- Timing can be adjusted to fit the music, making the turn and dip faster or slower as desired.
+- Rotation in and out prevents the dip from becoming a static shape and maintains movement flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 884adf6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Shake-hand lean
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Shake-hand lean' move, focusing on a handshake connection, rotational preparation, and a controlled dip exit.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step forward to send followers back, creating rotation for the turn.
- - Followers shuffle through initially without worrying about steps to focus on the turn.
- - Leaders place the follower's hand on their shoulder during the turn for connection.
- - Both partners keep arms relaxed and soft to maintain a delicate connection.
- - Leaders take a big fifth step to the side to position the follower in the middle.
- - Followers delay their fifth step slightly after the leader's for better balance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rotate into the dip rather than going straight down for an easier exit.
- - Maintain rotational energy and flow throughout the move for a smoother feel.
- - Open the body to allow the follower to travel on a line during the turn.
- - Use two points of connection (hands and shoulder) to guide the follower's rotation.
- - Keep arms relaxed to avoid making the move difficult for the leader.
- - Exit by unwinding and reversing the steps in the same way as entry.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..384302b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/3_Shake-hand_lean.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Shake-hand lean
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Shake-hand lean' move, focusing on a handshake connection, rotational preparation, and a controlled dip exit.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step forward to send followers back, creating rotation for the turn.
+- Followers shuffle through initially without worrying about steps to focus on the turn.
+- Leaders place the follower's hand on their shoulder during the turn for connection.
+- Both partners keep arms relaxed and soft to maintain a delicate connection.
+- Leaders take a big fifth step to the side to position the follower in the middle.
+- Followers delay their fifth step slightly after the leader's for better balance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rotate into the dip rather than going straight down for an easier exit.
+- Maintain rotational energy and flow throughout the move for a smoother feel.
+- Open the body to allow the follower to travel on a line during the turn.
+- Use two points of connection (hands and shoulder) to guide the follower's rotation.
+- Keep arms relaxed to avoid making the move difficult for the leader.
+- Exit by unwinding and reversing the steps in the same way as entry.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2000483..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-4 The Wrap
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches 'The Wrap', a dance move involving an inside turn and a seated dip, focusing on trust and dynamic energy between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in open position with leaders stepping forward and followers stepping back with rotation.
- - Leaders use their right side and forearm to give followers extra impulse on the fourth step.
- - Followers should relax their right leg to allow it to fly forward as a side effect of the energy.
- - Practice slowly to build trust, especially when followers cannot see their leaders during the dip.
- - Change rhythm at the beginning to make the move more dynamic, using faster turns for easier execution.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Trust your partner during the dip, as followers rely on leaders for support when off-balance.
- - Maintain a slight stretch in the arms without creating too much space between partners.
- - Energy should be sent forward, with followers leaning into their own arms for a stretch.
- - Leaders should keep their shoulders down and core strong to provide stability.
- - The move requires coordination and practice with a partner to ensure safety and dramatic effect.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..decc47c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/4_The_Wrap.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 4 The Wrap
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches 'The Wrap', a dance move involving an inside turn and a seated dip, focusing on trust and dynamic energy between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in open position with leaders stepping forward and followers stepping back with rotation.
+- Leaders use their right side and forearm to give followers extra impulse on the fourth step.
+- Followers should relax their right leg to allow it to fly forward as a side effect of the energy.
+- Practice slowly to build trust, especially when followers cannot see their leaders during the dip.
+- Change rhythm at the beginning to make the move more dynamic, using faster turns for easier execution.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Trust your partner during the dip, as followers rely on leaders for support when off-balance.
+- Maintain a slight stretch in the arms without creating too much space between partners.
+- Energy should be sent forward, with followers leaning into their own arms for a stretch.
+- Leaders should keep their shoulders down and core strong to provide stability.
+- The move requires coordination and practice with a partner to ensure safety and dramatic effect.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ca631f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-5 Suspended Pivot Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Suspended Pivot Turn, an elegant dip that involves a controlled turn with maintained connection and space between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders maintain a straight line while shuffling around like penguins during the pivot.
- - Followers stay on their left foot until they feel the leader tip them off their axis.
- - Use the space between bodies for counterbalance during the turn.
- - Followers connect their arm across the leader's shoulder just after feeling the leader's arm connect.
- - Practice the pivot turn with the entrance to make it easier to get into position.
- - Followers use their turning energy to push slightly back into the leader's arm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a solid shape with arms while keeping bodies slightly away from each other for counterbalance.
- - The pivot turn axis is the leader's left leg which stays in place.
- - Followers should put weight into their own leg at the end rather than relying entirely on the leader.
- - The move involves specific step counts: leaders take eight steps total, followers take seven.
- - Keep strong through the center to maintain a beautiful straight line up the body.
- - The connection should feel like a catch with rotation prepared in the body.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1678cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/5_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 5 Suspended Pivot Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Suspended Pivot Turn, an elegant dip that involves a controlled turn with maintained connection and space between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders maintain a straight line while shuffling around like penguins during the pivot.
+- Followers stay on their left foot until they feel the leader tip them off their axis.
+- Use the space between bodies for counterbalance during the turn.
+- Followers connect their arm across the leader's shoulder just after feeling the leader's arm connect.
+- Practice the pivot turn with the entrance to make it easier to get into position.
+- Followers use their turning energy to push slightly back into the leader's arm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a solid shape with arms while keeping bodies slightly away from each other for counterbalance.
+- The pivot turn axis is the leader's left leg which stays in place.
+- Followers should put weight into their own leg at the end rather than relying entirely on the leader.
+- The move involves specific step counts: leaders take eight steps total, followers take seven.
+- Keep strong through the center to maintain a beautiful straight line up the body.
+- The connection should feel like a catch with rotation prepared in the body.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8558502..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-6 Side by side Suspended Pivot Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a side-by-side suspended pivot turn that builds on a previous move, with the key difference being an open hand connection that creates a more dramatic, stretched position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders take one step less than in the previous version - step, step, shuparub, step, step.
- - Followers maintain energy in the direction of movement rather than stopping next to the leader.
- - Followers should think about 'melting' into the position with upper and lower body moving around the connection point.
- - Practice with the feeling of nearly falling over to find the dramatic edge of the movement.
- - Leaders use a big, dramatic step to propel themselves in front of the follower during the turn.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The main difference from the previous move is not reconnecting the top hand, creating a more open position.
- - The pivot turn happens simultaneously with the leader's step, which initiates the rotation.
- - The connection becomes side-by-side with a sideways lean away from each other rather than front-facing counterbalance.
- - The movement should feel dramatic, stretchy, and 'gooey' rather than safe and controlled.
- - Followers use the leader's arm across their back as a reference point for body positioning.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f4f872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/6_Side_by_side_Suspended_Pivot_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 6 Side by side Suspended Pivot Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a side-by-side suspended pivot turn that builds on a previous move, with the key difference being an open hand connection that creates a more dramatic, stretched position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders take one step less than in the previous version - step, step, shuparub, step, step.
+- Followers maintain energy in the direction of movement rather than stopping next to the leader.
+- Followers should think about 'melting' into the position with upper and lower body moving around the connection point.
+- Practice with the feeling of nearly falling over to find the dramatic edge of the movement.
+- Leaders use a big, dramatic step to propel themselves in front of the follower during the turn.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The main difference from the previous move is not reconnecting the top hand, creating a more open position.
+- The pivot turn happens simultaneously with the leader's step, which initiates the rotation.
+- The connection becomes side-by-side with a sideways lean away from each other rather than front-facing counterbalance.
+- The movement should feel dramatic, stretchy, and 'gooey' rather than safe and controlled.
+- Followers use the leader's arm across their back as a reference point for body positioning.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aec4b73..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Spinning Technique
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches spinning technique for dance, focusing on exercises to improve spins for both leaders and followers. The goal is to make spinning easier and more controlled through specific tips and practice.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left, step forward on the right, and do a half turn towards the right.
- - Look into the direction you are turning to help guide your body and maintain momentum.
- - Draw the free leg in under the hip to stay balanced and close to the other leg during the turn.
- - Activate your center muscles to keep your body in a straight line for better control and speed.
- - Keep your energy grounded by sending it down into the ground and maintaining a low center of gravity.
- - Practice full turns by stepping and spinning 360 degrees, then switch to the other leg for balance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The head is the heaviest part of the body, so looking into the turn helps the body follow naturally.
- - Staying grounded with energy down improves balance and makes spinning easier.
- - Maintaining a straight line through core engagement prevents wobbling and enhances spin efficiency.
- - Practice spinning on both legs to develop balanced skills for future dance moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f79319a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/7_Spinning_Technique.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Spinning Technique
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches spinning technique for dance, focusing on exercises to improve spins for both leaders and followers. The goal is to make spinning easier and more controlled through specific tips and practice.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left, step forward on the right, and do a half turn towards the right.
+- Look into the direction you are turning to help guide your body and maintain momentum.
+- Draw the free leg in under the hip to stay balanced and close to the other leg during the turn.
+- Activate your center muscles to keep your body in a straight line for better control and speed.
+- Keep your energy grounded by sending it down into the ground and maintaining a low center of gravity.
+- Practice full turns by stepping and spinning 360 degrees, then switch to the other leg for balance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The head is the heaviest part of the body, so looking into the turn helps the body follow naturally.
+- Staying grounded with energy down improves balance and makes spinning easier.
+- Maintaining a straight line through core engagement prevents wobbling and enhances spin efficiency.
+- Practice spinning on both legs to develop balanced skills for future dance moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a8f6ce..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-8 Catch, Spin and Lunge
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a sequence combining a catch, spin, and lunge, focusing on leading and following techniques for smooth transitions and dynamic execution.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should guide followers with body movement, not arm pulling, to initiate spins without discomfort.
- - Followers should keep feet facing the direction of travel during turns to maintain balance and ease spinning.
- - Reconnect hands quickly after the spin to prepare for the lunge exit.
- - Leaders should give rotational energy for spins, not directional energy that moves followers off-center.
- - Followers can use the lunge to recover balance by falling onto leaders if needed.
- - Practice the sequence slowly to master timing and connection before speeding up.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain arm availability at mid-waist height during turns for easy connection.
- - Spins rely on strong core engagement and looking into the turn to stay balanced.
- - The lunge exit adds drama and can be used to mask balance issues if executed purposefully.
- - Coordinate body movements with your partner to ensure smooth transitions without pulling.
- - Focus on foot alignment to enhance spinning efficiency and control.
- - Use musical timing to refine the sequence for a more dynamic and fluid performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84337ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/8_Catch,_Spin_and_Lunge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 8 Catch, Spin and Lunge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a sequence combining a catch, spin, and lunge, focusing on leading and following techniques for smooth transitions and dynamic execution.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should guide followers with body movement, not arm pulling, to initiate spins without discomfort.
+- Followers should keep feet facing the direction of travel during turns to maintain balance and ease spinning.
+- Reconnect hands quickly after the spin to prepare for the lunge exit.
+- Leaders should give rotational energy for spins, not directional energy that moves followers off-center.
+- Followers can use the lunge to recover balance by falling onto leaders if needed.
+- Practice the sequence slowly to master timing and connection before speeding up.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain arm availability at mid-waist height during turns for easy connection.
+- Spins rely on strong core engagement and looking into the turn to stay balanced.
+- The lunge exit adds drama and can be used to mask balance issues if executed purposefully.
+- Coordinate body movements with your partner to ensure smooth transitions without pulling.
+- Focus on foot alignment to enhance spinning efficiency and control.
+- Use musical timing to refine the sequence for a more dynamic and fluid performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8511d65..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Suspend, Spin and Drop
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks-2
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a sequence involving a spin, pivot, and dip, focusing on reconnecting at the shoulder blades and using rotational energy for a smooth transition into a dip.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Reconnect with the right hand on the follower's shoulder blades instead of the lower back for this move.
- - Followers should keep arms up and weight on the right leg during the pivot and spin.
- - Leaders use small steps around the follower to maintain rotation and balance.
- - For the spin, leaders let go with the right hand and use the left to boost the follower's rotation on the spot.
- - In the dip, reconnect under the follower's right armpit for a secure and controlled descent.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice pivoting skills with the right leg staying in place to maintain a straight line and distance.
- - Use the follower's existing rotational momentum to enhance spins and transitions smoothly.
- - Followers should focus on a strong center and weight in the leg for stability during spins and dips.
- - It's acceptable to adjust foot placement or hold on for stability when learning, aiming for independence over time.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..670cedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks-2/9_Suspend,_Spin_and_Drop.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Suspend, Spin and Drop
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a sequence involving a spin, pivot, and dip, focusing on reconnecting at the shoulder blades and using rotational energy for a smooth transition into a dip.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Reconnect with the right hand on the follower's shoulder blades instead of the lower back for this move.
+- Followers should keep arms up and weight on the right leg during the pivot and spin.
+- Leaders use small steps around the follower to maintain rotation and balance.
+- For the spin, leaders let go with the right hand and use the left to boost the follower's rotation on the spot.
+- In the dip, reconnect under the follower's right armpit for a secure and controlled descent.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice pivoting skills with the right leg staying in place to maintain a straight line and distance.
+- Use the follower's existing rotational momentum to enhance spins and transitions smoothly.
+- Followers should focus on a strong center and weight in the leg for stability during spins and dips.
+- It's acceptable to adjust foot placement or hold on for stability when learning, aiming for independence over time.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d5970fa..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Dips and Tricks Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a dips and tricks course, focusing on cool moves to use during breaks in music or at appropriate moments in a song, with an emphasis on safety and partner communication.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Only dance dips or lifts with a partner who is comfortable and consents to the moves.
- - Choose moves that feel good for your body and match your skill level.
- - Communicate continuously with your partner about comfort during practice.
- - Avoid forcing moves that do not feel comfortable.
- - Use these moves at the end of a song or when there is a break in the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Safety and consent are paramount when performing dips and tricks with a partner.
- - Tailor your practice to your own comfort and physical capabilities.
- - Treat instructor guidance as suggestions, not mandatory instructions.
- - Prioritize care for both yourself and your partner during training.
- - Build moves into social dancing only with familiar and consenting partners.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4708137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Dips_and_Tricks_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Dips and Tricks Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a dips and tricks course, focusing on cool moves to use during breaks in music or at appropriate moments in a song, with an emphasis on safety and partner communication.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Only dance dips or lifts with a partner who is comfortable and consents to the moves.
+- Choose moves that feel good for your body and match your skill level.
+- Communicate continuously with your partner about comfort during practice.
+- Avoid forcing moves that do not feel comfortable.
+- Use these moves at the end of a song or when there is a break in the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Safety and consent are paramount when performing dips and tricks with a partner.
+- Tailor your practice to your own comfort and physical capabilities.
+- Treat instructor guidance as suggestions, not mandatory instructions.
+- Prioritize care for both yourself and your partner during training.
+- Build moves into social dancing only with familiar and consenting partners.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f76f7bc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-0 Koala Dip
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Koala Dip, a simple and beautiful move for leaders and followers to practice in close embrace, focusing on weight distribution and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders start with weight on the right and turn towards the left shoulder on step two.
- - Followers maintain a relaxed upper body and close embrace connection throughout the move.
- - Leaders open the left shoulder and shift connection to the right side in the koala position.
- - Followers keep the left leg relaxed and avoid tensing up during the turn.
- - Exit by rotating and stepping in with three steps to return to normal close embrace.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Weight is mainly on the left for leaders and right for followers in the koala position.
- - Followers are responsible for their own weight and balance, not relying on the leader.
- - Maintain a relaxed and upright posture to ensure smooth movement and connection.
- - The connection shifts from the left side to the right side during the dip and back on exit.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7f72e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/0_Koala_Dip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 0 Koala Dip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Koala Dip, a simple and beautiful move for leaders and followers to practice in close embrace, focusing on weight distribution and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders start with weight on the right and turn towards the left shoulder on step two.
+- Followers maintain a relaxed upper body and close embrace connection throughout the move.
+- Leaders open the left shoulder and shift connection to the right side in the koala position.
+- Followers keep the left leg relaxed and avoid tensing up during the turn.
+- Exit by rotating and stepping in with three steps to return to normal close embrace.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Weight is mainly on the left for leaders and right for followers in the koala position.
+- Followers are responsible for their own weight and balance, not relying on the leader.
+- Maintain a relaxed and upright posture to ensure smooth movement and connection.
+- The connection shifts from the left side to the right side during the dip and back on exit.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 34b29d3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 Body shaping%3A Followers Choice
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches followers how to choose and vary body shaping in a combination of lunge and side dip moves, focusing on controlling rotation to create different end shapes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Followers decide at the point of standing with weight on the left foot whether to continue the turn or not.
- - Leaders keep the right arm relaxed to allow followers freedom to move and shape creatively.
- - Practice stopping rotation early while maintaining technique like sliding the foot and engaging core muscles.
- - Play with different amounts of rotation to explore various body shapes at the end of the move.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers control their own body shape without forcing leaders to change their position.
- - All learned techniques, such as controlling weight and engaging core, still apply when varying rotation.
- - The choice of body shaping is up to the follower, allowing for creative expression within the partnership.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d2a7e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/10_Body_shaping%3A_Followers_Choice.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 Body shaping%3A Followers Choice
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches followers how to choose and vary body shaping in a combination of lunge and side dip moves, focusing on controlling rotation to create different end shapes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Followers decide at the point of standing with weight on the left foot whether to continue the turn or not.
+- Leaders keep the right arm relaxed to allow followers freedom to move and shape creatively.
+- Practice stopping rotation early while maintaining technique like sliding the foot and engaging core muscles.
+- Play with different amounts of rotation to explore various body shapes at the end of the move.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers control their own body shape without forcing leaders to change their position.
+- All learned techniques, such as controlling weight and engaging core, still apply when varying rotation.
+- The choice of body shaping is up to the follower, allowing for creative expression within the partnership.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f6cb73..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Advanced Combination%3A Flick, Spin & Dip
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches an advanced combination sequence involving a lunge, flick, spin, and side dip, focusing on maintaining frame and connection throughout.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Transfer weight forward in the lunge to create disconnection and initiate the flick.
- - Slide the connection hand closer to the follower's left shoulder blade to create a lock for the pop turn.
- - Followers should press back with their arm against the leader's arm to actively respond during the spin.
- - Leaders should close their body slightly to signal the spin without pulling the follower.
- - Ensure the side dip is delicate by moving your own body first, allowing the follower to follow gently.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Frame is crucial for maintaining connection and preventing disconnection during the lock and spin.
- - The entire flick and turn sequence occurs with weight on one leg, requiring balance and stability.
- - Followers must keep their shoulder connected to their body and arm to the side for a strong connection.
- - Leaders communicate redirection by opening their body, while followers respond to the signal promptly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26fb794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/11_Advanced_Combination%3A_Flick,_Spin_&_Dip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Advanced Combination%3A Flick, Spin & Dip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches an advanced combination sequence involving a lunge, flick, spin, and side dip, focusing on maintaining frame and connection throughout.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Transfer weight forward in the lunge to create disconnection and initiate the flick.
+- Slide the connection hand closer to the follower's left shoulder blade to create a lock for the pop turn.
+- Followers should press back with their arm against the leader's arm to actively respond during the spin.
+- Leaders should close their body slightly to signal the spin without pulling the follower.
+- Ensure the side dip is delicate by moving your own body first, allowing the follower to follow gently.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Frame is crucial for maintaining connection and preventing disconnection during the lock and spin.
+- The entire flick and turn sequence occurs with weight on one leg, requiring balance and stability.
+- Followers must keep their shoulder connected to their body and arm to the side for a strong connection.
+- Leaders communicate redirection by opening their body, while followers respond to the signal promptly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 55de786..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-12 Triple step side dip I
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a side dip variation with a triple step entrance, focusing on footwork, body motion, and partner connection in close embrace.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step slightly to the side as a leader to improve connection for the side dip.
- - Roll the feet while stepping to avoid jumping and keep one foot on the floor.
- - Bring the leg under the body on the second step, not over it.
- - Use a wave-like body motion to add fluidity to the move.
- - Keep steps small and under the body for better control.
- - Leaders should open their body to lead the follower without using the right arm to push.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a close embrace connection throughout the move without over-opening to a flat position.
- - Followers should wait for the leader's lead and not rush the steps.
- - Ensure the hips or legs are touching when stepping forward for better partner alignment.
- - Practice the rhythm as one and two to coordinate timing with the partner.
- - The side dip exit involves a step to the side and a leg sweep for followers.
- - Adjust timing of the dip to fit the music and personal style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b813d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/12_Triple_step_side_dip_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 12 Triple step side dip I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a side dip variation with a triple step entrance, focusing on footwork, body motion, and partner connection in close embrace.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step slightly to the side as a leader to improve connection for the side dip.
+- Roll the feet while stepping to avoid jumping and keep one foot on the floor.
+- Bring the leg under the body on the second step, not over it.
+- Use a wave-like body motion to add fluidity to the move.
+- Keep steps small and under the body for better control.
+- Leaders should open their body to lead the follower without using the right arm to push.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a close embrace connection throughout the move without over-opening to a flat position.
+- Followers should wait for the leader's lead and not rush the steps.
+- Ensure the hips or legs are touching when stepping forward for better partner alignment.
+- Practice the rhythm as one and two to coordinate timing with the partner.
+- The side dip exit involves a step to the side and a leg sweep for followers.
+- Adjust timing of the dip to fit the music and personal style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fe41197..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Triple step side dip II
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation of the triple step and side dip, focusing on adding drama and travel for followers while leaders sit back, leading to a V-shaped side dip.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders: Sit back on the right after leading followers forward with the arm to increase travel.
- - Followers: Anchor weight on the left leg on step two for stability and balance.
- - Followers: Let the leg swoop around naturally in the side dip without forcing the movement.
- - Leaders: Step with the back leg close to the follower, then step back with the other leg to transition.
- - Practice with grounding energy down into the hips to stay stable and connected to the ground.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a V shape in the final side dip position for proper alignment.
- - Use previous technique tips from the triple step and side dip to enhance this move.
- - Focus on the swoopy feeling in the leg during the side dip for a natural flow.
- - Ensure followers are grounded and balanced to continue movements smoothly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9045cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/13_Triple_step_side_dip_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Triple step side dip II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation of the triple step and side dip, focusing on adding drama and travel for followers while leaders sit back, leading to a V-shaped side dip.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders: Sit back on the right after leading followers forward with the arm to increase travel.
+- Followers: Anchor weight on the left leg on step two for stability and balance.
+- Followers: Let the leg swoop around naturally in the side dip without forcing the movement.
+- Leaders: Step with the back leg close to the follower, then step back with the other leg to transition.
+- Practice with grounding energy down into the hips to stay stable and connected to the ground.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a V shape in the final side dip position for proper alignment.
+- Use previous technique tips from the triple step and side dip to enhance this move.
+- Focus on the swoopy feeling in the leg during the side dip for a natural flow.
+- Ensure followers are grounded and balanced to continue movements smoothly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bc8e1c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-14 Turn into Side Dip I (Other Side)
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a side dip variation on the other side, focusing on transitioning from a turn into a side lunge and exiting with a rotation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should drop and lift the hand to guide the follower's rotation and place the follower's right hand on the leader's right shoulder.
- - Followers should keep the leg closest to the leader straight during the side lunge to maintain stability and prevent caving forward.
- - During the exit, leaders use their whole body to send the follower sideways, initiating a rotation in the follower's upper body.
- - Followers should think about turning down a line away from the leader after the exit to continue the movement smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a strong connection between partners throughout the dip and exit to ensure stability and coordinated movement.
- - The side dip requires precise weight shifts and body positioning to execute safely and effectively.
- - Practice the transition from the turn to the lunge slowly to build confidence and avoid falls.
- - The exit involves generating rotation through body movement rather than pushing, emphasizing fluidity and control.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99c3c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/14_Turn_into_Side_Dip_I_(Other_Side).md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 14 Turn into Side Dip I (Other Side)
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a side dip variation on the other side, focusing on transitioning from a turn into a side lunge and exiting with a rotation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should drop and lift the hand to guide the follower's rotation and place the follower's right hand on the leader's right shoulder.
+- Followers should keep the leg closest to the leader straight during the side lunge to maintain stability and prevent caving forward.
+- During the exit, leaders use their whole body to send the follower sideways, initiating a rotation in the follower's upper body.
+- Followers should think about turning down a line away from the leader after the exit to continue the movement smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a strong connection between partners throughout the dip and exit to ensure stability and coordinated movement.
+- The side dip requires precise weight shifts and body positioning to execute safely and effectively.
+- Practice the transition from the turn to the lunge slowly to build confidence and avoid falls.
+- The exit involves generating rotation through body movement rather than pushing, emphasizing fluidity and control.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).html
deleted file mode 100644
index adea6c7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-15 Turn into Side Dip II (other side)
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Turn into Side Dip II move with a faster tempo using a chuparoo rhythm, focusing on practicing both slow and fast versions to enhance musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Speed up the turn on counts two, three, and four for the fast version.
- - Ensure a nice connection by count four during the faster sequence.
- - Practice the move from different angles to improve visibility and execution.
- - Mix both tempos of turn with music to lead and follow effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The preparation and exit remain the same as in previous lessons.
- - Use both slow and fast versions to be more musical in your dancing.
- - Focus on maintaining balance and connection during faster turns.
- - Apply the move with varying tempos to adapt to different songs.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feb8227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/15_Turn_into_Side_Dip_II_(other_side).md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 15 Turn into Side Dip II (other side)
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Turn into Side Dip II move with a faster tempo using a chuparoo rhythm, focusing on practicing both slow and fast versions to enhance musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Speed up the turn on counts two, three, and four for the fast version.
+- Ensure a nice connection by count four during the faster sequence.
+- Practice the move from different angles to improve visibility and execution.
+- Mix both tempos of turn with music to lead and follow effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The preparation and exit remain the same as in previous lessons.
+- Use both slow and fast versions to be more musical in your dancing.
+- Focus on maintaining balance and connection during faster turns.
+- Apply the move with varying tempos to adapt to different songs.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b8c040..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-16 Seated Dip I
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a seated dip move, starting with a preparation and inside turn, and finishing in a seated dip position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with a preparation and inside turn, then take five steps: forward on one, and four extra steps under the body.
- - On the fifth step, step wide and squat down to initiate the dip, keeping the connection close to your partner.
- - Followers should continue rotation during the turn and sink down with the leader, keeping the right leg weighted and centered.
- - Leaders should ensure the follower's right foot is between their feet for balance, adjusting step size based on the follower's position.
- - Exit by stepping forward together: leaders step onto the right, followers onto the left, and continue dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The seated dip is unexpected for followers, so maintain rotational energy and body connection to guide the movement smoothly.
- - Balance is key; ensure the follower's right leg is centered between the leader's feet to avoid awkwardness during the dip.
- - Communication through body contact helps leaders understand the follower's position and weight distribution for a controlled dip.
- - The exit involves coordinated stepping to transition back into dancing, with leaders initiating the forward movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e144671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/16_Seated_Dip_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 16 Seated Dip I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a seated dip move, starting with a preparation and inside turn, and finishing in a seated dip position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with a preparation and inside turn, then take five steps: forward on one, and four extra steps under the body.
+- On the fifth step, step wide and squat down to initiate the dip, keeping the connection close to your partner.
+- Followers should continue rotation during the turn and sink down with the leader, keeping the right leg weighted and centered.
+- Leaders should ensure the follower's right foot is between their feet for balance, adjusting step size based on the follower's position.
+- Exit by stepping forward together: leaders step onto the right, followers onto the left, and continue dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The seated dip is unexpected for followers, so maintain rotational energy and body connection to guide the movement smoothly.
+- Balance is key; ensure the follower's right leg is centered between the leader's feet to avoid awkwardness during the dip.
+- Communication through body contact helps leaders understand the follower's position and weight distribution for a controlled dip.
+- The exit involves coordinated stepping to transition back into dancing, with leaders initiating the forward movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c68d232..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-17 Seated Dip II
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on speeding up the entrance into a seated dip to make it more dynamic and exciting, while maintaining control during the transition.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Speed up the turn for a dynamic entrance into the dip.
- - Control the ending of the fast turn into the seated dip.
- - Slow things down and control the moment of transition.
- - Exhale during the movement to maintain fluidity.
- - Exit smoothly from the dip.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice the move with both slow and fast tempos to master the difference.
- - Ensure comfort and ability to perform the move with guidance.
- - Focus on leading and following the tempo changes effectively.
- - Maintain control throughout the fast turn and dip sequence.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7756f60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/17_Seated_Dip_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 17 Seated Dip II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on speeding up the entrance into a seated dip to make it more dynamic and exciting, while maintaining control during the transition.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Speed up the turn for a dynamic entrance into the dip.
+- Control the ending of the fast turn into the seated dip.
+- Slow things down and control the moment of transition.
+- Exhale during the movement to maintain fluidity.
+- Exit smoothly from the dip.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice the move with both slow and fast tempos to master the difference.
+- Ensure comfort and ability to perform the move with guidance.
+- Focus on leading and following the tempo changes effectively.
+- Maintain control throughout the fast turn and dip sequence.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).html
deleted file mode 100644
index ed82a17..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-18 Seated Dip I (other side)
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a seated dip on the opposite side from a previous lesson, focusing on a different entrance and catch technique while maintaining similar dipping mechanics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders start with weight on the right and followers on the left in closed position.
- - After two steps, end in a parallelogram with body rotation to match the leader.
- - Followers should wait for the leader's lead before turning and keep looking in the direction of travel during the turn.
- - Keep arms at center height for easy reconnection after disconnection.
- - Leaders reconnect with the left hand first, then body, then step back before dipping.
- - Exit the dip by stepping out with the left foot for leaders and right foot for followers.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The technique for the seated dip is the same as on the other side, but it feels different due to connecting on the opposite side.
- - Followers should go straight down during the dip without throwing themselves backwards to control momentum.
- - Maintain body rotation but avoid overdoing it to prevent imbalance.
- - Use the catch technique to redirect energy without anticipating the turn too quickly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63ac207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/18_Seated_Dip_I_(other_side).md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 18 Seated Dip I (other side)
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a seated dip on the opposite side from a previous lesson, focusing on a different entrance and catch technique while maintaining similar dipping mechanics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders start with weight on the right and followers on the left in closed position.
+- After two steps, end in a parallelogram with body rotation to match the leader.
+- Followers should wait for the leader's lead before turning and keep looking in the direction of travel during the turn.
+- Keep arms at center height for easy reconnection after disconnection.
+- Leaders reconnect with the left hand first, then body, then step back before dipping.
+- Exit the dip by stepping out with the left foot for leaders and right foot for followers.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The technique for the seated dip is the same as on the other side, but it feels different due to connecting on the opposite side.
+- Followers should go straight down during the dip without throwing themselves backwards to control momentum.
+- Maintain body rotation but avoid overdoing it to prevent imbalance.
+- Use the catch technique to redirect energy without anticipating the turn too quickly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).html
deleted file mode 100644
index a9e8a1a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-19 Seated Dip II (other side)
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the Seated Dip II move on the other side with a faster turn, aiming to improve speed and control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Perform the move with a faster turn as demonstrated.
- - Control the ending of the move for precision.
- - Practice the move from different angles to enhance understanding.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Speed can be increased gradually while maintaining form.
- - Repetition helps in mastering the move with variations.
- - Focus on timing and coordination during the turn.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88aa96e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/19_Seated_Dip_II_(other_side).md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 19 Seated Dip II (other side)
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the Seated Dip II move on the other side with a faster turn, aiming to improve speed and control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Perform the move with a faster turn as demonstrated.
+- Control the ending of the move for precision.
+- Practice the move from different angles to enhance understanding.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Speed can be increased gradually while maintaining form.
+- Repetition helps in mastering the move with variations.
+- Focus on timing and coordination during the turn.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ffb194e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Surprise dip
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the surprise dip, a partner dance move involving an inside turn leading to a side-by-side position and a controlled dip, with emphasis on timing and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders shift weight from left to right to left without reading steps.
- - Followers pivot on the left leg during the turn, keeping it mostly stationary.
- - For the dip, leaders act as a chair by squatting with a straight back and sliding the left leg for stability.
- - Followers maintain connection and balance, optionally crossing the left leg over the right in the dip.
- - Exit by stepping onto the right side to return to a closed position.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Adjust timing and speed based on the leader's lead and the music.
- - Maintain body connection and personal balance throughout the move.
- - Adapt hand placement for height differences between partners.
- - The dip should be controlled and not rushed, with both partners keeping a straight back.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3adfd18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/1_Surprise_dip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Surprise dip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the surprise dip, a partner dance move involving an inside turn leading to a side-by-side position and a controlled dip, with emphasis on timing and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders shift weight from left to right to left without reading steps.
+- Followers pivot on the left leg during the turn, keeping it mostly stationary.
+- For the dip, leaders act as a chair by squatting with a straight back and sliding the left leg for stability.
+- Followers maintain connection and balance, optionally crossing the left leg over the right in the dip.
+- Exit by stepping onto the right side to return to a closed position.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Adjust timing and speed based on the leader's lead and the music.
+- Maintain body connection and personal balance throughout the move.
+- Adapt hand placement for height differences between partners.
+- The dip should be controlled and not rushed, with both partners keeping a straight back.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8571a41..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-20 To the Floor!
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a low dip variation called 'To the Floor!', building on the seated dip to go lower to the ground, with a focus on proper technique and safety for both leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders can slide their left leg to go down slowly and control the movement.
- - Followers should engage their core muscles and maintain a straight, strong plank position.
- - Use directional energy for a smoother exit, with followers pushing up with their right leg.
- - Leaders can place their elbow on their leg for better support and ease.
- - Ensure shoes slide enough to adjust the step distance comfortably.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Wait for clear leading signals to avoid injury and ensure safety for both partners.
- - Maintain a straight back and engaged shoulder blades to prevent strain and improve control.
- - Followers should be strong in their center and avoid being floppy to support the movement.
- - The exit should be fluid, with followers helping themselves by pushing up, not relying solely on the leader.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4172c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/20_To_the_Floor!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 20 To the Floor!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a low dip variation called 'To the Floor!', building on the seated dip to go lower to the ground, with a focus on proper technique and safety for both leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders can slide their left leg to go down slowly and control the movement.
+- Followers should engage their core muscles and maintain a straight, strong plank position.
+- Use directional energy for a smoother exit, with followers pushing up with their right leg.
+- Leaders can place their elbow on their leg for better support and ease.
+- Ensure shoes slide enough to adjust the step distance comfortably.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Wait for clear leading signals to avoid injury and ensure safety for both partners.
+- Maintain a straight back and engaged shoulder blades to prevent strain and improve control.
+- Followers should be strong in their center and avoid being floppy to support the movement.
+- The exit should be fluid, with followers helping themselves by pushing up, not relying solely on the leader.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c6f6b2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-21 To the Floor II
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a dip to the floor with a faster turn, building on a previous move to add drama and musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use a faster turn during the dip to enhance the dramatic effect.
- - Practice the move with different tempos to match the music.
- - Stay in the dip position for as long or as short as desired for elegance.
- - Count in with 'five, six, seven, and...' to time the entry correctly.
- - Focus on making the movement feel musical by fitting it to the beat.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Combine stepping every beat with slower elements to communicate tempo differences.
- - The goal is to add drama and elegance through controlled, faster movements.
- - Adapt the move to fit the music for a more expressive performance.
- - Build on previous skills by incorporating speed variations for complexity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f67dabf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/21_To_the_Floor_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 21 To the Floor II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a dip to the floor with a faster turn, building on a previous move to add drama and musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use a faster turn during the dip to enhance the dramatic effect.
+- Practice the move with different tempos to match the music.
+- Stay in the dip position for as long or as short as desired for elegance.
+- Count in with 'five, six, seven, and...' to time the entry correctly.
+- Focus on making the movement feel musical by fitting it to the beat.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Combine stepping every beat with slower elements to communicate tempo differences.
+- The goal is to add drama and elegance through controlled, faster movements.
+- Adapt the move to fit the music for a more expressive performance.
+- Build on previous skills by incorporating speed variations for complexity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b34fde7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-22 Advanced Combination%3A Triple Step, Side Dip, To the Floor!
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the transition between a triple step entrance and a side dip, combining two moves into a fluid sequence that ends on the floor.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use the right arm to gently guide the follower to the left side during the transition.
- - Followers should shift all weight to the right leg when led to the other side.
- - Practice the transition slowly first before increasing speed.
- - Maintain a good connection with your partner throughout the sequence.
- - Slide the left side as needed depending on how far you want to move.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The transition is the key element linking the two moves together.
- - Followers should feel a backward lead to initiate the plank position.
- - All technique for the individual moves has been taught previously.
- - Practice slowly to build comfort before adding music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee841ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/22_Advanced_Combination%3A_Triple_Step,_Side_Dip,_To_the_Floor!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 22 Advanced Combination%3A Triple Step, Side Dip, To the Floor!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the transition between a triple step entrance and a side dip, combining two moves into a fluid sequence that ends on the floor.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use the right arm to gently guide the follower to the left side during the transition.
+- Followers should shift all weight to the right leg when led to the other side.
+- Practice the transition slowly first before increasing speed.
+- Maintain a good connection with your partner throughout the sequence.
+- Slide the left side as needed depending on how far you want to move.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The transition is the key element linking the two moves together.
+- Followers should feel a backward lead to initiate the plank position.
+- All technique for the individual moves has been taught previously.
+- Practice slowly to build comfort before adding music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bcee4b9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-23 She's Crazy Dip I
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the She's Crazy dip, a sequence involving a catch, a pause and flip, and a turn leading to a dip, with emphasis on connection and timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start from a catch position and ensure you have learned catches before attempting the move.
- - Leaders should guide followers to take a definite step onto the left leg on count three to maintain linear energy.
- - Followers should wait for the lead before stepping across on count four to avoid rushing and enjoy the suspension.
- - Leaders use subtle hand guidance to initiate the turn, allowing followers to complete it naturally.
- - Practice the step sequence without worrying about connection first, then integrate hand connections for control.
- - Adjust the speed of the step across based on the music, playing with timing for musicality.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The dip allows for multiple ending options, such as upright, seated, or lower dips, chosen based on comfort and music.
- - Maintain energy in a linear direction during the sequence to ensure proper stepping and balance.
- - Connection is key; leaders should reconnect hands early to guide followers securely through the move.
- - Enjoy the pause in the sequence; it adds beauty and should not be rushed, with timing adaptable to the music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..090cea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/23_She's_Crazy_Dip_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 23 She's Crazy Dip I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the She's Crazy dip, a sequence involving a catch, a pause and flip, and a turn leading to a dip, with emphasis on connection and timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start from a catch position and ensure you have learned catches before attempting the move.
+- Leaders should guide followers to take a definite step onto the left leg on count three to maintain linear energy.
+- Followers should wait for the lead before stepping across on count four to avoid rushing and enjoy the suspension.
+- Leaders use subtle hand guidance to initiate the turn, allowing followers to complete it naturally.
+- Practice the step sequence without worrying about connection first, then integrate hand connections for control.
+- Adjust the speed of the step across based on the music, playing with timing for musicality.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The dip allows for multiple ending options, such as upright, seated, or lower dips, chosen based on comfort and music.
+- Maintain energy in a linear direction during the sequence to ensure proper stepping and balance.
+- Connection is key; leaders should reconnect hands early to guide followers securely through the move.
+- Enjoy the pause in the sequence; it adds beauty and should not be rushed, with timing adaptable to the music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5afe424..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-24 She's Crazy Dip II
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding dramatic contrast to the She's Crazy Dip II by speeding up turns and incorporating a suspended pause, aiming to enhance the move's visual impact and timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Perform a fast turn, then suspend the movement in a beautiful pause, followed by a quick flip.
- - Followers should activate core muscles to execute the flip quickly after the slow suspense.
- - Engage everything to turn faster than in previous versions when feeling the leader's cue.
- - Practice the sequence with counts like 'five, six, seven, and...' to coordinate timing.
- - Ensure movements are continuous by slowing down without stopping, using a fourth step for assistance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Create contrast in timing by using fast, slow, fast patterns to make the move more dramatic.
- - Timing depends on the music, so focus on creating contrast rather than fixed counts.
- - Maintain continuous flow by slowing down without coming to a complete stop.
- - Apply techniques from previous videos while playing with timing for added effect.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbaae69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/24_She's_Crazy_Dip_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 24 She's Crazy Dip II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding dramatic contrast to the She's Crazy Dip II by speeding up turns and incorporating a suspended pause, aiming to enhance the move's visual impact and timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Perform a fast turn, then suspend the movement in a beautiful pause, followed by a quick flip.
+- Followers should activate core muscles to execute the flip quickly after the slow suspense.
+- Engage everything to turn faster than in previous versions when feeling the leader's cue.
+- Practice the sequence with counts like 'five, six, seven, and...' to coordinate timing.
+- Ensure movements are continuous by slowing down without stopping, using a fourth step for assistance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Create contrast in timing by using fast, slow, fast patterns to make the move more dramatic.
+- Timing depends on the music, so focus on creating contrast rather than fixed counts.
+- Maintain continuous flow by slowing down without coming to a complete stop.
+- Apply techniques from previous videos while playing with timing for added effect.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 38c1288..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 The Lunge
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the basic lunge technique for dips and tricks, focusing on proper form and partner connection to build a foundation for more complex moves.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step back with the left and bow, while followers step forward with the right, keeping weight balanced and upper body relaxed.
- - Imagine a V key pulling your center back for leaders or forward for followers to initiate the movement smoothly.
- - Roll the foot when landing to absorb impact and keep the movement controlled and soft.
- - Followers should slide the foot until touching the partner's boot before committing weight to maintain balance.
- - Keep hands and arms centered to avoid discomfort and allow both partners to choose their upper body shape freely.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The lunge is a foundational move used throughout the course, so mastering it simplifies more complicated techniques.
- - Movement starts from the center, not the feet, to lead effectively and maintain partner connection.
- - Balance is key; avoid stepping too soon to prevent relying on your partner for support.
- - Upper body shape varies with partner size and should be adaptable rather than fixed.
- - Practice in close embrace to ensure both partners move together and maintain connection throughout the lunge.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad85714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/2_The_Lunge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 The Lunge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the basic lunge technique for dips and tricks, focusing on proper form and partner connection to build a foundation for more complex moves.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step back with the left and bow, while followers step forward with the right, keeping weight balanced and upper body relaxed.
+- Imagine a V key pulling your center back for leaders or forward for followers to initiate the movement smoothly.
+- Roll the foot when landing to absorb impact and keep the movement controlled and soft.
+- Followers should slide the foot until touching the partner's boot before committing weight to maintain balance.
+- Keep hands and arms centered to avoid discomfort and allow both partners to choose their upper body shape freely.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The lunge is a foundational move used throughout the course, so mastering it simplifies more complicated techniques.
+- Movement starts from the center, not the feet, to lead effectively and maintain partner connection.
+- Balance is key; avoid stepping too soon to prevent relying on your partner for support.
+- Upper body shape varies with partner size and should be adaptable rather than fixed.
+- Practice in close embrace to ensure both partners move together and maintain connection throughout the lunge.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.html
deleted file mode 100644
index efe4554..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 Lunge with leg flick
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a lunge variation with a leg flick entrance, focusing on coordinated movement between partners and controlled transitions into the lunge.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders flick the left leg forward on count two while swinging the center forward.
- - Followers relax the right leg to flick backward as the center swings back on count two.
- - Keep the flicking leg straight if possible, but bending is acceptable based on flexibility.
- - Control the down into the lunge by attaching toes to the floor and sliding if needed.
- - Practice with different timings for the flick and lunge entrance to match the music.
- - Maintain distance from your partner to avoid kicking during the leg flick.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The leg flick does not touch the floor again until the lunge, emphasizing fluid motion.
- - Partners should synchronize their movements, with leaders moving forward and followers moving backward.
- - Exaggerate the flick based on energy from your partner for a more dynamic effect.
- - Adjust your balance by smiling if you feel like falling during the lunge.
- - Use the slide technique from previous lessons to control the entrance into the lunge.
- - Timing of the flick and lunge is flexible and should adapt to the song being danced to.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1af2fee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/3_Lunge_with_leg_flick.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 Lunge with leg flick
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a lunge variation with a leg flick entrance, focusing on coordinated movement between partners and controlled transitions into the lunge.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders flick the left leg forward on count two while swinging the center forward.
+- Followers relax the right leg to flick backward as the center swings back on count two.
+- Keep the flicking leg straight if possible, but bending is acceptable based on flexibility.
+- Control the down into the lunge by attaching toes to the floor and sliding if needed.
+- Practice with different timings for the flick and lunge entrance to match the music.
+- Maintain distance from your partner to avoid kicking during the leg flick.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The leg flick does not touch the floor again until the lunge, emphasizing fluid motion.
+- Partners should synchronize their movements, with leaders moving forward and followers moving backward.
+- Exaggerate the flick based on energy from your partner for a more dynamic effect.
+- Adjust your balance by smiling if you feel like falling during the lunge.
+- Use the slide technique from previous lessons to control the entrance into the lunge.
+- Timing of the flick and lunge is flexible and should adapt to the song being danced to.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f64da41..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-4 Turn into Lunge I
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to transition from a turn into a lunge, focusing on body rotation, connection, and footwork to achieve a smooth close embrace.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders rotate their body slightly to prepare the follower without using arm pressure.
- - Followers step directly under their body during the turn to maintain alignment.
- - Leaders reconnect hands as soon as they see the follower's back to control distance.
- - Practice the turn along a line on the floor to test alignment and consistency.
- - On the fourth step, initiate the swing back to prepare for the lunge while entering close embrace.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use body movement, not arms, to lead rotation and maintain a parallelogram shape in preparation.
- - Early connection helps leaders control the distance and travel together with followers during the turn.
- - The transition into close embrace and lunge should be smooth, with attention to arm placement and timing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50d3eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/4_Turn_into_Lunge_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 4 Turn into Lunge I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to transition from a turn into a lunge, focusing on body rotation, connection, and footwork to achieve a smooth close embrace.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders rotate their body slightly to prepare the follower without using arm pressure.
+- Followers step directly under their body during the turn to maintain alignment.
+- Leaders reconnect hands as soon as they see the follower's back to control distance.
+- Practice the turn along a line on the floor to test alignment and consistency.
+- On the fourth step, initiate the swing back to prepare for the lunge while entering close embrace.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use body movement, not arms, to lead rotation and maintain a parallelogram shape in preparation.
+- Early connection helps leaders control the distance and travel together with followers during the turn.
+- The transition into close embrace and lunge should be smooth, with attention to arm placement and timing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a08859..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-5 Turn into Lunge II
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a faster turn into a lunge, building on previous technique by changing the timing and rhythm of the footwork.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Roll through your feet during the turn and avoid jumping to maintain a linear energy pathway.
- - Leaders should connect quickly with their right arm and lead by moving their body faster, not by pulling with the arm.
- - Followers should keep energy linear with their partner and avoid panicking or jumping in the turn.
- - Practice mixing the slow and faster turn versions to improve communication and response to energy differences.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The technique from previous classes remains the same; only the timing and rhythm of the footwork change.
- - Energy should be sent linearly across the space, with no up-and-down movement during the turn.
- - Leaders must lead through body movement speed, not by adding tension to the arm.
- - Followers should feel the difference in the leader's prep and rhythm, not guess the turn type.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b955d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/5_Turn_into_Lunge_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 5 Turn into Lunge II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a faster turn into a lunge, building on previous technique by changing the timing and rhythm of the footwork.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Roll through your feet during the turn and avoid jumping to maintain a linear energy pathway.
+- Leaders should connect quickly with their right arm and lead by moving their body faster, not by pulling with the arm.
+- Followers should keep energy linear with their partner and avoid panicking or jumping in the turn.
+- Practice mixing the slow and faster turn versions to improve communication and response to energy differences.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The technique from previous classes remains the same; only the timing and rhythm of the footwork change.
+- Energy should be sent linearly across the space, with no up-and-down movement during the turn.
+- Leaders must lead through body movement speed, not by adding tension to the arm.
+- Followers should feel the difference in the leader's prep and rhythm, not guess the turn type.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a900b1f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-6 Combination%3A Turn, Flick & Lunge
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a dance combination of a turn, lunge, and lunge with a flick, focusing on integrating the flick movement smoothly from the lunge position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should initiate the flick by moving their center forward to lead the partner.
- - Followers need to keep the leg relaxed in the lunge to allow for the flick movement.
- - Avoid anchoring too much into the ground during the first lunge to maintain mobility.
- - Ensure centers stay connected during the flick for better partner movement.
- - Control the landing after the flick to maintain balance and flow.
- - Practice the combination at varying speeds to match music tempo and add drama.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain readiness for movement in the lunge to execute the flick effectively.
- - Timing can be flexible and should adapt to the music and personal style.
- - Keep the body relaxed and avoid getting stuck in positions to ensure fluid transitions.
- - Focus on partner connection through center movement for coordinated actions.
- - Experiment with speed and drama to make the combination exciting and dynamic.
- - Use the flick as a playful element without strict counts, allowing for creative expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a52f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/6_Combination%3A_Turn,_Flick_&_Lunge.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 6 Combination%3A Turn, Flick & Lunge
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a dance combination of a turn, lunge, and lunge with a flick, focusing on integrating the flick movement smoothly from the lunge position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should initiate the flick by moving their center forward to lead the partner.
+- Followers need to keep the leg relaxed in the lunge to allow for the flick movement.
+- Avoid anchoring too much into the ground during the first lunge to maintain mobility.
+- Ensure centers stay connected during the flick for better partner movement.
+- Control the landing after the flick to maintain balance and flow.
+- Practice the combination at varying speeds to match music tempo and add drama.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain readiness for movement in the lunge to execute the flick effectively.
+- Timing can be flexible and should adapt to the music and personal style.
+- Keep the body relaxed and avoid getting stuck in positions to ensure fluid transitions.
+- Focus on partner connection through center movement for coordinated actions.
+- Experiment with speed and drama to make the combination exciting and dynamic.
+- Use the flick as a playful element without strict counts, allowing for creative expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b3f739c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 Side Dip
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the side dip, a simple dip used in partner dancing, focusing on proper technique for leaders and followers to execute it safely and effectively.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step onto the left leg with a big step, keeping the left bent and right straight, with upper body leaning toward the straight leg.
- - Ensure a straight line between foot, knee, and hip joint to avoid pain and maintain safety.
- - Followers keep connection with the leader's hips or thighs, using a straight left leg and optionally crossing the right leg in front as a safety leg.
- - Activate core muscles to hold yourself upright and avoid putting all body weight onto your partner.
- - Exit slowly, keeping weight on the left leg for followers and right leg for leaders to continue dancing smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain correct body positioning, especially when partnered, to prevent falling and ensure balance.
- - Safety is crucial; avoid incorrect knee alignment and sudden movements that could cause injury.
- - Followers should stay controlled and engaged, not becoming a heavy burden on the leader.
- - Practice from a close starting position and avoid attempting the dip from a distance.
- - This technique will be built upon in future lessons for more complex applications.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac32ec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/7_Side_Dip.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 Side Dip
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the side dip, a simple dip used in partner dancing, focusing on proper technique for leaders and followers to execute it safely and effectively.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step onto the left leg with a big step, keeping the left bent and right straight, with upper body leaning toward the straight leg.
+- Ensure a straight line between foot, knee, and hip joint to avoid pain and maintain safety.
+- Followers keep connection with the leader's hips or thighs, using a straight left leg and optionally crossing the right leg in front as a safety leg.
+- Activate core muscles to hold yourself upright and avoid putting all body weight onto your partner.
+- Exit slowly, keeping weight on the left leg for followers and right leg for leaders to continue dancing smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain correct body positioning, especially when partnered, to prevent falling and ensure balance.
+- Safety is crucial; avoid incorrect knee alignment and sudden movements that could cause injury.
+- Followers should stay controlled and engaged, not becoming a heavy burden on the leader.
+- Practice from a close starting position and avoid attempting the dip from a distance.
+- This technique will be built upon in future lessons for more complex applications.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a87ffc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Turn into side dip I
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on combining an inside turn with a side dip, teaching leaders to signal followers to stop rotation and step sideways, and followers to respond with appropriate arm styling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders: On count four, increase arm tone slightly to signal the follower to stop turning and step sideways.
- - Followers: Feel for directional energy sideways and a subtle arm signal to indicate the change from turn to side step.
- - Both partners: Open bodies to face the same direction on count four during the transition.
- - Followers: Choose arm styling based on height; tall followers can reach over the top, shorter ones can keep arms across the body.
- - Practice the sequence with counts: five, six, seven, and one, two, three, four, down, up, and step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The movement combines two known parts: an inside turn and a side dip, requiring smooth integration.
- - Leaders use arm connection to control the follower's rotation and direct weight shift.
- - Followers should adapt arm positions for comfort and aesthetics, considering partner height differences.
- - Focus on subtle signals in the arm to communicate changes without disrupting flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ed160b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/8_Turn_into_side_dip_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Turn into side dip I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on combining an inside turn with a side dip, teaching leaders to signal followers to stop rotation and step sideways, and followers to respond with appropriate arm styling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders: On count four, increase arm tone slightly to signal the follower to stop turning and step sideways.
+- Followers: Feel for directional energy sideways and a subtle arm signal to indicate the change from turn to side step.
+- Both partners: Open bodies to face the same direction on count four during the transition.
+- Followers: Choose arm styling based on height; tall followers can reach over the top, shorter ones can keep arms across the body.
+- Practice the sequence with counts: five, six, seven, and one, two, three, four, down, up, and step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The movement combines two known parts: an inside turn and a side dip, requiring smooth integration.
+- Leaders use arm connection to control the follower's rotation and direct weight shift.
+- Followers should adapt arm positions for comfort and aesthetics, considering partner height differences.
+- Focus on subtle signals in the arm to communicate changes without disrupting flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b544a65..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-9 Turn into side dip II
-
-
-
-COURSE: dips-tricks
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a turn into a side dip with increased speed and dynamics, building on existing technique to make the move more exciting.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice the turn at two speeds, stepping every beat, to enhance control and communication.
- - Use the 'shoo-pa-doo' rhythm or a faster rhythm to add drama and dynamics to the movement.
- - Ensure clear communication of speed changes between leader and follower during the turn.
- - Maintain a clear exit from the side dip to complete the move smoothly.
- - Try the sequence with music to integrate timing and rhythm effectively.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid jumping during the turn; keep the speed consistent to maintain technique.
- - Combine all elements of the turn and dip together to see if they work seamlessly.
- - Practice both speeds of turns going into the side dip to build versatility and confidence.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..072936d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/dips-tricks/9_Turn_into_side_dip_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 9 Turn into side dip II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a turn into a side dip with increased speed and dynamics, building on existing technique to make the move more exciting.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice the turn at two speeds, stepping every beat, to enhance control and communication.
+- Use the 'shoo-pa-doo' rhythm or a faster rhythm to add drama and dynamics to the movement.
+- Ensure clear communication of speed changes between leader and follower during the turn.
+- Maintain a clear exit from the side dip to complete the move smoothly.
+- Try the sequence with music to integrate timing and rhythm effectively.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid jumping during the turn; keep the speed consistent to maintain technique.
+- Combine all elements of the turn and dip together to see if they work seamlessly.
+- Practice both speeds of turns going into the side dip to build versatility and confidence.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d685f14..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-0 Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the four corners move, a hip-focused dance step that builds from basic steps to a rotating, scooping motion, with the goal of mastering fluid hip movement and transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right and do two-count basics in place: step, collect, step, collect.
- - Add rotation by facing corners without collecting the leg, just twisting in place.
- - Incorporate a hip push onto the corner when rotating the body.
- - Add a big scoop around the back as you transfer weight to the other leg.
- - Practice with arms to visualize the loop shape, like a charity ribbon or hitting four corners of a box.
- - Keep heels on the floor to avoid popping up and use a relaxed, swinging motion in the hips.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain heavy, relaxed hips with bent knees for a soft, swinging momentum rather than pushing.
- - Visualize the move as a loop or hitting four corners to understand the shape and name.
- - Transition into the move from basics by scooping or using a hip push, depending on preference.
- - Play with the size of the swing to vary the move from subtle to large.
- - Use a mirror to check technique and press a 'deflate button' to relax tension and keep movements fluid.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9c323c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/0_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 0 Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the four corners move, a hip-focused dance step that builds from basic steps to a rotating, scooping motion, with the goal of mastering fluid hip movement and transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right and do two-count basics in place: step, collect, step, collect.
+- Add rotation by facing corners without collecting the leg, just twisting in place.
+- Incorporate a hip push onto the corner when rotating the body.
+- Add a big scoop around the back as you transfer weight to the other leg.
+- Practice with arms to visualize the loop shape, like a charity ribbon or hitting four corners of a box.
+- Keep heels on the floor to avoid popping up and use a relaxed, swinging motion in the hips.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain heavy, relaxed hips with bent knees for a soft, swinging momentum rather than pushing.
+- Visualize the move as a loop or hitting four corners to understand the shape and name.
+- Transition into the move from basics by scooping or using a hip push, depending on preference.
+- Play with the size of the swing to vary the move from subtle to large.
+- Use a mirror to check technique and press a 'deflate button' to relax tension and keep movements fluid.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d3f5434..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10 Putting Everything Together
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of smoothly transitioning between steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice transitions between moves to maintain flow.
- - Use the music's rhythm to guide timing and execution.
- - Focus on footwork precision to avoid missteps.
- - Incorporate body movements to enhance expression.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in practice builds muscle memory for routines.
- - Pay attention to alignment and posture throughout the dance.
- - Adapt movements to fit the music's tempo and style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90bae74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/10_Putting_Everything_Together.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10 Putting Everything Together
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating previously learned dance moves into a cohesive routine, with the goal of smoothly transitioning between steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice transitions between moves to maintain flow.
+- Use the music's rhythm to guide timing and execution.
+- Focus on footwork precision to avoid missteps.
+- Incorporate body movements to enhance expression.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in practice builds muscle memory for routines.
+- Pay attention to alignment and posture throughout the dance.
+- Adapt movements to fit the music's tempo and style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c37f214..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-1 Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to partner the four corners move in dance, focusing on communication and optional participation without forcing the partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start in close position with basic steps before transitioning to four corners.
- - Leaders change arm connection to the side they step on for more freedom.
- - Practice the move in open position for individual variation and easier forward travel.
- - If moving backwards is tricky, do basic steps backwards and four corners forwards.
- - Use the arm connection to feel the partner's body movement and decide whether to join in.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The four corners is a substitution for the basic step, not a forced lead.
- - Communication through arm connection helps partners feel each other's movements.
- - Either partner can choose to add the hip variation for styling.
- - Leading the move can be complicated due to body separation and rotation.
- - The move can be adapted for different positions like closed or open.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1538eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/1_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 1 Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to partner the four corners move in dance, focusing on communication and optional participation without forcing the partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start in close position with basic steps before transitioning to four corners.
+- Leaders change arm connection to the side they step on for more freedom.
+- Practice the move in open position for individual variation and easier forward travel.
+- If moving backwards is tricky, do basic steps backwards and four corners forwards.
+- Use the arm connection to feel the partner's body movement and decide whether to join in.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The four corners is a substitution for the basic step, not a forced lead.
+- Communication through arm connection helps partners feel each other's movements.
+- Either partner can choose to add the hip variation for styling.
+- Leading the move can be complicated due to body separation and rotation.
+- The move can be adapted for different positions like closed or open.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e98533..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Four Corners in Opposition
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Four Corners in Opposition' move, focusing on transitioning into and out of opposition while maintaining connection and body rotation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders start with weight on the right, followers on the left, in closed position.
- - Imagine a spotlight on your chest to keep facing your partner during body rotations.
- - Add a pulse to the movement for rhythm and flow.
- - Swing the hips naturally to change body angles during four corners.
- - If confused, disconnect and close your eyes to focus on hip flow.
- - Leaders can use a back-and-forward butt movement to maintain flow in transitions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain connection by keeping chests facing each other throughout the move.
- - Both partners are responsible for their own balance, not relying on counterbalance.
- - Use small steps on the spot when doing four corners to emphasize body rotation.
- - Practice variations like opposition without hits or adding four corners continuously.
- - Trust the hip flow to avoid overthinking and maintain natural movement.
- - Leaders have options to pulse or prepare with a butt swing during transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5105de4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/2_Four_Corners_in_Opposition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Four Corners in Opposition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Four Corners in Opposition' move, focusing on transitioning into and out of opposition while maintaining connection and body rotation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders start with weight on the right, followers on the left, in closed position.
+- Imagine a spotlight on your chest to keep facing your partner during body rotations.
+- Add a pulse to the movement for rhythm and flow.
+- Swing the hips naturally to change body angles during four corners.
+- If confused, disconnect and close your eyes to focus on hip flow.
+- Leaders can use a back-and-forward butt movement to maintain flow in transitions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain connection by keeping chests facing each other throughout the move.
+- Both partners are responsible for their own balance, not relying on counterbalance.
+- Use small steps on the spot when doing four corners to emphasize body rotation.
+- Practice variations like opposition without hits or adding four corners continuously.
+- Trust the hip flow to avoid overthinking and maintain natural movement.
+- Leaders have options to pulse or prepare with a butt swing during transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 241242c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-3 The Four Corners in Side by Side
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to travel the four corners pattern in side-by-side connection, including transitions from and back to opposition.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - To travel forwards, don't bring the leg back in; instead, take your body over the leg that's in front.
- - Leaders step and push to transition from opposition to side by side, while followers continue their four corners weight shift.
- - When exiting side by side, leaders turn towards their partner and slide their right hand from the follower's right to left side.
- - Followers step under their body, feeling like stepping backwards slightly to maintain balance during the release.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The transition into side by side should feel smooth and magical, with followers not noticing a change in their four corners flow.
- - Practice the sequence as a never-ending loop, combining enclosed, opposition, and traveling four corners patterns.
- - Maintain the rhythm of a weight shift every two counts throughout the transitions to keep the movement fluid.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..313860a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/3_The_Four_Corners_in_Side_by_Side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 3 The Four Corners in Side by Side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to travel the four corners pattern in side-by-side connection, including transitions from and back to opposition.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- To travel forwards, don't bring the leg back in; instead, take your body over the leg that's in front.
+- Leaders step and push to transition from opposition to side by side, while followers continue their four corners weight shift.
+- When exiting side by side, leaders turn towards their partner and slide their right hand from the follower's right to left side.
+- Followers step under their body, feeling like stepping backwards slightly to maintain balance during the release.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The transition into side by side should feel smooth and magical, with followers not noticing a change in their four corners flow.
+- Practice the sequence as a never-ending loop, combining enclosed, opposition, and traveling four corners patterns.
+- Maintain the rhythm of a weight shift every two counts throughout the transitions to keep the movement fluid.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b579983..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-4 Turning Your Four Corners
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to rotate the four corners dance step by adjusting the size of hip scoops to turn the body in place.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Do a bigger scoop in the direction you want to rotate, such as a big scoop to the left to turn left.
- - Alternate between big and small scoops to facilitate turning, like big scoop left then small scoop right.
- - Practice turning on one side more than the other to control the rotation effectively.
- - Use the hips to turn around a corner, emphasizing the scooping motion for direction.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hip action remains the same, only the scoop size changes for rotation.
- - Rotation is achieved by doing larger scoops in the turning direction and smaller ones on the opposite side.
- - This technique is useful for solo practice and will be applied in partner dancing soon.
- - Turning involves adjusting body position in place without moving from the spot.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7256a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/4_Turning_Your_Four_Corners.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 4 Turning Your Four Corners
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to rotate the four corners dance step by adjusting the size of hip scoops to turn the body in place.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Do a bigger scoop in the direction you want to rotate, such as a big scoop to the left to turn left.
+- Alternate between big and small scoops to facilitate turning, like big scoop left then small scoop right.
+- Practice turning on one side more than the other to control the rotation effectively.
+- Use the hips to turn around a corner, emphasizing the scooping motion for direction.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hip action remains the same, only the scoop size changes for rotation.
+- Rotation is achieved by doing larger scoops in the turning direction and smaller ones on the opposite side.
+- This technique is useful for solo practice and will be applied in partner dancing soon.
+- Turning involves adjusting body position in place without moving from the spot.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 061cc81..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5 Followers Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on executing a four-corners turn within a dance sequence, specifically teaching how to transition from opposition into an inside turn and back to opposition.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step onto their left and rotate their body to lead the inside turn.
- - Followers should take small steps and maintain the basic step-touch movement during the turn.
- - Leaders connect the left hand to the follower's right side to initiate the turn.
- - At the end of the turn, leaders drop and release the arm to signal a change.
- - Practice the sequence starting in close position, moving into opposition, then the turn, and back to opposition.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Ensure both partners maintain the basic step-touch to correctly execute the turn and return to opposition.
- - The inside turn involves moving the arms between bodies and rotating, with leaders using body rotation to guide direction.
- - Followers should keep hips moving with a larger scoop to the left to aid rotation during the turn.
- - Leaders should have the follower's arm pre-available for easy connection when leading the turn.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16b1075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/5_Followers_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5 Followers Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on executing a four-corners turn within a dance sequence, specifically teaching how to transition from opposition into an inside turn and back to opposition.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step onto their left and rotate their body to lead the inside turn.
+- Followers should take small steps and maintain the basic step-touch movement during the turn.
+- Leaders connect the left hand to the follower's right side to initiate the turn.
+- At the end of the turn, leaders drop and release the arm to signal a change.
+- Practice the sequence starting in close position, moving into opposition, then the turn, and back to opposition.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Ensure both partners maintain the basic step-touch to correctly execute the turn and return to opposition.
+- The inside turn involves moving the arms between bodies and rotating, with leaders using body rotation to guide direction.
+- Followers should keep hips moving with a larger scoop to the left to aid rotation during the turn.
+- Leaders should have the follower's arm pre-available for easy connection when leading the turn.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bacc2bf..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-6 Leaders Turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leaders how to turn using the four-corners technique, focusing on hand connection, rotation, and maintaining rhythm during the turn.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Connect the left hand towards your body and go under it like shuffling through an arch.
- - Rotate more on the second and fourth steps of the four corners to create a nice flow.
- - Drop your elbow during the rotation to avoid discomfort when handling the hand.
- - If uncomfortable, place the hand on your side, waist, or under your arm instead of overhead.
- - Leaders push with the left foot to rotate more, while keeping the first and third steps on the spot.
- - Maintain the rhythm of the hips consistently during the four corners without rushing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Followers continue their momentum and hip swing unless the leader stops them.
- - Adjust hand placement based on body size or comfort to ensure a smooth turn.
- - The turn involves three or four basic steps before returning to opposition.
- - Leaders should focus on rotating towards the left side during the turn.
- - Practice the move with basics first to establish foot rhythm before adding rotation.
- - Ensure a comfortable connection by adapting hand positions as needed during the rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf7e100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/6_Leaders_Turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 6 Leaders Turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leaders how to turn using the four-corners technique, focusing on hand connection, rotation, and maintaining rhythm during the turn.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Connect the left hand towards your body and go under it like shuffling through an arch.
+- Rotate more on the second and fourth steps of the four corners to create a nice flow.
+- Drop your elbow during the rotation to avoid discomfort when handling the hand.
+- If uncomfortable, place the hand on your side, waist, or under your arm instead of overhead.
+- Leaders push with the left foot to rotate more, while keeping the first and third steps on the spot.
+- Maintain the rhythm of the hips consistently during the four corners without rushing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Followers continue their momentum and hip swing unless the leader stops them.
+- Adjust hand placement based on body size or comfort to ensure a smooth turn.
+- The turn involves three or four basic steps before returning to opposition.
+- Leaders should focus on rotating towards the left side during the turn.
+- Practice the move with basics first to establish foot rhythm before adding rotation.
+- Ensure a comfortable connection by adapting hand positions as needed during the rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bf585a9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-7 Everybody Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning between the follower's inside turn and the leader's turn, aiming to combine them seamlessly back into opposition.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders move hands towards themselves as they turn to maintain connection.
- - Maintain rotation by following your hand during the turn.
- - Practice each turn separately before combining them with the song.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the rhythm with a step touch throughout the transitions.
- - Leaders should wait for followers to finish their turn before coming back together.
- - Use the four corners technique as part of the class context.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94bfc86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/7_Everybody_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 7 Everybody Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning between the follower's inside turn and the leader's turn, aiming to combine them seamlessly back into opposition.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders move hands towards themselves as they turn to maintain connection.
+- Maintain rotation by following your hand during the turn.
+- Practice each turn separately before combining them with the song.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the rhythm with a step touch throughout the transitions.
+- Leaders should wait for followers to finish their turn before coming back together.
+- Use the four corners technique as part of the class context.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dfd80fe..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Back to front
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the 'Back to front' variation of the turning four corners, teaching how to exit and reconnect with a partner in opposition using clear signals and travel.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders can signal to stay in position by placing a hand on the partner's shoulder without continuing rotation.
- - Followers can initiate the back-to-front walk by lowering the leader's arm onto their shoulder to indicate a change.
- - Maintain eye contact and body language to stay connected when dancing in front-back positions.
- - Travel forwards with momentum during the four corners to smoothly transition into the back-to-front walk.
- - Reconnect by disconnecting and dancing until facing each other again, using an open breakaway moment.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Clear non-verbal signals, like hand placement, are crucial for communicating intent during partner changes.
- - Both leaders and followers can initiate the back-to-front variation from their respective turns.
- - Keep energy and connection alive even when not in direct physical contact to maintain partnership awareness.
- - Practice both leader-initiated and follower-initiated versions to build versatility in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95b4c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/8_Back_to_front.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Back to front
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the 'Back to front' variation of the turning four corners, teaching how to exit and reconnect with a partner in opposition using clear signals and travel.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders can signal to stay in position by placing a hand on the partner's shoulder without continuing rotation.
+- Followers can initiate the back-to-front walk by lowering the leader's arm onto their shoulder to indicate a change.
+- Maintain eye contact and body language to stay connected when dancing in front-back positions.
+- Travel forwards with momentum during the four corners to smoothly transition into the back-to-front walk.
+- Reconnect by disconnecting and dancing until facing each other again, using an open breakaway moment.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Clear non-verbal signals, like hand placement, are crucial for communicating intent during partner changes.
+- Both leaders and followers can initiate the back-to-front variation from their respective turns.
+- Keep energy and connection alive even when not in direct physical contact to maintain partnership awareness.
+- Practice both leader-initiated and follower-initiated versions to build versatility in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b073369..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Four Corners with Momentum
-
-
-
-COURSE: four-corners-special
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding faster turns into the four corners momentum pattern, teaching both leaders and followers how to execute and lead turns on both sides while maintaining momentum and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your feet small and directly under your body during the turn to maintain balance.
- - Followers should look at the leader while turning to track them and stay connected.
- - Leaders use the right hand to signal reconnection after the turn to guide back into four corners.
- - Practice the turn slowly first, then gradually increase speed as it feels comfortable.
- - For turns on the left side, step under the body with the left leg first, then the right, looking over the shoulder.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The turn relies on momentum from the four corners pattern to rotate the body smoothly.
- - Maintain balance by keeping steps small and under the hips, especially during fast turns.
- - Reconnection after the turn is signaled by hand placement to transition back into four corners.
- - It's normal to find one side harder; practice the weaker side more to improve.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1789e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/four-corners-special/9_Four_Corners_with_Momentum.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Four Corners with Momentum
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding faster turns into the four corners momentum pattern, teaching both leaders and followers how to execute and lead turns on both sides while maintaining momentum and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your feet small and directly under your body during the turn to maintain balance.
+- Followers should look at the leader while turning to track them and stay connected.
+- Leaders use the right hand to signal reconnection after the turn to guide back into four corners.
+- Practice the turn slowly first, then gradually increase speed as it feels comfortable.
+- For turns on the left side, step under the body with the left leg first, then the right, looking over the shoulder.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The turn relies on momentum from the four corners pattern to rotate the body smoothly.
+- Maintain balance by keeping steps small and under the hips, especially during fast turns.
+- Reconnection after the turn is signaled by hand placement to transition back into four corners.
+- It's normal to find one side harder; practice the weaker side more to improve.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b776902..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Jookin' Moves Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Jookin' Moves course, focusing on solo body movements and rhythms from the Duke joints of the Mississippi Delta, with a goal to teach and apply these movements in partnership.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Focus on body movements rather than traveling steps.
- - Emphasise solo body movements and shaping body rhythms.
- - Practice movements in both solo and partnership contexts.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Jookin' blues originated in small Duke joints with limited space.
- - The style prioritises body rhythms over big turns and traveling steps.
- - Movements can be adapted from solo to partnership dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f6871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Jookin'_Moves_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Jookin' Moves Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Jookin' Moves course, focusing on solo body movements and rhythms from the Duke joints of the Mississippi Delta, with a goal to teach and apply these movements in partnership.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Focus on body movements rather than traveling steps.
+- Emphasise solo body movements and shaping body rhythms.
+- Practice movements in both solo and partnership contexts.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Jookin' blues originated in small Duke joints with limited space.
+- The style prioritises body rhythms over big turns and traveling steps.
+- Movements can be adapted from solo to partnership dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b58eee..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-0 Rocks
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'rocks' hip movement, focusing on swinging hips side-to-side with split weight, and demonstrates how to incorporate it into partner dancing in various positions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet wider than hip-width apart, knees soft, and hips relaxed for a heavy feel.
- - Swing hips from side to side while keeping weight in both legs, avoiding full weight transfer.
- - Maintain a long distance between ribs and hips to accentuate the swing, not isolating or crunching.
- - To enter rocks from a basic step or walk, make a clear weight shift into both legs with confidence.
- - In partner dance, lead rocks by simply doing the movement, transitioning from weight on one side to split weight.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rocks originated with arm actions called 'milking the cow', but hands can be omitted for a cooler look.
- - This move is one of the few where you use split weight instead of shifting weight to one side.
- - Rocks can be added at the end of moves, such as turns, for a funky effect, especially in open position for more freedom.
- - Practice rocks in closed position, close embrace, and open position to integrate them into various dance scenarios.
- - The movement works the same way regardless of entry, emphasizing a relaxed body and smooth hip swing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc1c2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/0_Rocks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 0 Rocks
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'rocks' hip movement, focusing on swinging hips side-to-side with split weight, and demonstrates how to incorporate it into partner dancing in various positions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet wider than hip-width apart, knees soft, and hips relaxed for a heavy feel.
+- Swing hips from side to side while keeping weight in both legs, avoiding full weight transfer.
+- Maintain a long distance between ribs and hips to accentuate the swing, not isolating or crunching.
+- To enter rocks from a basic step or walk, make a clear weight shift into both legs with confidence.
+- In partner dance, lead rocks by simply doing the movement, transitioning from weight on one side to split weight.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rocks originated with arm actions called 'milking the cow', but hands can be omitted for a cooler look.
+- This move is one of the few where you use split weight instead of shifting weight to one side.
+- Rocks can be added at the end of moves, such as turns, for a funky effect, especially in open position for more freedom.
+- Practice rocks in closed position, close embrace, and open position to integrate them into various dance scenarios.
+- The movement works the same way regardless of entry, emphasizing a relaxed body and smooth hip swing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2544492..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 The Shunt
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the shunt, a sideways traveling move that isolates different body parts while maintaining grounded movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep hips relaxed and heels on the ground to stay grounded.
- - Transfer weight by rolling the foot rather than jumping.
- - Maintain a zigzag body shape by sliding ribs while keeping hips stationary.
- - Use a triple step timing (one and two) for rhythm.
- - In partnered versions, keep arms attached to the body and move together.
- - Practice in both closed position and closed embrace with smaller movements in the latter.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The shunt is not a jump; keep movements heavy and controlled.
- - Isolate upper body movement from the hips to create angular shapes.
- - Leaders should initiate moves by doing them themselves to guide partners.
- - Grounded posture makes leading and following easier.
- - This is a body-led move where shape changes drive partner movement.
- - Timing is flexible and can be adapted to personal preference.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82d4949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/10_The_Shunt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 The Shunt
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the shunt, a sideways traveling move that isolates different body parts while maintaining grounded movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep hips relaxed and heels on the ground to stay grounded.
+- Transfer weight by rolling the foot rather than jumping.
+- Maintain a zigzag body shape by sliding ribs while keeping hips stationary.
+- Use a triple step timing (one and two) for rhythm.
+- In partnered versions, keep arms attached to the body and move together.
+- Practice in both closed position and closed embrace with smaller movements in the latter.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The shunt is not a jump; keep movements heavy and controlled.
+- Isolate upper body movement from the hips to create angular shapes.
+- Leaders should initiate moves by doing them themselves to guide partners.
+- Grounded posture makes leading and following easier.
+- This is a body-led move where shape changes drive partner movement.
+- Timing is flexible and can be adapted to personal preference.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 396f7f0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-11 Alternating Shunts
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the alternating shunts variation in jookin, focusing on leaders and followers taking turns to perform shunts while maintaining communication and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the same beginning as regular shunts, then sit back on one leg without releasing forward.
- - Keep arms moving slightly to signal your partner to continue their turn during the alternating sequence.
- - Isolate arm movements from the body to avoid transferring motion to your partner during the chant.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The alternating shunts add a call-and-response element to the dance, enhancing rhythm and communication skills.
- - You can alternate between normal and alternating chants to practice flexibility and partner interaction.
- - Maintain a relaxed and connected posture to ensure smooth transitions between moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e057c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/11_Alternating_Shunts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 11 Alternating Shunts
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the alternating shunts variation in jookin, focusing on leaders and followers taking turns to perform shunts while maintaining communication and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the same beginning as regular shunts, then sit back on one leg without releasing forward.
+- Keep arms moving slightly to signal your partner to continue their turn during the alternating sequence.
+- Isolate arm movements from the body to avoid transferring motion to your partner during the chant.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The alternating shunts add a call-and-response element to the dance, enhancing rhythm and communication skills.
+- You can alternate between normal and alternating chants to practice flexibility and partner interaction.
+- Maintain a relaxed and connected posture to ensure smooth transitions between moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 261abd6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-12 Stomps
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches stomps, a simple move to add attitude to dancing, focusing on technique and styling, including solo and partnered variations.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stomp one leg forward and slide it back while keeping the foot connected to the ground.
- - Transfer weight onto the stomping leg as you slide it in to release the other leg.
- - Use upper body styling, such as twisting towards the stomping leg or leaning back.
- - In partnered stomps, lead by going down in your own body without forcing the partner.
- - Alternate stomps between legs and vary timing to match the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a relaxed posture with bent knees and connected foot movement.
- - Stomps are effective for adding attitude and can be adapted with personal styling.
- - In partnered dancing, communicate stomps through body movement rather than direct leading.
- - Be musical by aligning stomps with phrasing and alternating with other dance moves.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90abb41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/12_Stomps.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 12 Stomps
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches stomps, a simple move to add attitude to dancing, focusing on technique and styling, including solo and partnered variations.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stomp one leg forward and slide it back while keeping the foot connected to the ground.
+- Transfer weight onto the stomping leg as you slide it in to release the other leg.
+- Use upper body styling, such as twisting towards the stomping leg or leaning back.
+- In partnered stomps, lead by going down in your own body without forcing the partner.
+- Alternate stomps between legs and vary timing to match the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a relaxed posture with bent knees and connected foot movement.
+- Stomps are effective for adding attitude and can be adapted with personal styling.
+- In partnered dancing, communicate stomps through body movement rather than direct leading.
+- Be musical by aligning stomps with phrasing and alternating with other dance moves.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ee69fb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-13 The James Brown
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the James Brown or skate footwork variation, focusing on practicing it with different rhythms and techniques for balance and style.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice with feet together using toe-heel steps to the side, alternating as you go.
- - Keep the supporting leg under the body and turn from the hip joint, not the ankle or knee.
- - Lean slightly forward with shoulders over knees to improve balance and maintain a blues posture.
- - Start the move with toe or heel first depending on preference and transition from previous steps.
- - Use a dead leg that brushes along the floor when traveling to the side for easier movement.
- - Experiment with rhythms: try eight counts, four counts, or faster variations like three turns per count.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The James Brown can be adapted to various rhythms in music, making it versatile for playfulness.
- - Proper posture and leg alignment are crucial for balance and preventing joint injuries.
- - The entrance from basic steps involves sideways energy to signal direction for the move.
- - In partner dancing, leaders suggest direction with the first step rather than fully leading the move.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..097171a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/13_The_James_Brown.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 13 The James Brown
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the James Brown or skate footwork variation, focusing on practicing it with different rhythms and techniques for balance and style.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice with feet together using toe-heel steps to the side, alternating as you go.
+- Keep the supporting leg under the body and turn from the hip joint, not the ankle or knee.
+- Lean slightly forward with shoulders over knees to improve balance and maintain a blues posture.
+- Start the move with toe or heel first depending on preference and transition from previous steps.
+- Use a dead leg that brushes along the floor when traveling to the side for easier movement.
+- Experiment with rhythms: try eight counts, four counts, or faster variations like three turns per count.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The James Brown can be adapted to various rhythms in music, making it versatile for playfulness.
+- Proper posture and leg alignment are crucial for balance and preventing joint injuries.
+- The entrance from basic steps involves sideways energy to signal direction for the move.
+- In partner dancing, leaders suggest direction with the first step rather than fully leading the move.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bf121ea..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-14 Grind
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the grind, a rotational hip swing movement, focusing on subtle variations and fluid execution, with applications in solo and partnered dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with feet under hips and swing hips rotationally, keeping weight split and legs alternating straightening and bending.
- - Practice against a wall to keep the upper body facing forward while swinging the hips.
- - Roll through the foot from ball to heel for a soft step, transferring energy from the ground into the hips.
- - For an exaggerated grind, stretch the ribs forward as the hip swings back to create resistance.
- - Travel the grind by stepping slightly forward or backward each time while maintaining the hip swing.
- - In partnership, connect in close embrace and allow the connection point to roll across each other.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep the movement fluid and subtle, with all action happening from the belly button down.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture with shoulders slightly over the knees when grinding.
- - Hips swing back, not forward, during the grind movement.
- - The grind can be adapted for solo practice or partnered dancing with simple travel variations.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66546d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/14_Grind.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 14 Grind
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the grind, a rotational hip swing movement, focusing on subtle variations and fluid execution, with applications in solo and partnered dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with feet under hips and swing hips rotationally, keeping weight split and legs alternating straightening and bending.
+- Practice against a wall to keep the upper body facing forward while swinging the hips.
+- Roll through the foot from ball to heel for a soft step, transferring energy from the ground into the hips.
+- For an exaggerated grind, stretch the ribs forward as the hip swings back to create resistance.
+- Travel the grind by stepping slightly forward or backward each time while maintaining the hip swing.
+- In partnership, connect in close embrace and allow the connection point to roll across each other.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep the movement fluid and subtle, with all action happening from the belly button down.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture with shoulders slightly over the knees when grinding.
+- Hips swing back, not forward, during the grind movement.
+- The grind can be adapted for solo practice or partnered dancing with simple travel variations.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fcd79a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Hip Push
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the hip push move in jookin, focusing on proper technique and styling variations for solo and partnered dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep your heel on the floor and legs relaxed to avoid a tense hip push.
- - Maintain a long distance between ribs and hips to prevent crunching or tilting.
- - Return to neutral position before taking the next step when adding hip push to the basic step.
- - Adjust the swing size for faster music to keep movements controlled.
- - In partnered dancing, hip push can be added as personal styling without needing to lead it.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Aim for a grounded, earthy hip push with sass, not an upward or isolated movement.
- - The hip push can be used as a substitution in the basic step or as a standalone styling element.
- - In partnered variations, weight shifts may need to be led for coordinated movements.
- - Experiment with different levels, such as swinging at normal height and lowering, to add variety.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f4394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/1_Hip_Push.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Hip Push
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the hip push move in jookin, focusing on proper technique and styling variations for solo and partnered dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep your heel on the floor and legs relaxed to avoid a tense hip push.
+- Maintain a long distance between ribs and hips to prevent crunching or tilting.
+- Return to neutral position before taking the next step when adding hip push to the basic step.
+- Adjust the swing size for faster music to keep movements controlled.
+- In partnered dancing, hip push can be added as personal styling without needing to lead it.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Aim for a grounded, earthy hip push with sass, not an upward or isolated movement.
+- The hip push can be used as a substitution in the basic step or as a standalone styling element.
+- In partnered variations, weight shifts may need to be led for coordinated movements.
+- Experiment with different levels, such as swinging at normal height and lowering, to add variety.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 80dd70e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-2 Four Corners
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Four Corners move, a hip-focused variation of basic steps that involves rotating the body to four directions and adding hip pushes and scoops.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right foot and do two-count basics in place before adding rotation.
- - Add a hip push when rotating to each corner, keeping feet in place and twisting the body.
- - Incorporate a scoop around the back as you transfer weight to the other leg for the final layer.
- - Practice with arms extended to visualize the ribbon-like shape of the movement.
- - Keep heels on the floor to avoid popping up and maintain relaxed, heavy hips with bent knees.
- - Use a mirror to check your form and press an imaginary 'deflate button' to release tension.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move is named after hitting four corners of an imaginary box with your hips.
- - It can be adapted in size from subtle to large swings for stylistic variation.
- - In partner dancing, communicate through arm connection without forcing the move on your partner.
- - Travel the move by stepping slightly forward instead of collecting the leg under the body.
- - It works well as a substitution for basic steps in both closed and open positions.
- - Focus on swinging the hips softly with momentum rather than pushing them for a natural flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4520ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/2_Four_Corners.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 2 Four Corners
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Four Corners move, a hip-focused variation of basic steps that involves rotating the body to four directions and adding hip pushes and scoops.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right foot and do two-count basics in place before adding rotation.
+- Add a hip push when rotating to each corner, keeping feet in place and twisting the body.
+- Incorporate a scoop around the back as you transfer weight to the other leg for the final layer.
+- Practice with arms extended to visualize the ribbon-like shape of the movement.
+- Keep heels on the floor to avoid popping up and maintain relaxed, heavy hips with bent knees.
+- Use a mirror to check your form and press an imaginary 'deflate button' to release tension.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move is named after hitting four corners of an imaginary box with your hips.
+- It can be adapted in size from subtle to large swings for stylistic variation.
+- In partner dancing, communicate through arm connection without forcing the move on your partner.
+- Travel the move by stepping slightly forward instead of collecting the leg under the body.
+- It works well as a substitution for basic steps in both closed and open positions.
+- Focus on swinging the hips softly with momentum rather than pushing them for a natural flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 84b0405..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3 Funky Butt
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Funky Butt move, focusing on a backward hip swing with proper body alignment and connection in partnered dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine hips as a heavy ball at the end of a rope-like spine for a smooth swing.
- - Keep weight in the front of the feet to avoid shifting into the heels.
- - For partnered moves, leaders should move hands slightly forward as hips swing back for balance.
- - Followers should feel the space between partners and move their center back to maintain connection.
- - Adjust the size and speed of the move based on the music tempo.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a long spine and avoid isolating the hips to ensure the swing flows through the back.
- - Focus the movement in the butt, not the legs, to align with the move's name and purpose.
- - In partnered dancing, ensure a close connection with relaxed arms and avoid overstretching.
- - Practice the move solo first to build body awareness before adding partner elements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c859c93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/3_Funky_Butt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3 Funky Butt
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Funky Butt move, focusing on a backward hip swing with proper body alignment and connection in partnered dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine hips as a heavy ball at the end of a rope-like spine for a smooth swing.
+- Keep weight in the front of the feet to avoid shifting into the heels.
+- For partnered moves, leaders should move hands slightly forward as hips swing back for balance.
+- Followers should feel the space between partners and move their center back to maintain connection.
+- Adjust the size and speed of the move based on the music tempo.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a long spine and avoid isolating the hips to ensure the swing flows through the back.
+- Focus the movement in the butt, not the legs, to align with the move's name and purpose.
+- In partnered dancing, ensure a close connection with relaxed arms and avoid overstretching.
+- Practice the move solo first to build body awareness before adding partner elements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cf7a6b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-4 Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the fishtail move in jookin, focusing on its execution, variations, and partner integration, with the goal of mastering its technique and application in dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right, step back on the left while rotating to the corner, and keep weight in the heel during turns.
- - Practice keeping the upper body facing forwards while the lower body rotates, using a wall for support to maintain alignment.
- - Swing the hip back on each step to emphasize the butt movement, imagining showing your back pocket to someone in front.
- - Keep steps small and under the body to enhance hip visibility and avoid overextending.
- - Use the fishtail as a substitution for the basic step, maintaining pulse or smoothing it out for different textures.
- - In partner dancing, lead the fishtail by rotating the body on a touch step, keeping the connection relaxed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The fishtail is versatile and can be adapted with different pulses or smooth movements for varied effects.
- - Focus on isolating the lower body rotation from the upper body to create a twisting motion in the center.
- - Emphasize hip movement and small steps to make the move visually effective and maintain balance.
- - In partner contexts, the fishtail can be led or followed seamlessly as a substitution for basic steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..513b939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/4_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 4 Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the fishtail move in jookin, focusing on its execution, variations, and partner integration, with the goal of mastering its technique and application in dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right, step back on the left while rotating to the corner, and keep weight in the heel during turns.
+- Practice keeping the upper body facing forwards while the lower body rotates, using a wall for support to maintain alignment.
+- Swing the hip back on each step to emphasize the butt movement, imagining showing your back pocket to someone in front.
+- Keep steps small and under the body to enhance hip visibility and avoid overextending.
+- Use the fishtail as a substitution for the basic step, maintaining pulse or smoothing it out for different textures.
+- In partner dancing, lead the fishtail by rotating the body on a touch step, keeping the connection relaxed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The fishtail is versatile and can be adapted with different pulses or smooth movements for varied effects.
+- Focus on isolating the lower body rotation from the upper body to create a twisting motion in the center.
+- Emphasize hip movement and small steps to make the move visually effective and maintain balance.
+- In partner contexts, the fishtail can be led or followed seamlessly as a substitution for basic steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a21d3cd..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-5 Travelling Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the traveling fishtail movement in jookin, focusing on weight transfers and adding fishtail styling while traveling sideways. The goal is to practice solo and partnered variations with clear communication between leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on left foot and practice step, together, step, hold pattern before adding fishtail.
- - Substitute the step hold with a fishtail around the corner for backward steps.
- - Increase presence and energy slightly when transitioning to half fishtail to signal changes to your partner.
- - Practice alternating step touch with weight on one leg for two counts versus transferring weight every count.
- - Maintain relaxation in muscle tone while making clear weight transfers for effective leading.
- - Walk sideways for as long as desired before adding the fishtail for musical improvisation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Clear weight transfers are key for partnering the traveling fishtail movement.
- - Always assume you can improve rather than blaming your partner when something goes wrong.
- - Mix up step patterns to practice genuine leading and following in partnerships.
- - Relaxation in the body allows for leading complicated variations effectively.
- - Use slight increases in energy, not muscle tension, to communicate changes in movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b43b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/5_Travelling_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 5 Travelling Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the traveling fishtail movement in jookin, focusing on weight transfers and adding fishtail styling while traveling sideways. The goal is to practice solo and partnered variations with clear communication between leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on left foot and practice step, together, step, hold pattern before adding fishtail.
+- Substitute the step hold with a fishtail around the corner for backward steps.
+- Increase presence and energy slightly when transitioning to half fishtail to signal changes to your partner.
+- Practice alternating step touch with weight on one leg for two counts versus transferring weight every count.
+- Maintain relaxation in muscle tone while making clear weight transfers for effective leading.
+- Walk sideways for as long as desired before adding the fishtail for musical improvisation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Clear weight transfers are key for partnering the traveling fishtail movement.
+- Always assume you can improve rather than blaming your partner when something goes wrong.
+- Mix up step patterns to practice genuine leading and following in partnerships.
+- Relaxation in the body allows for leading complicated variations effectively.
+- Use slight increases in energy, not muscle tension, to communicate changes in movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d788e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-6 Single Time Fishtail
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the single time fishtail, a faster version of the fishtail move performed on every beat, with the goal of practicing it both solo and partnered to enhance lead and follow skills.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep steps small and under the body for control at speed.
- - Collect the free leg on the 'and' count to maintain balance.
- - Communicate weight transfer clearly when partnered to indicate tempo changes.
- - Increase body tone slightly for the fast fishtail to signal the change.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pivot happens on the 'and' count while the step is on the main beat.
- - Single time fishtail is faster with a pulse every count, not double.
- - Partnership requires leaders to signal tempo shifts for followers to adapt.
- - This move practices musicality and lead-follow dynamics effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10aeee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/6_Single_Time_Fishtail.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 6 Single Time Fishtail
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the single time fishtail, a faster version of the fishtail move performed on every beat, with the goal of practicing it both solo and partnered to enhance lead and follow skills.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep steps small and under the body for control at speed.
+- Collect the free leg on the 'and' count to maintain balance.
+- Communicate weight transfer clearly when partnered to indicate tempo changes.
+- Increase body tone slightly for the fast fishtail to signal the change.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pivot happens on the 'and' count while the step is on the main beat.
+- Single time fishtail is faster with a pulse every count, not double.
+- Partnership requires leaders to signal tempo shifts for followers to adapt.
+- This move practices musicality and lead-follow dynamics effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.html
deleted file mode 100644
index db380f3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-7 The Get Down
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Get Down' move, a walking variation in jookin that emphasizes deep steps with hip-led movement and attitude.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lead the step from the hip as if a rope is pulling it forward.
- - Keep the stepping foot facing the direction of travel to maintain a straight line.
- - Relax the arm in partner work to avoid blocking or discomfort.
- - Slide the hand back into closed position when transitioning from side-by-side to closed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Attitude is essential for this move; it doesn't work if you're worried about being pretty.
- - Maintain an asymmetric body shape with a twist between the upper body and hips.
- - Adapt the move to your body's flexibility and comfort level; individual style matters.
- - In partner work, create space when going down by not staying too close side-by-side.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e52a2ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/7_The_Get_Down.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 7 The Get Down
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Get Down' move, a walking variation in jookin that emphasizes deep steps with hip-led movement and attitude.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lead the step from the hip as if a rope is pulling it forward.
+- Keep the stepping foot facing the direction of travel to maintain a straight line.
+- Relax the arm in partner work to avoid blocking or discomfort.
+- Slide the hand back into closed position when transitioning from side-by-side to closed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Attitude is essential for this move; it doesn't work if you're worried about being pretty.
+- Maintain an asymmetric body shape with a twist between the upper body and hips.
+- Adapt the move to your body's flexibility and comfort level; individual style matters.
+- In partner work, create space when going down by not staying too close side-by-side.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b1025c5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Get Down Around the World
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Get Down Around the World' move, combining a get down walking style with a turning move, focusing on leading and following through body rotation and hand positioning.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Let the hands dance by relaxing the grip, allowing them to naturally adjust positions during turns.
- - Keep the hands low and near the follower's right hip to maintain connection without excessive arm movement.
- - Pivot on the standing leg during turns and step with the free leg for smoother transitions.
- - Use a wide, powerful squat when getting down to add style and take up space effectively.
- - Wait to feel the leader's rotation or step before moving, rather than anticipating or acting independently.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Lead turns and steps through body rotation, not by moving the arms, to ensure clear communication between partners.
- - Maintain a relaxed hand connection to allow natural movement and avoid rigid grips during the dance.
- - The exit involves joining together on the fourth repetition without pivoting, smoothly transitioning back to a closed position.
- - Layer the get down walking style on top of the basic step to add extra flair and match the music's rhythm.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be1834e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/8_Get_Down_Around_the_World.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Get Down Around the World
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Get Down Around the World' move, combining a get down walking style with a turning move, focusing on leading and following through body rotation and hand positioning.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Let the hands dance by relaxing the grip, allowing them to naturally adjust positions during turns.
+- Keep the hands low and near the follower's right hip to maintain connection without excessive arm movement.
+- Pivot on the standing leg during turns and step with the free leg for smoother transitions.
+- Use a wide, powerful squat when getting down to add style and take up space effectively.
+- Wait to feel the leader's rotation or step before moving, rather than anticipating or acting independently.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Lead turns and steps through body rotation, not by moving the arms, to ensure clear communication between partners.
+- Maintain a relaxed hand connection to allow natural movement and avoid rigid grips during the dance.
+- The exit involves joining together on the fourth repetition without pivoting, smoothly transitioning back to a closed position.
+- Layer the get down walking style on top of the basic step to add extra flair and match the music's rhythm.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f38ada3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Low Downs
-
-
-
-COURSE: jookin-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the low downs move in jookin, focusing on transitioning from a basic step to a low, grounded position with side leg movements while maintaining body alignment and energy flow.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep the legs underneath the body with the center of the move staying in place.
- - Ensure the knee is over the toes when weight is on a leg to avoid pain.
- - Add hip action to the free leg for more sass without transferring weight.
- - Avoid jumping by staying grounded and rolling through the feet during weight transfers.
- - Use a mirror to check leg alignment during practice.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a powerful shape by imagining a line of energy from the ground through the body.
- - The tempo of low downs should adapt to the music for comfort and style.
- - In partnership, communicate the move through weight transfer and body shape, not leg movement.
- - Keep the whole body dancing to avoid a stale look and enhance bluesy feel.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f226b91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/jookin-moves/9_Low_Downs.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Low Downs
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the low downs move in jookin, focusing on transitioning from a basic step to a low, grounded position with side leg movements while maintaining body alignment and energy flow.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep the legs underneath the body with the center of the move staying in place.
+- Ensure the knee is over the toes when weight is on a leg to avoid pain.
+- Add hip action to the free leg for more sass without transferring weight.
+- Avoid jumping by staying grounded and rolling through the feet during weight transfers.
+- Use a mirror to check leg alignment during practice.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a powerful shape by imagining a line of energy from the ground through the body.
+- The tempo of low downs should adapt to the music for comfort and style.
+- In partnership, communicate the move through weight transfer and body shape, not leg movement.
+- Keep the whole body dancing to avoid a stale look and enhance bluesy feel.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 28eb6aa..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-0 Close Embrace Options
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson explores various informal ways to connect in close embrace, emphasizing comfort and personal adaptation over a single default position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Experiment with different arm placements, such as wrapping around the waist or disconnecting one arm.
- - Adjust your embrace to be more open if there's a height difference for better breathing space.
- - Play with your partner to find a snug, hug-like connection that feels comfortable in the moment.
- - Allow the connection to be dynamic, moving around as you dance rather than staying fixed in one place.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Everyone's close embrace will look and feel different based on factors like height and body size.
- - The goal is to find a comfortable embrace that works for you and your partner, not to mimic others exactly.
- - Continuously adapt your close embrace throughout the course as you learn new moves.
- - Informal connections can be more suitable for relaxed or late-night dancing situations.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..306e2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Close_Embrace_Options.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 0 Close Embrace Options
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explores various informal ways to connect in close embrace, emphasizing comfort and personal adaptation over a single default position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Experiment with different arm placements, such as wrapping around the waist or disconnecting one arm.
+- Adjust your embrace to be more open if there's a height difference for better breathing space.
+- Play with your partner to find a snug, hug-like connection that feels comfortable in the moment.
+- Allow the connection to be dynamic, moving around as you dance rather than staying fixed in one place.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Everyone's close embrace will look and feel different based on factors like height and body size.
+- The goal is to find a comfortable embrace that works for you and your partner, not to mimic others exactly.
+- Continuously adapt your close embrace throughout the course as you learn new moves.
+- Informal connections can be more suitable for relaxed or late-night dancing situations.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 879a2dc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0 Late Night Blues Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the Late Night Blues course, focusing on dancing in close embrace with intra-body movement to create subtle, musical expression during slow music late at night.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice moves from the hip action solo course to understand the mechanics.
- - Ensure close embrace feels secure by taking the close embrace intensive course if needed.
- - Dim the lights and create a late-night bar atmosphere to get in the mood.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Imagine dancing at 2-4 a.m. with slow music for a medley in close embrace.
- - Focus on intra-body movement to make dancing interesting and musical in a subtle way.
- - Feel comfortable and squish into your partner without worries in close embrace.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f9207a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/0_Late_Night_Blues_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0 Late Night Blues Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the Late Night Blues course, focusing on dancing in close embrace with intra-body movement to create subtle, musical expression during slow music late at night.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice moves from the hip action solo course to understand the mechanics.
+- Ensure close embrace feels secure by taking the close embrace intensive course if needed.
+- Dim the lights and create a late-night bar atmosphere to get in the mood.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Imagine dancing at 2-4 a.m. with slow music for a medley in close embrace.
+- Focus on intra-body movement to make dancing interesting and musical in a subtle way.
+- Feel comfortable and squish into your partner without worries in close embrace.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4491721..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-10 Hip Swing One Side
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing a hip swing while keeping weight on one side, with the goal of practicing subtle, controlled movements and exploring partner dynamics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift weight into one side and swing the hip slowly without rushing.
- - Look at your hip while swinging to admire the movement.
- - Make the hip swing small and subtle, as if keeping a secret.
- - Step and push the hip in sequence, such as step, hip, step, hip.
- - Move around the room gradually while maintaining the hip swing.
- - Mix different hip swing variations together at your own pace.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep movements super chill and cool to maintain a relaxed style.
- - Focus on weight distribution on one side for the hip swing.
- - Be aware of how partner suggestions affect connection and dynamics.
- - Enjoy the slowness and subtlety of the movements.
- - Practice in your own time to build comfort and control.
- - Observe changes in partnership when both partners suggest movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c61b54a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/10_Hip_Swing_One_Side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 10 Hip Swing One Side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing a hip swing while keeping weight on one side, with the goal of practicing subtle, controlled movements and exploring partner dynamics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift weight into one side and swing the hip slowly without rushing.
+- Look at your hip while swinging to admire the movement.
+- Make the hip swing small and subtle, as if keeping a secret.
+- Step and push the hip in sequence, such as step, hip, step, hip.
+- Move around the room gradually while maintaining the hip swing.
+- Mix different hip swing variations together at your own pace.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep movements super chill and cool to maintain a relaxed style.
+- Focus on weight distribution on one side for the hip swing.
+- Be aware of how partner suggestions affect connection and dynamics.
+- Enjoy the slowness and subtlety of the movements.
+- Practice in your own time to build comfort and control.
+- Observe changes in partnership when both partners suggest movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a21ddb7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Recap 1
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps solo dance moves from the late-night-blues course, focusing on practicing them individually before partnering up to apply them in a partnership context.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the slow drag as a basic foundation.
- - Add upper body styling by leaning with the shoulders or away.
- - Incorporate the grind with hip rotation and variable tempo.
- - Perform non-funky funky butts, optionally staying on one side.
- - Practice sideways hip swings, also possible on one side.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Partner up to try all moves in partnership after solo practice.
- - Focus on body connection points and arm placement during partnership.
- - Maintain appropriate space between hips when dancing with a partner.
- - Combine all learned moves fluidly in the partnership context.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1277ebc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/11_Recap_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Recap 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps solo dance moves from the late-night-blues course, focusing on practicing them individually before partnering up to apply them in a partnership context.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the slow drag as a basic foundation.
+- Add upper body styling by leaning with the shoulders or away.
+- Incorporate the grind with hip rotation and variable tempo.
+- Perform non-funky funky butts, optionally staying on one side.
+- Practice sideways hip swings, also possible on one side.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Partner up to try all moves in partnership after solo practice.
+- Focus on body connection points and arm placement during partnership.
+- Maintain appropriate space between hips when dancing with a partner.
+- Combine all learned moves fluidly in the partnership context.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ab52c4d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-12 Hip Tilt
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the hip tilt move in late-night blues, focusing on tilting the pelvis with split weight to create a relaxed, cheeky wiggle.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine your center as a bucket of water, spilling it from side to side to feel the hip tilt.
- - Bend your knees slightly and keep legs relaxed while tilting the pelvis.
- - Shift weight clearly onto one leg before exiting the move to take a step.
- - Let your entire spine loosen as a consequence of the pelvis movement.
- - Practice moving weight between sides or staying on one side as desired.
- - Combine slow drag with hip tilts for smooth transitions in the dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a relaxed, low-energy effort to match the late-night blues style.
- - Focus on pelvic tilting with one hip bone up and the other down for the movement.
- - Ensure good connection with your partner and whisper-like, sexy execution.
- - Use split weight as the starting position for the hip tilt move.
- - Keep the movement cheeky and subtle, avoiding excessive energy or effort.
- - Integrate the hip tilt seamlessly with other moves like slow drag for flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2111ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/12_Hip_Tilt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 12 Hip Tilt
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the hip tilt move in late-night blues, focusing on tilting the pelvis with split weight to create a relaxed, cheeky wiggle.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine your center as a bucket of water, spilling it from side to side to feel the hip tilt.
+- Bend your knees slightly and keep legs relaxed while tilting the pelvis.
+- Shift weight clearly onto one leg before exiting the move to take a step.
+- Let your entire spine loosen as a consequence of the pelvis movement.
+- Practice moving weight between sides or staying on one side as desired.
+- Combine slow drag with hip tilts for smooth transitions in the dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a relaxed, low-energy effort to match the late-night blues style.
+- Focus on pelvic tilting with one hip bone up and the other down for the movement.
+- Ensure good connection with your partner and whisper-like, sexy execution.
+- Use split weight as the starting position for the hip tilt move.
+- Keep the movement cheeky and subtle, avoiding excessive energy or effort.
+- Integrate the hip tilt seamlessly with other moves like slow drag for flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ec28c7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-13 Belly Rubbing
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the belly rubbing move, a subtle hip rotation similar to the grind but smaller, focusing on split weight and relaxation.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with split weight and add a small rotation in the hips.
- - Keep knees bent and legs soft, avoiding locked legs.
- - Shift weight to one side or keep it in both feet as options.
- - Stay relaxed, especially when speeding up the movement.
- - Ensure weight is clearly on one side before stepping back into slow drag.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Belly rubbing is a very small movement, the smallest covered so far in the course.
- - In partnership, the move involves close connection and subtle communication between partners.
- - It can be tricky due to its subtlety, requiring relaxation and attentive listening to the partner.
- - The movement allows for weight shifting and timing variations to suit individual style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2088a31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/13_Belly_Rubbing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 13 Belly Rubbing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the belly rubbing move, a subtle hip rotation similar to the grind but smaller, focusing on split weight and relaxation.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with split weight and add a small rotation in the hips.
+- Keep knees bent and legs soft, avoiding locked legs.
+- Shift weight to one side or keep it in both feet as options.
+- Stay relaxed, especially when speeding up the movement.
+- Ensure weight is clearly on one side before stepping back into slow drag.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Belly rubbing is a very small movement, the smallest covered so far in the course.
+- In partnership, the move involves close connection and subtle communication between partners.
+- It can be tricky due to its subtlety, requiring relaxation and attentive listening to the partner.
+- The movement allows for weight shifting and timing variations to suit individual style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 32a200b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-14 Messaround
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the Messaround movement, teaching how to rotate the pelvis in smooth, even circles while maintaining proper posture and weight changes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep feet under your body and avoid making the circle too big.
- - Shift weight every two counts with the music for a slow, controlled rhythm.
- - Initiate the movement by swinging hips forward first for clarity with a partner.
- - Practice both clockwise and anticlockwise rotations to build versatility.
- - Maintain a relaxed close embrace when practicing with a partner to move as one body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on the quality and consistency of the rotation for a smooth circle.
- - The Messaround can be initiated by either partner during the slow drag.
- - Weight changes are key to feeling the movement and staying balanced.
- - Choose your starting direction and rotation based on personal preference.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a559ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/14_Messaround.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 14 Messaround
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the Messaround movement, teaching how to rotate the pelvis in smooth, even circles while maintaining proper posture and weight changes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep feet under your body and avoid making the circle too big.
+- Shift weight every two counts with the music for a slow, controlled rhythm.
+- Initiate the movement by swinging hips forward first for clarity with a partner.
+- Practice both clockwise and anticlockwise rotations to build versatility.
+- Maintain a relaxed close embrace when practicing with a partner to move as one body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on the quality and consistency of the rotation for a smooth circle.
+- The Messaround can be initiated by either partner during the slow drag.
+- Weight changes are key to feeling the movement and staying balanced.
+- Choose your starting direction and rotation based on personal preference.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 502a9f4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-15 The Messaround Rotating
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the messaround rotating movement, teaching how to rotate the pelvis clockwise or anti-clockwise while turning the full body in the same or opposite direction, with the goal of building skills for partner dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep steps small and directly under your hips to maintain rotation.
- - Focus on weight changes and relaxed legs to avoid tension.
- - Maintain the quality of pelvis rotation without stopping or cheating.
- - Use subtle, small circles for comfort and control.
- - Ensure a good connection with your partner before trying moves together.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The timing of the messaround is flexible and can be adapted to the music.
- - Practice all four rotation options to build versatility in movement.
- - Relax and breathe to enhance fluidity and connection in partner dancing.
- - Small, subtle movements are key to effective and comfortable rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4207a97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/15_The_Messaround_Rotating.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 15 The Messaround Rotating
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the messaround rotating movement, teaching how to rotate the pelvis clockwise or anti-clockwise while turning the full body in the same or opposite direction, with the goal of building skills for partner dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep steps small and directly under your hips to maintain rotation.
+- Focus on weight changes and relaxed legs to avoid tension.
+- Maintain the quality of pelvis rotation without stopping or cheating.
+- Use subtle, small circles for comfort and control.
+- Ensure a good connection with your partner before trying moves together.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The timing of the messaround is flexible and can be adapted to the music.
+- Practice all four rotation options to build versatility in movement.
+- Relax and breathe to enhance fluidity and connection in partner dancing.
+- Small, subtle movements are key to effective and comfortable rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f457ce..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-16 Messaround With Music
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing dance moves with music, likely building on previous skills in the course.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Listen to the music's rhythm to guide your movements.
- - Maintain a relaxed posture while dancing.
- - Coordinate steps with your partner smoothly.
- - Use the music's tempo to adjust your pace.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Practice regularly to improve muscle memory.
- - Focus on connection and flow with the music.
- - Stay patient and enjoy the learning process.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db39d7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/16_Messaround_With_Music.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 16 Messaround With Music
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing dance moves with music, likely building on previous skills in the course.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Listen to the music's rhythm to guide your movements.
+- Maintain a relaxed posture while dancing.
+- Coordinate steps with your partner smoothly.
+- Use the music's tempo to adjust your pace.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Practice regularly to improve muscle memory.
+- Focus on connection and flow with the music.
+- Stay patient and enjoy the learning process.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ceeb9d5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-17 Opposition
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces opposition in late-night blues dancing, where partners move in different directions while maintaining connection without physical contact. The goal is to explore this position while keeping energy focused inward toward each other.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders initiate opposition by staying on one side while signaling weight changes to followers.
- - Experiment with arm placement to control the openness or closeness of the connection bubble.
- - Add subtle hip styling like small backward swings, side swings, tilts, or rotations while in opposition.
- - Keep movements small to maintain connection and avoid overextending.
- - Use upper body and arms to gently bring partners back together from opposition.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a focused connection with your partner as if dancing in a private bubble, even when not in close embrace.
- - Opposition creates tension in the air between bodies, preserving a beautiful connection without physical touch.
- - The intensity of the move can be adjusted through arm placement and movement size.
- - All previously learned moves can be adapted and played with in the opposition position.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0543293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/17_Opposition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 17 Opposition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces opposition in late-night blues dancing, where partners move in different directions while maintaining connection without physical contact. The goal is to explore this position while keeping energy focused inward toward each other.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders initiate opposition by staying on one side while signaling weight changes to followers.
+- Experiment with arm placement to control the openness or closeness of the connection bubble.
+- Add subtle hip styling like small backward swings, side swings, tilts, or rotations while in opposition.
+- Keep movements small to maintain connection and avoid overextending.
+- Use upper body and arms to gently bring partners back together from opposition.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a focused connection with your partner as if dancing in a private bubble, even when not in close embrace.
+- Opposition creates tension in the air between bodies, preserving a beautiful connection without physical touch.
+- The intensity of the move can be adjusted through arm placement and movement size.
+- All previously learned moves can be adapted and played with in the opposition position.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dafe8e8..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-18 Recap 2
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson recaps various blues dance moves from the course, focusing on subtle, simple movements and intimate connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep movements soft and small, like in the swing to the side.
- - Maintain a relaxed spine during hip tilts with split weight.
- - Mix and match clockwise or anti-clockwise rotations in the mess around.
- - Use a close embrace and melt into each other for intimacy.
- - Let the music guide your movements without rushing.
- - Experiment with arm positioning to find what feels good.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on intra-body movement and subtlety rather than complex steps.
- - Prioritize the feeling and connection between partners over appearance.
- - Less is more; keep the dance simple and musical.
- - Adapt movements to your own body and partnership for comfort.
- - Create a relaxed atmosphere with mood lighting and slow music.
- - Enjoy the moment and dance as if no one is watching.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4179d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/18_Recap_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 18 Recap 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson recaps various blues dance moves from the course, focusing on subtle, simple movements and intimate connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep movements soft and small, like in the swing to the side.
+- Maintain a relaxed spine during hip tilts with split weight.
+- Mix and match clockwise or anti-clockwise rotations in the mess around.
+- Use a close embrace and melt into each other for intimacy.
+- Let the music guide your movements without rushing.
+- Experiment with arm positioning to find what feels good.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on intra-body movement and subtlety rather than complex steps.
+- Prioritize the feeling and connection between partners over appearance.
+- Less is more; keep the dance simple and musical.
+- Adapt movements to your own body and partnership for comfort.
+- Create a relaxed atmosphere with mood lighting and slow music.
+- Enjoy the moment and dance as if no one is watching.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 44fa95b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-19 Last Song
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on blues dance movements and techniques, with a goal of improving partner connection and musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a relaxed posture while moving to the rhythm.
- - Use smooth, flowing steps to match the music's tempo.
- - Focus on leading and following cues through body language.
- - Practice weight shifts to enhance balance and coordination.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues dance emphasizes emotional expression and connection.
- - Musicality is key to interpreting the song's mood and beats.
- - Consistent practice builds confidence and fluidity in movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52b70a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/19_Last_Song.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 19 Last Song
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on blues dance movements and techniques, with a goal of improving partner connection and musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a relaxed posture while moving to the rhythm.
+- Use smooth, flowing steps to match the music's tempo.
+- Focus on leading and following cues through body language.
+- Practice weight shifts to enhance balance and coordination.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues dance emphasizes emotional expression and connection.
+- Musicality is key to interpreting the song's mood and beats.
+- Consistent practice builds confidence and fluidity in movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 13293a5..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-1 Posture & points of connection
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on posture and connection in close embrace, exploring how to adjust distance between partners while maintaining upper body contact.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep hips over the feet when creating space between partners.
- - Maintain connection in the chest and upper body without adding weight.
- - Experiment with arm positions to find comfortable and cool poses.
- - Practice basics and walks while focusing on posture and connection.
- - Initiate space adjustments as either leader or follower and match naturally.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Posture adjustments can be made by one or both partners in close embrace.
- - Creating space between hips can enhance movement without losing upper body connection.
- - Arm positions should be explored for comfort and style during practice.
- - Focus on simple movements like walks to integrate posture and connection skills.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad984f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/1_Posture_&_points_of_connection.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 1 Posture & points of connection
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on posture and connection in close embrace, exploring how to adjust distance between partners while maintaining upper body contact.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep hips over the feet when creating space between partners.
+- Maintain connection in the chest and upper body without adding weight.
+- Experiment with arm positions to find comfortable and cool poses.
+- Practice basics and walks while focusing on posture and connection.
+- Initiate space adjustments as either leader or follower and match naturally.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Posture adjustments can be made by one or both partners in close embrace.
+- Creating space between hips can enhance movement without losing upper body connection.
+- Arm positions should be explored for comfort and style during practice.
+- Focus on simple movements like walks to integrate posture and connection skills.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c67629..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-2 Demonstration with music
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson demonstrates a dance routine with music, focusing on movement and expression.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Follow the rhythm closely to maintain timing.
- - Use smooth transitions between steps.
- - Keep your posture upright and relaxed.
- - Practice with the music to build confidence.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on fluidity and connection to the music.
- - Pay attention to body alignment and balance.
- - Incorporate emotional expression into movements.
- - Consistent practice improves muscle memory.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b22614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/2_Demonstration_with_music.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 2 Demonstration with music
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson demonstrates a dance routine with music, focusing on movement and expression.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Follow the rhythm closely to maintain timing.
+- Use smooth transitions between steps.
+- Keep your posture upright and relaxed.
+- Practice with the music to build confidence.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on fluidity and connection to the music.
+- Pay attention to body alignment and balance.
+- Incorporate emotional expression into movements.
+- Consistent practice improves muscle memory.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9338637..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-3 The Slow Drag
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the slow drag, the oldest known partnered blues dance, focusing on its history and foundational role in the course, with the goal of practicing its simple, continuous stepping and close embrace.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the left foot and step and drag slowly without stopping.
- - Focus on the drag motion and avoid a double pause unlike the basic step.
- - Play with body shape by leaning slightly or changing posture while staying upright.
- - Imagine embracing your partner and move towards them to find a close, squishy embrace.
- - Decide on arm connection and hip spacing to maintain the slow drag feeling.
- - Think of partners hanging off each other with informal arms for a draped, tired feeling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The slow drag originated as a non-dance to avoid lifting or crossing feet due to historical sanctions.
- - Less is more in this dance; simplicity and minimal movement enhance the experience.
- - Focus on comfort and how the connection feels rather than external appearance.
- - The dance emphasizes a continuous, slow step with a strong drag component.
- - Embrace the feeling of hanging off your partner for an authentic slow drag experience.
- - Check additional resources for more on the slow drag's interesting history.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a38fec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/3_The_Slow_Drag.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 3 The Slow Drag
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the slow drag, the oldest known partnered blues dance, focusing on its history and foundational role in the course, with the goal of practicing its simple, continuous stepping and close embrace.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the left foot and step and drag slowly without stopping.
+- Focus on the drag motion and avoid a double pause unlike the basic step.
+- Play with body shape by leaning slightly or changing posture while staying upright.
+- Imagine embracing your partner and move towards them to find a close, squishy embrace.
+- Decide on arm connection and hip spacing to maintain the slow drag feeling.
+- Think of partners hanging off each other with informal arms for a draped, tired feeling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The slow drag originated as a non-dance to avoid lifting or crossing feet due to historical sanctions.
+- Less is more in this dance; simplicity and minimal movement enhance the experience.
+- Focus on comfort and how the connection feels rather than external appearance.
+- The dance emphasizes a continuous, slow step with a strong drag component.
+- Embrace the feeling of hanging off your partner for an authentic slow drag experience.
+- Check additional resources for more on the slow drag's interesting history.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0646f4e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-4 Slow Drag Shapes
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on two body shape options for the slow drag in blues dancing, emphasizing relaxed movement and delayed body rippling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start the movement by leaning from your upper body first, with the rest following in a soft, delayed ripple.
- - Practice with more or less space between your hips to see how it affects the upper body shaping.
- - Move your head to a comfortable position as you change body shapes to avoid feeling stuck.
- - Ensure you drag the foot during the movement to maintain the slow drag technique.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid adding extra tension or stretch into the body; keep movements super relaxed.
- - Feel different body parts moving at different times to create a delay of movement through the body.
- - Maintain a comfortable close embrace and arm position with your partner while practicing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb21029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/4_Slow_Drag_Shapes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 4 Slow Drag Shapes
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on two body shape options for the slow drag in blues dancing, emphasizing relaxed movement and delayed body rippling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start the movement by leaning from your upper body first, with the rest following in a soft, delayed ripple.
+- Practice with more or less space between your hips to see how it affects the upper body shaping.
+- Move your head to a comfortable position as you change body shapes to avoid feeling stuck.
+- Ensure you drag the foot during the movement to maintain the slow drag technique.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid adding extra tension or stretch into the body; keep movements super relaxed.
+- Feel different body parts moving at different times to create a delay of movement through the body.
+- Maintain a comfortable close embrace and arm position with your partner while practicing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 48d0975..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-5 The Grind
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the grind dance move, focusing on integrating rotation, weight shift, and pelvic tilt into a relaxed, late-night blues style for partner connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate the pelvis so the right hip bone comes forward while the left goes back, and vice versa.
- - Step into the leg as the hip bone moves forward to shift weight naturally.
- - Roll through the foot when stepping to create energy flow from the ground up through the body.
- - Keep the upper body facing forward to maintain connection with your partner.
- - Practice the grind in two counts to match the slow drag timing, starting on the spot before adding movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The grind involves three simultaneous elements: rotation, weight shift, and tilt of the pelvis.
- - Allow the knees to bend naturally to support the hip movement and ensure comfort.
- - Maintain a relaxed, soft style with energy flowing through the chest for partner connection.
- - Experiment with traveling directions (forward, back, sides) while keeping the hip action independent.
- - Adjust arm placement and body connection to find what feels comfortable for the grind movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9212919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/5_The_Grind.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 5 The Grind
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the grind dance move, focusing on integrating rotation, weight shift, and pelvic tilt into a relaxed, late-night blues style for partner connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate the pelvis so the right hip bone comes forward while the left goes back, and vice versa.
+- Step into the leg as the hip bone moves forward to shift weight naturally.
+- Roll through the foot when stepping to create energy flow from the ground up through the body.
+- Keep the upper body facing forward to maintain connection with your partner.
+- Practice the grind in two counts to match the slow drag timing, starting on the spot before adding movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The grind involves three simultaneous elements: rotation, weight shift, and tilt of the pelvis.
+- Allow the knees to bend naturally to support the hip movement and ensure comfort.
+- Maintain a relaxed, soft style with energy flowing through the chest for partner connection.
+- Experiment with traveling directions (forward, back, sides) while keeping the hip action independent.
+- Adjust arm placement and body connection to find what feels comfortable for the grind movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 423cf3e..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-6 The Grind Single time
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on performing the grind step in single time, which involves stepping every beat instead of every two beats, while maintaining quality and connection with a partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Step every beat to transition from half time to single time.
- - Focus on the shape of your body while moving faster.
- - Take a deep breath and keep everything relaxed during practice.
- - Mix up single time and half time to vary the tempo.
- - Add the grind action into your body while maintaining a close embrace.
- - Play with combining the slow drag basic with grind variations.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The music is slower than you think, so prioritize shape over speed.
- - Faster steps can be more difficult, so pay attention to quality.
- - Maintain a beautiful connection with your partner, especially in late-night blues.
- - As a follower, you can initiate body shape changes without altering tempo.
- - Personal preference allows flexibility in leading or following tempo changes.
- - Combine all learned elements to see how they feel together in the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea40bbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/6_The_Grind_Single_time.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 6 The Grind Single time
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on performing the grind step in single time, which involves stepping every beat instead of every two beats, while maintaining quality and connection with a partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Step every beat to transition from half time to single time.
+- Focus on the shape of your body while moving faster.
+- Take a deep breath and keep everything relaxed during practice.
+- Mix up single time and half time to vary the tempo.
+- Add the grind action into your body while maintaining a close embrace.
+- Play with combining the slow drag basic with grind variations.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The music is slower than you think, so prioritize shape over speed.
+- Faster steps can be more difficult, so pay attention to quality.
+- Maintain a beautiful connection with your partner, especially in late-night blues.
+- As a follower, you can initiate body shape changes without altering tempo.
+- Personal preference allows flexibility in leading or following tempo changes.
+- Combine all learned elements to see how they feel together in the dance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 15af6ec..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7 The Funky Butt
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to swing the hips back to create a subtle variation called the 'funky butt' in late-night blues dancing, focusing on small, controlled movements.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Swing the hips back on the 'two' count of the basic step.
- - Imagine moving through resistance, like underwater or in honey, to slow the swing.
- - Open the hip slightly when swinging back for a more natural feel.
- - Keep the movement small and subtle to maintain connection with your partner.
- - Focus on how the movement feels in your body rather than how it looks.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The funky butt is a non-funky variation that adds a subtle hip swing to the slow drag basic.
- - Maintain forward weight while the hips move back to preserve balance.
- - This is an individual variation that can be added or ignored based on personal comfort.
- - Keep the upper body embrace stable to avoid losing connection with your partner.
- - Play with the size and points of connection to suit your comfort and style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a420ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/7_The_Funky_Butt.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7 The Funky Butt
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to swing the hips back to create a subtle variation called the 'funky butt' in late-night blues dancing, focusing on small, controlled movements.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Swing the hips back on the 'two' count of the basic step.
+- Imagine moving through resistance, like underwater or in honey, to slow the swing.
+- Open the hip slightly when swinging back for a more natural feel.
+- Keep the movement small and subtle to maintain connection with your partner.
+- Focus on how the movement feels in your body rather than how it looks.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The funky butt is a non-funky variation that adds a subtle hip swing to the slow drag basic.
+- Maintain forward weight while the hips move back to preserve balance.
+- This is an individual variation that can be added or ignored based on personal comfort.
+- Keep the upper body embrace stable to avoid losing connection with your partner.
+- Play with the size and points of connection to suit your comfort and style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 55faf8a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-8 Funky Butt on one side
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on practicing the 'Funky Butt' swing while keeping weight on one side, with the goal of mastering this movement individually and then applying it in partnered dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Swing the free hip back while keeping weight on one side.
- - Add a little rotation into the hip for a nicer feel.
- - Leaders should clearly keep weight on one side in their own body to signal the partner.
- - Stay on the spot or move a little with no rush.
- - Keep movements small and subtle to enjoy the feeling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Weight stays on the same side throughout the swing.
- - Let the connection be dynamic and change based on comfort.
- - Partners can initiate the weight shift, but it's optional.
- - The swing is similar to non-funky funky butts but with fixed weight.
- - Enjoy the movement of hips through space without rushing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e7453e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/8_Funky_Butt_on_one_side.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 8 Funky Butt on one side
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on practicing the 'Funky Butt' swing while keeping weight on one side, with the goal of mastering this movement individually and then applying it in partnered dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Swing the free hip back while keeping weight on one side.
+- Add a little rotation into the hip for a nicer feel.
+- Leaders should clearly keep weight on one side in their own body to signal the partner.
+- Stay on the spot or move a little with no rush.
+- Keep movements small and subtle to enjoy the feeling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Weight stays on the same side throughout the swing.
+- Let the connection be dynamic and change based on comfort.
+- Partners can initiate the weight shift, but it's optional.
+- The swing is similar to non-funky funky butts but with fixed weight.
+- Enjoy the movement of hips through space without rushing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 569e25f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Hip Swing
-
-
-
-COURSE: late-night-blues
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding a subtle sideways hip swing to dance steps, aiming for a relaxed and soft movement that enhances body connection and styling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Place your weight on one leg and swing the hip sideways in a small, relaxed motion.
- - Imagine moving through air with resistance, like it's full of honey, to guide the hip swing.
- - Swing the hip on the two count when shifting weight every two counts in steps.
- - Practice the hip swing individually as a styling option, even without a partner.
- - Keep the movement lazy and soft, avoiding extra muscular energy.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The hip swing is similar to the hip push from previous courses but softer and more subtle.
- - Focus on how the movement feels and connects within the body for a natural flow.
- - You can add or remove the hip swing at any time to vary your dance styling.
- - Maintain a relaxed, late-night vibe to keep the movement effortless and enjoyable.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3770718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/late-night-blues/9_Hip_Swing.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Hip Swing
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding a subtle sideways hip swing to dance steps, aiming for a relaxed and soft movement that enhances body connection and styling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Place your weight on one leg and swing the hip sideways in a small, relaxed motion.
+- Imagine moving through air with resistance, like it's full of honey, to guide the hip swing.
+- Swing the hip on the two count when shifting weight every two counts in steps.
+- Practice the hip swing individually as a styling option, even without a partner.
+- Keep the movement lazy and soft, avoiding extra muscular energy.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The hip swing is similar to the hip push from previous courses but softer and more subtle.
+- Focus on how the movement feels and connects within the body for a natural flow.
+- You can add or remove the hip swing at any time to vary your dance styling.
+- Maintain a relaxed, late-night vibe to keep the movement effortless and enjoyable.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 12cba68..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-0 Our Favourite Moves Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces a course featuring favorite dance moves used frequently on the social dance floor, aiming to share them with learners.
-TIP & TRICKS: No items to remember.
-REMEMBER:
- - The move names are made up and may not be ideal, so feel free to suggest better ones.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b2d307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/0_Our_Favourite_Moves_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+title: 0 Our Favourite Moves Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces a course featuring favorite dance moves used frequently on the social dance floor, aiming to share them with learners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+No items to remember.
+##REMEMBER
+- The move names are made up and may not be ideal, so feel free to suggest better ones.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d48f3d1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-10 The Vicci Leg!
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Vicci Leg' move, focusing on leaders communicating a triple step while cheating direction and followers responding to build a stretch without completing the third step.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders stop followers sooner by moving away to prevent the third step.
- - Followers keep the right leg soft and never locked for better balance.
- - Use hands with a slight disconnect to allow stretch from the center through the body.
- - Leaders turn toward the follower to initiate rotation and exit smoothly.
- - Followers can add styling by sneaking the left leg through ahead during the stretch.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain connection and clear signals to avoid discomfort or missteps.
- - Keep the shoulder down and hand close to the body for proper frame.
- - Ensure the sternum always faces toward the partner for better alignment.
- - Wait to be led into the exit rather than choosing timing independently.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf9a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/10_The_Vicci_Leg!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 10 The Vicci Leg!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Vicci Leg' move, focusing on leaders communicating a triple step while cheating direction and followers responding to build a stretch without completing the third step.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders stop followers sooner by moving away to prevent the third step.
+- Followers keep the right leg soft and never locked for better balance.
+- Use hands with a slight disconnect to allow stretch from the center through the body.
+- Leaders turn toward the follower to initiate rotation and exit smoothly.
+- Followers can add styling by sneaking the left leg through ahead during the stretch.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain connection and clear signals to avoid discomfort or missteps.
+- Keep the shoulder down and hand close to the body for proper frame.
+- Ensure the sternum always faces toward the partner for better alignment.
+- Wait to be led into the exit rather than choosing timing independently.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3264fca..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-11 Cross Steps in Opposition
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Cross Steps in Opposition move, focusing on executing a triple step in opposition with a partner in a repetitive loop, including an exit with an inside turn.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders do four steps slightly faster than followers to end in the correct position.
- - Use a laser beam concept to track your partner and maintain upper body connection during opposition.
- - For the exit, leaders raise their left arm to lead an inside turn while both partners have weight on their left.
- - Step under your body during the turn to avoid traveling away from your partner.
- - Practice the move from closed or open position with the same rules applying.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Both leaders and followers are responsible for staying connected through the laser beam concept.
- - The rhythm for the steps is consistent, such as one and two, to maintain timing.
- - The move can be repeated indefinitely and adapted with different counts like two, four, or eight.
- - Transition into the move from basics, starting with specific weight positions for leaders and followers.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..663efe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/11_Cross_Steps_in_Opposition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 11 Cross Steps in Opposition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Cross Steps in Opposition move, focusing on executing a triple step in opposition with a partner in a repetitive loop, including an exit with an inside turn.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders do four steps slightly faster than followers to end in the correct position.
+- Use a laser beam concept to track your partner and maintain upper body connection during opposition.
+- For the exit, leaders raise their left arm to lead an inside turn while both partners have weight on their left.
+- Step under your body during the turn to avoid traveling away from your partner.
+- Practice the move from closed or open position with the same rules applying.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Both leaders and followers are responsible for staying connected through the laser beam concept.
+- The rhythm for the steps is consistent, such as one and two, to maintain timing.
+- The move can be repeated indefinitely and adapted with different counts like two, four, or eight.
+- Transition into the move from basics, starting with specific weight positions for leaders and followers.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f77d78..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-12 Cross Step Styling - Pivots
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding styling to cross steps by replacing the triple step with pivots, maintaining the same movement shape while changing footwork.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Transfer weight slightly forward onto the balls of the feet to make pivoting easier.
- - Keep pulsing to maintain flow during the pivot steps.
- - Track your partner with a laser beam to avoid distraction from footwork.
- - Practice mixing pivots with normal stepping and exits for variation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pivot footwork variation is independent and can be done by either partner without leading.
- - Maintain all previous technique while changing footwork to ensure smooth execution.
- - The exit options remain the same as with triple rhythm, allowing flexibility in movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..baf3135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/12_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Pivots.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 12 Cross Step Styling - Pivots
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding styling to cross steps by replacing the triple step with pivots, maintaining the same movement shape while changing footwork.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Transfer weight slightly forward onto the balls of the feet to make pivoting easier.
+- Keep pulsing to maintain flow during the pivot steps.
+- Track your partner with a laser beam to avoid distraction from footwork.
+- Practice mixing pivots with normal stepping and exits for variation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pivot footwork variation is independent and can be done by either partner without leading.
+- Maintain all previous technique while changing footwork to ensure smooth execution.
+- The exit options remain the same as with triple rhythm, allowing flexibility in movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5819501..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-13 Cross Step Styling - Kick Ball Change
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the kick ball change styling for cross steps, focusing on controlled kicks and smooth transitions between steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Kick with energy going down through the heel, not throwing it away.
- - Use the whole body with a slight lean for a nice stretch or line.
- - Add an extra step at the end to alternate legs: kick, ball, step, step.
- - Keep movements grounded and avoid jumping to maintain control.
- - Transition smoothly by focusing on the step before the kick.
- - Practice the rhythm, such as 'one and two', to match the cross step pattern.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This styling can be done independently without leading, in open or closed positions.
- - Maintain a low center of energy to keep movements contained and cool.
- - Timing and practice are key for smooth transitions between triple steps and kick steps.
- - Use variations for exits as learned in previous lessons.
- - Focus on technique to prevent the step from becoming too big or wild.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d983d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/13_Cross_Step_Styling_-_Kick_Ball_Change.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: 13 Cross Step Styling - Kick Ball Change
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the kick ball change styling for cross steps, focusing on controlled kicks and smooth transitions between steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Kick with energy going down through the heel, not throwing it away.
+- Use the whole body with a slight lean for a nice stretch or line.
+- Add an extra step at the end to alternate legs: kick, ball, step, step.
+- Keep movements grounded and avoid jumping to maintain control.
+- Transition smoothly by focusing on the step before the kick.
+- Practice the rhythm, such as 'one and two', to match the cross step pattern.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This styling can be done independently without leading, in open or closed positions.
+- Maintain a low center of energy to keep movements contained and cool.
+- Timing and practice are key for smooth transitions between triple steps and kick steps.
+- Use variations for exits as learned in previous lessons.
+- Focus on technique to prevent the step from becoming too big or wild.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 31c8118..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-14 Out & Ins
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on bluesy out and ins, teaching how to integrate them with cross steps and opposition steps from previous classes, using compression for movement transitions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use compression to spring back with a triple rhythm, feeling it from the hands down into the centers.
- - Step under your body on the release, moving the body first before the feet.
- - Maintain a secure frame with a bit of resistance for effective compression.
- - Practice transitioning from cross steps to out and ins by getting compression on count six.
- - Exit by asking for rotation instead of compression to return to cross steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Compression happens because bodies move closer together, not by tensing muscles.
- - Ensure movement continues through space to achieve compression without stopping.
- - Focus on efficiency and relaxation in the body during practice.
- - Give and receive feedback with a partner to improve technique and feel.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d23551e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/14_Out_&_Ins.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 14 Out & Ins
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on bluesy out and ins, teaching how to integrate them with cross steps and opposition steps from previous classes, using compression for movement transitions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use compression to spring back with a triple rhythm, feeling it from the hands down into the centers.
+- Step under your body on the release, moving the body first before the feet.
+- Maintain a secure frame with a bit of resistance for effective compression.
+- Practice transitioning from cross steps to out and ins by getting compression on count six.
+- Exit by asking for rotation instead of compression to return to cross steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Compression happens because bodies move closer together, not by tensing muscles.
+- Ensure movement continues through space to achieve compression without stopping.
+- Focus on efficiency and relaxation in the body during practice.
+- Give and receive feedback with a partner to improve technique and feel.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 900efc0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-15 Wheee No Hands!
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a dance move called 'Wheee No Hands!' focusing on an inside turn leading to a side-by-side position without hand holds, emphasizing body connection and movement coordination between leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders create distance after the inside turn by aligning shoulders and connecting left shoulder to partner's right shoulder.
- - Followers should step under their body as they move to maintain balance and follow the leader's lead.
- - Use a four-count timing: one and two and three and four, with rotation on the two for smooth execution.
- - Leaders lower themselves and move backwards to signal followers to disconnect arms and move forwards.
- - Keep arms raised after disconnecting to avoid hitting the partner when moving into side-by-side position.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on body movement over precise footwork to adapt to the leader's cues and maintain flow.
- - Clear communication through body positioning is essential for signaling transitions without hand holds.
- - Practice the move with music to integrate timing and coordination for a natural feel.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15d5595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/15_Wheee_No_Hands!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 15 Wheee No Hands!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a dance move called 'Wheee No Hands!' focusing on an inside turn leading to a side-by-side position without hand holds, emphasizing body connection and movement coordination between leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders create distance after the inside turn by aligning shoulders and connecting left shoulder to partner's right shoulder.
+- Followers should step under their body as they move to maintain balance and follow the leader's lead.
+- Use a four-count timing: one and two and three and four, with rotation on the two for smooth execution.
+- Leaders lower themselves and move backwards to signal followers to disconnect arms and move forwards.
+- Keep arms raised after disconnecting to avoid hitting the partner when moving into side-by-side position.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on body movement over precise footwork to adapt to the leader's cues and maintain flow.
+- Clear communication through body positioning is essential for signaling transitions without hand holds.
+- Practice the move with music to integrate timing and coordination for a natural feel.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 97ee264..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-16 The Dizzy Move!
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the Dizzy Move, a turning technique in dance that involves spinning with a partner, focusing on connection and dynamic speed control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start from an inside turn with a step forward to position side-by-side before rotating.
- - Use a slight lean or counterbalance to create connection and allow for faster, more dynamic turns.
- - Pivot around a central axis with steps like 'step, turn' to maintain balance and avoid falling.
- - Exit the move by ensuring the follower is on their right leg to lead a big step to the left side.
- - Practice slowly and add counterbalance as speed increases to build control and prevent dizziness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The rhythm and amount of spin depend on the music, so adapt the move to fit the song's dynamics.
- - Maintain a strong connection with your partner through counterbalance to stay together during turns.
- - Footwork varies based on factors like speed and leader's steps, so focus on staying balanced rather than a fixed pattern.
- - To reduce dizziness, focus on a stationary object like your hands after spinning.
- - Practice in short bursts to build skill without overexertion, and adjust the move to match musical explosions or slowdowns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f76789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/16_The_Dizzy_Move!.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 16 The Dizzy Move!
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the Dizzy Move, a turning technique in dance that involves spinning with a partner, focusing on connection and dynamic speed control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start from an inside turn with a step forward to position side-by-side before rotating.
+- Use a slight lean or counterbalance to create connection and allow for faster, more dynamic turns.
+- Pivot around a central axis with steps like 'step, turn' to maintain balance and avoid falling.
+- Exit the move by ensuring the follower is on their right leg to lead a big step to the left side.
+- Practice slowly and add counterbalance as speed increases to build control and prevent dizziness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The rhythm and amount of spin depend on the music, so adapt the move to fit the song's dynamics.
+- Maintain a strong connection with your partner through counterbalance to stay together during turns.
+- Footwork varies based on factors like speed and leader's steps, so focus on staying balanced rather than a fixed pattern.
+- To reduce dizziness, focus on a stationary object like your hands after spinning.
+- Practice in short bursts to build skill without overexertion, and adjust the move to match musical explosions or slowdowns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 74221c6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1 Triple Step Transition
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches using a triple step to transition from closed position to side-by-side, focusing on fluid movement and control as a foundational move for future classes.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with weight on the right for followers and left for leaders to avoid confusion.
- - Perform the three steps in two counts with a rhythm like 'one and two' for a faster pace.
- - Think of the move as a wave, sinking into the floor on the first step and rolling through on the second.
- - Keep one foot on the ground at all times to avoid jumping and maintain connection to the floor.
- - Leaders move their right hand from the follower's left to right side, while followers slide their arm accordingly.
- - In close embrace, arms may not need to move if already in the correct position.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This triple step is a base move that will be used in upcoming classes, so mastering it is essential.
- - Focus on fluidity and avoiding jerky motions to make the transition smooth and beautiful.
- - Control the move by rolling the foot into the ground, which helps maintain connection and adapt to different music tempos.
- - Relax shoulders and adjust arm positions comfortably based on height differences for better connection.
- - Practice with slow music to stretch the move and emphasize the wave-like, rounded motion.
- - Ensure feet never disconnect from the ground to prevent jumping and enhance stability.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56a1dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/1_Triple_Step_Transition.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1 Triple Step Transition
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches using a triple step to transition from closed position to side-by-side, focusing on fluid movement and control as a foundational move for future classes.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with weight on the right for followers and left for leaders to avoid confusion.
+- Perform the three steps in two counts with a rhythm like 'one and two' for a faster pace.
+- Think of the move as a wave, sinking into the floor on the first step and rolling through on the second.
+- Keep one foot on the ground at all times to avoid jumping and maintain connection to the floor.
+- Leaders move their right hand from the follower's left to right side, while followers slide their arm accordingly.
+- In close embrace, arms may not need to move if already in the correct position.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This triple step is a base move that will be used in upcoming classes, so mastering it is essential.
+- Focus on fluidity and avoiding jerky motions to make the transition smooth and beautiful.
+- Control the move by rolling the foot into the ground, which helps maintain connection and adapt to different music tempos.
+- Relax shoulders and adjust arm positions comfortably based on height differences for better connection.
+- Practice with slow music to stretch the move and emphasize the wave-like, rounded motion.
+- Ensure feet never disconnect from the ground to prevent jumping and enhance stability.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.html
deleted file mode 100644
index eb1f5f3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2 Back to Back Matrix
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the back-to-back matrix move, a stylish progression from the triple step into open, focusing on over-rotation and reconnection with a partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Anchor into the ground on the third step to prevent followers from over-rotating.
- - Drop the arm in closed position to allow space for the arm to roll through and enable rotation.
- - Keep your eyes open and look over your shoulder to visually coordinate timing with your partner.
- - Ensure the second step comes in under the hip for balance to facilitate controlled over-rotation.
- - Practice the move at various speeds to match the music, such as slow or fast counts.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move requires both rotation and a clear stop to feel the connection with your partner.
- - Leaders must communicate the rotation and drop the arm to give followers freedom to move.
- - Balance on the second step is crucial for achieving the over-rotation in the matrix move.
- - The move can be adapted from closed position or close embrace with adjustments for arm placement.
- - Visual cues and timing are key for partners to synchronize their movements effectively.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bc0cf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/2_Back_to_Back_Matrix.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2 Back to Back Matrix
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the back-to-back matrix move, a stylish progression from the triple step into open, focusing on over-rotation and reconnection with a partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Anchor into the ground on the third step to prevent followers from over-rotating.
+- Drop the arm in closed position to allow space for the arm to roll through and enable rotation.
+- Keep your eyes open and look over your shoulder to visually coordinate timing with your partner.
+- Ensure the second step comes in under the hip for balance to facilitate controlled over-rotation.
+- Practice the move at various speeds to match the music, such as slow or fast counts.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move requires both rotation and a clear stop to feel the connection with your partner.
+- Leaders must communicate the rotation and drop the arm to give followers freedom to move.
+- Balance on the second step is crucial for achieving the over-rotation in the matrix move.
+- The move can be adapted from closed position or close embrace with adjustments for arm placement.
+- Visual cues and timing are key for partners to synchronize their movements effectively.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c3f7674..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-3 Back to Back Matrix II
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a combination of the triple step and backwards matrix moves, focusing on integrating them with different hand positions and rotation options for a dynamic back-to-back sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should lower their hand to communicate rotation and prevent wrist strain.
- - Practice the move with a faster rhythm for added spice, aiming for 'one and two and three'.
- - Followers should feel the leader's body rotation through the hand connection without tension.
- - After the back-to-back, leaders can choose to keep rotating slowly or stop and change direction.
- - Maintain a low and relaxed hand connection throughout the move.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move combines elements from previous lessons but with a new twist on hand positioning and timing.
- - Timing can be adjusted to fit the music, with options for slower or faster execution.
- - Followers need to listen carefully to the leader's cues through body rotation, not pulling.
- - The ending offers two options: continuing rotation or reversing direction, enhancing adaptability.
- - This exercise helps test and improve connection and responsiveness in partner dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82801c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/3_Back_to_Back_Matrix_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 3 Back to Back Matrix II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a combination of the triple step and backwards matrix moves, focusing on integrating them with different hand positions and rotation options for a dynamic back-to-back sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should lower their hand to communicate rotation and prevent wrist strain.
+- Practice the move with a faster rhythm for added spice, aiming for 'one and two and three'.
+- Followers should feel the leader's body rotation through the hand connection without tension.
+- After the back-to-back, leaders can choose to keep rotating slowly or stop and change direction.
+- Maintain a low and relaxed hand connection throughout the move.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move combines elements from previous lessons but with a new twist on hand positioning and timing.
+- Timing can be adjusted to fit the music, with options for slower or faster execution.
+- Followers need to listen carefully to the leader's cues through body rotation, not pulling.
+- The ending offers two options: continuing rotation or reversing direction, enhancing adaptability.
+- This exercise helps test and improve connection and responsiveness in partner dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 36c4b46..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-4 Back to Back Matrix III
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a variation of the Back to Back Matrix move, adding an arm lift and rotation, with a focus on technique and comfort for different heights.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Bring the hands up and around instead of keeping them low.
- - Ensure the hand passes evenly between partners, slightly more to the follower's side.
- - Relax shoulders and arms to let the movement flow softly over the head.
- - Followers should start rotating their body as the hands are above the head.
- - Avoid this variation if there is a large height difference between partners.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This move builds on previous variations by adding an arm-over-head element.
- - Maintain relaxation in the shoulders to prevent tension during the rotation.
- - Coordinate body rotation with the arm movement for a smooth finish.
- - Consider partner height compatibility to ensure comfort and safety.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1607035
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/4_Back_to_Back_Matrix_III.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 4 Back to Back Matrix III
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a variation of the Back to Back Matrix move, adding an arm lift and rotation, with a focus on technique and comfort for different heights.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Bring the hands up and around instead of keeping them low.
+- Ensure the hand passes evenly between partners, slightly more to the follower's side.
+- Relax shoulders and arms to let the movement flow softly over the head.
+- Followers should start rotating their body as the hands are above the head.
+- Avoid this variation if there is a large height difference between partners.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This move builds on previous variations by adding an arm-over-head element.
+- Maintain relaxation in the shoulders to prevent tension during the rotation.
+- Coordinate body rotation with the arm movement for a smooth finish.
+- Consider partner height compatibility to ensure comfort and safety.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 96325cc..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-5 Behind the Back
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the 'Behind the Back' move, a simple turning step for leaders to guide followers in front and rotate together, focusing on timing and connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step forward to send the follower in front, creating momentum with a slight delay in the right arm.
- - Followers should maintain patience on the fourth step, waiting for the leader to finish before committing.
- - Leaders use two steps (and four) to turn, ending with their back to the follower, and can adjust the unwind timing based on the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move relies on elasticity in the connection to allow for smooth rotation and momentum.
- - Followers anchor their weight on the left leg after the fourth step to signal readiness for the next move.
- - Timing variations in the unwind can adapt to different musical styles, such as slow-motion for jazzy tunes.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e84e08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/5_Behind_the_Back.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 5 Behind the Back
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the 'Behind the Back' move, a simple turning step for leaders to guide followers in front and rotate together, focusing on timing and connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step forward to send the follower in front, creating momentum with a slight delay in the right arm.
+- Followers should maintain patience on the fourth step, waiting for the leader to finish before committing.
+- Leaders use two steps (and four) to turn, ending with their back to the follower, and can adjust the unwind timing based on the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move relies on elasticity in the connection to allow for smooth rotation and momentum.
+- Followers anchor their weight on the left leg after the fourth step to signal readiness for the next move.
+- Timing variations in the unwind can adapt to different musical styles, such as slow-motion for jazzy tunes.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 341a2a4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-6 Behind the Back and Redirect
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the behind-the-back movement with a redirect ending, teaching both slow and quick timing variations for leaders and followers.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should turn toward followers and keep their hand in front while looking at them during the redirect.
- - Followers perform an outside turn with three steps (right, left, right) on a line, staying aligned.
- - For the quick redirect, leaders pivot faster in one count, and followers use a triple step (step and step) instead of stepping every beat.
- - During absorption, both partners sink into the left leg like an anchor, enjoying the slow motion without rushing.
- - Practice the sequence with both slow (eight counts) and quick (seven counts) timing options to adapt to the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The redirection is led by the leader's body movement speed, not by tension in the arms, to avoid shoulder injury.
- - Absorption duration is flexible; it can last as many counts as desired, depending on the music or preference.
- - Maintain eye contact and proper hand positioning during turns to ensure clear communication and smooth execution.
- - Enjoy the slow absorption phase by syncing with the leader's body and waiting patiently for the next move.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b54334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/6_Behind_the_Back_and_Redirect.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 6 Behind the Back and Redirect
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the behind-the-back movement with a redirect ending, teaching both slow and quick timing variations for leaders and followers.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should turn toward followers and keep their hand in front while looking at them during the redirect.
+- Followers perform an outside turn with three steps (right, left, right) on a line, staying aligned.
+- For the quick redirect, leaders pivot faster in one count, and followers use a triple step (step and step) instead of stepping every beat.
+- During absorption, both partners sink into the left leg like an anchor, enjoying the slow motion without rushing.
+- Practice the sequence with both slow (eight counts) and quick (seven counts) timing options to adapt to the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The redirection is led by the leader's body movement speed, not by tension in the arms, to avoid shoulder injury.
+- Absorption duration is flexible; it can last as many counts as desired, depending on the music or preference.
+- Maintain eye contact and proper hand positioning during turns to ensure clear communication and smooth execution.
+- Enjoy the slow absorption phase by syncing with the leader's body and waiting patiently for the next move.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cc2fb0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-7 Stretch & Turn I
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on the technique of stretch to create beautiful moves, incorporating a triple step and teaching leaders to step back to generate stretch while maintaining connection and frame.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders step back and roll the right foot to build stretch instead of crossing forward.
- - Maintain the stretch as you rotate to avoid over-rotation and loss of connection.
- - Followers step under the body to keep steps small and maintain equal stretch.
- - Leaders increase the stretch slightly to initiate the follower's rotation.
- - Roll through the foot on steps to absorb energy and prevent breaking the stretch.
- - Keep hands in the middle to signal stretch without pulling.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Stretch is created by bodies moving away from each other, driving rotation and maintaining connection.
- - Connection of arm and shoulder to the body is crucial for proper rotation and frame.
- - Avoid stopping on steps; continuous movement preserves energy and stretch.
- - Upper body rotates while lower body stays linear to maintain dissociation and frame.
- - Match arm shapes with your partner to enhance connection during the stretch.
- - Practice on a line to ensure consistent foot placement and smooth transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8101fb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/7_Stretch_&_Turn_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 7 Stretch & Turn I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on the technique of stretch to create beautiful moves, incorporating a triple step and teaching leaders to step back to generate stretch while maintaining connection and frame.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders step back and roll the right foot to build stretch instead of crossing forward.
+- Maintain the stretch as you rotate to avoid over-rotation and loss of connection.
+- Followers step under the body to keep steps small and maintain equal stretch.
+- Leaders increase the stretch slightly to initiate the follower's rotation.
+- Roll through the foot on steps to absorb energy and prevent breaking the stretch.
+- Keep hands in the middle to signal stretch without pulling.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Stretch is created by bodies moving away from each other, driving rotation and maintaining connection.
+- Connection of arm and shoulder to the body is crucial for proper rotation and frame.
+- Avoid stopping on steps; continuous movement preserves energy and stretch.
+- Upper body rotates while lower body stays linear to maintain dissociation and frame.
+- Match arm shapes with your partner to enhance connection during the stretch.
+- Practice on a line to ensure consistent foot placement and smooth transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3274733..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-8 Stretch & Turn II
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on modifying a stretch-and-turn move by adding speed changes and a new ending, specifically teaching a triple rhythm for followers and a faster turn with three steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Add more energy to lead the follower through with a triple rhythm.
- - Perform a triple rhythm in your own body to signal the follower to do the same.
- - Keep the arm connection super relaxed after the stretch.
- - Pivot on the left leg for rotation during the turn.
- - End by slowly turning to face your partner whenever desired.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use increased energy to communicate speed changes to the follower.
- - Maintain balance on the left leg during the turn for stability.
- - Relax the arm connection to avoid unnecessary tension.
- - The turn now has three steps instead of two for a faster pace.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5208a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/8_Stretch_&_Turn_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 8 Stretch & Turn II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on modifying a stretch-and-turn move by adding speed changes and a new ending, specifically teaching a triple rhythm for followers and a faster turn with three steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Add more energy to lead the follower through with a triple rhythm.
+- Perform a triple rhythm in your own body to signal the follower to do the same.
+- Keep the arm connection super relaxed after the stretch.
+- Pivot on the left leg for rotation during the turn.
+- End by slowly turning to face your partner whenever desired.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use increased energy to communicate speed changes to the follower.
+- Maintain balance on the left leg during the turn for stability.
+- Relax the arm connection to avoid unnecessary tension.
+- The turn now has three steps instead of two for a faster pace.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 814d941..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-9 Stretch & Matrix
-
-
-
-COURSE: our-favourite-moves
-FOCUS: This lesson combines the stretch move with the matrix move from previous classes, focusing on integrating them into a fluid sequence with optional styling at the end.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with the stretch move exactly as before, then transition into the matrix without stopping the rotation.
- - Followers should keep turning continuously rather than finishing the step forward.
- - Leaders go down slightly onto the left during the rotation before letting go and coming back together.
- - After the back-to-back position, you can add the hand-over-the-head styling move if desired.
- - Practice the timing by playing with the music to enhance the flow of the move.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move is simple and builds on previously learned steps, making it easy to integrate.
- - Styling at the end is optional and can be adapted based on personal preference or feeling.
- - Maintain continuous rotation throughout the sequence to ensure smooth transitions between moves.
- - The key change involves not stopping at the end of the stretch, but instead continuing into the matrix rotation.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d00b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/our-favourite-moves/9_Stretch_&_Matrix.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 9 Stretch & Matrix
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson combines the stretch move with the matrix move from previous classes, focusing on integrating them into a fluid sequence with optional styling at the end.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with the stretch move exactly as before, then transition into the matrix without stopping the rotation.
+- Followers should keep turning continuously rather than finishing the step forward.
+- Leaders go down slightly onto the left during the rotation before letting go and coming back together.
+- After the back-to-back position, you can add the hand-over-the-head styling move if desired.
+- Practice the timing by playing with the music to enhance the flow of the move.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move is simple and builds on previously learned steps, making it easy to integrate.
+- Styling at the end is optional and can be adapted based on personal preference or feeling.
+- Maintain continuous rotation throughout the sequence to ensure smooth transitions between moves.
+- The key change involves not stopping at the end of the stretch, but instead continuing into the matrix rotation.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7190724..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-0
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the single axis turns course, covering technique, variations, entrances, and exits. The goal is to learn how to perform these turns effectively.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take the exploring axes class first if you're unfamiliar with axes.
- - Focus on the elements that can be varied to achieve different feels.
- - Practice entrances and exits to integrate turns smoothly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Understanding what an axis is is essential for success in this course.
- - Single axis turns involve specific techniques that make them work.
- - Variations in elements can add different feels to the turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e94e4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/0._Single_Axis_Turns_-_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 0
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the single axis turns course, covering technique, variations, entrances, and exits. The goal is to learn how to perform these turns effectively.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take the exploring axes class first if you're unfamiliar with axes.
+- Focus on the elements that can be varied to achieve different feels.
+- Practice entrances and exits to integrate turns smoothly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Understanding what an axis is is essential for success in this course.
+- Single axis turns involve specific techniques that make them work.
+- Variations in elements can add different feels to the turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c14d65..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-1
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the basic single-axis turn, focusing on creating a gentle basket shape with the arms to help the follower stay balanced on one axis without traveling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take a step to the lead's right and follower's left, letting the upper body drift to offset positions.
- - Set a gentle basket shape with the arms, avoiding tension or squeezing.
- - As a lead, create momentum and let the follower decide how to use it, maintaining autonomy.
- - Keep the same distance from your partner to maintain a consistent circle radius and axis.
- - Followers can lean into the lead slightly to test balance, with tone increasing only as a reaction.
- - Practice staying on a single axis regardless of foot placement, focusing on balance over specific steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The move should feel effortless, with the lead helping the follower stay on one axis without controlling foot placement.
- - Autonomy is important; leads initiate movement but do not place the follower.
- - The arm shape is set but not tense, forming a gentle basket between partners.
- - Maintain a consistent distance to prevent pulling or pushing the follower off axis.
- - Balance should be over the axis, with tension only needed if balance is lost.
- - Focus on turning on the spot without traveling side to side or around.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce5b003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/1._Basic_single_axis_turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: 1
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the basic single-axis turn, focusing on creating a gentle basket shape with the arms to help the follower stay balanced on one axis without traveling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take a step to the lead's right and follower's left, letting the upper body drift to offset positions.
+- Set a gentle basket shape with the arms, avoiding tension or squeezing.
+- As a lead, create momentum and let the follower decide how to use it, maintaining autonomy.
+- Keep the same distance from your partner to maintain a consistent circle radius and axis.
+- Followers can lean into the lead slightly to test balance, with tone increasing only as a reaction.
+- Practice staying on a single axis regardless of foot placement, focusing on balance over specific steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The move should feel effortless, with the lead helping the follower stay on one axis without controlling foot placement.
+- Autonomy is important; leads initiate movement but do not place the follower.
+- The arm shape is set but not tense, forming a gentle basket between partners.
+- Maintain a consistent distance to prevent pulling or pushing the follower off axis.
+- Balance should be over the axis, with tension only needed if balance is lost.
+- Focus on turning on the spot without traveling side to side or around.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e1eade3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-10
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: The lesson focuses on foot percussion as an improvisation topic, aiming to practice rhythmical and percussive foot movements while maintaining axis control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Use toe taps and heel drops for percussive sounds.
- - Try scuffs or brushes with the ball or heel of the foot in any direction.
- - Create swishy sounds by sliding feet while keeping them stuck to the floor.
- - Experiment with any other foot percussion ideas you can invent.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the same axis rules as in previous moves while improvising.
- - Focus on being as rhythmical as possible with foot movements.
- - Incorporate a variety of percussive techniques like taps, drops, and slides.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c67963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/10._Percussion.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 10
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The lesson focuses on foot percussion as an improvisation topic, aiming to practice rhythmical and percussive foot movements while maintaining axis control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Use toe taps and heel drops for percussive sounds.
+- Try scuffs or brushes with the ball or heel of the foot in any direction.
+- Create swishy sounds by sliding feet while keeping them stuck to the floor.
+- Experiment with any other foot percussion ideas you can invent.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the same axis rules as in previous moves while improvising.
+- Focus on being as rhythmical as possible with foot movements.
+- Incorporate a variety of percussive techniques like taps, drops, and slides.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ca49591..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-11
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with momentum in single-axis turns, teaching how to vary the speed of turns for comfort and dynamic expression.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leads can adjust the turn's speed or stop completely without moving the follower off axis.
- - Followers can play with momentum by holding their lower body back and then speeding up.
- - Use facial expressions and eye contact to communicate intentional changes in speed.
- - Practice slowing down, stopping, and catching up with the partner's momentum.
- - Ensure changes feel intentional and not reactive to every bit of resistance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Momentum adjustment is a two-way street; both partners should be prepared to adapt.
- - Changes should be made for comfort or dynamic effect, not automatically in response to resistance.
- - Maintain clear communication through body language and facial cues to understand partner needs.
- - Keep the turn on axis even when varying speed or stopping.
- - Intentional changes enhance the dance's dynamic and connection.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2bbc62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/11._Momentum.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 11
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with momentum in single-axis turns, teaching how to vary the speed of turns for comfort and dynamic expression.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leads can adjust the turn's speed or stop completely without moving the follower off axis.
+- Followers can play with momentum by holding their lower body back and then speeding up.
+- Use facial expressions and eye contact to communicate intentional changes in speed.
+- Practice slowing down, stopping, and catching up with the partner's momentum.
+- Ensure changes feel intentional and not reactive to every bit of resistance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Momentum adjustment is a two-way street; both partners should be prepared to adapt.
+- Changes should be made for comfort or dynamic effect, not automatically in response to resistance.
+- Maintain clear communication through body language and facial cues to understand partner needs.
+- Keep the turn on axis even when varying speed or stopping.
+- Intentional changes enhance the dance's dynamic and connection.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 83e5af0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-12
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on exploring shapes and levels in single-axis turns, encouraging dancers to experiment with variations in posture and height while maintaining balance and rotational energy.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lower your level to increase speed and feel more grounded.
- - Play with extremes of high and low levels independently of speed.
- - Use rotational energy to inspire creative shapes like spirals and twists.
- - As a follower, combine level changes with shape variations for better expression.
- - As a lead, focus more on level changes while staying prepared and stable.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Level and speed can be adjusted independently, but lowering often aids faster movement.
- - Shapes and levels naturally complement each other, especially for followers.
- - Experiment with bizarre shapes to enhance creativity and balance in turns.
- - Leads and follows can play with levels separately to suit their roles.
- - Use the axis as a foundation while varying levels and shapes for dynamic expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..884a29f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/12._Shapes_and_levels.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 12
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on exploring shapes and levels in single-axis turns, encouraging dancers to experiment with variations in posture and height while maintaining balance and rotational energy.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lower your level to increase speed and feel more grounded.
+- Play with extremes of high and low levels independently of speed.
+- Use rotational energy to inspire creative shapes like spirals and twists.
+- As a follower, combine level changes with shape variations for better expression.
+- As a lead, focus more on level changes while staying prepared and stable.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Level and speed can be adjusted independently, but lowering often aids faster movement.
+- Shapes and levels naturally complement each other, especially for followers.
+- Experiment with bizarre shapes to enhance creativity and balance in turns.
+- Leads and follows can play with levels separately to suit their roles.
+- Use the axis as a foundation while varying levels and shapes for dynamic expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8164443..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-13
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches an inside turn entrance into a single-axis turn, focusing on body rotation and creating a pathway for movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate your body as you step in on your left side to transmit rotation into the turn.
- - Step back on your right and open your body up to create a pathway for traveling through.
- - Catch with the hand to create the axis and help form the basket position.
- - Allow momentum to continue slightly after the catch to deepen connection and improve stability.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The entrance sets up the turn by using body rotation to initiate movement.
- - Creating a clear pathway with steps and body opening facilitates smooth travel into the turn.
- - The hand catch helps establish the axis but is minimal in effort.
- - Variations can be applied once in the basket position for creative expression.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..875cb86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/13._Entrance_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 13
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches an inside turn entrance into a single-axis turn, focusing on body rotation and creating a pathway for movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate your body as you step in on your left side to transmit rotation into the turn.
+- Step back on your right and open your body up to create a pathway for traveling through.
+- Catch with the hand to create the axis and help form the basket position.
+- Allow momentum to continue slightly after the catch to deepen connection and improve stability.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The entrance sets up the turn by using body rotation to initiate movement.
+- Creating a clear pathway with steps and body opening facilitates smooth travel into the turn.
+- The hand catch helps establish the axis but is minimal in effort.
+- Variations can be applied once in the basket position for creative expression.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a9b90c2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-14
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a single-axis pivot turn for followers, focusing on body rotation and unwinding to execute a smooth turn into a basket position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Wind up your body by rotating into your left shoulder as you step onto your right foot.
- - Unwind your body on the spot to maintain rotational energy without linear motion.
- - Keep your arms in a set shape, not tense, to provide compression for the follower's turn.
- - Followers should actively respond to the lead's arm shape and push off for the turn.
- - Leads can catch the follower's momentum early for a smoother transition into the basket.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use body rotation, not arms, to avoid throwing your partner off balance.
- - The turn relies on rotational energy only, with no directional or sideways energy from the lead.
- - Maintain a consistent axis to keep the follower spinning in place.
- - Timing of catching the follower can vary, but earlier catching often feels more fluid.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22de01b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/14._Entrance_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 14
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a single-axis pivot turn for followers, focusing on body rotation and unwinding to execute a smooth turn into a basket position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Wind up your body by rotating into your left shoulder as you step onto your right foot.
+- Unwind your body on the spot to maintain rotational energy without linear motion.
+- Keep your arms in a set shape, not tense, to provide compression for the follower's turn.
+- Followers should actively respond to the lead's arm shape and push off for the turn.
+- Leads can catch the follower's momentum early for a smoother transition into the basket.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use body rotation, not arms, to avoid throwing your partner off balance.
+- The turn relies on rotational energy only, with no directional or sideways energy from the lead.
+- Maintain a consistent axis to keep the follower spinning in place.
+- Timing of catching the follower can vary, but earlier catching often feels more fluid.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f15783c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-15
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating single-axis turns into a dance routine, using a song to practice the movements in sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain balance by keeping your core engaged during turns.
- - Use your arms to guide the direction of the turn smoothly.
- - Practice the turns slowly before increasing speed to build control.
- - Focus on spotting to avoid dizziness and improve accuracy.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in technique is key for fluid transitions between turns.
- - Listen to the music's rhythm to time your movements effectively.
- - Regular practice helps build muscle memory for complex sequences.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95ddd96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/15._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 15
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating single-axis turns into a dance routine, using a song to practice the movements in sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain balance by keeping your core engaged during turns.
+- Use your arms to guide the direction of the turn smoothly.
+- Practice the turns slowly before increasing speed to build control.
+- Focus on spotting to avoid dizziness and improve accuracy.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in technique is key for fluid transitions between turns.
+- Listen to the music's rhythm to time your movements effectively.
+- Regular practice helps build muscle memory for complex sequences.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 08cddf0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-16
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating single-axis turns into a dance routine, with the goal of practicing and applying these turns smoothly in sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain balance by keeping your core engaged during turns.
- - Use your arms to help control the momentum of the turn.
- - Practice turning on the ball of your foot for stability.
- - Start with slow turns to build confidence before increasing speed.
- - Focus on spotting to avoid dizziness during multiple turns.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Consistency in technique is key for fluid movement.
- - Always warm up before practicing turns to prevent injury.
- - Listen to the music's rhythm to time your turns effectively.
- - Relax your shoulders to allow for freer movement.
- - Practice regularly to build muscle memory for turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27ba982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/16._Putting_everything_together_-_Song_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 16
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating single-axis turns into a dance routine, with the goal of practicing and applying these turns smoothly in sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain balance by keeping your core engaged during turns.
+- Use your arms to help control the momentum of the turn.
+- Practice turning on the ball of your foot for stability.
+- Start with slow turns to build confidence before increasing speed.
+- Focus on spotting to avoid dizziness during multiple turns.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Consistency in technique is key for fluid movement.
+- Always warm up before practicing turns to prevent injury.
+- Listen to the music's rhythm to time your turns effectively.
+- Relax your shoulders to allow for freer movement.
+- Practice regularly to build muscle memory for turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d78a24..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-17
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: The lesson concludes the course on single-axis turns, encouraging dancers to creatively explore and personalise the moves. The goal is to inspire enjoyment and individual expression in social dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Find your own shapes and rhythms within the turn.
- - Play with the move on the social floor to discover new variations.
- - Experiment with making the move fancy or simple as desired.
- - Adapt the move to fit different styles of music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Creativity is key; you don't have to copy the instructor's exact moves.
- - Both lead and follow can play independently while interacting.
- - The move offers flexibility to be whatever you want it to be.
- - Enjoy the process and see what unique expressions you develop.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd1d6e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/17._Final_note.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: 17
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- The lesson concludes the course on single-axis turns, encouraging dancers to creatively explore and personalise the moves. The goal is to inspire enjoyment and individual expression in social dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Find your own shapes and rhythms within the turn.
+- Play with the move on the social floor to discover new variations.
+- Experiment with making the move fancy or simple as desired.
+- Adapt the move to fit different styles of music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Creativity is key; you don't have to copy the instructor's exact moves.
+- Both lead and follow can play independently while interacting.
+- The move offers flexibility to be whatever you want it to be.
+- Enjoy the process and see what unique expressions you develop.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c4d242b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-2
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson covers exits from single-axis turns, focusing on how both leaders and followers can initiate the exit and adapt footwork accordingly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders can shift the axis in any direction, with forward and back being easiest.
- - Followers can exit independently if they feel motion sick or the music phrasing suggests it.
- - Exits vary based on weight placement, leading to mirrored or same-leg footwork.
- - For same-leg exits, leaders cut out one step to maintain momentum.
- - Practice exits initiated by either partner to see how footwork changes.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Both leaders and followers can be responsible for exiting the turn.
- - Footwork at exit depends on the follower's actions and timing of the axis shift.
- - Mirrored-leg exits are straightforward, while same-leg exits require adjusted steps.
- - Leaders should signal readiness to move on after exiting.
- - Adapt exits based on partner comfort and musical cues.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddfb9b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/2._Exits.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 2
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers exits from single-axis turns, focusing on how both leaders and followers can initiate the exit and adapt footwork accordingly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders can shift the axis in any direction, with forward and back being easiest.
+- Followers can exit independently if they feel motion sick or the music phrasing suggests it.
+- Exits vary based on weight placement, leading to mirrored or same-leg footwork.
+- For same-leg exits, leaders cut out one step to maintain momentum.
+- Practice exits initiated by either partner to see how footwork changes.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Both leaders and followers can be responsible for exiting the turn.
+- Footwork at exit depends on the follower's actions and timing of the axis shift.
+- Mirrored-leg exits are straightforward, while same-leg exits require adjusted steps.
+- Leaders should signal readiness to move on after exiting.
+- Adapt exits based on partner comfort and musical cues.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 427f035..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-3
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on follower variations in single-axis turns, specifically exploring creative body shapes and grounding techniques to enhance balance and styling.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Ground yourself by thinking of your energy going down into the ground like a corkscrew.
- - Keep your weight on your left leg and let the right leg relax and go out to the side.
- - Use your left arm for solid connection and support if needed during the turn.
- - Add leg circles with the right leg like a paintbrush on the floor for extra styling.
- - Sink down into the floor to maintain balance while turning.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a grounded and balanced posture to reduce pressure on your partner.
- - Focus on body shape and creativity to add personal styling to the turn.
- - Ensure a solid arm connection for support without leaning heavily on your partner.
- - Exit the turn smoothly by bringing yourself back up and shifting axis when ready.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99bdab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/3._Follower_variation_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 3
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on follower variations in single-axis turns, specifically exploring creative body shapes and grounding techniques to enhance balance and styling.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Ground yourself by thinking of your energy going down into the ground like a corkscrew.
+- Keep your weight on your left leg and let the right leg relax and go out to the side.
+- Use your left arm for solid connection and support if needed during the turn.
+- Add leg circles with the right leg like a paintbrush on the floor for extra styling.
+- Sink down into the floor to maintain balance while turning.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a grounded and balanced posture to reduce pressure on your partner.
+- Focus on body shape and creativity to add personal styling to the turn.
+- Ensure a solid arm connection for support without leaning heavily on your partner.
+- Exit the turn smoothly by bringing yourself back up and shifting axis when ready.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d4a0162..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-4
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a follower variation for single-axis turns, focusing on creating a twisted spiral shape in the body while turning and exiting smoothly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Shift weight onto the right leg and ground yourself like a corkscrew into the floor.
- - Let the left leg drag behind to form a spiral shape, and step through to exit the turn.
- - Relax your arms and spine to enhance flexibility and maintain the spiral shape.
- - Keep your body facing into the basket to stay connected with your leader during the turn.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The spiral shape in the body adds aesthetic beauty and makes the turn easier by maintaining connection.
- - Flexibility in the spine is key to achieving the twisted, torque-like shape similar to wringing out a towel.
- - Exiting on the right leg can create a nice spiral effect for a smoother transition out of the turn.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7747eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/4._Follwer_variation_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 4
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a follower variation for single-axis turns, focusing on creating a twisted spiral shape in the body while turning and exiting smoothly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Shift weight onto the right leg and ground yourself like a corkscrew into the floor.
+- Let the left leg drag behind to form a spiral shape, and step through to exit the turn.
+- Relax your arms and spine to enhance flexibility and maintain the spiral shape.
+- Keep your body facing into the basket to stay connected with your leader during the turn.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The spiral shape in the body adds aesthetic beauty and makes the turn easier by maintaining connection.
+- Flexibility in the spine is key to achieving the twisted, torque-like shape similar to wringing out a towel.
+- Exiting on the right leg can create a nice spiral effect for a smoother transition out of the turn.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6473d5f..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-5
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches followers to combine two variations of a single-axis turn, focusing on smooth transitions between steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start by putting weight onto the left leg and sinking down.
- - Release the right leg and hook it behind during the turn.
- - Unwind until weight is fully on the right leg.
- - Drag the left leg behind to transition into variation two.
- - Exit the turn whenever ready.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Combine variations seamlessly for a fluid dance movement.
- - Focus on weight transfer between legs during the turn.
- - Maintain control while transitioning between steps.
- - Practice the combination to build confidence and timing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..537c2c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/5._Follower_combination_step.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: 5
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches followers to combine two variations of a single-axis turn, focusing on smooth transitions between steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start by putting weight onto the left leg and sinking down.
+- Release the right leg and hook it behind during the turn.
+- Unwind until weight is fully on the right leg.
+- Drag the left leg behind to transition into variation two.
+- Exit the turn whenever ready.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Combine variations seamlessly for a fluid dance movement.
+- Focus on weight transfer between legs during the turn.
+- Maintain control while transitioning between steps.
+- Practice the combination to build confidence and timing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9747be4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-6
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a lead variation involving hooking the leg behind as a simple solo and partner move, with the goal of integrating it smoothly into dance while maintaining proper technique and partner connection.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Hook your right leg behind the other leg as a proper step, placing your weight fully on it.
- - Walk out of the hook step to continue dancing fluidly.
- - Change the timing slightly to accentuate the hook for stylistic effect.
- - Practice the move solo first to build confidence before trying with a partner.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the same space between you and your partner to avoid shifting their axis.
- - Juggle awareness of your partner's axis and your own body movements simultaneously.
- - Ensure the cross step does not affect the upper body or frame, keeping it as an extra layer underneath.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0baa47f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/6._Lead_variation_1.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 6
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a lead variation involving hooking the leg behind as a simple solo and partner move, with the goal of integrating it smoothly into dance while maintaining proper technique and partner connection.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Hook your right leg behind the other leg as a proper step, placing your weight fully on it.
+- Walk out of the hook step to continue dancing fluidly.
+- Change the timing slightly to accentuate the hook for stylistic effect.
+- Practice the move solo first to build confidence before trying with a partner.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the same space between you and your partner to avoid shifting their axis.
+- Juggle awareness of your partner's axis and your own body movements simultaneously.
+- Ensure the cross step does not affect the upper body or frame, keeping it as an extra layer underneath.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f6a7ce..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-7
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches leader variation 2, focusing on incorporating triple steps while walking around, with an option to add a heel scuff for a percussive effect.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Add a heel scuff by softly scuffing the floor on the way into the triple step.
- - Keep the heel scuff quiet in social dances to avoid excessive noise.
- - Practice triple steps as triple step, triple step, triple step in normal timing.
- - Add or remove triple steps flexibly during the movement.
- - Maintain timing and momentum while walking around with triple steps.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The heel scuff should be a soft, quietly percussive action.
- - Followers should stay on their axis to keep it simple.
- - The variation does not necessarily change the timing or momentum.
- - Come out of the movement just like normal.
- - Practice with a song to integrate the steps smoothly.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79eb9e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/7._Leader_variation_2.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: 7
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches leader variation 2, focusing on incorporating triple steps while walking around, with an option to add a heel scuff for a percussive effect.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Add a heel scuff by softly scuffing the floor on the way into the triple step.
+- Keep the heel scuff quiet in social dances to avoid excessive noise.
+- Practice triple steps as triple step, triple step, triple step in normal timing.
+- Add or remove triple steps flexibly during the movement.
+- Maintain timing and momentum while walking around with triple steps.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The heel scuff should be a soft, quietly percussive action.
+- Followers should stay on their axis to keep it simple.
+- The variation does not necessarily change the timing or momentum.
+- Come out of the movement just like normal.
+- Practice with a song to integrate the steps smoothly.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ac0e44..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-8
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on rhythmic footwork improvisation while maintaining a single axis, allowing followers to join in with rhythms without shifting weight or position.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Improvise with any rhythms in your feet, keeping them small and directly under the body.
- - Followers should stay on a single axis without shifting side to side or forwards and back.
- - Leaders should maintain the same momentum and rate of motion during rhythmic footwork.
- - Keep about the same distance from your partner to avoid pulling them, as this works best without weight share.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Rhythmic footwork is easier when both partners hold their own weight, allowing independent rhythms.
- - The variation works well when not in a weight share, enabling personal improvisation.
- - Practice by watching the instructors for ideas before joining in with your own rhythms.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..413ae6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/8._Rhythmic_footwork.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: 8
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on rhythmic footwork improvisation while maintaining a single axis, allowing followers to join in with rhythms without shifting weight or position.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Improvise with any rhythms in your feet, keeping them small and directly under the body.
+- Followers should stay on a single axis without shifting side to side or forwards and back.
+- Leaders should maintain the same momentum and rate of motion during rhythmic footwork.
+- Keep about the same distance from your partner to avoid pulling them, as this works best without weight share.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Rhythmic footwork is easier when both partners hold their own weight, allowing independent rhythms.
+- The variation works well when not in a weight share, enabling personal improvisation.
+- Practice by watching the instructors for ideas before joining in with your own rhythms.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.html
deleted file mode 100644
index beda007..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-9
-
-
-
-COURSE: aa / single-axis-turns
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on adding rhythms and grooves in the body, including isolations and shoulder variations, to enhance dance aesthetics across different songs.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Do isolations and grooves from the waist down for easier execution.
- - Move shoulders using back muscles to keep movements subtle and contained.
- - Practice grooving with different body rhythms to a song.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid high body isolations as a lead to prevent throwing your partner off balance.
- - Ensure shoulder variations are subtle and do not impact your partner.
- - Body grooves should be loose and fluid for varied aesthetics in dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..823f89e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/Vocabulary/single-axis-turns/9._Body_Grooves.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: 9
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on adding rhythms and grooves in the body, including isolations and shoulder variations, to enhance dance aesthetics across different songs.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Do isolations and grooves from the waist down for easier execution.
+- Move shoulders using back muscles to keep movements subtle and contained.
+- Practice grooving with different body rhythms to a song.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid high body isolations as a lead to prevent throwing your partner off balance.
+- Ensure shoulder variations are subtle and do not impact your partner.
+- Body grooves should be loose and fluid for varied aesthetics in dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ddbc7a2..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-Half Turn 4: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: contra-body-adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered half turns in contra dance, aiming to practice coordination and movement with a partner.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain eye contact with your partner during turns for better connection.
- - Use gentle hand pressure to guide each other through the turn.
- - Keep your steps light and fluid to match the rhythm.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Communication with your partner is key to smooth execution.
- - Practice the turn slowly before increasing speed.
- - Focus on body alignment to avoid imbalance during the movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bcc7dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Half_Turn_4:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: Half Turn 4: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered half turns in contra dance, aiming to practice coordination and movement with a partner.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain eye contact with your partner during turns for better connection.
+- Use gentle hand pressure to guide each other through the turn.
+- Keep your steps light and fluid to match the rhythm.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Communication with your partner is key to smooth execution.
+- Practice the turn slowly before increasing speed.
+- Focus on body alignment to avoid imbalance during the movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f4287a7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Improvising with Turns 2: Followers
-
-
-
-COURSE: contra-body-adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on improvising with turns while traveling backwards, allowing followers to turn in any direction and at any pace during backward movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Turn to the right or left when traveling backwards.
- - Use quarter or half turns during backward travel.
- - Incorporate as many steps as desired between turns.
- - Reset and turn at any point during backward movement.
- - Experiment with fewer steps between turns than in previous drills.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Improvise turns only when moving backwards.
- - Play with the amount and timing of turns freely.
- - Focus on improvisation rather than structured sequences.
- - Use the drills as a foundation for creative exploration.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73940be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Followers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Improvising with Turns 2: Followers
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on improvising with turns while traveling backwards, allowing followers to turn in any direction and at any pace during backward movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Turn to the right or left when traveling backwards.
+- Use quarter or half turns during backward travel.
+- Incorporate as many steps as desired between turns.
+- Reset and turn at any point during backward movement.
+- Experiment with fewer steps between turns than in previous drills.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Improvise turns only when moving backwards.
+- Play with the amount and timing of turns freely.
+- Focus on improvisation rather than structured sequences.
+- Use the drills as a foundation for creative exploration.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 84e8300..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Improvising with Turns 2: Leaders
-
-
-
-COURSE: contra-body-adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on leaders improvising with turns by mixing previous drills, allowing freedom to rotate right or left while traveling forward.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Rotate toward your right or left when traveling forward.
- - Turn a quarter turn or half turn as you feel comfortable.
- - Reset your position any time you want during the improvisation.
- - Use fewer steps if desired to simplify the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Improvise freely without a set plan to explore movement possibilities.
- - Mix and play with the last four drills to enhance creativity.
- - Focus on the instructor's spoken instructions and ignore any background music lyrics.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01cb4c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Leaders.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Improvising with Turns 2: Leaders
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on leaders improvising with turns by mixing previous drills, allowing freedom to rotate right or left while traveling forward.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Rotate toward your right or left when traveling forward.
+- Turn a quarter turn or half turn as you feel comfortable.
+- Reset your position any time you want during the improvisation.
+- Use fewer steps if desired to simplify the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Improvise freely without a set plan to explore movement possibilities.
+- Mix and play with the last four drills to enhance creativity.
+- Focus on the instructor's spoken instructions and ignore any background music lyrics.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index de09109..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Improvising with Turns 2: Partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: contra-body-adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on partnered improvisation with turns, building on previous skills to enhance coordination and creativity in dance interactions.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain clear communication with your partner during turns.
- - Use body cues to signal direction changes smoothly.
- - Practice turning sequences at a slow pace first.
- - Focus on maintaining balance while executing partnered turns.
- - Incorporate variations in speed to add dynamics to the improvisation.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Improvising with turns requires trust and responsiveness between partners.
- - Keep movements fluid and adaptable to your partner's actions.
- - Always prioritize safety and spatial awareness in partnered improvisation.
- - Build on foundational turn techniques from earlier lessons.
- - Creativity in improvisation enhances dance expression and enjoyment.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a33c508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Improvising_with_Turns_2:_Partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Improvising with Turns 2: Partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on partnered improvisation with turns, building on previous skills to enhance coordination and creativity in dance interactions.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain clear communication with your partner during turns.
+- Use body cues to signal direction changes smoothly.
+- Practice turning sequences at a slow pace first.
+- Focus on maintaining balance while executing partnered turns.
+- Incorporate variations in speed to add dynamics to the improvisation.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Improvising with turns requires trust and responsiveness between partners.
+- Keep movements fluid and adaptable to your partner's actions.
+- Always prioritize safety and spatial awareness in partnered improvisation.
+- Build on foundational turn techniques from earlier lessons.
+- Creativity in improvisation enhances dance expression and enjoyment.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c3f08d4..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Putting Everything Together: Solo
-
-
-
-COURSE: contra-body-adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on solo improvisation to integrate all contra-body movements learned in the course, allowing dancers to practice traveling, turning, and freestyling independently.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Travel forward or backward while turning to the right or left.
- - Perform quarter turns or half turns during movement.
- - Relax and enjoy the music while freestyling solo.
- - Walk around freely without partnering up for now.
- - Turn whenever desired to maintain a relaxed contra body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This is an opportunity to improvise and play with all course elements.
- - Practice solo to build confidence before partnering up later.
- - Focus on integrating movements in a relaxed, enjoyable manner.
- - Use this session to explore different directions and turns freely.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3ffdad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_Solo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Putting Everything Together: Solo
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on solo improvisation to integrate all contra-body movements learned in the course, allowing dancers to practice traveling, turning, and freestyling independently.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Travel forward or backward while turning to the right or left.
+- Perform quarter turns or half turns during movement.
+- Relax and enjoy the music while freestyling solo.
+- Walk around freely without partnering up for now.
+- Turn whenever desired to maintain a relaxed contra body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This is an opportunity to improvise and play with all course elements.
+- Practice solo to build confidence before partnering up later.
+- Focus on integrating movements in a relaxed, enjoyable manner.
+- Use this session to explore different directions and turns freely.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d5098b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Putting Everything Together: partnered
-
-
-
-COURSE: contra-body-adventure
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on integrating contra-body movements into partnered dance routines, with the goal of achieving fluid coordination and connection between partners.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Maintain a light but firm frame to facilitate clear lead and follow signals.
- - Practice weight shifts slowly to ensure balance and timing are synchronized.
- - Use eye contact to enhance communication and anticipate partner movements.
- - Focus on hip isolation to emphasize contra-body actions without disrupting posture.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Contra-body movement enhances dynamic flow and visual appeal in partnered dancing.
- - Partner connection relies on mutual responsiveness and shared rhythm.
- - Consistent practice of fundamentals builds confidence in complex routines.
- - Adapt movements to your partner's style for a harmonious performance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f3ec39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/contra-body-adventure/Putting_Everything_Together:_partnered.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Putting Everything Together: partnered
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on integrating contra-body movements into partnered dance routines, with the goal of achieving fluid coordination and connection between partners.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Maintain a light but firm frame to facilitate clear lead and follow signals.
+- Practice weight shifts slowly to ensure balance and timing are synchronized.
+- Use eye contact to enhance communication and anticipate partner movements.
+- Focus on hip isolation to emphasize contra-body actions without disrupting posture.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Contra-body movement enhances dynamic flow and visual appeal in partnered dancing.
+- Partner connection relies on mutual responsiveness and shared rhythm.
+- Consistent practice of fundamentals builds confidence in complex routines.
+- Adapt movements to your partner's style for a harmonious performance.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b9abe5a..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-How can I build my confidence when solo dancing?
-
-
-
-COURSE: qa-sessions
-FOCUS: This lesson provides strategies to build confidence in solo dancing by shifting mindset and practicing in supportive environments.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice moving to your favorite song in a room without mirrors, focusing on music details like instrumentation and rhythm.
- - Dance with a friend in the same room to share positive comments and make it more encouraging.
- - Practice solo dancing with a friend on a social dance floor, possibly with live music, to build confidence gradually.
- - Attend studio training with specific goals, focusing on learning one new thing at a time as a baby step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Shift your mindset from self-criticism to being in the moment and focusing on the music.
- - Use music as a channel to feel good and avoid overthinking while dancing.
- - Build confidence through incremental steps, such as daily practice rituals and small achievements in training.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..839b0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/How_can_I_build_my_confidence_when_solo_dancing?.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: How can I build my confidence when solo dancing?
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides strategies to build confidence in solo dancing by shifting mindset and practicing in supportive environments.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice moving to your favorite song in a room without mirrors, focusing on music details like instrumentation and rhythm.
+- Dance with a friend in the same room to share positive comments and make it more encouraging.
+- Practice solo dancing with a friend on a social dance floor, possibly with live music, to build confidence gradually.
+- Attend studio training with specific goals, focusing on learning one new thing at a time as a baby step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Shift your mindset from self-criticism to being in the moment and focusing on the music.
+- Use music as a channel to feel good and avoid overthinking while dancing.
+- Build confidence through incremental steps, such as daily practice rituals and small achievements in training.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ef0f8b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-Why does Vicci never get asked to dance?
-
-
-
-COURSE: qa-sessions
-FOCUS: This lesson addresses the issue of leaders hesitating to ask followers to dance due to misconceptions about responsibility, aiming to promote equality and shared creativity in blues dance partnerships.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Emphasize simplicity over fancy moves for a more connected and musical dance.
- - Focus on smiling and dancing from the heart to enhance enjoyment and presence.
- - Embrace making mistakes as part of the creative and spontaneous process of social dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Blues dance partnerships should be 50-50, with equal responsibility for creative input and expression.
- - The leader is not solely responsible for the follower's good time; it's a shared communication.
- - Cultural roots of blues dance emphasize individuality, expression, and equality in lead-follow roles.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08a1ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_does_Vicci_never_get_asked_to_dance?.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: Why does Vicci never get asked to dance?
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson addresses the issue of leaders hesitating to ask followers to dance due to misconceptions about responsibility, aiming to promote equality and shared creativity in blues dance partnerships.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Emphasize simplicity over fancy moves for a more connected and musical dance.
+- Focus on smiling and dancing from the heart to enhance enjoyment and presence.
+- Embrace making mistakes as part of the creative and spontaneous process of social dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Blues dance partnerships should be 50-50, with equal responsibility for creative input and expression.
+- The leader is not solely responsible for the follower's good time; it's a shared communication.
+- Cultural roots of blues dance emphasize individuality, expression, and equality in lead-follow roles.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cf95488..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Why is solo dancing important?
-
-
-
-COURSE: qa-sessions
-FOCUS: This lesson explains why solo dancing is important for personal skill development and cultural expression in blues dance, aiming to encourage students to practice solo dancing to enhance partner dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Practice solo dancing privately to work on your own body movement and get to know yourself.
- - Think of your body as an instrument, similar to learning to play the saxophone before joining a band.
- - Approach partner dancing by first seeing yourself as an individual dancer, then as a partner with the music and your dance partner.
- - Use solo dancing to develop and express your own individual voice as a dancer.
- - Focus on giving yourself the skills to connect to the music and express what you hear in more detail.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Solo dancing is vital for dancing well with others, as it builds personal skill and ease in connection.
- - Blues dance emphasizes individuality, rooted in African-American vernacular dance traditions.
- - Dancing apart allows for better dialogue with the music, as highlighted in historical quotes from blues dance literature.
- - Individual expression and inventiveness are as prized as technical virtuosity in dances like those at the Savoy Ballroom.
- - Respect the cultural heritage of blues dance by valuing individuality as much as the creators did.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2a68df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/qa-sessions/Why_is_solo_dancing_important?.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Why is solo dancing important?
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains why solo dancing is important for personal skill development and cultural expression in blues dance, aiming to encourage students to practice solo dancing to enhance partner dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Practice solo dancing privately to work on your own body movement and get to know yourself.
+- Think of your body as an instrument, similar to learning to play the saxophone before joining a band.
+- Approach partner dancing by first seeing yourself as an individual dancer, then as a partner with the music and your dance partner.
+- Use solo dancing to develop and express your own individual voice as a dancer.
+- Focus on giving yourself the skills to connect to the music and express what you hear in more detail.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Solo dancing is vital for dancing well with others, as it builds personal skill and ease in connection.
+- Blues dance emphasizes individuality, rooted in African-American vernacular dance traditions.
+- Dancing apart allows for better dialogue with the music, as highlighted in historical quotes from blues dance literature.
+- Individual expression and inventiveness are as prized as technical virtuosity in dances like those at the Savoy Ballroom.
+- Respect the cultural heritage of blues dance by valuing individuality as much as the creators did.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 65a01cb..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-TOP TIPS: Closed Position
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on achieving optimal connection in closed position dance, specifically for leaders and followers, to enable smooth leading and following without tension.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should place their right hand below the partner's shoulder blade, following the curve of the back.
- - Keep elbows slightly in front to create space and avoid awkwardness.
- - Maintain shoulders down and back to prevent disconnection from the body.
- - Followers should keep arms relaxed and fold them up to connect along the leader's arm.
- - Tuck the hand around to deepen connection points during movement.
- - Practice traveling around the room to feel the connection in all directions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Connection relies on surface area contact, not extra tension in the arms.
- - This technique is applicable across dances like Lindy Hop and Balboa.
- - A relaxed posture enhances leading and following without strain.
- - Consistent hand and elbow positioning ensures effective communication between partners.
- - The method has been refined over years and remains unchanged for its effectiveness.
- - Focus on creating a deep connection point that adapts to movement directions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b46514c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Closed_Position.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: TOP TIPS: Closed Position
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on achieving optimal connection in closed position dance, specifically for leaders and followers, to enable smooth leading and following without tension.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should place their right hand below the partner's shoulder blade, following the curve of the back.
+- Keep elbows slightly in front to create space and avoid awkwardness.
+- Maintain shoulders down and back to prevent disconnection from the body.
+- Followers should keep arms relaxed and fold them up to connect along the leader's arm.
+- Tuck the hand around to deepen connection points during movement.
+- Practice traveling around the room to feel the connection in all directions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Connection relies on surface area contact, not extra tension in the arms.
+- This technique is applicable across dances like Lindy Hop and Balboa.
+- A relaxed posture enhances leading and following without strain.
+- Consistent hand and elbow positioning ensures effective communication between partners.
+- The method has been refined over years and remains unchanged for its effectiveness.
+- Focus on creating a deep connection point that adapts to movement directions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eca9f0..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-TOP TIPS: Getting Low
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on techniques for getting low in dance, aiming to maintain posture and move effortlessly.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Hinge from the hip joints to get low while keeping the spine neutral and long.
- - When going down, imagine a string pulling the top of your head up to stay light.
- - When going up, think about pushing down into the floor to rise effortlessly.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain a neutral spine and keep shoulders back to preserve posture while getting low.
- - Avoid letting body weight sink down to make it easier to get back up.
- - Use the mental cues of 'thinking up when going down' and 'thinking down when going up' for smooth movement.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b09dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Getting_Low.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: TOP TIPS: Getting Low
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on techniques for getting low in dance, aiming to maintain posture and move effortlessly.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Hinge from the hip joints to get low while keeping the spine neutral and long.
+- When going down, imagine a string pulling the top of your head up to stay light.
+- When going up, think about pushing down into the floor to rise effortlessly.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain a neutral spine and keep shoulders back to preserve posture while getting low.
+- Avoid letting body weight sink down to make it easier to get back up.
+- Use the mental cues of 'thinking up when going down' and 'thinking down when going up' for smooth movement.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 260e57c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-TOP TIPS: Reconnecting after a turn
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson provides top tips for leaders and followers on how to smoothly reconnect after a turn in open dance positions, focusing on connection types, timing, and body mechanics.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Leaders should reconnect as soon as possible after a turn by identifying the desired connection type, such as close embrace or side-by-side.
- - Followers should use their head and shoulders to lead the turn, creating a spiral for more space and time to reconnect.
- - For height differences, followers can use the 'tulip' technique by sending the arm up with the elbow down and dropping it over the other side.
- - Leaders should connect early to signal readiness, allowing followers to prepare their arm for reconnection.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Understanding the desired connection type helps leaders plan reconnection after a turn.
- - Early connection from leaders is crucial for followers to anticipate and prepare for reconnection.
- - Body mechanics, like leading with the head, prevent trapped situations and facilitate smoother transitions.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9075f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/TOP_TIPS:_Reconnecting_after_a_turn.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: TOP TIPS: Reconnecting after a turn
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides top tips for leaders and followers on how to smoothly reconnect after a turn in open dance positions, focusing on connection types, timing, and body mechanics.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Leaders should reconnect as soon as possible after a turn by identifying the desired connection type, such as close embrace or side-by-side.
+- Followers should use their head and shoulders to lead the turn, creating a spiral for more space and time to reconnect.
+- For height differences, followers can use the 'tulip' technique by sending the arm up with the elbow down and dropping it over the other side.
+- Leaders should connect early to signal readiness, allowing followers to prepare their arm for reconnection.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Understanding the desired connection type helps leaders plan reconnection after a turn.
+- Early connection from leaders is crucial for followers to anticipate and prepare for reconnection.
+- Body mechanics, like leading with the head, prevent trapped situations and facilitate smoother transitions.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f106e1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Top Tips: Alignment & Posture
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on body alignment and posture to prevent injuries and enhance dance performance, with practical tips for maintaining proper form.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Align feet under hip joints with toes in line for balance.
- - Move weight in circles to find the center of balance on your feet.
- - Keep knees aligned during movements like lunges to avoid pain.
- - Maintain natural spine curve without excessive arching or tilting.
- - Relax shoulders down and keep neck long during all dance actions.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Proper alignment from feet to head prevents injuries and improves dance aesthetics.
- - Balance is key; adjust foot position slightly for stability in movements.
- - Avoid letting knees drift inward or outward to maintain joint health.
- - Correct pelvic and spine alignment supports overall posture and movement efficiency.
- - Consistent shoulder and neck relaxation enhances fluidity and comfort in dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3098006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Alignment_&_Posture.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+title: Top Tips: Alignment & Posture
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on body alignment and posture to prevent injuries and enhance dance performance, with practical tips for maintaining proper form.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Align feet under hip joints with toes in line for balance.
+- Move weight in circles to find the center of balance on your feet.
+- Keep knees aligned during movements like lunges to avoid pain.
+- Maintain natural spine curve without excessive arching or tilting.
+- Relax shoulders down and keep neck long during all dance actions.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Proper alignment from feet to head prevents injuries and improves dance aesthetics.
+- Balance is key; adjust foot position slightly for stability in movements.
+- Avoid letting knees drift inward or outward to maintain joint health.
+- Correct pelvic and spine alignment supports overall posture and movement efficiency.
+- Consistent shoulder and neck relaxation enhances fluidity and comfort in dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7934442..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Top Tips: Dancing From The Centre
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on dancing from the centre, using the belly as the core energy source to guide all movements outward.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Imagine a fireball in your belly as the centre of your dancing universe.
- - Start all movements from the centre and let energy flow outward.
- - For walking, let energy come from the centre with steps under your body.
- - For arm movements, imagine energy starting in the centre and flowing through the scapulas, arms, and fingertips.
- - Apply this concept to hip movements by starting them from the centre.
- - Practice dancing around the room to feel the difference this makes.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The centre is the engine that moves you, not the joints.
- - All energy originates from the belly and radiates outward.
- - Focus on starting movements from the centre to enhance flow and control.
- - Avoid initiating actions at the joints for a more connected dance style.
- - Visualising a fireball in the belly can help internalise this principle.
- - This approach applies to various movements like arms, traveling, and hips.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9e60b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tips:_Dancing_From_The_Centre.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: Top Tips: Dancing From The Centre
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on dancing from the centre, using the belly as the core energy source to guide all movements outward.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Imagine a fireball in your belly as the centre of your dancing universe.
+- Start all movements from the centre and let energy flow outward.
+- For walking, let energy come from the centre with steps under your body.
+- For arm movements, imagine energy starting in the centre and flowing through the scapulas, arms, and fingertips.
+- Apply this concept to hip movements by starting them from the centre.
+- Practice dancing around the room to feel the difference this makes.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The centre is the engine that moves you, not the joints.
+- All energy originates from the belly and radiates outward.
+- Focus on starting movements from the centre to enhance flow and control.
+- Avoid initiating actions at the joints for a more connected dance style.
+- Visualising a fireball in the belly can help internalise this principle.
+- This approach applies to various movements like arms, traveling, and hips.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 220228b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Dancing between the beats
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to dance between the beats rather than on them, focusing on filling the time between beats with movement to enhance musicality.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of a beat as a period of time, not just a point, to better understand the space available for movement.
- - Practice dancing on top of the beats and then switch to dancing in between them to visually see the difference.
- - Use a medium slow song to clearly observe and practice the contrast between on-beat and between-beat dancing.
- - Fill the space between beats with your movement, as this is where the expressive 'party' happens in dance.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Avoid fixating solely on the beats themselves; instead, focus on the intervals between them for more dynamic dancing.
- - Dancing between the beats allows for greater musical expression and fluidity in your movements.
- - Consider beats as durations (e.g., one second at 60 BPM) to better plan and execute movements within that time.
- - This technique helps in adapting to different song tempos and enhancing overall dance creativity.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6d796e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Dancing_between_the_beats.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Dancing between the beats
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to dance between the beats rather than on them, focusing on filling the time between beats with movement to enhance musicality.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of a beat as a period of time, not just a point, to better understand the space available for movement.
+- Practice dancing on top of the beats and then switch to dancing in between them to visually see the difference.
+- Use a medium slow song to clearly observe and practice the contrast between on-beat and between-beat dancing.
+- Fill the space between beats with your movement, as this is where the expressive 'party' happens in dance.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Avoid fixating solely on the beats themselves; instead, focus on the intervals between them for more dynamic dancing.
+- Dancing between the beats allows for greater musical expression and fluidity in your movements.
+- Consider beats as durations (e.g., one second at 60 BPM) to better plan and execute movements within that time.
+- This technique helps in adapting to different song tempos and enhancing overall dance creativity.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 50b9a5b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Grounding
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches grounding in dance, focusing on shifting body weight and energy downward to improve balance, control, and movement timing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Relax the shoulders, chest, legs, and feet to let body weight sink into the ground.
- - Breathe into the belly to help relax the upper body and connect to the ground.
- - Practice ungrounding by lifting energy to the chest and grounding by sending it down to the belly.
- - Partner exercises can help feel the tactile difference between grounded and ungrounded states.
- - Avoid bending knees to ground; instead, focus on where energy and weight are held in the body.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Grounding is about energy and weight distribution, not just physical posture or knee bending.
- - Being grounded enhances balance, control, and ease in dancing, especially to slow music.
- - It may take time to incorporate grounding, but practice leads to noticeable improvements.
- - Grounding can make technical dance moves easier by increasing body control.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4629d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Grounding.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Grounding
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches grounding in dance, focusing on shifting body weight and energy downward to improve balance, control, and movement timing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Relax the shoulders, chest, legs, and feet to let body weight sink into the ground.
+- Breathe into the belly to help relax the upper body and connect to the ground.
+- Practice ungrounding by lifting energy to the chest and grounding by sending it down to the belly.
+- Partner exercises can help feel the tactile difference between grounded and ungrounded states.
+- Avoid bending knees to ground; instead, focus on where energy and weight are held in the body.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Grounding is about energy and weight distribution, not just physical posture or knee bending.
+- Being grounded enhances balance, control, and ease in dancing, especially to slow music.
+- It may take time to incorporate grounding, but practice leads to noticeable improvements.
+- Grounding can make technical dance moves easier by increasing body control.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 767a5c1..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Hands and Arms in Turns
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson provides top tips for effectively using hands and arms during dance turns, focusing on maintaining connection and preventing injury.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Let hands move naturally to a comfortable position while maintaining connection during turns.
- - Leaders should ensure the follower's hand is always in front of their forehead during turns.
- - Relax arms after initiating a turn to avoid over-leading.
- - Followers should always see the inside of their elbow to keep arms in the right place.
- - Imagine the shoulder blade going down as the arm goes up to avoid lifting the shoulder.
- - Look into the direction of the turn to maintain balance and awareness.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Keep arms totally relaxed to prevent injury and ensure smooth movement.
- - Maintain visual connection with the inside of your elbow to avoid arm misplacement.
- - Think of the shoulder joint as a wheel to promote proper arm mechanics.
- - Avoid looking at the floor or in the wrong direction to prevent imbalance.
- - Let hands dance naturally to enhance connection and flow during turns.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b72c31e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Hands_and_Arms_in_Turns.md
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Hands and Arms in Turns
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson provides top tips for effectively using hands and arms during dance turns, focusing on maintaining connection and preventing injury.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Let hands move naturally to a comfortable position while maintaining connection during turns.
+- Leaders should ensure the follower's hand is always in front of their forehead during turns.
+- Relax arms after initiating a turn to avoid over-leading.
+- Followers should always see the inside of their elbow to keep arms in the right place.
+- Imagine the shoulder blade going down as the arm goes up to avoid lifting the shoulder.
+- Look into the direction of the turn to maintain balance and awareness.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Keep arms totally relaxed to prevent injury and ensure smooth movement.
+- Maintain visual connection with the inside of your elbow to avoid arm misplacement.
+- Think of the shoulder joint as a wheel to promote proper arm mechanics.
+- Avoid looking at the floor or in the wrong direction to prevent imbalance.
+- Let hands dance naturally to enhance connection and flow during turns.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cddbc7..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Inviting into close embrace
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches how to invite a partner into close embrace in dance, emphasizing it as a mutual agreement like a hug between friends.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Offer a space to your partner and move slowly to meet in the middle.
- - Connect bodies first before placing arms to avoid pulling.
- - Make your invitation obvious by moving forward slightly.
- - Practice the invitation from both leader and follower roles.
- - Respond to invitations by either accepting or delicately declining with alternative connections.
- - Take your time and relax when entering close embrace.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Close embrace should always be a mutual agreement between both partners.
- - The key connection is the body, not the arms, to maintain a natural flow.
- - Both leaders and followers have the option to say yes or no to close embrace.
- - If you agree to close embrace, commit fully and enjoy the connection.
- - Be creative and respectful if your partner prefers a different connection.
- - Practice makes the invitation feel more natural over time.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..375cd93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Inviting_into_close_embrace.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Inviting into close embrace
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches how to invite a partner into close embrace in dance, emphasizing it as a mutual agreement like a hug between friends.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Offer a space to your partner and move slowly to meet in the middle.
+- Connect bodies first before placing arms to avoid pulling.
+- Make your invitation obvious by moving forward slightly.
+- Practice the invitation from both leader and follower roles.
+- Respond to invitations by either accepting or delicately declining with alternative connections.
+- Take your time and relax when entering close embrace.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Close embrace should always be a mutual agreement between both partners.
+- The key connection is the body, not the arms, to maintain a natural flow.
+- Both leaders and followers have the option to say yes or no to close embrace.
+- If you agree to close embrace, commit fully and enjoy the connection.
+- Be creative and respectful if your partner prefers a different connection.
+- Practice makes the invitation feel more natural over time.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fba3e6..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Rolling through the feet
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on relaxing the ankles and feet to improve dance movement by rolling through the feet, aiming to soften steps and enhance timing control.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Lift your foot with a relaxed ankle so it hangs at an angle.
- - Place your foot back down by rolling from toe to ball to heel.
- - Apply rolling through the feet when stepping or doing the basic.
- - Roll weight from the ball into the heel to control weight shifts.
- - Use rolling to slow down and fill the music, especially in slow blues.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Relax ankle joints to allow natural foot movement.
- - Think of the foot as many muscles and joints, not one flat block.
- - Rolling through the feet helps soften steps and improve timing.
- - Slowly transfer weight to feel the music better.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7df765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Rolling_through_the_feet.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Rolling through the feet
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on relaxing the ankles and feet to improve dance movement by rolling through the feet, aiming to soften steps and enhance timing control.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Lift your foot with a relaxed ankle so it hangs at an angle.
+- Place your foot back down by rolling from toe to ball to heel.
+- Apply rolling through the feet when stepping or doing the basic.
+- Roll weight from the ball into the heel to control weight shifts.
+- Use rolling to slow down and fill the music, especially in slow blues.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Relax ankle joints to allow natural foot movement.
+- Think of the foot as many muscles and joints, not one flat block.
+- Rolling through the feet helps soften steps and improve timing.
+- Slowly transfer weight to feel the music better.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f7c359..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: The Pulse
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on understanding and embodying the pulse in blues dance as an expansive physical representation of the music's beat, rather than a bounce.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Think of the pulse as an expansion in the body, like feeling bass from a speaker.
- - Move the pulse around the body, such as forwards, backwards, or to the sides.
- - Adjust the size of the pulse based on the music, from big to subtle.
- - Vary the texture of the pulse, making it smooth or sharp as the song dictates.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The pulse is a physical representation of the beat, not just a bounce.
- - It can change in size, texture, and location within the body.
- - Adapt the pulse to match the characteristics of different songs.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbe01c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_The_Pulse.md
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: The Pulse
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on understanding and embodying the pulse in blues dance as an expansive physical representation of the music's beat, rather than a bounce.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Think of the pulse as an expansion in the body, like feeling bass from a speaker.
+- Move the pulse around the body, such as forwards, backwards, or to the sides.
+- Adjust the size of the pulse based on the music, from big to subtle.
+- Vary the texture of the pulse, making it smooth or sharp as the song dictates.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The pulse is a physical representation of the beat, not just a bounce.
+- It can change in size, texture, and location within the body.
+- Adapt the pulse to match the characteristics of different songs.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7481b26..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-Top Tip: Using The Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: top-tips
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on using the introduction of a song to connect with your partner and the music, rather than starting to dance immediately.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Take it easy and move slowly on the spot during the introduction.
- - Be receptive to your partner's feelings and movements.
- - Use the introduction to introduce yourself and your partner to each other.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The introduction is an opportunity to establish connection before dancing.
- - Avoid rushing into movement as soon as the music starts.
- - Focus on mutual awareness and how each person feels the music.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c0456c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/top-tips/Top_Tip:_Using_The_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: Top Tip: Using The Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on using the introduction of a song to connect with your partner and the music, rather than starting to dance immediately.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Take it easy and move slowly on the spot during the introduction.
+- Be receptive to your partner's feelings and movements.
+- Use the introduction to introduce yourself and your partner to each other.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The introduction is an opportunity to establish connection before dancing.
+- Avoid rushing into movement as soon as the music starts.
+- Focus on mutual awareness and how each person feels the music.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ac28915..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Full routine with counts
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson covers a full dance routine with counts, starting with weight on the left and traveling to the right, and includes an instrumental section for freestyle before returning to the final part of the routine.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with your weight on the left and travel to the right first.
- - Use counts like 'five, six, seven, eight' to time movements accurately.
- - During the instrumental, freestyle for four sets of eight counts.
- - Return to the routine after the instrumental with the last part.
- - Practice the whole routine from the top as instructed.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Follow the counts closely to maintain rhythm and timing.
- - The instrumental section allows for creative expression through freestyle.
- - The routine ends as the song fades out, so adjust movements accordingly.
- - Repeat the entire sequence to reinforce learning and flow.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbecb06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Full_routine_with_counts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Full routine with counts
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers a full dance routine with counts, starting with weight on the left and traveling to the right, and includes an instrumental section for freestyle before returning to the final part of the routine.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with your weight on the left and travel to the right first.
+- Use counts like 'five, six, seven, eight' to time movements accurately.
+- During the instrumental, freestyle for four sets of eight counts.
+- Return to the routine after the instrumental with the last part.
+- Practice the whole routine from the top as instructed.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Follow the counts closely to maintain rhythm and timing.
+- The instrumental section allows for creative expression through freestyle.
+- The routine ends as the song fades out, so adjust movements accordingly.
+- Repeat the entire sequence to reinforce learning and flow.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a8822b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Part I
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces move number one with multiple styling options, focusing on step patterns, body direction, and posture variations to build a foundational dance sequence.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Keep feet underneath the body and hips for stability during movements.
- - Lean into the posture to create a nice rotational shape when turning.
- - On the slide, keep the right leg stuck to the ground and scrape along the floor for good connection.
- - Replace the step on the two with a slide and camel walk styling by bending the front leg and pushing up onto the toe.
- - Maintain energy down in the body to avoid losing balance during asymmetric shapes.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Choose the version of each move that feels most comfortable and best in your own body.
- - Add direction with the body by facing slightly towards the direction of travel.
- - Incorporate upper body movement to let it dance with you for a fuller expression.
- - Practice the sequence with variations to build confidence and personal style.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..103110f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_I.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Part I
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces move number one with multiple styling options, focusing on step patterns, body direction, and posture variations to build a foundational dance sequence.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Keep feet underneath the body and hips for stability during movements.
+- Lean into the posture to create a nice rotational shape when turning.
+- On the slide, keep the right leg stuck to the ground and scrape along the floor for good connection.
+- Replace the step on the two with a slide and camel walk styling by bending the front leg and pushing up onto the toe.
+- Maintain energy down in the body to avoid losing balance during asymmetric shapes.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Choose the version of each move that feels most comfortable and best in your own body.
+- Add direction with the body by facing slightly towards the direction of travel.
+- Incorporate upper body movement to let it dance with you for a fuller expression.
+- Practice the sequence with variations to build confidence and personal style.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 943f62d..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Part II
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches the stomps and kick ball change moves, focusing on combining them with contrasting energy and enjoying the simplicity of the steps.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Stand with feet under hips, weight on left, and slide the right leg out and back in for stomps.
- - For kicks, direct energy through the heel and down into the ground, not out through the toes.
- - Keep the kicks light and small, with a rhythm of 'one and two' for the kick ball change.
- - Groove in the body, shake shoulders or butt, and smile to enjoy the simplicity of the moves.
- - Join stomps and kick ball change together, practicing two sets with a contrast between heavy stomps and light kicks.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain low weight and energy in the body with a forward posture during stomps.
- - Use the sole of the foot on the floor to feel and scrape during slides and stomps.
- - Contrast the heavy, grounded stomps with the light, small kicks for dynamic movement.
- - Enjoy the simplicity of the moves by adding personal flair and body groove.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3b807b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_II.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Part II
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches the stomps and kick ball change moves, focusing on combining them with contrasting energy and enjoying the simplicity of the steps.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Stand with feet under hips, weight on left, and slide the right leg out and back in for stomps.
+- For kicks, direct energy through the heel and down into the ground, not out through the toes.
+- Keep the kicks light and small, with a rhythm of 'one and two' for the kick ball change.
+- Groove in the body, shake shoulders or butt, and smile to enjoy the simplicity of the moves.
+- Join stomps and kick ball change together, practicing two sets with a contrast between heavy stomps and light kicks.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain low weight and energy in the body with a forward posture during stomps.
+- Use the sole of the foot on the floor to feel and scrape during slides and stomps.
+- Contrast the heavy, grounded stomps with the light, small kicks for dynamic movement.
+- Enjoy the simplicity of the moves by adding personal flair and body groove.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 94b9130..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Part III
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches two optional footwork sequences for a dance routine, focusing on heel digs or scissor kicks with styling variations, aiming to build groove and personal expression.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - For heel digs, dig the heel into the ground and step it back under the body, repeating on both sides.
- - For scissor kicks, kick down through the heel, keeping it small and under the body with energy directed downward.
- - Add groove by playing with posture and giving the moves attitude to make them stylish.
- - For scissor kick styling, swing hips in the opposite direction of the kick for a small movement or lean the upper body back for a bigger effect.
- - Practice the timing with counts like one, two, three, four, five, six, seven for heel digs or one and two and three and four for scissor kicks.
- - End both options in the same position on count seven, with the left leg behind, before transitioning to a grapevine step.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Enjoy the simplicity of basic moves and make them your own by adding personal style.
- - Choose between heel digs or scissor kicks based on what feels better for your body.
- - Focus on timing and rhythm to ensure smooth transitions between steps.
- - Experiment with different styling options to enhance the dance's visual appeal.
- - The routine allows for creativity, so adapt it to look however you want.
- - Practice both options to build versatility and confidence in your movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..794118c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_III.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+title: Part III
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches two optional footwork sequences for a dance routine, focusing on heel digs or scissor kicks with styling variations, aiming to build groove and personal expression.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- For heel digs, dig the heel into the ground and step it back under the body, repeating on both sides.
+- For scissor kicks, kick down through the heel, keeping it small and under the body with energy directed downward.
+- Add groove by playing with posture and giving the moves attitude to make them stylish.
+- For scissor kick styling, swing hips in the opposite direction of the kick for a small movement or lean the upper body back for a bigger effect.
+- Practice the timing with counts like one, two, three, four, five, six, seven for heel digs or one and two and three and four for scissor kicks.
+- End both options in the same position on count seven, with the left leg behind, before transitioning to a grapevine step.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Enjoy the simplicity of basic moves and make them your own by adding personal style.
+- Choose between heel digs or scissor kicks based on what feels better for your body.
+- Focus on timing and rhythm to ensure smooth transitions between steps.
+- Experiment with different styling options to enhance the dance's visual appeal.
+- The routine allows for creativity, so adapt it to look however you want.
+- Practice both options to build versatility and confidence in your movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a16ff15..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Part IV
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson focuses on transitioning from a cross-legged position into a slow unwind turn, followed by practicing rhythmic steps with basics or fishtails, emphasising creativity and expression.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Unwind slowly over six counts, finishing with weight on the left leg.
- - Use a rhythm of slow, slow, quick, quick, slow with basics or fishtails.
- - Add a fishtail motion with a rotational action for faster steps.
- - Open your chest, raise arms up, and smile to express happiness.
- - Play with posture and arm shapes to personalise the movement.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Maintain the groove and pulse in your body throughout the dance.
- - Focus on creativity and making the movements your own.
- - Listen to the lyrics to enhance emotional expression.
- - Contrast low postures with uplifting chest and arm movements.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f65d0fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_IV.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Part IV
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson focuses on transitioning from a cross-legged position into a slow unwind turn, followed by practicing rhythmic steps with basics or fishtails, emphasising creativity and expression.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Unwind slowly over six counts, finishing with weight on the left leg.
+- Use a rhythm of slow, slow, quick, quick, slow with basics or fishtails.
+- Add a fishtail motion with a rotational action for faster steps.
+- Open your chest, raise arms up, and smile to express happiness.
+- Play with posture and arm shapes to personalise the movement.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Maintain the groove and pulse in your body throughout the dance.
+- Focus on creativity and making the movements your own.
+- Listen to the lyrics to enhance emotional expression.
+- Contrast low postures with uplifting chest and arm movements.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 53a526c..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Part V
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson covers the final part of a dance routine, focusing on simple walks and encouraging creative expression through movement.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Start with four walks forward and four walks back, using two counts per step.
- - For big walks, shift weight into the right at the end to prepare for the next step.
- - Ensure weight is on the left at the end to restart the routine from the top.
- - Play with levels by getting low or reaching up during walks for added expression.
- - Add upper body styling like chest pops or hip movements to personalize the walks.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Use this moment to be free and express yourself through dance without strict rules.
- - Experiment with different angles and styles, such as sideways walking, to find what feels good.
- - Change the routine each time to discover cool shapes and enhance creativity.
- - Focus on letting go and expressing inner feelings during the final part of the routine.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f2fea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Part_V.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Part V
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson covers the final part of a dance routine, focusing on simple walks and encouraging creative expression through movement.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Start with four walks forward and four walks back, using two counts per step.
+- For big walks, shift weight into the right at the end to prepare for the next step.
+- Ensure weight is on the left at the end to restart the routine from the top.
+- Play with levels by getting low or reaching up during walks for added expression.
+- Add upper body styling like chest pops or hip movements to personalize the walks.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Use this moment to be free and express yourself through dance without strict rules.
+- Experiment with different angles and styles, such as sideways walking, to find what feels good.
+- Change the routine each time to discover cool shapes and enhance creativity.
+- Focus on letting go and expressing inner feelings during the final part of the routine.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 12d20a3..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Structure and Performance Tips
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson explains the structure of the routine and provides performance tips to encourage personal expression and enjoyment while dancing.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Do the routine twice through, then groove and improvise during a four sets of eight instrumental break.
- - After the instrumental, restart from near the end of the routine, focusing on freestyle sections until the song fades out.
- - During the outro, improvise and interact with others to create a feeling of togetherness.
- - Add your own style by playing with body shapes and rhythms, such as mimicking piano sounds with hands or shoulders.
- - Smile and laugh while dancing to make the routine your own.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - The routine is a framework; focus on having fun and personalizing the movements.
- - Interact with people around you during freestyle sections to enhance the group experience.
- - Use the instrumental break and outro as opportunities for improvisation and creative expression.
- - Prioritize enjoyment over perfection, making the dance your own gift.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e55a80d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/Structure_and_Performance_Tips.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: Structure and Performance Tips
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson explains the structure of the routine and provides performance tips to encourage personal expression and enjoyment while dancing.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Do the routine twice through, then groove and improvise during a four sets of eight instrumental break.
+- After the instrumental, restart from near the end of the routine, focusing on freestyle sections until the song fades out.
+- During the outro, improvise and interact with others to create a feeling of togetherness.
+- Add your own style by playing with body shapes and rhythms, such as mimicking piano sounds with hands or shoulders.
+- Smile and laugh while dancing to make the routine your own.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- The routine is a framework; focus on having fun and personalizing the movements.
+- Interact with people around you during freestyle sections to enhance the group experience.
+- Use the instrumental break and outro as opportunities for improvisation and creative expression.
+- Prioritize enjoyment over perfection, making the dance your own gift.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e2f1b77..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-We Just Want To Dance - Full routine with music: back view
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a full dance routine to the song 'We Just Want To Dance', focusing on expressive movements and enjoying the dance.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Slide out on the floor to start the routine.
- - Sway on the two and four beats of the music.
- - Shuffle your shoes and shake your hips during the dance.
- - Wave your hands in the air to add expression.
- - Move with rhythm in your footsteps to match the music.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on feeling the music and expressing freedom through dance.
- - Maintain a smile and relaxed posture to enhance enjoyment.
- - Let the movement flow naturally from your fingers down your spine.
- - Prioritise having fun and not overthinking the steps.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcbdc46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance_-_Full_routine_with_music:_back_view.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: We Just Want To Dance - Full routine with music: back view
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a full dance routine to the song 'We Just Want To Dance', focusing on expressive movements and enjoying the dance.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Slide out on the floor to start the routine.
+- Sway on the two and four beats of the music.
+- Shuffle your shoes and shake your hips during the dance.
+- Wave your hands in the air to add expression.
+- Move with rhythm in your footsteps to match the music.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on feeling the music and expressing freedom through dance.
+- Maintain a smile and relaxed posture to enhance enjoyment.
+- Let the movement flow naturally from your fingers down your spine.
+- Prioritise having fun and not overthinking the steps.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 66bc76b..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-We Just Want To Dance: Introduction
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson introduces the solo blues routine 'We Just Want to Dance', designed to connect the international blues dance community during lockdown, with the goal of learning it at home and dancing together socially later.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Watch the routine from the front and back with music first.
- - Learn the routine with counts all the way through.
- - Follow the step-by-step breakdown to practice each part.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - This routine was created to foster global connection during COVID-19 lockdowns.
- - You can film yourself dancing at home and share it for a community video.
- - The choreography is intended for solo practice and future social dancing.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3de3d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_To_Dance:_Introduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: We Just Want To Dance: Introduction
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson introduces the solo blues routine 'We Just Want to Dance', designed to connect the international blues dance community during lockdown, with the goal of learning it at home and dancing together socially later.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Watch the routine from the front and back with music first.
+- Learn the routine with counts all the way through.
+- Follow the step-by-step breakdown to practice each part.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- This routine was created to foster global connection during COVID-19 lockdowns.
+- You can film yourself dancing at home and share it for a community video.
+- The choreography is intended for solo practice and future social dancing.
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.html b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b2606c9..0000000
--- a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-We Just Want to Dance - Full Routine : Front View
-
-
-
-COURSE: we-just-want-to-dance
-FOCUS: This lesson teaches a full dance routine from the front view, focusing on expressive movement and rhythm.
-TIP & TRICKS:
- - Slide out on the floor to start the routine.
- - Sway on the two and four beats for rhythm.
- - Move from fingers down the spine to hips for fluidity.
- - Part lips to express feeling fine during hip movements.
- - Keep a smile and relaxed posture to convey carefree dancing.
-
-REMEMBER:
- - Focus on feeling the music rather than seeking perfection.
- - Embrace wild and free movements to enhance expression.
- - Let the rhythm guide your footsteps and body sway.
- - Maintain a joyful attitude to connect with the dance.
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.md b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c804c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Dance/Blues/Instruction_Video/Bluesroom/etc/we-just-want-to-dance/We_Just_Want_to_Dance_-_Full_Routine_:_Front_View.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+title: We Just Want to Dance - Full Routine : Front View
+description:
+published: true
+date: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+tags: Blues
+editor: markdown
+dateCreated: 2026-04-24T04:11:41.161Z
+---
+
+
+
+## FOCUS
+- This lesson teaches a full dance routine from the front view, focusing on expressive movement and rhythm.
+## TIP & TRICKS:
+- Slide out on the floor to start the routine.
+- Sway on the two and four beats for rhythm.
+- Move from fingers down the spine to hips for fluidity.
+- Part lips to express feeling fine during hip movements.
+- Keep a smile and relaxed posture to convey carefree dancing.
+
+##REMEMBER
+- Focus on feeling the music rather than seeking perfection.
+- Embrace wild and free movements to enhance expression.
+- Let the rhythm guide your footsteps and body sway.
+- Maintain a joyful attitude to connect with the dance.